From 6d7bff2476459049f4f554291a680e0f6003ea66 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: =?UTF-8?q?Petr=20Mr=C3=A1zek?= Date: Sun, 7 Jun 2015 21:10:18 +0200 Subject: GH-1060 remove updater code --- mmc_updater/depends/AnyOption/CMakeLists.txt | 9 - mmc_updater/depends/AnyOption/README | 16 - mmc_updater/depends/AnyOption/anyoption.cpp | 1176 ------ mmc_updater/depends/AnyOption/anyoption.h | 270 -- mmc_updater/depends/tinyxml/CMakeLists.txt | 24 - mmc_updater/depends/tinyxml/readme.txt | 530 --- mmc_updater/depends/tinyxml/tinystr.cpp | 111 - mmc_updater/depends/tinyxml/tinystr.h | 305 -- mmc_updater/depends/tinyxml/tinyxml.cpp | 1886 ---------- mmc_updater/depends/tinyxml/tinyxml.h | 1805 --------- mmc_updater/depends/tinyxml/tinyxmlerror.cpp | 52 - mmc_updater/depends/tinyxml/tinyxmlparser.cpp | 1638 --------- mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/controls.h | 1074 ------ mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/copyright.txt | 33 - mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/cstring.h | 905 ----- mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/default_resource.h | 94 - mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/default_resource.rc | 250 -- mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/dialog.h | 876 ----- mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/docking.h | 4214 ---------------------- mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/file.h | 392 -- mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/frame.h | 3303 ----------------- mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/gdi.h | 3944 -------------------- mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/info.txt | 205 -- mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/listview.h | 867 ----- mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/mdi.h | 783 ---- mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/menu.h | 600 --- mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/propertysheet.h | 960 ----- mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/rebar.h | 709 ---- mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/release notes.txt | 116 - mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/ribbon.h | 527 --- mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/shared_ptr.h | 199 - mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/socket.h | 778 ---- mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/statusbar.h | 226 -- mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/stdcontrols.h | 1000 ----- mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/tab.h | 1658 --------- mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/taskdialog.h | 811 ----- mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/thread.h | 241 -- mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/toolbar.h | 1361 ------- mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/treeview.h | 624 ---- mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/wceframe.h | 420 --- mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/wcestddef.h | 58 - mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/webbrowser.h | 760 ---- mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/wincore.h | 2977 --------------- mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/winutils.h | 649 ---- 44 files changed, 39436 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 mmc_updater/depends/AnyOption/CMakeLists.txt delete mode 100644 mmc_updater/depends/AnyOption/README delete mode 100644 mmc_updater/depends/AnyOption/anyoption.cpp delete mode 100644 mmc_updater/depends/AnyOption/anyoption.h delete mode 100644 mmc_updater/depends/tinyxml/CMakeLists.txt delete mode 100644 mmc_updater/depends/tinyxml/readme.txt delete mode 100644 mmc_updater/depends/tinyxml/tinystr.cpp delete mode 100644 mmc_updater/depends/tinyxml/tinystr.h delete mode 100644 mmc_updater/depends/tinyxml/tinyxml.cpp delete mode 100644 mmc_updater/depends/tinyxml/tinyxml.h delete mode 100644 mmc_updater/depends/tinyxml/tinyxmlerror.cpp delete mode 100644 mmc_updater/depends/tinyxml/tinyxmlparser.cpp delete mode 100644 mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/controls.h delete mode 100644 mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/copyright.txt delete mode 100644 mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/cstring.h delete mode 100644 mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/default_resource.h delete mode 100644 mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/default_resource.rc delete mode 100644 mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/dialog.h delete mode 100644 mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/docking.h delete mode 100644 mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/file.h delete mode 100644 mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/frame.h delete mode 100644 mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/gdi.h delete mode 100644 mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/info.txt delete mode 100644 mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/listview.h delete mode 100644 mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/mdi.h delete mode 100644 mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/menu.h delete mode 100644 mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/propertysheet.h delete mode 100644 mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/rebar.h delete mode 100644 mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/release notes.txt delete mode 100644 mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/ribbon.h delete mode 100644 mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/shared_ptr.h delete mode 100644 mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/socket.h delete mode 100644 mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/statusbar.h delete mode 100644 mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/stdcontrols.h delete mode 100644 mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/tab.h delete mode 100644 mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/taskdialog.h delete mode 100644 mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/thread.h delete mode 100644 mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/toolbar.h delete mode 100644 mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/treeview.h delete mode 100644 mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/wceframe.h delete mode 100644 mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/wcestddef.h delete mode 100644 mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/webbrowser.h delete mode 100644 mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/wincore.h delete mode 100644 mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/winutils.h (limited to 'mmc_updater/depends') diff --git a/mmc_updater/depends/AnyOption/CMakeLists.txt b/mmc_updater/depends/AnyOption/CMakeLists.txt deleted file mode 100644 index fdfd6076..00000000 --- a/mmc_updater/depends/AnyOption/CMakeLists.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,9 +0,0 @@ -project(AnyOption) - -cmake_minimum_required(VERSION 2.6) - -add_library(anyoption - anyoption.cpp - anyoption.h -) - diff --git a/mmc_updater/depends/AnyOption/README b/mmc_updater/depends/AnyOption/README deleted file mode 100644 index d91d6851..00000000 --- a/mmc_updater/depends/AnyOption/README +++ /dev/null @@ -1,16 +0,0 @@ - -http://www.hackorama.com/anyoption/ - -AnyOption is a C++ class for easy parsing of complex commandline options. It also parses options from a rsourcefile in option value pair format. - -AnyOption implements the traditional POSIX style character options ( -n ) as well as the newer GNU style long options ( --name ). Or you can use a simpler long option version ( -name ) by asking to ignore the POSIX style options. - -AnyOption supports the traditional UNIX resourcefile syntax of, any line starting with "#" is a comment and the value pairs use ":" as a delimiter. - -An option which expects a value is considered as an option value pair, while options without a value are considered flags. - -Please read the header file for the documented public interface, and demo.cpp for an example of how easy it is to use AnyOption. - -August 2004, added bug-fixes, and updates send by Michael Peters of Sandia Lab. -September 2006, fix from Boyan Asenov for a bug in mixing up option type indexes. -July 2011, fix from Min KJ and Costantino G for string allocation. diff --git a/mmc_updater/depends/AnyOption/anyoption.cpp b/mmc_updater/depends/AnyOption/anyoption.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index 6792fe3e..00000000 --- a/mmc_updater/depends/AnyOption/anyoption.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1176 +0,0 @@ -/* - * AnyOption 1.3 - * - * kishan at hackorama dot com www.hackorama.com JULY 2001 - * - * + Acts as a common facade class for reading - * commandline options as well as options from - * an optionfile with delimited type value pairs - * - * + Handles the POSIX style single character options ( -w ) - * as well as the newer GNU long options ( --width ) - * - * + The option file assumes the traditional format of - * first character based comment lines and type value - * pairs with a delimiter , and flags which are not pairs - * - * # this is a coment - * # next line is an option value pair - * width : 100 - * # next line is a flag - * noimages - * - * + Supports printing out Help and Usage - * - * + Why not just use getopt() ? - * - * getopt() Its a POSIX standard not part of ANSI-C. - * So it may not be available on platforms like Windows. - * - * + Why it is so long ? - * - * The actual code which does command line parsing - * and option file parsing are done in few methods. - * Most of the extra code are for providing a flexible - * common public interface to both a resourcefile and - * and command line supporting POSIX style and - * GNU long option as well as mixing of both. - * - * + Please see "anyoption.h" for public method descriptions - * - */ - -/* Updated Auguest 2004 - * Fix from Michael D Peters (mpeters at sandia.gov) - * to remove static local variables, allowing multiple instantiations - * of the reader (for using multiple configuration files). There is - * an error in the destructor when using multiple instances, so you - * cannot delete your objects (it will crash), but not calling the - * destructor only introduces a small memory leak, so I - * have not bothered tracking it down. - * - * Also updated to use modern C++ style headers, rather than - * depricated iostream.h (it was causing my compiler problems) -*/ - -/* - * Updated September 2006 - * Fix from Boyan Asenov for a bug in mixing up option indexes - * leading to exception when mixing different options types - */ - -#include "anyoption.h" - -#include - -AnyOption::AnyOption() -{ - init(); -} - -AnyOption::AnyOption(int maxopt) -{ - init( maxopt , maxopt ); -} - -AnyOption::AnyOption(int maxopt, int maxcharopt) -{ - init( maxopt , maxcharopt ); -} - -AnyOption::~AnyOption() -{ - if( mem_allocated ) - cleanup(); -} - -void -AnyOption::init() -{ - init( DEFAULT_MAXOPTS , DEFAULT_MAXOPTS ); -} - -void -AnyOption::init(int maxopt, int maxcharopt ) -{ - - max_options = maxopt; - max_char_options = maxcharopt; - max_usage_lines = DEFAULT_MAXUSAGE; - usage_lines = 0 ; - argc = 0; - argv = NULL; - posix_style = true; - verbose = false; - filename = NULL; - appname = NULL; - option_counter = 0; - optchar_counter = 0; - new_argv = NULL; - new_argc = 0 ; - max_legal_args = 0 ; - command_set = false; - file_set = false; - values = NULL; - g_value_counter = 0; - mem_allocated = false; - command_set = false; - file_set = false; - opt_prefix_char = '-'; - file_delimiter_char = ':'; - file_comment_char = '#'; - equalsign = '='; - comment = '#' ; - delimiter = ':' ; - endofline = '\n'; - whitespace = ' ' ; - nullterminate = '\0'; - set = false; - once = true; - hasoptions = false; - autousage = false; - - strcpy( long_opt_prefix , "--" ); - - if( alloc() == false ){ - cout << endl << "OPTIONS ERROR : Failed allocating memory" ; - cout << endl ; - cout << "Exiting." << endl ; - exit (0); - } -} - -bool -AnyOption::alloc() -{ - int i = 0 ; - int size = 0 ; - - if( mem_allocated ) - return true; - - size = (max_options+1) * sizeof(const char*); - options = (const char**)malloc( size ); - optiontype = (int*) malloc( (max_options+1)*sizeof(int) ); - optionindex = (int*) malloc( (max_options+1)*sizeof(int) ); - if( options == NULL || optiontype == NULL || optionindex == NULL ) - return false; - else - mem_allocated = true; - for( i = 0 ; i < max_options ; i++ ){ - options[i] = NULL; - optiontype[i] = 0 ; - optionindex[i] = -1 ; - } - optionchars = (char*) malloc( (max_char_options+1)*sizeof(char) ); - optchartype = (int*) malloc( (max_char_options+1)*sizeof(int) ); - optcharindex = (int*) malloc( (max_char_options+1)*sizeof(int) ); - if( optionchars == NULL || - optchartype == NULL || - optcharindex == NULL ) - { - mem_allocated = false; - return false; - } - for( i = 0 ; i < max_char_options ; i++ ){ - optionchars[i] = '0'; - optchartype[i] = 0 ; - optcharindex[i] = -1 ; - } - - size = (max_usage_lines+1) * sizeof(const char*) ; - usage = (const char**) malloc( size ); - - if( usage == NULL ){ - mem_allocated = false; - return false; - } - for( i = 0 ; i < max_usage_lines ; i++ ) - usage[i] = NULL; - - return true; -} - -bool -AnyOption::doubleOptStorage() -{ - options = (const char**)realloc( options, - ((2*max_options)+1) * sizeof( const char*) ); - optiontype = (int*) realloc( optiontype , - ((2 * max_options)+1)* sizeof(int) ); - optionindex = (int*) realloc( optionindex, - ((2 * max_options)+1) * sizeof(int) ); - if( options == NULL || optiontype == NULL || optionindex == NULL ) - return false; - /* init new storage */ - for( int i = max_options ; i < 2*max_options ; i++ ){ - options[i] = NULL; - optiontype[i] = 0 ; - optionindex[i] = -1 ; - } - max_options = 2 * max_options ; - return true; -} - -bool -AnyOption::doubleCharStorage() -{ - optionchars = (char*) realloc( optionchars, - ((2*max_char_options)+1)*sizeof(char) ); - optchartype = (int*) realloc( optchartype, - ((2*max_char_options)+1)*sizeof(int) ); - optcharindex = (int*) realloc( optcharindex, - ((2*max_char_options)+1)*sizeof(int) ); - if( optionchars == NULL || - optchartype == NULL || - optcharindex == NULL ) - return false; - /* init new storage */ - for( int i = max_char_options ; i < 2*max_char_options ; i++ ){ - optionchars[i] = '0'; - optchartype[i] = 0 ; - optcharindex[i] = -1 ; - } - max_char_options = 2 * max_char_options; - return true; -} - -bool -AnyOption::doubleUsageStorage() -{ - usage = (const char**)realloc( usage, - ((2*max_usage_lines)+1) * sizeof( const char*) ); - if ( usage == NULL ) - return false; - for( int i = max_usage_lines ; i < 2*max_usage_lines ; i++ ) - usage[i] = NULL; - max_usage_lines = 2 * max_usage_lines ; - return true; - -} - - -void -AnyOption::cleanup() -{ - free (options); - free (optiontype); - free (optionindex); - free (optionchars); - free (optchartype); - free (optcharindex); - free (usage); - if( values != NULL ) - free (values); - if( new_argv != NULL ) - free (new_argv); -} - -void -AnyOption::setCommandPrefixChar( char _prefix ) -{ - opt_prefix_char = _prefix; -} - -void -AnyOption::setCommandLongPrefix( char *_prefix ) -{ - if( strlen( _prefix ) > MAX_LONG_PREFIX_LENGTH ){ - *( _prefix + MAX_LONG_PREFIX_LENGTH ) = '\0'; - } - - strcpy (long_opt_prefix, _prefix); -} - -void -AnyOption::setFileCommentChar( char _comment ) -{ - file_delimiter_char = _comment; -} - - -void -AnyOption::setFileDelimiterChar( char _delimiter ) -{ - file_comment_char = _delimiter ; -} - -bool -AnyOption::CommandSet() -{ - return( command_set ); -} - -bool -AnyOption::FileSet() -{ - return( file_set ); -} - -void -AnyOption::noPOSIX() -{ - posix_style = false; -} - -bool -AnyOption::POSIX() -{ - return posix_style; -} - - -void -AnyOption::setVerbose() -{ - verbose = true ; -} - -void -AnyOption::printVerbose() -{ - if( verbose ) - cout << endl ; -} -void -AnyOption::printVerbose( const char *msg ) -{ - if( verbose ) - cout << msg ; -} - -void -AnyOption::printVerbose( char *msg ) -{ - if( verbose ) - cout << msg ; -} - -void -AnyOption::printVerbose( char ch ) -{ - if( verbose ) - cout << ch ; -} - -bool -AnyOption::hasOptions() -{ - return hasoptions; -} - -void -AnyOption::autoUsagePrint(bool _autousage) -{ - autousage = _autousage; -} - -void -AnyOption::useCommandArgs( int _argc, char **_argv ) -{ - argc = _argc; - argv = _argv; - command_set = true; - appname = argv[0]; - if(argc > 1) hasoptions = true; -} - -void -AnyOption::useFiileName( const char *_filename ) -{ - filename = _filename; - file_set = true; -} - -/* - * set methods for options - */ - -void -AnyOption::setCommandOption( const char *opt ) -{ - addOption( opt , COMMAND_OPT ); - g_value_counter++; -} - -void -AnyOption::setCommandOption( char opt ) -{ - addOption( opt , COMMAND_OPT ); - g_value_counter++; -} - -void -AnyOption::setCommandOption( const char *opt , char optchar ) -{ - addOption( opt , COMMAND_OPT ); - addOption( optchar , COMMAND_OPT ); - g_value_counter++; -} - -void -AnyOption::setCommandFlag( const char *opt ) -{ - addOption( opt , COMMAND_FLAG ); - g_value_counter++; -} - -void -AnyOption::setCommandFlag( char opt ) -{ - addOption( opt , COMMAND_FLAG ); - g_value_counter++; -} - -void -AnyOption::setCommandFlag( const char *opt , char optchar ) -{ - addOption( opt , COMMAND_FLAG ); - addOption( optchar , COMMAND_FLAG ); - g_value_counter++; -} - -void -AnyOption::setFileOption( const char *opt ) -{ - addOption( opt , FILE_OPT ); - g_value_counter++; -} - -void -AnyOption::setFileOption( char opt ) -{ - addOption( opt , FILE_OPT ); - g_value_counter++; -} - -void -AnyOption::setFileOption( const char *opt , char optchar ) -{ - addOption( opt , FILE_OPT ); - addOption( optchar, FILE_OPT ); - g_value_counter++; -} - -void -AnyOption::setFileFlag( const char *opt ) -{ - addOption( opt , FILE_FLAG ); - g_value_counter++; -} - -void -AnyOption::setFileFlag( char opt ) -{ - addOption( opt , FILE_FLAG ); - g_value_counter++; -} - -void -AnyOption::setFileFlag( const char *opt , char optchar ) -{ - addOption( opt , FILE_FLAG ); - addOption( optchar , FILE_FLAG ); - g_value_counter++; -} - -void -AnyOption::setOption( const char *opt ) -{ - addOption( opt , COMMON_OPT ); - g_value_counter++; -} - -void -AnyOption::setOption( char opt ) -{ - addOption( opt , COMMON_OPT ); - g_value_counter++; -} - -void -AnyOption::setOption( const char *opt , char optchar ) -{ - addOption( opt , COMMON_OPT ); - addOption( optchar , COMMON_OPT ); - g_value_counter++; -} - -void -AnyOption::setFlag( const char *opt ) -{ - addOption( opt , COMMON_FLAG ); - g_value_counter++; -} - -void -AnyOption::setFlag( const char opt ) -{ - addOption( opt , COMMON_FLAG ); - g_value_counter++; -} - -void -AnyOption::setFlag( const char *opt , char optchar ) -{ - addOption( opt , COMMON_FLAG ); - addOption( optchar , COMMON_FLAG ); - g_value_counter++; -} - -void -AnyOption::addOption( const char *opt, int type ) -{ - if( option_counter >= max_options ){ - if( doubleOptStorage() == false ){ - addOptionError( opt ); - return; - } - } - options[ option_counter ] = opt ; - optiontype[ option_counter ] = type ; - optionindex[ option_counter ] = g_value_counter; - option_counter++; -} - -void -AnyOption::addOption( char opt, int type ) -{ - if( !POSIX() ){ - printVerbose("Ignoring the option character \""); - printVerbose( opt ); - printVerbose( "\" ( POSIX options are turned off )" ); - printVerbose(); - return; - } - - - if( optchar_counter >= max_char_options ){ - if( doubleCharStorage() == false ){ - addOptionError( opt ); - return; - } - } - optionchars[ optchar_counter ] = opt ; - optchartype[ optchar_counter ] = type ; - optcharindex[ optchar_counter ] = g_value_counter; - optchar_counter++; -} - -void -AnyOption::addOptionError( const char *opt ) -{ - cout << endl ; - cout << "OPTIONS ERROR : Failed allocating extra memory " << endl ; - cout << "While adding the option : \""<< opt << "\"" << endl; - cout << "Exiting." << endl ; - cout << endl ; - exit(0); -} - -void -AnyOption::addOptionError( char opt ) -{ - cout << endl ; - cout << "OPTIONS ERROR : Failed allocating extra memory " << endl ; - cout << "While adding the option: \""<< opt << "\"" << endl; - cout << "Exiting." << endl ; - cout << endl ; - exit(0); -} - -void -AnyOption::processOptions() -{ - if( ! valueStoreOK() ) - return; -} - -void -AnyOption::processCommandArgs(int max_args) -{ - max_legal_args = max_args; - processCommandArgs(); -} - -void -AnyOption::processCommandArgs( int _argc, char **_argv, int max_args ) -{ - max_legal_args = max_args; - processCommandArgs( _argc, _argv ); -} - -void -AnyOption::processCommandArgs( int _argc, char **_argv ) -{ - useCommandArgs( _argc, _argv ); - processCommandArgs(); -} - -void -AnyOption::processCommandArgs() -{ - if( ! ( valueStoreOK() && CommandSet() ) ) - return; - - if( max_legal_args == 0 ) - max_legal_args = argc; - new_argv = (int*) malloc( (max_legal_args+1) * sizeof(int) ); - for( int i = 1 ; i < argc ; i++ ){/* ignore first argv */ - if( argv[i][0] == long_opt_prefix[0] && - argv[i][1] == long_opt_prefix[1] ) { /* long GNU option */ - int match_at = parseGNU( argv[i]+2 ); /* skip -- */ - if( match_at >= 0 && i < argc-1 ) /* found match */ - setValue( options[match_at] , argv[++i] ); - }else if( argv[i][0] == opt_prefix_char ) { /* POSIX char */ - if( POSIX() ){ - char ch = parsePOSIX( argv[i]+1 );/* skip - */ - if( ch != '0' && i < argc-1 ) /* matching char */ - setValue( ch , argv[++i] ); - } else { /* treat it as GNU option with a - */ - int match_at = parseGNU( argv[i]+1 ); /* skip - */ - if( match_at >= 0 && i < argc-1 ) /* found match */ - setValue( options[match_at] , argv[++i] ); - } - }else { /* not option but an argument keep index */ - if( new_argc < max_legal_args ){ - new_argv[ new_argc ] = i ; - new_argc++; - }else{ /* ignore extra arguments */ - printVerbose( "Ignoring extra argument: " ); - printVerbose( argv[i] ); - printVerbose( ); - printAutoUsage(); - } - printVerbose( "Unknown command argument option : " ); - printVerbose( argv[i] ); - printVerbose( ); - printAutoUsage(); - } - } -} - -char -AnyOption::parsePOSIX( char* arg ) -{ - - for( unsigned int i = 0 ; i < strlen(arg) ; i++ ){ - char ch = arg[i] ; - if( matchChar(ch) ) { /* keep matching flags till an option */ - /*if last char argv[++i] is the value */ - if( i == strlen(arg)-1 ){ - return ch; - }else{/* else the rest of arg is the value */ - i++; /* skip any '=' and ' ' */ - while( arg[i] == whitespace - || arg[i] == equalsign ) - i++; - setValue( ch , arg+i ); - return '0'; - } - } - } - printVerbose( "Unknown command argument option : " ); - printVerbose( arg ); - printVerbose( ); - printAutoUsage(); - return '0'; -} - -int -AnyOption::parseGNU( char *arg ) -{ - int split_at = 0; - /* if has a '=' sign get value */ - for( unsigned int i = 0 ; i < strlen(arg) ; i++ ){ - if(arg[i] == equalsign ){ - split_at = i ; /* store index */ - i = strlen(arg); /* get out of loop */ - } - } - if( split_at > 0 ){ /* it is an option value pair */ - char* tmp = (char*) malloc( (split_at+1)*sizeof(char) ); - for( int i = 0 ; i < split_at ; i++ ) - tmp[i] = arg[i]; - tmp[split_at] = '\0'; - - if ( matchOpt( tmp ) >= 0 ){ - setValue( options[matchOpt(tmp)] , arg+split_at+1 ); - free (tmp); - }else{ - printVerbose( "Unknown command argument option : " ); - printVerbose( arg ); - printVerbose( ); - printAutoUsage(); - free (tmp); - return -1; - } - }else{ /* regular options with no '=' sign */ - return matchOpt(arg); - } - return -1; -} - - -int -AnyOption::matchOpt( char *opt ) -{ - for( int i = 0 ; i < option_counter ; i++ ){ - if( strcmp( options[i], opt ) == 0 ){ - if( optiontype[i] == COMMON_OPT || - optiontype[i] == COMMAND_OPT ) - { /* found option return index */ - return i; - }else if( optiontype[i] == COMMON_FLAG || - optiontype[i] == COMMAND_FLAG ) - { /* found flag, set it */ - setFlagOn( opt ); - return -1; - } - } - } - printVerbose( "Unknown command argument option : " ); - printVerbose( opt ) ; - printVerbose( ); - printAutoUsage(); - return -1; -} -bool -AnyOption::matchChar( char c ) -{ - for( int i = 0 ; i < optchar_counter ; i++ ){ - if( optionchars[i] == c ) { /* found match */ - if(optchartype[i] == COMMON_OPT || - optchartype[i] == COMMAND_OPT ) - { /* an option store and stop scanning */ - return true; - }else if( optchartype[i] == COMMON_FLAG || - optchartype[i] == COMMAND_FLAG ) { /* a flag store and keep scanning */ - setFlagOn( c ); - return false; - } - } - } - printVerbose( "Unknown command argument option : " ); - printVerbose( c ) ; - printVerbose( ); - printAutoUsage(); - return false; -} - -bool -AnyOption::valueStoreOK( ) -{ - int size= 0; - if( !set ){ - if( g_value_counter > 0 ){ - size = g_value_counter * sizeof(char*); - values = (char**)malloc( size ); - for( int i = 0 ; i < g_value_counter ; i++) - values[i] = NULL; - set = true; - } - } - return set; -} - -/* - * public get methods - */ -char* -AnyOption::getValue( const char *option ) -{ - if( !valueStoreOK() ) - return NULL; - - for( int i = 0 ; i < option_counter ; i++ ){ - if( strcmp( options[i], option ) == 0 ) - return values[ optionindex[i] ]; - } - return NULL; -} - -bool -AnyOption::getFlag( const char *option ) -{ - if( !valueStoreOK() ) - return false; - for( int i = 0 ; i < option_counter ; i++ ){ - if( strcmp( options[i], option ) == 0 ) - return findFlag( values[ optionindex[i] ] ); - } - return false; -} - -char* -AnyOption::getValue( char option ) -{ - if( !valueStoreOK() ) - return NULL; - for( int i = 0 ; i < optchar_counter ; i++ ){ - if( optionchars[i] == option ) - return values[ optcharindex[i] ]; - } - return NULL; -} - -bool -AnyOption::getFlag( char option ) -{ - if( !valueStoreOK() ) - return false; - for( int i = 0 ; i < optchar_counter ; i++ ){ - if( optionchars[i] == option ) - return findFlag( values[ optcharindex[i] ] ) ; - } - return false; -} - -bool -AnyOption::findFlag( char* val ) -{ - if( val == NULL ) - return false; - - if( strcmp( TRUE_FLAG , val ) == 0 ) - return true; - - return false; -} - -/* - * private set methods - */ -bool -AnyOption::setValue( const char *option , char *value ) -{ - if( !valueStoreOK() ) - return false; - for( int i = 0 ; i < option_counter ; i++ ){ - if( strcmp( options[i], option ) == 0 ){ - values[ optionindex[i] ] = (char*) malloc((strlen(value)+1)*sizeof(char)); - strcpy( values[ optionindex[i] ], value ); - return true; - } - } - return false; -} - -bool -AnyOption::setFlagOn( const char *option ) -{ - if( !valueStoreOK() ) - return false; - for( int i = 0 ; i < option_counter ; i++ ){ - if( strcmp( options[i], option ) == 0 ){ - values[ optionindex[i] ] = (char*) malloc((strlen(TRUE_FLAG)+1)*sizeof(char)); - strcpy( values[ optionindex[i] ] , TRUE_FLAG ); - return true; - } - } - return false; -} - -bool -AnyOption::setValue( char option , char *value ) -{ - if( !valueStoreOK() ) - return false; - for( int i = 0 ; i < optchar_counter ; i++ ){ - if( optionchars[i] == option ){ - values[ optcharindex[i] ] = (char*) malloc((strlen(value)+1)*sizeof(char)); - strcpy( values[ optcharindex[i] ], value ); - return true; - } - } - return false; -} - -bool -AnyOption::setFlagOn( char option ) -{ - if( !valueStoreOK() ) - return false; - for( int i = 0 ; i < optchar_counter ; i++ ){ - if( optionchars[i] == option ){ - values[ optcharindex[i] ] = (char*) malloc((strlen(TRUE_FLAG)+1)*sizeof(char)); - strcpy( values[ optcharindex[i] ] , TRUE_FLAG ); - return true; - } - } - return false; -} - - -int -AnyOption::getArgc( ) -{ - return new_argc; -} - -char* -AnyOption::getArgv( int index ) -{ - if( index < new_argc ){ - return ( argv[ new_argv[ index ] ] ); - } - return NULL; -} - -/* dotfile sub routines */ - -bool -AnyOption::processFile() -{ - if( ! (valueStoreOK() && FileSet()) ) - return false; - return ( consumeFile(readFile()) ); -} - -bool -AnyOption::processFile( const char *filename ) -{ - useFiileName(filename ); - return ( processFile() ); -} - -char* -AnyOption::readFile() -{ - return ( readFile(filename) ); -} - -/* - * read the file contents to a character buffer - */ - -char* -AnyOption::readFile( const char* fname ) -{ - int length; - char *buffer; - ifstream is; - is.open ( fname , ifstream::in ); - if( ! is.good() ){ - is.close(); - return NULL; - } - is.seekg (0, ios::end); - length = is.tellg(); - is.seekg (0, ios::beg); - buffer = (char*) malloc(length*sizeof(char)); - is.read (buffer,length); - is.close(); - return buffer; -} - -/* - * scans a char* buffer for lines that does not - * start with the specified comment character. - */ -bool -AnyOption::consumeFile( char *buffer ) -{ - - if( buffer == NULL ) - return false; - - char *cursor = buffer;/* preserve the ptr */ - char *pline = NULL ; - int linelength = 0; - bool newline = true; - for( unsigned int i = 0 ; i < strlen( buffer ) ; i++ ){ - if( *cursor == endofline ) { /* end of line */ - if( pline != NULL ) /* valid line */ - processLine( pline, linelength ); - pline = NULL; - newline = true; - }else if( newline ){ /* start of line */ - newline = false; - if( (*cursor != comment ) ){ /* not a comment */ - pline = cursor ; - linelength = 0 ; - } - } - cursor++; /* keep moving */ - linelength++; - } - free (buffer); - return true; -} - - -/* - * find a valid type value pair separated by a delimiter - * character and pass it to valuePairs() - * any line which is not valid will be considered a value - * and will get passed on to justValue() - * - * assuming delimiter is ':' the behaviour will be, - * - * width:10 - valid pair valuePairs( width, 10 ); - * width : 10 - valid pair valuepairs( width, 10 ); - * - * :::: - not valid - * width - not valid - * :10 - not valid - * width: - not valid - * :: - not valid - * : - not valid - * - */ - -void -AnyOption::processLine( char *theline, int length ) -{ - bool found = false; - char *pline = (char*) malloc( (length+1)*sizeof(char) ); - for( int i = 0 ; i < length ; i ++ ) - pline[i]= *(theline++); - pline[length] = nullterminate; - char *cursor = pline ; /* preserve the ptr */ - if( *cursor == delimiter || *(cursor+length-1) == delimiter ){ - justValue( pline );/* line with start/end delimiter */ - }else{ - for( int i = 1 ; i < length-1 && !found ; i++){/* delimiter */ - if( *cursor == delimiter ){ - *(cursor-1) = nullterminate; /* two strings */ - found = true; - valuePairs( pline , cursor+1 ); - } - cursor++; - } - cursor++; - if( !found ) /* not a pair */ - justValue( pline ); - } - free (pline); -} - -/* - * removes trailing and preceeding whitespaces from a string - */ -char* -AnyOption::chomp( char *str ) -{ - while( *str == whitespace ) - str++; - char *end = str+strlen(str)-1; - while( *end == whitespace ) - end--; - *(end+1) = nullterminate; - return str; -} - -void -AnyOption::valuePairs( char *type, char *value ) -{ - if ( strlen(chomp(type)) == 1 ){ /* this is a char option */ - for( int i = 0 ; i < optchar_counter ; i++ ){ - if( optionchars[i] == type[0] ){ /* match */ - if( optchartype[i] == COMMON_OPT || - optchartype[i] == FILE_OPT ) - { - setValue( type[0] , chomp(value) ); - return; - } - } - } - } - /* if no char options matched */ - for( int i = 0 ; i < option_counter ; i++ ){ - if( strcmp( options[i], type ) == 0 ){ /* match */ - if( optiontype[i] == COMMON_OPT || - optiontype[i] == FILE_OPT ) - { - setValue( type , chomp(value) ); - return; - } - } - } - printVerbose( "Unknown option in resourcefile : " ); - printVerbose( type ); - printVerbose( ); -} - -void -AnyOption::justValue( char *type ) -{ - - if ( strlen(chomp(type)) == 1 ){ /* this is a char option */ - for( int i = 0 ; i < optchar_counter ; i++ ){ - if( optionchars[i] == type[0] ){ /* match */ - if( optchartype[i] == COMMON_FLAG || - optchartype[i] == FILE_FLAG ) - { - setFlagOn( type[0] ); - return; - } - } - } - } - /* if no char options matched */ - for( int i = 0 ; i < option_counter ; i++ ){ - if( strcmp( options[i], type ) == 0 ){ /* match */ - if( optiontype[i] == COMMON_FLAG || - optiontype[i] == FILE_FLAG ) - { - setFlagOn( type ); - return; - } - } - } - printVerbose( "Unknown option in resourcefile : " ); - printVerbose( type ); - printVerbose( ); -} - -/* - * usage and help - */ - - -void -AnyOption::printAutoUsage() -{ - if( autousage ) printUsage(); -} - -void -AnyOption::printUsage() -{ - - if( once ) { - once = false ; - cout << endl ; - for( int i = 0 ; i < usage_lines ; i++ ) - cout << usage[i] << endl ; - cout << endl ; - } -} - - -void -AnyOption::addUsage( const char *line ) -{ - if( usage_lines >= max_usage_lines ){ - if( doubleUsageStorage() == false ){ - addUsageError( line ); - exit(1); - } - } - usage[ usage_lines ] = line ; - usage_lines++; -} - -void -AnyOption::addUsageError( const char *line ) -{ - cout << endl ; - cout << "OPTIONS ERROR : Failed allocating extra memory " << endl ; - cout << "While adding the usage/help : \""<< line << "\"" << endl; - cout << "Exiting." << endl ; - cout << endl ; - exit(0); - -} diff --git a/mmc_updater/depends/AnyOption/anyoption.h b/mmc_updater/depends/AnyOption/anyoption.h deleted file mode 100644 index 01501df2..00000000 --- a/mmc_updater/depends/AnyOption/anyoption.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,270 +0,0 @@ -#ifndef _ANYOPTION_H -#define _ANYOPTION_H - -#include -#include -#include -#include - -#define COMMON_OPT 1 -#define COMMAND_OPT 2 -#define FILE_OPT 3 -#define COMMON_FLAG 4 -#define COMMAND_FLAG 5 -#define FILE_FLAG 6 - -#define COMMAND_OPTION_TYPE 1 -#define COMMAND_FLAG_TYPE 2 -#define FILE_OPTION_TYPE 3 -#define FILE_FLAG_TYPE 4 -#define UNKNOWN_TYPE 5 - -#define DEFAULT_MAXOPTS 10 -#define MAX_LONG_PREFIX_LENGTH 2 - -#define DEFAULT_MAXUSAGE 3 -#define DEFAULT_MAXHELP 10 - -#define TRUE_FLAG "true" - -using namespace std; - -class AnyOption -{ - -public: /* the public interface */ - AnyOption(); - AnyOption(int maxoptions ); - AnyOption(int maxoptions , int maxcharoptions); - ~AnyOption(); - - /* - * following set methods specifies the - * special characters and delimiters - * if not set traditional defaults will be used - */ - - void setCommandPrefixChar( char _prefix ); /* '-' in "-w" */ - void setCommandLongPrefix( char *_prefix ); /* '--' in "--width" */ - void setFileCommentChar( char _comment ); /* '#' in shellscripts */ - void setFileDelimiterChar( char _delimiter );/* ':' in "width : 100" */ - - /* - * provide the input for the options - * like argv[] for commndline and the - * option file name to use; - */ - - void useCommandArgs( int _argc, char **_argv ); - void useFiileName( const char *_filename ); - - /* - * turn off the POSIX style options - * this means anything starting with a '-' or "--" - * will be considered a valid option - * which alo means you cannot add a bunch of - * POIX options chars together like "-lr" for "-l -r" - * - */ - - void noPOSIX(); - - /* - * prints warning verbose if you set anything wrong - */ - void setVerbose(); - - - /* - * there are two types of options - * - * Option - has an associated value ( -w 100 ) - * Flag - no value, just a boolean flag ( -nogui ) - * - * the options can be either a string ( GNU style ) - * or a character ( traditional POSIX style ) - * or both ( --width, -w ) - * - * the options can be common to the commandline and - * the optionfile, or can belong only to either of - * commandline and optionfile - * - * following set methods, handle all the aboove - * cases of options. - */ - - /* options comman to command line and option file */ - void setOption( const char *opt_string ); - void setOption( char opt_char ); - void setOption( const char *opt_string , char opt_char ); - void setFlag( const char *opt_string ); - void setFlag( char opt_char ); - void setFlag( const char *opt_string , char opt_char ); - - /* options read from commandline only */ - void setCommandOption( const char *opt_string ); - void setCommandOption( char opt_char ); - void setCommandOption( const char *opt_string , char opt_char ); - void setCommandFlag( const char *opt_string ); - void setCommandFlag( char opt_char ); - void setCommandFlag( const char *opt_string , char opt_char ); - - /* options read from an option file only */ - void setFileOption( const char *opt_string ); - void setFileOption( char opt_char ); - void setFileOption( const char *opt_string , char opt_char ); - void setFileFlag( const char *opt_string ); - void setFileFlag( char opt_char ); - void setFileFlag( const char *opt_string , char opt_char ); - - /* - * process the options, registerd using - * useCommandArgs() and useFileName(); - */ - void processOptions(); - void processCommandArgs(); - void processCommandArgs( int max_args ); - bool processFile(); - - /* - * process the specified options - */ - void processCommandArgs( int _argc, char **_argv ); - void processCommandArgs( int _argc, char **_argv, int max_args ); - bool processFile( const char *_filename ); - - /* - * get the value of the options - * will return NULL if no value is set - */ - char *getValue( const char *_option ); - bool getFlag( const char *_option ); - char *getValue( char _optchar ); - bool getFlag( char _optchar ); - - /* - * Print Usage - */ - void printUsage(); - void printAutoUsage(); - void addUsage( const char *line ); - void printHelp(); - /* print auto usage printing for unknown options or flag */ - void autoUsagePrint(bool flag); - - /* - * get the argument count and arguments sans the options - */ - int getArgc(); - char* getArgv( int index ); - bool hasOptions(); - -private: /* the hidden data structure */ - int argc; /* commandline arg count */ - char **argv; /* commndline args */ - const char* filename; /* the option file */ - char* appname; /* the application name from argv[0] */ - - int *new_argv; /* arguments sans options (index to argv) */ - int new_argc; /* argument count sans the options */ - int max_legal_args; /* ignore extra arguments */ - - - /* option strings storage + indexing */ - int max_options; /* maximum number of options */ - const char **options; /* storage */ - int *optiontype; /* type - common, command, file */ - int *optionindex; /* index into value storage */ - int option_counter; /* counter for added options */ - - /* option chars storage + indexing */ - int max_char_options; /* maximum number options */ - char *optionchars; /* storage */ - int *optchartype; /* type - common, command, file */ - int *optcharindex; /* index into value storage */ - int optchar_counter; /* counter for added options */ - - /* values */ - char **values; /* common value storage */ - int g_value_counter; /* globally updated value index LAME! */ - - /* help and usage */ - const char **usage; /* usage */ - int max_usage_lines; /* max usage lines reseverd */ - int usage_lines; /* number of usage lines */ - - bool command_set; /* if argc/argv were provided */ - bool file_set; /* if a filename was provided */ - bool mem_allocated; /* if memory allocated in init() */ - bool posix_style; /* enables to turn off POSIX style options */ - bool verbose; /* silent|verbose */ - bool print_usage; /* usage verbose */ - bool print_help; /* help verbose */ - - char opt_prefix_char; /* '-' in "-w" */ - char long_opt_prefix[MAX_LONG_PREFIX_LENGTH + 1]; /* '--' in "--width" */ - char file_delimiter_char; /* ':' in width : 100 */ - char file_comment_char; /* '#' in "#this is a comment" */ - char equalsign; - char comment; - char delimiter; - char endofline; - char whitespace; - char nullterminate; - - bool set; //was static member - bool once; //was static member - - bool hasoptions; - bool autousage; - -private: /* the hidden utils */ - void init(); - void init(int maxopt, int maxcharopt ); - bool alloc(); - void cleanup(); - bool valueStoreOK(); - - /* grow storage arrays as required */ - bool doubleOptStorage(); - bool doubleCharStorage(); - bool doubleUsageStorage(); - - bool setValue( const char *option , char *value ); - bool setFlagOn( const char *option ); - bool setValue( char optchar , char *value); - bool setFlagOn( char optchar ); - - void addOption( const char* option , int type ); - void addOption( char optchar , int type ); - void addOptionError( const char *opt); - void addOptionError( char opt); - bool findFlag( char* value ); - void addUsageError( const char *line ); - bool CommandSet(); - bool FileSet(); - bool POSIX(); - - char parsePOSIX( char* arg ); - int parseGNU( char *arg ); - bool matchChar( char c ); - int matchOpt( char *opt ); - - /* dot file methods */ - char *readFile(); - char *readFile( const char* fname ); - bool consumeFile( char *buffer ); - void processLine( char *theline, int length ); - char *chomp( char *str ); - void valuePairs( char *type, char *value ); - void justValue( char *value ); - - void printVerbose( const char *msg ); - void printVerbose( char *msg ); - void printVerbose( char ch ); - void printVerbose( ); - - -}; - -#endif /* ! _ANYOPTION_H */ diff --git a/mmc_updater/depends/tinyxml/CMakeLists.txt b/mmc_updater/depends/tinyxml/CMakeLists.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 25c9bb92..00000000 --- a/mmc_updater/depends/tinyxml/CMakeLists.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,24 +0,0 @@ -# TinyXML 1.0.1 -project(tinyxml) - -cmake_minimum_required(VERSION 2.6) - -Add_definitions(-DTIXML_USE_STL) - -set(SOURCES - tinystr.cpp - tinyxml.cpp - tinyxmlerror.cpp - tinyxmlparser.cpp -) - -set(HEADERS - tinystr.h - tinyxml.h -) - -add_library(tinyxml - ${SOURCES} - ${HEADERS} -) - diff --git a/mmc_updater/depends/tinyxml/readme.txt b/mmc_updater/depends/tinyxml/readme.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 89d9e8d3..00000000 --- a/mmc_updater/depends/tinyxml/readme.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,530 +0,0 @@ -/** @mainpage - -

TinyXML

- -TinyXML is a simple, small, C++ XML parser that can be easily -integrated into other programs. - -

What it does.

- -In brief, TinyXML parses an XML document, and builds from that a -Document Object Model (DOM) that can be read, modified, and saved. - -XML stands for "eXtensible Markup Language." It allows you to create -your own document markups. Where HTML does a very good job of marking -documents for browsers, XML allows you to define any kind of document -markup, for example a document that describes a "to do" list for an -organizer application. XML is a very structured and convenient format. -All those random file formats created to store application data can -all be replaced with XML. One parser for everything. - -The best place for the complete, correct, and quite frankly hard to -read spec is at -http://www.w3.org/TR/2004/REC-xml-20040204/. An intro to XML -(that I really like) can be found at -http://skew.org/xml/tutorial. - -There are different ways to access and interact with XML data. -TinyXML uses a Document Object Model (DOM), meaning the XML data is parsed -into a C++ objects that can be browsed and manipulated, and then -written to disk or another output stream. You can also construct an XML document -from scratch with C++ objects and write this to disk or another output -stream. - -TinyXML is designed to be easy and fast to learn. It is two headers -and four cpp files. Simply add these to your project and off you go. -There is an example file - xmltest.cpp - to get you started. - -TinyXML is released under the ZLib license, -so you can use it in open source or commercial code. The details -of the license are at the top of every source file. - -TinyXML attempts to be a flexible parser, but with truly correct and -compliant XML output. TinyXML should compile on any reasonably C++ -compliant system. It does not rely on exceptions or RTTI. It can be -compiled with or without STL support. TinyXML fully supports -the UTF-8 encoding, and the first 64k character entities. - - -

What it doesn't do.

- -TinyXML doesn't parse or use DTDs (Document Type Definitions) or XSLs -(eXtensible Stylesheet Language.) There are other parsers out there -(check out www.sourceforge.org, search for XML) that are much more fully -featured. But they are also much bigger, take longer to set up in -your project, have a higher learning curve, and often have a more -restrictive license. If you are working with browsers or have more -complete XML needs, TinyXML is not the parser for you. - -The following DTD syntax will not parse at this time in TinyXML: - -@verbatim - - ]> -@endverbatim - -because TinyXML sees this as a !DOCTYPE node with an illegally -embedded !ELEMENT node. This may be addressed in the future. - -

Tutorials.

- -For the impatient, here is a tutorial to get you going. A great way to get started, -but it is worth your time to read this (very short) manual completely. - -- @subpage tutorial0 - -

Code Status.

- -TinyXML is mature, tested code. It is very stable. If you find -bugs, please file a bug report on the sourceforge web site -(www.sourceforge.net/projects/tinyxml). We'll get them straightened -out as soon as possible. - -There are some areas of improvement; please check sourceforge if you are -interested in working on TinyXML. - -

Related Projects

- -TinyXML projects you may find useful! (Descriptions provided by the projects.) - -
    -
  • TinyXPath (http://tinyxpath.sourceforge.net). TinyXPath is a small footprint - XPath syntax decoder, written in C++.
    • -
  • TinyXML++ (http://code.google.com/p/ticpp/). TinyXML++ is a completely new - interface to TinyXML that uses MANY of the C++ strengths. Templates, - exceptions, and much better error handling.
    • -
- -

Features

- -

Using STL

- -TinyXML can be compiled to use or not use STL. When using STL, TinyXML -uses the std::string class, and fully supports std::istream, std::ostream, -operator<<, and operator>>. Many API methods have both 'const char*' and -'const std::string&' forms. - -When STL support is compiled out, no STL files are included whatsoever. All -the string classes are implemented by TinyXML itself. API methods -all use the 'const char*' form for input. - -Use the compile time #define: - - TIXML_USE_STL - -to compile one version or the other. This can be passed by the compiler, -or set as the first line of "tinyxml.h". - -Note: If compiling the test code in Linux, setting the environment -variable TINYXML_USE_STL=YES/NO will control STL compilation. In the -Windows project file, STL and non STL targets are provided. In your project, -It's probably easiest to add the line "#define TIXML_USE_STL" as the first -line of tinyxml.h. - -

UTF-8

- -TinyXML supports UTF-8 allowing to manipulate XML files in any language. TinyXML -also supports "legacy mode" - the encoding used before UTF-8 support and -probably best described as "extended ascii". - -Normally, TinyXML will try to detect the correct encoding and use it. However, -by setting the value of TIXML_DEFAULT_ENCODING in the header file, TinyXML -can be forced to always use one encoding. - -TinyXML will assume Legacy Mode until one of the following occurs: -
    -
  1. If the non-standard but common "UTF-8 lead bytes" (0xef 0xbb 0xbf) - begin the file or data stream, TinyXML will read it as UTF-8.
    2. -
  2. If the declaration tag is read, and it has an encoding="UTF-8", then - TinyXML will read it as UTF-8.
    3. -
  3. If the declaration tag is read, and it has no encoding specified, then TinyXML will - read it as UTF-8.
    4. -
  4. If the declaration tag is read, and it has an encoding="something else", then TinyXML - will read it as Legacy Mode. In legacy mode, TinyXML will work as it did before. It's - not clear what that mode does exactly, but old content should keep working.
    5. -
  5. Until one of the above criteria is met, TinyXML runs in Legacy Mode.
    6. -
- -What happens if the encoding is incorrectly set or detected? TinyXML will try -to read and pass through text seen as improperly encoded. You may get some strange results or -mangled characters. You may want to force TinyXML to the correct mode. - -You may force TinyXML to Legacy Mode by using LoadFile( TIXML_ENCODING_LEGACY ) or -LoadFile( filename, TIXML_ENCODING_LEGACY ). You may force it to use legacy mode all -the time by setting TIXML_DEFAULT_ENCODING = TIXML_ENCODING_LEGACY. Likewise, you may -force it to TIXML_ENCODING_UTF8 with the same technique. - -For English users, using English XML, UTF-8 is the same as low-ASCII. You -don't need to be aware of UTF-8 or change your code in any way. You can think -of UTF-8 as a "superset" of ASCII. - -UTF-8 is not a double byte format - but it is a standard encoding of Unicode! -TinyXML does not use or directly support wchar, TCHAR, or Microsoft's _UNICODE at this time. -It is common to see the term "Unicode" improperly refer to UTF-16, a wide byte encoding -of unicode. This is a source of confusion. - -For "high-ascii" languages - everything not English, pretty much - TinyXML can -handle all languages, at the same time, as long as the XML is encoded -in UTF-8. That can be a little tricky, older programs and operating systems -tend to use the "default" or "traditional" code page. Many apps (and almost all -modern ones) can output UTF-8, but older or stubborn (or just broken) ones -still output text in the default code page. - -For example, Japanese systems traditionally use SHIFT-JIS encoding. -Text encoded as SHIFT-JIS can not be read by TinyXML. -A good text editor can import SHIFT-JIS and then save as UTF-8. - -The Skew.org link does a great -job covering the encoding issue. - -The test file "utf8test.xml" is an XML containing English, Spanish, Russian, -and Simplified Chinese. (Hopefully they are translated correctly). The file -"utf8test.gif" is a screen capture of the XML file, rendered in IE. Note that -if you don't have the correct fonts (Simplified Chinese or Russian) on your -system, you won't see output that matches the GIF file even if you can parse -it correctly. Also note that (at least on my Windows machine) console output -is in a Western code page, so that Print() or printf() cannot correctly display -the file. This is not a bug in TinyXML - just an OS issue. No data is lost or -destroyed by TinyXML. The console just doesn't render UTF-8. - - -

Entities

-TinyXML recognizes the pre-defined "character entities", meaning special -characters. Namely: - -@verbatim - & & - < < - > > - " " - ' ' -@endverbatim - -These are recognized when the XML document is read, and translated to there -UTF-8 equivalents. For instance, text with the XML of: - -@verbatim - Far & Away -@endverbatim - -will have the Value() of "Far & Away" when queried from the TiXmlText object, -and will be written back to the XML stream/file as an ampersand. Older versions -of TinyXML "preserved" character entities, but the newer versions will translate -them into characters. - -Additionally, any character can be specified by its Unicode code point: -The syntax " " or " " are both to the non-breaking space characher. - -

Printing

-TinyXML can print output in several different ways that all have strengths and limitations. - -- Print( FILE* ). Output to a std-C stream, which includes all C files as well as stdout. - - "Pretty prints", but you don't have control over printing options. - - The output is streamed directly to the FILE object, so there is no memory overhead - in the TinyXML code. - - used by Print() and SaveFile() - -- operator<<. Output to a c++ stream. - - Integrates with standart C++ iostreams. - - Outputs in "network printing" mode without line breaks. Good for network transmission - and moving XML between C++ objects, but hard for a human to read. - -- TiXmlPrinter. Output to a std::string or memory buffer. - - API is less concise - - Future printing options will be put here. - - Printing may change slightly in future versions as it is refined and expanded. - -

Streams

-With TIXML_USE_STL on TinyXML supports C++ streams (operator <<,>>) streams as well -as C (FILE*) streams. There are some differences that you may need to be aware of. - -C style output: - - based on FILE* - - the Print() and SaveFile() methods - - Generates formatted output, with plenty of white space, intended to be as - human-readable as possible. They are very fast, and tolerant of ill formed - XML documents. For example, an XML document that contains 2 root elements - and 2 declarations, will still print. - -C style input: - - based on FILE* - - the Parse() and LoadFile() methods - - A fast, tolerant read. Use whenever you don't need the C++ streams. - -C++ style output: - - based on std::ostream - - operator<< - - Generates condensed output, intended for network transmission rather than - readability. Depending on your system's implementation of the ostream class, - these may be somewhat slower. (Or may not.) Not tolerant of ill formed XML: - a document should contain the correct one root element. Additional root level - elements will not be streamed out. - -C++ style input: - - based on std::istream - - operator>> - - Reads XML from a stream, making it useful for network transmission. The tricky - part is knowing when the XML document is complete, since there will almost - certainly be other data in the stream. TinyXML will assume the XML data is - complete after it reads the root element. Put another way, documents that - are ill-constructed with more than one root element will not read correctly. - Also note that operator>> is somewhat slower than Parse, due to both - implementation of the STL and limitations of TinyXML. - -

White space

-The world simply does not agree on whether white space should be kept, or condensed. -For example, pretend the '_' is a space, and look at "Hello____world". HTML, and -at least some XML parsers, will interpret this as "Hello_world". They condense white -space. Some XML parsers do not, and will leave it as "Hello____world". (Remember -to keep pretending the _ is a space.) Others suggest that __Hello___world__ should become -Hello___world. - -It's an issue that hasn't been resolved to my satisfaction. TinyXML supports the -first 2 approaches. Call TiXmlBase::SetCondenseWhiteSpace( bool ) to set the desired behavior. -The default is to condense white space. - -If you change the default, you should call TiXmlBase::SetCondenseWhiteSpace( bool ) -before making any calls to Parse XML data, and I don't recommend changing it after -it has been set. - - -

Handles

- -Where browsing an XML document in a robust way, it is important to check -for null returns from method calls. An error safe implementation can -generate a lot of code like: - -@verbatim -TiXmlElement* root = document.FirstChildElement( "Document" ); -if ( root ) -{ - TiXmlElement* element = root->FirstChildElement( "Element" ); - if ( element ) - { - TiXmlElement* child = element->FirstChildElement( "Child" ); - if ( child ) - { - TiXmlElement* child2 = child->NextSiblingElement( "Child" ); - if ( child2 ) - { - // Finally do something useful. -@endverbatim - -Handles have been introduced to clean this up. Using the TiXmlHandle class, -the previous code reduces to: - -@verbatim -TiXmlHandle docHandle( &document ); -TiXmlElement* child2 = docHandle.FirstChild( "Document" ).FirstChild( "Element" ).Child( "Child", 1 ).ToElement(); -if ( child2 ) -{ - // do something useful -@endverbatim - -Which is much easier to deal with. See TiXmlHandle for more information. - - -

Row and Column tracking

-Being able to track nodes and attributes back to their origin location -in source files can be very important for some applications. Additionally, -knowing where parsing errors occured in the original source can be very -time saving. - -TinyXML can tracks the row and column origin of all nodes and attributes -in a text file. The TiXmlBase::Row() and TiXmlBase::Column() methods return -the origin of the node in the source text. The correct tabs can be -configured in TiXmlDocument::SetTabSize(). - - -

Using and Installing

- -To Compile and Run xmltest: - -A Linux Makefile and a Windows Visual C++ .dsw file is provided. -Simply compile and run. It will write the file demotest.xml to your -disk and generate output on the screen. It also tests walking the -DOM by printing out the number of nodes found using different -techniques. - -The Linux makefile is very generic and runs on many systems - it -is currently tested on mingw and -MacOSX. You do not need to run 'make depend'. The dependecies have been -hard coded. - -

Windows project file for VC6

-
    -
  • tinyxml: tinyxml library, non-STL
    • -
  • tinyxmlSTL: tinyxml library, STL
    • -
  • tinyXmlTest: test app, non-STL
    • -
  • tinyXmlTestSTL: test app, STL
    • -
- -

Makefile

-At the top of the makefile you can set: - -PROFILE, DEBUG, and TINYXML_USE_STL. Details (such that they are) are in -the makefile. - -In the tinyxml directory, type "make clean" then "make". The executable -file 'xmltest' will be created. - - - -

To Use in an Application:

- -Add tinyxml.cpp, tinyxml.h, tinyxmlerror.cpp, tinyxmlparser.cpp, tinystr.cpp, and tinystr.h to your -project or make file. That's it! It should compile on any reasonably -compliant C++ system. You do not need to enable exceptions or -RTTI for TinyXML. - - -

How TinyXML works.

- -An example is probably the best way to go. Take: -@verbatim - - - - Go to the Toy store! - Do bills - -@endverbatim - -Its not much of a To Do list, but it will do. To read this file -(say "demo.xml") you would create a document, and parse it in: -@verbatim - TiXmlDocument doc( "demo.xml" ); - doc.LoadFile(); -@endverbatim - -And its ready to go. Now lets look at some lines and how they -relate to the DOM. - -@verbatim - -@endverbatim - - The first line is a declaration, and gets turned into the - TiXmlDeclaration class. It will be the first child of the - document node. - - This is the only directive/special tag parsed by TinyXML. - Generally directive tags are stored in TiXmlUnknown so the - commands wont be lost when it is saved back to disk. - -@verbatim - -@endverbatim - - A comment. Will become a TiXmlComment object. - -@verbatim - -@endverbatim - - The "ToDo" tag defines a TiXmlElement object. This one does not have - any attributes, but does contain 2 other elements. - -@verbatim - -@endverbatim - - Creates another TiXmlElement which is a child of the "ToDo" element. - This element has 1 attribute, with the name "priority" and the value - "1". - -@verbatim -Go to the -@endverbatim - - A TiXmlText. This is a leaf node and cannot contain other nodes. - It is a child of the "Item" TiXmlElement. - -@verbatim - -@endverbatim - - - Another TiXmlElement, this one a child of the "Item" element. - -Etc. - -Looking at the entire object tree, you end up with: -@verbatim -TiXmlDocument "demo.xml" - TiXmlDeclaration "version='1.0'" "standalone=no" - TiXmlComment " Our to do list data" - TiXmlElement "ToDo" - TiXmlElement "Item" Attribtutes: priority = 1 - TiXmlText "Go to the " - TiXmlElement "bold" - TiXmlText "Toy store!" - TiXmlElement "Item" Attributes: priority=2 - TiXmlText "Do bills" -@endverbatim - -

Documentation

- -The documentation is build with Doxygen, using the 'dox' -configuration file. - -

License

- -TinyXML is released under the zlib license: - -This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied -warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any -damages arising from the use of this software. - -Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any -purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and -redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions: - -1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must -not claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this -software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation -would be appreciated but is not required. - -2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and -must not be misrepresented as being the original software. - -3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source -distribution. - -

References

- -The World Wide Web Consortium is the definitive standard body for -XML, and their web pages contain huge amounts of information. - -The definitive spec: -http://www.w3.org/TR/2004/REC-xml-20040204/ - -I also recommend "XML Pocket Reference" by Robert Eckstein and published by -OReilly...the book that got the whole thing started. - -

Contributors, Contacts, and a Brief History

- -Thanks very much to everyone who sends suggestions, bugs, ideas, and -encouragement. It all helps, and makes this project fun. A special thanks -to the contributors on the web pages that keep it lively. - -So many people have sent in bugs and ideas, that rather than list here -we try to give credit due in the "changes.txt" file. - -TinyXML was originally written by Lee Thomason. (Often the "I" still -in the documentation.) Lee reviews changes and releases new versions, -with the help of Yves Berquin, Andrew Ellerton, and the tinyXml community. - -We appreciate your suggestions, and would love to know if you -use TinyXML. Hopefully you will enjoy it and find it useful. -Please post questions, comments, file bugs, or contact us at: - -www.sourceforge.net/projects/tinyxml - -Lee Thomason, Yves Berquin, Andrew Ellerton -*/ diff --git a/mmc_updater/depends/tinyxml/tinystr.cpp b/mmc_updater/depends/tinyxml/tinystr.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index 06657682..00000000 --- a/mmc_updater/depends/tinyxml/tinystr.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,111 +0,0 @@ -/* -www.sourceforge.net/projects/tinyxml - -This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied -warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any -damages arising from the use of this software. - -Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any -purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and -redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions: - -1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must -not claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this -software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation -would be appreciated but is not required. - -2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and -must not be misrepresented as being the original software. - -3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source -distribution. -*/ - - -#ifndef TIXML_USE_STL - -#include "tinystr.h" - -// Error value for find primitive -const TiXmlString::size_type TiXmlString::npos = static_cast< TiXmlString::size_type >(-1); - - -// Null rep. -TiXmlString::Rep TiXmlString::nullrep_ = { 0, 0, { '\0' } }; - - -void TiXmlString::reserve (size_type cap) -{ - if (cap > capacity()) - { - TiXmlString tmp; - tmp.init(length(), cap); - memcpy(tmp.start(), data(), length()); - swap(tmp); - } -} - - -TiXmlString& TiXmlString::assign(const char* str, size_type len) -{ - size_type cap = capacity(); - if (len > cap || cap > 3*(len + 8)) - { - TiXmlString tmp; - tmp.init(len); - memcpy(tmp.start(), str, len); - swap(tmp); - } - else - { - memmove(start(), str, len); - set_size(len); - } - return *this; -} - - -TiXmlString& TiXmlString::append(const char* str, size_type len) -{ - size_type newsize = length() + len; - if (newsize > capacity()) - { - reserve (newsize + capacity()); - } - memmove(finish(), str, len); - set_size(newsize); - return *this; -} - - -TiXmlString operator + (const TiXmlString & a, const TiXmlString & b) -{ - TiXmlString tmp; - tmp.reserve(a.length() + b.length()); - tmp += a; - tmp += b; - return tmp; -} - -TiXmlString operator + (const TiXmlString & a, const char* b) -{ - TiXmlString tmp; - TiXmlString::size_type b_len = static_cast( strlen(b) ); - tmp.reserve(a.length() + b_len); - tmp += a; - tmp.append(b, b_len); - return tmp; -} - -TiXmlString operator + (const char* a, const TiXmlString & b) -{ - TiXmlString tmp; - TiXmlString::size_type a_len = static_cast( strlen(a) ); - tmp.reserve(a_len + b.length()); - tmp.append(a, a_len); - tmp += b; - return tmp; -} - - -#endif // TIXML_USE_STL diff --git a/mmc_updater/depends/tinyxml/tinystr.h b/mmc_updater/depends/tinyxml/tinystr.h deleted file mode 100644 index 89cca334..00000000 --- a/mmc_updater/depends/tinyxml/tinystr.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,305 +0,0 @@ -/* -www.sourceforge.net/projects/tinyxml - -This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied -warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any -damages arising from the use of this software. - -Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any -purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and -redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions: - -1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must -not claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this -software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation -would be appreciated but is not required. - -2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and -must not be misrepresented as being the original software. - -3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source -distribution. -*/ - - -#ifndef TIXML_USE_STL - -#ifndef TIXML_STRING_INCLUDED -#define TIXML_STRING_INCLUDED - -#include -#include - -/* The support for explicit isn't that universal, and it isn't really - required - it is used to check that the TiXmlString class isn't incorrectly - used. Be nice to old compilers and macro it here: -*/ -#if defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER >= 1200 ) - // Microsoft visual studio, version 6 and higher. - #define TIXML_EXPLICIT explicit -#elif defined(__GNUC__) && (__GNUC__ >= 3 ) - // GCC version 3 and higher.s - #define TIXML_EXPLICIT explicit -#else - #define TIXML_EXPLICIT -#endif - - -/* - TiXmlString is an emulation of a subset of the std::string template. - Its purpose is to allow compiling TinyXML on compilers with no or poor STL support. - Only the member functions relevant to the TinyXML project have been implemented. - The buffer allocation is made by a simplistic power of 2 like mechanism : if we increase - a string and there's no more room, we allocate a buffer twice as big as we need. -*/ -class TiXmlString -{ - public : - // The size type used - typedef size_t size_type; - - // Error value for find primitive - static const size_type npos; // = -1; - - - // TiXmlString empty constructor - TiXmlString () : rep_(&nullrep_) - { - } - - // TiXmlString copy constructor - TiXmlString ( const TiXmlString & copy) : rep_(0) - { - init(copy.length()); - memcpy(start(), copy.data(), length()); - } - - // TiXmlString constructor, based on a string - TIXML_EXPLICIT TiXmlString ( const char * copy) : rep_(0) - { - init( static_cast( strlen(copy) )); - memcpy(start(), copy, length()); - } - - // TiXmlString constructor, based on a string - TIXML_EXPLICIT TiXmlString ( const char * str, size_type len) : rep_(0) - { - init(len); - memcpy(start(), str, len); - } - - // TiXmlString destructor - ~TiXmlString () - { - quit(); - } - - TiXmlString& operator = (const char * copy) - { - return assign( copy, (size_type)strlen(copy)); - } - - TiXmlString& operator = (const TiXmlString & copy) - { - return assign(copy.start(), copy.length()); - } - - - // += operator. Maps to append - TiXmlString& operator += (const char * suffix) - { - return append(suffix, static_cast( strlen(suffix) )); - } - - // += operator. Maps to append - TiXmlString& operator += (char single) - { - return append(&single, 1); - } - - // += operator. Maps to append - TiXmlString& operator += (const TiXmlString & suffix) - { - return append(suffix.data(), suffix.length()); - } - - - // Convert a TiXmlString into a null-terminated char * - const char * c_str () const { return rep_->str; } - - // Convert a TiXmlString into a char * (need not be null terminated). - const char * data () const { return rep_->str; } - - // Return the length of a TiXmlString - size_type length () const { return rep_->size; } - - // Alias for length() - size_type size () const { return rep_->size; } - - // Checks if a TiXmlString is empty - bool empty () const { return rep_->size == 0; } - - // Return capacity of string - size_type capacity () const { return rep_->capacity; } - - - // single char extraction - const char& at (size_type index) const - { - assert( index < length() ); - return rep_->str[ index ]; - } - - // [] operator - char& operator [] (size_type index) const - { - assert( index < length() ); - return rep_->str[ index ]; - } - - // find a char in a string. Return TiXmlString::npos if not found - size_type find (char lookup) const - { - return find(lookup, 0); - } - - // find a char in a string from an offset. Return TiXmlString::npos if not found - size_type find (char tofind, size_type offset) const - { - if (offset >= length()) return npos; - - for (const char* p = c_str() + offset; *p != '\0'; ++p) - { - if (*p == tofind) return static_cast< size_type >( p - c_str() ); - } - return npos; - } - - void clear () - { - //Lee: - //The original was just too strange, though correct: - // TiXmlString().swap(*this); - //Instead use the quit & re-init: - quit(); - init(0,0); - } - - /* Function to reserve a big amount of data when we know we'll need it. Be aware that this - function DOES NOT clear the content of the TiXmlString if any exists. - */ - void reserve (size_type cap); - - TiXmlString& assign (const char* str, size_type len); - - TiXmlString& append (const char* str, size_type len); - - void swap (TiXmlString& other) - { - Rep* r = rep_; - rep_ = other.rep_; - other.rep_ = r; - } - - private: - - void init(size_type sz) { init(sz, sz); } - void set_size(size_type sz) { rep_->str[ rep_->size = sz ] = '\0'; } - char* start() const { return rep_->str; } - char* finish() const { return rep_->str + rep_->size; } - - struct Rep - { - size_type size, capacity; - char str[1]; - }; - - void init(size_type sz, size_type cap) - { - if (cap) - { - // Lee: the original form: - // rep_ = static_cast(operator new(sizeof(Rep) + cap)); - // doesn't work in some cases of new being overloaded. Switching - // to the normal allocation, although use an 'int' for systems - // that are overly picky about structure alignment. - const size_type bytesNeeded = sizeof(Rep) + cap; - const size_type intsNeeded = ( bytesNeeded + sizeof(int) - 1 ) / sizeof( int ); - rep_ = reinterpret_cast( new int[ intsNeeded ] ); - - rep_->str[ rep_->size = sz ] = '\0'; - rep_->capacity = cap; - } - else - { - rep_ = &nullrep_; - } - } - - void quit() - { - if (rep_ != &nullrep_) - { - // The rep_ is really an array of ints. (see the allocator, above). - // Cast it back before delete, so the compiler won't incorrectly call destructors. - delete [] ( reinterpret_cast( rep_ ) ); - } - } - - Rep * rep_; - static Rep nullrep_; - -} ; - - -inline bool operator == (const TiXmlString & a, const TiXmlString & b) -{ - return ( a.length() == b.length() ) // optimization on some platforms - && ( strcmp(a.c_str(), b.c_str()) == 0 ); // actual compare -} -inline bool operator < (const TiXmlString & a, const TiXmlString & b) -{ - return strcmp(a.c_str(), b.c_str()) < 0; -} - -inline bool operator != (const TiXmlString & a, const TiXmlString & b) { return !(a == b); } -inline bool operator > (const TiXmlString & a, const TiXmlString & b) { return b < a; } -inline bool operator <= (const TiXmlString & a, const TiXmlString & b) { return !(b < a); } -inline bool operator >= (const TiXmlString & a, const TiXmlString & b) { return !(a < b); } - -inline bool operator == (const TiXmlString & a, const char* b) { return strcmp(a.c_str(), b) == 0; } -inline bool operator == (const char* a, const TiXmlString & b) { return b == a; } -inline bool operator != (const TiXmlString & a, const char* b) { return !(a == b); } -inline bool operator != (const char* a, const TiXmlString & b) { return !(b == a); } - -TiXmlString operator + (const TiXmlString & a, const TiXmlString & b); -TiXmlString operator + (const TiXmlString & a, const char* b); -TiXmlString operator + (const char* a, const TiXmlString & b); - - -/* - TiXmlOutStream is an emulation of std::ostream. It is based on TiXmlString. - Only the operators that we need for TinyXML have been developped. -*/ -class TiXmlOutStream : public TiXmlString -{ -public : - - // TiXmlOutStream << operator. - TiXmlOutStream & operator << (const TiXmlString & in) - { - *this += in; - return *this; - } - - // TiXmlOutStream << operator. - TiXmlOutStream & operator << (const char * in) - { - *this += in; - return *this; - } - -} ; - -#endif // TIXML_STRING_INCLUDED -#endif // TIXML_USE_STL diff --git a/mmc_updater/depends/tinyxml/tinyxml.cpp b/mmc_updater/depends/tinyxml/tinyxml.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index 9c161dfc..00000000 --- a/mmc_updater/depends/tinyxml/tinyxml.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1886 +0,0 @@ -/* -www.sourceforge.net/projects/tinyxml -Original code by Lee Thomason (www.grinninglizard.com) - -This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied -warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any -damages arising from the use of this software. - -Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any -purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and -redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions: - -1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must -not claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this -software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation -would be appreciated but is not required. - -2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and -must not be misrepresented as being the original software. - -3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source -distribution. -*/ - -#include - -#ifdef TIXML_USE_STL -#include -#include -#endif - -#include "tinyxml.h" - -FILE* TiXmlFOpen( const char* filename, const char* mode ); - -bool TiXmlBase::condenseWhiteSpace = true; - -// Microsoft compiler security -FILE* TiXmlFOpen( const char* filename, const char* mode ) -{ - #if defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER >= 1400 ) - FILE* fp = 0; - errno_t err = fopen_s( &fp, filename, mode ); - if ( !err && fp ) - return fp; - return 0; - #else - return fopen( filename, mode ); - #endif -} - -void TiXmlBase::EncodeString( const TIXML_STRING& str, TIXML_STRING* outString ) -{ - int i=0; - - while( i<(int)str.length() ) - { - unsigned char c = (unsigned char) str[i]; - - if ( c == '&' - && i < ( (int)str.length() - 2 ) - && str[i+1] == '#' - && str[i+2] == 'x' ) - { - // Hexadecimal character reference. - // Pass through unchanged. - // © -- copyright symbol, for example. - // - // The -1 is a bug fix from Rob Laveaux. It keeps - // an overflow from happening if there is no ';'. - // There are actually 2 ways to exit this loop - - // while fails (error case) and break (semicolon found). - // However, there is no mechanism (currently) for - // this function to return an error. - while ( i<(int)str.length()-1 ) - { - outString->append( str.c_str() + i, 1 ); - ++i; - if ( str[i] == ';' ) - break; - } - } - else if ( c == '&' ) - { - outString->append( entity[0].str, entity[0].strLength ); - ++i; - } - else if ( c == '<' ) - { - outString->append( entity[1].str, entity[1].strLength ); - ++i; - } - else if ( c == '>' ) - { - outString->append( entity[2].str, entity[2].strLength ); - ++i; - } - else if ( c == '\"' ) - { - outString->append( entity[3].str, entity[3].strLength ); - ++i; - } - else if ( c == '\'' ) - { - outString->append( entity[4].str, entity[4].strLength ); - ++i; - } - else if ( c < 32 ) - { - // Easy pass at non-alpha/numeric/symbol - // Below 32 is symbolic. - char buf[ 32 ]; - - #if defined(TIXML_SNPRINTF) - TIXML_SNPRINTF( buf, sizeof(buf), "&#x%02X;", (unsigned) ( c & 0xff ) ); - #else - sprintf( buf, "&#x%02X;", (unsigned) ( c & 0xff ) ); - #endif - - //*ME: warning C4267: convert 'size_t' to 'int' - //*ME: Int-Cast to make compiler happy ... - outString->append( buf, (int)strlen( buf ) ); - ++i; - } - else - { - //char realc = (char) c; - //outString->append( &realc, 1 ); - *outString += (char) c; // somewhat more efficient function call. - ++i; - } - } -} - - -TiXmlNode::TiXmlNode( NodeType _type ) : TiXmlBase() -{ - parent = 0; - type = _type; - firstChild = 0; - lastChild = 0; - prev = 0; - next = 0; -} - - -TiXmlNode::~TiXmlNode() -{ - TiXmlNode* node = firstChild; - TiXmlNode* temp = 0; - - while ( node ) - { - temp = node; - node = node->next; - delete temp; - } -} - - -void TiXmlNode::CopyTo( TiXmlNode* target ) const -{ - target->SetValue (value.c_str() ); - target->userData = userData; - target->location = location; -} - - -void TiXmlNode::Clear() -{ - TiXmlNode* node = firstChild; - TiXmlNode* temp = 0; - - while ( node ) - { - temp = node; - node = node->next; - delete temp; - } - - firstChild = 0; - lastChild = 0; -} - - -TiXmlNode* TiXmlNode::LinkEndChild( TiXmlNode* node ) -{ - assert( node->parent == 0 || node->parent == this ); - assert( node->GetDocument() == 0 || node->GetDocument() == this->GetDocument() ); - - if ( node->Type() == TiXmlNode::TINYXML_DOCUMENT ) - { - delete node; - if ( GetDocument() ) - GetDocument()->SetError( TIXML_ERROR_DOCUMENT_TOP_ONLY, 0, 0, TIXML_ENCODING_UNKNOWN ); - return 0; - } - - node->parent = this; - - node->prev = lastChild; - node->next = 0; - - if ( lastChild ) - lastChild->next = node; - else - firstChild = node; // it was an empty list. - - lastChild = node; - return node; -} - - -TiXmlNode* TiXmlNode::InsertEndChild( const TiXmlNode& addThis ) -{ - if ( addThis.Type() == TiXmlNode::TINYXML_DOCUMENT ) - { - if ( GetDocument() ) - GetDocument()->SetError( TIXML_ERROR_DOCUMENT_TOP_ONLY, 0, 0, TIXML_ENCODING_UNKNOWN ); - return 0; - } - TiXmlNode* node = addThis.Clone(); - if ( !node ) - return 0; - - return LinkEndChild( node ); -} - - -TiXmlNode* TiXmlNode::InsertBeforeChild( TiXmlNode* beforeThis, const TiXmlNode& addThis ) -{ - if ( !beforeThis || beforeThis->parent != this ) { - return 0; - } - if ( addThis.Type() == TiXmlNode::TINYXML_DOCUMENT ) - { - if ( GetDocument() ) - GetDocument()->SetError( TIXML_ERROR_DOCUMENT_TOP_ONLY, 0, 0, TIXML_ENCODING_UNKNOWN ); - return 0; - } - - TiXmlNode* node = addThis.Clone(); - if ( !node ) - return 0; - node->parent = this; - - node->next = beforeThis; - node->prev = beforeThis->prev; - if ( beforeThis->prev ) - { - beforeThis->prev->next = node; - } - else - { - assert( firstChild == beforeThis ); - firstChild = node; - } - beforeThis->prev = node; - return node; -} - - -TiXmlNode* TiXmlNode::InsertAfterChild( TiXmlNode* afterThis, const TiXmlNode& addThis ) -{ - if ( !afterThis || afterThis->parent != this ) { - return 0; - } - if ( addThis.Type() == TiXmlNode::TINYXML_DOCUMENT ) - { - if ( GetDocument() ) - GetDocument()->SetError( TIXML_ERROR_DOCUMENT_TOP_ONLY, 0, 0, TIXML_ENCODING_UNKNOWN ); - return 0; - } - - TiXmlNode* node = addThis.Clone(); - if ( !node ) - return 0; - node->parent = this; - - node->prev = afterThis; - node->next = afterThis->next; - if ( afterThis->next ) - { - afterThis->next->prev = node; - } - else - { - assert( lastChild == afterThis ); - lastChild = node; - } - afterThis->next = node; - return node; -} - - -TiXmlNode* TiXmlNode::ReplaceChild( TiXmlNode* replaceThis, const TiXmlNode& withThis ) -{ - if ( !replaceThis ) - return 0; - - if ( replaceThis->parent != this ) - return 0; - - if ( withThis.ToDocument() ) { - // A document can never be a child. Thanks to Noam. - TiXmlDocument* document = GetDocument(); - if ( document ) - document->SetError( TIXML_ERROR_DOCUMENT_TOP_ONLY, 0, 0, TIXML_ENCODING_UNKNOWN ); - return 0; - } - - TiXmlNode* node = withThis.Clone(); - if ( !node ) - return 0; - - node->next = replaceThis->next; - node->prev = replaceThis->prev; - - if ( replaceThis->next ) - replaceThis->next->prev = node; - else - lastChild = node; - - if ( replaceThis->prev ) - replaceThis->prev->next = node; - else - firstChild = node; - - delete replaceThis; - node->parent = this; - return node; -} - - -bool TiXmlNode::RemoveChild( TiXmlNode* removeThis ) -{ - if ( !removeThis ) { - return false; - } - - if ( removeThis->parent != this ) - { - assert( 0 ); - return false; - } - - if ( removeThis->next ) - removeThis->next->prev = removeThis->prev; - else - lastChild = removeThis->prev; - - if ( removeThis->prev ) - removeThis->prev->next = removeThis->next; - else - firstChild = removeThis->next; - - delete removeThis; - return true; -} - -const TiXmlNode* TiXmlNode::FirstChild( const char * _value ) const -{ - const TiXmlNode* node; - for ( node = firstChild; node; node = node->next ) - { - if ( strcmp( node->Value(), _value ) == 0 ) - return node; - } - return 0; -} - - -const TiXmlNode* TiXmlNode::LastChild( const char * _value ) const -{ - const TiXmlNode* node; - for ( node = lastChild; node; node = node->prev ) - { - if ( strcmp( node->Value(), _value ) == 0 ) - return node; - } - return 0; -} - - -const TiXmlNode* TiXmlNode::IterateChildren( const TiXmlNode* previous ) const -{ - if ( !previous ) - { - return FirstChild(); - } - else - { - assert( previous->parent == this ); - return previous->NextSibling(); - } -} - - -const TiXmlNode* TiXmlNode::IterateChildren( const char * val, const TiXmlNode* previous ) const -{ - if ( !previous ) - { - return FirstChild( val ); - } - else - { - assert( previous->parent == this ); - return previous->NextSibling( val ); - } -} - - -const TiXmlNode* TiXmlNode::NextSibling( const char * _value ) const -{ - const TiXmlNode* node; - for ( node = next; node; node = node->next ) - { - if ( strcmp( node->Value(), _value ) == 0 ) - return node; - } - return 0; -} - - -const TiXmlNode* TiXmlNode::PreviousSibling( const char * _value ) const -{ - const TiXmlNode* node; - for ( node = prev; node; node = node->prev ) - { - if ( strcmp( node->Value(), _value ) == 0 ) - return node; - } - return 0; -} - - -void TiXmlElement::RemoveAttribute( const char * name ) -{ - #ifdef TIXML_USE_STL - TIXML_STRING str( name ); - TiXmlAttribute* node = attributeSet.Find( str ); - #else - TiXmlAttribute* node = attributeSet.Find( name ); - #endif - if ( node ) - { - attributeSet.Remove( node ); - delete node; - } -} - -const TiXmlElement* TiXmlNode::FirstChildElement() const -{ - const TiXmlNode* node; - - for ( node = FirstChild(); - node; - node = node->NextSibling() ) - { - if ( node->ToElement() ) - return node->ToElement(); - } - return 0; -} - - -const TiXmlElement* TiXmlNode::FirstChildElement( const char * _value ) const -{ - const TiXmlNode* node; - - for ( node = FirstChild( _value ); - node; - node = node->NextSibling( _value ) ) - { - if ( node->ToElement() ) - return node->ToElement(); - } - return 0; -} - - -const TiXmlElement* TiXmlNode::NextSiblingElement() const -{ - const TiXmlNode* node; - - for ( node = NextSibling(); - node; - node = node->NextSibling() ) - { - if ( node->ToElement() ) - return node->ToElement(); - } - return 0; -} - - -const TiXmlElement* TiXmlNode::NextSiblingElement( const char * _value ) const -{ - const TiXmlNode* node; - - for ( node = NextSibling( _value ); - node; - node = node->NextSibling( _value ) ) - { - if ( node->ToElement() ) - return node->ToElement(); - } - return 0; -} - - -const TiXmlDocument* TiXmlNode::GetDocument() const -{ - const TiXmlNode* node; - - for( node = this; node; node = node->parent ) - { - if ( node->ToDocument() ) - return node->ToDocument(); - } - return 0; -} - - -TiXmlElement::TiXmlElement (const char * _value) - : TiXmlNode( TiXmlNode::TINYXML_ELEMENT ) -{ - firstChild = lastChild = 0; - value = _value; -} - - -#ifdef TIXML_USE_STL -TiXmlElement::TiXmlElement( const std::string& _value ) - : TiXmlNode( TiXmlNode::TINYXML_ELEMENT ) -{ - firstChild = lastChild = 0; - value = _value; -} -#endif - - -TiXmlElement::TiXmlElement( const TiXmlElement& copy) - : TiXmlNode( TiXmlNode::TINYXML_ELEMENT ) -{ - firstChild = lastChild = 0; - copy.CopyTo( this ); -} - - -TiXmlElement& TiXmlElement::operator=( const TiXmlElement& base ) -{ - ClearThis(); - base.CopyTo( this ); - return *this; -} - - -TiXmlElement::~TiXmlElement() -{ - ClearThis(); -} - - -void TiXmlElement::ClearThis() -{ - Clear(); - while( attributeSet.First() ) - { - TiXmlAttribute* node = attributeSet.First(); - attributeSet.Remove( node ); - delete node; - } -} - - -const char* TiXmlElement::Attribute( const char* name ) const -{ - const TiXmlAttribute* node = attributeSet.Find( name ); - if ( node ) - return node->Value(); - return 0; -} - - -#ifdef TIXML_USE_STL -const std::string* TiXmlElement::Attribute( const std::string& name ) const -{ - const TiXmlAttribute* attrib = attributeSet.Find( name ); - if ( attrib ) - return &attrib->ValueStr(); - return 0; -} -#endif - - -const char* TiXmlElement::Attribute( const char* name, int* i ) const -{ - const TiXmlAttribute* attrib = attributeSet.Find( name ); - const char* result = 0; - - if ( attrib ) { - result = attrib->Value(); - if ( i ) { - attrib->QueryIntValue( i ); - } - } - return result; -} - - -#ifdef TIXML_USE_STL -const std::string* TiXmlElement::Attribute( const std::string& name, int* i ) const -{ - const TiXmlAttribute* attrib = attributeSet.Find( name ); - const std::string* result = 0; - - if ( attrib ) { - result = &attrib->ValueStr(); - if ( i ) { - attrib->QueryIntValue( i ); - } - } - return result; -} -#endif - - -const char* TiXmlElement::Attribute( const char* name, double* d ) const -{ - const TiXmlAttribute* attrib = attributeSet.Find( name ); - const char* result = 0; - - if ( attrib ) { - result = attrib->Value(); - if ( d ) { - attrib->QueryDoubleValue( d ); - } - } - return result; -} - - -#ifdef TIXML_USE_STL -const std::string* TiXmlElement::Attribute( const std::string& name, double* d ) const -{ - const TiXmlAttribute* attrib = attributeSet.Find( name ); - const std::string* result = 0; - - if ( attrib ) { - result = &attrib->ValueStr(); - if ( d ) { - attrib->QueryDoubleValue( d ); - } - } - return result; -} -#endif - - -int TiXmlElement::QueryIntAttribute( const char* name, int* ival ) const -{ - const TiXmlAttribute* attrib = attributeSet.Find( name ); - if ( !attrib ) - return TIXML_NO_ATTRIBUTE; - return attrib->QueryIntValue( ival ); -} - - -int TiXmlElement::QueryUnsignedAttribute( const char* name, unsigned* value ) const -{ - const TiXmlAttribute* node = attributeSet.Find( name ); - if ( !node ) - return TIXML_NO_ATTRIBUTE; - - int ival = 0; - int result = node->QueryIntValue( &ival ); - *value = (unsigned)ival; - return result; -} - - -int TiXmlElement::QueryBoolAttribute( const char* name, bool* bval ) const -{ - const TiXmlAttribute* node = attributeSet.Find( name ); - if ( !node ) - return TIXML_NO_ATTRIBUTE; - - int result = TIXML_WRONG_TYPE; - if ( StringEqual( node->Value(), "true", true, TIXML_ENCODING_UNKNOWN ) - || StringEqual( node->Value(), "yes", true, TIXML_ENCODING_UNKNOWN ) - || StringEqual( node->Value(), "1", true, TIXML_ENCODING_UNKNOWN ) ) - { - *bval = true; - result = TIXML_SUCCESS; - } - else if ( StringEqual( node->Value(), "false", true, TIXML_ENCODING_UNKNOWN ) - || StringEqual( node->Value(), "no", true, TIXML_ENCODING_UNKNOWN ) - || StringEqual( node->Value(), "0", true, TIXML_ENCODING_UNKNOWN ) ) - { - *bval = false; - result = TIXML_SUCCESS; - } - return result; -} - - - -#ifdef TIXML_USE_STL -int TiXmlElement::QueryIntAttribute( const std::string& name, int* ival ) const -{ - const TiXmlAttribute* attrib = attributeSet.Find( name ); - if ( !attrib ) - return TIXML_NO_ATTRIBUTE; - return attrib->QueryIntValue( ival ); -} -#endif - - -int TiXmlElement::QueryDoubleAttribute( const char* name, double* dval ) const -{ - const TiXmlAttribute* attrib = attributeSet.Find( name ); - if ( !attrib ) - return TIXML_NO_ATTRIBUTE; - return attrib->QueryDoubleValue( dval ); -} - - -#ifdef TIXML_USE_STL -int TiXmlElement::QueryDoubleAttribute( const std::string& name, double* dval ) const -{ - const TiXmlAttribute* attrib = attributeSet.Find( name ); - if ( !attrib ) - return TIXML_NO_ATTRIBUTE; - return attrib->QueryDoubleValue( dval ); -} -#endif - - -void TiXmlElement::SetAttribute( const char * name, int val ) -{ - TiXmlAttribute* attrib = attributeSet.FindOrCreate( name ); - if ( attrib ) { - attrib->SetIntValue( val ); - } -} - - -#ifdef TIXML_USE_STL -void TiXmlElement::SetAttribute( const std::string& name, int val ) -{ - TiXmlAttribute* attrib = attributeSet.FindOrCreate( name ); - if ( attrib ) { - attrib->SetIntValue( val ); - } -} -#endif - - -void TiXmlElement::SetDoubleAttribute( const char * name, double val ) -{ - TiXmlAttribute* attrib = attributeSet.FindOrCreate( name ); - if ( attrib ) { - attrib->SetDoubleValue( val ); - } -} - - -#ifdef TIXML_USE_STL -void TiXmlElement::SetDoubleAttribute( const std::string& name, double val ) -{ - TiXmlAttribute* attrib = attributeSet.FindOrCreate( name ); - if ( attrib ) { - attrib->SetDoubleValue( val ); - } -} -#endif - - -void TiXmlElement::SetAttribute( const char * cname, const char * cvalue ) -{ - TiXmlAttribute* attrib = attributeSet.FindOrCreate( cname ); - if ( attrib ) { - attrib->SetValue( cvalue ); - } -} - - -#ifdef TIXML_USE_STL -void TiXmlElement::SetAttribute( const std::string& _name, const std::string& _value ) -{ - TiXmlAttribute* attrib = attributeSet.FindOrCreate( _name ); - if ( attrib ) { - attrib->SetValue( _value ); - } -} -#endif - - -void TiXmlElement::Print( FILE* cfile, int depth ) const -{ - int i; - assert( cfile ); - for ( i=0; iNext() ) - { - fprintf( cfile, " " ); - attrib->Print( cfile, depth ); - } - - // There are 3 different formatting approaches: - // 1) An element without children is printed as a node - // 2) An element with only a text child is printed as text - // 3) An element with children is printed on multiple lines. - TiXmlNode* node; - if ( !firstChild ) - { - fprintf( cfile, " />" ); - } - else if ( firstChild == lastChild && firstChild->ToText() ) - { - fprintf( cfile, ">" ); - firstChild->Print( cfile, depth + 1 ); - fprintf( cfile, "", value.c_str() ); - } - else - { - fprintf( cfile, ">" ); - - for ( node = firstChild; node; node=node->NextSibling() ) - { - if ( !node->ToText() ) - { - fprintf( cfile, "\n" ); - } - node->Print( cfile, depth+1 ); - } - fprintf( cfile, "\n" ); - for( i=0; i", value.c_str() ); - } -} - - -void TiXmlElement::CopyTo( TiXmlElement* target ) const -{ - // superclass: - TiXmlNode::CopyTo( target ); - - // Element class: - // Clone the attributes, then clone the children. - const TiXmlAttribute* attribute = 0; - for( attribute = attributeSet.First(); - attribute; - attribute = attribute->Next() ) - { - target->SetAttribute( attribute->Name(), attribute->Value() ); - } - - TiXmlNode* node = 0; - for ( node = firstChild; node; node = node->NextSibling() ) - { - target->LinkEndChild( node->Clone() ); - } -} - -bool TiXmlElement::Accept( TiXmlVisitor* visitor ) const -{ - if ( visitor->VisitEnter( *this, attributeSet.First() ) ) - { - for ( const TiXmlNode* node=FirstChild(); node; node=node->NextSibling() ) - { - if ( !node->Accept( visitor ) ) - break; - } - } - return visitor->VisitExit( *this ); -} - - -TiXmlNode* TiXmlElement::Clone() const -{ - TiXmlElement* clone = new TiXmlElement( Value() ); - if ( !clone ) - return 0; - - CopyTo( clone ); - return clone; -} - - -const char* TiXmlElement::GetText() const -{ - const TiXmlNode* child = this->FirstChild(); - if ( child ) { - const TiXmlText* childText = child->ToText(); - if ( childText ) { - return childText->Value(); - } - } - return 0; -} - - -TiXmlDocument::TiXmlDocument() : TiXmlNode( TiXmlNode::TINYXML_DOCUMENT ) -{ - tabsize = 4; - useMicrosoftBOM = false; - ClearError(); -} - -TiXmlDocument::TiXmlDocument( const char * documentName ) : TiXmlNode( TiXmlNode::TINYXML_DOCUMENT ) -{ - tabsize = 4; - useMicrosoftBOM = false; - value = documentName; - ClearError(); -} - - -#ifdef TIXML_USE_STL -TiXmlDocument::TiXmlDocument( const std::string& documentName ) : TiXmlNode( TiXmlNode::TINYXML_DOCUMENT ) -{ - tabsize = 4; - useMicrosoftBOM = false; - value = documentName; - ClearError(); -} -#endif - - -TiXmlDocument::TiXmlDocument( const TiXmlDocument& copy ) : TiXmlNode( TiXmlNode::TINYXML_DOCUMENT ) -{ - copy.CopyTo( this ); -} - - -TiXmlDocument& TiXmlDocument::operator=( const TiXmlDocument& copy ) -{ - Clear(); - copy.CopyTo( this ); - return *this; -} - - -bool TiXmlDocument::LoadFile( TiXmlEncoding encoding ) -{ - return LoadFile( Value(), encoding ); -} - - -bool TiXmlDocument::SaveFile() const -{ - return SaveFile( Value() ); -} - -bool TiXmlDocument::LoadFile( const char* _filename, TiXmlEncoding encoding ) -{ - TIXML_STRING filename( _filename ); - value = filename; - - // reading in binary mode so that tinyxml can normalize the EOL - FILE* file = TiXmlFOpen( value.c_str (), "rb" ); - - if ( file ) - { - bool result = LoadFile( file, encoding ); - fclose( file ); - return result; - } - else - { - SetError( TIXML_ERROR_OPENING_FILE, 0, 0, TIXML_ENCODING_UNKNOWN ); - return false; - } -} - -bool TiXmlDocument::LoadFile( FILE* file, TiXmlEncoding encoding ) -{ - if ( !file ) - { - SetError( TIXML_ERROR_OPENING_FILE, 0, 0, TIXML_ENCODING_UNKNOWN ); - return false; - } - - // Delete the existing data: - Clear(); - location.Clear(); - - // Get the file size, so we can pre-allocate the string. HUGE speed impact. - long length = 0; - fseek( file, 0, SEEK_END ); - length = ftell( file ); - fseek( file, 0, SEEK_SET ); - - // Strange case, but good to handle up front. - if ( length <= 0 ) - { - SetError( TIXML_ERROR_DOCUMENT_EMPTY, 0, 0, TIXML_ENCODING_UNKNOWN ); - return false; - } - - // Subtle bug here. TinyXml did use fgets. But from the XML spec: - // 2.11 End-of-Line Handling - // - // - // ...the XML processor MUST behave as if it normalized all line breaks in external - // parsed entities (including the document entity) on input, before parsing, by translating - // both the two-character sequence #xD #xA and any #xD that is not followed by #xA to - // a single #xA character. - // - // - // It is not clear fgets does that, and certainly isn't clear it works cross platform. - // Generally, you expect fgets to translate from the convention of the OS to the c/unix - // convention, and not work generally. - - /* - while( fgets( buf, sizeof(buf), file ) ) - { - data += buf; - } - */ - - char* buf = new char[ length+1 ]; - buf[0] = 0; - - if ( fread( buf, length, 1, file ) != 1 ) { - delete [] buf; - SetError( TIXML_ERROR_OPENING_FILE, 0, 0, TIXML_ENCODING_UNKNOWN ); - return false; - } - - // Process the buffer in place to normalize new lines. (See comment above.) - // Copies from the 'p' to 'q' pointer, where p can advance faster if - // a newline-carriage return is hit. - // - // Wikipedia: - // Systems based on ASCII or a compatible character set use either LF (Line feed, '\n', 0x0A, 10 in decimal) or - // CR (Carriage return, '\r', 0x0D, 13 in decimal) individually, or CR followed by LF (CR+LF, 0x0D 0x0A)... - // * LF: Multics, Unix and Unix-like systems (GNU/Linux, AIX, Xenix, Mac OS X, FreeBSD, etc.), BeOS, Amiga, RISC OS, and others - // * CR+LF: DEC RT-11 and most other early non-Unix, non-IBM OSes, CP/M, MP/M, DOS, OS/2, Microsoft Windows, Symbian OS - // * CR: Commodore 8-bit machines, Apple II family, Mac OS up to version 9 and OS-9 - - const char* p = buf; // the read head - char* q = buf; // the write head - const char CR = 0x0d; - const char LF = 0x0a; - - buf[length] = 0; - while( *p ) { - assert( p < (buf+length) ); - assert( q <= (buf+length) ); - assert( q <= p ); - - if ( *p == CR ) { - *q++ = LF; - p++; - if ( *p == LF ) { // check for CR+LF (and skip LF) - p++; - } - } - else { - *q++ = *p++; - } - } - assert( q <= (buf+length) ); - *q = 0; - - Parse( buf, 0, encoding ); - - delete [] buf; - return !Error(); -} - - -bool TiXmlDocument::SaveFile( const char * filename ) const -{ - // The old c stuff lives on... - FILE* fp = TiXmlFOpen( filename, "w" ); - if ( fp ) - { - bool result = SaveFile( fp ); - fclose( fp ); - return result; - } - return false; -} - - -bool TiXmlDocument::SaveFile( FILE* fp ) const -{ - if ( useMicrosoftBOM ) - { - const unsigned char TIXML_UTF_LEAD_0 = 0xefU; - const unsigned char TIXML_UTF_LEAD_1 = 0xbbU; - const unsigned char TIXML_UTF_LEAD_2 = 0xbfU; - - fputc( TIXML_UTF_LEAD_0, fp ); - fputc( TIXML_UTF_LEAD_1, fp ); - fputc( TIXML_UTF_LEAD_2, fp ); - } - Print( fp, 0 ); - return (ferror(fp) == 0); -} - - -void TiXmlDocument::CopyTo( TiXmlDocument* target ) const -{ - TiXmlNode::CopyTo( target ); - - target->error = error; - target->errorId = errorId; - target->errorDesc = errorDesc; - target->tabsize = tabsize; - target->errorLocation = errorLocation; - target->useMicrosoftBOM = useMicrosoftBOM; - - TiXmlNode* node = 0; - for ( node = firstChild; node; node = node->NextSibling() ) - { - target->LinkEndChild( node->Clone() ); - } -} - - -TiXmlNode* TiXmlDocument::Clone() const -{ - TiXmlDocument* clone = new TiXmlDocument(); - if ( !clone ) - return 0; - - CopyTo( clone ); - return clone; -} - - -void TiXmlDocument::Print( FILE* cfile, int depth ) const -{ - assert( cfile ); - for ( const TiXmlNode* node=FirstChild(); node; node=node->NextSibling() ) - { - node->Print( cfile, depth ); - fprintf( cfile, "\n" ); - } -} - - -bool TiXmlDocument::Accept( TiXmlVisitor* visitor ) const -{ - if ( visitor->VisitEnter( *this ) ) - { - for ( const TiXmlNode* node=FirstChild(); node; node=node->NextSibling() ) - { - if ( !node->Accept( visitor ) ) - break; - } - } - return visitor->VisitExit( *this ); -} - - -const TiXmlAttribute* TiXmlAttribute::Next() const -{ - // We are using knowledge of the sentinel. The sentinel - // have a value or name. - if ( next->value.empty() && next->name.empty() ) - return 0; - return next; -} - -/* -TiXmlAttribute* TiXmlAttribute::Next() -{ - // We are using knowledge of the sentinel. The sentinel - // have a value or name. - if ( next->value.empty() && next->name.empty() ) - return 0; - return next; -} -*/ - -const TiXmlAttribute* TiXmlAttribute::Previous() const -{ - // We are using knowledge of the sentinel. The sentinel - // have a value or name. - if ( prev->value.empty() && prev->name.empty() ) - return 0; - return prev; -} - -/* -TiXmlAttribute* TiXmlAttribute::Previous() -{ - // We are using knowledge of the sentinel. The sentinel - // have a value or name. - if ( prev->value.empty() && prev->name.empty() ) - return 0; - return prev; -} -*/ - -void TiXmlAttribute::Print( FILE* cfile, int /*depth*/, TIXML_STRING* str ) const -{ - TIXML_STRING n, v; - - EncodeString( name, &n ); - EncodeString( value, &v ); - - if (value.find ('\"') == TIXML_STRING::npos) { - if ( cfile ) { - fprintf (cfile, "%s=\"%s\"", n.c_str(), v.c_str() ); - } - if ( str ) { - (*str) += n; (*str) += "=\""; (*str) += v; (*str) += "\""; - } - } - else { - if ( cfile ) { - fprintf (cfile, "%s='%s'", n.c_str(), v.c_str() ); - } - if ( str ) { - (*str) += n; (*str) += "='"; (*str) += v; (*str) += "'"; - } - } -} - - -int TiXmlAttribute::QueryIntValue( int* ival ) const -{ - if ( TIXML_SSCANF( value.c_str(), "%d", ival ) == 1 ) - return TIXML_SUCCESS; - return TIXML_WRONG_TYPE; -} - -int TiXmlAttribute::QueryDoubleValue( double* dval ) const -{ - if ( TIXML_SSCANF( value.c_str(), "%lf", dval ) == 1 ) - return TIXML_SUCCESS; - return TIXML_WRONG_TYPE; -} - -void TiXmlAttribute::SetIntValue( int _value ) -{ - char buf [64]; - #if defined(TIXML_SNPRINTF) - TIXML_SNPRINTF(buf, sizeof(buf), "%d", _value); - #else - sprintf (buf, "%d", _value); - #endif - SetValue (buf); -} - -void TiXmlAttribute::SetDoubleValue( double _value ) -{ - char buf [256]; - #if defined(TIXML_SNPRINTF) - TIXML_SNPRINTF( buf, sizeof(buf), "%g", _value); - #else - sprintf (buf, "%g", _value); - #endif - SetValue (buf); -} - -int TiXmlAttribute::IntValue() const -{ - return atoi (value.c_str ()); -} - -double TiXmlAttribute::DoubleValue() const -{ - return atof (value.c_str ()); -} - - -TiXmlComment::TiXmlComment( const TiXmlComment& copy ) : TiXmlNode( TiXmlNode::TINYXML_COMMENT ) -{ - copy.CopyTo( this ); -} - - -TiXmlComment& TiXmlComment::operator=( const TiXmlComment& base ) -{ - Clear(); - base.CopyTo( this ); - return *this; -} - - -void TiXmlComment::Print( FILE* cfile, int depth ) const -{ - assert( cfile ); - for ( int i=0; i", value.c_str() ); -} - - -void TiXmlComment::CopyTo( TiXmlComment* target ) const -{ - TiXmlNode::CopyTo( target ); -} - - -bool TiXmlComment::Accept( TiXmlVisitor* visitor ) const -{ - return visitor->Visit( *this ); -} - - -TiXmlNode* TiXmlComment::Clone() const -{ - TiXmlComment* clone = new TiXmlComment(); - - if ( !clone ) - return 0; - - CopyTo( clone ); - return clone; -} - - -void TiXmlText::Print( FILE* cfile, int depth ) const -{ - assert( cfile ); - if ( cdata ) - { - int i; - fprintf( cfile, "\n" ); - for ( i=0; i\n", value.c_str() ); // unformatted output - } - else - { - TIXML_STRING buffer; - EncodeString( value, &buffer ); - fprintf( cfile, "%s", buffer.c_str() ); - } -} - - -void TiXmlText::CopyTo( TiXmlText* target ) const -{ - TiXmlNode::CopyTo( target ); - target->cdata = cdata; -} - - -bool TiXmlText::Accept( TiXmlVisitor* visitor ) const -{ - return visitor->Visit( *this ); -} - - -TiXmlNode* TiXmlText::Clone() const -{ - TiXmlText* clone = 0; - clone = new TiXmlText( "" ); - - if ( !clone ) - return 0; - - CopyTo( clone ); - return clone; -} - - -TiXmlDeclaration::TiXmlDeclaration( const char * _version, - const char * _encoding, - const char * _standalone ) - : TiXmlNode( TiXmlNode::TINYXML_DECLARATION ) -{ - version = _version; - encoding = _encoding; - standalone = _standalone; -} - - -#ifdef TIXML_USE_STL -TiXmlDeclaration::TiXmlDeclaration( const std::string& _version, - const std::string& _encoding, - const std::string& _standalone ) - : TiXmlNode( TiXmlNode::TINYXML_DECLARATION ) -{ - version = _version; - encoding = _encoding; - standalone = _standalone; -} -#endif - - -TiXmlDeclaration::TiXmlDeclaration( const TiXmlDeclaration& copy ) - : TiXmlNode( TiXmlNode::TINYXML_DECLARATION ) -{ - copy.CopyTo( this ); -} - - -TiXmlDeclaration& TiXmlDeclaration::operator=( const TiXmlDeclaration& copy ) -{ - Clear(); - copy.CopyTo( this ); - return *this; -} - - -void TiXmlDeclaration::Print( FILE* cfile, int /*depth*/, TIXML_STRING* str ) const -{ - if ( cfile ) fprintf( cfile, "" ); - if ( str ) (*str) += "?>"; -} - - -void TiXmlDeclaration::CopyTo( TiXmlDeclaration* target ) const -{ - TiXmlNode::CopyTo( target ); - - target->version = version; - target->encoding = encoding; - target->standalone = standalone; -} - - -bool TiXmlDeclaration::Accept( TiXmlVisitor* visitor ) const -{ - return visitor->Visit( *this ); -} - - -TiXmlNode* TiXmlDeclaration::Clone() const -{ - TiXmlDeclaration* clone = new TiXmlDeclaration(); - - if ( !clone ) - return 0; - - CopyTo( clone ); - return clone; -} - - -void TiXmlUnknown::Print( FILE* cfile, int depth ) const -{ - for ( int i=0; i", value.c_str() ); -} - - -void TiXmlUnknown::CopyTo( TiXmlUnknown* target ) const -{ - TiXmlNode::CopyTo( target ); -} - - -bool TiXmlUnknown::Accept( TiXmlVisitor* visitor ) const -{ - return visitor->Visit( *this ); -} - - -TiXmlNode* TiXmlUnknown::Clone() const -{ - TiXmlUnknown* clone = new TiXmlUnknown(); - - if ( !clone ) - return 0; - - CopyTo( clone ); - return clone; -} - - -TiXmlAttributeSet::TiXmlAttributeSet() -{ - sentinel.next = &sentinel; - sentinel.prev = &sentinel; -} - - -TiXmlAttributeSet::~TiXmlAttributeSet() -{ - assert( sentinel.next == &sentinel ); - assert( sentinel.prev == &sentinel ); -} - - -void TiXmlAttributeSet::Add( TiXmlAttribute* addMe ) -{ - #ifdef TIXML_USE_STL - assert( !Find( TIXML_STRING( addMe->Name() ) ) ); // Shouldn't be multiply adding to the set. - #else - assert( !Find( addMe->Name() ) ); // Shouldn't be multiply adding to the set. - #endif - - addMe->next = &sentinel; - addMe->prev = sentinel.prev; - - sentinel.prev->next = addMe; - sentinel.prev = addMe; -} - -void TiXmlAttributeSet::Remove( TiXmlAttribute* removeMe ) -{ - TiXmlAttribute* node; - - for( node = sentinel.next; node != &sentinel; node = node->next ) - { - if ( node == removeMe ) - { - node->prev->next = node->next; - node->next->prev = node->prev; - node->next = 0; - node->prev = 0; - return; - } - } - assert( 0 ); // we tried to remove a non-linked attribute. -} - - -#ifdef TIXML_USE_STL -TiXmlAttribute* TiXmlAttributeSet::Find( const std::string& name ) const -{ - for( TiXmlAttribute* node = sentinel.next; node != &sentinel; node = node->next ) - { - if ( node->name == name ) - return node; - } - return 0; -} - -TiXmlAttribute* TiXmlAttributeSet::FindOrCreate( const std::string& _name ) -{ - TiXmlAttribute* attrib = Find( _name ); - if ( !attrib ) { - attrib = new TiXmlAttribute(); - Add( attrib ); - attrib->SetName( _name ); - } - return attrib; -} -#endif - - -TiXmlAttribute* TiXmlAttributeSet::Find( const char* name ) const -{ - for( TiXmlAttribute* node = sentinel.next; node != &sentinel; node = node->next ) - { - if ( strcmp( node->name.c_str(), name ) == 0 ) - return node; - } - return 0; -} - - -TiXmlAttribute* TiXmlAttributeSet::FindOrCreate( const char* _name ) -{ - TiXmlAttribute* attrib = Find( _name ); - if ( !attrib ) { - attrib = new TiXmlAttribute(); - Add( attrib ); - attrib->SetName( _name ); - } - return attrib; -} - - -#ifdef TIXML_USE_STL -std::istream& operator>> (std::istream & in, TiXmlNode & base) -{ - TIXML_STRING tag; - tag.reserve( 8 * 1000 ); - base.StreamIn( &in, &tag ); - - base.Parse( tag.c_str(), 0, TIXML_DEFAULT_ENCODING ); - return in; -} -#endif - - -#ifdef TIXML_USE_STL -std::ostream& operator<< (std::ostream & out, const TiXmlNode & base) -{ - TiXmlPrinter printer; - printer.SetStreamPrinting(); - base.Accept( &printer ); - out << printer.Str(); - - return out; -} - - -std::string& operator<< (std::string& out, const TiXmlNode& base ) -{ - TiXmlPrinter printer; - printer.SetStreamPrinting(); - base.Accept( &printer ); - out.append( printer.Str() ); - - return out; -} -#endif - - -TiXmlHandle TiXmlHandle::FirstChild() const -{ - if ( node ) - { - TiXmlNode* child = node->FirstChild(); - if ( child ) - return TiXmlHandle( child ); - } - return TiXmlHandle( 0 ); -} - - -TiXmlHandle TiXmlHandle::FirstChild( const char * value ) const -{ - if ( node ) - { - TiXmlNode* child = node->FirstChild( value ); - if ( child ) - return TiXmlHandle( child ); - } - return TiXmlHandle( 0 ); -} - - -TiXmlHandle TiXmlHandle::FirstChildElement() const -{ - if ( node ) - { - TiXmlElement* child = node->FirstChildElement(); - if ( child ) - return TiXmlHandle( child ); - } - return TiXmlHandle( 0 ); -} - - -TiXmlHandle TiXmlHandle::FirstChildElement( const char * value ) const -{ - if ( node ) - { - TiXmlElement* child = node->FirstChildElement( value ); - if ( child ) - return TiXmlHandle( child ); - } - return TiXmlHandle( 0 ); -} - - -TiXmlHandle TiXmlHandle::Child( int count ) const -{ - if ( node ) - { - int i; - TiXmlNode* child = node->FirstChild(); - for ( i=0; - child && iNextSibling(), ++i ) - { - // nothing - } - if ( child ) - return TiXmlHandle( child ); - } - return TiXmlHandle( 0 ); -} - - -TiXmlHandle TiXmlHandle::Child( const char* value, int count ) const -{ - if ( node ) - { - int i; - TiXmlNode* child = node->FirstChild( value ); - for ( i=0; - child && iNextSibling( value ), ++i ) - { - // nothing - } - if ( child ) - return TiXmlHandle( child ); - } - return TiXmlHandle( 0 ); -} - - -TiXmlHandle TiXmlHandle::ChildElement( int count ) const -{ - if ( node ) - { - int i; - TiXmlElement* child = node->FirstChildElement(); - for ( i=0; - child && iNextSiblingElement(), ++i ) - { - // nothing - } - if ( child ) - return TiXmlHandle( child ); - } - return TiXmlHandle( 0 ); -} - - -TiXmlHandle TiXmlHandle::ChildElement( const char* value, int count ) const -{ - if ( node ) - { - int i; - TiXmlElement* child = node->FirstChildElement( value ); - for ( i=0; - child && iNextSiblingElement( value ), ++i ) - { - // nothing - } - if ( child ) - return TiXmlHandle( child ); - } - return TiXmlHandle( 0 ); -} - - -bool TiXmlPrinter::VisitEnter( const TiXmlDocument& ) -{ - return true; -} - -bool TiXmlPrinter::VisitExit( const TiXmlDocument& ) -{ - return true; -} - -bool TiXmlPrinter::VisitEnter( const TiXmlElement& element, const TiXmlAttribute* firstAttribute ) -{ - DoIndent(); - buffer += "<"; - buffer += element.Value(); - - for( const TiXmlAttribute* attrib = firstAttribute; attrib; attrib = attrib->Next() ) - { - buffer += " "; - attrib->Print( 0, 0, &buffer ); - } - - if ( !element.FirstChild() ) - { - buffer += " />"; - DoLineBreak(); - } - else - { - buffer += ">"; - if ( element.FirstChild()->ToText() - && element.LastChild() == element.FirstChild() - && element.FirstChild()->ToText()->CDATA() == false ) - { - simpleTextPrint = true; - // no DoLineBreak()! - } - else - { - DoLineBreak(); - } - } - ++depth; - return true; -} - - -bool TiXmlPrinter::VisitExit( const TiXmlElement& element ) -{ - --depth; - if ( !element.FirstChild() ) - { - // nothing. - } - else - { - if ( simpleTextPrint ) - { - simpleTextPrint = false; - } - else - { - DoIndent(); - } - buffer += ""; - DoLineBreak(); - } - return true; -} - - -bool TiXmlPrinter::Visit( const TiXmlText& text ) -{ - if ( text.CDATA() ) - { - DoIndent(); - buffer += ""; - DoLineBreak(); - } - else if ( simpleTextPrint ) - { - TIXML_STRING str; - TiXmlBase::EncodeString( text.ValueTStr(), &str ); - buffer += str; - } - else - { - DoIndent(); - TIXML_STRING str; - TiXmlBase::EncodeString( text.ValueTStr(), &str ); - buffer += str; - DoLineBreak(); - } - return true; -} - - -bool TiXmlPrinter::Visit( const TiXmlDeclaration& declaration ) -{ - DoIndent(); - declaration.Print( 0, 0, &buffer ); - DoLineBreak(); - return true; -} - - -bool TiXmlPrinter::Visit( const TiXmlComment& comment ) -{ - DoIndent(); - buffer += ""; - DoLineBreak(); - return true; -} - - -bool TiXmlPrinter::Visit( const TiXmlUnknown& unknown ) -{ - DoIndent(); - buffer += "<"; - buffer += unknown.Value(); - buffer += ">"; - DoLineBreak(); - return true; -} - diff --git a/mmc_updater/depends/tinyxml/tinyxml.h b/mmc_updater/depends/tinyxml/tinyxml.h deleted file mode 100644 index a3589e5b..00000000 --- a/mmc_updater/depends/tinyxml/tinyxml.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1805 +0,0 @@ -/* -www.sourceforge.net/projects/tinyxml -Original code by Lee Thomason (www.grinninglizard.com) - -This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied -warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any -damages arising from the use of this software. - -Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any -purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and -redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions: - -1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must -not claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this -software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation -would be appreciated but is not required. - -2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and -must not be misrepresented as being the original software. - -3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source -distribution. -*/ - - -#ifndef TINYXML_INCLUDED -#define TINYXML_INCLUDED - -#ifdef _MSC_VER -#pragma warning( push ) -#pragma warning( disable : 4530 ) -#pragma warning( disable : 4786 ) -#endif - -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include - -// Help out windows: -#if defined( _DEBUG ) && !defined( DEBUG ) -#define DEBUG -#endif - -#ifdef TIXML_USE_STL - #include - #include - #include - #define TIXML_STRING std::string -#else - #include "tinystr.h" - #define TIXML_STRING TiXmlString -#endif - -// Deprecated library function hell. Compilers want to use the -// new safe versions. This probably doesn't fully address the problem, -// but it gets closer. There are too many compilers for me to fully -// test. If you get compilation troubles, undefine TIXML_SAFE -#define TIXML_SAFE - -#ifdef TIXML_SAFE - #if defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER >= 1400 ) - // Microsoft visual studio, version 2005 and higher. - #define TIXML_SNPRINTF _snprintf_s - #define TIXML_SSCANF sscanf_s - #elif defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER >= 1200 ) - // Microsoft visual studio, version 6 and higher. - //#pragma message( "Using _sn* functions." ) - #define TIXML_SNPRINTF _snprintf - #define TIXML_SSCANF sscanf - #elif defined(__GNUC__) && (__GNUC__ >= 3 ) - // GCC version 3 and higher.s - //#warning( "Using sn* functions." ) - #define TIXML_SNPRINTF snprintf - #define TIXML_SSCANF sscanf - #else - #define TIXML_SNPRINTF snprintf - #define TIXML_SSCANF sscanf - #endif -#endif - -class TiXmlDocument; -class TiXmlElement; -class TiXmlComment; -class TiXmlUnknown; -class TiXmlAttribute; -class TiXmlText; -class TiXmlDeclaration; -class TiXmlParsingData; - -const int TIXML_MAJOR_VERSION = 2; -const int TIXML_MINOR_VERSION = 6; -const int TIXML_PATCH_VERSION = 2; - -/* Internal structure for tracking location of items - in the XML file. -*/ -struct TiXmlCursor -{ - TiXmlCursor() { Clear(); } - void Clear() { row = col = -1; } - - int row; // 0 based. - int col; // 0 based. -}; - - -/** - Implements the interface to the "Visitor pattern" (see the Accept() method.) - If you call the Accept() method, it requires being passed a TiXmlVisitor - class to handle callbacks. For nodes that contain other nodes (Document, Element) - you will get called with a VisitEnter/VisitExit pair. Nodes that are always leaves - are simply called with Visit(). - - If you return 'true' from a Visit method, recursive parsing will continue. If you return - false, no children of this node or its sibilings will be Visited. - - All flavors of Visit methods have a default implementation that returns 'true' (continue - visiting). You need to only override methods that are interesting to you. - - Generally Accept() is called on the TiXmlDocument, although all nodes suppert Visiting. - - You should never change the document from a callback. - - @sa TiXmlNode::Accept() -*/ -class TiXmlVisitor -{ -public: - virtual ~TiXmlVisitor() {} - - /// Visit a document. - virtual bool VisitEnter( const TiXmlDocument& /*doc*/ ) { return true; } - /// Visit a document. - virtual bool VisitExit( const TiXmlDocument& /*doc*/ ) { return true; } - - /// Visit an element. - virtual bool VisitEnter( const TiXmlElement& /*element*/, const TiXmlAttribute* /*firstAttribute*/ ) { return true; } - /// Visit an element. - virtual bool VisitExit( const TiXmlElement& /*element*/ ) { return true; } - - /// Visit a declaration - virtual bool Visit( const TiXmlDeclaration& /*declaration*/ ) { return true; } - /// Visit a text node - virtual bool Visit( const TiXmlText& /*text*/ ) { return true; } - /// Visit a comment node - virtual bool Visit( const TiXmlComment& /*comment*/ ) { return true; } - /// Visit an unknown node - virtual bool Visit( const TiXmlUnknown& /*unknown*/ ) { return true; } -}; - -// Only used by Attribute::Query functions -enum -{ - TIXML_SUCCESS, - TIXML_NO_ATTRIBUTE, - TIXML_WRONG_TYPE -}; - - -// Used by the parsing routines. -enum TiXmlEncoding -{ - TIXML_ENCODING_UNKNOWN, - TIXML_ENCODING_UTF8, - TIXML_ENCODING_LEGACY -}; - -const TiXmlEncoding TIXML_DEFAULT_ENCODING = TIXML_ENCODING_UNKNOWN; - -/** TiXmlBase is a base class for every class in TinyXml. - It does little except to establish that TinyXml classes - can be printed and provide some utility functions. - - In XML, the document and elements can contain - other elements and other types of nodes. - - @verbatim - A Document can contain: Element (container or leaf) - Comment (leaf) - Unknown (leaf) - Declaration( leaf ) - - An Element can contain: Element (container or leaf) - Text (leaf) - Attributes (not on tree) - Comment (leaf) - Unknown (leaf) - - A Decleration contains: Attributes (not on tree) - @endverbatim -*/ -class TiXmlBase -{ - friend class TiXmlNode; - friend class TiXmlElement; - friend class TiXmlDocument; - -public: - TiXmlBase() : userData(0) {} - virtual ~TiXmlBase() {} - - /** All TinyXml classes can print themselves to a filestream - or the string class (TiXmlString in non-STL mode, std::string - in STL mode.) Either or both cfile and str can be null. - - This is a formatted print, and will insert - tabs and newlines. - - (For an unformatted stream, use the << operator.) - */ - virtual void Print( FILE* cfile, int depth ) const = 0; - - /** The world does not agree on whether white space should be kept or - not. In order to make everyone happy, these global, static functions - are provided to set whether or not TinyXml will condense all white space - into a single space or not. The default is to condense. Note changing this - value is not thread safe. - */ - static void SetCondenseWhiteSpace( bool condense ) { condenseWhiteSpace = condense; } - - /// Return the current white space setting. - static bool IsWhiteSpaceCondensed() { return condenseWhiteSpace; } - - /** Return the position, in the original source file, of this node or attribute. - The row and column are 1-based. (That is the first row and first column is - 1,1). If the returns values are 0 or less, then the parser does not have - a row and column value. - - Generally, the row and column value will be set when the TiXmlDocument::Load(), - TiXmlDocument::LoadFile(), or any TiXmlNode::Parse() is called. It will NOT be set - when the DOM was created from operator>>. - - The values reflect the initial load. Once the DOM is modified programmatically - (by adding or changing nodes and attributes) the new values will NOT update to - reflect changes in the document. - - There is a minor performance cost to computing the row and column. Computation - can be disabled if TiXmlDocument::SetTabSize() is called with 0 as the value. - - @sa TiXmlDocument::SetTabSize() - */ - int Row() const { return location.row + 1; } - int Column() const { return location.col + 1; } ///< See Row() - - void SetUserData( void* user ) { userData = user; } ///< Set a pointer to arbitrary user data. - void* GetUserData() { return userData; } ///< Get a pointer to arbitrary user data. - const void* GetUserData() const { return userData; } ///< Get a pointer to arbitrary user data. - - // Table that returs, for a given lead byte, the total number of bytes - // in the UTF-8 sequence. - static const int utf8ByteTable[256]; - - virtual const char* Parse( const char* p, - TiXmlParsingData* data, - TiXmlEncoding encoding /*= TIXML_ENCODING_UNKNOWN */ ) = 0; - - /** Expands entities in a string. Note this should not contian the tag's '<', '>', etc, - or they will be transformed into entities! - */ - static void EncodeString( const TIXML_STRING& str, TIXML_STRING* out ); - - enum - { - TIXML_NO_ERROR = 0, - TIXML_ERROR, - TIXML_ERROR_OPENING_FILE, - TIXML_ERROR_PARSING_ELEMENT, - TIXML_ERROR_FAILED_TO_READ_ELEMENT_NAME, - TIXML_ERROR_READING_ELEMENT_VALUE, - TIXML_ERROR_READING_ATTRIBUTES, - TIXML_ERROR_PARSING_EMPTY, - TIXML_ERROR_READING_END_TAG, - TIXML_ERROR_PARSING_UNKNOWN, - TIXML_ERROR_PARSING_COMMENT, - TIXML_ERROR_PARSING_DECLARATION, - TIXML_ERROR_DOCUMENT_EMPTY, - TIXML_ERROR_EMBEDDED_NULL, - TIXML_ERROR_PARSING_CDATA, - TIXML_ERROR_DOCUMENT_TOP_ONLY, - - TIXML_ERROR_STRING_COUNT - }; - -protected: - - static const char* SkipWhiteSpace( const char*, TiXmlEncoding encoding ); - - inline static bool IsWhiteSpace( char c ) - { - return ( isspace( (unsigned char) c ) || c == '\n' || c == '\r' ); - } - inline static bool IsWhiteSpace( int c ) - { - if ( c < 256 ) - return IsWhiteSpace( (char) c ); - return false; // Again, only truly correct for English/Latin...but usually works. - } - - #ifdef TIXML_USE_STL - static bool StreamWhiteSpace( std::istream * in, TIXML_STRING * tag ); - static bool StreamTo( std::istream * in, int character, TIXML_STRING * tag ); - #endif - - /* Reads an XML name into the string provided. Returns - a pointer just past the last character of the name, - or 0 if the function has an error. - */ - static const char* ReadName( const char* p, TIXML_STRING* name, TiXmlEncoding encoding ); - - /* Reads text. Returns a pointer past the given end tag. - Wickedly complex options, but it keeps the (sensitive) code in one place. - */ - static const char* ReadText( const char* in, // where to start - TIXML_STRING* text, // the string read - bool ignoreWhiteSpace, // whether to keep the white space - const char* endTag, // what ends this text - bool ignoreCase, // whether to ignore case in the end tag - TiXmlEncoding encoding ); // the current encoding - - // If an entity has been found, transform it into a character. - static const char* GetEntity( const char* in, char* value, int* length, TiXmlEncoding encoding ); - - // Get a character, while interpreting entities. - // The length can be from 0 to 4 bytes. - inline static const char* GetChar( const char* p, char* _value, int* length, TiXmlEncoding encoding ) - { - assert( p ); - if ( encoding == TIXML_ENCODING_UTF8 ) - { - *length = utf8ByteTable[ *((const unsigned char*)p) ]; - assert( *length >= 0 && *length < 5 ); - } - else - { - *length = 1; - } - - if ( *length == 1 ) - { - if ( *p == '&' ) - return GetEntity( p, _value, length, encoding ); - *_value = *p; - return p+1; - } - else if ( *length ) - { - //strncpy( _value, p, *length ); // lots of compilers don't like this function (unsafe), - // and the null terminator isn't needed - for( int i=0; p[i] && i<*length; ++i ) { - _value[i] = p[i]; - } - return p + (*length); - } - else - { - // Not valid text. - return 0; - } - } - - // Return true if the next characters in the stream are any of the endTag sequences. - // Ignore case only works for english, and should only be relied on when comparing - // to English words: StringEqual( p, "version", true ) is fine. - static bool StringEqual( const char* p, - const char* endTag, - bool ignoreCase, - TiXmlEncoding encoding ); - - static const char* errorString[ TIXML_ERROR_STRING_COUNT ]; - - TiXmlCursor location; - - /// Field containing a generic user pointer - void* userData; - - // None of these methods are reliable for any language except English. - // Good for approximation, not great for accuracy. - static int IsAlpha( unsigned char anyByte, TiXmlEncoding encoding ); - static int IsAlphaNum( unsigned char anyByte, TiXmlEncoding encoding ); - inline static int ToLower( int v, TiXmlEncoding encoding ) - { - if ( encoding == TIXML_ENCODING_UTF8 ) - { - if ( v < 128 ) return tolower( v ); - return v; - } - else - { - return tolower( v ); - } - } - static void ConvertUTF32ToUTF8( unsigned long input, char* output, int* length ); - -private: - TiXmlBase( const TiXmlBase& ); // not implemented. - void operator=( const TiXmlBase& base ); // not allowed. - - struct Entity - { - const char* str; - unsigned int strLength; - char chr; - }; - enum - { - NUM_ENTITY = 5, - MAX_ENTITY_LENGTH = 6 - - }; - static Entity entity[ NUM_ENTITY ]; - static bool condenseWhiteSpace; -}; - - -/** The parent class for everything in the Document Object Model. - (Except for attributes). - Nodes have siblings, a parent, and children. A node can be - in a document, or stand on its own. The type of a TiXmlNode - can be queried, and it can be cast to its more defined type. -*/ -class TiXmlNode : public TiXmlBase -{ - friend class TiXmlDocument; - friend class TiXmlElement; - -public: - #ifdef TIXML_USE_STL - - /** An input stream operator, for every class. Tolerant of newlines and - formatting, but doesn't expect them. - */ - friend std::istream& operator >> (std::istream& in, TiXmlNode& base); - - /** An output stream operator, for every class. Note that this outputs - without any newlines or formatting, as opposed to Print(), which - includes tabs and new lines. - - The operator<< and operator>> are not completely symmetric. Writing - a node to a stream is very well defined. You'll get a nice stream - of output, without any extra whitespace or newlines. - - But reading is not as well defined. (As it always is.) If you create - a TiXmlElement (for example) and read that from an input stream, - the text needs to define an element or junk will result. This is - true of all input streams, but it's worth keeping in mind. - - A TiXmlDocument will read nodes until it reads a root element, and - all the children of that root element. - */ - friend std::ostream& operator<< (std::ostream& out, const TiXmlNode& base); - - /// Appends the XML node or attribute to a std::string. - friend std::string& operator<< (std::string& out, const TiXmlNode& base ); - - #endif - - /** The types of XML nodes supported by TinyXml. (All the - unsupported types are picked up by UNKNOWN.) - */ - enum NodeType - { - TINYXML_DOCUMENT, - TINYXML_ELEMENT, - TINYXML_COMMENT, - TINYXML_UNKNOWN, - TINYXML_TEXT, - TINYXML_DECLARATION, - TINYXML_TYPECOUNT - }; - - virtual ~TiXmlNode(); - - /** The meaning of 'value' changes for the specific type of - TiXmlNode. - @verbatim - Document: filename of the xml file - Element: name of the element - Comment: the comment text - Unknown: the tag contents - Text: the text string - @endverbatim - - The subclasses will wrap this function. - */ - const char *Value() const { return value.c_str (); } - - #ifdef TIXML_USE_STL - /** Return Value() as a std::string. If you only use STL, - this is more efficient than calling Value(). - Only available in STL mode. - */ - const std::string& ValueStr() const { return value; } - #endif - - const TIXML_STRING& ValueTStr() const { return value; } - - /** Changes the value of the node. Defined as: - @verbatim - Document: filename of the xml file - Element: name of the element - Comment: the comment text - Unknown: the tag contents - Text: the text string - @endverbatim - */ - void SetValue(const char * _value) { value = _value;} - - #ifdef TIXML_USE_STL - /// STL std::string form. - void SetValue( const std::string& _value ) { value = _value; } - #endif - - /// Delete all the children of this node. Does not affect 'this'. - void Clear(); - - /// One step up the DOM. - TiXmlNode* Parent() { return parent; } - const TiXmlNode* Parent() const { return parent; } - - const TiXmlNode* FirstChild() const { return firstChild; } ///< The first child of this node. Will be null if there are no children. - TiXmlNode* FirstChild() { return firstChild; } - const TiXmlNode* FirstChild( const char * value ) const; ///< The first child of this node with the matching 'value'. Will be null if none found. - /// The first child of this node with the matching 'value'. Will be null if none found. - TiXmlNode* FirstChild( const char * _value ) { - // Call through to the const version - safe since nothing is changed. Exiting syntax: cast this to a const (always safe) - // call the method, cast the return back to non-const. - return const_cast< TiXmlNode* > ((const_cast< const TiXmlNode* >(this))->FirstChild( _value )); - } - const TiXmlNode* LastChild() const { return lastChild; } /// The last child of this node. Will be null if there are no children. - TiXmlNode* LastChild() { return lastChild; } - - const TiXmlNode* LastChild( const char * value ) const; /// The last child of this node matching 'value'. Will be null if there are no children. - TiXmlNode* LastChild( const char * _value ) { - return const_cast< TiXmlNode* > ((const_cast< const TiXmlNode* >(this))->LastChild( _value )); - } - - #ifdef TIXML_USE_STL - const TiXmlNode* FirstChild( const std::string& _value ) const { return FirstChild (_value.c_str ()); } ///< STL std::string form. - TiXmlNode* FirstChild( const std::string& _value ) { return FirstChild (_value.c_str ()); } ///< STL std::string form. - const TiXmlNode* LastChild( const std::string& _value ) const { return LastChild (_value.c_str ()); } ///< STL std::string form. - TiXmlNode* LastChild( const std::string& _value ) { return LastChild (_value.c_str ()); } ///< STL std::string form. - #endif - - /** An alternate way to walk the children of a node. - One way to iterate over nodes is: - @verbatim - for( child = parent->FirstChild(); child; child = child->NextSibling() ) - @endverbatim - - IterateChildren does the same thing with the syntax: - @verbatim - child = 0; - while( child = parent->IterateChildren( child ) ) - @endverbatim - - IterateChildren takes the previous child as input and finds - the next one. If the previous child is null, it returns the - first. IterateChildren will return null when done. - */ - const TiXmlNode* IterateChildren( const TiXmlNode* previous ) const; - TiXmlNode* IterateChildren( const TiXmlNode* previous ) { - return const_cast< TiXmlNode* >( (const_cast< const TiXmlNode* >(this))->IterateChildren( previous ) ); - } - - /// This flavor of IterateChildren searches for children with a particular 'value' - const TiXmlNode* IterateChildren( const char * value, const TiXmlNode* previous ) const; - TiXmlNode* IterateChildren( const char * _value, const TiXmlNode* previous ) { - return const_cast< TiXmlNode* >( (const_cast< const TiXmlNode* >(this))->IterateChildren( _value, previous ) ); - } - - #ifdef TIXML_USE_STL - const TiXmlNode* IterateChildren( const std::string& _value, const TiXmlNode* previous ) const { return IterateChildren (_value.c_str (), previous); } ///< STL std::string form. - TiXmlNode* IterateChildren( const std::string& _value, const TiXmlNode* previous ) { return IterateChildren (_value.c_str (), previous); } ///< STL std::string form. - #endif - - /** Add a new node related to this. Adds a child past the LastChild. - Returns a pointer to the new object or NULL if an error occured. - */ - TiXmlNode* InsertEndChild( const TiXmlNode& addThis ); - - - /** Add a new node related to this. Adds a child past the LastChild. - - NOTE: the node to be added is passed by pointer, and will be - henceforth owned (and deleted) by tinyXml. This method is efficient - and avoids an extra copy, but should be used with care as it - uses a different memory model than the other insert functions. - - @sa InsertEndChild - */ - TiXmlNode* LinkEndChild( TiXmlNode* addThis ); - - /** Add a new node related to this. Adds a child before the specified child. - Returns a pointer to the new object or NULL if an error occured. - */ - TiXmlNode* InsertBeforeChild( TiXmlNode* beforeThis, const TiXmlNode& addThis ); - - /** Add a new node related to this. Adds a child after the specified child. - Returns a pointer to the new object or NULL if an error occured. - */ - TiXmlNode* InsertAfterChild( TiXmlNode* afterThis, const TiXmlNode& addThis ); - - /** Replace a child of this node. - Returns a pointer to the new object or NULL if an error occured. - */ - TiXmlNode* ReplaceChild( TiXmlNode* replaceThis, const TiXmlNode& withThis ); - - /// Delete a child of this node. - bool RemoveChild( TiXmlNode* removeThis ); - - /// Navigate to a sibling node. - const TiXmlNode* PreviousSibling() const { return prev; } - TiXmlNode* PreviousSibling() { return prev; } - - /// Navigate to a sibling node. - const TiXmlNode* PreviousSibling( const char * ) const; - TiXmlNode* PreviousSibling( const char *_prev ) { - return const_cast< TiXmlNode* >( (const_cast< const TiXmlNode* >(this))->PreviousSibling( _prev ) ); - } - - #ifdef TIXML_USE_STL - const TiXmlNode* PreviousSibling( const std::string& _value ) const { return PreviousSibling (_value.c_str ()); } ///< STL std::string form. - TiXmlNode* PreviousSibling( const std::string& _value ) { return PreviousSibling (_value.c_str ()); } ///< STL std::string form. - const TiXmlNode* NextSibling( const std::string& _value) const { return NextSibling (_value.c_str ()); } ///< STL std::string form. - TiXmlNode* NextSibling( const std::string& _value) { return NextSibling (_value.c_str ()); } ///< STL std::string form. - #endif - - /// Navigate to a sibling node. - const TiXmlNode* NextSibling() const { return next; } - TiXmlNode* NextSibling() { return next; } - - /// Navigate to a sibling node with the given 'value'. - const TiXmlNode* NextSibling( const char * ) const; - TiXmlNode* NextSibling( const char* _next ) { - return const_cast< TiXmlNode* >( (const_cast< const TiXmlNode* >(this))->NextSibling( _next ) ); - } - - /** Convenience function to get through elements. - Calls NextSibling and ToElement. Will skip all non-Element - nodes. Returns 0 if there is not another element. - */ - const TiXmlElement* NextSiblingElement() const; - TiXmlElement* NextSiblingElement() { - return const_cast< TiXmlElement* >( (const_cast< const TiXmlNode* >(this))->NextSiblingElement() ); - } - - /** Convenience function to get through elements. - Calls NextSibling and ToElement. Will skip all non-Element - nodes. Returns 0 if there is not another element. - */ - const TiXmlElement* NextSiblingElement( const char * ) const; - TiXmlElement* NextSiblingElement( const char *_next ) { - return const_cast< TiXmlElement* >( (const_cast< const TiXmlNode* >(this))->NextSiblingElement( _next ) ); - } - - #ifdef TIXML_USE_STL - const TiXmlElement* NextSiblingElement( const std::string& _value) const { return NextSiblingElement (_value.c_str ()); } ///< STL std::string form. - TiXmlElement* NextSiblingElement( const std::string& _value) { return NextSiblingElement (_value.c_str ()); } ///< STL std::string form. - #endif - - /// Convenience function to get through elements. - const TiXmlElement* FirstChildElement() const; - TiXmlElement* FirstChildElement() { - return const_cast< TiXmlElement* >( (const_cast< const TiXmlNode* >(this))->FirstChildElement() ); - } - - /// Convenience function to get through elements. - const TiXmlElement* FirstChildElement( const char * _value ) const; - TiXmlElement* FirstChildElement( const char * _value ) { - return const_cast< TiXmlElement* >( (const_cast< const TiXmlNode* >(this))->FirstChildElement( _value ) ); - } - - #ifdef TIXML_USE_STL - const TiXmlElement* FirstChildElement( const std::string& _value ) const { return FirstChildElement (_value.c_str ()); } ///< STL std::string form. - TiXmlElement* FirstChildElement( const std::string& _value ) { return FirstChildElement (_value.c_str ()); } ///< STL std::string form. - #endif - - /** Query the type (as an enumerated value, above) of this node. - The possible types are: TINYXML_DOCUMENT, TINYXML_ELEMENT, TINYXML_COMMENT, - TINYXML_UNKNOWN, TINYXML_TEXT, and TINYXML_DECLARATION. - */ - int Type() const { return type; } - - /** Return a pointer to the Document this node lives in. - Returns null if not in a document. - */ - const TiXmlDocument* GetDocument() const; - TiXmlDocument* GetDocument() { - return const_cast< TiXmlDocument* >( (const_cast< const TiXmlNode* >(this))->GetDocument() ); - } - - /// Returns true if this node has no children. - bool NoChildren() const { return !firstChild; } - - virtual const TiXmlDocument* ToDocument() const { return 0; } ///< Cast to a more defined type. Will return null if not of the requested type. - virtual const TiXmlElement* ToElement() const { return 0; } ///< Cast to a more defined type. Will return null if not of the requested type. - virtual const TiXmlComment* ToComment() const { return 0; } ///< Cast to a more defined type. Will return null if not of the requested type. - virtual const TiXmlUnknown* ToUnknown() const { return 0; } ///< Cast to a more defined type. Will return null if not of the requested type. - virtual const TiXmlText* ToText() const { return 0; } ///< Cast to a more defined type. Will return null if not of the requested type. - virtual const TiXmlDeclaration* ToDeclaration() const { return 0; } ///< Cast to a more defined type. Will return null if not of the requested type. - - virtual TiXmlDocument* ToDocument() { return 0; } ///< Cast to a more defined type. Will return null if not of the requested type. - virtual TiXmlElement* ToElement() { return 0; } ///< Cast to a more defined type. Will return null if not of the requested type. - virtual TiXmlComment* ToComment() { return 0; } ///< Cast to a more defined type. Will return null if not of the requested type. - virtual TiXmlUnknown* ToUnknown() { return 0; } ///< Cast to a more defined type. Will return null if not of the requested type. - virtual TiXmlText* ToText() { return 0; } ///< Cast to a more defined type. Will return null if not of the requested type. - virtual TiXmlDeclaration* ToDeclaration() { return 0; } ///< Cast to a more defined type. Will return null if not of the requested type. - - /** Create an exact duplicate of this node and return it. The memory must be deleted - by the caller. - */ - virtual TiXmlNode* Clone() const = 0; - - /** Accept a hierchical visit the nodes in the TinyXML DOM. Every node in the - XML tree will be conditionally visited and the host will be called back - via the TiXmlVisitor interface. - - This is essentially a SAX interface for TinyXML. (Note however it doesn't re-parse - the XML for the callbacks, so the performance of TinyXML is unchanged by using this - interface versus any other.) - - The interface has been based on ideas from: - - - http://www.saxproject.org/ - - http://c2.com/cgi/wiki?HierarchicalVisitorPattern - - Which are both good references for "visiting". - - An example of using Accept(): - @verbatim - TiXmlPrinter printer; - tinyxmlDoc.Accept( &printer ); - const char* xmlcstr = printer.CStr(); - @endverbatim - */ - virtual bool Accept( TiXmlVisitor* visitor ) const = 0; - -protected: - TiXmlNode( NodeType _type ); - - // Copy to the allocated object. Shared functionality between Clone, Copy constructor, - // and the assignment operator. - void CopyTo( TiXmlNode* target ) const; - - #ifdef TIXML_USE_STL - // The real work of the input operator. - virtual void StreamIn( std::istream* in, TIXML_STRING* tag ) = 0; - #endif - - // Figure out what is at *p, and parse it. Returns null if it is not an xml node. - TiXmlNode* Identify( const char* start, TiXmlEncoding encoding ); - - TiXmlNode* parent; - NodeType type; - - TiXmlNode* firstChild; - TiXmlNode* lastChild; - - TIXML_STRING value; - - TiXmlNode* prev; - TiXmlNode* next; - -private: - TiXmlNode( const TiXmlNode& ); // not implemented. - void operator=( const TiXmlNode& base ); // not allowed. -}; - - -/** An attribute is a name-value pair. Elements have an arbitrary - number of attributes, each with a unique name. - - @note The attributes are not TiXmlNodes, since they are not - part of the tinyXML document object model. There are other - suggested ways to look at this problem. -*/ -class TiXmlAttribute : public TiXmlBase -{ - friend class TiXmlAttributeSet; - -public: - /// Construct an empty attribute. - TiXmlAttribute() : TiXmlBase() - { - document = 0; - prev = next = 0; - } - - #ifdef TIXML_USE_STL - /// std::string constructor. - TiXmlAttribute( const std::string& _name, const std::string& _value ) - { - name = _name; - value = _value; - document = 0; - prev = next = 0; - } - #endif - - /// Construct an attribute with a name and value. - TiXmlAttribute( const char * _name, const char * _value ) - { - name = _name; - value = _value; - document = 0; - prev = next = 0; - } - - const char* Name() const { return name.c_str(); } ///< Return the name of this attribute. - const char* Value() const { return value.c_str(); } ///< Return the value of this attribute. - #ifdef TIXML_USE_STL - const std::string& ValueStr() const { return value; } ///< Return the value of this attribute. - #endif - int IntValue() const; ///< Return the value of this attribute, converted to an integer. - double DoubleValue() const; ///< Return the value of this attribute, converted to a double. - - // Get the tinyxml string representation - const TIXML_STRING& NameTStr() const { return name; } - - /** QueryIntValue examines the value string. It is an alternative to the - IntValue() method with richer error checking. - If the value is an integer, it is stored in 'value' and - the call returns TIXML_SUCCESS. If it is not - an integer, it returns TIXML_WRONG_TYPE. - - A specialized but useful call. Note that for success it returns 0, - which is the opposite of almost all other TinyXml calls. - */ - int QueryIntValue( int* _value ) const; - /// QueryDoubleValue examines the value string. See QueryIntValue(). - int QueryDoubleValue( double* _value ) const; - - void SetName( const char* _name ) { name = _name; } ///< Set the name of this attribute. - void SetValue( const char* _value ) { value = _value; } ///< Set the value. - - void SetIntValue( int _value ); ///< Set the value from an integer. - void SetDoubleValue( double _value ); ///< Set the value from a double. - - #ifdef TIXML_USE_STL - /// STL std::string form. - void SetName( const std::string& _name ) { name = _name; } - /// STL std::string form. - void SetValue( const std::string& _value ) { value = _value; } - #endif - - /// Get the next sibling attribute in the DOM. Returns null at end. - const TiXmlAttribute* Next() const; - TiXmlAttribute* Next() { - return const_cast< TiXmlAttribute* >( (const_cast< const TiXmlAttribute* >(this))->Next() ); - } - - /// Get the previous sibling attribute in the DOM. Returns null at beginning. - const TiXmlAttribute* Previous() const; - TiXmlAttribute* Previous() { - return const_cast< TiXmlAttribute* >( (const_cast< const TiXmlAttribute* >(this))->Previous() ); - } - - bool operator==( const TiXmlAttribute& rhs ) const { return rhs.name == name; } - bool operator<( const TiXmlAttribute& rhs ) const { return name < rhs.name; } - bool operator>( const TiXmlAttribute& rhs ) const { return name > rhs.name; } - - /* Attribute parsing starts: first letter of the name - returns: the next char after the value end quote - */ - virtual const char* Parse( const char* p, TiXmlParsingData* data, TiXmlEncoding encoding ); - - // Prints this Attribute to a FILE stream. - virtual void Print( FILE* cfile, int depth ) const { - Print( cfile, depth, 0 ); - } - void Print( FILE* cfile, int depth, TIXML_STRING* str ) const; - - // [internal use] - // Set the document pointer so the attribute can report errors. - void SetDocument( TiXmlDocument* doc ) { document = doc; } - -private: - TiXmlAttribute( const TiXmlAttribute& ); // not implemented. - void operator=( const TiXmlAttribute& base ); // not allowed. - - TiXmlDocument* document; // A pointer back to a document, for error reporting. - TIXML_STRING name; - TIXML_STRING value; - TiXmlAttribute* prev; - TiXmlAttribute* next; -}; - - -/* A class used to manage a group of attributes. - It is only used internally, both by the ELEMENT and the DECLARATION. - - The set can be changed transparent to the Element and Declaration - classes that use it, but NOT transparent to the Attribute - which has to implement a next() and previous() method. Which makes - it a bit problematic and prevents the use of STL. - - This version is implemented with circular lists because: - - I like circular lists - - it demonstrates some independence from the (typical) doubly linked list. -*/ -class TiXmlAttributeSet -{ -public: - TiXmlAttributeSet(); - ~TiXmlAttributeSet(); - - void Add( TiXmlAttribute* attribute ); - void Remove( TiXmlAttribute* attribute ); - - const TiXmlAttribute* First() const { return ( sentinel.next == &sentinel ) ? 0 : sentinel.next; } - TiXmlAttribute* First() { return ( sentinel.next == &sentinel ) ? 0 : sentinel.next; } - const TiXmlAttribute* Last() const { return ( sentinel.prev == &sentinel ) ? 0 : sentinel.prev; } - TiXmlAttribute* Last() { return ( sentinel.prev == &sentinel ) ? 0 : sentinel.prev; } - - TiXmlAttribute* Find( const char* _name ) const; - TiXmlAttribute* FindOrCreate( const char* _name ); - -# ifdef TIXML_USE_STL - TiXmlAttribute* Find( const std::string& _name ) const; - TiXmlAttribute* FindOrCreate( const std::string& _name ); -# endif - - -private: - //*ME: Because of hidden/disabled copy-construktor in TiXmlAttribute (sentinel-element), - //*ME: this class must be also use a hidden/disabled copy-constructor !!! - TiXmlAttributeSet( const TiXmlAttributeSet& ); // not allowed - void operator=( const TiXmlAttributeSet& ); // not allowed (as TiXmlAttribute) - - TiXmlAttribute sentinel; -}; - - -/** The element is a container class. It has a value, the element name, - and can contain other elements, text, comments, and unknowns. - Elements also contain an arbitrary number of attributes. -*/ -class TiXmlElement : public TiXmlNode -{ -public: - /// Construct an element. - TiXmlElement (const char * in_value); - - #ifdef TIXML_USE_STL - /// std::string constructor. - TiXmlElement( const std::string& _value ); - #endif - - TiXmlElement( const TiXmlElement& ); - - TiXmlElement& operator=( const TiXmlElement& base ); - - virtual ~TiXmlElement(); - - /** Given an attribute name, Attribute() returns the value - for the attribute of that name, or null if none exists. - */ - const char* Attribute( const char* name ) const; - - /** Given an attribute name, Attribute() returns the value - for the attribute of that name, or null if none exists. - If the attribute exists and can be converted to an integer, - the integer value will be put in the return 'i', if 'i' - is non-null. - */ - const char* Attribute( const char* name, int* i ) const; - - /** Given an attribute name, Attribute() returns the value - for the attribute of that name, or null if none exists. - If the attribute exists and can be converted to an double, - the double value will be put in the return 'd', if 'd' - is non-null. - */ - const char* Attribute( const char* name, double* d ) const; - - /** QueryIntAttribute examines the attribute - it is an alternative to the - Attribute() method with richer error checking. - If the attribute is an integer, it is stored in 'value' and - the call returns TIXML_SUCCESS. If it is not - an integer, it returns TIXML_WRONG_TYPE. If the attribute - does not exist, then TIXML_NO_ATTRIBUTE is returned. - */ - int QueryIntAttribute( const char* name, int* _value ) const; - /// QueryUnsignedAttribute examines the attribute - see QueryIntAttribute(). - int QueryUnsignedAttribute( const char* name, unsigned* _value ) const; - /** QueryBoolAttribute examines the attribute - see QueryIntAttribute(). - Note that '1', 'true', or 'yes' are considered true, while '0', 'false' - and 'no' are considered false. - */ - int QueryBoolAttribute( const char* name, bool* _value ) const; - /// QueryDoubleAttribute examines the attribute - see QueryIntAttribute(). - int QueryDoubleAttribute( const char* name, double* _value ) const; - /// QueryFloatAttribute examines the attribute - see QueryIntAttribute(). - int QueryFloatAttribute( const char* name, float* _value ) const { - double d; - int result = QueryDoubleAttribute( name, &d ); - if ( result == TIXML_SUCCESS ) { - *_value = (float)d; - } - return result; - } - - #ifdef TIXML_USE_STL - /// QueryStringAttribute examines the attribute - see QueryIntAttribute(). - int QueryStringAttribute( const char* name, std::string* _value ) const { - const char* cstr = Attribute( name ); - if ( cstr ) { - *_value = std::string( cstr ); - return TIXML_SUCCESS; - } - return TIXML_NO_ATTRIBUTE; - } - - /** Template form of the attribute query which will try to read the - attribute into the specified type. Very easy, very powerful, but - be careful to make sure to call this with the correct type. - - NOTE: This method doesn't work correctly for 'string' types that contain spaces. - - @return TIXML_SUCCESS, TIXML_WRONG_TYPE, or TIXML_NO_ATTRIBUTE - */ - template< typename T > int QueryValueAttribute( const std::string& name, T* outValue ) const - { - const TiXmlAttribute* node = attributeSet.Find( name ); - if ( !node ) - return TIXML_NO_ATTRIBUTE; - - std::stringstream sstream( node->ValueStr() ); - sstream >> *outValue; - if ( !sstream.fail() ) - return TIXML_SUCCESS; - return TIXML_WRONG_TYPE; - } - - int QueryValueAttribute( const std::string& name, std::string* outValue ) const - { - const TiXmlAttribute* node = attributeSet.Find( name ); - if ( !node ) - return TIXML_NO_ATTRIBUTE; - *outValue = node->ValueStr(); - return TIXML_SUCCESS; - } - #endif - - /** Sets an attribute of name to a given value. The attribute - will be created if it does not exist, or changed if it does. - */ - void SetAttribute( const char* name, const char * _value ); - - #ifdef TIXML_USE_STL - const std::string* Attribute( const std::string& name ) const; - const std::string* Attribute( const std::string& name, int* i ) const; - const std::string* Attribute( const std::string& name, double* d ) const; - int QueryIntAttribute( const std::string& name, int* _value ) const; - int QueryDoubleAttribute( const std::string& name, double* _value ) const; - - /// STL std::string form. - void SetAttribute( const std::string& name, const std::string& _value ); - ///< STL std::string form. - void SetAttribute( const std::string& name, int _value ); - ///< STL std::string form. - void SetDoubleAttribute( const std::string& name, double value ); - #endif - - /** Sets an attribute of name to a given value. The attribute - will be created if it does not exist, or changed if it does. - */ - void SetAttribute( const char * name, int value ); - - /** Sets an attribute of name to a given value. The attribute - will be created if it does not exist, or changed if it does. - */ - void SetDoubleAttribute( const char * name, double value ); - - /** Deletes an attribute with the given name. - */ - void RemoveAttribute( const char * name ); - #ifdef TIXML_USE_STL - void RemoveAttribute( const std::string& name ) { RemoveAttribute (name.c_str ()); } ///< STL std::string form. - #endif - - const TiXmlAttribute* FirstAttribute() const { return attributeSet.First(); } ///< Access the first attribute in this element. - TiXmlAttribute* FirstAttribute() { return attributeSet.First(); } - const TiXmlAttribute* LastAttribute() const { return attributeSet.Last(); } ///< Access the last attribute in this element. - TiXmlAttribute* LastAttribute() { return attributeSet.Last(); } - - /** Convenience function for easy access to the text inside an element. Although easy - and concise, GetText() is limited compared to getting the TiXmlText child - and accessing it directly. - - If the first child of 'this' is a TiXmlText, the GetText() - returns the character string of the Text node, else null is returned. - - This is a convenient method for getting the text of simple contained text: - @verbatim - This is text - const char* str = fooElement->GetText(); - @endverbatim - - 'str' will be a pointer to "This is text". - - Note that this function can be misleading. If the element foo was created from - this XML: - @verbatim - This is text - @endverbatim - - then the value of str would be null. The first child node isn't a text node, it is - another element. From this XML: - @verbatim - This is text - @endverbatim - GetText() will return "This is ". - - WARNING: GetText() accesses a child node - don't become confused with the - similarly named TiXmlHandle::Text() and TiXmlNode::ToText() which are - safe type casts on the referenced node. - */ - const char* GetText() const; - - /// Creates a new Element and returns it - the returned element is a copy. - virtual TiXmlNode* Clone() const; - // Print the Element to a FILE stream. - virtual void Print( FILE* cfile, int depth ) const; - - /* Attribtue parsing starts: next char past '<' - returns: next char past '>' - */ - virtual const char* Parse( const char* p, TiXmlParsingData* data, TiXmlEncoding encoding ); - - virtual const TiXmlElement* ToElement() const { return this; } ///< Cast to a more defined type. Will return null not of the requested type. - virtual TiXmlElement* ToElement() { return this; } ///< Cast to a more defined type. Will return null not of the requested type. - - /** Walk the XML tree visiting this node and all of its children. - */ - virtual bool Accept( TiXmlVisitor* visitor ) const; - -protected: - - void CopyTo( TiXmlElement* target ) const; - void ClearThis(); // like clear, but initializes 'this' object as well - - // Used to be public [internal use] - #ifdef TIXML_USE_STL - virtual void StreamIn( std::istream * in, TIXML_STRING * tag ); - #endif - /* [internal use] - Reads the "value" of the element -- another element, or text. - This should terminate with the current end tag. - */ - const char* ReadValue( const char* in, TiXmlParsingData* prevData, TiXmlEncoding encoding ); - -private: - TiXmlAttributeSet attributeSet; -}; - - -/** An XML comment. -*/ -class TiXmlComment : public TiXmlNode -{ -public: - /// Constructs an empty comment. - TiXmlComment() : TiXmlNode( TiXmlNode::TINYXML_COMMENT ) {} - /// Construct a comment from text. - TiXmlComment( const char* _value ) : TiXmlNode( TiXmlNode::TINYXML_COMMENT ) { - SetValue( _value ); - } - TiXmlComment( const TiXmlComment& ); - TiXmlComment& operator=( const TiXmlComment& base ); - - virtual ~TiXmlComment() {} - - /// Returns a copy of this Comment. - virtual TiXmlNode* Clone() const; - // Write this Comment to a FILE stream. - virtual void Print( FILE* cfile, int depth ) const; - - /* Attribtue parsing starts: at the ! of the !-- - returns: next char past '>' - */ - virtual const char* Parse( const char* p, TiXmlParsingData* data, TiXmlEncoding encoding ); - - virtual const TiXmlComment* ToComment() const { return this; } ///< Cast to a more defined type. Will return null not of the requested type. - virtual TiXmlComment* ToComment() { return this; } ///< Cast to a more defined type. Will return null not of the requested type. - - /** Walk the XML tree visiting this node and all of its children. - */ - virtual bool Accept( TiXmlVisitor* visitor ) const; - -protected: - void CopyTo( TiXmlComment* target ) const; - - // used to be public - #ifdef TIXML_USE_STL - virtual void StreamIn( std::istream * in, TIXML_STRING * tag ); - #endif -// virtual void StreamOut( TIXML_OSTREAM * out ) const; - -private: - -}; - - -/** XML text. A text node can have 2 ways to output the next. "normal" output - and CDATA. It will default to the mode it was parsed from the XML file and - you generally want to leave it alone, but you can change the output mode with - SetCDATA() and query it with CDATA(). -*/ -class TiXmlText : public TiXmlNode -{ - friend class TiXmlElement; -public: - /** Constructor for text element. By default, it is treated as - normal, encoded text. If you want it be output as a CDATA text - element, set the parameter _cdata to 'true' - */ - TiXmlText (const char * initValue ) : TiXmlNode (TiXmlNode::TINYXML_TEXT) - { - SetValue( initValue ); - cdata = false; - } - virtual ~TiXmlText() {} - - #ifdef TIXML_USE_STL - /// Constructor. - TiXmlText( const std::string& initValue ) : TiXmlNode (TiXmlNode::TINYXML_TEXT) - { - SetValue( initValue ); - cdata = false; - } - #endif - - TiXmlText( const TiXmlText& copy ) : TiXmlNode( TiXmlNode::TINYXML_TEXT ) { copy.CopyTo( this ); } - TiXmlText& operator=( const TiXmlText& base ) { base.CopyTo( this ); return *this; } - - // Write this text object to a FILE stream. - virtual void Print( FILE* cfile, int depth ) const; - - /// Queries whether this represents text using a CDATA section. - bool CDATA() const { return cdata; } - /// Turns on or off a CDATA representation of text. - void SetCDATA( bool _cdata ) { cdata = _cdata; } - - virtual const char* Parse( const char* p, TiXmlParsingData* data, TiXmlEncoding encoding ); - - virtual const TiXmlText* ToText() const { return this; } ///< Cast to a more defined type. Will return null not of the requested type. - virtual TiXmlText* ToText() { return this; } ///< Cast to a more defined type. Will return null not of the requested type. - - /** Walk the XML tree visiting this node and all of its children. - */ - virtual bool Accept( TiXmlVisitor* content ) const; - -protected : - /// [internal use] Creates a new Element and returns it. - virtual TiXmlNode* Clone() const; - void CopyTo( TiXmlText* target ) const; - - bool Blank() const; // returns true if all white space and new lines - // [internal use] - #ifdef TIXML_USE_STL - virtual void StreamIn( std::istream * in, TIXML_STRING * tag ); - #endif - -private: - bool cdata; // true if this should be input and output as a CDATA style text element -}; - - -/** In correct XML the declaration is the first entry in the file. - @verbatim - - @endverbatim - - TinyXml will happily read or write files without a declaration, - however. There are 3 possible attributes to the declaration: - version, encoding, and standalone. - - Note: In this version of the code, the attributes are - handled as special cases, not generic attributes, simply - because there can only be at most 3 and they are always the same. -*/ -class TiXmlDeclaration : public TiXmlNode -{ -public: - /// Construct an empty declaration. - TiXmlDeclaration() : TiXmlNode( TiXmlNode::TINYXML_DECLARATION ) {} - -#ifdef TIXML_USE_STL - /// Constructor. - TiXmlDeclaration( const std::string& _version, - const std::string& _encoding, - const std::string& _standalone ); -#endif - - /// Construct. - TiXmlDeclaration( const char* _version, - const char* _encoding, - const char* _standalone ); - - TiXmlDeclaration( const TiXmlDeclaration& copy ); - TiXmlDeclaration& operator=( const TiXmlDeclaration& copy ); - - virtual ~TiXmlDeclaration() {} - - /// Version. Will return an empty string if none was found. - const char *Version() const { return version.c_str (); } - /// Encoding. Will return an empty string if none was found. - const char *Encoding() const { return encoding.c_str (); } - /// Is this a standalone document? - const char *Standalone() const { return standalone.c_str (); } - - /// Creates a copy of this Declaration and returns it. - virtual TiXmlNode* Clone() const; - // Print this declaration to a FILE stream. - virtual void Print( FILE* cfile, int depth, TIXML_STRING* str ) const; - virtual void Print( FILE* cfile, int depth ) const { - Print( cfile, depth, 0 ); - } - - virtual const char* Parse( const char* p, TiXmlParsingData* data, TiXmlEncoding encoding ); - - virtual const TiXmlDeclaration* ToDeclaration() const { return this; } ///< Cast to a more defined type. Will return null not of the requested type. - virtual TiXmlDeclaration* ToDeclaration() { return this; } ///< Cast to a more defined type. Will return null not of the requested type. - - /** Walk the XML tree visiting this node and all of its children. - */ - virtual bool Accept( TiXmlVisitor* visitor ) const; - -protected: - void CopyTo( TiXmlDeclaration* target ) const; - // used to be public - #ifdef TIXML_USE_STL - virtual void StreamIn( std::istream * in, TIXML_STRING * tag ); - #endif - -private: - - TIXML_STRING version; - TIXML_STRING encoding; - TIXML_STRING standalone; -}; - - -/** Any tag that tinyXml doesn't recognize is saved as an - unknown. It is a tag of text, but should not be modified. - It will be written back to the XML, unchanged, when the file - is saved. - - DTD tags get thrown into TiXmlUnknowns. -*/ -class TiXmlUnknown : public TiXmlNode -{ -public: - TiXmlUnknown() : TiXmlNode( TiXmlNode::TINYXML_UNKNOWN ) {} - virtual ~TiXmlUnknown() {} - - TiXmlUnknown( const TiXmlUnknown& copy ) : TiXmlNode( TiXmlNode::TINYXML_UNKNOWN ) { copy.CopyTo( this ); } - TiXmlUnknown& operator=( const TiXmlUnknown& copy ) { copy.CopyTo( this ); return *this; } - - /// Creates a copy of this Unknown and returns it. - virtual TiXmlNode* Clone() const; - // Print this Unknown to a FILE stream. - virtual void Print( FILE* cfile, int depth ) const; - - virtual const char* Parse( const char* p, TiXmlParsingData* data, TiXmlEncoding encoding ); - - virtual const TiXmlUnknown* ToUnknown() const { return this; } ///< Cast to a more defined type. Will return null not of the requested type. - virtual TiXmlUnknown* ToUnknown() { return this; } ///< Cast to a more defined type. Will return null not of the requested type. - - /** Walk the XML tree visiting this node and all of its children. - */ - virtual bool Accept( TiXmlVisitor* content ) const; - -protected: - void CopyTo( TiXmlUnknown* target ) const; - - #ifdef TIXML_USE_STL - virtual void StreamIn( std::istream * in, TIXML_STRING * tag ); - #endif - -private: - -}; - - -/** Always the top level node. A document binds together all the - XML pieces. It can be saved, loaded, and printed to the screen. - The 'value' of a document node is the xml file name. -*/ -class TiXmlDocument : public TiXmlNode -{ -public: - /// Create an empty document, that has no name. - TiXmlDocument(); - /// Create a document with a name. The name of the document is also the filename of the xml. - TiXmlDocument( const char * documentName ); - - #ifdef TIXML_USE_STL - /// Constructor. - TiXmlDocument( const std::string& documentName ); - #endif - - TiXmlDocument( const TiXmlDocument& copy ); - TiXmlDocument& operator=( const TiXmlDocument& copy ); - - virtual ~TiXmlDocument() {} - - /** Load a file using the current document value. - Returns true if successful. Will delete any existing - document data before loading. - */ - bool LoadFile( TiXmlEncoding encoding = TIXML_DEFAULT_ENCODING ); - /// Save a file using the current document value. Returns true if successful. - bool SaveFile() const; - /// Load a file using the given filename. Returns true if successful. - bool LoadFile( const char * filename, TiXmlEncoding encoding = TIXML_DEFAULT_ENCODING ); - /// Save a file using the given filename. Returns true if successful. - bool SaveFile( const char * filename ) const; - /** Load a file using the given FILE*. Returns true if successful. Note that this method - doesn't stream - the entire object pointed at by the FILE* - will be interpreted as an XML file. TinyXML doesn't stream in XML from the current - file location. Streaming may be added in the future. - */ - bool LoadFile( FILE*, TiXmlEncoding encoding = TIXML_DEFAULT_ENCODING ); - /// Save a file using the given FILE*. Returns true if successful. - bool SaveFile( FILE* ) const; - - #ifdef TIXML_USE_STL - bool LoadFile( const std::string& filename, TiXmlEncoding encoding = TIXML_DEFAULT_ENCODING ) ///< STL std::string version. - { - return LoadFile( filename.c_str(), encoding ); - } - bool SaveFile( const std::string& filename ) const ///< STL std::string version. - { - return SaveFile( filename.c_str() ); - } - #endif - - /** Parse the given null terminated block of xml data. Passing in an encoding to this - method (either TIXML_ENCODING_LEGACY or TIXML_ENCODING_UTF8 will force TinyXml - to use that encoding, regardless of what TinyXml might otherwise try to detect. - */ - virtual const char* Parse( const char* p, TiXmlParsingData* data = 0, TiXmlEncoding encoding = TIXML_DEFAULT_ENCODING ); - - /** Get the root element -- the only top level element -- of the document. - In well formed XML, there should only be one. TinyXml is tolerant of - multiple elements at the document level. - */ - const TiXmlElement* RootElement() const { return FirstChildElement(); } - TiXmlElement* RootElement() { return FirstChildElement(); } - - /** If an error occurs, Error will be set to true. Also, - - The ErrorId() will contain the integer identifier of the error (not generally useful) - - The ErrorDesc() method will return the name of the error. (very useful) - - The ErrorRow() and ErrorCol() will return the location of the error (if known) - */ - bool Error() const { return error; } - - /// Contains a textual (english) description of the error if one occurs. - const char * ErrorDesc() const { return errorDesc.c_str (); } - - /** Generally, you probably want the error string ( ErrorDesc() ). But if you - prefer the ErrorId, this function will fetch it. - */ - int ErrorId() const { return errorId; } - - /** Returns the location (if known) of the error. The first column is column 1, - and the first row is row 1. A value of 0 means the row and column wasn't applicable - (memory errors, for example, have no row/column) or the parser lost the error. (An - error in the error reporting, in that case.) - - @sa SetTabSize, Row, Column - */ - int ErrorRow() const { return errorLocation.row+1; } - int ErrorCol() const { return errorLocation.col+1; } ///< The column where the error occured. See ErrorRow() - - /** SetTabSize() allows the error reporting functions (ErrorRow() and ErrorCol()) - to report the correct values for row and column. It does not change the output - or input in any way. - - By calling this method, with a tab size - greater than 0, the row and column of each node and attribute is stored - when the file is loaded. Very useful for tracking the DOM back in to - the source file. - - The tab size is required for calculating the location of nodes. If not - set, the default of 4 is used. The tabsize is set per document. Setting - the tabsize to 0 disables row/column tracking. - - Note that row and column tracking is not supported when using operator>>. - - The tab size needs to be enabled before the parse or load. Correct usage: - @verbatim - TiXmlDocument doc; - doc.SetTabSize( 8 ); - doc.Load( "myfile.xml" ); - @endverbatim - - @sa Row, Column - */ - void SetTabSize( int _tabsize ) { tabsize = _tabsize; } - - int TabSize() const { return tabsize; } - - /** If you have handled the error, it can be reset with this call. The error - state is automatically cleared if you Parse a new XML block. - */ - void ClearError() { error = false; - errorId = 0; - errorDesc = ""; - errorLocation.row = errorLocation.col = 0; - //errorLocation.last = 0; - } - - /** Write the document to standard out using formatted printing ("pretty print"). */ - void Print() const { Print( stdout, 0 ); } - - /* Write the document to a string using formatted printing ("pretty print"). This - will allocate a character array (new char[]) and return it as a pointer. The - calling code pust call delete[] on the return char* to avoid a memory leak. - */ - //char* PrintToMemory() const; - - /// Print this Document to a FILE stream. - virtual void Print( FILE* cfile, int depth = 0 ) const; - // [internal use] - void SetError( int err, const char* errorLocation, TiXmlParsingData* prevData, TiXmlEncoding encoding ); - - virtual const TiXmlDocument* ToDocument() const { return this; } ///< Cast to a more defined type. Will return null not of the requested type. - virtual TiXmlDocument* ToDocument() { return this; } ///< Cast to a more defined type. Will return null not of the requested type. - - /** Walk the XML tree visiting this node and all of its children. - */ - virtual bool Accept( TiXmlVisitor* content ) const; - -protected : - // [internal use] - virtual TiXmlNode* Clone() const; - #ifdef TIXML_USE_STL - virtual void StreamIn( std::istream * in, TIXML_STRING * tag ); - #endif - -private: - void CopyTo( TiXmlDocument* target ) const; - - bool error; - int errorId; - TIXML_STRING errorDesc; - int tabsize; - TiXmlCursor errorLocation; - bool useMicrosoftBOM; // the UTF-8 BOM were found when read. Note this, and try to write. -}; - - -/** - A TiXmlHandle is a class that wraps a node pointer with null checks; this is - an incredibly useful thing. Note that TiXmlHandle is not part of the TinyXml - DOM structure. It is a separate utility class. - - Take an example: - @verbatim - - - - - - - @endverbatim - - Assuming you want the value of "attributeB" in the 2nd "Child" element, it's very - easy to write a *lot* of code that looks like: - - @verbatim - TiXmlElement* root = document.FirstChildElement( "Document" ); - if ( root ) - { - TiXmlElement* element = root->FirstChildElement( "Element" ); - if ( element ) - { - TiXmlElement* child = element->FirstChildElement( "Child" ); - if ( child ) - { - TiXmlElement* child2 = child->NextSiblingElement( "Child" ); - if ( child2 ) - { - // Finally do something useful. - @endverbatim - - And that doesn't even cover "else" cases. TiXmlHandle addresses the verbosity - of such code. A TiXmlHandle checks for null pointers so it is perfectly safe - and correct to use: - - @verbatim - TiXmlHandle docHandle( &document ); - TiXmlElement* child2 = docHandle.FirstChild( "Document" ).FirstChild( "Element" ).Child( "Child", 1 ).ToElement(); - if ( child2 ) - { - // do something useful - @endverbatim - - Which is MUCH more concise and useful. - - It is also safe to copy handles - internally they are nothing more than node pointers. - @verbatim - TiXmlHandle handleCopy = handle; - @endverbatim - - What they should not be used for is iteration: - - @verbatim - int i=0; - while ( true ) - { - TiXmlElement* child = docHandle.FirstChild( "Document" ).FirstChild( "Element" ).Child( "Child", i ).ToElement(); - if ( !child ) - break; - // do something - ++i; - } - @endverbatim - - It seems reasonable, but it is in fact two embedded while loops. The Child method is - a linear walk to find the element, so this code would iterate much more than it needs - to. Instead, prefer: - - @verbatim - TiXmlElement* child = docHandle.FirstChild( "Document" ).FirstChild( "Element" ).FirstChild( "Child" ).ToElement(); - - for( child; child; child=child->NextSiblingElement() ) - { - // do something - } - @endverbatim -*/ -class TiXmlHandle -{ -public: - /// Create a handle from any node (at any depth of the tree.) This can be a null pointer. - TiXmlHandle( TiXmlNode* _node ) { this->node = _node; } - /// Copy constructor - TiXmlHandle( const TiXmlHandle& ref ) { this->node = ref.node; } - TiXmlHandle operator=( const TiXmlHandle& ref ) { if ( &ref != this ) this->node = ref.node; return *this; } - - /// Return a handle to the first child node. - TiXmlHandle FirstChild() const; - /// Return a handle to the first child node with the given name. - TiXmlHandle FirstChild( const char * value ) const; - /// Return a handle to the first child element. - TiXmlHandle FirstChildElement() const; - /// Return a handle to the first child element with the given name. - TiXmlHandle FirstChildElement( const char * value ) const; - - /** Return a handle to the "index" child with the given name. - The first child is 0, the second 1, etc. - */ - TiXmlHandle Child( const char* value, int index ) const; - /** Return a handle to the "index" child. - The first child is 0, the second 1, etc. - */ - TiXmlHandle Child( int index ) const; - /** Return a handle to the "index" child element with the given name. - The first child element is 0, the second 1, etc. Note that only TiXmlElements - are indexed: other types are not counted. - */ - TiXmlHandle ChildElement( const char* value, int index ) const; - /** Return a handle to the "index" child element. - The first child element is 0, the second 1, etc. Note that only TiXmlElements - are indexed: other types are not counted. - */ - TiXmlHandle ChildElement( int index ) const; - - #ifdef TIXML_USE_STL - TiXmlHandle FirstChild( const std::string& _value ) const { return FirstChild( _value.c_str() ); } - TiXmlHandle FirstChildElement( const std::string& _value ) const { return FirstChildElement( _value.c_str() ); } - - TiXmlHandle Child( const std::string& _value, int index ) const { return Child( _value.c_str(), index ); } - TiXmlHandle ChildElement( const std::string& _value, int index ) const { return ChildElement( _value.c_str(), index ); } - #endif - - /** Return the handle as a TiXmlNode. This may return null. - */ - TiXmlNode* ToNode() const { return node; } - /** Return the handle as a TiXmlElement. This may return null. - */ - TiXmlElement* ToElement() const { return ( ( node && node->ToElement() ) ? node->ToElement() : 0 ); } - /** Return the handle as a TiXmlText. This may return null. - */ - TiXmlText* ToText() const { return ( ( node && node->ToText() ) ? node->ToText() : 0 ); } - /** Return the handle as a TiXmlUnknown. This may return null. - */ - TiXmlUnknown* ToUnknown() const { return ( ( node && node->ToUnknown() ) ? node->ToUnknown() : 0 ); } - - /** @deprecated use ToNode. - Return the handle as a TiXmlNode. This may return null. - */ - TiXmlNode* Node() const { return ToNode(); } - /** @deprecated use ToElement. - Return the handle as a TiXmlElement. This may return null. - */ - TiXmlElement* Element() const { return ToElement(); } - /** @deprecated use ToText() - Return the handle as a TiXmlText. This may return null. - */ - TiXmlText* Text() const { return ToText(); } - /** @deprecated use ToUnknown() - Return the handle as a TiXmlUnknown. This may return null. - */ - TiXmlUnknown* Unknown() const { return ToUnknown(); } - -private: - TiXmlNode* node; -}; - - -/** Print to memory functionality. The TiXmlPrinter is useful when you need to: - - -# Print to memory (especially in non-STL mode) - -# Control formatting (line endings, etc.) - - When constructed, the TiXmlPrinter is in its default "pretty printing" mode. - Before calling Accept() you can call methods to control the printing - of the XML document. After TiXmlNode::Accept() is called, the printed document can - be accessed via the CStr(), Str(), and Size() methods. - - TiXmlPrinter uses the Visitor API. - @verbatim - TiXmlPrinter printer; - printer.SetIndent( "\t" ); - - doc.Accept( &printer ); - fprintf( stdout, "%s", printer.CStr() ); - @endverbatim -*/ -class TiXmlPrinter : public TiXmlVisitor -{ -public: - TiXmlPrinter() : depth( 0 ), simpleTextPrint( false ), - buffer(), indent( " " ), lineBreak( "\n" ) {} - - virtual bool VisitEnter( const TiXmlDocument& doc ); - virtual bool VisitExit( const TiXmlDocument& doc ); - - virtual bool VisitEnter( const TiXmlElement& element, const TiXmlAttribute* firstAttribute ); - virtual bool VisitExit( const TiXmlElement& element ); - - virtual bool Visit( const TiXmlDeclaration& declaration ); - virtual bool Visit( const TiXmlText& text ); - virtual bool Visit( const TiXmlComment& comment ); - virtual bool Visit( const TiXmlUnknown& unknown ); - - /** Set the indent characters for printing. By default 4 spaces - but tab (\t) is also useful, or null/empty string for no indentation. - */ - void SetIndent( const char* _indent ) { indent = _indent ? _indent : "" ; } - /// Query the indention string. - const char* Indent() { return indent.c_str(); } - /** Set the line breaking string. By default set to newline (\n). - Some operating systems prefer other characters, or can be - set to the null/empty string for no indenation. - */ - void SetLineBreak( const char* _lineBreak ) { lineBreak = _lineBreak ? _lineBreak : ""; } - /// Query the current line breaking string. - const char* LineBreak() { return lineBreak.c_str(); } - - /** Switch over to "stream printing" which is the most dense formatting without - linebreaks. Common when the XML is needed for network transmission. - */ - void SetStreamPrinting() { indent = ""; - lineBreak = ""; - } - /// Return the result. - const char* CStr() { return buffer.c_str(); } - /// Return the length of the result string. - size_t Size() { return buffer.size(); } - - #ifdef TIXML_USE_STL - /// Return the result. - const std::string& Str() { return buffer; } - #endif - -private: - void DoIndent() { - for( int i=0; i -#include - -#include "tinyxml.h" - -//#define DEBUG_PARSER -#if defined( DEBUG_PARSER ) -# if defined( DEBUG ) && defined( _MSC_VER ) -# include -# define TIXML_LOG OutputDebugString -# else -# define TIXML_LOG printf -# endif -#endif - -// Note tha "PutString" hardcodes the same list. This -// is less flexible than it appears. Changing the entries -// or order will break putstring. -TiXmlBase::Entity TiXmlBase::entity[ TiXmlBase::NUM_ENTITY ] = -{ - { "&", 5, '&' }, - { "<", 4, '<' }, - { ">", 4, '>' }, - { """, 6, '\"' }, - { "'", 6, '\'' } -}; - -// Bunch of unicode info at: -// http://www.unicode.org/faq/utf_bom.html -// Including the basic of this table, which determines the #bytes in the -// sequence from the lead byte. 1 placed for invalid sequences -- -// although the result will be junk, pass it through as much as possible. -// Beware of the non-characters in UTF-8: -// ef bb bf (Microsoft "lead bytes") -// ef bf be -// ef bf bf - -const unsigned char TIXML_UTF_LEAD_0 = 0xefU; -const unsigned char TIXML_UTF_LEAD_1 = 0xbbU; -const unsigned char TIXML_UTF_LEAD_2 = 0xbfU; - -const int TiXmlBase::utf8ByteTable[256] = -{ - // 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 a b c d e f - 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, // 0x00 - 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, // 0x10 - 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, // 0x20 - 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, // 0x30 - 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, // 0x40 - 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, // 0x50 - 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, // 0x60 - 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, // 0x70 End of ASCII range - 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, // 0x80 0x80 to 0xc1 invalid - 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, // 0x90 - 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, // 0xa0 - 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, // 0xb0 - 1, 1, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, // 0xc0 0xc2 to 0xdf 2 byte - 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, // 0xd0 - 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, // 0xe0 0xe0 to 0xef 3 byte - 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1 // 0xf0 0xf0 to 0xf4 4 byte, 0xf5 and higher invalid -}; - - -void TiXmlBase::ConvertUTF32ToUTF8( unsigned long input, char* output, int* length ) -{ - const unsigned long BYTE_MASK = 0xBF; - const unsigned long BYTE_MARK = 0x80; - const unsigned long FIRST_BYTE_MARK[7] = { 0x00, 0x00, 0xC0, 0xE0, 0xF0, 0xF8, 0xFC }; - - if (input < 0x80) - *length = 1; - else if ( input < 0x800 ) - *length = 2; - else if ( input < 0x10000 ) - *length = 3; - else if ( input < 0x200000 ) - *length = 4; - else - { *length = 0; return; } // This code won't covert this correctly anyway. - - output += *length; - - // Scary scary fall throughs. - switch (*length) - { - case 4: - --output; - *output = (char)((input | BYTE_MARK) & BYTE_MASK); - input >>= 6; - case 3: - --output; - *output = (char)((input | BYTE_MARK) & BYTE_MASK); - input >>= 6; - case 2: - --output; - *output = (char)((input | BYTE_MARK) & BYTE_MASK); - input >>= 6; - case 1: - --output; - *output = (char)(input | FIRST_BYTE_MARK[*length]); - } -} - - -/*static*/ int TiXmlBase::IsAlpha( unsigned char anyByte, TiXmlEncoding /*encoding*/ ) -{ - // This will only work for low-ascii, everything else is assumed to be a valid - // letter. I'm not sure this is the best approach, but it is quite tricky trying - // to figure out alhabetical vs. not across encoding. So take a very - // conservative approach. - -// if ( encoding == TIXML_ENCODING_UTF8 ) -// { - if ( anyByte < 127 ) - return isalpha( anyByte ); - else - return 1; // What else to do? The unicode set is huge...get the english ones right. -// } -// else -// { -// return isalpha( anyByte ); -// } -} - - -/*static*/ int TiXmlBase::IsAlphaNum( unsigned char anyByte, TiXmlEncoding /*encoding*/ ) -{ - // This will only work for low-ascii, everything else is assumed to be a valid - // letter. I'm not sure this is the best approach, but it is quite tricky trying - // to figure out alhabetical vs. not across encoding. So take a very - // conservative approach. - -// if ( encoding == TIXML_ENCODING_UTF8 ) -// { - if ( anyByte < 127 ) - return isalnum( anyByte ); - else - return 1; // What else to do? The unicode set is huge...get the english ones right. -// } -// else -// { -// return isalnum( anyByte ); -// } -} - - -class TiXmlParsingData -{ - friend class TiXmlDocument; - public: - void Stamp( const char* now, TiXmlEncoding encoding ); - - const TiXmlCursor& Cursor() const { return cursor; } - - private: - // Only used by the document! - TiXmlParsingData( const char* start, int _tabsize, int row, int col ) - { - assert( start ); - stamp = start; - tabsize = _tabsize; - cursor.row = row; - cursor.col = col; - } - - TiXmlCursor cursor; - const char* stamp; - int tabsize; -}; - - -void TiXmlParsingData::Stamp( const char* now, TiXmlEncoding encoding ) -{ - assert( now ); - - // Do nothing if the tabsize is 0. - if ( tabsize < 1 ) - { - return; - } - - // Get the current row, column. - int row = cursor.row; - int col = cursor.col; - const char* p = stamp; - assert( p ); - - while ( p < now ) - { - // Treat p as unsigned, so we have a happy compiler. - const unsigned char* pU = (const unsigned char*)p; - - // Code contributed by Fletcher Dunn: (modified by lee) - switch (*pU) { - case 0: - // We *should* never get here, but in case we do, don't - // advance past the terminating null character, ever - return; - - case '\r': - // bump down to the next line - ++row; - col = 0; - // Eat the character - ++p; - - // Check for \r\n sequence, and treat this as a single character - if (*p == '\n') { - ++p; - } - break; - - case '\n': - // bump down to the next line - ++row; - col = 0; - - // Eat the character - ++p; - - // Check for \n\r sequence, and treat this as a single - // character. (Yes, this bizarre thing does occur still - // on some arcane platforms...) - if (*p == '\r') { - ++p; - } - break; - - case '\t': - // Eat the character - ++p; - - // Skip to next tab stop - col = (col / tabsize + 1) * tabsize; - break; - - case TIXML_UTF_LEAD_0: - if ( encoding == TIXML_ENCODING_UTF8 ) - { - if ( *(p+1) && *(p+2) ) - { - // In these cases, don't advance the column. These are - // 0-width spaces. - if ( *(pU+1)==TIXML_UTF_LEAD_1 && *(pU+2)==TIXML_UTF_LEAD_2 ) - p += 3; - else if ( *(pU+1)==0xbfU && *(pU+2)==0xbeU ) - p += 3; - else if ( *(pU+1)==0xbfU && *(pU+2)==0xbfU ) - p += 3; - else - { p +=3; ++col; } // A normal character. - } - } - else - { - ++p; - ++col; - } - break; - - default: - if ( encoding == TIXML_ENCODING_UTF8 ) - { - // Eat the 1 to 4 byte utf8 character. - int step = TiXmlBase::utf8ByteTable[*((const unsigned char*)p)]; - if ( step == 0 ) - step = 1; // Error case from bad encoding, but handle gracefully. - p += step; - - // Just advance one column, of course. - ++col; - } - else - { - ++p; - ++col; - } - break; - } - } - cursor.row = row; - cursor.col = col; - assert( cursor.row >= -1 ); - assert( cursor.col >= -1 ); - stamp = p; - assert( stamp ); -} - - -const char* TiXmlBase::SkipWhiteSpace( const char* p, TiXmlEncoding encoding ) -{ - if ( !p || !*p ) - { - return 0; - } - if ( encoding == TIXML_ENCODING_UTF8 ) - { - while ( *p ) - { - const unsigned char* pU = (const unsigned char*)p; - - // Skip the stupid Microsoft UTF-8 Byte order marks - if ( *(pU+0)==TIXML_UTF_LEAD_0 - && *(pU+1)==TIXML_UTF_LEAD_1 - && *(pU+2)==TIXML_UTF_LEAD_2 ) - { - p += 3; - continue; - } - else if(*(pU+0)==TIXML_UTF_LEAD_0 - && *(pU+1)==0xbfU - && *(pU+2)==0xbeU ) - { - p += 3; - continue; - } - else if(*(pU+0)==TIXML_UTF_LEAD_0 - && *(pU+1)==0xbfU - && *(pU+2)==0xbfU ) - { - p += 3; - continue; - } - - if ( IsWhiteSpace( *p ) ) // Still using old rules for white space. - ++p; - else - break; - } - } - else - { - while ( *p && IsWhiteSpace( *p ) ) - ++p; - } - - return p; -} - -#ifdef TIXML_USE_STL -/*static*/ bool TiXmlBase::StreamWhiteSpace( std::istream * in, TIXML_STRING * tag ) -{ - for( ;; ) - { - if ( !in->good() ) return false; - - int c = in->peek(); - // At this scope, we can't get to a document. So fail silently. - if ( !IsWhiteSpace( c ) || c <= 0 ) - return true; - - *tag += (char) in->get(); - } -} - -/*static*/ bool TiXmlBase::StreamTo( std::istream * in, int character, TIXML_STRING * tag ) -{ - //assert( character > 0 && character < 128 ); // else it won't work in utf-8 - while ( in->good() ) - { - int c = in->peek(); - if ( c == character ) - return true; - if ( c <= 0 ) // Silent failure: can't get document at this scope - return false; - - in->get(); - *tag += (char) c; - } - return false; -} -#endif - -// One of TinyXML's more performance demanding functions. Try to keep the memory overhead down. The -// "assign" optimization removes over 10% of the execution time. -// -const char* TiXmlBase::ReadName( const char* p, TIXML_STRING * name, TiXmlEncoding encoding ) -{ - // Oddly, not supported on some comilers, - //name->clear(); - // So use this: - *name = ""; - assert( p ); - - // Names start with letters or underscores. - // Of course, in unicode, tinyxml has no idea what a letter *is*. The - // algorithm is generous. - // - // After that, they can be letters, underscores, numbers, - // hyphens, or colons. (Colons are valid ony for namespaces, - // but tinyxml can't tell namespaces from names.) - if ( p && *p - && ( IsAlpha( (unsigned char) *p, encoding ) || *p == '_' ) ) - { - const char* start = p; - while( p && *p - && ( IsAlphaNum( (unsigned char ) *p, encoding ) - || *p == '_' - || *p == '-' - || *p == '.' - || *p == ':' ) ) - { - //(*name) += *p; // expensive - ++p; - } - if ( p-start > 0 ) { - name->assign( start, p-start ); - } - return p; - } - return 0; -} - -const char* TiXmlBase::GetEntity( const char* p, char* value, int* length, TiXmlEncoding encoding ) -{ - // Presume an entity, and pull it out. - TIXML_STRING ent; - int i; - *length = 0; - - if ( *(p+1) && *(p+1) == '#' && *(p+2) ) - { - unsigned long ucs = 0; - ptrdiff_t delta = 0; - unsigned mult = 1; - - if ( *(p+2) == 'x' ) - { - // Hexadecimal. - if ( !*(p+3) ) return 0; - - const char* q = p+3; - q = strchr( q, ';' ); - - if ( !q || !*q ) return 0; - - delta = q-p; - --q; - - while ( *q != 'x' ) - { - if ( *q >= '0' && *q <= '9' ) - ucs += mult * (*q - '0'); - else if ( *q >= 'a' && *q <= 'f' ) - ucs += mult * (*q - 'a' + 10); - else if ( *q >= 'A' && *q <= 'F' ) - ucs += mult * (*q - 'A' + 10 ); - else - return 0; - mult *= 16; - --q; - } - } - else - { - // Decimal. - if ( !*(p+2) ) return 0; - - const char* q = p+2; - q = strchr( q, ';' ); - - if ( !q || !*q ) return 0; - - delta = q-p; - --q; - - while ( *q != '#' ) - { - if ( *q >= '0' && *q <= '9' ) - ucs += mult * (*q - '0'); - else - return 0; - mult *= 10; - --q; - } - } - if ( encoding == TIXML_ENCODING_UTF8 ) - { - // convert the UCS to UTF-8 - ConvertUTF32ToUTF8( ucs, value, length ); - } - else - { - *value = (char)ucs; - *length = 1; - } - return p + delta + 1; - } - - // Now try to match it. - for( i=0; iappend( cArr, len ); - } - } - else - { - bool whitespace = false; - - // Remove leading white space: - p = SkipWhiteSpace( p, encoding ); - while ( p && *p - && !StringEqual( p, endTag, caseInsensitive, encoding ) ) - { - if ( *p == '\r' || *p == '\n' ) - { - whitespace = true; - ++p; - } - else if ( IsWhiteSpace( *p ) ) - { - whitespace = true; - ++p; - } - else - { - // If we've found whitespace, add it before the - // new character. Any whitespace just becomes a space. - if ( whitespace ) - { - (*text) += ' '; - whitespace = false; - } - int len; - char cArr[4] = { 0, 0, 0, 0 }; - p = GetChar( p, cArr, &len, encoding ); - if ( len == 1 ) - (*text) += cArr[0]; // more efficient - else - text->append( cArr, len ); - } - } - } - if ( p && *p ) - p += strlen( endTag ); - return ( p && *p ) ? p : 0; -} - -#ifdef TIXML_USE_STL - -void TiXmlDocument::StreamIn( std::istream * in, TIXML_STRING * tag ) -{ - // The basic issue with a document is that we don't know what we're - // streaming. Read something presumed to be a tag (and hope), then - // identify it, and call the appropriate stream method on the tag. - // - // This "pre-streaming" will never read the closing ">" so the - // sub-tag can orient itself. - - if ( !StreamTo( in, '<', tag ) ) - { - SetError( TIXML_ERROR_PARSING_EMPTY, 0, 0, TIXML_ENCODING_UNKNOWN ); - return; - } - - while ( in->good() ) - { - int tagIndex = (int) tag->length(); - while ( in->good() && in->peek() != '>' ) - { - int c = in->get(); - if ( c <= 0 ) - { - SetError( TIXML_ERROR_EMBEDDED_NULL, 0, 0, TIXML_ENCODING_UNKNOWN ); - break; - } - (*tag) += (char) c; - } - - if ( in->good() ) - { - // We now have something we presume to be a node of - // some sort. Identify it, and call the node to - // continue streaming. - TiXmlNode* node = Identify( tag->c_str() + tagIndex, TIXML_DEFAULT_ENCODING ); - - if ( node ) - { - node->StreamIn( in, tag ); - bool isElement = node->ToElement() != 0; - delete node; - node = 0; - - // If this is the root element, we're done. Parsing will be - // done by the >> operator. - if ( isElement ) - { - return; - } - } - else - { - SetError( TIXML_ERROR, 0, 0, TIXML_ENCODING_UNKNOWN ); - return; - } - } - } - // We should have returned sooner. - SetError( TIXML_ERROR, 0, 0, TIXML_ENCODING_UNKNOWN ); -} - -#endif - -const char* TiXmlDocument::Parse( const char* p, TiXmlParsingData* prevData, TiXmlEncoding encoding ) -{ - ClearError(); - - // Parse away, at the document level. Since a document - // contains nothing but other tags, most of what happens - // here is skipping white space. - if ( !p || !*p ) - { - SetError( TIXML_ERROR_DOCUMENT_EMPTY, 0, 0, TIXML_ENCODING_UNKNOWN ); - return 0; - } - - // Note that, for a document, this needs to come - // before the while space skip, so that parsing - // starts from the pointer we are given. - location.Clear(); - if ( prevData ) - { - location.row = prevData->cursor.row; - location.col = prevData->cursor.col; - } - else - { - location.row = 0; - location.col = 0; - } - TiXmlParsingData data( p, TabSize(), location.row, location.col ); - location = data.Cursor(); - - if ( encoding == TIXML_ENCODING_UNKNOWN ) - { - // Check for the Microsoft UTF-8 lead bytes. - const unsigned char* pU = (const unsigned char*)p; - if ( *(pU+0) && *(pU+0) == TIXML_UTF_LEAD_0 - && *(pU+1) && *(pU+1) == TIXML_UTF_LEAD_1 - && *(pU+2) && *(pU+2) == TIXML_UTF_LEAD_2 ) - { - encoding = TIXML_ENCODING_UTF8; - useMicrosoftBOM = true; - } - } - - p = SkipWhiteSpace( p, encoding ); - if ( !p ) - { - SetError( TIXML_ERROR_DOCUMENT_EMPTY, 0, 0, TIXML_ENCODING_UNKNOWN ); - return 0; - } - - while ( p && *p ) - { - TiXmlNode* node = Identify( p, encoding ); - if ( node ) - { - p = node->Parse( p, &data, encoding ); - LinkEndChild( node ); - } - else - { - break; - } - - // Did we get encoding info? - if ( encoding == TIXML_ENCODING_UNKNOWN - && node->ToDeclaration() ) - { - TiXmlDeclaration* dec = node->ToDeclaration(); - const char* enc = dec->Encoding(); - assert( enc ); - - if ( *enc == 0 ) - encoding = TIXML_ENCODING_UTF8; - else if ( StringEqual( enc, "UTF-8", true, TIXML_ENCODING_UNKNOWN ) ) - encoding = TIXML_ENCODING_UTF8; - else if ( StringEqual( enc, "UTF8", true, TIXML_ENCODING_UNKNOWN ) ) - encoding = TIXML_ENCODING_UTF8; // incorrect, but be nice - else - encoding = TIXML_ENCODING_LEGACY; - } - - p = SkipWhiteSpace( p, encoding ); - } - - // Was this empty? - if ( !firstChild ) { - SetError( TIXML_ERROR_DOCUMENT_EMPTY, 0, 0, encoding ); - return 0; - } - - // All is well. - return p; -} - -void TiXmlDocument::SetError( int err, const char* pError, TiXmlParsingData* data, TiXmlEncoding encoding ) -{ - // The first error in a chain is more accurate - don't set again! - if ( error ) - return; - - assert( err > 0 && err < TIXML_ERROR_STRING_COUNT ); - error = true; - errorId = err; - errorDesc = errorString[ errorId ]; - - errorLocation.Clear(); - if ( pError && data ) - { - data->Stamp( pError, encoding ); - errorLocation = data->Cursor(); - } -} - - -TiXmlNode* TiXmlNode::Identify( const char* p, TiXmlEncoding encoding ) -{ - TiXmlNode* returnNode = 0; - - p = SkipWhiteSpace( p, encoding ); - if( !p || !*p || *p != '<' ) - { - return 0; - } - - p = SkipWhiteSpace( p, encoding ); - - if ( !p || !*p ) - { - return 0; - } - - // What is this thing? - // - Elements start with a letter or underscore, but xml is reserved. - // - Comments: "; - - if ( !StringEqual( p, startTag, false, encoding ) ) - { - if ( document ) - document->SetError( TIXML_ERROR_PARSING_COMMENT, p, data, encoding ); - return 0; - } - p += strlen( startTag ); - - // [ 1475201 ] TinyXML parses entities in comments - // Oops - ReadText doesn't work, because we don't want to parse the entities. - // p = ReadText( p, &value, false, endTag, false, encoding ); - // - // from the XML spec: - /* - [Definition: Comments may appear anywhere in a document outside other markup; in addition, - they may appear within the document type declaration at places allowed by the grammar. - They are not part of the document's character data; an XML processor MAY, but need not, - make it possible for an application to retrieve the text of comments. For compatibility, - the string "--" (double-hyphen) MUST NOT occur within comments.] Parameter entity - references MUST NOT be recognized within comments. - - An example of a comment: - - - */ - - value = ""; - // Keep all the white space. - while ( p && *p && !StringEqual( p, endTag, false, encoding ) ) - { - value.append( p, 1 ); - ++p; - } - if ( p && *p ) - p += strlen( endTag ); - - return p; -} - - -const char* TiXmlAttribute::Parse( const char* p, TiXmlParsingData* data, TiXmlEncoding encoding ) -{ - p = SkipWhiteSpace( p, encoding ); - if ( !p || !*p ) return 0; - - if ( data ) - { - data->Stamp( p, encoding ); - location = data->Cursor(); - } - // Read the name, the '=' and the value. - const char* pErr = p; - p = ReadName( p, &name, encoding ); - if ( !p || !*p ) - { - if ( document ) document->SetError( TIXML_ERROR_READING_ATTRIBUTES, pErr, data, encoding ); - return 0; - } - p = SkipWhiteSpace( p, encoding ); - if ( !p || !*p || *p != '=' ) - { - if ( document ) document->SetError( TIXML_ERROR_READING_ATTRIBUTES, p, data, encoding ); - return 0; - } - - ++p; // skip '=' - p = SkipWhiteSpace( p, encoding ); - if ( !p || !*p ) - { - if ( document ) document->SetError( TIXML_ERROR_READING_ATTRIBUTES, p, data, encoding ); - return 0; - } - - const char* end; - const char SINGLE_QUOTE = '\''; - const char DOUBLE_QUOTE = '\"'; - - if ( *p == SINGLE_QUOTE ) - { - ++p; - end = "\'"; // single quote in string - p = ReadText( p, &value, false, end, false, encoding ); - } - else if ( *p == DOUBLE_QUOTE ) - { - ++p; - end = "\""; // double quote in string - p = ReadText( p, &value, false, end, false, encoding ); - } - else - { - // All attribute values should be in single or double quotes. - // But this is such a common error that the parser will try - // its best, even without them. - value = ""; - while ( p && *p // existence - && !IsWhiteSpace( *p ) // whitespace - && *p != '/' && *p != '>' ) // tag end - { - if ( *p == SINGLE_QUOTE || *p == DOUBLE_QUOTE ) { - // [ 1451649 ] Attribute values with trailing quotes not handled correctly - // We did not have an opening quote but seem to have a - // closing one. Give up and throw an error. - if ( document ) document->SetError( TIXML_ERROR_READING_ATTRIBUTES, p, data, encoding ); - return 0; - } - value += *p; - ++p; - } - } - return p; -} - -#ifdef TIXML_USE_STL -void TiXmlText::StreamIn( std::istream * in, TIXML_STRING * tag ) -{ - while ( in->good() ) - { - int c = in->peek(); - if ( !cdata && (c == '<' ) ) - { - return; - } - if ( c <= 0 ) - { - TiXmlDocument* document = GetDocument(); - if ( document ) - document->SetError( TIXML_ERROR_EMBEDDED_NULL, 0, 0, TIXML_ENCODING_UNKNOWN ); - return; - } - - (*tag) += (char) c; - in->get(); // "commits" the peek made above - - if ( cdata && c == '>' && tag->size() >= 3 ) { - size_t len = tag->size(); - if ( (*tag)[len-2] == ']' && (*tag)[len-3] == ']' ) { - // terminator of cdata. - return; - } - } - } -} -#endif - -const char* TiXmlText::Parse( const char* p, TiXmlParsingData* data, TiXmlEncoding encoding ) -{ - value = ""; - TiXmlDocument* document = GetDocument(); - - if ( data ) - { - data->Stamp( p, encoding ); - location = data->Cursor(); - } - - const char* const startTag = ""; - - if ( cdata || StringEqual( p, startTag, false, encoding ) ) - { - cdata = true; - - if ( !StringEqual( p, startTag, false, encoding ) ) - { - if ( document ) - document->SetError( TIXML_ERROR_PARSING_CDATA, p, data, encoding ); - return 0; - } - p += strlen( startTag ); - - // Keep all the white space, ignore the encoding, etc. - while ( p && *p - && !StringEqual( p, endTag, false, encoding ) - ) - { - value += *p; - ++p; - } - - TIXML_STRING dummy; - p = ReadText( p, &dummy, false, endTag, false, encoding ); - return p; - } - else - { - bool ignoreWhite = true; - - const char* end = "<"; - p = ReadText( p, &value, ignoreWhite, end, false, encoding ); - if ( p && *p ) - return p-1; // don't truncate the '<' - return 0; - } -} - -#ifdef TIXML_USE_STL -void TiXmlDeclaration::StreamIn( std::istream * in, TIXML_STRING * tag ) -{ - while ( in->good() ) - { - int c = in->get(); - if ( c <= 0 ) - { - TiXmlDocument* document = GetDocument(); - if ( document ) - document->SetError( TIXML_ERROR_EMBEDDED_NULL, 0, 0, TIXML_ENCODING_UNKNOWN ); - return; - } - (*tag) += (char) c; - - if ( c == '>' ) - { - // All is well. - return; - } - } -} -#endif - -const char* TiXmlDeclaration::Parse( const char* p, TiXmlParsingData* data, TiXmlEncoding _encoding ) -{ - p = SkipWhiteSpace( p, _encoding ); - // Find the beginning, find the end, and look for - // the stuff in-between. - TiXmlDocument* document = GetDocument(); - if ( !p || !*p || !StringEqual( p, "SetError( TIXML_ERROR_PARSING_DECLARATION, 0, 0, _encoding ); - return 0; - } - if ( data ) - { - data->Stamp( p, _encoding ); - location = data->Cursor(); - } - p += 5; - - version = ""; - encoding = ""; - standalone = ""; - - while ( p && *p ) - { - if ( *p == '>' ) - { - ++p; - return p; - } - - p = SkipWhiteSpace( p, _encoding ); - if ( StringEqual( p, "version", true, _encoding ) ) - { - TiXmlAttribute attrib; - p = attrib.Parse( p, data, _encoding ); - version = attrib.Value(); - } - else if ( StringEqual( p, "encoding", true, _encoding ) ) - { - TiXmlAttribute attrib; - p = attrib.Parse( p, data, _encoding ); - encoding = attrib.Value(); - } - else if ( StringEqual( p, "standalone", true, _encoding ) ) - { - TiXmlAttribute attrib; - p = attrib.Parse( p, data, _encoding ); - standalone = attrib.Value(); - } - else - { - // Read over whatever it is. - while( p && *p && *p != '>' && !IsWhiteSpace( *p ) ) - ++p; - } - } - return 0; -} - -bool TiXmlText::Blank() const -{ - for ( unsigned i=0; iGetHwnd())); - } - - inline int CSlider::SetLineSize(int nSize) const - // Sets the number of logical positions the trackbar's slider moves in response to - // keyboard input from the arrow keys. - { - assert(IsWindow()); - return(int)SendMessage(TBM_SETLINESIZE, 0, (LPARAM)nSize); - } - - inline int CSlider::SetPageSize(int nSize) const - // Sets the number of logical positions the trackbar's slider moves in response to - // keyboard input, or mouse input such as clicks in the trackbar's channel. - { - assert(IsWindow()); - return(int)SendMessage(TBM_SETPAGESIZE, 0, (LPARAM)nSize); - } - - inline void CSlider::SetPos(int nPos, BOOL bRedraw) const - // Sets the current logical position of the slider in the trackbar. - { - assert(IsWindow()); - SendMessage(TBM_SETPOS, (WPARAM)bRedraw, (LPARAM)nPos); - } - - inline void CSlider::SetRangeMax(int nMax, BOOL bRedraw) const - // Sets the maximum logical position for the slider in the trackbar. - { - assert(IsWindow()); - SendMessage(TBM_SETRANGEMAX, (WPARAM)bRedraw, (LPARAM)nMax); - } - - inline void CSlider::SetRangeMin(int nMax, BOOL bRedraw) const - // Sets the minimum logical position for the slider in the trackbar. - { - assert(IsWindow()); - SendMessage(TBM_SETRANGEMIN, (WPARAM)bRedraw, (LPARAM)nMax); - } - - inline void CSlider::SetSelection(int nMin, int nMax, BOOL bRedraw) const - // Sets the starting and ending positions for the available selection range in the trackbar. - { - assert(IsWindow()); - SendMessage(TBM_SETSEL, (WPARAM)bRedraw, (LPARAM)MAKELONG(nMax, nMin)); - } - - inline BOOL CSlider::SetTic(int nTic) const - // Sets a tick mark in the trackbar at the specified logical position. - { - assert(IsWindow()); - return (BOOL)SendMessage(TBM_SETTIC, 0, nTic); - } - - inline void CSlider::SetTicFreq(int nFreq) const - // Sets the interval frequency for tick marks in the trackbar. - { - assert(IsWindow()); - SendMessage(TBM_SETTICFREQ, (WPARAM)nFreq, 0); - } - - inline int CSlider::SetTipSide(int nLocation) const - // Positions a ToolTip control used by the trackbar control. - { - assert(IsWindow()); - return (int)SendMessage(TBM_SETTIPSIDE, (WPARAM)nLocation, 0); - } - - inline void CSlider::SetToolTips(CWnd* pToolTip) const - // Assigns a ToolTip control to the trackbar control. - { - assert(IsWindow()); - SendMessage(TBM_SETTOOLTIPS, (WPARAM)pToolTip->GetHwnd(), 0); - } - - //////////////////////////////////////// - // Definitions for the CSpinButton class - // - inline int CSpinButton::GetAccel(int cAccels, LPUDACCEL paAccels) const - // Retrieves acceleration information for the up-down control. - { - assert(IsWindow()); - return (int)SendMessage(UDM_GETACCEL, (WPARAM)cAccels, (LPARAM)paAccels); - } - - inline int CSpinButton::GetBase() const - // Retrieves the current radix base (that is, either base 10 or 16) for the up-down control. - { - assert(IsWindow()); - return (int)SendMessage(UDM_GETBASE, 0, 0); - } - - inline CWnd* CSpinButton::GetBuddy() const - // Retrieves the handle to the current buddy window. - { - assert(IsWindow()); - return FromHandle((HWND)SendMessage(UDM_GETBUDDY, 0, 0)); - } - - inline int CSpinButton::GetPos() const - // Retrieves the current position of the up-down control with 16-bit precision. - { - assert(IsWindow()); - return (int)SendMessage(UDM_GETPOS, 0, 0); - } - - inline DWORD CSpinButton::GetRange() const - // Retrieves the minimum and maximum positions (range) for the up-down control. - { - assert(IsWindow()); - return (DWORD)SendMessage(UDM_GETRANGE, 0, 0); - } - - inline void CSpinButton::PreCreate(CREATESTRUCT &cs) - { - cs.style = WS_CHILD | WS_VISIBLE | WS_BORDER | WS_VISIBLE |UDS_SETBUDDYINT; - } - - inline void CSpinButton::PreRegisterClass(WNDCLASS &wc) - { - wc.lpszClassName = UPDOWN_CLASS; - } - - inline BOOL CSpinButton::SetAccel(int cAccels, LPUDACCEL paAccels) const - // Sets the acceleration for the up-down control. - { - assert(IsWindow()); - return (BOOL)SendMessage(UDM_SETACCEL, (WPARAM)cAccels, (LPARAM)paAccels); - } - - inline int CSpinButton::SetBase(int nBase) const - // Sets the radix base for the up-down control. - { - assert(IsWindow()); - return (int)SendMessage(UDM_SETBASE, (WPARAM)nBase, 0); - } - - inline CWnd* CSpinButton::SetBuddy(CWnd* pBuddy) const - // Sets the buddy window for the up-down control. - { - assert(IsWindow()); - return FromHandle((HWND)SendMessage(UDM_SETBUDDY, (WPARAM)pBuddy->GetHwnd(), 0)); - } - - inline int CSpinButton::SetPos(int nPos) const - // Sets the current position for the up-down control with 16-bit precision. - { - assert(IsWindow()); - return (int)SendMessage(UDM_SETPOS, 0, (LPARAM)MAKELONG ((short) nPos, 0)); - } - - inline void CSpinButton::SetRange(int nLower, int nUpper) const - // Sets the minimum and maximum positions (range) for the up-down control. - { - assert(IsWindow()); - SendMessage(UDM_SETRANGE, 0, (LPARAM)MAKELONG(nUpper, nLower)); - } - -} // namespace Win32xx - -#endif // define _WIN32XX_CONTROLS_H_ - diff --git a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/copyright.txt b/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/copyright.txt deleted file mode 100644 index d2222fa7..00000000 --- a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/copyright.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,33 +0,0 @@ -Win32++ Version 7.2 -Released: 5th AUgust 2011 - - David Nash - email: dnash@bigpond.net.au - url: https://sourceforge.net/projects/win32-framework - - -Copyright (c) 2005-2011 David Nash - -Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to -any person obtaining a copy of this software and -associated documentation files (the "Software"), -to deal in the Software without restriction, including -without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, -merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell -copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom -the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the -following conditions: - -The above copyright notice and this permission notice -shall be included in all copies or substantial portions -of the Software. - -THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF -ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED -TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A -PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT -SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR -ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN -ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, -OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE -OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. diff --git a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/cstring.h b/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/cstring.h deleted file mode 100644 index faf574d5..00000000 --- a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/cstring.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,905 +0,0 @@ -// Win32++ Version 7.2 -// Released: 5th AUgust 2011 -// -// David Nash -// email: dnash@bigpond.net.au -// url: https://sourceforge.net/projects/win32-framework -// -// -// Copyright (c) 2005-2011 David Nash -// -// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to -// any person obtaining a copy of this software and -// associated documentation files (the "Software"), -// to deal in the Software without restriction, including -// without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, -// merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell -// copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom -// the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the -// following conditions: -// -// The above copyright notice and this permission notice -// shall be included in all copies or substantial portions -// of the Software. -// -// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF -// ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED -// TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A -// PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT -// SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR -// ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN -// ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, -// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE -// OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. -// -//////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - - -// Acknowledgements: -// Thanks to Adam Szulc for his initial CString code. - -//////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// cstring.h -// Declaration of the cstring.h - -// This class is intended to provide a simple alternative to the MFC/ATL -// CString class that ships with Microsoft compilers. The CString class -// specified here is compatible with other compilers such as Borland 5.5 -// and MinGW. - -// Differences between this class and the MFC/ATL CString class -// ------------------------------------------------------------ -// 1) The constructors for this class accepts only TCHARs. The various text conversion -// functions can be used to convert from other character types to TCHARs. -// -// 2) This class is not reference counted, so these CStrings should be passed as -// references or const references when used as function arguments. As a result there -// is no need for functions like LockBuffer and UnLockBuffer. -// -// 3) The Format functions only accepts POD (Plain Old Data) arguments. It does not -// accept arguments which are class or struct objects. In particular it does not -// accept CString objects, unless these are cast to LPCTSTR. -// This is demonstrates valid and invalid usage: -// CString string1(_T("Hello World")); -// CString string2; -// -// // This is invalid, and produces undefined behaviour. -// string2.Format(_T("String1 is: %s"), string1); // No! you can't do this -// -// // This is ok -// string2.Format(_T("String1 is: %s"), (LPCTSTR)string1); // Yes, this is correct -// -// Note: The MFC/ATL CString class uses a non portable hack to make its CString class -// behave like a POD. Other compilers (such as the MinGW compiler) specifically -// prohibit the use of non POD types for functions with variable argument lists. -// -// 4) This class provides a few additional functions: -// b_str Returns a BSTR string. This an an alternative for casting to BSTR. -// c_str Returns a const TCHAR string. This is an alternative for casting to LPCTSTR. -// GetErrorString Assigns CString to the error string for the specified System Error Code -// (from ::GetLastErrror() for example). -// GetString Returns a reference to the underlying std::basic_string. This -// reference can be used to modify the string directly. - - - -#ifndef _WIN32XX_CSTRING_H_ -#define _WIN32XX_CSTRING_H_ - - -#include "wincore.h" - - -namespace Win32xx -{ - - class CString - { - // friend functions allow the left hand side to be something other than CString - friend CString operator + (const CString& string1, const CString& string2); - friend CString operator + (const CString& string, LPCTSTR pszText); - friend CString operator + (const CString& string, TCHAR ch); - friend CString operator + (LPCTSTR pszText, const CString& string); - friend CString operator + (TCHAR ch, const CString& string); - - public: - CString(); - ~CString(); - CString(const CString& str); - CString(LPCTSTR pszText); - CString(TCHAR ch, int nLength = 1); - CString(LPCTSTR pszText, int nLength); - - CString& operator = (const CString& str); - CString& operator = (const TCHAR ch); - CString& operator = (LPCTSTR pszText); - BOOL operator == (LPCTSTR pszText); - BOOL operator != (LPCTSTR pszText); - BOOL operator < (LPCTSTR pszText); - BOOL operator > (LPCTSTR pszText); - BOOL operator <= (LPCTSTR pszText); - BOOL operator >= (LPCTSTR pszText); - operator LPCTSTR() const; - operator BSTR() const; - TCHAR& operator [] (int nIndex); - CString& operator += (const CString& str); - - // Attributes - BSTR b_str() const { return T2W(m_str.c_str()); } // alternative for casting to BSTR - LPCTSTR c_str() const { return m_str.c_str(); } // alternative for casting to LPCTSTR - tString& GetString() { return m_str; } // returns a reference to the underlying std::basic_string - int GetLength() const { return (int)m_str.length(); } // returns the length in characters - - // Operations - BSTR AllocSysString() const; - void AppendFormat(LPCTSTR pszFormat,...); - void AppendFormat(UINT nFormatID, ...); - int Compare(LPCTSTR pszText) const; - int CompareNoCase(LPCTSTR pszText) const; - int Delete(int nIndex, int nCount = 1); - int Find(TCHAR ch, int nIndex = 0 ) const; - int Find(LPCTSTR pszText, int nStart = 0) const; - int FindOneOf(LPCTSTR pszText) const; - void Format(UINT nID, ...); - void Format(LPCTSTR pszFormat,...); - void FormatV(LPCTSTR pszFormat, va_list args); - void FormatMessage(LPCTSTR pszFormat,...); - void FormatMessageV(LPCTSTR pszFormat, va_list args); - TCHAR GetAt(int nIndex) const; - LPTSTR GetBuffer(int nMinBufLength); - void GetErrorString(DWORD dwError); - void Empty(); - int Insert(int nIndex, TCHAR ch); - int Insert(int nIndex, const CString& str); - BOOL IsEmpty() const; - CString Left(int nCount) const; - BOOL LoadString(UINT nID); - void MakeLower(); - void MakeReverse(); - void MakeUpper(); - CString Mid(int nFirst) const; - CString Mid(int nFirst, int nCount) const; - void ReleaseBuffer( int nNewLength = -1 ); - int Remove(LPCTSTR pszText); - int Replace(TCHAR chOld, TCHAR chNew); - int Replace(const LPCTSTR pszOld, LPCTSTR pszNew); - int ReverseFind(LPCTSTR pszText, int nStart = -1) const; - CString Right(int nCount) const; - void SetAt(int nIndex, TCHAR ch); - BSTR SetSysString(BSTR* pBstr) const; - CString SpanExcluding(LPCTSTR pszText) const; - CString SpanIncluding(LPCTSTR pszText) const; - CString Tokenize(LPCTSTR pszTokens, int& iStart) const; - void Trim(); - void TrimLeft(); - void TrimLeft(TCHAR chTarget); - void TrimLeft(LPCTSTR pszTargets); - void TrimRight(); - void TrimRight(TCHAR chTarget); - void TrimRight(LPCTSTR pszTargets); - void Truncate(int nNewLength); - -#ifndef _WIN32_WCE - int Collate(LPCTSTR pszText) const; - int CollateNoCase(LPCTSTR pszText) const; - BOOL GetEnvironmentVariable(LPCTSTR pszVar); -#endif - - private: - tString m_str; - std::vector m_buf; - }; - - inline CString::CString() - { - } - - inline CString::~CString() - { - } - - inline CString::CString(const CString& str) - { - m_str.assign(str); - } - - inline CString::CString(LPCTSTR pszText) - { - m_str.assign(pszText); - } - - inline CString::CString(TCHAR ch, int nLength) - { - m_str.assign(nLength, ch); - } - - inline CString::CString(LPCTSTR pszText, int nLength) - { - m_str.assign(pszText, nLength); - } - - inline CString& CString::operator = (const CString& str) - { - m_str.assign(str); - return *this; - } - - inline CString& CString::operator = (const TCHAR ch) - { - m_str.assign(1, ch); - return *this; - } - - inline CString& CString::operator = (LPCTSTR pszText) - { - m_str.assign(pszText); - return *this; - } - - inline BOOL CString::operator == (LPCTSTR pszText) - // Returns TRUE if the strings have the same content - { - assert(pszText); - return (0 == Compare(pszText)); - } - - inline BOOL CString::operator != (LPCTSTR pszText) - // Returns TRUE if the strings have a different content - { - assert(pszText); - return Compare(pszText) != 0; - } - - inline BOOL CString::operator < (LPCTSTR pszText) - { - assert(pszText); - return Compare(pszText) < 0; - } - - inline BOOL CString::operator > (LPCTSTR pszText) - { - assert(pszText); - return Compare(pszText) > 0; - } - - inline BOOL CString::operator <= (LPCTSTR pszText) - { - assert(pszText); - return Compare(pszText) <= 0; - } - - inline BOOL CString::operator >= (LPCTSTR pszText) - { - assert(pszText); - return Compare(pszText) >= 0; - } - - inline CString::operator LPCTSTR() const - { - return m_str.c_str(); - } - - inline TCHAR& CString::operator [] (int nIndex) - { - assert(nIndex >= 0); - assert(nIndex < GetLength()); - return m_str[nIndex]; - } - - inline CString& CString::operator += (const CString& str) - { - m_str.append(str); - return *this; - } - - inline BSTR CString::AllocSysString() const - // Allocates a BSTR from the CString content. - { - return ::SysAllocStringLen(T2W(m_str.c_str()), (UINT)m_str.size()); - } - - inline void CString::AppendFormat(LPCTSTR pszFormat,...) - // Appends formatted data to an the CString content. - { - CString str; - str.Format(pszFormat); - m_str.append(str); - } - - inline void CString::AppendFormat(UINT nFormatID, ...) - // Appends formatted data to an the CString content. - { - CString str1; - CString str2; - if (str1.LoadString(nFormatID)) - { - str2.Format(str1); - m_str.append(str2); - } - } - -#ifndef _WIN32_WCE - inline int CString::Collate(LPCTSTR pszText) const - // Performs a case sensitive comparison of the two strings using locale-specific information. - { - assert(pszText); - return _tcscoll(m_str.c_str(), pszText); - } - - inline int CString::CollateNoCase(LPCTSTR pszText) const - // Performs a case insensitive comparison of the two strings using locale-specific information. - { - assert(pszText); - return _tcsicoll(m_str.c_str(), pszText); - } -#endif // _WIN32_WCE - - inline int CString::Compare(LPCTSTR pszText) const - // Performs a case sensitive comparison of the two strings. - { - assert(pszText); - return m_str.compare(pszText); - } - - inline int CString::CompareNoCase(LPCTSTR pszText) const - // Performs a case insensitive comparison of the two strings. - { - assert(pszText); - return _tcsicmp(m_str.data(), pszText); - } - - inline int CString::Delete(int nIndex, int nCount /* = 1 */) - // Deletes a character or characters from the string. - { - assert(nIndex >= 0); - assert(nCount >= 0); - - m_str.erase(nIndex, nCount); - return (int)m_str.size(); - } - - inline void CString::Empty() - // Erases the contents of the string. - { - m_str.erase(); - } - - inline int CString::Find(TCHAR ch, int nIndex /* = 0 */) const - // Finds a character in the string. - { - assert(nIndex >= 0); - return (int)m_str.find(ch, nIndex); - } - - inline int CString::Find(LPCTSTR pszText, int nIndex /* = 0 */) const - // Finds a substring within the string. - { - assert(pszText); - assert(nIndex >= 0); - return (int)m_str.find(pszText, nIndex); - } - - inline int CString::FindOneOf(LPCTSTR pszText) const - // Finds the first matching character from a set. - { - assert(pszText); - return (int)m_str.find_first_of(pszText); - } - - inline void CString::Format(LPCTSTR pszFormat,...) - // Formats the string as sprintf does. - { - va_list args; - va_start(args, pszFormat); - FormatV(pszFormat, args); - va_end(args); - } - - inline void CString::Format(UINT nID, ...) - // Formats the string as sprintf does. - { - Empty(); - CString str; - if (str.LoadString(nID)) - Format(str); - } - - inline void CString::FormatV(LPCTSTR pszFormat, va_list args) - // Formats the string using a variable list of arguments. - { - if (pszFormat) - { - int nResult = -1, nLength = 256; - - // A vector is used to store the TCHAR array - std::vector vBuffer;( nLength+1, _T('\0') ); - - while (-1 == nResult) - { - vBuffer.assign( nLength+1, _T('\0') ); - nResult = _vsntprintf(&vBuffer[0], nLength, pszFormat, args); - nLength *= 2; - } - m_str.assign(&vBuffer[0]); - } - } - - inline void CString::FormatMessage(LPCTSTR pszFormat,...) - // Formats a message string. - { - va_list args; - va_start(args, pszFormat); - FormatMessageV(pszFormat, args); - va_end(args); - } - - inline void CString::FormatMessageV(LPCTSTR pszFormat, va_list args) - // Formats a message string using a variable argument list. - { - LPTSTR pszTemp = 0; - if (pszFormat) - { - DWORD dwResult = ::FormatMessage(FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_STRING|FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER, pszFormat, 0, 0, pszTemp, 0, &args); - - if (0 == dwResult || 0 == pszTemp ) - throw std::bad_alloc(); - - m_str = pszTemp; - LocalFree(pszTemp); - } - } - - inline TCHAR CString::GetAt(int nIndex) const - // Returns the character at the specified location within the string. - { - assert(nIndex >= 0); - assert(nIndex < GetLength()); - return m_str[nIndex]; - } - - inline LPTSTR CString::GetBuffer(int nMinBufLength) - // Creates a buffer of nMinBufLength charaters (+1 extra for NULL termination) and returns - // a pointer to this buffer. This buffer can be used by any function which accepts a LPTSTR. - // Care must be taken not to exceed the length of the buffer. Use ReleaseBuffer to safely - // copy this buffer back to the CString object. - // - // Note: The buffer uses a vector. Vectors are required to be contiguous in memory under - // the current standard, whereas std::strings do not have this requirement. - { - assert (nMinBufLength >= 0); - - m_buf.assign(nMinBufLength + 1, _T('\0')); - tString::iterator it_end; - - if (m_str.length() >= (size_t)nMinBufLength) - { - it_end = m_str.begin(); - std::advance(it_end, nMinBufLength); - } - else - it_end = m_str.end(); - - std::copy(m_str.begin(), it_end, m_buf.begin()); - - return &m_buf[0]; - } - -#ifndef _WIN32_WCE - inline BOOL CString::GetEnvironmentVariable(LPCTSTR pszVar) - // Sets the string to the value of the specified environment variable. - { - assert(pszVar); - Empty(); - - int nLength = ::GetEnvironmentVariable(pszVar, NULL, 0); - if (nLength > 0) - { - std::vector vBuffer( nLength+1, _T('\0') ); - ::GetEnvironmentVariable(pszVar, &vBuffer[0], nLength); - m_str = &vBuffer[0]; - } - - return (BOOL)nLength; - } -#endif // _WIN32_WCE - - inline void CString::GetErrorString(DWORD dwError) - // Returns the error string for the specified System Error Code (e.g from GetLastErrror). - { - m_str.erase(); - - if (dwError != 0) - { - TCHAR* pTemp = 0; - DWORD dwFlags = FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER | FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM | FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS; - ::FormatMessage(dwFlags, NULL, dwError, MAKELANGID(LANG_NEUTRAL, SUBLANG_DEFAULT), (LPTSTR)&pTemp, 1, NULL); - m_str.assign(pTemp); - ::LocalFree(pTemp); - } - } - - inline int CString::Insert(int nIndex, TCHAR ch) - // Inserts a single character or a substring at the given index within the string. - { - assert(nIndex >= 0); - assert(ch); - - m_str.insert(nIndex, &ch, 1); - return (int)m_str.size(); - } - - inline int CString::Insert(int nIndex, const CString& str) - // Inserts a single character or a substring at the given index within the string. - { - assert(nIndex >= 0); - - m_str.insert(nIndex, str); - return (int)m_str.size(); - } - - inline BOOL CString::IsEmpty() const - // Returns TRUE if the string is empty - { - return m_str.empty(); - } - - inline CString CString::Left(int nCount) const - // Extracts the left part of a string. - { - assert(nCount >= 0); - - CString str; - str.m_str.assign(c_str(), 0, nCount); - return str; - } - - inline BOOL CString::LoadString(UINT nID) - // Loads the string from a Windows resource. - { - assert (GetApp()); - - int nSize = 64; - TCHAR* pTCharArray = 0; - std::vector vString; - int nTChars = nSize; - - Empty(); - - // Increase the size of our array in a loop until we load the entire string - // The ANSI and _UNICODE versions of LoadString behave differently. This technique works for both. - while ( nSize-1 <= nTChars ) - { - nSize = nSize * 4; - vString.assign(nSize+1, _T('\0')); - pTCharArray = &vString[0]; - nTChars = ::LoadString (GetApp()->GetResourceHandle(), nID, pTCharArray, nSize); - } - - if (nTChars > 0) - m_str.assign(pTCharArray); - - return (nTChars != 0); - } - - inline void CString::MakeLower() - // Converts all the characters in this string to lowercase characters. - { - std::transform(m_str.begin(), m_str.end(), m_str.begin(), &::tolower); - } - - inline void CString::MakeReverse() - // Reverses the string. - { - std::reverse(m_str.begin(), m_str.end()); - } - - inline void CString::MakeUpper() - // Converts all the characters in this string to uppercase characters. - { - std::transform(m_str.begin(), m_str.end(), m_str.begin(), &::toupper); - } - - inline CString CString::Mid(int nFirst) const - // Extracts the middle part of a string. - { - return Mid(nFirst, GetLength()); - } - - inline CString CString::Mid(int nFirst, int nCount) const - // Extracts the middle part of a string. - { - assert(nFirst >= 0); - assert(nCount >= 0); - - CString str; - str.m_str.assign(c_str(), nFirst, nFirst + nCount); - return str; - } - - inline int CString::ReverseFind(LPCTSTR pszText, int nIndex /* = -1 */) const - // Search for a substring within the string, starting from the end. - { - assert(pszText); - return (int)m_str.rfind(pszText, nIndex); - } - - inline void CString::SetAt(int nIndex, TCHAR ch) - // Sets the character at the specificed position to the specified value. - { - assert(nIndex >= 0); - assert(nIndex < GetLength()); - m_str[nIndex] = ch; - } - - inline void CString::ReleaseBuffer( int nNewLength /*= -1*/ ) - // This copies the contents of the buffer (acquired by GetBuffer) to this CString, - // and releases the contents of the buffer. The default length of -1 copies from the - // buffer until a null terminator is reached. If the buffer doesn't contain a null - // terminator, you must specify the buffer's length. - { - assert (nNewLength > 0 || -1 == nNewLength); - assert (nNewLength < (int)m_buf.size()); - - if (-1 == nNewLength) - nNewLength = lstrlen(&m_buf[0]); - m_str.assign(nNewLength+1, _T('\0')); - - std::vector::iterator it_end = m_buf.begin(); - std::advance(it_end, nNewLength); - - std::copy(m_buf.begin(), it_end, m_str.begin()); - m_buf.clear(); - } - - inline int CString::Remove(LPCTSTR pszText) - // Removes each occurrence of the specified substring from the string. - { - assert(pszText); - - int nCount = 0; - size_t pos = 0; - while ((pos = m_str.find(pszText, pos)) != std::string::npos) - { - m_str.erase(pos, lstrlen(pszText)); - ++nCount; - } - return nCount; - } - - inline int CString::Replace(TCHAR chOld, TCHAR chNew) - // Replaces each occurance of the old character with the new character. - { - int nCount = 0; - tString::iterator it = m_str.begin(); - while (it != m_str.end()) - { - if (*it == chOld) - { - *it = chNew; - ++nCount; - } - ++it; - } - return nCount; - } - - inline int CString::Replace(LPCTSTR pszOld, LPCTSTR pszNew) - // Replaces each occurance of the old substring with the new substring. - { - assert(pszOld); - assert(pszNew); - - int nCount = 0; - size_t pos = 0; - while ((pos = m_str.find(pszOld, pos)) != std::string::npos) - { - m_str.replace(pos, lstrlen(pszOld), pszNew); - pos += lstrlen(pszNew); - ++nCount; - } - return nCount; - } - - inline CString CString::Right(int nCount) const - // Extracts the right part of a string. - { - assert(nCount >= 0); - - CString str; - str.m_str.assign(c_str(), m_str.size() - nCount, nCount); - return str; - } - - inline BSTR CString::SetSysString(BSTR* pBstr) const - // Sets an existing BSTR object to the string. - { - assert(pBstr); - - if ( !::SysReAllocStringLen(pBstr, T2W(m_str.c_str()), (UINT)m_str.length()) ) - throw std::bad_alloc(); - - return *pBstr; - } - - inline CString CString::SpanExcluding(LPCTSTR pszText) const - // Extracts characters from the string, starting with the first character, - // that are not in the set of characters identified by pszCharSet. - { - assert (pszText); - - CString str; - size_t pos = 0; - - while ((pos = m_str.find_first_not_of(pszText, pos)) != std::string::npos) - { - str.m_str.append(1, m_str[pos++]); - } - - return str; - } - - inline CString CString::SpanIncluding(LPCTSTR pszText) const - // Extracts a substring that contains only the characters in a set. - { - assert (pszText); - - CString str; - size_t pos = 0; - - while ((pos = m_str.find_first_of(pszText, pos)) != std::string::npos) - { - str.m_str.append(1, m_str[pos++]); - } - - return str; - } - - inline CString CString::Tokenize(LPCTSTR pszTokens, int& iStart) const - // Extracts specified tokens in a target string. - { - assert(pszTokens); - assert(iStart >= 0); - - CString str; - size_t pos1 = m_str.find_first_not_of(pszTokens, iStart); - size_t pos2 = m_str.find_first_of(pszTokens, pos1); - - iStart = (int)pos2 + 1; - if (pos2 == m_str.npos) - iStart = -1; - - if (pos1 != m_str.npos) - str.m_str = m_str.substr(pos1, pos2-pos1); - - return str; - } - - inline void CString::Trim() - // Trims all leading and trailing whitespace characters from the string. - { - TrimLeft(); - TrimRight(); - } - - inline void CString::TrimLeft() - // Trims leading whitespace characters from the string. - { - // This method is supported by the Borland 5.5 compiler - tString::iterator iter; - for (iter = m_str.begin(); iter < m_str.end(); ++iter) - { - if (!isspace(*iter)) - break; - } - - m_str.erase(m_str.begin(), iter); - } - - inline void CString::TrimLeft(TCHAR chTarget) - // Trims the specified character from the beginning of the string. - { - m_str.erase(0, m_str.find_first_not_of(chTarget)); - } - - inline void CString::TrimLeft(LPCTSTR pszTargets) - // Trims the specified set of characters from the beginning of the string. - { - assert(pszTargets); - m_str.erase(0, m_str.find_first_not_of(pszTargets)); - } - - inline void CString::TrimRight() - // Trims trailing whitespace characters from the string. - { - // This method is supported by the Borland 5.5 compiler - tString::reverse_iterator riter; - for (riter = m_str.rbegin(); riter < m_str.rend(); ++riter) - { - if (!isspace(*riter)) - break; - } - - m_str.erase(riter.base(), m_str.end()); - } - - inline void CString::TrimRight(TCHAR chTarget) - // Trims the specified character from the end of the string. - { - size_t pos = m_str.find_last_not_of(chTarget); - if (pos != std::string::npos) - m_str.erase(++pos); - } - - inline void CString::TrimRight(LPCTSTR pszTargets) - // Trims the specified set of characters from the end of the string. - { - assert(pszTargets); - - size_t pos = m_str.find_last_not_of(pszTargets); - if (pos != std::string::npos) - m_str.erase(++pos); - } - - inline void CString::Truncate(int nNewLength) - // Reduces the length of the string to the specified amount. - { - if (nNewLength < GetLength()) - { - assert(nNewLength >= 0); - m_str.erase(nNewLength); - } - } - - - /////////////////////////////////// - // Global Functions - // - - // friend functions of CString - inline CString operator + (const CString& string1, const CString& string2) - { - CString str(string1); - str.m_str.append(string2.m_str); - return str; - } - - inline CString operator + (const CString& string, LPCTSTR pszText) - { - CString str(string); - str.m_str.append(pszText); - return str; - } - - inline CString operator + (const CString& string, TCHAR ch) - { - CString str(string); - str.m_str.append(1, ch); - return str; - } - - inline CString operator + (LPCTSTR pszText, const CString& string) - { - CString str(pszText); - str.m_str.append(string); - return str; - } - - inline CString operator + (TCHAR ch, const CString& string) - { - CString str(ch); - str.m_str.append(string); - return str; - } - - // Global LoadString - inline CString LoadString(UINT nID) - { - CString str; - str.LoadString(nID); - return str; - } - - -} // namespace Win32xx - -#endif//_WIN32XX_CSTRING_H_ diff --git a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/default_resource.h b/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/default_resource.h deleted file mode 100644 index b616a183..00000000 --- a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/default_resource.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,94 +0,0 @@ -// This file contains the resource ID definitions for Win32++. - - -// The resource ID for MENU, ICON, ToolBar Bitmap, Accelerator, -// and Window Caption -#define IDW_MAIN 51 - -// Resource ID for the About dialog -#define IDW_ABOUT 52 - -// Resource IDs for menu items -#define IDW_VIEW_TOOLBAR 53 -#define IDW_VIEW_STATUSBAR 54 - -// Resource IDs for the Command Bands -#define IDW_CMD_BANDS 55 -#define IDW_MENUBAR 56 -#define IDW_TOOLBAR 57 - -// Resource ID for the Accelerator key -#define IDW_QUIT 58 - -// Resource IDs for MDI menu items -#define IDW_MDI_CASCADE 60 -#define IDW_MDI_TILE 61 -#define IDW_MDI_ARRANGE 62 -#define IDW_MDI_CLOSEALL 63 -#define IDW_FIRSTCHILD 64 -#define IDW_CHILD2 65 -#define IDW_CHILD3 66 -#define IDW_CHILD4 67 -#define IDW_CHILD5 68 -#define IDW_CHILD6 69 -#define IDW_CHILD7 70 -#define IDW_CHILD8 71 -#define IDW_CHILD9 72 -#define IDW_CHILD10 73 - -#define IDW_FILE_MRU_FILE1 75 -#define IDW_FILE_MRU_FILE2 76 -#define IDW_FILE_MRU_FILE3 77 -#define IDW_FILE_MRU_FILE4 78 -#define IDW_FILE_MRU_FILE5 79 -#define IDW_FILE_MRU_FILE6 80 -#define IDW_FILE_MRU_FILE7 81 -#define IDW_FILE_MRU_FILE8 82 -#define IDW_FILE_MRU_FILE9 83 -#define IDW_FILE_MRU_FILE10 84 -#define IDW_FILE_MRU_FILE11 85 -#define IDW_FILE_MRU_FILE12 86 -#define IDW_FILE_MRU_FILE13 87 -#define IDW_FILE_MRU_FILE14 88 -#define IDW_FILE_MRU_FILE15 89 -#define IDW_FILE_MRU_FILE16 90 - -// Cursor Resources -#define IDW_SPLITH 91 -#define IDW_SPLITV 92 -#define IDW_TRACK4WAY 93 - -// Docking Bitmap Resources -#define IDW_SDBOTTOM 94 -#define IDW_SDCENTER 95 -#define IDW_SDLEFT 96 -#define IDW_SDMIDDLE 97 -#define IDW_SDRIGHT 98 -#define IDW_SDTOP 99 - - -// A generic ID for any static control -#ifndef IDC_STATIC - #define IDC_STATIC -1 -#endif - - - -// Notes about Resource IDs -// * In general, resource IDs can have values from 1 to 65535. Programs with -// resource IDs higher than 65535 aren't supported on Windows 95 -// -// * CMenuBar uses resource IDs beginning from 0 for the top level menu items. -// Win32++ leaves resource IDs below 51 unallocated for top level menu items. -// -// * Windows uses the icon with the lowest resource ID as the application's -// icon. The application's icon is IDW_MAIN, which is the first resource ID -// defined by Win32++. -// -// * When more than one static control is used in a dialog, the controls should -// have a unique ID, unless a resource ID of -1 is used. -// -// * Users of Win32++ are advised to begin their resource IDs from 120 to -// allow for possible expansion of Win32++. - - diff --git a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/default_resource.rc b/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/default_resource.rc deleted file mode 100644 index d53479f5..00000000 --- a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/default_resource.rc +++ /dev/null @@ -1,250 +0,0 @@ -// An example of a resource file -// - -#include "resource.h" -#include "windows.h" - -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// -// RT_MANIFEST -// - -1 24 DISCARDABLE "res/Win32++.manifest" - - -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// -// Menu -// - - -IDW_MAIN MENU -BEGIN - POPUP "&File" - BEGIN - MENUITEM "New &View", IDM_FILE_NEWVIEW - MENUITEM SEPARATOR - MENUITEM "Recent Files", IDW_FILE_MRU_FILE1, GRAYED - MENUITEM SEPARATOR - MENUITEM "E&xit", IDM_FILE_EXIT - END - POPUP "&Edit" - BEGIN - MENUITEM "Undo\tCtrl+Z", IDM_EDIT_UNDO - MENUITEM "Redo\tShift+Ctrl+Z", IDM_EDIT_REDO - MENUITEM SEPARATOR - MENUITEM "Cut\tCtrl+X", IDM_EDIT_CUT - MENUITEM "Copy\tCtrl+C", IDM_EDIT_COPY - MENUITEM "Paste\tCtrl+V", IDM_EDIT_PASTE - MENUITEM "Delete\tDel", IDM_EDIT_DELETE - END - POPUP "&View" - BEGIN - MENUITEM "&Tool Bar", IDW_VIEW_TOOLBAR, CHECKED - MENUITEM "&Status Bar", IDW_VIEW_STATUSBAR, CHECKED - END - POPUP "&Help" - BEGIN - MENUITEM "&About", IDM_HELP_ABOUT - END -END - -MDIMENUVIEW MENU -BEGIN - POPUP "&File" - BEGIN - MENUITEM "New &View", IDM_FILE_NEWVIEW - MENUITEM "&Close", IDM_FILE_CLOSE - MENUITEM SEPARATOR - MENUITEM "E&xit", IDM_FILE_EXIT - END - POPUP "&Edit" - BEGIN - MENUITEM "Undo", IDM_EDIT_UNDO - MENUITEM "Redo", IDM_EDIT_REDO - MENUITEM SEPARATOR - MENUITEM "Cu&t", IDM_EDIT_CUT - MENUITEM "&Copy", IDM_EDIT_COPY - MENUITEM "&Paste", IDM_EDIT_PASTE - MENUITEM "De&lete", IDM_EDIT_DELETE - END - POPUP "&View" - BEGIN - MENUITEM "Tool Bar", IDW_VIEW_TOOLBAR, CHECKED - MENUITEM "Status Bar", IDW_VIEW_STATUSBAR, CHECKED - END - POPUP "&Color" - BEGIN - MENUITEM "&Black", IDM_COLOR_BLACK - MENUITEM "&Red", IDM_COLOR_RED - MENUITEM "&Green", IDM_COLOR_GREEN - MENUITEM "B&lue", IDM_COLOR_BLUE - MENUITEM "&White", IDM_COLOR_WHITE - END - POPUP "&Window" - BEGIN - MENUITEM "&Cascade\tShift+F5", IDW_WINDOW_CASCADE - MENUITEM "&Tile\tShift+F4", IDW_WINDOW_TILE - MENUITEM "Arrange &Icons", IDW_WINDOW_ARRANGE - MENUITEM "Close &All", IDW_WINDOW_CLOSEALL - END - POPUP "&Help" - BEGIN - MENUITEM "About", IDM_HELP_ABOUT - END -END - -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// -// Icon -// - -// Icon with lowest ID value placed first to ensure application icon -// remains consistent on all systems. -IDW_MAIN ICON "res/mdi.ico" -IDI_VIEW ICON "res/view.ico" - -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// -// Bitmap -// - -IDW_MAIN BITMAP "res/toolbar.bmp" - -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// -// Dialog -// - -IDW_ABOUT DIALOGEX 0, 0, 186, 90 -STYLE DS_SETFONT | DS_MODALFRAME | DS_FIXEDSYS | WS_POPUP | WS_CAPTION | - WS_SYSMENU -CAPTION "About" -FONT 8, "MS Shell Dlg", 400, 0 -BEGIN - DEFPUSHBUTTON "OK",IDOK,68,49,50,14 - CTEXT "MDI Frame",IDC_STATIC,60,22,64,11 - ICON IDW_MAIN,0,4,4,20,20 -END - - -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// -// Accelerator -// - -IDW_MAIN ACCELERATORS -BEGIN - "N", IDM_FILE_NEW, VIRTKEY, CONTROL, NOINVERT - "O", IDM_FILE_OPEN, VIRTKEY, CONTROL, NOINVERT - "P", IDM_FILE_PRINT, VIRTKEY, CONTROL, NOINVERT - "S", IDM_FILE_SAVE, VIRTKEY, CONTROL, NOINVERT - "C", IDM_EDIT_COPY, VIRTKEY, CONTROL, NOINVERT - "X", IDM_EDIT_CUT, VIRTKEY, CONTROL, NOINVERT - "V", IDM_EDIT_PASTE, VIRTKEY, CONTROL, NOINVERT - "Z", IDM_EDIT_UNDO, VIRTKEY, CONTROL, NOINVERT - "Y", IDM_EDIT_REDO, VIRTKEY, SHIFT, CONTROL, NOINVERT - VK_DELETE, IDM_EDIT_DELETE, VIRTKEY, NOINVERT -END - - - -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// -// String Table -// - -STRINGTABLE -BEGIN - IDW_MAIN "MDI Frame" -END - -STRINGTABLE -BEGIN - IDM_FILE_NEW "Create a New Document" - IDM_FILE_OPEN "Open Existing Document" - IDM_FILE_SAVE "Save the Document" - IDM_FILE_SAVEAS "Save the Document with a new name" - IDM_FILE_PRINT "Print the Document" - IDM_FILE_EXIT "End the Program" -END - -STRINGTABLE -BEGIN - IDM_EDIT_UNDO "Undo the last action" - IDM_EDIT_REDO "Redo the previously undone action" - IDM_EDIT_CUT "Cut the Selected Contents to the Clipboard" - IDM_EDIT_COPY "Copy the Selected Contents to the Clipboard" - IDM_EDIT_PASTE "Paste the Clipboard Contents to the Document" - IDM_EDIT_DELETE "Erase the selected Contents" - IDW_VIEW_TOOLBAR "Show or hide the tool bar" - IDW_VIEW_STATUSBAR "Show or hide the status bar" -END - -STRINGTABLE -BEGIN - IDM_HELP_ABOUT "Display Information about this program" -END - -STRINGTABLE -BEGIN - IDW_FIRSTCHILD "Activate this window" - IDW_CHILD2 "Activate this window" - IDW_CHILD3 "Activate this window" - IDW_CHILD4 "Activate this window" - IDW_CHILD5 "Activate this window" - IDW_CHILD6 "Activate this window" - IDW_CHILD7 "Activate this window" - IDW_CHILD8 "Activate this window" - IDW_CHILD9 "Activate this window" - IDW_CHILD10 "Select a window" -END - -STRINGTABLE -BEGIN - IDM_FILE_NEWVIEW "Create View MDI Child" - IDM_FILE_CLOSE "Close MDI Window" - IDM_COLOR_BLACK "Use Black Printing" - IDM_COLOR_RED "Use Red Printing" - IDM_COLOR_GREEN "Use Green Printing" - IDM_COLOR_BLUE "Use Blue Printing" - IDM_COLOR_WHITE "Use White Printing" - IDW_WINDOW_CASCADE "Cascade MDI Windows" - IDW_WINDOW_TILE "Tile MDI Windows" - IDW_WINDOW_ARRANGE "Arrange Icons" - IDW_WINDOW_CLOSEALL "Close All MDI Windows" -END - -STRINGTABLE -BEGIN - SC_CLOSE "Close the Window" - SC_MAXIMIZE "Maximize the Window" - SC_MINIMIZE "Minimize the WIndow" - SC_MOVE "Move the Window" - SC_NEXTWINDOW "Select Next Window" - SC_PREVWINDOW "Select Previous Window" - SC_RESTORE "Restore the Window" - SC_SIZE "Resize the Window" -END - -STRINGTABLE -BEGIN - IDW_FILE_MRU_FILE1 "Open this document" - IDW_FILE_MRU_FILE2 "Open this document" - IDW_FILE_MRU_FILE3 "Open this document" - IDW_FILE_MRU_FILE4 "Open this document" - IDW_FILE_MRU_FILE5 "Open this document" - IDW_FILE_MRU_FILE6 "Open this document" - IDW_FILE_MRU_FILE7 "Open this document" - IDW_FILE_MRU_FILE8 "Open this document" - IDW_FILE_MRU_FILE9 "Open this document" - IDW_FILE_MRU_FILE10 "Open this document" - IDW_FILE_MRU_FILE11 "Open this document" - IDW_FILE_MRU_FILE12 "Open this document" - IDW_FILE_MRU_FILE13 "Open this document" - IDW_FILE_MRU_FILE14 "Open this document" - IDW_FILE_MRU_FILE15 "Open this document" - IDW_FILE_MRU_FILE16 "Open this document" -END - - diff --git a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/dialog.h b/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/dialog.h deleted file mode 100644 index e5123304..00000000 --- a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/dialog.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,876 +0,0 @@ -// Win32++ Version 7.2 -// Released: 5th AUgust 2011 -// -// David Nash -// email: dnash@bigpond.net.au -// url: https://sourceforge.net/projects/win32-framework -// -// -// Copyright (c) 2005-2011 David Nash -// -// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to -// any person obtaining a copy of this software and -// associated documentation files (the "Software"), -// to deal in the Software without restriction, including -// without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, -// merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell -// copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom -// the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the -// following conditions: -// -// The above copyright notice and this permission notice -// shall be included in all copies or substantial portions -// of the Software. -// -// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF -// ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED -// TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A -// PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT -// SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR -// ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN -// ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, -// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE -// OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. -// -//////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - - -//////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// dialog.h -// Declaration of the CDialog class - -// CDialog adds support for dialogs to Win32++. Dialogs are specialised -// windows which are a parent window for common controls. Common controls -// are special window types such as buttons, edit controls, tree views, -// list views, static text etc. - -// The layout of a dialog is typically defined in a resource script file -// (often Resource.rc). While this script file can be constructed manually, -// it is often created using a resource editor. If your compiler doesn't -// include a resource editor, you might find ResEdit useful. It is a free -// resource editor available for download at: -// http://www.resedit.net/ - -// CDialog supports modal and modeless dialogs. It also supports the creation -// of dialogs defined in a resource script file, as well as those defined in -// a dialog template. - -// Use the Dialog generic program as the starting point for your own dialog -// applications. -// The DlgSubclass sample demonstrates how to use subclassing to customise -// the behaviour of common controls in a dialog. - - -#ifndef _WIN32XX_DIALOG_H_ -#define _WIN32XX_DIALOG_H_ - -#include "wincore.h" - -#ifndef SWP_NOCOPYBITS - #define SWP_NOCOPYBITS 0x0100 -#endif - -namespace Win32xx -{ - - class CDialog : public CWnd - { - public: - CDialog(UINT nResID, CWnd* pParent = NULL); - CDialog(LPCTSTR lpszResName, CWnd* pParent = NULL); - CDialog(LPCDLGTEMPLATE lpTemplate, CWnd* pParent = NULL); - virtual ~CDialog(); - - // You probably won't need to override these functions - virtual void AttachItem(int nID, CWnd& Wnd); - virtual HWND Create(CWnd* pParent = NULL); - virtual INT_PTR DoModal(); - virtual HWND DoModeless(); - virtual void SetDlgParent(CWnd* pParent); - BOOL IsModal() const { return m_IsModal; } - BOOL IsIndirect() const { return (NULL != m_lpTemplate); } - - protected: - // These are the functions you might wish to override - virtual INT_PTR DialogProc(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); - virtual INT_PTR DialogProcDefault(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); - virtual void EndDialog(INT_PTR nResult); - virtual void OnCancel(); - virtual BOOL OnInitDialog(); - virtual void OnOK(); - virtual BOOL PreTranslateMessage(MSG* pMsg); - - // Can't override these functions - static INT_PTR CALLBACK StaticDialogProc(HWND hWnd, UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); - - #ifndef _WIN32_WCE - static LRESULT CALLBACK StaticMsgHook(int nCode, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); - #endif - - private: - CDialog(const CDialog&); // Disable copy construction - CDialog& operator = (const CDialog&); // Disable assignment operator - - BOOL m_IsModal; // a flag for modal dialogs - LPCTSTR m_lpszResName; // the resource name for the dialog - LPCDLGTEMPLATE m_lpTemplate; // the dialog template for indirect dialogs - HWND m_hParent; // handle to the dialogs's parent window - }; - - -#ifndef _WIN32_WCE - - ////////////////////////////////////// - // Declaration of the CResizer class - // - // The CResizer class can be used to rearrange a dialog's child - // windows when the dialog is resized. - - // To use CResizer, follow the following steps: - // 1) Use Initialize to specify the dialog's CWnd, and min and max size. - // 3) Use AddChild for each child window - // 4) Call HandleMessage from within DialogProc. - // - - // Resize Dialog Styles -#define RD_STRETCH_WIDTH 0x0001 // The item has a variable width -#define RD_STRETCH_HEIGHT 0x0002 // The item has a variable height - - // Resize Dialog alignments - enum Alignment { topleft, topright, bottomleft, bottomright }; - - class CResizer - { - public: - CResizer() : m_pParent(0), m_xScrollPos(0), m_yScrollPos(0) {} - virtual ~CResizer() {} - - virtual void AddChild(CWnd* pWnd, Alignment corner, DWORD dwStyle); - virtual void AddChild(HWND hWnd, Alignment corner, DWORD dwStyle); - virtual void HandleMessage(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); - virtual void Initialize(CWnd* pParent, RECT rcMin, RECT rcMax = CRect(0,0,0,0)); - virtual void OnHScroll(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); - virtual void OnVScroll(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); - virtual void RecalcLayout(); - CRect GetMinRect() const { return m_rcMin; } - CRect GetMaxRect() const { return m_rcMax; } - - struct ResizeData - { - CRect rcInit; - CRect rcOld; - Alignment corner; - BOOL bFixedWidth; - BOOL bFixedHeight; - HWND hWnd; - }; - - private: - CWnd* m_pParent; - std::vector m_vResizeData; - - CRect m_rcInit; - CRect m_rcMin; - CRect m_rcMax; - - int m_xScrollPos; - int m_yScrollPos; - }; - -#endif - -} - -//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - - -namespace Win32xx -{ - //////////////////////////////////// - // Definitions for the CDialog class - // - inline CDialog::CDialog(LPCTSTR lpszResName, CWnd* pParent/* = NULL*/) - : m_IsModal(TRUE), m_lpszResName(lpszResName), m_lpTemplate(NULL) - { - m_hParent = pParent? pParent->GetHwnd() : NULL; - ::InitCommonControls(); - } - - inline CDialog::CDialog(UINT nResID, CWnd* pParent/* = NULL*/) - : m_IsModal(TRUE), m_lpszResName(MAKEINTRESOURCE (nResID)), m_lpTemplate(NULL) - { - m_hParent = pParent? pParent->GetHwnd() : NULL; - ::InitCommonControls(); - } - - //For indirect dialogs - created from a dialog box template in memory. - inline CDialog::CDialog(LPCDLGTEMPLATE lpTemplate, CWnd* pParent/* = NULL*/) - : m_IsModal(TRUE), m_lpszResName(NULL), m_lpTemplate(lpTemplate) - { - m_hParent = pParent? pParent->GetHwnd() : NULL; - ::InitCommonControls(); - } - - inline CDialog::~CDialog() - { - if (m_hWnd != NULL) - { - if (IsModal()) - ::EndDialog(m_hWnd, 0); - else - Destroy(); - } - } - - inline void CDialog::AttachItem(int nID, CWnd& Wnd) - // Attach a dialog item to a CWnd - { - Wnd.AttachDlgItem(nID, this); - } - - inline HWND CDialog::Create(CWnd* pParent /* = NULL */) - { - // Allow a dialog to be used as a child window - - assert(GetApp()); - SetDlgParent(pParent); - return DoModeless(); - } - - inline INT_PTR CDialog::DialogProc(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) - { - // Override this function in your class derrived from CDialog if you wish to handle messages - // A typical function might look like this: - - // switch (uMsg) - // { - // case MESSAGE1: // Some Windows API message - // OnMessage1(); // A user defined function - // break; // Also do default processing - // case MESSAGE2: - // OnMessage2(); - // return x; // Don't do default processing, but instead return - // // a value recommended by the Windows API documentation - // } - - // Always pass unhandled messages on to DialogProcDefault - return DialogProcDefault(uMsg, wParam, lParam); - } - - inline INT_PTR CDialog::DialogProcDefault(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) - // All DialogProc functions should pass unhandled messages to this function - { - LRESULT lr = 0; - - switch (uMsg) - { - case UWM_CLEANUPTEMPS: - { - TLSData* pTLSData = (TLSData*)TlsGetValue(GetApp()->GetTlsIndex()); - pTLSData->vTmpWnds.clear(); - } - break; - case WM_INITDIALOG: - { - // Center the dialog - CenterWindow(); - } - return OnInitDialog(); - case WM_COMMAND: - switch (LOWORD (wParam)) - { - case IDOK: - OnOK(); - return TRUE; - case IDCANCEL: - OnCancel(); - return TRUE; - default: - { - // Refelect this message if it's from a control - CWnd* pWnd = GetApp()->GetCWndFromMap((HWND)lParam); - if (pWnd != NULL) - lr = pWnd->OnCommand(wParam, lParam); - - // Handle user commands - if (!lr) - lr = OnCommand(wParam, lParam); - - if (lr) return 0L; - } - break; // Some commands require default processing - } - break; - - case WM_NOTIFY: - { - // Do Notification reflection if it came from a CWnd object - HWND hwndFrom = ((LPNMHDR)lParam)->hwndFrom; - CWnd* pWndFrom = GetApp()->GetCWndFromMap(hwndFrom); - - if (pWndFrom != NULL) - lr = pWndFrom->OnNotifyReflect(wParam, lParam); - else - { - // Some controls (eg ListView) have child windows. - // Reflect those notifications too. - CWnd* pWndFromParent = GetApp()->GetCWndFromMap(::GetParent(hwndFrom)); - if (pWndFromParent != NULL) - lr = pWndFromParent->OnNotifyReflect(wParam, lParam); - } - - // Handle user notifications - if (!lr) lr = OnNotify(wParam, lParam); - - // Set the return code for notifications - if (IsWindow()) - SetWindowLongPtr(DWLP_MSGRESULT, (LONG_PTR)lr); - - return (BOOL)lr; - } - - case WM_PAINT: - { - if (::GetUpdateRect(m_hWnd, NULL, FALSE)) - { - CPaintDC dc(this); - OnDraw(&dc); - } - else - // RedrawWindow can require repainting without an update rect - { - CClientDC dc(this); - OnDraw(&dc); - } - - break; - } - - case WM_ERASEBKGND: - { - CDC dc((HDC)wParam); - BOOL bResult = OnEraseBkgnd(&dc); - dc.Detach(); - if (bResult) return TRUE; - } - break; - - // A set of messages to be reflected back to the control that generated them - case WM_CTLCOLORBTN: - case WM_CTLCOLOREDIT: - case WM_CTLCOLORDLG: - case WM_CTLCOLORLISTBOX: - case WM_CTLCOLORSCROLLBAR: - case WM_CTLCOLORSTATIC: - case WM_DRAWITEM: - case WM_MEASUREITEM: - case WM_DELETEITEM: - case WM_COMPAREITEM: - case WM_CHARTOITEM: - case WM_VKEYTOITEM: - case WM_HSCROLL: - case WM_VSCROLL: - case WM_PARENTNOTIFY: - return MessageReflect(m_hWnd, uMsg, wParam, lParam); - - } // switch(uMsg) - return FALSE; - - } // INT_PTR CALLBACK CDialog::DialogProc(...) - - inline INT_PTR CDialog::DoModal() - { - // Create a modal dialog - // A modal dialog box must be closed by the user before the application continues - - assert( GetApp() ); // Test if Win32++ has been started - assert(!::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); // Only one window per CWnd instance allowed - - INT_PTR nResult = 0; - - try - { - m_IsModal=TRUE; - - // Ensure this thread has the TLS index set - TLSData* pTLSData = GetApp()->SetTlsIndex(); - - #ifndef _WIN32_WCE - BOOL IsHookedHere = FALSE; - if (NULL == pTLSData->hHook ) - { - pTLSData->hHook = ::SetWindowsHookEx(WH_MSGFILTER, (HOOKPROC)StaticMsgHook, NULL, ::GetCurrentThreadId()); - IsHookedHere = TRUE; - } - #endif - - HINSTANCE hInstance = GetApp()->GetInstanceHandle(); - pTLSData->pCWnd = this; - - // Create a modal dialog - if (IsIndirect()) - nResult = ::DialogBoxIndirect(hInstance, m_lpTemplate, m_hParent, (DLGPROC)CDialog::StaticDialogProc); - else - { - if (::FindResource(GetApp()->GetResourceHandle(), m_lpszResName, RT_DIALOG)) - hInstance = GetApp()->GetResourceHandle(); - nResult = ::DialogBox(hInstance, m_lpszResName, m_hParent, (DLGPROC)CDialog::StaticDialogProc); - } - - // Tidy up - m_hWnd = NULL; - pTLSData->pCWnd = NULL; - GetApp()->CleanupTemps(); - - #ifndef _WIN32_WCE - if (IsHookedHere) - { - ::UnhookWindowsHookEx(pTLSData->hHook); - pTLSData->hHook = NULL; - } - #endif - - if (nResult == -1) - throw CWinException(_T("Failed to create modal dialog box")); - - } - - catch (const CWinException &e) - { - TRACE(_T("\n*** Failed to create dialog ***\n")); - e.what(); // Display the last error message. - - // eat the exception (don't rethrow) - } - - return nResult; - } - - inline HWND CDialog::DoModeless() - { - assert( GetApp() ); // Test if Win32++ has been started - assert(!::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); // Only one window per CWnd instance allowed - - try - { - m_IsModal=FALSE; - - // Ensure this thread has the TLS index set - TLSData* pTLSData = GetApp()->SetTlsIndex(); - - // Store the CWnd pointer in Thread Local Storage - pTLSData->pCWnd = this; - - HINSTANCE hInstance = GetApp()->GetInstanceHandle(); - - // Create a modeless dialog - if (IsIndirect()) - m_hWnd = ::CreateDialogIndirect(hInstance, m_lpTemplate, m_hParent, (DLGPROC)CDialog::StaticDialogProc); - else - { - if (::FindResource(GetApp()->GetResourceHandle(), m_lpszResName, RT_DIALOG)) - hInstance = GetApp()->GetResourceHandle(); - - m_hWnd = ::CreateDialog(hInstance, m_lpszResName, m_hParent, (DLGPROC)CDialog::StaticDialogProc); - } - - // Tidy up - pTLSData->pCWnd = NULL; - - // Now handle dialog creation failure - if (!m_hWnd) - throw CWinException(_T("Failed to create dialog")); - } - - catch (const CWinException &e) - { - TRACE(_T("\n*** Failed to create dialog ***\n")); - e.what(); // Display the last error message. - - // eat the exception (don't rethrow) - } - - return m_hWnd; - } - - inline void CDialog::EndDialog(INT_PTR nResult) - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - - if (IsModal()) - ::EndDialog(m_hWnd, nResult); - else - Destroy(); - - m_hWnd = NULL; - } - - inline void CDialog::OnCancel() - { - // Override to customize OnCancel behaviour - EndDialog(IDCANCEL); - } - - inline BOOL CDialog::OnInitDialog() - { - // Called when the dialog is initialized - // Override it in your derived class to automatically perform tasks - // The return value is used by WM_INITDIALOG - - return TRUE; - } - - inline void CDialog::OnOK() - { - // Override to customize OnOK behaviour - EndDialog(IDOK); - } - - inline BOOL CDialog::PreTranslateMessage(MSG* pMsg) - { - // allow the dialog to translate keyboard input - if ((pMsg->message >= WM_KEYFIRST) && (pMsg->message <= WM_KEYLAST)) - { - // Process dialog keystrokes for modeless dialogs - if (!IsModal()) - { - TLSData* pTLSData = (TLSData*)TlsGetValue(GetApp()->GetTlsIndex()); - if (NULL == pTLSData->hHook) - { - if (IsDialogMessage(pMsg)) - return TRUE; - } - else - { - // A modal message loop is running so we can't do IsDialogMessage. - // Avoid having modal dialogs create other windows, because those - // windows will then use the modal dialog's special message loop. - } - } - } - - return FALSE; - } - - inline void CDialog::SetDlgParent(CWnd* pParent) - // Allows the parent of the dialog to be set before the dialog is created - { - m_hParent = pParent? pParent->GetHwnd() : NULL; - } - - inline INT_PTR CALLBACK CDialog::StaticDialogProc(HWND hWnd, UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) - { - // Find the CWnd pointer mapped to this HWND - CDialog* w = (CDialog*)GetApp()->GetCWndFromMap(hWnd); - if (0 == w) - { - // The HWND wasn't in the map, so add it now - TLSData* pTLSData = (TLSData*)TlsGetValue(GetApp()->GetTlsIndex()); - assert(pTLSData); - - // Retrieve pointer to CWnd object from Thread Local Storage TLS - w = (CDialog*)pTLSData->pCWnd; - assert(w); - pTLSData->pCWnd = NULL; - - // Store the Window pointer into the HWND map - w->m_hWnd = hWnd; - w->AddToMap(); - } - - return w->DialogProc(uMsg, wParam, lParam); - - } // INT_PTR CALLBACK CDialog::StaticDialogProc(...) - -#ifndef _WIN32_WCE - inline LRESULT CALLBACK CDialog::StaticMsgHook(int nCode, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) - { - // Used by Modal Dialogs to PreTranslate Messages - TLSData* pTLSData = (TLSData*)TlsGetValue(GetApp()->GetTlsIndex()); - - if (nCode == MSGF_DIALOGBOX) - { - MSG* lpMsg = (MSG*) lParam; - - // only pre-translate keyboard events - if ((lpMsg->message >= WM_KEYFIRST && lpMsg->message <= WM_KEYLAST)) - { - for (HWND hWnd = lpMsg->hwnd; hWnd != NULL; hWnd = ::GetParent(hWnd)) - { - CDialog* pDialog = (CDialog*)GetApp()->GetCWndFromMap(hWnd); - if (pDialog && (lstrcmp(pDialog->GetClassName(), _T("#32770")) == 0)) // only for dialogs - { - pDialog->PreTranslateMessage(lpMsg); - break; - } - } - } - } - - return ::CallNextHookEx(pTLSData->hHook, nCode, wParam, lParam); - } -#endif - - - -#ifndef _WIN32_WCE - - ///////////////////////////////////// - // Definitions for the CResizer class - // - - void inline CResizer::AddChild(CWnd* pWnd, Alignment corner, DWORD dwStyle) - // Adds a child window (usually a dialog control) to the set of windows managed by - // the Resizer. - // - // The alignment corner should be set to the closest corner of the dialog. Allowed - // values are topleft, topright, bottomleft, and bottomright. - // Set bFixedWidth to TRUE if the width should be fixed instead of variable. - // Set bFixedHeight to TRUE if the height should be fixed instead of variable. - { - ResizeData rd; - rd.corner = corner; - rd.bFixedWidth = !(dwStyle & RD_STRETCH_WIDTH); - rd.bFixedHeight = !(dwStyle & RD_STRETCH_HEIGHT); - CRect rcInit = pWnd->GetWindowRect(); - m_pParent->ScreenToClient(rcInit); - rd.rcInit = rcInit; - rd.hWnd = pWnd->GetHwnd(); - - m_vResizeData.insert(m_vResizeData.begin(), rd); - } - - void inline CResizer::AddChild(HWND hWnd, Alignment corner, DWORD dwStyle) - // Adds a child window (usually a dialog control) to the set of windows managed by - // the Resizer. - { - AddChild(FromHandle(hWnd), corner, dwStyle); - } - - inline void CResizer::HandleMessage(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) - { - switch (uMsg) - { - case WM_SIZE: - RecalcLayout(); - break; - - case WM_HSCROLL: - if (0 == lParam) - OnHScroll(wParam, lParam); - break; - - case WM_VSCROLL: - if (0 == lParam) - OnVScroll(wParam, lParam); - break; - } - } - - void inline CResizer::Initialize(CWnd* pParent, RECT rcMin, RECT rcMax) - // Sets up the Resizer by specifying the parent window (usually a dialog), - // and the minimum and maximum allowed rectangle sizes. - { - assert (NULL != pParent); - - m_pParent = pParent; - m_rcInit = pParent->GetClientRect(); - m_rcMin = rcMin; - m_rcMax = rcMax; - - // Add scroll bar support to the parent window - DWORD dwStyle = (DWORD)m_pParent->GetClassLongPtr(GCL_STYLE); - dwStyle |= WS_HSCROLL | WS_VSCROLL; - m_pParent->SetClassLongPtr(GCL_STYLE, dwStyle); - } - - void inline CResizer::OnHScroll(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM /*lParam*/) - { - int xNewPos; - - switch (LOWORD(wParam)) - { - case SB_PAGEUP: // User clicked the scroll bar shaft left of the scroll box. - xNewPos = m_xScrollPos - 50; - break; - - case SB_PAGEDOWN: // User clicked the scroll bar shaft right of the scroll box. - xNewPos = m_xScrollPos + 50; - break; - - case SB_LINEUP: // User clicked the left arrow. - xNewPos = m_xScrollPos - 5; - break; - - case SB_LINEDOWN: // User clicked the right arrow. - xNewPos = m_xScrollPos + 5; - break; - - case SB_THUMBPOSITION: // User dragged the scroll box. - xNewPos = HIWORD(wParam); - break; - - case SB_THUMBTRACK: // User dragging the scroll box. - xNewPos = HIWORD(wParam); - break; - - default: - xNewPos = m_xScrollPos; - } - - // Scroll the window. - xNewPos = MAX(0, xNewPos); - xNewPos = MIN( xNewPos, GetMinRect().Width() - m_pParent->GetClientRect().Width() ); - int xDelta = xNewPos - m_xScrollPos; - m_xScrollPos = xNewPos; - m_pParent->ScrollWindow(-xDelta, 0, NULL, NULL); - - // Reset the scroll bar. - SCROLLINFO si = {0}; - si.cbSize = sizeof(si); - si.fMask = SIF_POS; - si.nPos = m_xScrollPos; - m_pParent->SetScrollInfo(SB_HORZ, si, TRUE); - } - - void inline CResizer::OnVScroll(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM /*lParam*/) - { - int yNewPos; - - switch (LOWORD(wParam)) - { - case SB_PAGEUP: // User clicked the scroll bar shaft above the scroll box. - yNewPos = m_yScrollPos - 50; - break; - - case SB_PAGEDOWN: // User clicked the scroll bar shaft below the scroll box. - yNewPos = m_yScrollPos + 50; - break; - - case SB_LINEUP: // User clicked the top arrow. - yNewPos = m_yScrollPos - 5; - break; - - case SB_LINEDOWN: // User clicked the bottom arrow. - yNewPos = m_yScrollPos + 5; - break; - - case SB_THUMBPOSITION: // User dragged the scroll box. - yNewPos = HIWORD(wParam); - break; - - case SB_THUMBTRACK: // User dragging the scroll box. - yNewPos = HIWORD(wParam); - break; - - default: - yNewPos = m_yScrollPos; - } - - // Scroll the window. - yNewPos = MAX(0, yNewPos); - yNewPos = MIN( yNewPos, GetMinRect().Height() - m_pParent->GetClientRect().Height() ); - int yDelta = yNewPos - m_yScrollPos; - m_yScrollPos = yNewPos; - m_pParent->ScrollWindow(0, -yDelta, NULL, NULL); - - // Reset the scroll bar. - SCROLLINFO si = {0}; - si.cbSize = sizeof(si); - si.fMask = SIF_POS; - si.nPos = m_yScrollPos; - m_pParent->SetScrollInfo(SB_VERT, si, TRUE); - } - - void inline CResizer::RecalcLayout() - // Repositions the child windows. Call this function when handling - // the WM_SIZE message in the parent window. - { - assert (m_rcInit.Width() > 0 && m_rcInit.Height() > 0); - assert (NULL != m_pParent); - - CRect rcCurrent = m_pParent->GetClientRect(); - - // Adjust the scrolling if required - m_xScrollPos = MIN(m_xScrollPos, MAX(0, m_rcMin.Width() - rcCurrent.Width() ) ); - m_yScrollPos = MIN(m_yScrollPos, MAX(0, m_rcMin.Height() - rcCurrent.Height()) ); - SCROLLINFO si = {0}; - si.cbSize = sizeof(si); - si.fMask = SIF_RANGE | SIF_PAGE | SIF_POS; - si.nMax = m_rcMin.Width(); - si.nPage = rcCurrent.Width(); - si.nPos = m_xScrollPos; - m_pParent->SetScrollInfo(SB_HORZ, si, TRUE); - si.nMax = m_rcMin.Height(); - si.nPage = rcCurrent.Height(); - si.nPos = m_yScrollPos; - m_pParent->SetScrollInfo(SB_VERT, si, TRUE); - - rcCurrent.right = MAX( rcCurrent.Width(), m_rcMin.Width() ); - rcCurrent.bottom = MAX( rcCurrent.Height(), m_rcMin.Height() ); - if (!m_rcMax.IsRectEmpty()) - { - rcCurrent.right = MIN( rcCurrent.Width(), m_rcMax.Width() ); - rcCurrent.bottom = MIN( rcCurrent.Height(), m_rcMax.Height() ); - } - - // Declare an iterator to step through the vector - std::vector::iterator iter; - - for (iter = m_vResizeData.begin(); iter < m_vResizeData.end(); ++iter) - { - int left = 0; - int top = 0; - int width = 0; - int height = 0; - - // Calculate the new size and position of the child window - switch( (*iter).corner ) - { - case topleft: - width = (*iter).bFixedWidth? (*iter).rcInit.Width() : (*iter).rcInit.Width() - m_rcInit.Width() + rcCurrent.Width(); - height = (*iter).bFixedHeight? (*iter).rcInit.Height() : (*iter).rcInit.Height() - m_rcInit.Height() + rcCurrent.Height(); - left = (*iter).rcInit.left; - top = (*iter).rcInit.top; - break; - case topright: - width = (*iter).bFixedWidth? (*iter).rcInit.Width() : (*iter).rcInit.Width() - m_rcInit.Width() + rcCurrent.Width(); - height = (*iter).bFixedHeight? (*iter).rcInit.Height() : (*iter).rcInit.Height() - m_rcInit.Height() + rcCurrent.Height(); - left = (*iter).rcInit.right - width - m_rcInit.Width() + rcCurrent.Width(); - top = (*iter).rcInit.top; - break; - case bottomleft: - width = (*iter).bFixedWidth? (*iter).rcInit.Width() : (*iter).rcInit.Width() - m_rcInit.Width() + rcCurrent.Width(); - height = (*iter).bFixedHeight? (*iter).rcInit.Height() : (*iter).rcInit.Height() - m_rcInit.Height() + rcCurrent.Height(); - left = (*iter).rcInit.left; - top = (*iter).rcInit.bottom - height - m_rcInit.Height() + rcCurrent.Height(); - break; - case bottomright: - width = (*iter).bFixedWidth? (*iter).rcInit.Width() : (*iter).rcInit.Width() - m_rcInit.Width() + rcCurrent.Width(); - height = (*iter).bFixedHeight? (*iter).rcInit.Height() : (*iter).rcInit.Height() - m_rcInit.Height() + rcCurrent.Height(); - left = (*iter).rcInit.right - width - m_rcInit.Width() + rcCurrent.Width(); - top = (*iter).rcInit.bottom - height - m_rcInit.Height() + rcCurrent.Height(); - break; - } - - // Position the child window. - CRect rc(left - m_xScrollPos, top - m_yScrollPos, left + width - m_xScrollPos, top + height - m_yScrollPos); - if ( rc != (*iter).rcOld) - { - CWnd* pWnd = FromHandle((*iter).hWnd); - CWnd *pWndPrev = pWnd->GetWindow(GW_HWNDPREV); // Trick to maintain the original tab order. - HWND hWnd = pWndPrev ? pWndPrev->GetHwnd():NULL; - pWnd->SetWindowPos(hWnd, rc, SWP_NOCOPYBITS); - (*iter).rcOld = rc; - } - } - } - -#endif // #ifndef _WIN32_WCE - -} // namespace Win32xx - - - -#endif // _WIN32XX_DIALOG_H_ - diff --git a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/docking.h b/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/docking.h deleted file mode 100644 index 9e7c4486..00000000 --- a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/docking.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4214 +0,0 @@ -// Win32++ Version 7.2 -// Released: 5th AUgust 2011 -// -// David Nash -// email: dnash@bigpond.net.au -// url: https://sourceforge.net/projects/win32-framework -// -// -// Copyright (c) 2005-2011 David Nash -// -// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to -// any person obtaining a copy of this software and -// associated documentation files (the "Software"), -// to deal in the Software without restriction, including -// without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, -// merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell -// copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom -// the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the -// following conditions: -// -// The above copyright notice and this permission notice -// shall be included in all copies or substantial portions -// of the Software. -// -// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF -// ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED -// TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A -// PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT -// SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR -// ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN -// ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, -// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE -// OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. -// -//////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - - -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// docking.h -// Declaration of the CDocker class - -#ifndef _WIN32XX_DOCKING_H_ -#define _WIN32XX_DOCKING_H_ - - -#include "wincore.h" -#include "gdi.h" -#include "toolbar.h" -#include "tab.h" -#include "frame.h" -#include "default_resource.h" - - -// Docking Styles -#define DS_DOCKED_LEFT 0x0001 // Dock the child left -#define DS_DOCKED_RIGHT 0x0002 // Dock the child right -#define DS_DOCKED_TOP 0x0004 // Dock the child top -#define DS_DOCKED_BOTTOM 0x0008 // Dock the child bottom -#define DS_NO_DOCKCHILD_LEFT 0x0010 // Prevent a child docking left -#define DS_NO_DOCKCHILD_RIGHT 0x0020 // Prevent a child docking right -#define DS_NO_DOCKCHILD_TOP 0x0040 // Prevent a child docking at the top -#define DS_NO_DOCKCHILD_BOTTOM 0x0080 // Prevent a child docking at the bottom -#define DS_NO_RESIZE 0x0100 // Prevent resizing -#define DS_NO_CAPTION 0x0200 // Prevent display of caption when docked -#define DS_NO_CLOSE 0x0400 // Prevent closing of a docker while docked -#define DS_NO_UNDOCK 0x0800 // Prevent undocking and dock closing -#define DS_CLIENTEDGE 0x1000 // Has a 3D border when docked -#define DS_FIXED_RESIZE 0x2000 // Perfomed a fixed resize instead of a proportional resize on dock children -#define DS_DOCKED_CONTAINER 0x4000 // Dock a container within a container -#define DS_DOCKED_LEFTMOST 0x10000 // Leftmost outer docking -#define DS_DOCKED_RIGHTMOST 0x20000 // Rightmost outer docking -#define DS_DOCKED_TOPMOST 0x40000 // Topmost outer docking -#define DS_DOCKED_BOTTOMMOST 0x80000 // Bottommost outer docking - -// Required for Dev-C++ -#ifndef TME_NONCLIENT - #define TME_NONCLIENT 0x00000010 -#endif -#ifndef TME_LEAVE - #define TME_LEAVE 0x000000002 -#endif -#ifndef WM_NCMOUSELEAVE - #define WM_NCMOUSELEAVE 0x000002A2 -#endif - -namespace Win32xx -{ - // Class declarations - class CDockContainer; - class CDocker; - - typedef Shared_Ptr DockPtr; - - struct ContainerInfo - { - TCHAR szTitle[MAX_MENU_STRING]; - int iImage; - CDockContainer* pContainer; - }; - - /////////////////////////////////////// - // Declaration of the CDockContainer class - // A CDockContainer is a CTab window. A CTab has a view window, and optionally a toolbar control. - // A top level CDockContainer can contain other CDockContainers. The view for each container - // (including the top level container) along with possibly its toolbar, is displayed - // within the container parent's view page. - class CDockContainer : public CTab - { - public: - - // Nested class. This is the Wnd for the window displayed over the client area - // of the tab control. The toolbar and view window are child windows of the - // viewpage window. Only the ViewPage of the parent CDockContainer is displayed. It's - // contents are updated with the view window of the relevant container whenever - // a different tab is selected. - class CViewPage : public CWnd - { - - public: - CViewPage() : m_pView(NULL), m_pTab(NULL) {} - virtual ~CViewPage() {} - virtual CToolBar& GetToolBar() const {return (CToolBar&)m_ToolBar;} - virtual CWnd* GetView() const {return m_pView;} - virtual BOOL OnCommand(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); - virtual void OnCreate(); - virtual LRESULT OnNotify(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); - virtual void PreRegisterClass(WNDCLASS &wc); - virtual void RecalcLayout(); - virtual void SetView(CWnd& wndView); - virtual LRESULT WndProcDefault(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); - - CWnd* GetTabCtrl() const { return m_pTab;} - - private: - CToolBar m_ToolBar; - tString m_tsTooltip; - CWnd* m_pView; - CWnd* m_pTab; - }; - - public: - CDockContainer(); - virtual ~CDockContainer(); - virtual void AddContainer(CDockContainer* pContainer); - virtual void AddToolBarButton(UINT nID, BOOL bEnabled = TRUE); - virtual CDockContainer* GetContainerFromIndex(UINT nPage); - virtual CDockContainer* GetContainerFromView(CWnd* pView) const; - virtual int GetContainerIndex(CDockContainer* pContainer); - virtual SIZE GetMaxTabTextSize(); - virtual CViewPage& GetViewPage() const { return (CViewPage&)m_ViewPage; } - virtual void RecalcLayout(); - virtual void RemoveContainer(CDockContainer* pWnd); - virtual void SelectPage(int nPage); - virtual void SetTabSize(); - virtual void SetupToolBar(); - - // Attributes - CDockContainer* GetActiveContainer() const {return GetContainerFromView(GetActiveView());} - CWnd* GetActiveView() const; - std::vector& GetAllContainers() const {return m_pContainerParent->m_vContainerInfo;} - CDockContainer* GetContainerParent() const { return m_pContainerParent; } - CString& GetDockCaption() const { return (CString&)m_csCaption; } - HICON GetTabIcon() const { return m_hTabIcon; } - LPCTSTR GetTabText() const { return m_tsTabText.c_str(); } - virtual CToolBar& GetToolBar() const { return GetViewPage().GetToolBar(); } - CWnd* GetView() const { return GetViewPage().GetView(); } - void SetActiveContainer(CDockContainer* pContainer); - void SetDockCaption(LPCTSTR szCaption) { m_csCaption = szCaption; } - void SetTabIcon(HICON hTabIcon) { m_hTabIcon = hTabIcon; } - void SetTabIcon(UINT nID_Icon); - void SetTabIcon(int i, HICON hIcon) { CTab::SetTabIcon(i, hIcon); } - void SetTabText(LPCTSTR szText) { m_tsTabText = szText; } - void SetTabText(UINT nTab, LPCTSTR szText); - void SetView(CWnd& Wnd); - - protected: - virtual void OnCreate(); - virtual void OnLButtonDown(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); - virtual void OnLButtonUp(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); - virtual void OnMouseLeave(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); - virtual LRESULT OnNotifyReflect(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); - virtual void PreCreate(CREATESTRUCT &cs); - virtual LRESULT WndProcDefault(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); - - private: - std::vector m_vContainerInfo; - tString m_tsTabText; - CString m_csCaption; - CViewPage m_ViewPage; - int m_iCurrentPage; - CDockContainer* m_pContainerParent; - HICON m_hTabIcon; - int m_nTabPressed; - - }; - - typedef struct DRAGPOS - { - NMHDR hdr; - POINT ptPos; - UINT DockZone; - } *LPDRAGPOS; - - - ///////////////////////////////////////// - // Declaration of the CDocker class - // A CDocker window allows other CDocker windows to be "docked" inside it. - // A CDocker can dock on the top, left, right or bottom side of a parent CDocker. - // There is no theoretical limit to the number of CDockers within CDockers. - class CDocker : public CWnd - { - public: - // A nested class for the splitter bar that seperates the docked panes. - class CDockBar : public CWnd - { - public: - CDockBar(); - virtual ~CDockBar(); - virtual void OnDraw(CDC* pDC); - virtual void PreCreate(CREATESTRUCT &cs); - virtual void PreRegisterClass(WNDCLASS& wc); - virtual void SendNotify(UINT nMessageID); - virtual void SetColor(COLORREF color); - virtual LRESULT WndProcDefault(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); - - CDocker* GetDock() {return m_pDock;} - int GetWidth() {return m_DockBarWidth;} - void SetDock(CDocker* pDock) {m_pDock = pDock;} - void SetWidth(int nWidth) {m_DockBarWidth = nWidth;} - - private: - CDockBar(const CDockBar&); // Disable copy construction - CDockBar& operator = (const CDockBar&); // Disable assignment operator - - CDocker* m_pDock; - DRAGPOS m_DragPos; - CBrush m_brBackground; - int m_DockBarWidth; - }; - - // A nested class for the window inside a CDocker which includes all of this docked client. - // It's the remaining part of the CDocker that doesn't belong to the CDocker's children. - // The Docker's view window is a child window of CDockClient. - class CDockClient : public CWnd - { - public: - CDockClient(); - virtual ~CDockClient() {} - virtual void Draw3DBorder(RECT& Rect); - virtual void DrawCaption(WPARAM wParam); - virtual void DrawCloseButton(CDC& DrawDC, BOOL bFocus); - virtual CRect GetCloseRect(); - virtual void SendNotify(UINT nMessageID); - - CString& GetCaption() const { return (CString&)m_csCaption; } - CWnd* GetView() const { return m_pView; } - void SetDock(CDocker* pDock) { m_pDock = pDock;} - void SetCaption(LPCTSTR szCaption) { m_csCaption = szCaption; } - void SetCaptionColors(COLORREF Foregnd1, COLORREF Backgnd1, COLORREF ForeGnd2, COLORREF BackGnd2); - void SetClosePressed() { m_IsClosePressed = TRUE; } - void SetView(CWnd& Wnd) { m_pView = &Wnd; } - - protected: - virtual void OnLButtonDown(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); - virtual void OnLButtonUp(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); - virtual void OnMouseActivate(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); - virtual void OnMouseMove(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); - virtual void OnNCCalcSize(WPARAM& wParam, LPARAM& lParam); - virtual LRESULT OnNCHitTest(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); - virtual LRESULT OnNCLButtonDown(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); - virtual void OnNCMouseLeave(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); - virtual LRESULT OnNCMouseMove(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); - virtual LRESULT OnNCPaint(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); - virtual void OnWindowPosChanged(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); - virtual void PreRegisterClass(WNDCLASS& wc); - virtual void PreCreate(CREATESTRUCT& cs); - virtual LRESULT WndProcDefault(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); - - private: - CDockClient(const CDockClient&); // Disable copy construction - CDockClient& operator = (const CDockClient&); // Disable assignment operator - - CString m_csCaption; - CPoint m_Oldpt; - CDocker* m_pDock; - CWnd* m_pView; - BOOL m_IsClosePressed; - BOOL m_bOldFocus; - BOOL m_bCaptionPressed; - BOOL m_IsTracking; - COLORREF m_Foregnd1; - COLORREF m_Backgnd1; - COLORREF m_Foregnd2; - COLORREF m_Backgnd2; - }; - - // This nested class is used to indicate where a window could dock by - // displaying a blue tinted window. - class CDockHint : public CWnd - { - public: - CDockHint(); - virtual ~CDockHint(); - virtual RECT CalcHintRectContainer(CDocker* pDockTarget); - virtual RECT CalcHintRectInner(CDocker* pDockTarget, CDocker* pDockDrag, UINT uDockSide); - virtual RECT CalcHintRectOuter(CDocker* pDockDrag, UINT uDockSide); - virtual void DisplayHint(CDocker* pDockTarget, CDocker* pDockDrag, UINT uDockSide); - virtual void OnDraw(CDC* pDC); - virtual void PreCreate(CREATESTRUCT &cs); - virtual void ShowHintWindow(CDocker* pDockTarget, CRect rcHint); - - private: - CDockHint(const CDockHint&); // Disable copy construction - CDockHint& operator = (const CDockHint&); // Disable assignment operator - - CBitmap m_bmBlueTint; - UINT m_uDockSideOld; - }; - - class CTarget : public CWnd - { - public: - CTarget() {} - virtual ~CTarget(); - virtual void OnDraw(CDC* pDC); - virtual void PreCreate(CREATESTRUCT &cs); - - protected: - CBitmap m_bmImage; - - private: - CTarget(const CTarget&); // Disable copy construction - CTarget& operator = (const CTarget&); // Disable assignment operator - }; - - class CTargetCentre : public CTarget - { - public: - CTargetCentre(); - virtual ~CTargetCentre(); - virtual void OnDraw(CDC* pDC); - virtual void OnCreate(); - virtual BOOL CheckTarget(LPDRAGPOS pDragPos); - BOOL IsOverContainer() { return m_bIsOverContainer; } - - private: - CTargetCentre(const CTargetCentre&); // Disable copy construction - CTargetCentre& operator = (const CTargetCentre&); // Disable assignment operator - - BOOL m_bIsOverContainer; - CDocker* m_pOldDockTarget; - }; - - class CTargetLeft : public CTarget - { - public: - CTargetLeft() {m_bmImage.LoadImage(IDW_SDLEFT,0,0,0);} - virtual BOOL CheckTarget(LPDRAGPOS pDragPos); - - private: - CTargetLeft(const CTargetLeft&); // Disable copy construction - CTargetLeft& operator = (const CTargetLeft&); // Disable assignment operator - }; - - class CTargetTop : public CTarget - { - public: - CTargetTop() {m_bmImage.LoadImage(IDW_SDTOP,0,0,0);} - virtual BOOL CheckTarget(LPDRAGPOS pDragPos); - private: - CTargetTop(const CTargetTop&); // Disable copy construction - CTargetTop& operator = (const CTargetTop&); // Disable assignment operator - }; - - class CTargetRight : public CTarget - { - public: - CTargetRight() {m_bmImage.LoadImage(IDW_SDRIGHT,0,0,0);} - virtual BOOL CheckTarget(LPDRAGPOS pDragPos); - - private: - CTargetRight(const CTargetRight&); // Disable copy construction - CTargetRight& operator = (const CTargetRight&); // Disable assignment operator - }; - - class CTargetBottom : public CTarget - { - public: - CTargetBottom() {m_bmImage.LoadImage(IDW_SDBOTTOM,0,0,0);} - virtual BOOL CheckTarget(LPDRAGPOS pDragPos); - }; - - friend class CTargetCentre; - friend class CTargetLeft; - friend class CTargetTop; - friend class CTargetRight; - friend class CTargetBottom; - friend class CDockClient; - friend class CDockContainer; - - public: - // Operations - CDocker(); - virtual ~CDocker(); - virtual CDocker* AddDockedChild(CDocker* pDocker, DWORD dwDockStyle, int DockSize, int nDockID = 0); - virtual CDocker* AddUndockedChild(CDocker* pDocker, DWORD dwDockStyle, int DockSize, RECT rc, int nDockID = 0); - virtual void Close(); - virtual void CloseAllDockers(); - virtual void Dock(CDocker* pDocker, UINT uDockSide); - virtual void DockInContainer(CDocker* pDock, DWORD dwDockStyle); - virtual CDockContainer* GetContainer() const; - virtual CDocker* GetActiveDocker() const; - virtual CDocker* GetDockAncestor() const; - virtual CDocker* GetDockFromID(int n_DockID) const; - virtual CDocker* GetDockFromPoint(POINT pt) const; - virtual CDocker* GetDockFromView(CWnd* pView) const; - virtual CDocker* GetTopmostDocker() const; - virtual int GetDockSize() const; - virtual CTabbedMDI* GetTabbedMDI() const; - virtual int GetTextHeight(); - virtual void Hide(); - virtual BOOL LoadRegistrySettings(tString tsRegistryKeyName); - virtual void RecalcDockLayout(); - virtual BOOL SaveRegistrySettings(tString tsRegistryKeyName); - virtual void Undock(CPoint pt, BOOL bShowUndocked = TRUE); - virtual void UndockContainer(CDockContainer* pContainer, CPoint pt, BOOL bShowUndocked); - virtual BOOL VerifyDockers(); - - // Attributes - virtual CDockBar& GetDockBar() const {return (CDockBar&)m_DockBar;} - virtual CDockClient& GetDockClient() const {return (CDockClient&)m_DockClient;} - virtual CDockHint& GetDockHint() const {return m_pDockAncestor->m_DockHint;} - - - std::vector & GetAllDockers() const {return GetDockAncestor()->m_vAllDockers;} - int GetBarWidth() const {return GetDockBar().GetWidth();} - CString& GetCaption() const {return GetDockClient().GetCaption();} - std::vector & GetDockChildren() const {return (std::vector &)m_vDockChildren;} - int GetDockID() const {return m_nDockID;} - CDocker* GetDockParent() const {return m_pDockParent;} - DWORD GetDockStyle() const {return m_DockStyle;} - CWnd* GetView() const {return GetDockClient().GetView();} - BOOL IsChildOfDocker(CWnd* pWnd) const; - BOOL IsDocked() const; - BOOL IsDragAutoResize(); - BOOL IsRelated(CWnd* pWnd) const; - BOOL IsUndocked() const; - void SetBarColor(COLORREF color) {GetDockBar().SetColor(color);} - void SetBarWidth(int nWidth) {GetDockBar().SetWidth(nWidth);} - void SetCaption(LPCTSTR szCaption); - void SetCaptionColors(COLORREF Foregnd1, COLORREF Backgnd1, COLORREF ForeGnd2, COLORREF BackGnd2); - void SetCaptionHeight(int nHeight); - void SetDockStyle(DWORD dwDockStyle); - void SetDockSize(int DockSize); - void SetDragAutoResize(BOOL bAutoResize); - void SetView(CWnd& wndView); - - protected: - virtual CDocker* NewDockerFromID(int idDock); - virtual void OnActivate(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); - virtual void OnCaptionTimer(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); - virtual void OnCreate(); - virtual void OnDestroy(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); - virtual void OnDockDestroyed(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); - virtual void OnExitSizeMove(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); - virtual LRESULT OnNotify(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); - virtual void OnSetFocus(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); - virtual void OnSysColorChange(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); - virtual LRESULT OnSysCommand(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); - virtual LRESULT OnWindowPosChanging(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); - virtual void OnWindowPosChanged(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); - virtual void PreCreate(CREATESTRUCT &cs); - virtual void PreRegisterClass(WNDCLASS &wc); - virtual LRESULT WndProcDefault(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); - - private: - CDocker(const CDocker&); // Disable copy construction - CDocker& operator = (const CDocker&); // Disable assignment operator - void CheckAllTargets(LPDRAGPOS pDragPos); - void CloseAllTargets(); - void DockOuter(CDocker* pDocker, DWORD dwDockStyle); - void DrawAllCaptions(); - void DrawHashBar(HWND hBar, POINT Pos); - void ConvertToChild(HWND hWndParent); - void ConvertToPopup(RECT rc); - void MoveDockChildren(CDocker* pDockTarget); - void PromoteFirstChild(); - void RecalcDockChildLayout(CRect rc); - void ResizeDockers(LPDRAGPOS pdp); - CDocker* SeparateFromDock(); - void SendNotify(UINT nMessageID); - void SetUndockPosition(CPoint pt); - std::vector SortDockers(); - - CDockBar m_DockBar; - CDockHint m_DockHint; - CDockClient m_DockClient; - CTargetCentre m_TargetCentre; - CTargetLeft m_TargetLeft; - CTargetTop m_TargetTop; - CTargetRight m_TargetRight; - CPoint m_OldPoint; - CTargetBottom m_TargetBottom; - CDocker* m_pDockParent; - CDocker* m_pDockAncestor; - CDocker* m_pDockActive; - - std::vector m_vDockChildren; - std::vector m_vAllDockers; // Only used in DockAncestor - - CRect m_rcBar; - CRect m_rcChild; - - BOOL m_BlockMove; - BOOL m_Undocking; - BOOL m_bIsClosing; - BOOL m_bIsDragging; - BOOL m_bDragAutoResize; - int m_DockStartSize; - int m_nDockID; - int m_nTimerCount; - int m_NCHeight; - DWORD m_dwDockZone; - double m_DockSizeRatio; - DWORD m_DockStyle; - HWND m_hOldFocus; - - }; // class CDocker - - struct DockInfo - { - DWORD DockStyle; - int DockSize; - int DockID; - int DockParentID; - RECT Rect; - }; - -} - -//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - -namespace Win32xx -{ - - ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - // Definitions for the CDockBar class nested within CDocker - // - inline CDocker::CDockBar::CDockBar() : m_pDock(NULL), m_DockBarWidth(4) - { - m_brBackground.CreateSolidBrush(RGB(192,192,192)); - } - - inline CDocker::CDockBar::~CDockBar() - { - } - - inline void CDocker::CDockBar::OnDraw(CDC* pDC) - { - CRect rcClient = GetClientRect(); - pDC->SelectObject(&m_brBackground); - pDC->PatBlt(0, 0, rcClient.Width(), rcClient.Height(), PATCOPY); - } - - inline void CDocker::CDockBar::PreCreate(CREATESTRUCT &cs) - { - // Create a child window, initially hidden - cs.style = WS_CHILD; - } - - inline void CDocker::CDockBar::PreRegisterClass(WNDCLASS& wc) - { - wc.lpszClassName = _T("Win32++ Bar"); - wc.hbrBackground = m_brBackground; - } - - inline void CDocker::CDockBar::SendNotify(UINT nMessageID) - { - // Send a splitter bar notification to the parent - m_DragPos.hdr.code = nMessageID; - m_DragPos.hdr.hwndFrom = m_hWnd; - m_DragPos.ptPos = GetCursorPos(); - m_DragPos.ptPos.x += 1; - GetParent()->SendMessage(WM_NOTIFY, 0L, (LPARAM)&m_DragPos); - } - - inline void CDocker::CDockBar::SetColor(COLORREF color) - { - // Useful colors: - // GetSysColor(COLOR_BTNFACE) // Default Grey - // RGB(196, 215, 250) // Default Blue - - m_brBackground.CreateSolidBrush(color); - } - - inline LRESULT CDocker::CDockBar::WndProcDefault(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) - { - { - switch (uMsg) - { - case WM_SETCURSOR: - { - if (!(m_pDock->GetDockStyle() & DS_NO_RESIZE)) - { - HCURSOR hCursor; - DWORD dwSide = GetDock()->GetDockStyle() & 0xF; - if ((dwSide == DS_DOCKED_LEFT) || (dwSide == DS_DOCKED_RIGHT)) - hCursor = LoadCursor(GetApp()->GetResourceHandle(), MAKEINTRESOURCE(IDW_SPLITH)); - else - hCursor = LoadCursor(GetApp()->GetResourceHandle(), MAKEINTRESOURCE(IDW_SPLITV)); - - if (hCursor) SetCursor(hCursor); - else TRACE(_T("**WARNING** Missing cursor resource for slider bar\n")); - - return TRUE; - } - else - SetCursor(LoadCursor(NULL, IDC_ARROW)); - } - break; - - case WM_ERASEBKGND: - return 0; - - case WM_LBUTTONDOWN: - { - if (!(m_pDock->GetDockStyle() & DS_NO_RESIZE)) - { - SendNotify(UWM_BAR_START); - SetCapture(); - } - } - break; - - case WM_LBUTTONUP: - if (!(m_pDock->GetDockStyle() & DS_NO_RESIZE) && (GetCapture() == this)) - { - SendNotify(UWM_BAR_END); - ReleaseCapture(); - } - break; - - case WM_MOUSEMOVE: - if (!(m_pDock->GetDockStyle() & DS_NO_RESIZE) && (GetCapture() == this)) - { - SendNotify(UWM_BAR_MOVE); - } - break; - } - } - - // pass unhandled messages on for default processing - return CWnd::WndProcDefault(uMsg, wParam, lParam); - } - - - //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - // Definitions for the CDockClient class nested within CDocker - // - inline CDocker::CDockClient::CDockClient() : m_pView(0), m_IsClosePressed(FALSE), - m_bOldFocus(FALSE), m_bCaptionPressed(FALSE), m_IsTracking(FALSE) - { - m_Foregnd1 = RGB(32,32,32); - m_Backgnd1 = RGB(190,207,227); - m_Foregnd2 = GetSysColor(COLOR_BTNTEXT); - m_Backgnd2 = GetSysColor(COLOR_BTNFACE); - } - - inline void CDocker::CDockClient::Draw3DBorder(RECT& Rect) - { - // Imitates the drawing of the WS_EX_CLIENTEDGE extended style - // This draws a 2 pixel border around the specified Rect - CWindowDC dc(this); - CRect rcw = Rect; - dc.CreatePen(PS_SOLID, 1, GetSysColor(COLOR_3DSHADOW)); - dc.MoveTo(0, rcw.Height()); - dc.LineTo(0, 0); - dc.LineTo(rcw.Width(), 0); - dc.CreatePen(PS_SOLID,1, GetSysColor(COLOR_3DDKSHADOW)); - dc.MoveTo(1, rcw.Height()-2); - dc.LineTo(1, 1); - dc.LineTo(rcw.Width()-2, 1); - dc.CreatePen(PS_SOLID,1, GetSysColor(COLOR_3DHILIGHT)); - dc.MoveTo(rcw.Width()-1, 0); - dc.LineTo(rcw.Width()-1, rcw.Height()-1); - dc.LineTo(0, rcw.Height()-1); - dc.CreatePen(PS_SOLID,1, GetSysColor(COLOR_3DLIGHT)); - dc.MoveTo(rcw.Width()-2, 1); - dc.LineTo(rcw.Width()-2, rcw.Height()-2); - dc.LineTo(1, rcw.Height()-2); - } - - inline CRect CDocker::CDockClient::GetCloseRect() - { - // Calculate the close rect position in screen co-ordinates - CRect rcClose; - - int gap = 4; - CRect rc = GetWindowRect(); - int cx = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXSMICON); - int cy = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYSMICON); - - rcClose.top = 2 + rc.top + m_pDock->m_NCHeight/2 - cy/2; - rcClose.bottom = 2 + rc.top + m_pDock->m_NCHeight/2 + cy/2; - rcClose.right = rc.right - gap; - rcClose.left = rcClose.right - cx; - -#if defined(WINVER) && defined (WS_EX_LAYOUTRTL) && (WINVER >= 0x0500) - if (GetWindowLongPtr(GWL_EXSTYLE) & WS_EX_LAYOUTRTL) - { - rcClose.left = rc.left + gap; - rcClose.right = rcClose.left + cx; - } -#endif - - - return rcClose; - } - - inline void CDocker::CDockClient::DrawCaption(WPARAM wParam) - { - if (IsWindow() && m_pDock->IsDocked() && !(m_pDock->GetDockStyle() & DS_NO_CAPTION)) - { - BOOL bFocus = m_pDock->IsChildOfDocker(GetFocus()); - m_bOldFocus = FALSE; - - // Acquire the DC for our NonClient painting - CDC* pDC; - if ((wParam != 1) && (bFocus == m_bOldFocus)) - pDC = GetDCEx((HRGN)wParam, DCX_WINDOW|DCX_INTERSECTRGN|DCX_PARENTCLIP); - else - pDC = GetWindowDC(); - - // Create and set up our memory DC - CRect rc = GetWindowRect(); - CMemDC dcMem(pDC); - int rcAdjust = (GetWindowLongPtr(GWL_EXSTYLE) & WS_EX_CLIENTEDGE)? 2 : 0; - int Width = MAX(rc.Width() -rcAdjust, 0); - int Height = m_pDock->m_NCHeight + rcAdjust; - dcMem.CreateCompatibleBitmap(pDC, Width, Height); - m_bOldFocus = bFocus; - - // Set the font for the title - NONCLIENTMETRICS info = {0}; - info.cbSize = GetSizeofNonClientMetrics(); - SystemParametersInfo(SPI_GETNONCLIENTMETRICS, sizeof(info), &info, 0); - dcMem.CreateFontIndirect(&info.lfStatusFont); - - // Set the Colours - if (bFocus) - { - dcMem.SetTextColor(m_Foregnd1); - dcMem.CreateSolidBrush(m_Backgnd1); - dcMem.SetBkColor(m_Backgnd1); - } - else - { - dcMem.SetTextColor(m_Foregnd2); - dcMem.CreateSolidBrush(m_Backgnd2); - dcMem.SetBkColor(m_Backgnd2); - } - - // Draw the rectangle - dcMem.CreatePen(PS_SOLID, 1, RGB(160, 150, 140)); - dcMem.Rectangle(rcAdjust, rcAdjust, rc.Width() -rcAdjust, m_pDock->m_NCHeight +rcAdjust); - - // Display the caption - int cx = (m_pDock->GetDockStyle() & DS_NO_CLOSE)? 0 : GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXSMICON); - CRect rcText(4 +rcAdjust, rcAdjust, rc.Width() -4 - cx -rcAdjust, m_pDock->m_NCHeight +rcAdjust); - dcMem.DrawText(m_csCaption, m_csCaption.GetLength(), rcText, DT_LEFT|DT_VCENTER|DT_SINGLELINE|DT_END_ELLIPSIS); - - // Draw the close button - if ((0 != m_pDock) && !(m_pDock->GetDockStyle() & DS_NO_CLOSE)) - DrawCloseButton(dcMem, bFocus); - - // Draw the 3D border - if (GetWindowLongPtr(GWL_EXSTYLE) & WS_EX_CLIENTEDGE) - Draw3DBorder(rc); - - // Copy the Memory DC to the window's DC - pDC->BitBlt(rcAdjust, rcAdjust, Width, Height, &dcMem, rcAdjust, rcAdjust, SRCCOPY); - - // Required for Win98/WinME - pDC->Destroy(); - } - } - - inline void CDocker::CDockClient::DrawCloseButton(CDC& DrawDC, BOOL bFocus) - { - // The close button isn't displayed on Win95 - if (GetWinVersion() == 1400) return; - - if (m_pDock->IsDocked() && !(m_pDock->GetDockStyle() & DS_NO_CAPTION)) - { - // Determine the close button's drawing position relative to the window - CRect rcClose = GetCloseRect(); - UINT uState = GetCloseRect().PtInRect(GetCursorPos())? m_IsClosePressed && IsLeftButtonDown()? 2 : 1 : 0; - ScreenToClient(rcClose); - - if (GetWindowLongPtr(GWL_EXSTYLE) & WS_EX_CLIENTEDGE) - { - rcClose.OffsetRect(2, m_pDock->m_NCHeight+2); - if (GetWindowRect().Height() < (m_pDock->m_NCHeight+4)) - rcClose.OffsetRect(-2, -2); - } - else - rcClose.OffsetRect(0, m_pDock->m_NCHeight-2); - - // Draw the outer highlight for the close button - if (!IsRectEmpty(&rcClose)) - { - switch (uState) - { - case 0: - { - // Normal button - DrawDC.CreatePen(PS_SOLID, 1, RGB(232, 228, 220)); - DrawDC.MoveTo(rcClose.left, rcClose.bottom); - DrawDC.LineTo(rcClose.right, rcClose.bottom); - DrawDC.LineTo(rcClose.right, rcClose.top); - DrawDC.LineTo(rcClose.left, rcClose.top); - DrawDC.LineTo(rcClose.left, rcClose.bottom); - break; - } - - case 1: - { - // Popped up button - // Draw outline, white at top, black on bottom - DrawDC.CreatePen(PS_SOLID, 1, RGB(0, 0, 0)); - DrawDC.MoveTo(rcClose.left, rcClose.bottom); - DrawDC.LineTo(rcClose.right, rcClose.bottom); - DrawDC.LineTo(rcClose.right, rcClose.top); - DrawDC.CreatePen(PS_SOLID, 1, RGB(255, 255, 255)); - DrawDC.LineTo(rcClose.left, rcClose.top); - DrawDC.LineTo(rcClose.left, rcClose.bottom); - } - - break; - case 2: - { - // Pressed button - // Draw outline, black on top, white on bottom - DrawDC.CreatePen(PS_SOLID, 1, RGB(255, 255, 255)); - DrawDC.MoveTo(rcClose.left, rcClose.bottom); - DrawDC.LineTo(rcClose.right, rcClose.bottom); - DrawDC.LineTo(rcClose.right, rcClose.top); - DrawDC.CreatePen(PS_SOLID, 1, RGB(0, 0, 0)); - DrawDC.LineTo(rcClose.left, rcClose.top); - DrawDC.LineTo(rcClose.left, rcClose.bottom); - } - break; - } - - // Manually Draw Close Button - if (bFocus) - DrawDC.CreatePen(PS_SOLID, 1, m_Foregnd1); - else - DrawDC.CreatePen(PS_SOLID, 1, m_Foregnd2); - - DrawDC.MoveTo(rcClose.left + 3, rcClose.top +3); - DrawDC.LineTo(rcClose.right - 2, rcClose.bottom -2); - - DrawDC.MoveTo(rcClose.left + 4, rcClose.top +3); - DrawDC.LineTo(rcClose.right - 2, rcClose.bottom -3); - - DrawDC.MoveTo(rcClose.left + 3, rcClose.top +4); - DrawDC.LineTo(rcClose.right - 3, rcClose.bottom -2); - - DrawDC.MoveTo(rcClose.right -3, rcClose.top +3); - DrawDC.LineTo(rcClose.left + 2, rcClose.bottom -2); - - DrawDC.MoveTo(rcClose.right -3, rcClose.top +4); - DrawDC.LineTo(rcClose.left + 3, rcClose.bottom -2); - - DrawDC.MoveTo(rcClose.right -4, rcClose.top +3); - DrawDC.LineTo(rcClose.left + 2, rcClose.bottom -3); - } - } - } - - inline void CDocker::CDockClient::OnNCCalcSize(WPARAM& wParam, LPARAM& lParam) - { - // Sets the non-client area (and hence sets the client area) - // This function modifies lParam - - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(wParam); - - if ((0 != m_pDock) && !(m_pDock->GetDockStyle() & DS_NO_CAPTION)) - { - if (m_pDock->IsDocked()) - { - LPRECT rc = (LPRECT)lParam; - rc->top += m_pDock->m_NCHeight; - } - } - } - - inline LRESULT CDocker::CDockClient::OnNCHitTest(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) - { - // Identify which part of the non-client area the cursor is over - if ((0 != m_pDock) && !(m_pDock->GetDockStyle() & DS_NO_CAPTION)) - { - if (m_pDock->IsDocked()) - { - CPoint pt(GET_X_LPARAM(lParam), GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam)); - - // Indicate if the point is in the close button (except for Win95) - if ((GetWinVersion() > 1400) && (GetCloseRect().PtInRect(pt))) - return HTCLOSE; - - ScreenToClient(pt); - - // Indicate if the point is in the caption - if (pt.y < 0) - return HTCAPTION; - } - } - return CWnd::WndProcDefault(WM_NCHITTEST, wParam, lParam); - } - - inline LRESULT CDocker::CDockClient::OnNCLButtonDown(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) - { - if ((0 != m_pDock) && !(m_pDock->GetDockStyle() & DS_NO_CAPTION)) - { - if ((HTCLOSE == wParam) && !(m_pDock->GetDockStyle() & DS_NO_CLOSE)) - { - m_IsClosePressed = TRUE; - SetCapture(); - } - - m_bCaptionPressed = TRUE; - m_Oldpt.x = GET_X_LPARAM(lParam); - m_Oldpt.y = GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam); - if (m_pDock->IsDocked()) - { - CPoint pt(GET_X_LPARAM(lParam), GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam)); - ScreenToClient(pt); - m_pView->SetFocus(); - - // Update the close button - if ((0 != m_pDock) && !(m_pDock->GetDockStyle() & DS_NO_CLOSE)) - { - CWindowDC dc(this); - DrawCloseButton(dc, m_bOldFocus); - } - - return 0L; - } - } - return CWnd::WndProcDefault(WM_NCLBUTTONDOWN, wParam, lParam); - } - - inline void CDocker::CDockClient::OnLButtonUp(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) - { - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(wParam); - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(lParam); - - if ((0 != m_pDock) && !(m_pDock->GetDockStyle() & (DS_NO_CAPTION|DS_NO_CLOSE))) - { - m_bCaptionPressed = FALSE; - if (m_IsClosePressed && GetCloseRect().PtInRect(GetCursorPos())) - { - // Destroy the docker - if (dynamic_cast(m_pDock->GetView())) - { - CDockContainer* pContainer = ((CDockContainer*)m_pDock->GetView())->GetActiveContainer(); - CDocker* pDock = m_pDock->GetDockFromView(pContainer); - pDock->GetDockClient().SetClosePressed(); - m_pDock->UndockContainer(pContainer, GetCursorPos(), FALSE); - pDock->Destroy(); - } - else - { - m_pDock->Hide(); - m_pDock->Destroy(); - } - } - } - } - - inline void CDocker::CDockClient::OnLButtonDown(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) - { - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(wParam); - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(lParam); - - m_IsClosePressed = FALSE; - ReleaseCapture(); - CWindowDC dc(this); - DrawCloseButton(dc, m_bOldFocus); - } - - inline void CDocker::CDockClient::OnMouseActivate(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) - // Focus changed, so redraw the captions - { - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(wParam); - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(lParam); - - if ((0 != m_pDock) && !(m_pDock->GetDockStyle() & DS_NO_CAPTION)) - { - m_pDock->GetDockAncestor()->PostMessage(UWM_DOCK_ACTIVATED, 0, 0); - } - } - - inline void CDocker::CDockClient::OnMouseMove(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) - { - OnNCMouseMove(wParam, lParam); - } - - inline void CDocker::CDockClient::OnNCMouseLeave(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) - { - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(wParam); - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(lParam); - - m_IsTracking = FALSE; - CWindowDC dc(this); - if ((0 != m_pDock) && !(m_pDock->GetDockStyle() & (DS_NO_CAPTION|DS_NO_CLOSE)) && m_pDock->IsDocked()) - DrawCloseButton(dc, m_bOldFocus); - - m_IsTracking = FALSE; - } - - inline LRESULT CDocker::CDockClient::OnNCMouseMove(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) - { - if (!m_IsTracking) - { - TRACKMOUSEEVENT TrackMouseEventStruct = {0}; - TrackMouseEventStruct.cbSize = sizeof(TrackMouseEventStruct); - TrackMouseEventStruct.dwFlags = TME_LEAVE|TME_NONCLIENT; - TrackMouseEventStruct.hwndTrack = m_hWnd; - _TrackMouseEvent(&TrackMouseEventStruct); - m_IsTracking = TRUE; - } - - if ((0 != m_pDock) && !(m_pDock->GetDockStyle() & DS_NO_CAPTION)) - { - if (m_pDock->IsDocked()) - { - // Discard phantom mouse move messages - if ( (m_Oldpt.x == GET_X_LPARAM(lParam) ) && (m_Oldpt.y == GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam))) - return 0L; - - if (IsLeftButtonDown() && (wParam == HTCAPTION) && (m_bCaptionPressed)) - { - CDocker* pDock = (CDocker*)GetParent(); - if (pDock) - pDock->Undock(GetCursorPos()); - } - - // Update the close button - if ((0 != m_pDock) && !(m_pDock->GetDockStyle() & DS_NO_CLOSE)) - { - CWindowDC dc(this); - DrawCloseButton(dc, m_bOldFocus); - } - } - - m_bCaptionPressed = FALSE; - } - return CWnd::WndProcDefault(WM_MOUSEMOVE, wParam, lParam); - } - - inline LRESULT CDocker::CDockClient::OnNCPaint(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) - { - if ((0 != m_pDock) && !(m_pDock->GetDockStyle() & DS_NO_CAPTION)) - { - if (m_pDock->IsDocked()) - { - DefWindowProc(WM_NCPAINT, wParam, lParam); - DrawCaption(wParam); - return 0; - } - } - return CWnd::WndProcDefault(WM_NCPAINT, wParam, lParam); - } - - inline void CDocker::CDockClient::OnWindowPosChanged(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) - { - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(wParam); - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(lParam); - - // Reposition the View window to cover the DockClient's client area - CRect rc = GetClientRect(); - m_pView->SetWindowPos(NULL, rc, SWP_SHOWWINDOW); - } - - inline void CDocker::CDockClient::PreRegisterClass(WNDCLASS& wc) - { - wc.lpszClassName = _T("Win32++ DockClient"); - wc.hCursor = ::LoadCursor(NULL, IDC_ARROW); - } - - inline void CDocker::CDockClient::PreCreate(CREATESTRUCT& cs) - { - DWORD dwStyle = m_pDock->GetDockStyle(); - if (dwStyle & DS_CLIENTEDGE) - cs.dwExStyle = WS_EX_CLIENTEDGE; - -#if defined(WINVER) && defined (WS_EX_LAYOUTRTL) && (WINVER >= 0x0500) - if (m_pDock->GetWindowLongPtr(GWL_EXSTYLE) & WS_EX_LAYOUTRTL) - cs.dwExStyle |= WS_EX_LAYOUTRTL; -#endif - - } - - inline void CDocker::CDockClient::SendNotify(UINT nMessageID) - { - // Fill the DragPos structure with data - DRAGPOS DragPos; - DragPos.hdr.code = nMessageID; - DragPos.hdr.hwndFrom = m_hWnd; - DragPos.ptPos = GetCursorPos(); - - // Send a DragPos notification to the docker - GetParent()->SendMessage(WM_NOTIFY, 0L, (LPARAM)&DragPos); - } - - inline void CDocker::CDockClient::SetCaptionColors(COLORREF Foregnd1, COLORREF Backgnd1, COLORREF Foregnd2, COLORREF Backgnd2) - { - // Set the colors used when drawing the caption - // m_Foregnd1 Foreground colour (focused). m_Backgnd1 Background colour (focused) - // m_Foregnd2 Foreground colour (not focused). m_Backgnd2 Foreground colour (not focused) - m_Foregnd1 = Foregnd1; - m_Backgnd1 = Backgnd1; - m_Foregnd2 = Foregnd2; - m_Backgnd2 = Backgnd2; - } - - inline LRESULT CDocker::CDockClient::WndProcDefault(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) - { - switch (uMsg) - { - case WM_LBUTTONUP: - { - ReleaseCapture(); - if ((0 != m_pDock) && !(m_pDock->GetDockStyle() & DS_NO_CLOSE)) - { - CWindowDC dc(this); - DrawCloseButton(dc, m_bOldFocus); - OnLButtonUp(wParam, lParam); - } - } - break; - - case WM_MOUSEACTIVATE: - OnMouseActivate(wParam, lParam); - break; - - case WM_MOUSEMOVE: - OnMouseMove(wParam, lParam); - break; - - case WM_NCCALCSIZE: - OnNCCalcSize(wParam, lParam); - break; - - case WM_NCHITTEST: - return OnNCHitTest(wParam, lParam); - - case WM_NCLBUTTONDOWN: - return OnNCLButtonDown(wParam, lParam); - - case WM_NCMOUSEMOVE: - return OnNCMouseMove(wParam, lParam); - - case WM_NCPAINT: - return OnNCPaint(wParam, lParam); - - case WM_NCMOUSELEAVE: - OnNCMouseLeave(wParam, lParam); - break; - - case WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED: - OnWindowPosChanged(wParam, lParam); - break; - } - - return CWnd::WndProcDefault(uMsg, wParam, lParam); - } - - - ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - // Definitions for the CDockHint class nested within CDocker - // - inline CDocker::CDockHint::CDockHint() : m_uDockSideOld(0) - { - } - - inline CDocker::CDockHint::~CDockHint() - { - } - - inline RECT CDocker::CDockHint::CalcHintRectContainer(CDocker* pDockTarget) - { - // Calculate the hint window's position for container docking - CRect rcHint = pDockTarget->GetDockClient().GetWindowRect(); - if (pDockTarget->GetDockClient().GetWindowLongPtr(GWL_EXSTYLE) & WS_EX_CLIENTEDGE) - rcHint.InflateRect(-2, -2); - pDockTarget->ScreenToClient(rcHint); - - return rcHint; - } - - inline RECT CDocker::CDockHint::CalcHintRectInner(CDocker* pDockTarget, CDocker* pDockDrag, UINT uDockSide) - { - // Calculate the hint window's position for inner docking - CRect rcHint = pDockTarget->GetDockClient().GetWindowRect(); - if (pDockTarget->GetDockClient().GetWindowLongPtr(GWL_EXSTYLE) & WS_EX_CLIENTEDGE) - rcHint.InflateRect(-2, -2); - pDockTarget->ScreenToClient(rcHint); - - int Width; - CRect rcDockDrag = pDockDrag->GetWindowRect(); - CRect rcDockTarget = pDockTarget->GetDockClient().GetWindowRect(); - if ((uDockSide == DS_DOCKED_LEFT) || (uDockSide == DS_DOCKED_RIGHT)) - { - Width = rcDockDrag.Width(); - if (Width >= (rcDockTarget.Width() - pDockDrag->GetBarWidth())) - Width = MAX(rcDockTarget.Width()/2 - pDockDrag->GetBarWidth(), pDockDrag->GetBarWidth()); - } - else - { - Width = rcDockDrag.Height(); - if (Width >= (rcDockTarget.Height() - pDockDrag->GetBarWidth())) - Width = MAX(rcDockTarget.Height()/2 - pDockDrag->GetBarWidth(), pDockDrag->GetBarWidth()); - } - switch (uDockSide) - { - case DS_DOCKED_LEFT: - rcHint.right = rcHint.left + Width; - break; - case DS_DOCKED_RIGHT: - rcHint.left = rcHint.right - Width; - break; - case DS_DOCKED_TOP: - rcHint.bottom = rcHint.top + Width; - break; - case DS_DOCKED_BOTTOM: - rcHint.top = rcHint.bottom - Width; - break; - } - - return rcHint; - } - - inline RECT CDocker::CDockHint::CalcHintRectOuter(CDocker* pDockDrag, UINT uDockSide) - { - // Calculate the hint window's position for outer docking - CDocker* pDockTarget = pDockDrag->GetDockAncestor(); - CRect rcHint = pDockTarget->GetClientRect(); - if (pDockTarget->GetDockClient().GetWindowLongPtr(GWL_EXSTYLE) & WS_EX_CLIENTEDGE) - rcHint.InflateRect(-2, -2); - - int Width; - CRect rcDockDrag = pDockDrag->GetWindowRect(); - CRect rcDockTarget = pDockTarget->GetDockClient().GetWindowRect(); - - // Limit the docked size to half the parent's size if it won't fit inside parent - if ((uDockSide == DS_DOCKED_LEFTMOST) || (uDockSide == DS_DOCKED_RIGHTMOST)) - { - Width = rcDockDrag.Width(); - int BarWidth = pDockDrag->GetBarWidth(); - if (Width >= pDockTarget->GetDockClient().GetClientRect().Width() - pDockDrag->GetBarWidth()) - Width = MAX(pDockTarget->GetDockClient().GetClientRect().Width()/2 - BarWidth, BarWidth); - } - else - { - Width = rcDockDrag.Height(); - int BarWidth = pDockDrag->GetBarWidth(); - if (Width >= pDockTarget->GetDockClient().GetClientRect().Height() - pDockDrag->GetBarWidth()) - Width = MAX(pDockTarget->GetDockClient().GetClientRect().Height()/2 - BarWidth, BarWidth); - } - switch (uDockSide) - { - case DS_DOCKED_LEFTMOST: - rcHint.right = rcHint.left + Width; - break; - case DS_DOCKED_RIGHTMOST: - rcHint.left = rcHint.right - Width; - break; - case DS_DOCKED_TOPMOST: - rcHint.bottom = rcHint.top + Width; - break; - case DS_DOCKED_BOTTOMMOST: - rcHint.top = rcHint.bottom - Width; - break; - } - - return rcHint; - } - - inline void CDocker::CDockHint::DisplayHint(CDocker* pDockTarget, CDocker* pDockDrag, UINT uDockSide) - { - // Ensure a new hint window is created if dock side changes - if (uDockSide != m_uDockSideOld) - { - Destroy(); - pDockTarget->RedrawWindow( NULL, NULL, RDW_NOERASE | RDW_UPDATENOW ); - pDockDrag->RedrawWindow(); - } - m_uDockSideOld = uDockSide; - - if (!IsWindow()) - { - CRect rcHint; - - if (uDockSide & 0xF) - rcHint = CalcHintRectInner(pDockTarget, pDockDrag, uDockSide); - else if (uDockSide & 0xF0000) - rcHint = CalcHintRectOuter(pDockDrag, uDockSide); - else if (uDockSide & DS_DOCKED_CONTAINER) - rcHint = CalcHintRectContainer(pDockTarget); - else - return; - - ShowHintWindow(pDockTarget, rcHint); - } - } - - inline void CDocker::CDockHint::OnDraw(CDC* pDC) - { - // Display the blue tinted bitmap - CRect rc = GetClientRect(); - CMemDC MemDC(pDC); - MemDC.SelectObject(&m_bmBlueTint); - pDC->BitBlt(0, 0, rc.Width(), rc.Height(), &MemDC, 0, 0, SRCCOPY); - } - - inline void CDocker::CDockHint::PreCreate(CREATESTRUCT &cs) - { - cs.style = WS_POPUP; - - // WS_EX_TOOLWINDOW prevents the window being displayed on the taskbar - cs.dwExStyle = WS_EX_TOOLWINDOW; - - cs.lpszClass = _T("Win32++ DockHint"); - } - - inline void CDocker::CDockHint::ShowHintWindow(CDocker* pDockTarget, CRect rcHint) - { - // Save the Dock window's blue tinted bitmap - CClientDC dcDesktop(NULL); - CMemDC dcMem(&dcDesktop); - CRect rcBitmap = rcHint; - CRect rcTarget = rcHint; - pDockTarget->ClientToScreen(rcTarget); - - m_bmBlueTint.CreateCompatibleBitmap(&dcDesktop, rcBitmap.Width(), rcBitmap.Height()); - CBitmap* pOldBitmap = dcMem.SelectObject(&m_bmBlueTint); - dcMem.BitBlt(0, 0, rcBitmap.Width(), rcBitmap.Height(), &dcDesktop, rcTarget.left, rcTarget.top, SRCCOPY); - dcMem.SelectObject(pOldBitmap); - TintBitmap(&m_bmBlueTint, -64, -24, +128); - - // Create the Hint window - if (!IsWindow()) - { - Create(pDockTarget); - } - - pDockTarget->ClientToScreen(rcHint); - SetWindowPos(NULL, rcHint, SWP_SHOWWINDOW|SWP_NOZORDER|SWP_NOACTIVATE); - } - - - //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - // Definitions for the CTargetCentre class nested within CDocker - // - inline CDocker::CTargetCentre::CTargetCentre() : m_bIsOverContainer(FALSE), m_pOldDockTarget(0) - { - } - - inline CDocker::CTargetCentre::~CTargetCentre() - { - } - - inline void CDocker::CTargetCentre::OnDraw(CDC* pDC) - { - CBitmap bmCentre(IDW_SDCENTER); - CBitmap bmLeft(IDW_SDLEFT); - CBitmap bmRight(IDW_SDRIGHT); - CBitmap bmTop(IDW_SDTOP); - CBitmap bmBottom(IDW_SDBOTTOM); - - if (bmCentre.GetHandle()) pDC->DrawBitmap(0, 0, 88, 88, bmCentre, RGB(255,0,255)); - else TRACE(_T("Missing docking resource: Target Centre\n")); - - if (bmLeft.GetHandle()) pDC->DrawBitmap(0, 29, 31, 29, bmLeft, RGB(255,0,255)); - else TRACE(_T("Missing docking resource: Target Left\n")); - - if (bmTop.GetHandle()) pDC->DrawBitmap(29, 0, 29, 31, bmTop, RGB(255,0,255)); - else TRACE(_T("Missing docking resource: Target Top\n")); - - if (bmRight.GetHandle()) pDC->DrawBitmap(55, 29, 31, 29, bmRight, RGB(255,0,255)); - else TRACE(_T("Missing docking resource: Target Right\n")); - - if (bmBottom.GetHandle()) pDC->DrawBitmap(29, 55, 29, 31, bmBottom, RGB(255,0,255)); - else TRACE(_T("Missing docking resource: Target Bottom\n")); - - if (IsOverContainer()) - { - CBitmap bmMiddle(IDW_SDMIDDLE); - pDC->DrawBitmap(31, 31, 25, 26, bmMiddle, RGB(255,0,255)); - } - } - - inline void CDocker::CTargetCentre::OnCreate() - { - // Use a region to create an irregularly shapped window - POINT ptArray[16] = { {0,29}, {22, 29}, {29, 22}, {29, 0}, - {58, 0}, {58, 22}, {64, 29}, {87, 29}, - {87, 58}, {64, 58}, {58, 64}, {58, 87}, - {29, 87}, {29, 64}, {23, 58}, {0, 58} }; - - CRgn rgnPoly; - rgnPoly.CreatePolygonRgn(ptArray, 16, WINDING); - SetWindowRgn(&rgnPoly, FALSE); - } - - inline BOOL CDocker::CTargetCentre::CheckTarget(LPDRAGPOS pDragPos) - { - CDocker* pDockDrag = (CDocker*)FromHandle(pDragPos->hdr.hwndFrom); - if (NULL == pDockDrag) return FALSE; - - CDocker* pDockTarget = pDockDrag->GetDockFromPoint(pDragPos->ptPos); - if (NULL == pDockTarget) return FALSE; - - if (!IsWindow()) Create(); - m_bIsOverContainer = (dynamic_cast(pDockTarget->GetView()) != NULL); - - // Redraw the target if the dock target changes - if (m_pOldDockTarget != pDockTarget) Invalidate(); - m_pOldDockTarget = pDockTarget; - - int cxImage = 88; - int cyImage = 88; - - CRect rcTarget = pDockTarget->GetDockClient().GetWindowRect(); - int xMid = rcTarget.left + (rcTarget.Width() - cxImage)/2; - int yMid = rcTarget.top + (rcTarget.Height() - cyImage)/2; - SetWindowPos(HWND_TOPMOST, xMid, yMid, cxImage, cyImage, SWP_NOACTIVATE|SWP_SHOWWINDOW); - - // Create the docking zone rectangles - CPoint pt = pDragPos->ptPos; - ScreenToClient(pt); - CRect rcLeft(0, 29, 31, 58); - CRect rcTop(29, 0, 58, 31); - CRect rcRight(55, 29, 87, 58); - CRect rcBottom(29, 55, 58, 87); - CRect rcMiddle(31, 31, 56, 57); - - // Test if our cursor is in one of the docking zones - if ((rcLeft.PtInRect(pt)) && !(pDockTarget->GetDockStyle() & DS_NO_DOCKCHILD_LEFT)) - { - pDockDrag->m_BlockMove = TRUE; - pDockTarget->GetDockHint().DisplayHint(pDockTarget, pDockDrag, DS_DOCKED_LEFT); - pDockDrag->m_dwDockZone = DS_DOCKED_LEFT; - return TRUE; - } - else if ((rcTop.PtInRect(pt)) && !(pDockTarget->GetDockStyle() & DS_NO_DOCKCHILD_TOP)) - { - pDockDrag->m_BlockMove = TRUE; - pDockTarget->GetDockHint().DisplayHint(pDockTarget, pDockDrag, DS_DOCKED_TOP); - pDockDrag->m_dwDockZone = DS_DOCKED_TOP; - return TRUE; - } - else if ((rcRight.PtInRect(pt)) && !(pDockTarget->GetDockStyle() & DS_NO_DOCKCHILD_RIGHT)) - { - pDockDrag->m_BlockMove = TRUE; - pDockTarget->GetDockHint().DisplayHint(pDockTarget, pDockDrag, DS_DOCKED_RIGHT); - pDockDrag->m_dwDockZone = DS_DOCKED_RIGHT; - return TRUE; - } - else if ((rcBottom.PtInRect(pt)) && !(pDockTarget->GetDockStyle() & DS_NO_DOCKCHILD_BOTTOM)) - { - pDockDrag->m_BlockMove = TRUE; - pDockTarget->GetDockHint().DisplayHint(pDockTarget, pDockDrag, DS_DOCKED_BOTTOM); - pDockDrag->m_dwDockZone = DS_DOCKED_BOTTOM; - return TRUE; - } - else if ((rcMiddle.PtInRect(pt)) && (IsOverContainer())) - { - pDockDrag->m_BlockMove = TRUE; - pDockTarget->GetDockHint().DisplayHint(pDockTarget, pDockDrag, DS_DOCKED_CONTAINER); - pDockDrag->m_dwDockZone = DS_DOCKED_CONTAINER; - return TRUE; - } - else - return FALSE; - } - - //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - // Definitions for the CTarget class nested within CDocker - // CTarget is the base class for a number of CTargetXXX classes - inline CDocker::CTarget::~CTarget() - { - } - - inline void CDocker::CTarget::OnDraw(CDC* pDC) - { - BITMAP bm = m_bmImage.GetBitmapData(); - int cxImage = bm.bmWidth; - int cyImage = bm.bmHeight; - - if (m_bmImage) - pDC->DrawBitmap(0, 0, cxImage, cyImage, m_bmImage, RGB(255,0,255)); - else - TRACE(_T("Missing docking resource\n")); - } - - inline void CDocker::CTarget::PreCreate(CREATESTRUCT &cs) - { - cs.style = WS_POPUP; - cs.dwExStyle = WS_EX_TOPMOST|WS_EX_TOOLWINDOW; - cs.lpszClass = _T("Win32++ DockTargeting"); - } - - - //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - // Definitions for the CTargetLeft class nested within CDocker - // - inline BOOL CDocker::CTargetLeft::CheckTarget(LPDRAGPOS pDragPos) - { - CDocker* pDockDrag = (CDocker*)FromHandle(pDragPos->hdr.hwndFrom); - if (NULL == pDockDrag) return FALSE; - - CPoint pt = pDragPos->ptPos; - CDocker* pDockTarget = pDockDrag->GetDockFromPoint(pt)->GetTopmostDocker(); - if (pDockTarget != pDockDrag->GetDockAncestor()) - { - Destroy(); - return FALSE; - } - - BITMAP bm = m_bmImage.GetBitmapData(); - int cxImage = bm.bmWidth; - int cyImage = bm.bmHeight; - - if (!IsWindow()) - { - Create(); - CRect rc = pDockTarget->GetWindowRect(); - int yMid = rc.top + (rc.Height() - cyImage)/2; - SetWindowPos(HWND_TOPMOST, rc.left + 10, yMid, cxImage, cyImage, SWP_NOACTIVATE|SWP_SHOWWINDOW); - } - - CRect rcLeft(0, 0, cxImage, cyImage); - ScreenToClient(pt); - - // Test if our cursor is in one of the docking zones - if ((rcLeft.PtInRect(pt)) && !(pDockTarget->GetDockStyle() & DS_NO_DOCKCHILD_LEFT)) - { - pDockDrag->m_BlockMove = TRUE; - pDockTarget->GetDockHint().DisplayHint(pDockTarget, pDockDrag, DS_DOCKED_LEFTMOST); - pDockDrag->m_dwDockZone = DS_DOCKED_LEFTMOST; - return TRUE; - } - - return FALSE; - } - - - //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - // Definitions for the CTargetTop class nested within CDocker - // - inline BOOL CDocker::CTargetTop::CheckTarget(LPDRAGPOS pDragPos) - { - CDocker* pDockDrag = (CDocker*)FromHandle(pDragPos->hdr.hwndFrom); - if (NULL == pDockDrag) return FALSE; - - CPoint pt = pDragPos->ptPos; - CDocker* pDockTarget = pDockDrag->GetDockFromPoint(pt)->GetTopmostDocker(); - if (pDockTarget != pDockDrag->GetDockAncestor()) - { - Destroy(); - return FALSE; - } - - BITMAP bm = m_bmImage.GetBitmapData(); - int cxImage = bm.bmWidth; - int cyImage = bm.bmHeight; - - if (!IsWindow()) - { - Create(); - CRect rc = pDockTarget->GetWindowRect(); - int xMid = rc.left + (rc.Width() - cxImage)/2; - SetWindowPos(HWND_TOPMOST, xMid, rc.top + 10, cxImage, cyImage, SWP_NOACTIVATE|SWP_SHOWWINDOW); - } - - CRect rcTop(0, 0, cxImage, cyImage); - ScreenToClient(pt); - - // Test if our cursor is in one of the docking zones - if ((rcTop.PtInRect(pt)) && !(pDockTarget->GetDockStyle() & DS_NO_DOCKCHILD_TOP)) - { - pDockDrag->m_BlockMove = TRUE; - pDockTarget->GetDockHint().DisplayHint(pDockTarget, pDockDrag, DS_DOCKED_TOPMOST); - pDockDrag->m_dwDockZone = DS_DOCKED_TOPMOST; - return TRUE; - } - - return FALSE; - } - - - //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - // Definitions for the CTargetRight class nested within CDocker - // - inline BOOL CDocker::CTargetRight::CheckTarget(LPDRAGPOS pDragPos) - { - CDocker* pDockDrag = (CDocker*)FromHandle(pDragPos->hdr.hwndFrom); - if (NULL == pDockDrag) return FALSE; - - CPoint pt = pDragPos->ptPos; - CDocker* pDockTarget = pDockDrag->GetDockFromPoint(pt)->GetTopmostDocker(); - if (pDockTarget != pDockDrag->GetDockAncestor()) - { - Destroy(); - return FALSE; - } - - BITMAP bm = m_bmImage.GetBitmapData(); - int cxImage = bm.bmWidth; - int cyImage = bm.bmHeight; - - if (!IsWindow()) - { - Create(); - CRect rc = pDockTarget->GetWindowRect(); - int yMid = rc.top + (rc.Height() - cyImage)/2; - SetWindowPos(HWND_TOPMOST, rc.right - 10 - cxImage, yMid, cxImage, cyImage, SWP_NOACTIVATE|SWP_SHOWWINDOW); - } - - CRect rcRight(0, 0, cxImage, cyImage); - ScreenToClient(pt); - - // Test if our cursor is in one of the docking zones - if ((rcRight.PtInRect(pt)) && !(pDockTarget->GetDockStyle() & DS_NO_DOCKCHILD_RIGHT)) - { - pDockDrag->m_BlockMove = TRUE; - pDockTarget->GetDockHint().DisplayHint(pDockTarget, pDockDrag, DS_DOCKED_RIGHTMOST); - pDockDrag->m_dwDockZone = DS_DOCKED_RIGHTMOST; - return TRUE; - } - - return FALSE; - } - - - //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - // Definitions for the CTargetBottom class nested within CDocker - // - inline BOOL CDocker::CTargetBottom::CheckTarget(LPDRAGPOS pDragPos) - { - CDocker* pDockDrag = (CDocker*)FromHandle(pDragPos->hdr.hwndFrom); - if (NULL == pDockDrag) return FALSE; - - CPoint pt = pDragPos->ptPos; - CDocker* pDockTarget = pDockDrag->GetDockFromPoint(pt)->GetTopmostDocker(); - if (pDockTarget != pDockDrag->GetDockAncestor()) - { - Destroy(); - return FALSE; - } - - BITMAP bm = m_bmImage.GetBitmapData(); - int cxImage = bm.bmWidth; - int cyImage = bm.bmHeight; - - if (!IsWindow()) - { - Create(); - CRect rc = pDockTarget->GetWindowRect(); - int xMid = rc.left + (rc.Width() - cxImage)/2; - SetWindowPos(HWND_TOPMOST, xMid, rc.bottom - 10 - cyImage, cxImage, cyImage, SWP_NOACTIVATE|SWP_SHOWWINDOW); - } - CRect rcBottom(0, 0, cxImage, cyImage); - ScreenToClient(pt); - - // Test if our cursor is in one of the docking zones - if ((rcBottom.PtInRect(pt)) && !(pDockTarget->GetDockStyle() & DS_NO_DOCKCHILD_BOTTOM)) - { - pDockDrag->m_BlockMove = TRUE; - pDockTarget->GetDockHint().DisplayHint(pDockTarget, pDockDrag, DS_DOCKED_BOTTOMMOST); - pDockDrag->m_dwDockZone = DS_DOCKED_BOTTOMMOST; - return TRUE; - } - - return FALSE; - } - - - ///////////////////////////////////////// - // Definitions for the CDocker class - // - inline CDocker::CDocker() : m_pDockParent(NULL), m_pDockActive(NULL), m_BlockMove(FALSE), m_Undocking(FALSE), - m_bIsClosing(FALSE), m_bIsDragging(FALSE), m_bDragAutoResize(TRUE), m_DockStartSize(0), m_nDockID(0), - m_nTimerCount(0), m_NCHeight(0), m_dwDockZone(0), m_DockSizeRatio(1.0), m_DockStyle(0), m_hOldFocus(0) - { - // Assume this docker is the DockAncestor for now. - m_pDockAncestor = this; - } - - inline CDocker::~CDocker() - { - GetDockBar().Destroy(); - - std::vector ::iterator iter; - if (GetDockAncestor() == this) - { - // Destroy all dock descendants of this dock ancestor - for (iter = GetAllDockers().begin(); iter < GetAllDockers().end(); ++iter) - { - (*iter)->Destroy(); - } - } - } - - inline CDocker* CDocker::AddDockedChild(CDocker* pDocker, DWORD dwDockStyle, int DockSize, int nDockID /* = 0*/) - // This function creates the docker, and adds it to the docker heirachy as docked - { - // Create the docker window as a child of the frame window. - // This pernamently sets the frame window as the docker window's owner, - // even when its parent is subsequently changed. - - assert(pDocker); - - // Store the Docker's pointer in the DockAncestor's vector for later deletion - GetDockAncestor()->m_vAllDockers.push_back(DockPtr(pDocker)); - - pDocker->SetDockStyle(dwDockStyle); - pDocker->m_nDockID = nDockID; - pDocker->m_pDockAncestor = GetDockAncestor(); - pDocker->m_pDockParent = this; - pDocker->SetDockSize(DockSize); - CWnd* pFrame = GetDockAncestor()->GetAncestor(); - pDocker->Create(pFrame); - pDocker->SetParent(this); - - // Dock the docker window - if (dwDockStyle & DS_DOCKED_CONTAINER) - DockInContainer(pDocker, dwDockStyle); - else - Dock(pDocker, dwDockStyle); - - // Issue TRACE warnings for any missing resources - HMODULE hMod= GetApp()->GetResourceHandle(); - - if (!(dwDockStyle & DS_NO_RESIZE)) - { - if (!FindResource(hMod, MAKEINTRESOURCE(IDW_SPLITH), RT_GROUP_CURSOR)) - TRACE(_T("**WARNING** Horizontal cursor resource missing\n")); - if (!FindResource(hMod, MAKEINTRESOURCE(IDW_SPLITV), RT_GROUP_CURSOR)) - TRACE(_T("**WARNING** Vertical cursor resource missing\n")); - } - - if (!(dwDockStyle & DS_NO_UNDOCK)) - { - if (!FindResource(hMod, MAKEINTRESOURCE(IDW_SDCENTER), RT_BITMAP)) - TRACE(_T("**WARNING** Docking center bitmap resource missing\n")); - if (!FindResource(hMod, MAKEINTRESOURCE(IDW_SDLEFT), RT_BITMAP)) - TRACE(_T("**WARNING** Docking left bitmap resource missing\n")); - if (!FindResource(hMod, MAKEINTRESOURCE(IDW_SDRIGHT), RT_BITMAP)) - TRACE(_T("**WARNING** Docking right bitmap resource missing\n")); - if (!FindResource(hMod, MAKEINTRESOURCE(IDW_SDTOP), RT_BITMAP)) - TRACE(_T("**WARNING** Docking top bitmap resource missing\n")); - if (!FindResource(hMod, MAKEINTRESOURCE(IDW_SDBOTTOM), RT_BITMAP)) - TRACE(_T("**WARNING** Docking center bottom resource missing\n")); - } - - if (dwDockStyle & DS_DOCKED_CONTAINER) - { - if (!FindResource(hMod, MAKEINTRESOURCE(IDW_SDMIDDLE), RT_BITMAP)) - TRACE(_T("**WARNING** Docking container bitmap resource missing\n")); - } - - return pDocker; - } - - inline CDocker* CDocker::AddUndockedChild(CDocker* pDocker, DWORD dwDockStyle, int DockSize, RECT rc, int nDockID /* = 0*/) - // This function creates the docker, and adds it to the docker heirachy as undocked - { - assert(pDocker); - - // Store the Docker's pointer in the DockAncestor's vector for later deletion - GetDockAncestor()->m_vAllDockers.push_back(DockPtr(pDocker)); - - pDocker->SetDockSize(DockSize); - pDocker->SetDockStyle(dwDockStyle & 0XFFFFFF0); - pDocker->m_nDockID = nDockID; - pDocker->m_pDockAncestor = GetDockAncestor(); - - // Initially create the as a child window of the frame - // This makes the frame window the owner of our docker - CWnd* pFrame = GetDockAncestor()->GetAncestor(); - pDocker->Create(pFrame); - pDocker->SetParent(this); - - // Change the Docker to a POPUP window - DWORD dwStyle = WS_POPUP| WS_CAPTION | WS_SYSMENU | WS_THICKFRAME | WS_VISIBLE; - pDocker->SetWindowLongPtr(GWL_STYLE, dwStyle); - pDocker->SetRedraw(FALSE); - pDocker->SetParent(0); - pDocker->SetWindowPos(HWND_TOP, rc, SWP_SHOWWINDOW|SWP_FRAMECHANGED); - pDocker->SetRedraw(TRUE); - pDocker->RedrawWindow(0, 0, RDW_INVALIDATE|RDW_UPDATENOW|RDW_ERASE|RDW_ALLCHILDREN); - pDocker->SetWindowText(pDocker->GetCaption().c_str()); - - return pDocker; - } - - inline void CDocker::CheckAllTargets(LPDRAGPOS pDragPos) - // Calls CheckTarget for each possible target zone - { - if (!GetDockAncestor()->m_TargetCentre.CheckTarget(pDragPos)) - { - if (!GetDockAncestor()->m_TargetLeft.CheckTarget(pDragPos)) - { - if(!GetDockAncestor()->m_TargetTop.CheckTarget(pDragPos)) - { - if(!GetDockAncestor()->m_TargetRight.CheckTarget(pDragPos)) - { - if(!GetDockAncestor()->m_TargetBottom.CheckTarget(pDragPos)) - { - // Not in a docking zone, so clean up - NMHDR nmhdr = pDragPos->hdr; - CDocker* pDockDrag = (CDocker*)FromHandle(nmhdr.hwndFrom); - if (pDockDrag) - { - if (pDockDrag->m_BlockMove) - pDockDrag->RedrawWindow(0, 0, RDW_FRAME|RDW_INVALIDATE); - - GetDockHint().Destroy(); - pDockDrag->m_dwDockZone = 0; - pDockDrag->m_BlockMove = FALSE; - } - } - } - } - } - } - } - - inline BOOL CDocker::VerifyDockers() - // A diagnostic routine which verifies the integrity of the docking layout - { - BOOL bResult = TRUE; - - // Check dock ancestor - std::vector::iterator iter; - - for (iter = GetAllDockers().begin(); iter != GetAllDockers().end(); ++iter) - { - if (GetDockAncestor() != (*iter)->m_pDockAncestor) - { - TRACE(_T("Invalid Dock Ancestor\n")); - bResult = FALSE; - } - } - - // Check presence of dock parent - for (iter = GetAllDockers().begin(); iter != GetAllDockers().end(); ++iter) - { - if ((*iter)->IsUndocked() && (*iter)->m_pDockParent != 0) - { - TRACE(_T("Error: Undocked dockers should not have a dock parent\n")); - bResult = FALSE; - } - - if ((*iter)->IsDocked() && (*iter)->m_pDockParent == 0) - { - TRACE(_T("Error: Docked dockers should have a dock parent\n")); - bResult = FALSE; - } - } - - // Check dock parent/child relationship - for (iter = GetAllDockers().begin(); iter != GetAllDockers().end(); ++iter) - { - std::vector::iterator iterChild; - for (iterChild = (*iter)->GetDockChildren().begin(); iterChild != (*iter)->GetDockChildren().end(); ++iterChild) - { - if ((*iterChild)->m_pDockParent != (*iter).get()) - { - TRACE(_T("Error: Docking parent/Child information mismatch\n")); - bResult = FALSE; - } - if ((*iterChild)->GetParent() != (*iter).get()) - { - TRACE(_T("Error: Incorrect windows child parent relationship\n")); - bResult = FALSE; - } - } - } - - // Check dock parent chain - for (iter = GetAllDockers().begin(); iter != GetAllDockers().end(); ++iter) - { - CDocker* pDockTopLevel = (*iter)->GetTopmostDocker(); - if (pDockTopLevel->IsDocked()) - TRACE(_T("Error: Top level parent should be undocked\n")); - } - - return bResult; - } - - inline void CDocker::Close() - { - // Destroy the docker - Hide(); - Destroy(); - } - - inline void CDocker::CloseAllDockers() - { - assert(this == GetDockAncestor()); // Must call CloseAllDockers from the DockAncestor - - std::vector ::iterator v; - - SetRedraw(FALSE); - std::vector AllDockers = GetAllDockers(); - for (v = AllDockers.begin(); v != AllDockers.end(); ++v) - { - // The CDocker is destroyed when the window is destroyed - (*v)->m_bIsClosing = TRUE; - (*v)->Destroy(); // Destroy the window - } - - GetDockChildren().clear(); - SetRedraw(TRUE); - RecalcDockLayout(); - } - - inline void CDocker::CloseAllTargets() - { - GetDockAncestor()->m_TargetCentre.Destroy(); - GetDockAncestor()->m_TargetLeft.Destroy(); - GetDockAncestor()->m_TargetTop.Destroy(); - GetDockAncestor()->m_TargetRight.Destroy(); - GetDockAncestor()->m_TargetBottom.Destroy(); - } - - inline void CDocker::Dock(CDocker* pDocker, UINT DockStyle) - // Docks the specified docker inside this docker - { - assert(pDocker); - - pDocker->m_pDockParent = this; - pDocker->m_BlockMove = FALSE; - pDocker->SetDockStyle(DockStyle); - m_vDockChildren.push_back(pDocker); - pDocker->ConvertToChild(m_hWnd); - - // Limit the docked size to half the parent's size if it won't fit inside parent - if (((DockStyle & 0xF) == DS_DOCKED_LEFT) || ((DockStyle &0xF) == DS_DOCKED_RIGHT)) - { - int Width = GetDockClient().GetWindowRect().Width(); - int BarWidth = pDocker->GetBarWidth(); - if (pDocker->m_DockStartSize >= (Width - BarWidth)) - pDocker->SetDockSize(MAX(Width/2 - BarWidth, BarWidth)); - - pDocker->m_DockSizeRatio = ((double)pDocker->m_DockStartSize) / (double)GetWindowRect().Width(); - } - else - { - int Height = GetDockClient().GetWindowRect().Height(); - int BarWidth = pDocker->GetBarWidth(); - if (pDocker->m_DockStartSize >= (Height - BarWidth)) - pDocker->SetDockSize(MAX(Height/2 - BarWidth, BarWidth)); - - pDocker->m_DockSizeRatio = ((double)pDocker->m_DockStartSize) / (double)GetWindowRect().Height(); - } - - // Redraw the docked windows - GetAncestor()->SetForegroundWindow(); - GetTopmostDocker()->m_hOldFocus = pDocker->GetView()->GetHwnd(); - pDocker->GetView()->SetFocus(); - - GetTopmostDocker()->SetRedraw(FALSE); - RecalcDockLayout(); - GetTopmostDocker()->SetRedraw(TRUE); - GetTopmostDocker()->RedrawWindow(); - } - - inline void CDocker::DockInContainer(CDocker* pDock, DWORD dwDockStyle) - // Add a container to an existing container - { - if ((dwDockStyle & DS_DOCKED_CONTAINER) && (dynamic_cast(pDock->GetView()))) - { - // Transfer any dock children to this docker - pDock->MoveDockChildren(this); - - // Transfer container children to the target container - CDockContainer* pContainer = (CDockContainer*)GetView(); - CDockContainer* pContainerSource = (CDockContainer*)pDock->GetView(); - - if (pContainerSource->GetAllContainers().size() > 1) - { - // The container we're about to add has children, so transfer those first - std::vector::reverse_iterator riter; - std::vector AllContainers = pContainerSource->GetAllContainers(); - for ( riter = AllContainers.rbegin() ; riter < AllContainers.rend() -1; ++riter ) - { - // Remove child container from pContainerSource - CDockContainer* pContainerChild = (*riter).pContainer; - pContainerChild->ShowWindow(SW_HIDE); - pContainerSource->RemoveContainer(pContainerChild); - - // Add child container to this container - pContainer->AddContainer(pContainerChild); - - CDocker* pDockChild = GetDockFromView(pContainerChild); - pDockChild->SetParent(this); - pDockChild->m_pDockParent = this; - } - } - - pContainer->AddContainer((CDockContainer*)pDock->GetView()); - pDock->m_pDockParent = this; - pDock->m_BlockMove = FALSE; - pDock->ShowWindow(SW_HIDE); - pDock->SetWindowLongPtr(GWL_STYLE, WS_CHILD); - pDock->SetDockStyle(dwDockStyle); - pDock->SetParent(this); - } - } - - inline void CDocker::DockOuter(CDocker* pDocker, DWORD dwDockStyle) - // Docks the specified docker inside the dock ancestor - { - assert(pDocker); - - pDocker->m_pDockParent = GetDockAncestor(); - - DWORD OuterDocking = dwDockStyle & 0xF0000; - DWORD DockSide = OuterDocking / 0x10000; - dwDockStyle &= 0xFFF0FFFF; - dwDockStyle |= DockSide; - - // Set the dock styles - DWORD dwStyle = WS_CHILD | WS_VISIBLE; - pDocker->m_BlockMove = FALSE; - pDocker->SetWindowLongPtr(GWL_STYLE, dwStyle); - pDocker->ShowWindow(SW_HIDE); - pDocker->SetDockStyle(dwDockStyle); - - // Set the docking relationships - std::vector::iterator iter = GetDockAncestor()->m_vDockChildren.begin(); - GetDockAncestor()->m_vDockChildren.insert(iter, pDocker); - pDocker->SetParent(GetDockAncestor()); - pDocker->GetDockBar().SetParent(GetDockAncestor()); - - // Limit the docked size to half the parent's size if it won't fit inside parent - if (((dwDockStyle & 0xF) == DS_DOCKED_LEFT) || ((dwDockStyle &0xF) == DS_DOCKED_RIGHT)) - { - int Width = GetDockAncestor()->GetDockClient().GetWindowRect().Width(); - int BarWidth = pDocker->GetBarWidth(); - if (pDocker->m_DockStartSize >= (Width - BarWidth)) - pDocker->SetDockSize(MAX(Width/2 - BarWidth, BarWidth)); - - pDocker->m_DockSizeRatio = ((double)pDocker->m_DockStartSize) / (double)GetDockAncestor()->GetWindowRect().Width(); - } - else - { - int Height = GetDockAncestor()->GetDockClient().GetWindowRect().Height(); - int BarWidth = pDocker->GetBarWidth(); - if (pDocker->m_DockStartSize >= (Height - BarWidth)) - pDocker->SetDockSize(MAX(Height/2 - BarWidth, BarWidth)); - - pDocker->m_DockSizeRatio = ((double)pDocker->m_DockStartSize) / (double)GetDockAncestor()->GetWindowRect().Height(); - } - - // Redraw the docked windows - GetAncestor()->SetFocus(); - pDocker->GetView()->SetFocus(); - RecalcDockLayout(); - } - - inline void CDocker::DrawAllCaptions() - { - std::vector::iterator iter; - for (iter = GetAllDockers().begin(); iter != GetAllDockers().end(); iter++) - { - if ((*iter)->IsDocked()) - (*iter)->GetDockClient().DrawCaption((WPARAM)1); - } - } - - inline void CDocker::DrawHashBar(HWND hBar, POINT Pos) - // Draws a hashed bar while the splitter bar is being dragged - { - CDocker* pDock = ((CDockBar*)FromHandle(hBar))->GetDock(); - if (NULL == pDock) return; - - BOOL bVertical = ((pDock->GetDockStyle() & 0xF) == DS_DOCKED_LEFT) || ((pDock->GetDockStyle() & 0xF) == DS_DOCKED_RIGHT); - - CClientDC dcBar(this); - - WORD HashPattern[] = {0x55,0xAA,0x55,0xAA,0x55,0xAA,0x55,0xAA}; - CBitmap bmHash; - CBrush brDithered; - bmHash.CreateBitmap(8, 8, 1, 1, HashPattern); - brDithered.CreatePatternBrush(&bmHash); - dcBar.SelectObject(&brDithered); - - CRect rc = FromHandle(hBar)->GetWindowRect(); - ScreenToClient(rc); - int cx = rc.Width(); - int cy = rc.Height(); - int BarWidth = pDock->GetDockBar().GetWidth(); - - if (bVertical) - dcBar.PatBlt(Pos.x - BarWidth/2, rc.top, BarWidth, cy, PATINVERT); - else - dcBar.PatBlt(rc.left, Pos.y - BarWidth/2, cx, BarWidth, PATINVERT); - } - - inline CDockContainer* CDocker::GetContainer() const - { - CDockContainer* pContainer = NULL; - if (dynamic_cast(GetView())) - pContainer = (CDockContainer*)GetView(); - - return pContainer; - } - - inline CDocker* CDocker::GetActiveDocker() const - // Returns the docker whose child window has focus - { - CWnd* pWnd = GetFocus(); - CDocker* pDock= NULL; - while (pWnd && (pDock == NULL)) - { - if (IsRelated(pWnd)) - pDock = (CDocker*)pWnd; - - pWnd = pWnd->GetParent(); - } - - return pDock; - } - - inline CDocker* CDocker::GetDockAncestor() const - // The GetDockAncestor function retrieves the pointer to the - // ancestor (root docker parent) of the Docker. - { - return m_pDockAncestor; - } - - inline CDocker* CDocker::GetDockFromPoint(POINT pt) const - // Retrieves the Docker whose view window contains the specified point - { - // Step 1: Find the top level Docker the point is over - CDocker* pDockTop = NULL; - CWnd* pAncestor = GetDockAncestor()->GetAncestor(); - - // Iterate through all top level windows - CWnd* pWnd = GetWindow(GW_HWNDFIRST); - while(pWnd) - { - if (IsRelated(pWnd) || pWnd == pAncestor) - { - CDocker* pDockTest; - if (pWnd == pAncestor) - pDockTest = GetDockAncestor(); - else - pDockTest = (CDocker*)pWnd; - - CRect rc = pDockTest->GetClientRect(); - pDockTest->ClientToScreen(rc); - if ((this != pDockTest) && rc.PtInRect(pt)) - { - pDockTop = pDockTest; - break; - } - } - - pWnd = pWnd->GetWindow(GW_HWNDNEXT); - } - - // Step 2: Find the docker child whose view window has the point - CDocker* pDockTarget = NULL; - if (pDockTop) - { - CDocker* pDockParent = pDockTop; - CDocker* pDockTest = pDockParent; - - while (IsRelated(pDockTest)) - { - pDockParent = pDockTest; - CPoint ptLocal = pt; - pDockParent->ScreenToClient(ptLocal); - pDockTest = (CDocker*)pDockParent->ChildWindowFromPoint(ptLocal); - assert (pDockTest != pDockParent); - } - - CRect rc = pDockParent->GetDockClient().GetWindowRect(); - if (rc.PtInRect(pt)) pDockTarget = pDockParent; - } - - return pDockTarget; - } - - inline CDocker* CDocker::GetDockFromID(int n_DockID) const - { - std::vector ::iterator v; - - if (GetDockAncestor()) - { - for (v = GetDockAncestor()->m_vAllDockers.begin(); v != GetDockAncestor()->m_vAllDockers.end(); v++) - { - if (n_DockID == (*v)->GetDockID()) - return (*v).get(); - } - } - - return 0; - } - - inline CDocker* CDocker::GetDockFromView(CWnd* pView) const - { - CDocker* pDock = 0; - std::vector::iterator iter; - std::vector AllDockers = GetAllDockers(); - for (iter = AllDockers.begin(); iter != AllDockers.end(); ++iter) - { - if ((*iter)->GetView() == pView) - pDock = (*iter).get(); - } - - return pDock; - } - - inline int CDocker::GetDockSize() const - { - // Returns the size of the docker to be used if it is redocked - // Note: This function returns 0 if the docker has the DS_DOCKED_CONTAINER style - - CRect rcParent; - if (GetDockParent()) - rcParent = GetDockParent()->GetWindowRect(); - else - rcParent = GetDockAncestor()->GetWindowRect(); - - double DockSize = 0; - if ((GetDockStyle() & DS_DOCKED_LEFT) || (GetDockStyle() & DS_DOCKED_RIGHT)) - DockSize = (double)(rcParent.Width()*m_DockSizeRatio); - else if ((GetDockStyle() & DS_DOCKED_TOP) || (GetDockStyle() & DS_DOCKED_BOTTOM)) - DockSize = (double)(rcParent.Height()*m_DockSizeRatio); - else if ((GetDockStyle() & DS_DOCKED_CONTAINER)) - DockSize = 0; - - return (int)DockSize; - } - - inline CDocker* CDocker::GetTopmostDocker() const - // Returns the docker's parent at the top of the Z order. - // Could be the dock ancestor or an undocked docker. - { - CDocker* pDockTopLevel = (CDocker* const)this; - - while(pDockTopLevel->GetDockParent()) - { - assert (pDockTopLevel != pDockTopLevel->GetDockParent()); - pDockTopLevel = pDockTopLevel->GetDockParent(); - } - - return pDockTopLevel; - } - - inline CTabbedMDI* CDocker::GetTabbedMDI() const - { - CTabbedMDI* pTabbedMDI = NULL; - if (dynamic_cast(GetView())) - pTabbedMDI = (CTabbedMDI*)GetView(); - - return pTabbedMDI; - } - - inline int CDocker::GetTextHeight() - { - NONCLIENTMETRICS nm = {0}; - nm.cbSize = GetSizeofNonClientMetrics(); - SystemParametersInfo (SPI_GETNONCLIENTMETRICS, 0, &nm, 0); - LOGFONT lf = nm.lfStatusFont; - - CClientDC dc(this); - dc.CreateFontIndirect(&lf); - CSize szText = dc.GetTextExtentPoint32(_T("Text"), lstrlen(_T("Text"))); - return szText.cy; - } - - inline void CDocker::Hide() - { - // Undocks a docker (if needed) and hides it. - // Do unhide the docker, dock it. - - if (IsDocked()) - { - if (dynamic_cast(GetView())) - { - CDockContainer* pContainer = GetContainer(); - CDocker* pDock = GetDockFromView(pContainer->GetContainerParent()); - pDock->UndockContainer(pContainer, GetCursorPos(), FALSE); - } - else - { - CDocker* pDockUndockedFrom = SeparateFromDock(); - pDockUndockedFrom->RecalcDockLayout(); - } - } - - ShowWindow(SW_HIDE); - } - - inline BOOL CDocker::IsChildOfDocker(CWnd* pWnd) const - // returns true if the specified window is a child of this docker - { - while ((pWnd != NULL) && (pWnd != GetDockAncestor())) - { - if (pWnd == (CWnd*)this) return TRUE; - if (IsRelated(pWnd)) break; - pWnd = pWnd->GetParent(); - } - - return FALSE; - } - - inline BOOL CDocker::IsDocked() const - { - return (((m_DockStyle&0xF) || (m_DockStyle & DS_DOCKED_CONTAINER)) && !m_Undocking); // Boolean expression - } - - inline BOOL CDocker::IsDragAutoResize() - { - return m_bDragAutoResize; - } - - inline BOOL CDocker::IsRelated(CWnd* pWnd) const - // Returns TRUE if the hWnd is a docker within this dock family - { - if (GetDockAncestor() == pWnd) return TRUE; - - std::vector::iterator iter; - for (iter = GetAllDockers().begin(); iter < GetAllDockers().end(); ++iter) - { - if ((*iter).get() == pWnd) return TRUE; - } - - return FALSE; - } - - inline BOOL CDocker::IsUndocked() const - { - return (!((m_DockStyle&0xF)|| (m_DockStyle & DS_DOCKED_CONTAINER)) && !m_Undocking); // Boolean expression - } - - inline BOOL CDocker::LoadRegistrySettings(tString tsRegistryKeyName) - // Recreates the docker layout based on information stored in the registry. - // Assumes the DockAncestor window is already created. - { - BOOL bResult = FALSE; - - if (0 != tsRegistryKeyName.size()) - { - std::vector vDockList; - std::vector vActiveContainers; - tString tsKey = _T("Software\\") + tsRegistryKeyName + _T("\\Dock Windows"); - HKEY hKey = 0; - RegOpenKeyEx(HKEY_CURRENT_USER, tsKey.c_str(), 0, KEY_READ, &hKey); - if (hKey) - { - DWORD dwType = REG_BINARY; - DWORD BufferSize = sizeof(DockInfo); - DockInfo di; - int i = 0; - TCHAR szNumber[20]; - tString tsSubKey = _T("DockChild"); - tsSubKey += _itot(i, szNumber, 10); - - // Fill the DockList vector from the registry - while (0 == RegQueryValueEx(hKey, tsSubKey.c_str(), NULL, &dwType, (LPBYTE)&di, &BufferSize)) - { - vDockList.push_back(di); - i++; - tsSubKey = _T("DockChild"); - tsSubKey += _itot(i, szNumber, 10); - } - - dwType = REG_DWORD; - BufferSize = sizeof(int); - int nID; - i = 0; - tsSubKey = _T("ActiveContainer"); - tsSubKey += _itot(i, szNumber, 10); - // Fill the DockList vector from the registry - while (0 == RegQueryValueEx(hKey, tsSubKey.c_str(), NULL, &dwType, (LPBYTE)&nID, &BufferSize)) - { - vActiveContainers.push_back(nID); - i++; - tsSubKey = _T("ActiveContainer"); - tsSubKey += _itot(i, szNumber, 10); - } - - RegCloseKey(hKey); - if (vDockList.size() > 0) bResult = TRUE; - } - - // Add dockers without parents first - std::vector::iterator iter; - for (iter = vDockList.begin(); iter < vDockList.end() ; ++iter) - { - DockInfo di = (*iter); - if (di.DockParentID == 0) - { - CDocker* pDocker = NewDockerFromID(di.DockID); - if (pDocker) - { - if (di.DockStyle & 0xF) - AddDockedChild(pDocker, di.DockStyle, di.DockSize, di.DockID); - else - AddUndockedChild(pDocker, di.DockStyle, di.DockSize, di.Rect, di.DockID); - } - else - { - TRACE(_T("Failed to add dockers without parents from registry")); - bResult = FALSE; - } - } - } - - // Remove dockers without parents from vDockList - for (UINT n = (UINT)vDockList.size(); n > 0; --n) - { - iter = vDockList.begin() + n-1; - if ((*iter).DockParentID == 0) - vDockList.erase(iter); - } - - // Add remaining dockers - while (vDockList.size() > 0) - { - bool bFound = false; - std::vector::iterator iter; - for (iter = vDockList.begin(); iter < vDockList.end(); ++iter) - { - DockInfo di = *iter; - CDocker* pDockParent = GetDockFromID(di.DockParentID); - - if (pDockParent != 0) - { - CDocker* pDock = NewDockerFromID(di.DockID); - if(pDock) - { - pDockParent->AddDockedChild(pDock, di.DockStyle, di.DockSize, di.DockID); - bFound = true; - } - else - { - TRACE(_T("Failed to add dockers with parents from registry")); - bResult = FALSE; - } - - vDockList.erase(iter); - break; - } - } - - if (!bFound) - { - TRACE(_T("Orphaned dockers stored in registry ")); - bResult = FALSE; - break; - } - } - - std::vector::iterator iterID; - for (iterID = vActiveContainers.begin(); iterID < vActiveContainers.end(); ++iterID) - { - CDocker* pDocker = GetDockFromID(*iterID); - if (pDocker) - { - CDockContainer* pContainer = pDocker->GetContainer(); - if (pContainer) - { - int nPage = pContainer->GetContainerIndex(pContainer); - if (nPage >= 0) - pContainer->SelectPage(nPage); - } - } - } - } - - if (!bResult) CloseAllDockers(); - return bResult; - } - - inline void CDocker::MoveDockChildren(CDocker* pDockTarget) - // Used internally by Dock and Undock - { - assert(pDockTarget); - - // Transfer any dock children from the current docker to the target docker - std::vector::iterator iter; - for (iter = GetDockChildren().begin(); iter < GetDockChildren().end(); ++iter) - { - pDockTarget->GetDockChildren().push_back(*iter); - (*iter)->m_pDockParent = pDockTarget; - (*iter)->SetParent(pDockTarget); - (*iter)->GetDockBar().SetParent(pDockTarget); - } - GetDockChildren().clear(); - } - - inline CDocker* CDocker::NewDockerFromID(int nID) - // Used in LoadRegistrySettings. Creates a new Docker from the specified ID - { - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(nID); - - // Override this function to create the Docker objects as shown below - - CDocker* pDock = NULL; - /* switch(nID) - { - case ID_CLASSES: - pDock = new CDockClasses; - break; - case ID_FILES: - pDock = new CDockFiles; - break; - default: - TRACE(_T("Unknown Dock ID\n")); - break; - } */ - - return pDock; - } - - inline void CDocker::OnActivate(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) - { - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(lParam); - - // Only top level undocked dockers get this message - if (LOWORD(wParam) == WA_INACTIVE) - { - GetTopmostDocker()->m_hOldFocus = ::GetFocus(); - - // Send a notification of focus lost - int idCtrl = ::GetDlgCtrlID(m_hOldFocus); - NMHDR nhdr={0}; - nhdr.hwndFrom = m_hOldFocus; - nhdr.idFrom = idCtrl; - nhdr.code = UWM_FRAMELOSTFOCUS; - SendMessage(WM_NOTIFY, (WPARAM)idCtrl, (LPARAM)&nhdr); - } - } - - inline void CDocker::OnCaptionTimer(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) - { - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(lParam); - - if (this == GetDockAncestor()) - { - if (wParam == 1) - { - DrawAllCaptions(); - m_nTimerCount++; - if (m_nTimerCount == 10) - { - KillTimer(wParam); - m_nTimerCount = 0; - } - } - } - } - - inline void CDocker::OnCreate() - { - -#if defined(WINVER) && defined (WS_EX_LAYOUTRTL) && (WINVER >= 0x0500) - if (GetParent()->GetWindowLongPtr(GWL_EXSTYLE) & WS_EX_LAYOUTRTL) - { - DWORD dwExStyle = GetWindowLongPtr(GWL_EXSTYLE); - SetWindowLongPtr(GWL_EXSTYLE, dwExStyle | WS_EX_LAYOUTRTL); - } -#endif - - // Create the various child windows - GetDockClient().SetDock(this); - GetDockClient().Create(this); - - assert(GetView()); // Use SetView in CMainFrame's constructor to set the view window - GetView()->Create(&GetDockClient()); - - // Create the slider bar belonging to this docker - GetDockBar().SetDock(this); - if (GetDockAncestor() != this) - GetDockBar().Create(GetParent()); - - // Now remove the WS_POPUP style. It was required to allow this window - // to be owned by the frame window. - SetWindowLongPtr(GWL_STYLE, WS_CHILD); - SetParent(GetParent()); // Reinstate the window's parent - - // Set the default colour for the splitter bar - COLORREF rgbColour = GetSysColor(COLOR_BTNFACE); - CWnd* pFrame = GetDockAncestor()->GetAncestor(); - ReBarTheme* pTheme = (ReBarTheme*)pFrame->SendMessage(UWM_GETREBARTHEME, 0, 0); - - if (pTheme && pTheme->UseThemes && pTheme->clrBkgnd2 != 0) - rgbColour =pTheme->clrBkgnd2; - - SetBarColor(rgbColour); - - // Set the caption height based on text height - m_NCHeight = MAX(20, GetTextHeight() + 5); - } - - inline void CDocker::OnDestroy(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) - { - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(wParam); - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(lParam); - - // Destroy any dock children first - std::vector::iterator iter; - for (iter = GetDockChildren().begin(); iter < GetDockChildren().end(); ++iter) - { - (*iter)->Destroy(); - } - - if (dynamic_cast(GetView()) && IsUndocked()) - { - CDockContainer* pContainer = (CDockContainer*)GetView(); - if (pContainer->GetAllContainers().size() > 1) - { - // This container has children, so destroy them now - std::vector AllContainers = pContainer->GetAllContainers(); - std::vector::iterator iter; - for (iter = AllContainers.begin(); iter < AllContainers.end(); ++iter) - { - if ((*iter).pContainer != pContainer) - { - // Reset container parent before destroying the dock window - CDocker* pDock = GetDockFromView((*iter).pContainer); - if (pContainer->IsWindow()) - pContainer->SetParent(&pDock->GetDockClient()); - - pDock->Destroy(); - } - } - } - } - - GetDockBar().Destroy(); - - // Post a destroy docker message - if ( GetDockAncestor()->IsWindow() ) - GetDockAncestor()->PostMessage(UWM_DOCK_DESTROYED, (WPARAM)this, 0L); - } - - inline void CDocker::OnDockDestroyed(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) - { - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(lParam); - - CDocker* pDock = (CDocker*)wParam; - - assert( this == GetDockAncestor() ); - std::vector::iterator iter; - for (iter = GetAllDockers().begin(); iter < GetAllDockers().end(); ++iter) - { - if ((*iter).get() == pDock) - { - GetAllDockers().erase(iter); - break; - } - } - } - - inline void CDocker::OnExitSizeMove(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) - { - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(wParam); - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(lParam); - - m_BlockMove = FALSE; - m_bIsDragging = FALSE; - SendNotify(UWM_DOCK_END); - } - - inline LRESULT CDocker::OnNotify(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) - { - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(wParam); - LPDRAGPOS pdp = (LPDRAGPOS)lParam; - - switch (((LPNMHDR)lParam)->code) - { - case UWM_DOCK_START: - { - if (IsDocked()) - { - Undock(GetCursorPos()); - SendMessage(WM_NCLBUTTONDOWN, HTCAPTION, MAKELPARAM(pdp->ptPos.x, pdp->ptPos.y)); - } - } - break; - - case UWM_DOCK_MOVE: - { - CheckAllTargets((LPDRAGPOS)lParam); - } - break; - - case UWM_DOCK_END: - { - CDocker* pDock = (CDocker*)FromHandle(pdp->hdr.hwndFrom); - if (NULL == pDock) break; - - UINT DockZone = pdp->DockZone; - CRect rc = pDock->GetWindowRect(); - - switch(DockZone) - { - case DS_DOCKED_LEFT: - case DS_DOCKED_RIGHT: - pDock->SetDockSize(rc.Width()); - Dock(pDock, pDock->GetDockStyle() | DockZone); - break; - case DS_DOCKED_TOP: - case DS_DOCKED_BOTTOM: - pDock->SetDockSize(rc.Height()); - Dock(pDock, pDock->GetDockStyle() | DockZone); - break; - case DS_DOCKED_CONTAINER: - { - DockInContainer(pDock, pDock->GetDockStyle() | DockZone); - CDockContainer* pContainer = (CDockContainer*)GetView(); - int nPage = pContainer->GetContainerIndex((CDockContainer*)pDock->GetView()); - pContainer->SelectPage(nPage); - } - break; - case DS_DOCKED_LEFTMOST: - case DS_DOCKED_RIGHTMOST: - pDock->SetDockSize(rc.Width()); - DockOuter(pDock, pDock->GetDockStyle() | DockZone); - break; - case DS_DOCKED_TOPMOST: - case DS_DOCKED_BOTTOMMOST: - pDock->SetDockSize(rc.Height()); - DockOuter(pDock, pDock->GetDockStyle() | DockZone); - break; - } - - GetDockHint().Destroy(); - CloseAllTargets(); - } - break; - - case UWM_BAR_START: - { - CPoint pt = pdp->ptPos; - ScreenToClient(pt); - if (!IsDragAutoResize()) - DrawHashBar(pdp->hdr.hwndFrom, pt); - m_OldPoint = pt; - } - break; - - case UWM_BAR_MOVE: - { - CPoint pt = pdp->ptPos; - ScreenToClient(pt); - - if (pt != m_OldPoint) - { - if (IsDragAutoResize()) - ResizeDockers(pdp); - else - { - DrawHashBar(pdp->hdr.hwndFrom, m_OldPoint); - DrawHashBar(pdp->hdr.hwndFrom, pt); - } - - m_OldPoint = pt; - } - } - break; - - case UWM_BAR_END: - { - POINT pt = pdp->ptPos; - ScreenToClient(pt); - - if (!IsDragAutoResize()) - DrawHashBar(pdp->hdr.hwndFrom, pt); - - ResizeDockers(pdp); - } - break; - case NM_SETFOCUS: - if (GetDockAncestor()->IsWindow()) - GetDockAncestor()->PostMessage(UWM_DOCK_ACTIVATED, 0, 0); - break; - case UWM_FRAMEGOTFOCUS: - if (GetDockAncestor()->IsWindow()) - GetDockAncestor()->PostMessage(UWM_DOCK_ACTIVATED, 0, 0); - if (GetView()->IsWindow()) - GetView()->SendMessage(WM_NOTIFY, wParam, lParam); - break; - case UWM_FRAMELOSTFOCUS: - if (GetDockAncestor()->IsWindow()) - GetDockAncestor()->PostMessage(UWM_DOCK_ACTIVATED, 0, 0); - if (GetView()->IsWindow()) - GetView()->SendMessage(WM_NOTIFY, wParam, lParam); - break; - } - return 0L; - } - - inline void CDocker::ResizeDockers(LPDRAGPOS pdp) - // Called when the docker's splitter bar is dragged - { - assert(pdp); - - POINT pt = pdp->ptPos; - ScreenToClient(pt); - - CDocker* pDock = ((CDockBar*)FromHandle(pdp->hdr.hwndFrom))->GetDock(); - if (NULL == pDock) return; - - RECT rcDock = pDock->GetWindowRect(); - ScreenToClient(rcDock); - - double dBarWidth = pDock->GetDockBar().GetWidth(); - int iBarWidth = pDock->GetDockBar().GetWidth(); - int DockSize; - - switch (pDock->GetDockStyle() & 0xF) - { - case DS_DOCKED_LEFT: - DockSize = MAX(pt.x, iBarWidth/2) - rcDock.left - (int)(.5* dBarWidth); - DockSize = MAX(-iBarWidth, DockSize); - pDock->SetDockSize(DockSize); - pDock->m_DockSizeRatio = ((double)pDock->m_DockStartSize)/((double)pDock->m_pDockParent->GetWindowRect().Width()); - break; - case DS_DOCKED_RIGHT: - DockSize = rcDock.right - MAX(pt.x, iBarWidth/2) - (int)(.5* dBarWidth); - DockSize = MAX(-iBarWidth, DockSize); - pDock->SetDockSize(DockSize); - pDock->m_DockSizeRatio = ((double)pDock->m_DockStartSize)/((double)pDock->m_pDockParent->GetWindowRect().Width()); - break; - case DS_DOCKED_TOP: - DockSize = MAX(pt.y, iBarWidth/2) - rcDock.top - (int)(.5* dBarWidth); - DockSize = MAX(-iBarWidth, DockSize); - pDock->SetDockSize(DockSize); - pDock->m_DockSizeRatio = ((double)pDock->m_DockStartSize)/((double)pDock->m_pDockParent->GetWindowRect().Height()); - break; - case DS_DOCKED_BOTTOM: - DockSize = rcDock.bottom - MAX(pt.y, iBarWidth/2) - (int)(.5* dBarWidth); - DockSize = MAX(-iBarWidth, DockSize); - pDock->SetDockSize(DockSize); - pDock->m_DockSizeRatio = ((double)pDock->m_DockStartSize)/((double)pDock->m_pDockParent->GetWindowRect().Height()); - break; - } - - RecalcDockLayout(); - } - - inline void CDocker::OnSetFocus(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) - { - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(wParam); - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(lParam); - - if (IsUndocked() && m_hOldFocus) - ::SetFocus(m_hOldFocus); - else - // Pass focus on the the view window - GetView()->SetFocus(); - - if ((this == GetTopmostDocker()) && (this != GetDockAncestor())) - { - // Send a notification to top level window - int idCtrl = ::GetDlgCtrlID(m_hOldFocus); - NMHDR nhdr={0}; - nhdr.hwndFrom = m_hOldFocus; - nhdr.idFrom = idCtrl; - nhdr.code = NM_SETFOCUS; - SendMessage(WM_NOTIFY, (WPARAM)idCtrl, (LPARAM)&nhdr); - } - } - - inline void CDocker::OnSysColorChange(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) - { - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(wParam); - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(lParam); - - if (this == GetDockAncestor()) - { - COLORREF rgbColour = GetSysColor(COLOR_BTNFACE); - CWnd* pFrame = GetDockAncestor()->GetAncestor(); - ReBarTheme* pTheme = (ReBarTheme*)pFrame->SendMessage(UWM_GETREBARTHEME, 0, 0); - - if (pTheme && pTheme->UseThemes && pTheme->clrBand2 != 0) - rgbColour = pTheme->clrBkgnd2; - else - rgbColour = GetSysColor(COLOR_BTNFACE); - - // Set the splitter bar colour for each docker decendant - std::vector::iterator iter; - for (iter = GetAllDockers().begin(); iter < GetAllDockers().end(); ++iter) - (*iter)->SetBarColor(rgbColour); - - // Set the splitter bar colour for the docker ancestor - SetBarColor(rgbColour); - } - } - - inline LRESULT CDocker::OnSysCommand(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) - { - switch(wParam&0xFFF0) - { - case SC_MOVE: - // An undocked docker is being moved - { - BOOL bResult = FALSE; - m_bIsDragging = TRUE; - SetCursor(LoadCursor(NULL, IDC_ARROW)); - - if (SystemParametersInfo(SPI_GETDRAGFULLWINDOWS, 0, &bResult, 0)) - { - // Turn on DragFullWindows for this move - SystemParametersInfo(SPI_SETDRAGFULLWINDOWS, TRUE, 0, 0); - - // Process this message - DefWindowProc(WM_SYSCOMMAND, wParam, lParam); - - // Return DragFullWindows to its previous state - SystemParametersInfo(SPI_SETDRAGFULLWINDOWS, bResult, 0, 0); - return 0L; - } - } - break; - case SC_CLOSE: - // The close button is pressed on an undocked docker - m_bIsClosing = TRUE; - break; - } - return CWnd::WndProcDefault(WM_SYSCOMMAND, wParam, lParam); - } - - inline LRESULT CDocker::OnWindowPosChanging(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) - { - // Suspend dock drag moving while over dock zone - if (m_BlockMove) - { - LPWINDOWPOS pWndPos = (LPWINDOWPOS)lParam; - pWndPos->flags |= SWP_NOMOVE|SWP_FRAMECHANGED; - return 0; - } - - return CWnd::WndProcDefault(WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGING, wParam, lParam); - } - - inline void CDocker::OnWindowPosChanged(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) - { - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(wParam); - - if (m_bIsDragging) - { - // Send a Move notification to the parent - if ( IsLeftButtonDown() ) - { - LPWINDOWPOS wPos = (LPWINDOWPOS)lParam; - if ((!(wPos->flags & SWP_NOMOVE)) || m_BlockMove) - SendNotify(UWM_DOCK_MOVE); - } - else - { - CloseAllTargets(); - m_BlockMove = FALSE; - } - } - else if (this == GetTopmostDocker()) - { - // Reposition the dock children - if (IsUndocked() && IsWindowVisible() && !m_bIsClosing) RecalcDockLayout(); - } - } - - inline void CDocker::PreCreate(CREATESTRUCT &cs) - { - // Specify the WS_POPUP style to have this window owned - if (this != GetDockAncestor()) - cs.style = WS_POPUP; - - cs.dwExStyle = WS_EX_TOOLWINDOW; - } - - inline void CDocker::PreRegisterClass(WNDCLASS &wc) - { - wc.lpszClassName = _T("Win32++ Docker"); - wc.hCursor = ::LoadCursor(NULL, IDC_ARROW); - } - - inline void CDocker::RecalcDockChildLayout(CRect rc) - { - // This function positions the Docker's dock children, the Dockers client area - // and draws the dockbar bars. - - // Notes: - // 1) This function is called recursively. - // 2) The client area and child dockers are positioned simultaneously with - // DeferWindowPos to avoid drawing errors in complex docker arrangements. - // 3) The docker's client area contains the docker's caption (if any) and the docker's view window. - - // Note: All top level dockers are undocked, including the dock ancestor. - if (IsDocked()) - { - rc.OffsetRect(-rc.left, -rc.top); - } - - HDWP hdwp = BeginDeferWindowPos((int)m_vDockChildren.size() +2); - - // Step 1: Calculate the position of each Docker child, DockBar, and Client window. - // The Client area = the docker rect minus the area of dock children and the dock bar (splitter bar). - for (UINT u = 0; u < m_vDockChildren.size(); ++u) - { - CRect rcChild = rc; - double DockSize = m_vDockChildren[u]->m_DockStartSize;; - - // Calculate the size of the Docker children - switch (m_vDockChildren[u]->GetDockStyle() & 0xF) - { - case DS_DOCKED_LEFT: - if (!(GetDockStyle() & DS_FIXED_RESIZE)) - DockSize = MIN(m_vDockChildren[u]->m_DockSizeRatio*(GetWindowRect().Width()), rcChild.Width()); - rcChild.right = rcChild.left + (int)DockSize; - break; - case DS_DOCKED_RIGHT: - if (!(GetDockStyle() & DS_FIXED_RESIZE)) - DockSize = MIN(m_vDockChildren[u]->m_DockSizeRatio*(GetWindowRect().Width()), rcChild.Width()); - rcChild.left = rcChild.right - (int)DockSize; - break; - case DS_DOCKED_TOP: - if (!(GetDockStyle() & DS_FIXED_RESIZE)) - DockSize = MIN(m_vDockChildren[u]->m_DockSizeRatio*(GetWindowRect().Height()), rcChild.Height()); - rcChild.bottom = rcChild.top + (int)DockSize; - break; - case DS_DOCKED_BOTTOM: - if (!(GetDockStyle() & DS_FIXED_RESIZE)) - DockSize = MIN(m_vDockChildren[u]->m_DockSizeRatio*(GetWindowRect().Height()), rcChild.Height()); - rcChild.top = rcChild.bottom - (int)DockSize; - break; - } - - if (m_vDockChildren[u]->IsDocked()) - { - // Position this docker's children - hdwp = m_vDockChildren[u]->DeferWindowPos(hdwp, NULL, rcChild, SWP_SHOWWINDOW|SWP_FRAMECHANGED); - m_vDockChildren[u]->m_rcChild = rcChild; - - rc.SubtractRect(rc, rcChild); - - // Calculate the dimensions of the splitter bar - CRect rcBar = rc; - DWORD DockSide = m_vDockChildren[u]->GetDockStyle() & 0xF; - - if (DS_DOCKED_LEFT == DockSide) rcBar.right = rcBar.left + m_vDockChildren[u]->GetBarWidth(); - if (DS_DOCKED_RIGHT == DockSide) rcBar.left = rcBar.right - m_vDockChildren[u]->GetBarWidth(); - if (DS_DOCKED_TOP == DockSide) rcBar.bottom = rcBar.top + m_vDockChildren[u]->GetBarWidth(); - if (DS_DOCKED_BOTTOM == DockSide) rcBar.top = rcBar.bottom - m_vDockChildren[u]->GetBarWidth(); - - // Save the splitter bar position. We will reposition it later. - m_vDockChildren[u]->m_rcBar = rcBar; - rc.SubtractRect(rc, rcBar); - } - } - - // Step 2: Position the Dock client and dock bar - hdwp = GetDockClient().DeferWindowPos(hdwp, NULL, rc, SWP_SHOWWINDOW |SWP_FRAMECHANGED); - EndDeferWindowPos(hdwp); - - // Position the dockbar. Only docked dockers have a dock bar. - if (IsDocked()) - { - // The SWP_NOCOPYBITS forces a redraw of the dock bar. - GetDockBar().SetWindowPos(NULL, m_rcBar, SWP_SHOWWINDOW|SWP_FRAMECHANGED|SWP_NOCOPYBITS ); - } - - // Step 3: Now recurse through the docker's children. They might have children of their own. - for (UINT v = 0; v < m_vDockChildren.size(); ++v) - { - m_vDockChildren[v]->RecalcDockChildLayout(m_vDockChildren[v]->m_rcChild); - } - } - - inline void CDocker::RecalcDockLayout() - // Repositions the dock children of a top level docker - { - if (GetDockAncestor()->IsWindow()) - { - CRect rc = GetTopmostDocker()->GetClientRect(); - GetTopmostDocker()->RecalcDockChildLayout(rc); - GetTopmostDocker()->UpdateWindow(); - } - } - - inline std::vector CDocker::SortDockers() - // Returns a vector of sorted dockers, used by SaveRegistrySettings. - { - std::vector vSorted; - std::vector::iterator itSort; - std::vector::iterator itAll; - - // Add undocked top level dockers - for (itAll = GetAllDockers().begin(); itAll < GetAllDockers().end(); ++itAll) - { - if (!(*itAll)->GetDockParent()) - vSorted.push_back((*itAll).get()); - } - - // Add dock ancestor's children - vSorted.insert(vSorted.end(), GetDockAncestor()->GetDockChildren().begin(), GetDockAncestor()->GetDockChildren().end()); - - // Add other dock children - int index = 0; - itSort = vSorted.begin(); - while (itSort < vSorted.end()) - { - vSorted.insert(vSorted.end(), (*itSort)->GetDockChildren().begin(), (*itSort)->GetDockChildren().end()); - itSort = vSorted.begin() + (++index); - } - - // Add dockers docked in containers - std::vector vDockContainers; - for (itSort = vSorted.begin(); itSort< vSorted.end(); ++itSort) - { - if ((*itSort)->GetContainer()) - vDockContainers.push_back(*itSort); - } - - for (itSort = vDockContainers.begin(); itSort < vDockContainers.end(); ++itSort) - { - CDockContainer* pContainer = (*itSort)->GetContainer(); - - for (UINT i = 1; i < pContainer->GetAllContainers().size(); ++i) - { - CDockContainer* pChild = pContainer->GetContainerFromIndex(i); - CDocker* pDock = GetDockFromView(pChild); - vSorted.push_back(pDock); - } - } - - return vSorted; - } - - inline BOOL CDocker::SaveRegistrySettings(tString tsRegistryKeyName) - // Stores the docking configuration in the registry - // NOTE: This function assumes that each docker has a unique DockID - { - assert(VerifyDockers()); - - std::vector vSorted = SortDockers(); - std::vector::iterator iter; - std::vector vDockInfo; - - if (0 != tsRegistryKeyName.size()) - { - // Fill the DockInfo vector with the docking information - for (iter = vSorted.begin(); iter < vSorted.end(); ++iter) - { - DockInfo di = {0}; - di.DockID = (*iter)->GetDockID(); - di.DockStyle = (*iter)->GetDockStyle(); - di.DockSize = (*iter)->GetDockSize(); - di.Rect = (*iter)->GetWindowRect(); - if ((*iter)->GetDockParent()) - di.DockParentID = (*iter)->GetDockParent()->GetDockID(); - - vDockInfo.push_back(di); - } - - tString tsKeyName = _T("Software\\") + tsRegistryKeyName; - HKEY hKey = NULL; - HKEY hKeyDock = NULL; - - try - { - if (ERROR_SUCCESS != RegCreateKeyEx(HKEY_CURRENT_USER, tsKeyName.c_str(), 0, NULL, REG_OPTION_NON_VOLATILE, KEY_ALL_ACCESS, NULL, &hKey, NULL)) - throw (CWinException(_T("RegCreateKeyEx Failed"))); - - RegDeleteKey(hKey, _T("Dock Windows")); - if (ERROR_SUCCESS != RegCreateKeyEx(hKey, _T("Dock Windows"), 0, NULL, REG_OPTION_NON_VOLATILE, KEY_ALL_ACCESS, NULL, &hKeyDock, NULL)) - throw (CWinException(_T("RegCreateKeyEx Failed"))); - - // Add the Dock windows information to the registry - for (UINT u = 0; u < vDockInfo.size(); ++u) - { - DockInfo di = vDockInfo[u]; - TCHAR szNumber[16]; - tString tsSubKey = _T("DockChild"); - tsSubKey += _itot((int)u, szNumber, 10); - if(ERROR_SUCCESS != RegSetValueEx(hKeyDock, tsSubKey.c_str(), 0, REG_BINARY, (LPBYTE)&di, sizeof(DockInfo))) - throw (CWinException(_T("RegSetValueEx failed"))); - } - - // Add Active Container to the registry - int i = 0; - for (iter = vSorted.begin(); iter < vSorted.end(); ++iter) - { - CDockContainer* pContainer = (*iter)->GetContainer(); - - if (pContainer && (pContainer == pContainer->GetActiveContainer())) - { - TCHAR szNumber[20]; - tString tsSubKey = _T("ActiveContainer"); - tsSubKey += _itot(i++, szNumber, 10); - int nID = GetDockFromView(pContainer)->GetDockID(); - if(ERROR_SUCCESS != RegSetValueEx(hKeyDock, tsSubKey.c_str(), 0, REG_DWORD, (LPBYTE)&nID, sizeof(int))) - throw (CWinException(_T("RegSetValueEx failed"))); - } - } - - RegCloseKey(hKeyDock); - RegCloseKey(hKey); - } - - catch (const CWinException& e) - { - // Roll back the registry changes by deleting the subkeys - if (hKey) - { - if (hKeyDock) - { - RegDeleteKey(hKeyDock, _T("Dock Windows")); - RegCloseKey(hKeyDock); - } - - RegDeleteKey(HKEY_CURRENT_USER ,tsKeyName.c_str()); - RegCloseKey(hKey); - } - - e.what(); - return FALSE; - } - } - - return TRUE; - } - - inline void CDocker::SendNotify(UINT nMessageID) - // Sends a docking notification to the docker below the cursor - { - DRAGPOS DragPos; - DragPos.hdr.code = nMessageID; - DragPos.hdr.hwndFrom = m_hWnd; - DragPos.ptPos = GetCursorPos(); - DragPos.DockZone = m_dwDockZone; - m_dwDockZone = 0; - - CDocker* pDock = GetDockFromPoint(DragPos.ptPos); - - if (pDock) - pDock->SendMessage(WM_NOTIFY, 0L, (LPARAM)&DragPos); - else - { - if (GetDockHint().IsWindow()) GetDockHint().Destroy(); - CloseAllTargets(); - m_BlockMove = FALSE; - } - } - - inline void CDocker::SetDockStyle(DWORD dwDockStyle) - { - if (IsWindow()) - { - if ((dwDockStyle & DS_CLIENTEDGE) != (m_DockStyle & DS_CLIENTEDGE)) - { - if (dwDockStyle & DS_CLIENTEDGE) - { - DWORD dwExStyle = (DWORD)GetDockClient().GetWindowLongPtr(GWL_EXSTYLE)|WS_EX_CLIENTEDGE; - GetDockClient().SetWindowLongPtr(GWL_EXSTYLE, dwExStyle); - GetDockClient().RedrawWindow(0, 0, RDW_INVALIDATE|RDW_UPDATENOW|RDW_ERASE|RDW_FRAME); - } - else - { - DWORD dwExStyle = (DWORD)GetDockClient().GetWindowLongPtr(GWL_EXSTYLE); - dwExStyle &= ~WS_EX_CLIENTEDGE; - GetDockClient().SetWindowLongPtr(GWL_EXSTYLE, dwExStyle); - GetDockClient().RedrawWindow(0, 0, RDW_INVALIDATE|RDW_UPDATENOW|RDW_ERASE|RDW_FRAME); - } - } - - RecalcDockLayout(); - } - - m_DockStyle = dwDockStyle; - } - - inline void CDocker::SetCaption(LPCTSTR szCaption) - // Sets the caption text - { - GetDockClient().SetCaption(szCaption); - - if (IsWindow()) - SetWindowText(szCaption); - } - - inline void CDocker::SetCaptionColors(COLORREF Foregnd1, COLORREF Backgnd1, COLORREF ForeGnd2, COLORREF BackGnd2) - { - GetDockClient().SetCaptionColors(Foregnd1, Backgnd1, ForeGnd2, BackGnd2); - } - - inline void CDocker::SetCaptionHeight(int nHeight) - // Sets the height of the caption - { - m_NCHeight = nHeight; - RedrawWindow(); - RecalcDockLayout(); - } - - inline void CDocker::SetDockSize(int DockSize) - // Sets the size of a docked docker - { - if (IsDocked()) - { - assert (m_pDockParent); - switch (GetDockStyle() & 0xF) - { - case DS_DOCKED_LEFT: - m_DockStartSize = MIN(DockSize,m_pDockParent->GetWindowRect().Width()); - m_DockSizeRatio = ((double)m_DockStartSize)/((double)m_pDockParent->GetWindowRect().Width()); - break; - case DS_DOCKED_RIGHT: - m_DockStartSize = MIN(DockSize,m_pDockParent->GetWindowRect().Width()); - m_DockSizeRatio = ((double)m_DockStartSize)/((double)m_pDockParent->GetWindowRect().Width()); - break; - case DS_DOCKED_TOP: - m_DockStartSize = MIN(DockSize,m_pDockParent->GetWindowRect().Height()); - m_DockSizeRatio = ((double)m_DockStartSize)/((double)m_pDockParent->GetWindowRect().Height()); - break; - case DS_DOCKED_BOTTOM: - m_DockStartSize = MIN(DockSize,m_pDockParent->GetWindowRect().Height()); - m_DockSizeRatio = ((double)m_DockStartSize)/((double)m_pDockParent->GetWindowRect().Height()); - break; - } - - RecalcDockLayout(); - } - else - { - m_DockStartSize = DockSize; - m_DockSizeRatio = 1.0; - } - } - - inline void CDocker::SetDragAutoResize(BOOL bAutoResize) - { - m_bDragAutoResize = bAutoResize; - } - - inline void CDocker::SetView(CWnd& wndView) - // Assigns the view window to the docker - { - CWnd* pWnd = &wndView; - GetDockClient().SetView(wndView); - if (dynamic_cast(pWnd)) - { - CDockContainer* pContainer = (CDockContainer*)&wndView; - SetCaption(pContainer->GetDockCaption().c_str()); - } - } - - inline void CDocker::PromoteFirstChild() - // One of the steps required for undocking - { - // Promote our first child to replace ourself - if (m_pDockParent) - { - for (UINT u = 0 ; u < m_pDockParent->m_vDockChildren.size(); ++u) - { - if (m_pDockParent->m_vDockChildren[u] == this) - { - if (m_vDockChildren.size() > 0) - // swap our first child for ourself as a child of the parent - m_pDockParent->m_vDockChildren[u] = m_vDockChildren[0]; - else - // remove ourself as a child of the parent - m_pDockParent->m_vDockChildren.erase(m_pDockParent->m_vDockChildren.begin() + u); - break; - } - } - } - - // Transfer styles and data and children to the child docker - CDocker* pDockFirstChild = NULL; - if (m_vDockChildren.size() > 0) - { - pDockFirstChild = m_vDockChildren[0]; - pDockFirstChild->m_DockStyle = (pDockFirstChild->m_DockStyle & 0xFFFFFFF0 ) | (m_DockStyle & 0xF); - pDockFirstChild->m_DockStartSize = m_DockStartSize; - pDockFirstChild->m_DockSizeRatio = m_DockSizeRatio; - - if (m_pDockParent) - { - pDockFirstChild->m_pDockParent = m_pDockParent; - pDockFirstChild->SetParent(m_pDockParent); - pDockFirstChild->GetDockBar().SetParent(m_pDockParent); - } - else - { - std::vector::iterator iter; - for (iter = GetDockChildren().begin() + 1; iter < GetDockChildren().end(); ++iter) - (*iter)->ShowWindow(SW_HIDE); - - pDockFirstChild->ConvertToPopup(GetWindowRect()); - pDockFirstChild->GetDockBar().ShowWindow(SW_HIDE); - } - - m_vDockChildren.erase(m_vDockChildren.begin()); - MoveDockChildren(pDockFirstChild); - } - } - - inline void CDocker::ConvertToChild(HWND hWndParent) - { - DWORD dwStyle = WS_CHILD | WS_VISIBLE; - SetWindowLongPtr(GWL_STYLE, dwStyle); - SetParent(FromHandle(hWndParent)); - GetDockBar().SetParent(FromHandle(hWndParent)); - } - - inline void CDocker::ConvertToPopup(RECT rc) - { - // Change the window to an "undocked" style - ShowWindow(SW_HIDE); - DWORD dwStyle = WS_POPUP| WS_CAPTION | WS_SYSMENU | WS_THICKFRAME; - SetWindowLongPtr(GWL_STYLE, dwStyle); - - // Change the window's parent and reposition it - GetDockBar().ShowWindow(SW_HIDE); - SetWindowPos(0, 0, 0, 0, 0, SWP_NOSENDCHANGING|SWP_HIDEWINDOW|SWP_NOREDRAW); - m_pDockParent = 0; - SetParent(0); - SetWindowPos(NULL, rc, SWP_SHOWWINDOW|SWP_FRAMECHANGED|SWP_NOOWNERZORDER); - GetDockClient().SetWindowPos(NULL, GetClientRect(), SWP_SHOWWINDOW); - - SetWindowText(GetCaption().c_str()); - } - - inline CDocker* CDocker::SeparateFromDock() - { - // This performs some of the tasks required for undocking. - // It is also used when a docker is hidden. - CDocker* pDockUndockedFrom = GetDockParent(); - if (!pDockUndockedFrom && (GetDockChildren().size() > 0)) - pDockUndockedFrom = GetDockChildren()[0]; - - GetTopmostDocker()->m_hOldFocus = 0; - PromoteFirstChild(); - m_pDockParent = 0; - - GetDockBar().ShowWindow(SW_HIDE); - m_DockStyle = m_DockStyle & 0xFFFFFFF0; - m_DockStyle &= ~DS_DOCKED_CONTAINER; - - return pDockUndockedFrom; - } - - inline void CDocker::SetUndockPosition(CPoint pt) - { - m_Undocking = TRUE; - CRect rc; - rc = GetDockClient().GetWindowRect(); - CRect rcTest = rc; - rcTest.bottom = MIN(rcTest.bottom, rcTest.top + m_NCHeight); - if ( !rcTest.PtInRect(pt)) - rc.SetRect(pt.x - rc.Width()/2, pt.y - m_NCHeight/2, pt.x + rc.Width()/2, pt.y - m_NCHeight/2 + rc.Height()); - - ConvertToPopup(rc); - m_Undocking = FALSE; - - // Send the undock notification to the frame - NMHDR nmhdr = {0}; - nmhdr.hwndFrom = m_hWnd; - nmhdr.code = UWM_UNDOCKED; - nmhdr.idFrom = m_nDockID; - CWnd* pFrame = GetDockAncestor()->GetAncestor(); - pFrame->SendMessage(WM_NOTIFY, m_nDockID, (LPARAM)&nmhdr); - - // Initiate the window move - SetCursorPos(pt.x, pt.y); - ScreenToClient(pt); - PostMessage(WM_SYSCOMMAND, (WPARAM)(SC_MOVE|0x0002), MAKELPARAM(pt.x, pt.y)); - } - - inline void CDocker::Undock(CPoint pt, BOOL bShowUndocked) - { - // Return if we shouldn't undock - if (GetDockStyle() & DS_NO_UNDOCK) return; - - // Undocking isn't supported on Win95 - if (1400 == GetWinVersion()) return; - - CDocker* pDockUndockedFrom = SeparateFromDock(); - - // Position and draw the undocked window, unless it is about to be closed - if (bShowUndocked) - { - SetUndockPosition(pt); - } - - RecalcDockLayout(); - if ((pDockUndockedFrom) && (pDockUndockedFrom->GetTopmostDocker() != GetTopmostDocker())) - pDockUndockedFrom->RecalcDockLayout(); - } - - inline void CDocker::UndockContainer(CDockContainer* pContainer, CPoint pt, BOOL bShowUndocked) - { - assert(pContainer); - assert(this == GetDockFromView(pContainer->GetContainerParent())); - - // Return if we shouldn't undock - if (GetDockFromView(pContainer)->GetDockStyle() & DS_NO_UNDOCK) return; - - // Undocking isn't supported on Win95 - if (1400 == GetWinVersion()) return; - - GetTopmostDocker()->m_hOldFocus = 0; - CDocker* pDockUndockedFrom = GetDockFromView(pContainer->GetContainerParent()); - pDockUndockedFrom->ShowWindow(SW_HIDE); - if (GetView() == pContainer) - { - // The parent container is being undocked, so we need - // to transfer our child containers to a different docker - - // Choose a new docker from among the dockers for child containers - CDocker* pDockNew = 0; - CDocker* pDockOld = GetDockFromView(pContainer); - std::vector AllContainers = pContainer->GetAllContainers(); - std::vector::iterator iter = AllContainers.begin(); - while ((0 == pDockNew) && (iter < AllContainers.end())) - { - if ((*iter).pContainer != pContainer) - pDockNew = (CDocker*)FromHandle(::GetParent((*iter).pContainer->GetParent()->GetHwnd())); - - ++iter; - } - - if (pDockNew) - { - // Move containers from the old docker to the new docker - CDockContainer* pContainerNew = (CDockContainer*)pDockNew->GetView(); - for (iter = AllContainers.begin(); iter != AllContainers.end(); ++iter) - { - if ((*iter).pContainer != pContainer) - { - CDockContainer* pChildContainer = (CDockContainer*)(*iter).pContainer; - pContainer->RemoveContainer(pChildContainer); - if (pContainerNew != pChildContainer) - { - pContainerNew->AddContainer(pChildContainer); - CDocker* pDock = GetDockFromView(pChildContainer); - pDock->SetParent(pDockNew); - pDock->m_pDockParent = pDockNew; - } - } - } - - // Now transfer the old docker's settings to the new one. - pDockUndockedFrom = pDockNew; - pDockNew->m_DockStyle = pDockOld->m_DockStyle; - pDockNew->m_DockStartSize = pDockOld->m_DockStartSize; - pDockNew->m_DockSizeRatio = pDockOld->m_DockSizeRatio; - if (pDockOld->IsDocked()) - { - pDockNew->m_pDockParent = pDockOld->m_pDockParent; - pDockNew->SetParent(pDockOld->GetParent()); - } - else - { - CRect rc = pDockOld->GetWindowRect(); - pDockNew->ShowWindow(SW_HIDE); - DWORD dwStyle = WS_POPUP| WS_CAPTION | WS_SYSMENU | WS_THICKFRAME | WS_VISIBLE; - pDockNew->SetWindowLongPtr(GWL_STYLE, dwStyle); - pDockNew->m_pDockParent = 0; - pDockNew->SetParent(0); - pDockNew->SetWindowPos(NULL, rc, SWP_SHOWWINDOW|SWP_FRAMECHANGED| SWP_NOOWNERZORDER); - } - pDockNew->GetDockBar().SetParent(pDockOld->GetParent()); - pDockNew->GetView()->SetFocus(); - - // Transfer the Dock children to the new docker - pDockOld->MoveDockChildren(pDockNew); - - // insert pDockNew into its DockParent's DockChildren vector - if (pDockNew->m_pDockParent) - { - std::vector::iterator p; - for (p = pDockNew->m_pDockParent->m_vDockChildren.begin(); p != pDockNew->m_pDockParent->m_vDockChildren.end(); ++p) - { - if (*p == this) - { - pDockNew->m_pDockParent->m_vDockChildren.insert(p, pDockNew); - break; - } - } - } - } - } - else - { - // This is a child container, so simply remove it from the parent - CDockContainer* pContainerParent = (CDockContainer*)GetView(); - pContainerParent->RemoveContainer(pContainer); - pContainerParent->SetTabSize(); - pContainerParent->SetFocus(); - pContainerParent->GetViewPage().SetParent(pContainerParent); - } - - // Finally do the actual undocking - CDocker* pDock = GetDockFromView(pContainer); - CRect rc = GetDockClient().GetWindowRect(); - ScreenToClient(rc); - pDock->GetDockClient().SetWindowPos(NULL, rc, SWP_SHOWWINDOW); - pDock->Undock(pt, bShowUndocked); - pDockUndockedFrom->ShowWindow(); - pDockUndockedFrom->RecalcDockLayout(); - pDock->BringWindowToTop(); - } - - inline LRESULT CDocker::WndProcDefault(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) - { - switch (uMsg) - { - case WM_ACTIVATE: - OnActivate(wParam, lParam); - break; - case WM_SYSCOMMAND: - return OnSysCommand(wParam, lParam); - - case WM_EXITSIZEMOVE: - OnExitSizeMove(wParam, lParam); - break; - case WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGING: - return OnWindowPosChanging(wParam, lParam); - - case WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED: - OnWindowPosChanged(wParam, lParam); - break; - case WM_DESTROY: - OnDestroy(wParam, lParam); - break; - case WM_SETFOCUS: - OnSetFocus(wParam, lParam); - break; - case WM_TIMER: - OnCaptionTimer(wParam, lParam); - break; - case UWM_DOCK_DESTROYED: - OnDockDestroyed(wParam, lParam); - break; - case UWM_DOCK_ACTIVATED: - DrawAllCaptions(); - SetTimer(1, 100, NULL); - break; - case WM_SYSCOLORCHANGE: - OnSysColorChange(wParam, lParam); - break; - case WM_NCLBUTTONDBLCLK : - m_bIsDragging = FALSE; - break; - } - - return CWnd::WndProcDefault(uMsg, wParam, lParam); - } - - - ////////////////////////////////////// - // Declaration of the CDockContainer class - inline CDockContainer::CDockContainer() : m_iCurrentPage(0), m_hTabIcon(0), m_nTabPressed(-1) - { - m_pContainerParent = this; - } - - inline CDockContainer::~CDockContainer() - { - if (m_hTabIcon) - DestroyIcon(m_hTabIcon); - } - - inline void CDockContainer::AddContainer(CDockContainer* pContainer) - { - assert(pContainer); - - if (this == m_pContainerParent) - { - ContainerInfo ci = {0}; - ci.pContainer = pContainer; - lstrcpy(ci.szTitle, pContainer->GetTabText()); - ci.iImage = ImageList_AddIcon(GetImageList(), pContainer->GetTabIcon()); - int iNewPage = (int)m_vContainerInfo.size(); - m_vContainerInfo.push_back(ci); - - if (m_hWnd) - { - TCITEM tie = {0}; - tie.mask = TCIF_TEXT | TCIF_IMAGE; - tie.iImage = ci.iImage; - tie.pszText = m_vContainerInfo[iNewPage].szTitle; - TabCtrl_InsertItem(m_hWnd, iNewPage, &tie); - - SetTabSize(); - } - - pContainer->m_pContainerParent = this; - if (pContainer->IsWindow()) - { - // Set the parent container relationships - pContainer->GetViewPage().SetParent(this); - pContainer->GetViewPage().ShowWindow(SW_HIDE); - } - } - } - - inline void CDockContainer::AddToolBarButton(UINT nID, BOOL bEnabled /* = TRUE */) - // Adds Resource IDs to toolbar buttons. - // A resource ID of 0 is a separator - { - GetToolBar().AddButton(nID, bEnabled); - } - - inline CDockContainer* CDockContainer::GetContainerFromIndex(UINT nPage) - { - CDockContainer* pContainer = NULL; - if (nPage < m_vContainerInfo.size()) - pContainer = (CDockContainer*)m_vContainerInfo[nPage].pContainer; - - return pContainer; - } - - inline CWnd* CDockContainer::GetActiveView() const - // Returns a pointer to the active view window, or NULL if there is no active veiw. - { - CWnd* pWnd = NULL; - if (m_pContainerParent->m_vContainerInfo.size() > 0) - { - CDockContainer* pActiveContainer = m_pContainerParent->m_vContainerInfo[m_pContainerParent->m_iCurrentPage].pContainer; - if (pActiveContainer->GetViewPage().GetView()->IsWindow()) - pWnd = pActiveContainer->GetViewPage().GetView(); - } - - return pWnd; - } - - inline CDockContainer* CDockContainer::GetContainerFromView(CWnd* pView) const - { - assert(pView); - - std::vector::iterator iter; - CDockContainer* pViewContainer = 0; - for (iter = GetAllContainers().begin(); iter != GetAllContainers().end(); ++iter) - { - CDockContainer* pContainer = (*iter).pContainer; - if (pContainer->GetView() == pView) - pViewContainer = pContainer; - } - - return pViewContainer; - } - - inline int CDockContainer::GetContainerIndex(CDockContainer* pContainer) - { - assert(pContainer); - int iReturn = -1; - - for (int i = 0; i < (int)m_pContainerParent->m_vContainerInfo.size(); ++i) - { - if (m_pContainerParent->m_vContainerInfo[i].pContainer == pContainer) - iReturn = i; - } - - return iReturn; - } - - inline SIZE CDockContainer::GetMaxTabTextSize() - { - CSize Size; - - // Allocate an iterator for the ContainerInfo vector - std::vector::iterator iter; - - for (iter = m_vContainerInfo.begin(); iter != m_vContainerInfo.end(); ++iter) - { - CSize TempSize; - CClientDC dc(this); - NONCLIENTMETRICS info = {0}; - info.cbSize = GetSizeofNonClientMetrics(); - SystemParametersInfo(SPI_GETNONCLIENTMETRICS, sizeof(info), &info, 0); - dc.CreateFontIndirect(&info.lfStatusFont); - TempSize = dc.GetTextExtentPoint32(iter->szTitle, lstrlen(iter->szTitle)); - if (TempSize.cx > Size.cx) - Size = TempSize; - } - - return Size; - } - - inline void CDockContainer::SetupToolBar() - { - // Use this function to set the Resource IDs for the toolbar(s). - -/* // Set the Resource IDs for the toolbar buttons - AddToolBarButton( IDM_FILE_NEW ); - AddToolBarButton( IDM_FILE_OPEN ); - AddToolBarButton( IDM_FILE_SAVE ); - AddToolBarButton( 0 ); // Separator - AddToolBarButton( IDM_EDIT_CUT ); - AddToolBarButton( IDM_EDIT_COPY ); - AddToolBarButton( IDM_EDIT_PASTE ); - AddToolBarButton( 0 ); // Separator - AddToolBarButton( IDM_FILE_PRINT ); - AddToolBarButton( 0 ); // Separator - AddToolBarButton( IDM_HELP_ABOUT ); -*/ - } - - inline void CDockContainer::OnCreate() - { - assert(GetView()); // Use SetView in CMainFrame's constructor to set the view window - - ContainerInfo ci = {0}; - ci.pContainer = this; - lstrcpy(ci.szTitle, GetTabText()); - ci.iImage = ImageList_AddIcon(GetImageList(), GetTabIcon()); - m_vContainerInfo.push_back(ci); - - // Create the page window - GetViewPage().Create(this); - - // Create the toolbar - GetToolBar().Create(&GetViewPage()); - DWORD style = (DWORD)GetToolBar().GetWindowLongPtr(GWL_STYLE); - style |= CCS_NODIVIDER ; - GetToolBar().SetWindowLongPtr(GWL_STYLE, style); - SetupToolBar(); - if (GetToolBar().GetToolBarData().size() > 0) - { - // Set the toolbar images - // A mask of 192,192,192 is compatible with AddBitmap (for Win95) - if (!GetToolBar().SendMessage(TB_GETIMAGELIST, 0L, 0L)) - GetToolBar().SetImages(RGB(192,192,192), IDW_MAIN, 0, 0); - - GetToolBar().SendMessage(TB_AUTOSIZE, 0L, 0L); - } - else - GetToolBar().Destroy(); - - SetFixedWidth(TRUE); - SetOwnerDraw(TRUE); - - // Add tabs for each container. - for (int i = 0; i < (int)m_vContainerInfo.size(); ++i) - { - // Add tabs for each view. - TCITEM tie = {0}; - tie.mask = TCIF_TEXT | TCIF_IMAGE; - tie.iImage = i; - tie.pszText = m_vContainerInfo[i].szTitle; - TabCtrl_InsertItem(m_hWnd, i, &tie); - } - } - - inline void CDockContainer::OnLButtonDown(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) - { - // Overrides CTab::OnLButtonDown - - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(wParam); - - CPoint pt((DWORD)lParam); - TCHITTESTINFO info = {0}; - info.pt = pt; - m_nTabPressed = HitTest(info); - } - - inline void CDockContainer::OnLButtonUp(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) - { - // Overrides CTab::OnLButtonUp and takes no action - - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(wParam); - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(lParam); - } - - inline void CDockContainer::OnMouseLeave(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) - { - // Overrides CTab::OnMouseLeave - - if (IsLeftButtonDown() && (m_nTabPressed >= 0)) - { - CDocker* pDock = (CDocker*)FromHandle(::GetParent(GetParent()->GetHwnd())); - if (dynamic_cast(pDock)) - { - CDockContainer* pContainer = GetContainerFromIndex(m_iCurrentPage); - pDock->UndockContainer(pContainer, GetCursorPos(), TRUE); - } - } - - m_nTabPressed = -1; - CTab::OnMouseLeave(wParam, lParam); - } - - inline LRESULT CDockContainer::OnNotifyReflect(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) - { - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(wParam); - - switch (((LPNMHDR)lParam)->code) - { - case TCN_SELCHANGE: - { - // Display the newly selected tab page - int nPage = GetCurSel(); - SelectPage(nPage); - } - break; - } - - return 0L; - } - - inline void CDockContainer::PreCreate(CREATESTRUCT &cs) - { - // For Tabs on the bottom, add the TCS_BOTTOM style - CTab::PreCreate(cs); - cs.style |= TCS_BOTTOM; - } - - inline void CDockContainer::RecalcLayout() - { - if (GetContainerParent() == this) - { - // Set the tab sizes - SetTabSize(); - - // Position the View over the tab control's display area - CRect rc = GetClientRect(); - AdjustRect(FALSE, &rc); - CDockContainer* pContainer = m_vContainerInfo[m_iCurrentPage].pContainer; - pContainer->GetViewPage().SetWindowPos(HWND_TOP, rc, SWP_SHOWWINDOW); - } - } - - inline void CDockContainer::RemoveContainer(CDockContainer* pWnd) - { - assert(pWnd); - - // Remove the tab - int iTab = GetContainerIndex(pWnd); - if (iTab > 0) - { - // DeleteItem(iTab); - TabCtrl_DeleteItem(m_hWnd, iTab); - } - - // Remove the ContainerInfo entry - std::vector::iterator iter; - int iImage = -1; - for (iter = m_vContainerInfo.begin(); iter != m_vContainerInfo.end(); ++iter) - { - if (iter->pContainer == pWnd) - { - iImage = (*iter).iImage; - if (iImage >= 0) - TabCtrl_RemoveImage(m_hWnd, iImage); - - m_vContainerInfo.erase(iter); - break; - } - } - - // Set the parent container relationships - pWnd->GetViewPage().SetParent(pWnd); - pWnd->m_pContainerParent = pWnd; - - // Display the first page - m_iCurrentPage = 0; - if (IsWindow()) - SelectPage(0); - } - - inline void CDockContainer::SelectPage(int nPage) - { - if (this != m_pContainerParent) - m_pContainerParent->SelectPage(nPage); - else - { - if ((nPage >= 0) && (nPage < (int)m_vContainerInfo.size() )) - { - if (GetCurSel() != nPage) - SetCurSel(nPage); - - // Create the new container window if required - if (!m_vContainerInfo[nPage].pContainer->IsWindow()) - { - CDockContainer* pContainer = m_vContainerInfo[nPage].pContainer; - pContainer->Create(GetParent()); - pContainer->GetViewPage().SetParent(this); - } - - // Determine the size of the tab page's view area - CRect rc = GetClientRect(); - AdjustRect(FALSE, &rc); - - // Swap the pages over - CDockContainer* pOldContainer = m_vContainerInfo[m_iCurrentPage].pContainer; - CDockContainer* pNewContainer = m_vContainerInfo[nPage].pContainer; - pOldContainer->GetViewPage().ShowWindow(SW_HIDE); - pNewContainer->GetViewPage().SetWindowPos(HWND_TOP, rc, SWP_SHOWWINDOW); - pNewContainer->GetViewPage().GetView()->SetFocus(); - - // Adjust the docking caption - CDocker* pDock = (CDocker*)FromHandle(::GetParent(::GetParent(m_hWnd))); - if (dynamic_cast(pDock)) - { - pDock->SetCaption(pNewContainer->GetDockCaption().c_str()); - pDock->RedrawWindow(); - } - - m_iCurrentPage = nPage; - } - } - } - - inline void CDockContainer::SetActiveContainer(CDockContainer* pContainer) - { - int nPage = GetContainerIndex(pContainer); - assert (0 <= nPage); - SelectPage(nPage); - } - - inline void CDockContainer::SetTabIcon(UINT nID_Icon) - { - HICON hIcon = (HICON)LoadImage(GetApp()->GetResourceHandle(), MAKEINTRESOURCE(nID_Icon), IMAGE_ICON, 0, 0, LR_SHARED); - SetTabIcon(hIcon); - } - - inline void CDockContainer::SetTabSize() - { - CRect rc = GetClientRect(); - AdjustRect(FALSE, &rc); - if (rc.Width() < 0 ) - rc.SetRectEmpty(); - - int nItemWidth = MIN(25 + GetMaxTabTextSize().cx, (rc.Width()-2)/(int)m_vContainerInfo.size()); - int nItemHeight = MAX(20, GetTextHeight() + 5); - SendMessage(TCM_SETITEMSIZE, 0L, MAKELPARAM(nItemWidth, nItemHeight)); - } - - inline void CDockContainer::SetTabText(UINT nTab, LPCTSTR szText) - { - CDockContainer* pContainer = GetContainerParent()->GetContainerFromIndex(nTab); - pContainer->SetTabText(szText); - - CTab::SetTabText(nTab, szText); - } - - inline void CDockContainer::SetView(CWnd& Wnd) - { - GetViewPage().SetView(Wnd); - } - - inline LRESULT CDockContainer::WndProcDefault(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) - { - switch (uMsg) - { - case WM_SIZE: - RecalcLayout(); - return 0; - - // The following are called in CTab::WndProcDefault - // case WM_LBUTTONDOWN: - // OnLButtonDown(wParam, lParam); - // break; - // case WM_LBUTTONUP: - // OnLButtonUp(wParam, lParam); - // break; - // case WM_MOUSELEAVE: - // OnMouseLeave(wParam, lParam); - // break; - - case WM_SETFOCUS: - { - // Pass focus on to the current view - GetActiveView()->SetFocus(); - } - break; - } - - // pass unhandled messages on to CTab for processing - return CTab::WndProcDefault(uMsg, wParam, lParam); - } - - - /////////////////////////////////////////// - // Declaration of the nested CViewPage class - inline BOOL CDockContainer::CViewPage::OnCommand(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) - { - CDockContainer* pContainer = (CDockContainer*)GetParent(); - BOOL bResult = FALSE; - if (pContainer && pContainer->GetActiveContainer()) - bResult = (BOOL)pContainer->GetActiveContainer()->SendMessage(WM_COMMAND, wParam, lParam); - - return bResult; - } - - inline void CDockContainer::CViewPage::OnCreate() - { - if (m_pView) - m_pView->Create(this); - } - - inline LRESULT CDockContainer::CViewPage::OnNotify(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) - { - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(wParam); - - switch (((LPNMHDR)lParam)->code) - { - - // Display tooltips for the toolbar - case TTN_GETDISPINFO: - { - int iIndex = GetToolBar().HitTest(); - LPNMTTDISPINFO lpDispInfo = (LPNMTTDISPINFO)lParam; - if (iIndex >= 0) - { - int nID = GetToolBar().GetCommandID(iIndex); - if (nID > 0) - { - m_tsTooltip = LoadString(nID); - lpDispInfo->lpszText = (LPTSTR)m_tsTooltip.c_str(); - } - else - m_tsTooltip = _T(""); - } - } - break; - } // switch LPNMHDR - - return 0L; - } - - inline void CDockContainer::CViewPage::PreRegisterClass(WNDCLASS &wc) - { - wc.lpszClassName = _T("Win32++ TabPage"); - wc.hCursor = ::LoadCursor(NULL, IDC_ARROW); - } - - inline void CDockContainer::CViewPage::RecalcLayout() - { - CRect rc = GetClientRect(); - if (GetToolBar().IsWindow()) - { - GetToolBar().SendMessage(TB_AUTOSIZE, 0L, 0L); - CRect rcToolBar = m_ToolBar.GetClientRect(); - rc.top += rcToolBar.Height(); - } - - GetView()->SetWindowPos(NULL, rc, SWP_SHOWWINDOW); - } - - inline void CDockContainer::CViewPage::SetView(CWnd& wndView) - // Sets or changes the View window displayed within the frame - { - // Assign the view window - m_pView = &wndView; - - if (m_hWnd) - { - if (!m_pView->IsWindow()) - { - // The container is already created, so create and position the new view too - GetView()->Create(this); - } - - RecalcLayout(); - } - } - - inline LRESULT CDockContainer::CViewPage::WndProcDefault(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) - { - switch (uMsg) - { - case WM_SIZE: - RecalcLayout(); - break; - case WM_NOTIFY: - switch (((LPNMHDR)lParam)->code) - { - // Send the focus change notifications to the grandparent - case NM_KILLFOCUS: - case NM_SETFOCUS: - case UWM_FRAMELOSTFOCUS: - ::SendMessage(::GetParent(::GetParent(m_hWnd)), WM_NOTIFY, wParam, lParam); - break; - } - - break; - } - - // pass unhandled messages on for default processing - return CWnd::WndProcDefault(uMsg, wParam, lParam); - } - -} // namespace Win32xx - -#endif // _WIN32XX_DOCKING_H_ - diff --git a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/file.h b/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/file.h deleted file mode 100644 index 4316dc94..00000000 --- a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/file.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,392 +0,0 @@ -// Win32++ Version 7.2 -// Released: 5th AUgust 2011 -// -// David Nash -// email: dnash@bigpond.net.au -// url: https://sourceforge.net/projects/win32-framework -// -// -// Copyright (c) 2005-2011 David Nash -// -// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to -// any person obtaining a copy of this software and -// associated documentation files (the "Software"), -// to deal in the Software without restriction, including -// without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, -// merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell -// copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom -// the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the -// following conditions: -// -// The above copyright notice and this permission notice -// shall be included in all copies or substantial portions -// of the Software. -// -// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF -// ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED -// TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A -// PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT -// SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR -// ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN -// ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, -// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE -// OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. -// -//////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - - -#ifndef _WIN32XX_FILE_H_ -#define _WIN32XX_FILE_H_ - - -#include "wincore.h" - -namespace Win32xx -{ - - class CFile - { - public: - CFile(); - CFile(HANDLE hFile); - CFile(LPCTSTR pszFileName, UINT nOpenFlags); - ~CFile(); - operator HANDLE() const; - - BOOL Close(); - BOOL Flush(); - HANDLE GetHandle() const; - ULONGLONG GetLength() const; - const CString& GetFileName() const; - const CString& GetFilePath() const; - const CString& GetFileTitle() const; - ULONGLONG GetPosition() const; - BOOL LockRange(ULONGLONG Pos, ULONGLONG Count); - BOOL Open(LPCTSTR pszFileName, UINT nOpenFlags); - CString OpenFileDialog(LPCTSTR pszFilePathName = NULL, - DWORD dwFlags = OFN_HIDEREADONLY | OFN_OVERWRITEPROMPT, LPCTSTR pszFilter = NULL, - CWnd* pOwnerWnd = NULL); - UINT Read(void* pBuf, UINT nCount); - static BOOL Remove(LPCTSTR pszFileName); - static BOOL Rename(LPCTSTR pszOldName, LPCTSTR pszNewName); - CString SaveFileDialog(LPCTSTR pszFilePathName = NULL, - DWORD dwFlags = OFN_HIDEREADONLY | OFN_OVERWRITEPROMPT, LPCTSTR pszFilter = NULL, - LPCTSTR pszDefExt = NULL, CWnd* pOwnerWnd = NULL); - ULONGLONG Seek(LONGLONG lOff, UINT nFrom); - void SeekToBegin(); - ULONGLONG SeekToEnd(); - void SetFilePath(LPCTSTR pszNewName); - BOOL SetLength(ULONGLONG NewLen); - BOOL UnlockRange(ULONGLONG Pos, ULONGLONG Count); - BOOL Write(const void* pBuf, UINT nCount); - - private: - CFile(const CFile&); // Disable copy construction - CFile& operator = (const CFile&); // Disable assignment operator - CString m_FileName; - CString m_FilePath; - CString m_FileTitle; - HANDLE m_hFile; - }; - -} - - - -namespace Win32xx -{ - inline CFile::CFile() : m_hFile(0) - { - } - - inline CFile::CFile(HANDLE hFile) : m_hFile(hFile) - { - } - - inline CFile::CFile(LPCTSTR pszFileName, UINT nOpenFlags) : m_hFile(0) - { - assert(pszFileName); - Open(pszFileName, nOpenFlags); - assert(m_hFile); - } - - inline CFile::~CFile() - { - Close(); - } - - inline CFile::operator HANDLE() const - { - return m_hFile; - } - - inline BOOL CFile::Close() - // Closes the file associated with this object. Closed file can no longer be read or written to. - { - BOOL bResult = TRUE; - if (m_hFile) - bResult = CloseHandle(m_hFile); - - m_hFile = 0; - return bResult; - } - - inline BOOL CFile::Flush() - // Causes any remaining data in the file buffer to be written to the file. - { - assert(m_hFile); - return FlushFileBuffers(m_hFile); - } - - inline HANDLE CFile::GetHandle() const - { - return m_hFile; - } - - inline ULONGLONG CFile::GetLength( ) const - // Returns the length of the file in bytes. - { - assert(m_hFile); - - LONG High = 0; - DWORD LowPos = SetFilePointer(m_hFile, 0, &High, FILE_END); - - ULONGLONG Result = ((ULONGLONG)High << 32) + LowPos; - return Result; - } - - inline const CString& CFile::GetFileName() const - // Returns the filename of the file associated with this object. - { - return (const CString&)m_FileName; - } - - inline const CString& CFile::GetFilePath() const - // Returns the full filename including the directory of the file associated with this object. - { - return (const CString&)m_FilePath; - } - - inline const CString& CFile::GetFileTitle() const - // Returns the filename of the file associated with this object, excluding the path and the file extension - { - return (const CString&)m_FileTitle; - } - - inline ULONGLONG CFile::GetPosition() const - // Returns the current value of the file pointer, which can be used in subsequent calls to Seek. - { - assert(m_hFile); - LONG High = 0; - DWORD LowPos = SetFilePointer(m_hFile, 0, &High, FILE_CURRENT); - - ULONGLONG Result = ((ULONGLONG)High << 32) + LowPos; - return Result; - } - - inline BOOL CFile::LockRange(ULONGLONG Pos, ULONGLONG Count) - // Locks a range of bytes in and open file. - { - assert(m_hFile); - - DWORD dwPosHigh = (DWORD)(Pos >> 32); - DWORD dwPosLow = (DWORD)(Pos & 0xFFFFFFFF); - DWORD dwCountHigh = (DWORD)(Count >> 32); - DWORD dwCountLow = (DWORD)(Count & 0xFFFFFFFF); - - return ::LockFile(m_hFile, dwPosLow, dwPosHigh, dwCountLow, dwCountHigh); - } - - inline BOOL CFile::Open(LPCTSTR pszFileName, UINT nOpenFlags) - // Prepares a file to be written to or read from. - { - if (m_hFile) Close(); - - m_hFile = ::CreateFile(pszFileName, GENERIC_READ | GENERIC_WRITE, 0, NULL, nOpenFlags, FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL, NULL); - - if (INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE == m_hFile) - { - TRACE(_T("Failed\n")); - m_hFile = 0; - } - - if (m_hFile) - { - SetFilePath(pszFileName); - } - - return (m_hFile != 0); - } - - inline CString CFile::OpenFileDialog(LPCTSTR pszFilePathName, DWORD dwFlags, LPCTSTR pszFilter, CWnd* pOwnerWnd) - // Displays the file open dialog. - // Returns a CString containing either the selected file name or an empty CString. - { - CString str; - if (pszFilePathName) - str = pszFilePathName; - - OPENFILENAME ofn = {0}; - ofn.lStructSize = sizeof(OPENFILENAME); - -#if defined OPENFILENAME_SIZE_VERSION_400 - if (GetWinVersion() < 2500) - ofn.lStructSize = OPENFILENAME_SIZE_VERSION_400; -#endif - - ofn.hwndOwner = pOwnerWnd? pOwnerWnd->GetHwnd() : NULL; - ofn.hInstance = GetApp()->GetInstanceHandle(); - ofn.lpstrFilter = pszFilter; - ofn.lpstrTitle = _T("Open File"); - ofn.Flags = dwFlags; - ofn.nMaxFile = _MAX_PATH; - - ofn.lpstrFile = (LPTSTR)str.GetBuffer(_MAX_PATH); - ::GetOpenFileName(&ofn); - str.ReleaseBuffer(); - - return str; - } - - inline UINT CFile::Read(void* pBuf, UINT nCount) - // Reads from the file, storing the contents in the specified buffer. - { - assert(m_hFile); - DWORD dwRead = 0; - - if (!::ReadFile(m_hFile, pBuf, nCount, &dwRead, NULL)) - dwRead = 0; - - return dwRead; - } - - inline BOOL CFile::Rename(LPCTSTR pszOldName, LPCTSTR pszNewName) - // Renames the specified file. - { - return ::MoveFile(pszOldName, pszNewName); - } - - inline BOOL CFile::Remove(LPCTSTR pszFileName) - // Deletes the specified file. - { - return ::DeleteFile(pszFileName); - } - - inline CString CFile::SaveFileDialog(LPCTSTR pszFilePathName, DWORD dwFlags, LPCTSTR pszFilter, LPCTSTR pszDefExt, CWnd* pOwnerWnd) - // Displays the SaveFileDialog. - // Returns a CString containing either the selected file name or an empty CString - { - CString str; - if (pszFilePathName) - str = pszFilePathName; - - OPENFILENAME ofn = {0}; - ofn.lStructSize = sizeof(OPENFILENAME); - -#if defined OPENFILENAME_SIZE_VERSION_400 - if (GetWinVersion() < 2500) - ofn.lStructSize = OPENFILENAME_SIZE_VERSION_400; -#endif - - ofn.hwndOwner = pOwnerWnd? pOwnerWnd->GetHwnd() : NULL; - ofn.hInstance = GetApp()->GetInstanceHandle(); - ofn.lpstrFilter = pszFilter; - ofn.lpstrFile = (LPTSTR)pszFilePathName; - ofn.lpstrFileTitle = (LPTSTR)pszFilePathName; - ofn.lpstrDefExt = pszDefExt; - ofn.nMaxFile = lstrlen(pszFilePathName); - ofn.lpstrTitle = _T("Save File"); - ofn.Flags = dwFlags; - ofn.nMaxFile = _MAX_PATH; - ofn.lpstrFile = (LPTSTR)str.GetBuffer(_MAX_PATH); - ::GetSaveFileName(&ofn); - str.ReleaseBuffer(); - - return str; - } - - inline ULONGLONG CFile::Seek(LONGLONG lOff, UINT nFrom) - // Positions the current file pointer. - // Permitted values for nFrom are: FILE_BEGIN, FILE_CURRENT, or FILE_END. - { - assert(m_hFile); - assert(nFrom == FILE_BEGIN || nFrom == FILE_CURRENT || nFrom == FILE_END); - - LONG High = LONG(lOff >> 32); - LONG Low = (LONG)(lOff & 0xFFFFFFFF); - - DWORD LowPos = SetFilePointer(m_hFile, Low, &High, nFrom); - - ULONGLONG Result = ((ULONGLONG)High << 32) + LowPos; - return Result; - } - - inline void CFile::SeekToBegin() - // Sets the current file pointer to the beginning of the file. - { - assert(m_hFile); - Seek(0, FILE_BEGIN); - } - - inline ULONGLONG CFile::SeekToEnd() - // Sets the current file pointer to the end of the file. - { - assert(m_hFile); - return Seek(0, FILE_END); - } - - inline void CFile::SetFilePath(LPCTSTR pszFileName) - // Specifies the full file name, including its path - { - TCHAR* pFileName = NULL; - int nBuffSize = ::GetFullPathName(pszFileName, 0, 0, 0); - if (nBuffSize > 0) - { - TCHAR* pBuff = m_FilePath.GetBuffer(nBuffSize); - ::GetFullPathName(pszFileName, nBuffSize, pBuff, &pFileName); - m_FilePath.ReleaseBuffer(); - m_FileName = pFileName; - int nPos = m_FileName.ReverseFind(_T(".")); - if (nPos >= 0) - m_FileTitle = m_FileName.Left(nPos); - } - } - - inline BOOL CFile::SetLength(ULONGLONG NewLen) - // Changes the length of the file to the specified value. - { - assert(m_hFile); - - Seek(NewLen, FILE_BEGIN); - return ::SetEndOfFile(m_hFile); - } - - inline BOOL CFile::UnlockRange(ULONGLONG Pos, ULONGLONG Count) - // Unlocks a range of bytes in an open file. - { - assert(m_hFile); - - DWORD dwPosHigh = (DWORD)(Pos >> 32); - DWORD dwPosLow = (DWORD)(Pos & 0xFFFFFFFF); - DWORD dwCountHigh = (DWORD)(Count >> 32); - DWORD dwCountLow = (DWORD)(Count & 0xFFFFFFFF); - - return ::UnlockFile(m_hFile, dwPosLow, dwPosHigh, dwCountLow, dwCountHigh); - } - - inline BOOL CFile::Write(const void* pBuf, UINT nCount) - // Writes the specified buffer to the file. - { - assert(m_hFile); - DWORD dwWritten = 0; - BOOL bResult = ::WriteFile(m_hFile, pBuf, nCount, &dwWritten, NULL); - if (dwWritten != nCount) - bResult = FALSE; - - return bResult; - } - - -} // namespace Win32xx - -#endif diff --git a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/frame.h b/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/frame.h deleted file mode 100644 index 1f439fd7..00000000 --- a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/frame.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3303 +0,0 @@ -// Win32++ Version 7.2 -// Released: 5th AUgust 2011 -// -// David Nash -// email: dnash@bigpond.net.au -// url: https://sourceforge.net/projects/win32-framework -// -// -// Copyright (c) 2005-2011 David Nash -// -// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to -// any person obtaining a copy of this software and -// associated documentation files (the "Software"), -// to deal in the Software without restriction, including -// without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, -// merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell -// copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom -// the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the -// following conditions: -// -// The above copyright notice and this permission notice -// shall be included in all copies or substantial portions -// of the Software. -// -// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF -// ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED -// TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A -// PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT -// SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR -// ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN -// ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, -// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE -// OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. -// -//////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - - -//////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// frame.h -// Declaration of the CFrame and CMenuBar classes - -// The classes declared in this file support SDI (Single Document Interface) -// frames on Win32/Win64 operating systems (not Windows CE). For Windows CE, -// use wceframe.h instead. SDI frames are a simple frame which supports a -// single view window. Refer to mdi.h for frames that support several -// child windows. - -// CFrame also includes each of the following classes as members: -// * CReBar for managing the frame's rebar control. -// * CMenuBar for managing the menu inside the rebar. -// * CToolBar for managing the frame's toolbar. -// * CStatusBar for managing the frame's status bar. -// In each case these members are exposed by a GetXXX function, allowing -// them to be accessed or sent messages. - -// CFrame is responsible for creating a "frame" window. This window has a -// menu and and several child windows, including a toolbar (usualy hosted -// within a rebar), a status bar, and a view positioned over the frame -// window's non-client area. The "view" window is a seperate CWnd object -// assigned to the frame with the SetView function. - -// When compiling an application with these classes, it will need to be linked -// with Comctl32.lib. - -// To create a SDI frame application, inherit a CMainFrame class from CFrame. -// Use the Frame sample application as the starting point for your own frame -// applications. -// Refer to the Notepad and Scribble samples for examples on how to use these -// classes to create a frame application. - - -#ifndef _WIN32XX_FRAME_H_ -#define _WIN32XX_FRAME_H_ - -#include "wincore.h" -#include "dialog.h" -#include "gdi.h" -#include "statusbar.h" -#include "toolbar.h" -#include "rebar.h" -#include "default_resource.h" - -#ifndef RBN_MINMAX - #define RBN_MINMAX (RBN_FIRST - 21) -#endif - - -namespace Win32xx -{ - - //////////////////////////////////////////////// - // Declarations for structures for themes - // - struct MenuTheme - { - BOOL UseThemes; // TRUE if themes are used - COLORREF clrHot1; // Colour 1 for top menu. Color of selected menu item - COLORREF clrHot2; // Colour 2 for top menu. Color of checkbox - COLORREF clrPressed1; // Colour 1 for pressed top menu and side bar - COLORREF clrPressed2; // Colour 2 for pressed top menu and side bar - COLORREF clrOutline; // Colour for border outline - }; - - - // Forward declaration of CFrame. Its defined later. - class CFrame; - - - //////////////////////////////////// - // Declaration of the CMenuBar class - // - class CMenuBar : public CToolBar - { - friend class CFrame; - - public: - CMenuBar(); - virtual ~CMenuBar(); - virtual void SetMenu(HMENU hMenu); - virtual void SetMenuBarTheme(MenuTheme& Theme); - - HMENU GetMenu() const {return m_hTopMenu;} - MenuTheme& GetMenuBarTheme() {return m_ThemeMenu;} - - protected: - //Overridables - virtual void OnCreate(); - virtual LRESULT OnCustomDraw(NMHDR* pNMHDR); - virtual void OnKeyDown(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); - virtual void OnLButtonDown(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); - virtual void OnLButtonUp(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); - virtual void OnMenuChar(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); - virtual BOOL OnMenuInput(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); - virtual void OnMouseLeave(); - virtual void OnMouseMove(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); - virtual LRESULT OnNotifyReflect(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); - virtual void OnSysCommand(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); - virtual void OnWindowPosChanged(); - virtual void PreCreate(CREATESTRUCT &cs); - virtual void PreRegisterClass(WNDCLASS &wc); - virtual LRESULT WndProcDefault(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); - - private: - CMenuBar(const CMenuBar&); // Disable copy construction - CMenuBar& operator = (const CMenuBar&); // Disable assignment operator - void DoAltKey(WORD KeyCode); - void DoPopupMenu(); - void DrawAllMDIButtons(CDC& DrawDC); - void DrawMDIButton(CDC& DrawDC, int iButton, UINT uState); - void ExitMenu(); - HWND GetActiveMDIChild(); - void GrabFocus(); - BOOL IsMDIChildMaxed() const; - BOOL IsMDIFrame() const; - void ReleaseFocus(); - void SetHotItem(int nHot); - static LRESULT CALLBACK StaticMsgHook(int nCode, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); - - enum MDIButtonType - { - MDI_MIN = 0, - MDI_RESTORE = 1, - MDI_CLOSE = 2, - }; - - BOOL m_bExitAfter; // Exit after Popup menu ends - BOOL m_bKeyMode; // keyboard navigation mode - BOOL m_bMenuActive; // popup menu active - BOOL m_bSelPopup; // a popup (cascade) menu is selected - HMENU m_hPopupMenu; // handle to the popup menu - HMENU m_hSelMenu; // handle to the casceded popup menu - HMENU m_hTopMenu; // handle to the top level menu - HWND m_hPrevFocus; // handle to window which had focus - CRect m_MDIRect[3]; // array of CRect for MDI buttons - int m_nHotItem; // hot item - int m_nMDIButton; // the MDI button (MDIButtonType) pressed - CPoint m_OldMousePos; // old Mouse position - MenuTheme m_ThemeMenu; // Theme structure - CFrame* m_pFrame; // Pointer to the frame - - }; // class CMenuBar - - - - ////////////////////////////////// - // Declaration of the CFrame class - // - class CFrame : public CWnd - { - friend class CMenuBar; - - struct ItemData - // Each Dropdown menu item has this data - { - HMENU hMenu; - UINT nPos; - UINT fType; - std::vector vItemText; - HMENU hSubMenu; - - ItemData() : hMenu(0), nPos(0), fType(0), hSubMenu(0) { vItemText.assign(MAX_MENU_STRING, _T('\0')); } - LPTSTR GetItemText() {return &vItemText[0];} - }; - - typedef Shared_Ptr ItemDataPtr; - - public: - CFrame(); - virtual ~CFrame(); - - // Override these functions as required - virtual void AdjustFrameRect(RECT rcView) const; - virtual CRect GetViewRect() const; - virtual BOOL IsMDIFrame() const { return FALSE; } - virtual void SetStatusIndicators(); - virtual void SetStatusText(); - virtual void RecalcLayout(); - virtual MenuTheme& GetMenuTheme() const { return (MenuTheme&) m_ThemeMenu; } - virtual ReBarTheme& GetReBarTheme() const { return (ReBarTheme&)GetReBar().GetReBarTheme(); } - virtual ToolBarTheme& GetToolBarTheme() const { return (ToolBarTheme&)GetToolBar().GetToolBarTheme(); } - - // Virtual Attributes - // If you need to modify the default behaviour of the menubar, rebar, - // statusbar or toolbar, inherit from those classes, and override - // the following attribute functions. - virtual CMenuBar& GetMenuBar() const { return (CMenuBar&)m_MenuBar; } - virtual CReBar& GetReBar() const { return (CReBar&)m_ReBar; } - virtual CStatusBar& GetStatusBar() const { return (CStatusBar&)m_StatusBar; } - virtual CToolBar& GetToolBar() const { return (CToolBar&)m_ToolBar; } - - // These functions aren't virtual, and shouldn't be overridden - HACCEL GetFrameAccel() const { return m_hAccel; } - CMenu& GetFrameMenu() const { return (CMenu&)m_Menu; } - std::vector GetMRUEntries() const { return m_vMRUEntries; } - tString GetRegistryKeyName() const { return m_tsKeyName; } - CWnd* GetView() const { return m_pView; } - tString GetMRUEntry(UINT nIndex); - void SetFrameMenu(INT ID_MENU); - void SetFrameMenu(HMENU hMenu); - void SetMenuTheme(MenuTheme& Theme); - void SetView(CWnd& wndView); - BOOL IsMenuBarUsed() const { return (GetMenuBar() != 0); } - BOOL IsReBarSupported() const { return (GetComCtlVersion() >= 470); } - BOOL IsReBarUsed() const { return (GetReBar() != 0); } - - protected: - // Override these functions as required - virtual BOOL AddMenuIcon(int nID_MenuItem, HICON hIcon, int cx = 16, int cy = 16); - virtual UINT AddMenuIcons(const std::vector& MenuData, COLORREF crMask, UINT ToolBarID, UINT ToolBarDisabledID); - virtual void AddMenuBarBand(); - virtual void AddMRUEntry(LPCTSTR szMRUEntry); - virtual void AddToolBarBand(CToolBar& TB, DWORD dwStyle, UINT nID); - virtual void AddToolBarButton(UINT nID, BOOL bEnabled = TRUE, LPCTSTR szText = 0); - virtual void CreateToolBar(); - virtual void DrawCheckmark(LPDRAWITEMSTRUCT pdis, CDC& DrawDC); - virtual void DrawMenuIcon(LPDRAWITEMSTRUCT pdis, CDC& DrawDC, BOOL bDisabled); - virtual void DrawMenuText(CDC& DrawDC, LPCTSTR ItemText, CRect& rc, COLORREF colorText); - virtual int GetMenuItemPos(HMENU hMenu, LPCTSTR szItem); - virtual BOOL LoadRegistrySettings(LPCTSTR szKeyName); - virtual BOOL LoadRegistryMRUSettings(UINT nMaxMRU = 0); - virtual void OnActivate(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); - virtual void OnClose(); - virtual void OnCreate(); - virtual void OnDestroy(); - virtual LRESULT OnDrawItem(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); - virtual void OnExitMenuLoop(); - virtual void OnHelp(); - virtual void OnInitMenuPopup(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); - virtual LRESULT OnMeasureItem(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); - virtual LRESULT OnMenuChar(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); - virtual void OnMenuSelect(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); - virtual LRESULT OnNotify(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); - virtual void OnSetFocus(); - virtual void OnSysColorChange(); - virtual LRESULT OnSysCommand(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); - virtual void OnTimer(WPARAM wParam); - virtual void OnViewStatusBar(); - virtual void OnViewToolBar(); - virtual void PreCreate(CREATESTRUCT& cs); - virtual void PreRegisterClass(WNDCLASS &wc); - virtual void RemoveMRUEntry(LPCTSTR szMRUEntry); - virtual BOOL SaveRegistrySettings(); - virtual void SetMenuBarBandSize(); - virtual UINT SetMenuIcons(const std::vector& MenuData, COLORREF crMask, UINT ToolBarID, UINT ToolBarDisabledID); - virtual void SetupToolBar(); - virtual void SetTheme(); - virtual void SetToolBarImages(COLORREF crMask, UINT ToolBarID, UINT ToolBarHotID, UINT ToolBarDisabledID); - virtual void ShowMenu(BOOL bShow); - virtual void ShowStatusBar(BOOL bShow); - virtual void ShowToolBar(BOOL bShow); - virtual void UpdateMRUMenu(); - virtual LRESULT WndProcDefault(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); - - enum Constants - { - ID_STATUS_TIMER = 1, - POST_TEXT_GAP = 16, // for owner draw menu item - }; - - tString m_tsStatusText; // TCHAR std::string for status text - BOOL m_bShowIndicatorStatus; // set to TRUE to see indicators in status bar - BOOL m_bShowMenuStatus; // set to TRUE to see menu and toolbar updates in status bar - BOOL m_bUseReBar; // set to TRUE if ReBars are to be used - BOOL m_bUseThemes; // set to TRUE if themes are to be used - BOOL m_bUpdateTheme; // set to TRUE to run SetThemes when theme changes - BOOL m_bUseToolBar; // set to TRUE if the toolbar is used - BOOL m_bUseCustomDraw; // set to TRUE to perform custom drawing on menu items - BOOL m_bShowStatusBar; // A flag to indicate if the StatusBar should be displayed - BOOL m_bShowToolBar; // A flag to indicate if the ToolBar should be displayed - MenuTheme m_ThemeMenu; // Theme structure for popup menus - HIMAGELIST m_himlMenu; // Imagelist of menu icons - HIMAGELIST m_himlMenuDis; // Imagelist of disabled menu icons - - private: - CFrame(const CFrame&); // Disable copy construction - CFrame& operator = (const CFrame&); // Disable assignment operator - void LoadCommonControls(); - - std::vector m_vMenuItemData;// vector of ItemData pointers - std::vector m_vMenuIcons; // vector of menu icon resource IDs - std::vector m_vMRUEntries; // Vector of tStrings for MRU entires - CDialog m_AboutDialog; // Help about dialog - CMenuBar m_MenuBar; // CMenuBar object - CReBar m_ReBar; // CReBar object - CStatusBar m_StatusBar; // CStatusBar object - CToolBar m_ToolBar; // CToolBar object - CMenu m_Menu; // handle to the frame menu - HACCEL m_hAccel; // handle to the frame's accelerator table - CWnd* m_pView; // pointer to the View CWnd object - LPCTSTR m_OldStatus[3]; // Array of TCHAR pointers; - tString m_tsKeyName; // TCHAR std::string for Registry key name - tString m_tsTooltip; // TCHAR std::string for tool tips - UINT m_nMaxMRU; // maximum number of MRU entries - CRect m_rcPosition; // CRect of the starting window position - HWND m_hOldFocus; // The window which had focus prior to the app'a deactivation - int m_nOldID; // The previous ToolBar ID displayed in the statusbar - - }; // class CFrame - -} - - -//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - - -namespace Win32xx -{ - - ///////////////////////////////////// - // Definitions for the CMenuBar class - // - inline CMenuBar::CMenuBar() - { - m_bExitAfter = FALSE; - m_hTopMenu = NULL; - m_nHotItem = -1; - m_bSelPopup = FALSE; - m_hSelMenu = NULL; - m_bMenuActive = FALSE; - m_bKeyMode = FALSE; - m_hPrevFocus = NULL; - m_nMDIButton = 0; - m_hPopupMenu = 0; - - ZeroMemory(&m_ThemeMenu, sizeof(MenuTheme)); - } - - inline CMenuBar::~CMenuBar() - { - } - - inline void CMenuBar::DoAltKey(WORD KeyCode) - { - //Handle key pressed with Alt held down - UINT ID; - if (SendMessage(TB_MAPACCELERATOR, KeyCode, (LPARAM) &ID)) - { - GrabFocus(); - m_bKeyMode = TRUE; - SetHotItem(ID); - m_bMenuActive = TRUE; - PostMessage(UWM_POPUPMENU, 0L, 0L); - } - else - ::MessageBeep(MB_OK); - } - - inline void CMenuBar::DoPopupMenu() - { - if (m_bKeyMode) - // Simulate a down arrow key press - PostMessage(WM_KEYDOWN, VK_DOWN, 0L); - - m_bKeyMode = FALSE; - m_bExitAfter = FALSE; - m_OldMousePos = GetCursorPos(); - - HWND hMaxMDIChild = NULL; - if (IsMDIChildMaxed()) - hMaxMDIChild = GetActiveMDIChild(); - - // Load the submenu - int nMaxedOffset = IsMDIChildMaxed()? 1:0; - m_hPopupMenu = ::GetSubMenu(m_hTopMenu, m_nHotItem - nMaxedOffset); - if (IsMDIChildMaxed() && (0 == m_nHotItem) ) - m_hPopupMenu = ::GetSystemMenu(hMaxMDIChild, FALSE); - - // Retrieve the bounding rectangle for the toolbar button - CRect rc = GetItemRect(m_nHotItem); - - // convert rectangle to desktop coordinates - ClientToScreen(rc); - - // Position popup above toolbar if it won't fit below - TPMPARAMS tpm; - tpm.cbSize = sizeof(TPMPARAMS); - tpm.rcExclude = rc; - - // Set the hot button - SendMessage(TB_SETHOTITEM, m_nHotItem, 0L); - SendMessage(TB_PRESSBUTTON, m_nHotItem, MAKELONG(TRUE, 0)); - - m_bSelPopup = FALSE; - m_hSelMenu = NULL; - m_bMenuActive = TRUE; - - // We hook mouse input to process mouse and keyboard input during - // the popup menu. Messages are sent to StaticMsgHook. - - // Remove any remaining hook first - TLSData* pTLSData = (TLSData*)::TlsGetValue(GetApp()->GetTlsIndex()); - pTLSData->pMenuBar = this; - if (pTLSData->hHook != NULL) - ::UnhookWindowsHookEx(pTLSData->hHook); - - // Hook messages about to be processed by the shortcut menu - pTLSData->hHook = ::SetWindowsHookEx(WH_MSGFILTER, (HOOKPROC)StaticMsgHook, NULL, ::GetCurrentThreadId()); - - // Display the shortcut menu - BOOL bRightToLeft = FALSE; - -#if defined(WINVER) && defined (WS_EX_LAYOUTRTL) && (WINVER >= 0x0500) - bRightToLeft = ((GetAncestor()->GetWindowLongPtr(GWL_EXSTYLE)) & WS_EX_LAYOUTRTL); -#endif - - int xPos = bRightToLeft? rc.right : rc.left; - UINT nID = ::TrackPopupMenuEx(m_hPopupMenu, TPM_LEFTALIGN | TPM_LEFTBUTTON | TPM_VERTICAL, - xPos, rc.bottom, m_hWnd, &tpm); - - // We get here once the TrackPopupMenuEx has ended - m_bMenuActive = FALSE; - - // Remove the message hook - ::UnhookWindowsHookEx(pTLSData->hHook); - pTLSData->hHook = NULL; - - // Process MDI Child system menu - if (IsMDIChildMaxed()) - { - if (::GetSystemMenu(hMaxMDIChild, FALSE) == m_hPopupMenu ) - { - if (nID) - ::SendMessage(hMaxMDIChild, WM_SYSCOMMAND, nID, 0L); - } - } - - // Resestablish Focus - if (m_bKeyMode) - GrabFocus(); - } - - inline void CMenuBar::DrawAllMDIButtons(CDC& DrawDC) - { - if (!IsMDIFrame()) - return; - - if (IsMDIChildMaxed()) - { - int cx = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXSMICON); - int cy = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYSMICON); - CRect rc = GetClientRect(); - int gap = 4; - rc.right -= gap; - - // Assign values to each element of the CRect array - for (int i = 0 ; i < 3 ; ++i) - { - int left = rc.right - (i+1)*cx - gap*(i+1); - int top = rc.bottom/2 - cy/2; - int right = rc.right - i*cx - gap*(i+1); - int bottom = rc.bottom/2 + cy/2; - ::SetRect(&m_MDIRect[2 - i], left, top, right, bottom); - } - - // Hide the MDI button if it won't fit - for (int k = 0 ; k <= 2 ; ++k) - { - - if (m_MDIRect[k].left < GetMaxSize().cx) - { - ::SetRectEmpty(&m_MDIRect[k]); - } - } - - DrawMDIButton(DrawDC, MDI_MIN, 0); - DrawMDIButton(DrawDC, MDI_RESTORE, 0); - DrawMDIButton(DrawDC, MDI_CLOSE, 0); - } - } - - inline void CMenuBar::DrawMDIButton(CDC& DrawDC, int iButton, UINT uState) - { - if (!IsRectEmpty(&m_MDIRect[iButton])) - { - switch (uState) - { - case 0: - { - // Draw a grey outline - DrawDC.CreatePen(PS_SOLID, 1, GetSysColor(COLOR_BTNFACE)); - DrawDC.MoveTo(m_MDIRect[iButton].left, m_MDIRect[iButton].bottom); - DrawDC.LineTo(m_MDIRect[iButton].right, m_MDIRect[iButton].bottom); - DrawDC.LineTo(m_MDIRect[iButton].right, m_MDIRect[iButton].top); - DrawDC.LineTo(m_MDIRect[iButton].left, m_MDIRect[iButton].top); - DrawDC.LineTo(m_MDIRect[iButton].left, m_MDIRect[iButton].bottom); - } - break; - case 1: - { - // Draw outline, white at top, black on bottom - DrawDC.CreatePen(PS_SOLID, 1, RGB(0, 0, 0)); - DrawDC.MoveTo(m_MDIRect[iButton].left, m_MDIRect[iButton].bottom); - DrawDC.LineTo(m_MDIRect[iButton].right, m_MDIRect[iButton].bottom); - DrawDC.LineTo(m_MDIRect[iButton].right, m_MDIRect[iButton].top); - DrawDC.CreatePen(PS_SOLID, 1, RGB(255, 255, 255)); - DrawDC.LineTo(m_MDIRect[iButton].left, m_MDIRect[iButton].top); - DrawDC.LineTo(m_MDIRect[iButton].left, m_MDIRect[iButton].bottom); - } - - break; - case 2: - { - // Draw outline, black on top, white on bottom - DrawDC.CreatePen(PS_SOLID, 1, RGB(255, 255, 255)); - DrawDC.MoveTo(m_MDIRect[iButton].left, m_MDIRect[iButton].bottom); - DrawDC.LineTo(m_MDIRect[iButton].right, m_MDIRect[iButton].bottom); - DrawDC.LineTo(m_MDIRect[iButton].right, m_MDIRect[iButton].top); - DrawDC.CreatePen(PS_SOLID, 1, RGB(0, 0, 0)); - DrawDC.LineTo(m_MDIRect[iButton].left, m_MDIRect[iButton].top); - DrawDC.LineTo(m_MDIRect[iButton].left, m_MDIRect[iButton].bottom); - } - break; - } - - DrawDC.CreatePen(PS_SOLID, 1, RGB(0, 0, 0)); - - switch (iButton) - { - case MDI_MIN: - // Manually Draw Minimise button - DrawDC.MoveTo(m_MDIRect[0].left + 4, m_MDIRect[0].bottom -4); - DrawDC.LineTo(m_MDIRect[0].right - 4, m_MDIRect[0].bottom - 4); - - DrawDC.MoveTo(m_MDIRect[0].left + 4, m_MDIRect[0].bottom -5); - DrawDC.LineTo(m_MDIRect[0].right - 4, m_MDIRect[0].bottom - 5); - break; - case MDI_RESTORE: - // Manually Draw Restore Button - DrawDC.MoveTo(m_MDIRect[1].left + 3, m_MDIRect[1].top + 7); - DrawDC.LineTo(m_MDIRect[1].left + 3, m_MDIRect[1].bottom -4); - DrawDC.LineTo(m_MDIRect[1].right - 6, m_MDIRect[1].bottom -4); - DrawDC.LineTo(m_MDIRect[1].right - 6, m_MDIRect[1].top + 7); - DrawDC.LineTo(m_MDIRect[1].left + 3, m_MDIRect[1].top + 7); - - DrawDC.MoveTo(m_MDIRect[1].left + 3, m_MDIRect[1].top + 8); - DrawDC.LineTo(m_MDIRect[1].right - 6, m_MDIRect[1].top + 8); - - DrawDC.MoveTo(m_MDIRect[1].left + 5, m_MDIRect[1].top + 7); - DrawDC.LineTo(m_MDIRect[1].left + 5, m_MDIRect[1].top + 4); - DrawDC.LineTo(m_MDIRect[1].right - 4, m_MDIRect[1].top + 4); - DrawDC.LineTo(m_MDIRect[1].right - 4, m_MDIRect[1].bottom -6); - DrawDC.LineTo(m_MDIRect[1].right - 6, m_MDIRect[1].bottom -6); - - DrawDC.MoveTo(m_MDIRect[1].left + 5, m_MDIRect[1].top + 5); - DrawDC.LineTo(m_MDIRect[1].right - 4, m_MDIRect[1].top + 5); - break; - case MDI_CLOSE: - // Manually Draw Close Button - DrawDC.MoveTo(m_MDIRect[2].left + 4, m_MDIRect[2].top +5); - DrawDC.LineTo(m_MDIRect[2].right - 4, m_MDIRect[2].bottom -3); - - DrawDC.MoveTo(m_MDIRect[2].left + 5, m_MDIRect[2].top +5); - DrawDC.LineTo(m_MDIRect[2].right - 4, m_MDIRect[2].bottom -4); - - DrawDC.MoveTo(m_MDIRect[2].left + 4, m_MDIRect[2].top +6); - DrawDC.LineTo(m_MDIRect[2].right - 5, m_MDIRect[2].bottom -3); - - DrawDC.MoveTo(m_MDIRect[2].right -5, m_MDIRect[2].top +5); - DrawDC.LineTo(m_MDIRect[2].left + 3, m_MDIRect[2].bottom -3); - - DrawDC.MoveTo(m_MDIRect[2].right -5, m_MDIRect[2].top +6); - DrawDC.LineTo(m_MDIRect[2].left + 4, m_MDIRect[2].bottom -3); - - DrawDC.MoveTo(m_MDIRect[2].right -6, m_MDIRect[2].top +5); - DrawDC.LineTo(m_MDIRect[2].left + 3, m_MDIRect[2].bottom -4); - break; - } - } - } - - inline void CMenuBar::ExitMenu() - { - ReleaseFocus(); - m_bKeyMode = FALSE; - m_bMenuActive = FALSE; - SendMessage(TB_PRESSBUTTON, m_nHotItem, (LPARAM) MAKELONG (FALSE, 0)); - SetHotItem(-1); - - CPoint pt = GetCursorPos(); - ScreenToClient(pt); - - // Update mouse mouse position for hot tracking - SendMessage(WM_MOUSEMOVE, 0L, MAKELONG(pt.x, pt.y)); - } - - inline HWND CMenuBar::GetActiveMDIChild() - { - HWND hwndMDIChild = NULL; - if (IsMDIFrame()) - { - hwndMDIChild = (HWND)::SendMessage(m_pFrame->GetView()->GetHwnd(), WM_MDIGETACTIVE, 0L, 0L); - } - - return hwndMDIChild; - } - - inline void CMenuBar::GrabFocus() - { - if (::GetFocus() != m_hWnd) - m_hPrevFocus = ::SetFocus(m_hWnd); - ::SetCapture(m_hWnd); - ::SetCursor(::LoadCursor(NULL, IDC_ARROW)); - } - - inline BOOL CMenuBar::IsMDIChildMaxed() const - { - BOOL bMaxed = FALSE; - - if (IsMDIFrame() && m_pFrame->GetView()->IsWindow()) - { - m_pFrame->GetView()->SendMessage(WM_MDIGETACTIVE, 0L, (LPARAM)&bMaxed); - } - - return bMaxed; - } - - inline BOOL CMenuBar::IsMDIFrame() const - { - return (m_pFrame->IsMDIFrame()); - } - - inline void CMenuBar::OnMenuChar(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) - { - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(lParam); - - if (!m_bMenuActive) - DoAltKey(LOWORD(wParam)); - } - - inline void CMenuBar::OnCreate() - { - // We must send this message before sending the TB_ADDBITMAP or TB_ADDBUTTONS message - SendMessage(TB_BUTTONSTRUCTSIZE, (WPARAM)sizeof(TBBUTTON), 0L); - - m_pFrame = (CFrame*)GetAncestor(); - assert(m_pFrame); - } - - inline LRESULT CMenuBar::OnCustomDraw(NMHDR* pNMHDR) - // CustomDraw is used to render the MenuBar's toolbar buttons - { - if (m_ThemeMenu.UseThemes) - { - LPNMTBCUSTOMDRAW lpNMCustomDraw = (LPNMTBCUSTOMDRAW)pNMHDR; - - switch (lpNMCustomDraw->nmcd.dwDrawStage) - { - // Begin paint cycle - case CDDS_PREPAINT: - // Send NM_CUSTOMDRAW item draw, and post-paint notification messages. - return CDRF_NOTIFYITEMDRAW | CDRF_NOTIFYPOSTPAINT ; - - // An item is about to be drawn - case CDDS_ITEMPREPAINT: - { - CDC* pDrawDC = FromHandle(lpNMCustomDraw->nmcd.hdc); - CRect rcRect = lpNMCustomDraw->nmcd.rc; - int nState = lpNMCustomDraw->nmcd.uItemState; - DWORD dwItem = (DWORD)lpNMCustomDraw->nmcd.dwItemSpec; - - // Leave a pixel gap above and below the drawn rectangle - if (IsAeroThemed()) - rcRect.InflateRect(0, -2); - else - rcRect.InflateRect(0, -1); - - if (IsMDIChildMaxed() && (0 == dwItem)) - // Draw over MDI Max button - { - HICON hIcon = (HICON)::SendMessage(GetActiveMDIChild(), WM_GETICON, ICON_SMALL, 0L); - if (NULL == hIcon) - hIcon = ::LoadIcon(NULL, IDI_APPLICATION); - - int cx = ::GetSystemMetrics (SM_CXSMICON); - int cy = ::GetSystemMetrics (SM_CYSMICON); - int y = 1 + (GetWindowRect().Height() - cy)/2; - int x = (rcRect.Width() - cx)/2; - pDrawDC->DrawIconEx(x, y, hIcon, cx, cy, 0, NULL, DI_NORMAL); - - pDrawDC->Detach(); // Optional, deletes GDI objects sooner - return CDRF_SKIPDEFAULT; // No further drawing - } - - else if (nState & (CDIS_HOT | CDIS_SELECTED)) - { - if ((nState & CDIS_SELECTED) || (GetButtonState(dwItem) & TBSTATE_PRESSED)) - { - pDrawDC->GradientFill(m_ThemeMenu.clrPressed1, m_ThemeMenu.clrPressed2, rcRect, FALSE); - } - else if (nState & CDIS_HOT) - { - pDrawDC->GradientFill(m_ThemeMenu.clrHot1, m_ThemeMenu.clrHot2, rcRect, FALSE); - } - - // Draw border - pDrawDC->CreatePen(PS_SOLID, 1, m_ThemeMenu.clrOutline); - pDrawDC->MoveTo(rcRect.left, rcRect.bottom); - pDrawDC->LineTo(rcRect.left, rcRect.top); - pDrawDC->LineTo(rcRect.right-1, rcRect.top); - pDrawDC->LineTo(rcRect.right-1, rcRect.bottom); - pDrawDC->MoveTo(rcRect.right-1, rcRect.bottom); - pDrawDC->LineTo(rcRect.left, rcRect.bottom); - - TCHAR str[80] = _T(""); - int nLength = (int)SendMessage(TB_GETBUTTONTEXT, lpNMCustomDraw->nmcd.dwItemSpec, 0L); - if ((nLength > 0) && (nLength < 80)) - SendMessage(TB_GETBUTTONTEXT, lpNMCustomDraw->nmcd.dwItemSpec, (LPARAM)str); - - // Draw highlight text - pDrawDC->SelectObject(GetFont()); - rcRect.bottom += 1; - int iMode = pDrawDC->SetBkMode(TRANSPARENT); - pDrawDC->DrawText(str, lstrlen(str), rcRect, DT_VCENTER | DT_CENTER | DT_SINGLELINE); - - pDrawDC->SetBkMode(iMode); - pDrawDC->Detach(); // Optional, deletes GDI objects sooner - return CDRF_SKIPDEFAULT; // No further drawing - } - } - return CDRF_DODEFAULT ; // Do default drawing - - // Painting cycle has completed - case CDDS_POSTPAINT: - // Draw MDI Minimise, Restore and Close buttons - { - CDC* pDrawDC = FromHandle(lpNMCustomDraw->nmcd.hdc); - DrawAllMDIButtons(*pDrawDC); - pDrawDC->Detach(); // Optional, deletes GDI objects sooner - } - break; - } - } - return 0L; - } - - inline void CMenuBar::OnKeyDown(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) - { - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(lParam); - - switch (wParam) - { - case VK_ESCAPE: - ExitMenu(); - break; - - case VK_SPACE: - ExitMenu(); - // Bring up the system menu - GetAncestor()->PostMessage(WM_SYSCOMMAND, SC_KEYMENU, VK_SPACE); - break; - - // Handle VK_DOWN,VK_UP and VK_RETURN together - case VK_DOWN: - case VK_UP: - case VK_RETURN: - // Always use PostMessage for USER_POPUPMENU (not SendMessage) - PostMessage(UWM_POPUPMENU, 0L, 0L); - break; - - case VK_LEFT: - // Move left to next topmenu item - (m_nHotItem > 0)? SetHotItem(m_nHotItem -1) : SetHotItem(GetButtonCount()-1); - break; - - case VK_RIGHT: - // Move right to next topmenu item - (m_nHotItem < GetButtonCount() -1)? SetHotItem(m_nHotItem +1) : SetHotItem(0); - break; - - default: - // Handle Accelerator keys with Alt toggled down - if (m_bKeyMode) - { - UINT ID; - if (SendMessage(TB_MAPACCELERATOR, wParam, (LPARAM) &ID)) - { - m_nHotItem = ID; - PostMessage(UWM_POPUPMENU, 0L, 0L); - } - else - ::MessageBeep(MB_OK); - } - break; - } // switch (wParam) - } - - inline void CMenuBar::OnLButtonDown(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) - { - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(wParam); - - GrabFocus(); - m_nMDIButton = 0; - CPoint pt; - - pt.x = GET_X_LPARAM(lParam); - pt.y = GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam); - - if (IsMDIFrame()) - { - if (IsMDIChildMaxed()) - { - CClientDC MenuBarDC(this); - m_nMDIButton = -1; - - if (m_MDIRect[0].PtInRect(pt)) m_nMDIButton = 0; - if (m_MDIRect[1].PtInRect(pt)) m_nMDIButton = 1; - if (m_MDIRect[2].PtInRect(pt)) m_nMDIButton = 2; - - if (m_nMDIButton >= 0) - { - DrawMDIButton(MenuBarDC, MDI_MIN, (0 == m_nMDIButton)? 2 : 0); - DrawMDIButton(MenuBarDC, MDI_RESTORE, (1 == m_nMDIButton)? 2 : 0); - DrawMDIButton(MenuBarDC, MDI_CLOSE, (2 == m_nMDIButton)? 2 : 0); - } - - // Bring up the MDI Child window's system menu when the icon is pressed - if (0 == HitTest()) - { - m_nHotItem = 0; - PostMessage(UWM_POPUPMENU, 0L, 0L); - } - } - } - } - - inline void CMenuBar::OnLButtonUp(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) - { - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(wParam); - CPoint pt; - pt.x = GET_X_LPARAM(lParam); - pt.y = GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam); - - if (IsMDIFrame()) - { - HWND MDIClient = m_pFrame->GetView()->GetHwnd(); - HWND MDIChild = GetActiveMDIChild(); - - if (IsMDIChildMaxed()) - { - CPoint pt = GetCursorPos(); - ScreenToClient(pt); - - // Process the MDI button action when the left mouse button is up - if (m_MDIRect[0].PtInRect(pt)) - { - if (MDI_MIN == m_nMDIButton) - ::ShowWindow(MDIChild, SW_MINIMIZE); - } - - if (m_MDIRect[1].PtInRect(pt)) - { - if (MDI_RESTORE == m_nMDIButton) - ::PostMessage(MDIClient, WM_MDIRESTORE, (WPARAM)MDIChild, 0L); - } - - if (m_MDIRect[2].PtInRect(pt)) - { - if (MDI_CLOSE == m_nMDIButton) - ::PostMessage(MDIChild, WM_CLOSE, 0L, 0L); - } - } - } - m_nMDIButton = 0; - ExitMenu(); - } - - inline BOOL CMenuBar::OnMenuInput(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) - // When a popup menu is active, StaticMsgHook directs all menu messages here - { - switch(uMsg) - { - case WM_KEYDOWN: - m_bExitAfter = FALSE; - { - switch (wParam) - { - case VK_ESCAPE: - // Use default processing if inside a Sub Menu - if ((m_hSelMenu) &&(m_hSelMenu != m_hPopupMenu)) - return FALSE; - - m_bMenuActive = FALSE; - m_bKeyMode = TRUE; - SendMessage(WM_CANCELMODE, 0L, 0L); - SendMessage(TB_PRESSBUTTON, m_nHotItem, MAKELONG(FALSE, 0)); - SendMessage(TB_SETHOTITEM, m_nHotItem, 0L); - break; - - case VK_LEFT: - // Use default processing if inside a Sub Menu - if ((m_hSelMenu) &&(m_hSelMenu != m_hPopupMenu)) - return FALSE; - - SendMessage(TB_PRESSBUTTON, m_nHotItem, MAKELONG(FALSE, 0)); - - // Move left to next topmenu item - (m_nHotItem > 0)? --m_nHotItem : m_nHotItem = GetButtonCount()-1; - SendMessage(WM_CANCELMODE, 0L, 0L); - - // Always use PostMessage for USER_POPUPMENU (not SendMessage) - PostMessage(UWM_POPUPMENU, 0L, 0L); - PostMessage(WM_KEYDOWN, VK_DOWN, 0L); - break; - - case VK_RIGHT: - // Use default processing to open Sub Menu - if (m_bSelPopup) - return FALSE; - - SendMessage(TB_PRESSBUTTON, m_nHotItem, MAKELONG(FALSE, 0)); - - // Move right to next topmenu item - (m_nHotItem < GetButtonCount()-1)? ++m_nHotItem : m_nHotItem = 0; - SendMessage(WM_CANCELMODE, 0L, 0L); - - // Always use PostMessage for USER_POPUPMENU (not SendMessage) - PostMessage(UWM_POPUPMENU, 0L, 0L); - PostMessage(WM_KEYDOWN, VK_DOWN, 0L); - break; - - case VK_RETURN: - m_bExitAfter = TRUE; - break; - - } // switch (wParam) - - } // case WM_KEYDOWN - - return FALSE; - - case WM_CHAR: - m_bExitAfter = TRUE; - return FALSE; - - case WM_LBUTTONDOWN: - { - m_bExitAfter = TRUE; - if (HitTest() >= 0) - { - // Cancel popup when we hit a button a second time - SendMessage(WM_CANCELMODE, 0L, 0L); - return TRUE; - } - } - return FALSE; - - case WM_LBUTTONDBLCLK: - // Perform default action for DblClick on MDI Maxed icon - if (IsMDIChildMaxed() && (0 == HitTest())) - { - CWnd* pMDIChild = FromHandle(GetActiveMDIChild()); - CMenu* pChildMenu = pMDIChild->GetSystemMenu(FALSE); - - UINT nID = pChildMenu->GetDefaultItem(FALSE, 0); - if (nID) - pMDIChild->PostMessage(WM_SYSCOMMAND, nID, 0L); - } - - m_bExitAfter = TRUE; - return FALSE; - - case WM_MENUSELECT: - { - // store info about selected item - m_hSelMenu = (HMENU)lParam; - m_bSelPopup = ((HIWORD(wParam) & MF_POPUP) != 0); - - // Reflect message back to the frame window - GetAncestor()->SendMessage(WM_MENUSELECT, wParam, lParam); - } - return TRUE; - - case WM_MOUSEMOVE: - { - CPoint pt; - pt.x = GET_X_LPARAM(lParam); - pt.y = GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam); - - // Skip if mouse hasn't moved - if ((pt.x == m_OldMousePos.x) && (pt.y == m_OldMousePos.y)) - return FALSE; - - m_OldMousePos.x = pt.x; - m_OldMousePos.y = pt.y; - ScreenToClient(pt); - - // Reflect messages back to the MenuBar for hot tracking - SendMessage(WM_MOUSEMOVE, 0L, MAKELPARAM(pt.x, pt.y)); - } - break; - - } - return FALSE; - } - - inline void CMenuBar::OnMouseLeave() - { - if (IsMDIFrame()) - { - if (IsMDIChildMaxed()) - { - CClientDC MenuBarDC(this); - - DrawMDIButton(MenuBarDC, MDI_MIN, 0); - DrawMDIButton(MenuBarDC, MDI_RESTORE, 0); - DrawMDIButton(MenuBarDC, MDI_CLOSE, 0); - } - } - } - - inline void CMenuBar::OnMouseMove(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) - { - CPoint pt; - pt.x = GET_X_LPARAM(lParam); - pt.y = GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam); - - if (IsMDIFrame()) - { - if (IsMDIChildMaxed()) - { - CClientDC MenuBarDC(this); - int MDIButton = -1; - if (m_MDIRect[0].PtInRect(pt)) MDIButton = 0; - if (m_MDIRect[1].PtInRect(pt)) MDIButton = 1; - if (m_MDIRect[2].PtInRect(pt)) MDIButton = 2; - - if (MK_LBUTTON == wParam) // mouse moved with left mouse button is held down - { - // toggle the MDI button image pressed/unpressed as required - if (MDIButton >= 0) - { - DrawMDIButton(MenuBarDC, MDI_MIN, ((0 == MDIButton) && (0 == m_nMDIButton))? 2 : 0); - DrawMDIButton(MenuBarDC, MDI_RESTORE, ((1 == MDIButton) && (1 == m_nMDIButton))? 2 : 0); - DrawMDIButton(MenuBarDC, MDI_CLOSE, ((2 == MDIButton) && (2 == m_nMDIButton))? 2 : 0); - } - else - { - DrawMDIButton(MenuBarDC, MDI_MIN, 0); - DrawMDIButton(MenuBarDC, MDI_RESTORE, 0); - DrawMDIButton(MenuBarDC, MDI_CLOSE, 0); - } - } - else // mouse moved without left mouse button held down - { - if (MDIButton >= 0) - { - DrawMDIButton(MenuBarDC, MDI_MIN, (0 == MDIButton)? 1 : 0); - DrawMDIButton(MenuBarDC, MDI_RESTORE, (1 == MDIButton)? 1 : 0); - DrawMDIButton(MenuBarDC, MDI_CLOSE, (2 == MDIButton)? 1 : 0); - } - else - { - DrawMDIButton(MenuBarDC, MDI_MIN, 0); - DrawMDIButton(MenuBarDC, MDI_RESTORE, 0); - DrawMDIButton(MenuBarDC, MDI_CLOSE, 0); - } - } - } - } - } - - inline LRESULT CMenuBar::OnNotifyReflect(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) - { - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(wParam); - - switch (((LPNMHDR)lParam)->code) - { - case NM_CUSTOMDRAW: - { - return OnCustomDraw((LPNMHDR) lParam); - } - - case TBN_DROPDOWN: - // Always use PostMessage for USER_POPUPMENU (not SendMessage) - PostMessage(UWM_POPUPMENU, 0L, 0L); - break; - - case TBN_HOTITEMCHANGE: - // This is the notification that a hot item change is about to occur - // This is used to bring up a new popup menu when required - { - CPoint pt = GetCursorPos(); - if (this == WindowFromPoint(pt)) // MenuBar window must be on top - { - DWORD flag = ((LPNMTBHOTITEM)lParam)->dwFlags; - if ((flag & HICF_MOUSE) && !(flag & HICF_LEAVING)) - { - int nButton = HitTest(); - if ((m_bMenuActive) && (nButton != m_nHotItem)) - { - SendMessage(TB_PRESSBUTTON, m_nHotItem, MAKELONG(FALSE, 0)); - m_nHotItem = nButton; - SendMessage(WM_CANCELMODE, 0L, 0L); - - //Always use PostMessage for USER_POPUPMENU (not SendMessage) - PostMessage(UWM_POPUPMENU, 0L, 0L); - } - m_nHotItem = nButton; - } - - // Handle escape from popup menu - if ((flag & HICF_LEAVING) && m_bKeyMode) - { - m_nHotItem = ((LPNMTBHOTITEM)lParam)->idOld; - PostMessage(TB_SETHOTITEM, m_nHotItem, 0L); - } - - } - break; - } //case TBN_HOTITEMCHANGE: - - } // switch(((LPNMHDR)lParam)->code) - return 0L; - } // CMenuBar::OnNotify(...) - - inline void CMenuBar::OnWindowPosChanged() - { - InvalidateRect(&m_MDIRect[0], TRUE); - InvalidateRect(&m_MDIRect[1], TRUE); - InvalidateRect(&m_MDIRect[2], TRUE); - { - CClientDC MenuBarDC(this); - DrawAllMDIButtons(MenuBarDC); - } - } - - inline void CMenuBar::PreCreate(CREATESTRUCT &cs) - { - cs.style = WS_CHILD | WS_VISIBLE | WS_CLIPSIBLINGS | TBSTYLE_TOOLTIPS | TBSTYLE_LIST | TBSTYLE_FLAT | CCS_NODIVIDER | CCS_NORESIZE; - } - - inline void CMenuBar::PreRegisterClass(WNDCLASS &wc) - { - // Set the Window Class - wc.lpszClassName = TOOLBARCLASSNAME; - } - - inline void CMenuBar::ReleaseFocus() - { - if (m_hPrevFocus) - ::SetFocus(m_hPrevFocus); - - m_hPrevFocus = NULL; - ::ReleaseCapture(); - } - - inline void CMenuBar::SetHotItem(int nHot) - { - m_nHotItem = nHot; - SendMessage(TB_SETHOTITEM, m_nHotItem, 0L); - } - - inline void CMenuBar::SetMenu(HMENU hMenu) - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - - m_hTopMenu = hMenu; - int nMaxedOffset = (IsMDIChildMaxed()? 1:0); - - // Remove any existing buttons - while (SendMessage(TB_BUTTONCOUNT, 0L, 0L) > 0) - { - if(!SendMessage(TB_DELETEBUTTON, 0L, 0L)) - break; - } - - // Set the Bitmap size to zero - SendMessage(TB_SETBITMAPSIZE, 0L, MAKELPARAM(0, 0)); - - if (IsMDIChildMaxed()) - { - // Create an extra button for the MDI child system menu - // Later we will custom draw the window icon over this button - TBBUTTON tbb = {0}; - tbb.fsState = TBSTATE_ENABLED; - tbb.fsStyle = TBSTYLE_BUTTON | TBSTYLE_AUTOSIZE ; - tbb.iString = (INT_PTR)_T(" "); - SendMessage(TB_ADDBUTTONS, 1, (WPARAM)&tbb); - SetButtonText(0, _T(" ")); - } - - for (int i = 0 ; i < ::GetMenuItemCount(hMenu); ++i) - { - // Assign the ToolBar Button struct - TBBUTTON tbb = {0}; - tbb.idCommand = i + nMaxedOffset; // Each button needs a unique ID - tbb.fsState = TBSTATE_ENABLED; - tbb.fsStyle = TBSTYLE_BUTTON | TBSTYLE_AUTOSIZE | TBSTYLE_DROPDOWN; - tbb.iString = (INT_PTR)_T(" "); - SendMessage(TB_ADDBUTTONS, 1, (WPARAM)&tbb); - - // Add the menu title to the string table - std::vector vMenuName( MAX_MENU_STRING+1, _T('\0') ); - TCHAR* szMenuName = &vMenuName[0]; - GetMenuString(hMenu, i, szMenuName, MAX_MENU_STRING, MF_BYPOSITION); - SetButtonText(i + nMaxedOffset, szMenuName); - } - } - - inline void CMenuBar::SetMenuBarTheme(MenuTheme& Theme) - { - m_ThemeMenu.UseThemes = Theme.UseThemes; - m_ThemeMenu.clrHot1 = Theme.clrHot1; - m_ThemeMenu.clrHot2 = Theme.clrHot2; - m_ThemeMenu.clrPressed1 = Theme.clrPressed1; - m_ThemeMenu.clrPressed2 = Theme.clrPressed2; - m_ThemeMenu.clrOutline = Theme.clrOutline; - - if (IsWindow()) - Invalidate(); - } - - inline LRESULT CALLBACK CMenuBar::StaticMsgHook(int nCode, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) - { - assert(GetApp()); - MSG* pMsg = (MSG*)lParam; - TLSData* pTLSData = (TLSData*)TlsGetValue(GetApp()->GetTlsIndex()); - assert(pTLSData); - CMenuBar* pMenuBar = (CMenuBar*)pTLSData->pMenuBar; - - if (pMenuBar && (MSGF_MENU == nCode)) - { - // process menu message - if (pMenuBar->OnMenuInput(pMsg->message, pMsg->wParam, pMsg->lParam)) - { - return TRUE; - } - } - - return CallNextHookEx(pTLSData->hHook, nCode, wParam, lParam); - } - - inline void CMenuBar::OnSysCommand(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) - { - if (SC_KEYMENU == wParam) - { - if (0 == lParam) - { - // Alt/F10 key toggled - GrabFocus(); - m_bKeyMode = TRUE; - int nMaxedOffset = (IsMDIChildMaxed()? 1:0); - SetHotItem(nMaxedOffset); - } - else - // Handle key pressed with Alt held down - DoAltKey((WORD)lParam); - } - } - - inline LRESULT CMenuBar::WndProcDefault(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) - { - switch (uMsg) - { - case WM_CHAR: - return 0L; // Discard these messages - case WM_DRAWITEM: - m_pFrame->OnDrawItem(wParam, lParam); - return TRUE; // handled - case WM_EXITMENULOOP: - if (m_bExitAfter) - ExitMenu(); - m_pFrame->OnExitMenuLoop(); - break; - case WM_INITMENUPOPUP: - m_pFrame->OnInitMenuPopup(wParam, lParam); - break; - case WM_KEYDOWN: - OnKeyDown(wParam, lParam); - return 0L; // Discard these messages - case WM_KILLFOCUS: - ExitMenu(); - return 0L; - case WM_LBUTTONDOWN: - // Do default processing first - CallWindowProc(GetPrevWindowProc(), uMsg, wParam, lParam); - - OnLButtonDown(wParam, lParam); - return 0L; - case WM_LBUTTONUP: - OnLButtonUp(wParam, lParam); - break; - case WM_MEASUREITEM: - m_pFrame->OnMeasureItem(wParam, lParam); - return TRUE; // handled - case WM_MOUSELEAVE: - OnMouseLeave(); - break; - case WM_MOUSEMOVE: - OnMouseMove(wParam, lParam); - break; - case UWM_POPUPMENU: - DoPopupMenu(); - return 0L; - case WM_SYSKEYDOWN: - if ((VK_MENU == wParam) || (VK_F10 == wParam)) - return 0L; - break; - case WM_SYSKEYUP: - if ((VK_MENU == wParam) || (VK_F10 == wParam)) - { - ExitMenu(); - return 0L; - } - break; - case UWM_GETMENUTHEME: - { - MenuTheme& tm = GetMenuBarTheme(); - return (LRESULT)&tm; - } - case WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED: - OnWindowPosChanged(); - break; - case WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGING: - // Bypass CToolBar::WndProcDefault for this message - return CWnd::WndProcDefault(uMsg, wParam, lParam); - - } // switch (uMsg) - - return CToolBar::WndProcDefault(uMsg, wParam, lParam); - } // LRESULT CMenuBar::WndProcDefault(...) - - - - /////////////////////////////////// - // Definitions for the CFrame class - // - inline CFrame::CFrame() : m_tsStatusText(_T("Ready")), m_bShowIndicatorStatus(TRUE), m_bShowMenuStatus(TRUE), - m_bUseReBar(FALSE), m_bUseThemes(TRUE), m_bUpdateTheme(FALSE), m_bUseToolBar(TRUE), m_bUseCustomDraw(TRUE), - m_bShowStatusBar(TRUE), m_bShowToolBar(TRUE), m_himlMenu(NULL), m_himlMenuDis(NULL), - m_AboutDialog(IDW_ABOUT), m_pView(NULL), m_nMaxMRU(0), m_hOldFocus(0), m_nOldID(-1) - { - ZeroMemory(&m_ThemeMenu, sizeof(m_ThemeMenu)); - - // Do either InitCommonControls or InitCommonControlsEx - LoadCommonControls(); - - // By default, we use the rebar if we can - if (GetComCtlVersion() >= 470) - m_bUseReBar = TRUE; - - for (int i = 0 ; i < 3 ; ++i) - m_OldStatus[i] = _T('\0'); - } - - inline CFrame::~CFrame() - { - if (m_himlMenu) ImageList_Destroy(m_himlMenu); - if (m_himlMenuDis) ImageList_Destroy(m_himlMenuDis); - } - - inline BOOL CFrame::AddMenuIcon(int nID_MenuItem, HICON hIcon, int cx /*= 16*/, int cy /*= 16*/) - { - // Get ImageList image size - int cxOld = 0; - int cyOld = 0; - ImageList_GetIconSize(m_himlMenu, &cxOld, &cyOld ); - - // Create a new ImageList if required - if ((cx != cxOld) || (cy != cyOld) || (NULL == m_himlMenu)) - { - if (m_himlMenu) ImageList_Destroy(m_himlMenu); - m_himlMenu = ImageList_Create(cx, cy, ILC_COLOR32 | ILC_MASK, 1, 0); - m_vMenuIcons.clear(); - } - - if (ImageList_AddIcon(m_himlMenu, hIcon) != -1) - { - m_vMenuIcons.push_back(nID_MenuItem); - - // Recreate the Disabled imagelist - if (m_himlMenuDis) ImageList_Destroy(m_himlMenuDis); - m_himlMenuDis = NULL; - m_himlMenuDis = CreateDisabledImageList(m_himlMenu); - - return TRUE; - } - - return FALSE; - } - - inline UINT CFrame::AddMenuIcons(const std::vector& MenuData, COLORREF crMask, UINT ToolBarID, UINT ToolBarDisabledID) - // Adds the icons from a bitmap resouce to an internal ImageList for use with popup menu items. - // Note: If existing are a different size to the new ones, the old ones will be removed! - // The ToolBarDisabledID is ignored unless ToolBarID and ToolBarDisabledID bitmaps are the same size. - { - // Count the MenuData entries excluding seperators - int iImages = 0; - for (UINT i = 0 ; i < MenuData.size(); ++i) - { - if (MenuData[i] != 0) // Don't count seperators - { - ++iImages; - } - } - - // Load the button images from Resouce ID - CBitmap Bitmap(ToolBarID); - - if ((0 == iImages) || (!Bitmap)) - return (UINT)m_vMenuIcons.size(); // No valid images, so nothing to do! - - BITMAP bm = Bitmap.GetBitmapData(); - int iImageWidth = bm.bmWidth / iImages; - int iImageHeight = bm.bmHeight; - - // Create the ImageList if required - if (NULL == m_himlMenu) - { - m_himlMenu = ImageList_Create(iImageWidth, iImageHeight, ILC_COLOR32 | ILC_MASK, iImages, 0); - m_vMenuIcons.clear(); - } - else - { - int Oldcx; - int Oldcy; - - ImageList_GetIconSize(m_himlMenu, &Oldcx, &Oldcy); - if (iImageHeight != Oldcy) - { - TRACE(_T("Unable to add icons. The new icons are a different size to the old ones\n")); - return (UINT)m_vMenuIcons.size(); - } - } - - // Add the resource IDs to the m_vMenuIcons vector - for (UINT j = 0 ; j < MenuData.size(); ++j) - { - if (MenuData[j] != 0) - { - m_vMenuIcons.push_back(MenuData[j]); - } - } - - // Add the images to the ImageList - ImageList_AddMasked(m_himlMenu, Bitmap, crMask); - - // Create the Disabled imagelist - if (ToolBarDisabledID) - { - if (0 != m_himlMenuDis) - m_himlMenuDis = ImageList_Create(iImageWidth, iImageHeight, ILC_COLOR32 | ILC_MASK, iImages, 0); - - CBitmap BitmapDisabled(ToolBarDisabledID); - BITMAP bmDis = BitmapDisabled.GetBitmapData(); - - int iImageWidthDis = bmDis.bmWidth / iImages; - int iImageHeightDis = bmDis.bmHeight; - - // Normal and Disabled icons must be the same size - if ((iImageWidthDis == iImageWidth) && (iImageHeightDis == iImageHeight)) - { - ImageList_AddMasked(m_himlMenu, BitmapDisabled, crMask); - } - else - { - ImageList_Destroy(m_himlMenuDis); - m_himlMenuDis = CreateDisabledImageList(m_himlMenu); - } - } - else - { - if (m_himlMenuDis) ImageList_Destroy(m_himlMenuDis); - m_himlMenuDis = CreateDisabledImageList(m_himlMenu); - } - - // return the number of menu icons - return (UINT)m_vMenuIcons.size(); - } - - inline void CFrame::AddMenuBarBand() - { - // Adds a MenuBar to the rebar control - REBARBANDINFO rbbi = {0}; - CSize sz = GetMenuBar().GetMaxSize(); - - // Calculate the MenuBar height from the menu font - CSize csMenuBar; - CClientDC dcMenuBar(&GetMenuBar()); - dcMenuBar.SelectObject(GetMenuBar().GetFont()); - csMenuBar = dcMenuBar.GetTextExtentPoint32(_T("\tSomeText"), lstrlen(_T("\tSomeText"))); - int MenuBar_Height = csMenuBar.cy + 6; - - rbbi.fMask = RBBIM_CHILDSIZE | RBBIM_STYLE | RBBIM_CHILD | RBBIM_SIZE | RBBIM_ID; - rbbi.cxMinChild = sz.cx; - rbbi.cx = sz.cx; - rbbi.cyMinChild = MenuBar_Height; - rbbi.cyMaxChild = MenuBar_Height; - rbbi.fStyle = RBBS_BREAK | RBBS_VARIABLEHEIGHT | RBBS_GRIPPERALWAYS ; - rbbi.hwndChild = GetMenuBar(); - rbbi.wID = IDW_MENUBAR; - - // Note: rbbi.cbSize is set inside the InsertBand function - GetReBar().InsertBand(-1, rbbi); - SetMenuBarBandSize(); - GetReBar().SetMenuBar(GetMenuBar()); - - if (GetReBar().GetReBarTheme().LockMenuBand) - GetReBar().ShowGripper(GetReBar().GetBand(GetMenuBar()), FALSE); - } - - inline void CFrame::AddMRUEntry(LPCTSTR szMRUEntry) - { - // Erase possible duplicate entries from vector - RemoveMRUEntry(szMRUEntry); - - // Insert the entry at the beginning of the vector - m_vMRUEntries.insert(m_vMRUEntries.begin(), szMRUEntry); - - // Delete excessive MRU entries - if (m_vMRUEntries.size() > m_nMaxMRU) - m_vMRUEntries.erase(m_vMRUEntries.begin() + m_nMaxMRU, m_vMRUEntries.end()); - - UpdateMRUMenu(); - } - - inline void CFrame::AddToolBarBand(CToolBar& TB, DWORD dwStyle, UINT nID) - { - // Adds a ToolBar to the rebar control - - // Create the ToolBar Window - TB.Create(&GetReBar()); - - // Fill the REBARBAND structure - REBARBANDINFO rbbi = {0}; - CSize sz = TB.GetMaxSize(); - - rbbi.fMask = RBBIM_CHILDSIZE | RBBIM_STYLE | RBBIM_CHILD | RBBIM_SIZE | RBBIM_ID; - rbbi.cyMinChild = sz.cy; - rbbi.cyMaxChild = sz.cy; - rbbi.cx = sz.cx +2; - rbbi.cxMinChild = sz.cx +2; - - rbbi.fStyle = dwStyle; - rbbi.hwndChild = TB; - rbbi.wID = nID; - - // Note: rbbi.cbSize is set inside the InsertBand function - GetReBar().InsertBand(-1, rbbi); - } - - inline void CFrame::AddToolBarButton(UINT nID, BOOL bEnabled /* = TRUE*/, LPCTSTR szText) - // Adds Resource IDs to toolbar buttons. - // A resource ID of 0 is a separator - { - GetToolBar().AddButton(nID, bEnabled); - - if(0 != szText) - GetToolBar().SetButtonText(nID, szText); - - if (!IsWindow()) TRACE(_T("Warning ... Resource IDs for toolbars should be added in SetupToolBar\n")); - } - - inline void CFrame::AdjustFrameRect(RECT rcView) const - // Adjust the size of the frame to accommodate the View window's dimensions - { - // Adjust for the view styles - CRect rc = rcView; - DWORD dwStyle = (DWORD)GetView()->GetWindowLongPtr(GWL_STYLE); - DWORD dwExStyle = (DWORD)GetView()->GetWindowLongPtr(GWL_EXSTYLE); - AdjustWindowRectEx(&rc, dwStyle, FALSE, dwExStyle); - - // Calculate the new frame height - CRect rcFrameBefore = GetWindowRect(); - CRect rcViewBefore = GetViewRect(); - int Height = rc.Height() + rcFrameBefore.Height() - rcViewBefore.Height(); - - // Adjust for the frame styles - dwStyle = (DWORD)GetWindowLongPtr(GWL_STYLE); - dwExStyle = (DWORD)GetWindowLongPtr(GWL_EXSTYLE); - AdjustWindowRectEx(&rc, dwStyle, FALSE, dwExStyle); - - // Calculate final rect size, and reposition frame - SetWindowPos(NULL, 0, 0, rc.Width(), Height, SWP_NOMOVE); - } - - inline void CFrame::CreateToolBar() - { - if (IsReBarSupported() && m_bUseReBar) - AddToolBarBand(GetToolBar(), RBBS_BREAK, IDW_TOOLBAR); // Create the toolbar inside rebar - else - GetToolBar().Create(this); // Create the toolbar without a rebar - - SetupToolBar(); - - if (IsReBarSupported() && m_bUseReBar) - { - if (GetReBar().GetReBarTheme().UseThemes && GetReBar().GetReBarTheme().LockMenuBand) - { - // Hide gripper for single toolbar - if (GetReBar().GetBandCount() <= 2) - GetReBar().ShowGripper(GetReBar().GetBand(GetToolBar()), FALSE); - } - } - - if (GetToolBar().GetToolBarData().size() > 0) - { - // Set the toolbar images (if not already set in SetupToolBar) - // A mask of 192,192,192 is compatible with AddBitmap (for Win95) - if (!GetToolBar().SendMessage(TB_GETIMAGELIST, 0L, 0L)) - SetToolBarImages(RGB(192,192,192), IDW_MAIN, 0, 0); - - // Add the icons for popup menu - AddMenuIcons(GetToolBar().GetToolBarData(), RGB(192, 192, 192), IDW_MAIN, 0); - } - else - { - TRACE(_T("Warning ... No resource IDs assigned to the toolbar\n")); - } - } - - inline void CFrame::DrawCheckmark(LPDRAWITEMSTRUCT pdis, CDC& DrawDC) - // Draws the checkmark or radiocheck transparently - { - CRect rc = pdis->rcItem; - UINT fType = ((ItemData*)pdis->itemData)->fType; - MenuTheme tm = GetMenuTheme(); - CRect rcBk; - - // Draw the checkmark's background rectangle first - int Iconx = 16, Icony = 16; - if (m_himlMenu) ImageList_GetIconSize(m_himlMenu, &Iconx, &Icony); - int BarWidth = Iconx + 8; - int left = (BarWidth - Iconx)/2; - int top = rc.top + (rc.Height() - Icony)/2; - rcBk.SetRect(left, top, left + Iconx, top + Icony); - - if (tm.UseThemes) - { - DrawDC.CreateSolidBrush(tm.clrHot2); - DrawDC.CreatePen(PS_SOLID, 1, tm.clrOutline); - - // Draw the checkmark's background rectangle - DrawDC.Rectangle(rcBk.left, rcBk.top, rcBk.right, rcBk.bottom); - } - - CMemDC MemDC(FromHandle(pdis->hDC)); - int cxCheck = ::GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXMENUCHECK); - int cyCheck = ::GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYMENUCHECK); - MemDC.CreateBitmap(cxCheck, cyCheck, 1, 1, NULL); - CRect rcCheck( 0, 0, cxCheck, cyCheck); - - // Copy the check mark bitmap to hdcMem - if (MFT_RADIOCHECK == fType) - MemDC.DrawFrameControl(rcCheck, DFC_MENU, DFCS_MENUBULLET); - else - MemDC.DrawFrameControl(rcCheck, DFC_MENU, DFCS_MENUCHECK); - - int xoffset = (rcBk.Width() - rcCheck.Width()-1)/2; - int yoffset = (rcBk.Height() - rcCheck.Height()-1)/2; - - if (tm.UseThemes) - xoffset += 2; - - // Draw a white or black check mark as required - // Unfortunately MaskBlt isn't supported on Win95, 98 or ME, so we do it the hard way - CMemDC MaskDC(FromHandle(pdis->hDC)); - MaskDC.CreateCompatibleBitmap(FromHandle(pdis->hDC), cxCheck, cyCheck); - MaskDC.BitBlt(0, 0, cxCheck, cyCheck, &MaskDC, 0, 0, WHITENESS); - - if ((pdis->itemState & ODS_SELECTED) && (!tm.UseThemes)) - { - // Draw a white checkmark - MemDC.BitBlt(0, 0, cxCheck, cyCheck, &MemDC, 0, 0, DSTINVERT); - MaskDC.BitBlt(0, 0, cxCheck, cyCheck, &MemDC, 0, 0, SRCAND); - DrawDC.BitBlt(rcBk.left + xoffset, rcBk.top + yoffset, cxCheck, cyCheck, &MaskDC, 0, 0, SRCPAINT); - } - else - { - // Draw a black checkmark - int BullitOffset = ((MFT_RADIOCHECK == fType) && tm.UseThemes)? 1 : 0; - MaskDC.BitBlt( -BullitOffset, BullitOffset, cxCheck, cyCheck, &MemDC, 0, 0, SRCAND); - DrawDC.BitBlt(rcBk.left + xoffset, rcBk.top + yoffset, cxCheck, cyCheck, &MaskDC, 0, 0, SRCAND); - } - } - - inline void CFrame::DrawMenuIcon(LPDRAWITEMSTRUCT pdis, CDC& DrawDC, BOOL bDisabled) - { - if (!m_himlMenu) - return; - // Get icon size - int Iconx; - int Icony; - ImageList_GetIconSize(m_himlMenu, &Iconx, &Icony); - int BarWidth = Iconx + 8; - - // get the drawing rectangle - CRect rc = pdis->rcItem; - int left = (BarWidth - Iconx)/2; - int top = rc.top + (rc.Height() - Icony)/2; - rc.SetRect(left, top, left + Iconx, top + Icony); - - // get the icon's location in the imagelist - int iImage = -1; - for (int i = 0 ; i < (int)m_vMenuIcons.size(); ++i) - { - if (pdis->itemID == m_vMenuIcons[i]) - iImage = i; - } - - // draw the image - if (iImage >= 0 ) - { - if ((bDisabled) && (m_himlMenuDis)) - ImageList_Draw(m_himlMenuDis, iImage, DrawDC, rc.left, rc.top, ILD_TRANSPARENT); - else - ImageList_Draw(m_himlMenu, iImage, DrawDC, rc.left, rc.top, ILD_TRANSPARENT); - } - } - - inline void CFrame::DrawMenuText(CDC& DrawDC, LPCTSTR ItemText, CRect& rc, COLORREF colorText) - { - // find the position of tab character - int nTab = -1; - for(int i = 0; i < lstrlen(ItemText); ++i) - { - if(_T('\t') == ItemText[i]) - { - nTab = i; - break; - } - } - - // Draw the item text - DrawDC.SetTextColor(colorText); - DrawDC.DrawText(ItemText, nTab, rc, DT_SINGLELINE | DT_LEFT | DT_VCENTER); - - // Draw text after tab, right aligned - if(nTab != -1) - DrawDC.DrawText( &ItemText[nTab + 1], -1, rc, DT_SINGLELINE | DT_RIGHT | DT_VCENTER); - } - - inline int CFrame::GetMenuItemPos(HMENU hMenu, LPCTSTR szItem) - // Returns the position of the menu item, given it's name - { - int nMenuItemCount = GetMenuItemCount(hMenu); - MENUITEMINFO mii = {0}; - mii.cbSize = GetSizeofMenuItemInfo(); - - for (int nItem = 0 ; nItem < nMenuItemCount; ++nItem) - { - std::vector vTChar( MAX_MENU_STRING+1, _T('\0') ); - TCHAR* szStr = &vTChar[0]; - - std::vector vStripped( MAX_MENU_STRING+1, _T('\0') ); - TCHAR* szStripped = &vStripped[0]; - - mii.fMask = MIIM_TYPE; - mii.fType = MFT_STRING; - mii.dwTypeData = szStr; - mii.cch = MAX_MENU_STRING; - - // Fill the contents of szStr from the menu item - if (::GetMenuItemInfo(hMenu, nItem, TRUE, &mii) && (lstrlen(szStr) <= MAX_MENU_STRING)) - { - // Strip out any & characters - int j = 0; - for (int i = 0; i < lstrlen(szStr); ++i) - { - if (szStr[i] != _T('&')) - szStripped[j++] = szStr[i]; - } - szStripped[j] = _T('\0'); // Append null tchar - - // Compare the strings - if (0 == lstrcmp(szStripped, szItem)) - return nItem; - } - } - - return -1; - } - - inline tString CFrame::GetMRUEntry(UINT nIndex) - { - tString tsPathName; - if (nIndex < m_vMRUEntries.size()) - { - tsPathName = m_vMRUEntries[nIndex]; - - // Now put the selected entry at Index 0 - AddMRUEntry(tsPathName.c_str()); - } - return tsPathName; - } - - inline CRect CFrame::GetViewRect() const - { - // Get the frame's client area - CRect rcFrame = GetClientRect(); - - // Get the statusbar's window area - CRect rcStatus; - if (GetStatusBar().IsWindowVisible() || !IsWindowVisible()) - rcStatus = GetStatusBar().GetWindowRect(); - - // Get the top rebar or toolbar's window area - CRect rcTop; - if (IsReBarSupported() && m_bUseReBar) - rcTop = GetReBar().GetWindowRect(); - else - if (GetToolBar().IsWindow() && GetToolBar().IsWindowVisible()) - rcTop = GetToolBar().GetWindowRect(); - - // Return client size less the rebar and status windows - int top = rcFrame.top + rcTop.Height(); - int left = rcFrame.left; - int right = rcFrame.right; - int bottom = rcFrame.Height() - (rcStatus.Height()); - if ((bottom <= top) ||( right <= left)) - top = left = right = bottom = 0; - - CRect rcView(left, top, right, bottom); - return rcView; - } - - inline void CFrame::LoadCommonControls() - { - HMODULE hComCtl; - - try - { - // Load the Common Controls DLL - hComCtl = ::LoadLibrary(_T("COMCTL32.DLL")); - if (!hComCtl) - throw CWinException(_T("Failed to load COMCTL32.DLL")); - - if (GetComCtlVersion() > 470) - { - // Declare a pointer to the InItCommonControlsEx function - typedef BOOL WINAPI INIT_EX(INITCOMMONCONTROLSEX*); - INIT_EX* pfnInit = (INIT_EX*)::GetProcAddress(hComCtl, "InitCommonControlsEx"); - - // Load the full set of common controls - INITCOMMONCONTROLSEX InitStruct = {0}; - InitStruct.dwSize = sizeof(INITCOMMONCONTROLSEX); - InitStruct.dwICC = ICC_COOL_CLASSES|ICC_DATE_CLASSES|ICC_INTERNET_CLASSES|ICC_NATIVEFNTCTL_CLASS| - ICC_PAGESCROLLER_CLASS|ICC_USEREX_CLASSES|ICC_WIN95_CLASSES; - - // Call InitCommonControlsEx - if(!((*pfnInit)(&InitStruct))) - throw CWinException(_T("InitCommonControlsEx failed")); - } - else - { - ::InitCommonControls(); - } - - ::FreeLibrary(hComCtl); - } - - catch (const CWinException &e) - { - e.what(); - if (hComCtl) - ::FreeLibrary(hComCtl); - - throw; - } - } - - inline BOOL CFrame::LoadRegistryMRUSettings(UINT nMaxMRU /*= 0*/) - { - // Load the MRU list from the registry - - assert(!m_tsKeyName.empty()); // KeyName must be set before calling LoadRegistryMRUSettings - HKEY hKey = NULL; - BOOL bRet = FALSE; - - try - { - m_nMaxMRU = MIN(nMaxMRU, 16); - std::vector vMRUEntries; - tString tsKey = _T("Software\\") + m_tsKeyName + _T("\\Recent Files"); - - if (ERROR_SUCCESS == RegOpenKeyEx(HKEY_CURRENT_USER, tsKey.c_str(), 0, KEY_READ, &hKey)) - { - for (UINT i = 0; i < m_nMaxMRU; ++i) - { - DWORD dwType = REG_SZ; - DWORD dwBufferSize = 0; - TCHAR szSubKey[10] = _T(""); - wsprintf(szSubKey, _T("File %d\0"), i+1); - - if (ERROR_SUCCESS != RegQueryValueEx(hKey, szSubKey, NULL, &dwType, NULL, &dwBufferSize)) - throw CWinException(_T("RegQueryValueEx failed\n")); - - std::vector PathName( dwBufferSize, _T('\0') ); - TCHAR* pTCharArray = &PathName[0]; - - // load the entry from the registry - if (ERROR_SUCCESS != RegQueryValueEx(hKey, szSubKey, NULL, &dwType, (LPBYTE)pTCharArray, &dwBufferSize)) - throw CWinException(_T("RegQueryValueEx failed\n")); - - if ( lstrlen( pTCharArray ) ) - vMRUEntries.push_back( pTCharArray ); - } - - // successfully loaded all MRU values, so store them - m_vMRUEntries = vMRUEntries; - RegCloseKey(hKey); - bRet = TRUE; - } - } - - catch(const CWinException& e) - { - TRACE(_T("Failed to load MRU values from registry\n")); - e.what(); - - if (hKey) - RegCloseKey(hKey); - } - - return bRet; - } - - inline BOOL CFrame::LoadRegistrySettings(LPCTSTR szKeyName) - { - assert (NULL != szKeyName); - m_tsKeyName = szKeyName; - - tString tsKey = _T("Software\\") + m_tsKeyName + _T("\\Frame Settings"); - HKEY hKey = 0; - BOOL bRet = FALSE; - - try - { - if (ERROR_SUCCESS == RegOpenKeyEx(HKEY_CURRENT_USER, tsKey.c_str(), 0, KEY_READ, &hKey)) - { - DWORD dwType = REG_BINARY; - DWORD BufferSize = sizeof(DWORD); - DWORD dwTop, dwLeft, dwWidth, dwHeight, dwStatusBar, dwToolBar; - if (ERROR_SUCCESS != RegQueryValueEx(hKey, _T("Top"), NULL, &dwType, (LPBYTE)&dwTop, &BufferSize)) - throw CWinException(_T("RegQueryValueEx Failed")); - if (ERROR_SUCCESS != RegQueryValueEx(hKey, _T("Left"), NULL, &dwType, (LPBYTE)&dwLeft, &BufferSize)) - throw CWinException(_T("RegQueryValueEx Failed")); - if (ERROR_SUCCESS != RegQueryValueEx(hKey, _T("Width"), NULL, &dwType, (LPBYTE)&dwWidth, &BufferSize)) - throw CWinException(_T("RegQueryValueEx Failed")); - if (ERROR_SUCCESS != RegQueryValueEx(hKey, _T("Height"), NULL, &dwType, (LPBYTE)&dwHeight, &BufferSize)) - throw CWinException(_T("RegQueryValueEx Failed")); - if (ERROR_SUCCESS != RegQueryValueEx(hKey, _T("StatusBar"), NULL, &dwType, (LPBYTE)&dwStatusBar, &BufferSize)) - throw CWinException(_T("RegQueryValueEx Failed")); - if (ERROR_SUCCESS != RegQueryValueEx(hKey, _T("ToolBar"), NULL, &dwType, (LPBYTE)&dwToolBar, &BufferSize)) - throw CWinException(_T("RegQueryValueEx Failed")); - - m_rcPosition.top = dwTop; - m_rcPosition.left = dwLeft; - m_rcPosition.bottom = m_rcPosition.top + dwHeight; - m_rcPosition.right = m_rcPosition.left + dwWidth; - m_bShowStatusBar = dwStatusBar & 1; - m_bShowToolBar = dwToolBar & 1; - - RegCloseKey(hKey); - bRet = TRUE; - } - } - - catch (const CWinException& e) - { - TRACE(_T("Failed to load values from registry, using defaults!\n")); - e.what(); - - if (hKey) - RegCloseKey(hKey); - } - - return bRet; - } - - inline void CFrame::OnActivate(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) - { - // Do default processing first - DefWindowProc(WM_ACTIVATE, wParam, lParam); - - if (LOWORD(wParam) == WA_INACTIVE) - { - // Save the hwnd of the window which currently has focus - // (this must be CFrame window itself or a child window - if (!IsIconic()) m_hOldFocus = ::GetFocus(); - - // Send a notification to the view window - int idCtrl = ::GetDlgCtrlID(m_hOldFocus); - NMHDR nhdr={0}; - nhdr.hwndFrom = m_hOldFocus; - nhdr.idFrom = idCtrl; - nhdr.code = UWM_FRAMELOSTFOCUS; - if (GetView()->IsWindow()) - GetView()->SendMessage(WM_NOTIFY, (WPARAM)idCtrl, (LPARAM)&nhdr); - } - else - { - // Now set the focus to the appropriate child window - if (m_hOldFocus) ::SetFocus(m_hOldFocus); - - // Send a notification to the view window - int idCtrl = ::GetDlgCtrlID(m_hOldFocus); - NMHDR nhdr={0}; - nhdr.hwndFrom = m_hOldFocus; - nhdr.idFrom = idCtrl; - nhdr.code = UWM_FRAMEGOTFOCUS; - if (GetView()->IsWindow()) - GetView()->SendMessage(WM_NOTIFY, (WPARAM)idCtrl, (LPARAM)&nhdr); - } - } - - inline void CFrame::OnClose() - { - // Called in response to a WM_CLOSE message for the frame. - ShowWindow(SW_HIDE); - SaveRegistrySettings(); - - GetMenuBar().Destroy(); - GetToolBar().Destroy(); - GetReBar().Destroy(); - GetStatusBar().Destroy(); - GetView()->Destroy(); - } - - inline void CFrame::OnCreate() - { - // This is called when the frame window is being created. - // Override this in CMainFrame if you wish to modify what happens here - - // Set the icon - SetIconLarge(IDW_MAIN); - SetIconSmall(IDW_MAIN); - - // Set the keyboard accelerators - m_hAccel = LoadAccelerators(GetApp()->GetResourceHandle(), MAKEINTRESOURCE(IDW_MAIN)); - GetApp()->SetAccelerators(m_hAccel, this); - - // Set the Caption - SetWindowText(LoadString(IDW_MAIN)); - - // Set the theme for the frame elements - SetTheme(); - - // Create the rebar and menubar - if (IsReBarSupported() && m_bUseReBar) - { - // Create the rebar - GetReBar().Create(this); - - // Create the menu inside rebar - GetMenuBar().Create(&GetReBar()); - AddMenuBarBand(); - } - - // Setup the menu - SetFrameMenu(IDW_MAIN); - UpdateMRUMenu(); - - // Create the ToolBar - if (m_bUseToolBar) - { - CreateToolBar(); - ShowToolBar(m_bShowToolBar); - } - else - { - ::CheckMenuItem(GetFrameMenu(), IDW_VIEW_TOOLBAR, MF_UNCHECKED); - ::EnableMenuItem(GetFrameMenu(), IDW_VIEW_TOOLBAR, MF_GRAYED); - } - - // Create the status bar - GetStatusBar().Create(this); - ShowStatusBar(m_bShowStatusBar); - - // Create the view window - assert(GetView()); // Use SetView in CMainFrame's constructor to set the view window - GetView()->Create(this); - - // Disable XP themes for the menubar - if ( m_bUseThemes || (GetWinVersion() < 2600) ) // themes or WinVersion < Vista - GetMenuBar().SetWindowTheme(L" ", L" "); - - // Start timer for Status updates - if (m_bShowIndicatorStatus || m_bShowMenuStatus) - SetTimer(ID_STATUS_TIMER, 200, NULL); - - // Reposition the child windows - RecalcLayout(); - } - - inline void CFrame::OnDestroy() - { - SetMenu(NULL); - KillTimer(ID_STATUS_TIMER); - ::PostQuitMessage(0); // Terminates the application - } - - inline LRESULT CFrame::OnDrawItem(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) - // OwnerDraw is used to render the popup menu items - { - LPDRAWITEMSTRUCT pdis = (LPDRAWITEMSTRUCT) lParam; - if (pdis->CtlType != ODT_MENU) - return CWnd::WndProcDefault(WM_DRAWITEM, wParam, lParam); - - CRect rc = pdis->rcItem; - ItemData* pmd = (ItemData*)pdis->itemData; - CDC* pDrawDC = FromHandle(pdis->hDC); - MenuTheme tm = GetMenuTheme(); - - int Iconx = 16; - int Icony = 16; - if (m_himlMenu) ImageList_GetIconSize(m_himlMenu, &Iconx, &Icony); - int BarWidth = tm.UseThemes? Iconx + 8 : 0; - - // Draw the side bar - if (tm.UseThemes) - { - CRect rcBar = rc; - rcBar.right = BarWidth; - pDrawDC->GradientFill(tm.clrPressed1, tm.clrPressed2, rcBar, TRUE); - } - - if (pmd->fType & MFT_SEPARATOR) - { - // draw separator - CRect rcSep = rc; - rcSep.left = BarWidth; - if (tm.UseThemes) - pDrawDC->SolidFill(RGB(255,255,255), rcSep); - else - pDrawDC->SolidFill(GetSysColor(COLOR_MENU), rcSep); - rcSep.top += (rc.bottom - rc.top)/2; - rcSep.left = BarWidth + 2; - pDrawDC->DrawEdge(rcSep, EDGE_ETCHED, BF_TOP); - } - else - { - // draw menu item - BOOL bDisabled = pdis->itemState & ODS_GRAYED; - BOOL bSelected = pdis->itemState & ODS_SELECTED; - BOOL bChecked = pdis->itemState & ODS_CHECKED; - CRect rcDraw = rc; - - if ((bSelected) && (!bDisabled)) - { - // draw selected item background - if (tm.UseThemes) - { - pDrawDC->CreateSolidBrush(tm.clrHot1); - pDrawDC->CreatePen(PS_SOLID, 1, tm.clrOutline); - pDrawDC->Rectangle(rcDraw.left, rcDraw.top, rcDraw.right, rcDraw.bottom); - } - else - pDrawDC->SolidFill(GetSysColor(COLOR_HIGHLIGHT), rcDraw); - } - else - { - // draw non-selected item background - rcDraw.left = BarWidth; - if (tm.UseThemes) - pDrawDC->SolidFill(RGB(255,255,255), rcDraw); - else - pDrawDC->SolidFill(GetSysColor(COLOR_MENU), rcDraw); - } - - if (bChecked) - DrawCheckmark(pdis, *pDrawDC); - else - DrawMenuIcon(pdis, *pDrawDC, bDisabled); - - // Calculate the text rect size - rc.left = rc.bottom - rc.top + 2; - if (_tcschr(pmd->GetItemText(), _T('\t'))) - rc.right -= POST_TEXT_GAP; // Add POST_TEXT_GAP if the text includes a tab - - // Draw the text - int iMode = pDrawDC->SetBkMode(TRANSPARENT); - COLORREF colorText; - if (tm.UseThemes) - { - rc.left += 8; - colorText = GetSysColor(bDisabled ? COLOR_GRAYTEXT : COLOR_MENUTEXT); - } - else - colorText = GetSysColor(bDisabled ? COLOR_GRAYTEXT : bSelected ? COLOR_HIGHLIGHTTEXT : COLOR_MENUTEXT); - - DrawMenuText(*pDrawDC, pmd->GetItemText(), rc, colorText); - pDrawDC->SetBkMode(iMode); - } - - pDrawDC->Detach(); // Optional, deletes GDI objects sooner - return TRUE; - } - - inline void CFrame::OnExitMenuLoop() - { - if (m_bUseCustomDraw) - { - for (UINT nItem = 0; nItem < m_vMenuItemData.size(); ++nItem) - { - // Undo OwnerDraw and put the text back - MENUITEMINFO mii = {0}; - mii.cbSize = GetSizeofMenuItemInfo(); - - mii.fMask = MIIM_TYPE | MIIM_DATA; - mii.fType = m_vMenuItemData[nItem]->fType; - mii.dwTypeData = m_vMenuItemData[nItem]->GetItemText(); - mii.cch = lstrlen(m_vMenuItemData[nItem]->GetItemText()); - mii.dwItemData = 0; - ::SetMenuItemInfo(m_vMenuItemData[nItem]->hMenu, m_vMenuItemData[nItem]->nPos, TRUE, &mii); - } - - m_vMenuItemData.clear(); - } - } - - inline void CFrame::OnHelp() - { - // Ensure only one dialog displayed even for multiple hits of the F1 button - if (!m_AboutDialog.IsWindow()) - { - // Store the window handle that currently has keyboard focus - HWND hPrevFocus = ::GetFocus(); - if (hPrevFocus == GetMenuBar()) - hPrevFocus = m_hWnd; - - m_AboutDialog.SetDlgParent(this); - m_AboutDialog.DoModal(); - - ::SetFocus(hPrevFocus); - } - } - - inline void CFrame::OnInitMenuPopup(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) - { - // The system menu shouldn't be owner drawn - if (HIWORD(lParam)) return; - - if (m_bUseCustomDraw) - { - CMenu* pMenu = FromHandle((HMENU)wParam); - - for (UINT i = 0; i < pMenu->GetMenuItemCount(); ++i) - { - MENUITEMINFO mii = {0}; - mii.cbSize = GetSizeofMenuItemInfo(); - - TCHAR szMenuItem[MAX_MENU_STRING] = _T(""); - - // Use old fashioned MIIM_TYPE instead of MIIM_FTYPE for MS VC6 compatibility - mii.fMask = MIIM_TYPE | MIIM_DATA | MIIM_SUBMENU; - mii.dwTypeData = szMenuItem; - mii.cch = MAX_MENU_STRING -1; - - // Send message for menu updates - UINT menuItem = pMenu->GetMenuItemID(i); - SendMessage(UWM_UPDATE_COMMAND, (WPARAM)menuItem, 0); - - // Specify owner-draw for the menu item type - if (pMenu->GetMenuItemInfo(i, &mii, TRUE)) - { - if (0 == mii.dwItemData) - { - ItemData* pItem = new ItemData; // deleted in OnExitMenuLoop - pItem->hMenu = *pMenu; - pItem->nPos = i; - pItem->fType = mii.fType; - pItem->hSubMenu = mii.hSubMenu; - mii.fType |= MFT_OWNERDRAW; - lstrcpyn(pItem->GetItemText(), szMenuItem, MAX_MENU_STRING); - mii.dwItemData = (DWORD_PTR)pItem; - - m_vMenuItemData.push_back(ItemDataPtr(pItem)); // Store pItem in m_vMenuItemData - pMenu->SetMenuItemInfo(i, &mii, TRUE); // Store pItem in mii - } - } - } - } - } - - inline LRESULT CFrame::OnMeasureItem(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) - // Called before the Popup menu is displayed, so that the MEASUREITEMSTRUCT - // values can be assigned with the menu item's dimensions. - { - LPMEASUREITEMSTRUCT pmis = (LPMEASUREITEMSTRUCT) lParam; - if (pmis->CtlType != ODT_MENU) - return CWnd::WndProcDefault(WM_MEASUREITEM, wParam, lParam); - - ItemData* pmd = (ItemData *) pmis->itemData; - assert(::IsMenu(pmd->hMenu)); // Does itemData contain a valid ItemData struct? - MenuTheme tm = GetMenuTheme(); - - if (pmd->fType & MFT_SEPARATOR) - { - pmis->itemHeight = 7; - pmis->itemWidth = 0; - } - - else - { - CClientDC DesktopDC(NULL); - - // Get the font used in menu items - NONCLIENTMETRICS nm = {0}; - nm.cbSize = GetSizeofNonClientMetrics(); - SystemParametersInfo(SPI_GETNONCLIENTMETRICS, sizeof(nm), &nm, 0); - // Default menu items are bold, so take this into account - if ((int)::GetMenuDefaultItem(pmd->hMenu, TRUE, GMDI_USEDISABLED) != -1) - nm.lfMenuFont.lfWeight = FW_BOLD; - - TCHAR* pItemText = &(pmd->vItemText[0]); - DesktopDC.CreateFontIndirect(&nm.lfMenuFont); - - // Calculate the size of the text - CSize size = DesktopDC.GetTextExtentPoint32(pItemText, lstrlen(pItemText)); - - // Calculate the size of the icon - int Iconx = 16; - int Icony = 16; - if (m_himlMenu) ImageList_GetIconSize(m_himlMenu, &Iconx, &Icony); - - pmis->itemHeight = 2+ MAX(MAX(size.cy, GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYMENU)-2), Icony+2); - pmis->itemWidth = size.cx + MAX(::GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXMENUSIZE), Iconx+2); - - // Allow extra width if the text includes a tab - if (_tcschr(pItemText, _T('\t'))) - pmis->itemWidth += POST_TEXT_GAP; - - // Allow extra width if the menu item has a sub menu - if (pmd->hSubMenu) - pmis->itemWidth += 10; - - // Allow extra width for themed menu - if (tm.UseThemes) - pmis->itemWidth += 8; - } - return TRUE; - } - - inline LRESULT CFrame::OnMenuChar(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) - { - if ((IsMenuBarUsed()) && (LOWORD(wParam)!= VK_SPACE)) - { - // Activate MenuBar for key pressed with Alt key held down - GetMenuBar().OnMenuChar(wParam, lParam); - return -1L; - } - return CWnd::WndProcDefault(WM_MENUCHAR, wParam, lParam); - } - - inline void CFrame::OnMenuSelect(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) - { - // Set the StatusBar text when we hover over a menu - // Only popup submenus have status strings - if (m_bShowMenuStatus) - { - int nID = LOWORD (wParam); - CMenu* pMenu = FromHandle((HMENU) lParam); - - if ((pMenu != GetMenu()) && (nID != 0) && !(HIWORD(wParam) & MF_POPUP)) - m_tsStatusText = LoadString(nID); - else - m_tsStatusText = _T("Ready"); - - SetStatusText(); - } - } - - inline LRESULT CFrame::OnNotify(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) - { - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(wParam); - - switch (((LPNMHDR)lParam)->code) - { - case UWM_UNDOCKED: - m_hOldFocus = 0; - break; - case RBN_HEIGHTCHANGE: - RecalcLayout(); - Invalidate(); - break; - // case RBN_LAYOUTCHANGED: - // if (GetReBar().GetReBarTheme().UseThemes && GetReBar().GetReBarTheme().BandsLeft) - // GetReBar().MoveBandsLeft(); - // break; - case RBN_MINMAX: - if (GetReBar().GetReBarTheme().UseThemes && GetReBar().GetReBarTheme().ShortBands) - return 1L; // Supress maximise or minimise rebar band - break; - - // Display tooltips for the toolbar - case TTN_GETDISPINFO: - if (GetToolBar().IsWindow()) - { - CToolBar* pToolBar = 0; - if (IsReBarUsed()) - { - // Get the ToolBar's CWnd - CWnd* pWnd = FromHandle(GetReBar().HitTest(GetCursorPos())); - if (pWnd && (lstrcmp(pWnd->GetClassName(), _T("ToolbarWindow32")) == 0)) - { - pToolBar = (CToolBar*)pWnd; - } - } - - if (pToolBar) - { - LPNMTTDISPINFO lpDispInfo = (LPNMTTDISPINFO)lParam; - int iIndex = pToolBar->HitTest(); - if (iIndex >= 0) - { - int nID = pToolBar->GetCommandID(iIndex); - if (nID > 0) - { - m_tsTooltip = LoadString(nID); - lpDispInfo->lpszText = (LPTSTR)m_tsTooltip.c_str(); - } - else - m_tsTooltip = _T(""); - } - } - } - break; - } // switch LPNMHDR - - return 0L; - - } // CFrame::Onotify(...) - - inline void CFrame::OnSetFocus() - { - SetStatusText(); - } - - inline void CFrame::OnSysColorChange() - { - // Honour theme color changes - for (int nBand = 0; nBand <= GetReBar().GetBandCount(); ++nBand) - { - GetReBar().SetBandColor(nBand, GetSysColor(COLOR_BTNTEXT), GetSysColor(COLOR_BTNFACE)); - } - - // Update the status bar font and text - NONCLIENTMETRICS nm = {0}; - nm.cbSize = GetSizeofNonClientMetrics(); - SystemParametersInfo (SPI_GETNONCLIENTMETRICS, 0, &nm, 0); - LOGFONT lf = nm.lfStatusFont; - CFont* pFont = FromHandle(CreateFontIndirect(&lf)); - GetStatusBar().SetFont(pFont, FALSE); - SetStatusText(); - - if ((m_bUpdateTheme) && (m_bUseThemes)) SetTheme(); - - // Reposition and redraw everything - RecalcLayout(); - RedrawWindow(NULL, NULL, RDW_ERASE | RDW_FRAME | RDW_INVALIDATE | RDW_ALLCHILDREN); - - // Forward the message to the view window - m_pView->PostMessage(WM_SYSCOLORCHANGE, 0L, 0L); - } - - inline LRESULT CFrame::OnSysCommand(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) - { - if ((SC_KEYMENU == wParam) && (VK_SPACE != lParam) && IsMenuBarUsed()) - { - GetMenuBar().OnSysCommand(wParam, lParam); - return 0L; - } - - if (SC_MINIMIZE == wParam) - m_hOldFocus = ::GetFocus(); - - return CWnd::WndProcDefault(WM_SYSCOMMAND, wParam, lParam); - } - - inline void CFrame::OnTimer(WPARAM wParam) - { - if (ID_STATUS_TIMER == wParam) - { - if (m_bShowMenuStatus) - { - // Get the toolbar the point is over - CToolBar* pToolBar = 0; - if (IsReBarUsed()) - { - // Get the ToolBar's CWnd - CWnd* pWnd = FromHandle(GetReBar().HitTest(GetCursorPos())); - if (pWnd && (dynamic_cast(pWnd)) && !(dynamic_cast(pWnd))) - pToolBar = (CToolBar*)pWnd; - } - else - { - CPoint pt = GetCursorPos(); - CWnd* pWnd = WindowFromPoint(GetCursorPos()); - if (pWnd && (dynamic_cast(pWnd))) - pToolBar = (CToolBar*)pWnd; - } - - if ((pToolBar) && (WindowFromPoint(GetCursorPos()) == pToolBar)) - { - // Which toolbar button is the mouse cursor hovering over? - int nButton = pToolBar->HitTest(); - if (nButton >= 0) - { - int nID = pToolBar->GetCommandID(nButton); - // Only update the statusbar if things have changed - if (nID != m_nOldID) - { - if (nID != 0) - m_tsStatusText = LoadString(nID); - else - m_tsStatusText = _T("Ready"); - - if (GetStatusBar().IsWindow()) - SetStatusText(); - } - m_nOldID = nID; - } - } - else - { - if (m_nOldID != -1) - { - m_tsStatusText = _T("Ready"); - SetStatusText(); - } - m_nOldID = -1; - } - } - - if (m_bShowIndicatorStatus) - SetStatusIndicators(); - } - } - - inline void CFrame::OnViewStatusBar() - { - m_bShowStatusBar = !m_bShowStatusBar; - ShowStatusBar(m_bShowStatusBar); - } - - inline void CFrame::OnViewToolBar() - { - m_bShowToolBar = !m_bShowToolBar; - ShowToolBar(m_bShowToolBar); - } - - inline void CFrame::PreCreate(CREATESTRUCT& cs) - { - // Set the frame window styles - cs.style = WS_OVERLAPPEDWINDOW | WS_VISIBLE; - - // Set the original window position - cs.x = m_rcPosition.left; - cs.y = m_rcPosition.top; - cs.cx = m_rcPosition.Width(); - cs.cy = m_rcPosition.Height(); - } - - inline void CFrame::PreRegisterClass(WNDCLASS &wc) - { - // Set the Window Class - wc.lpszClassName = _T("Win32++ Frame"); - } - - inline void CFrame::RecalcLayout() - { - CWnd* pView = GetView(); - if ((!pView) || (!pView->GetHwnd())) - return; - - // Resize the status bar - if (GetStatusBar().IsWindow() && m_bShowStatusBar) - { - GetStatusBar().SetWindowPos(NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, SWP_SHOWWINDOW); - GetStatusBar().Invalidate(); - SetStatusText(); - } - - // Resize the rebar or toolbar - if (IsReBarUsed()) - { - GetReBar().SendMessage(WM_SIZE, 0L, 0L); - GetReBar().Invalidate(); - } - else if (m_bUseToolBar && m_bShowToolBar) - GetToolBar().SendMessage(TB_AUTOSIZE, 0L, 0L); - - // Resize the View window - CRect rClient = GetViewRect(); - if ((rClient.bottom - rClient.top) >= 0) - { - int x = rClient.left; - int y = rClient.top; - int cx = rClient.Width(); - int cy = rClient.Height(); - - pView->SetWindowPos( NULL, x, y, cx, cy, SWP_SHOWWINDOW|SWP_ASYNCWINDOWPOS ); - } - - // Adjust rebar bands - if (IsReBarUsed()) - { - if (GetReBar().GetReBarTheme().UseThemes && GetReBar().GetReBarTheme().BandsLeft) - GetReBar().MoveBandsLeft(); - - if (IsMenuBarUsed()) - SetMenuBarBandSize(); - } - } - - inline void CFrame::RemoveMRUEntry(LPCTSTR szMRUEntry) - { - std::vector::iterator it; - for (it = m_vMRUEntries.begin(); it != m_vMRUEntries.end(); ++it) - { - if ((*it) == szMRUEntry) - { - m_vMRUEntries.erase(it); - break; - } - } - - UpdateMRUMenu(); - } - - inline BOOL CFrame::SaveRegistrySettings() - { - // Store the window position in the registry - if (!m_tsKeyName.empty()) - { - tString tsKeyName = _T("Software\\") + m_tsKeyName + _T("\\Frame Settings"); - HKEY hKey = NULL; - - try - { - if (ERROR_SUCCESS != RegCreateKeyEx(HKEY_CURRENT_USER, tsKeyName.c_str(), 0, NULL, REG_OPTION_NON_VOLATILE, KEY_ALL_ACCESS, NULL, &hKey, NULL)) - throw CWinException(_T("RegCreateKeyEx failed")); - - WINDOWPLACEMENT Wndpl = {0}; - Wndpl.length = sizeof(WINDOWPLACEMENT); - - if (GetWindowPlacement(Wndpl)) - { - // Get the Frame's window position - CRect rc = Wndpl.rcNormalPosition; - DWORD dwTop = MAX(rc.top, 0); - DWORD dwLeft = MAX(rc.left, 0); - DWORD dwWidth = MAX(rc.Width(), 100); - DWORD dwHeight = MAX(rc.Height(), 50); - - if (ERROR_SUCCESS != RegSetValueEx(hKey, _T("Top"), 0, REG_DWORD, (LPBYTE)&dwTop, sizeof(DWORD))) - throw CWinException(_T("RegSetValueEx failed")); - if (ERROR_SUCCESS != RegSetValueEx(hKey, _T("Left"), 0, REG_DWORD, (LPBYTE)&dwLeft, sizeof(DWORD))) - throw CWinException(_T("RegSetValueEx failed")); - if (ERROR_SUCCESS != RegSetValueEx(hKey, _T("Width"), 0, REG_DWORD, (LPBYTE)&dwWidth, sizeof(DWORD))) - throw CWinException(_T("RegSetValueEx failed")); - if (ERROR_SUCCESS != RegSetValueEx(hKey, _T("Height"), 0, REG_DWORD, (LPBYTE)&dwHeight, sizeof(DWORD))) - throw CWinException(_T("RegSetValueEx failed")); - } - - // Store the ToolBar and statusbar states - DWORD dwShowToolBar = m_bShowToolBar; - DWORD dwShowStatusBar = m_bShowStatusBar; - - if (ERROR_SUCCESS != RegSetValueEx(hKey, _T("ToolBar"), 0, REG_DWORD, (LPBYTE)&dwShowToolBar, sizeof(DWORD))) - throw CWinException(_T("RegSetValueEx failed")); - if (ERROR_SUCCESS != RegSetValueEx(hKey, _T("StatusBar"), 0, REG_DWORD, (LPBYTE)&dwShowStatusBar, sizeof(DWORD))) - throw CWinException(_T("RegSetValueEx failed")); - - RegCloseKey(hKey); - } - - catch (const CWinException& e) - { - TRACE(_T("Failed to save registry settings\n")); - - if (hKey) - { - // Roll back the registry changes by deleting this subkey - RegDeleteKey(HKEY_CURRENT_USER ,tsKeyName.c_str()); - RegCloseKey(hKey); - } - - e.what(); - return FALSE; - } - - // Store the MRU entries in the registry - if (m_nMaxMRU > 0) - { - tString tsKeyName = _T("Software\\") + m_tsKeyName + _T("\\Recent Files"); - HKEY hKey = NULL; - - try - { - if (ERROR_SUCCESS != RegCreateKeyEx(HKEY_CURRENT_USER, tsKeyName.c_str(), 0, NULL, REG_OPTION_NON_VOLATILE, KEY_ALL_ACCESS, NULL, &hKey, NULL)) - throw CWinException(_T("RegCreateKeyEx failed")); - - for (UINT i = 0; i < m_nMaxMRU; ++i) - { - TCHAR szSubKey[10]; - wsprintf(szSubKey, _T("File %d\0"), i+1); - tString tsPathName; - if (i < m_vMRUEntries.size()) - tsPathName = m_vMRUEntries[i]; - - if (ERROR_SUCCESS != RegSetValueEx(hKey, szSubKey, 0, REG_SZ, (LPBYTE)tsPathName.c_str(), (1 + lstrlen(tsPathName.c_str()))*sizeof(TCHAR))) - throw CWinException(_T("RegSetValueEx failed")); - } - - RegCloseKey(hKey); - } - - catch (const CWinException& e) - { - TRACE(_T("Failed to save registry MRU settings\n")); - - if (hKey) - { - // Roll back the registry changes by deleting this subkey - RegDeleteKey(HKEY_CURRENT_USER ,tsKeyName.c_str()); - RegCloseKey(hKey); - } - - e.what(); - return FALSE; - } - } - } - - return TRUE; - } - - inline void CFrame::SetFrameMenu(INT ID_MENU) - { - // Sets the frame's menu from a Resouce ID. - // A resource ID of 0 removes the menu from the frame. - HMENU hMenu = 0; - if (ID_MENU != 0) - { - // Sets the frame's menu from a resource ID. - hMenu = ::LoadMenu(GetApp()->GetResourceHandle(), MAKEINTRESOURCE(ID_MENU)); - assert (hMenu); - } - - SetFrameMenu(hMenu); - } - - inline void CFrame::SetFrameMenu(HMENU hMenu) - { - // Sets the frame's menu from a HMENU. - m_Menu.Attach(hMenu); - - if (IsMenuBarUsed()) - { - GetMenuBar().SetMenu(GetFrameMenu()); - BOOL bShow = (hMenu != NULL); // boolean expression - ShowMenu(bShow); - } - else - SetMenu(&m_Menu); - } - - inline UINT CFrame::SetMenuIcons(const std::vector& MenuData, COLORREF crMask, UINT ToolBarID, UINT ToolBarDisabledID) - { - // Remove any existing menu icons - if (m_himlMenu) ImageList_Destroy(m_himlMenu); - if (m_himlMenuDis) ImageList_Destroy(m_himlMenuDis); - m_himlMenu = NULL; - m_himlMenuDis = NULL; - m_vMenuIcons.clear(); - - // Exit if no ToolBarID is specified - if (ToolBarID == 0) return 0; - - // Add the menu icons from the bitmap IDs - return AddMenuIcons(MenuData, crMask, ToolBarID, ToolBarDisabledID); - } - - inline void CFrame::SetMenuBarBandSize() - { - // Sets the minimum width of the MenuBar band to the width of the rebar - // This prevents other bands from moving to this MenuBar's row. - - CRect rcClient = GetClientRect(); - CReBar& RB = GetReBar(); - int nBand = RB.GetBand(GetMenuBar()); - CRect rcBorder = RB.GetBandBorders(nBand); - - REBARBANDINFO rbbi = {0}; - rbbi.fMask = RBBIM_CHILDSIZE | RBBIM_SIZE; - RB.GetBandInfo(nBand, rbbi); - - int Width; - if ((GetReBar().GetReBarTheme().UseThemes) && (GetReBar().GetReBarTheme().LockMenuBand)) - Width = rcClient.Width() - rcBorder.Width() - 2; - else - Width = GetMenuBar().GetMaxSize().cx; - - rbbi.cxMinChild = Width; - rbbi.cx = Width; - - RB.SetBandInfo(nBand, rbbi); - } - - inline void CFrame::SetMenuTheme(MenuTheme& Theme) - { - m_ThemeMenu.UseThemes = Theme.UseThemes; - m_ThemeMenu.clrHot1 = Theme.clrHot1; - m_ThemeMenu.clrHot2 = Theme.clrHot2; - m_ThemeMenu.clrPressed1 = Theme.clrPressed1; - m_ThemeMenu.clrPressed2 = Theme.clrPressed2; - m_ThemeMenu.clrOutline = Theme.clrOutline; - - GetMenuBar().SetMenuBarTheme(Theme); // Sets the theme for MenuBar buttons - Invalidate(); - } - - inline void CFrame::SetStatusIndicators() - { - if (::IsWindow(GetStatusBar())) - { - LPCTSTR Status1 = (::GetKeyState(VK_CAPITAL) & 0x0001)? _T("\tCAP") : _T(""); - LPCTSTR Status2 = (::GetKeyState(VK_NUMLOCK) & 0x0001)? _T("\tNUM") : _T(""); - LPCTSTR Status3 = (::GetKeyState(VK_SCROLL) & 0x0001)? _T("\tSCRL"): _T(""); - - // Only update indictors if the text has changed - if (Status1 != m_OldStatus[0]) GetStatusBar().SetPartText(1, (Status1)); - if (Status2 != m_OldStatus[1]) GetStatusBar().SetPartText(2, (Status2)); - if (Status3 != m_OldStatus[2]) GetStatusBar().SetPartText(3, (Status3)); - - m_OldStatus[0] = Status1; - m_OldStatus[1] = Status2; - m_OldStatus[2] = Status3; - } - } - - inline void CFrame::SetStatusText() - { - if (::IsWindow(GetStatusBar())) - { - // Calculate the width of the text indicators - CClientDC dcStatus(&GetStatusBar()); - CSize csCAP = dcStatus.GetTextExtentPoint32(_T("\tCAP"), lstrlen(_T("\tCAP"))); - CSize csNUM = dcStatus.GetTextExtentPoint32(_T("\tNUM"), lstrlen(_T("\tNUM"))); - CSize csSCRL = dcStatus.GetTextExtentPoint32(_T("\tSCRL "), lstrlen(_T("\tSCRL "))); - - // Get the coordinates of the parent window's client area. - CRect rcClient = GetClientRect(); - int width = MAX(300, rcClient.right); - - if (m_bShowIndicatorStatus) - { - // Create 4 panes - GetStatusBar().SetPartWidth(0, width - (csCAP.cx+csNUM.cx+csSCRL.cx+20)); - GetStatusBar().SetPartWidth(1, csCAP.cx); - GetStatusBar().SetPartWidth(2, csNUM.cx); - GetStatusBar().SetPartWidth(3, csSCRL.cx); - - SetStatusIndicators(); - } - - // Place text in the 1st pane - GetStatusBar().SetPartText(0, m_tsStatusText.c_str()); - } - } - - inline void CFrame::SetTheme() - { - // Note: To modify theme colors, override this function in CMainframe, - // and make any modifications there. - - // Avoid themes if using less than 16 bit colors - CClientDC DesktopDC(NULL); - if (DesktopDC.GetDeviceCaps(BITSPIXEL) < 16) - m_bUseThemes = FALSE; - - BOOL T = TRUE; - BOOL F = FALSE; - - if (m_bUseThemes) - { - // Set a flag redo SetTheme when the theme changes - m_bUpdateTheme = TRUE; - - // Detect the XP theme name - WCHAR Name[30] = L""; - HMODULE hMod = ::LoadLibrary(_T("uxtheme.dll")); - if(hMod) - { - typedef HRESULT (__stdcall *PFNGETCURRENTTHEMENAME)(LPWSTR pszThemeFileName, int cchMaxNameChars, - LPWSTR pszColorBuff, int cchMaxColorChars, LPWSTR pszSizeBuff, int cchMaxSizeChars); - - PFNGETCURRENTTHEMENAME pfn = (PFNGETCURRENTTHEMENAME)GetProcAddress(hMod, "GetCurrentThemeName"); - - (*pfn)(0, 0, Name, 30, 0, 0); - - ::FreeLibrary(hMod); - } - - enum Themetype{ Modern, Grey, Blue, Silver, Olive }; - - int Theme = Grey; - if (GetWinVersion() < 2600) // Not for Vista and above - { - if (0 == wcscmp(L"NormalColor", Name)) Theme = Blue; - if (0 == wcscmp(L"Metallic", Name)) Theme = Silver; - if (0 == wcscmp(L"HomeStead", Name)) Theme = Olive; - } - else - Theme = Modern; - - switch (Theme) - { - case Modern: - { - ToolBarTheme tt = {T, RGB(180, 250, 255), RGB(140, 190, 255), RGB(150, 220, 255), RGB(80, 100, 255), RGB(127, 127, 255)}; - ReBarTheme tr = {T, RGB(220, 225, 250), RGB(240, 242, 250), RGB(240, 240, 250), RGB(180, 200, 230), F, T, T, T, T, F}; - MenuTheme tm = {T, RGB(180, 250, 255), RGB(140, 190, 255), RGB(240, 250, 255), RGB(120, 170, 220), RGB(127, 127, 255)}; - - GetToolBar().SetToolBarTheme(tt); - SetMenuTheme(tm); // Sets the theme for popup menus and MenuBar - - GetReBar().SetReBarTheme(tr); - } - break; - - case Grey: // A color scheme suitable for 16 bit colors. Suitable for Windows older than XP. - { - ToolBarTheme tt = {T, RGB(182, 189, 210), RGB(182, 189, 210), RGB(133, 146, 181), RGB(133, 146, 181), RGB(10, 36, 106)}; - ReBarTheme tr = {T, RGB(212, 208, 200), RGB(212, 208, 200), RGB(230, 226, 222), RGB(220, 218, 208), F, T, T, T, T, F}; - MenuTheme tm = {T, RGB(182, 189, 210), RGB( 182, 189, 210), RGB(200, 196, 190), RGB(200, 196, 190), RGB(100, 100, 100)}; - - GetToolBar().SetToolBarTheme(tt); - SetMenuTheme(tm); // Sets the theme for popup menus and MenuBar - - GetReBar().SetReBarTheme(tr); - } - break; - case Blue: - { - // Used for XP default (blue) color scheme - ToolBarTheme tt = {T, RGB(255, 230, 190), RGB(255, 190, 100), RGB(255, 140, 40), RGB(255, 180, 80), RGB(192, 128, 255)}; - ReBarTheme tr = {T, RGB(150,190,245), RGB(196,215,250), RGB(220,230,250), RGB( 70,130,220), F, T, T, T, T, F}; - MenuTheme tm = {T, RGB(255, 230, 190), RGB(255, 190, 100), RGB(220,230,250), RGB(150,190,245), RGB(128, 128, 200)}; - - GetToolBar().SetToolBarTheme(tt); - SetMenuTheme(tm); // Sets the theme for popup menus and MenuBar - - GetReBar().SetReBarTheme(tr); - } - break; - - case Silver: - { - // Used for XP Silver color scheme - ToolBarTheme tt = {T, RGB(192, 210, 238), RGB(192, 210, 238), RGB(152, 181, 226), RGB(152, 181, 226), RGB(49, 106, 197)}; - ReBarTheme tr = {T, RGB(225, 220, 240), RGB(240, 240, 245), RGB(245, 240, 255), RGB(160, 155, 180), F, T, T, T, T, F}; - MenuTheme tm = {T, RGB(196, 215, 250), RGB( 120, 180, 220), RGB(240, 240, 245), RGB(170, 165, 185), RGB(128, 128, 150)}; - - GetToolBar().SetToolBarTheme(tt); - SetMenuTheme(tm); // Sets the theme for popup menus and MenuBar - - GetReBar().SetReBarTheme(tr); - } - break; - - case Olive: - { - // Used for XP Olive color scheme - ReBarTheme tr = {T, RGB(215, 216, 182), RGB(242, 242, 230), RGB(249, 255, 227), RGB(178, 191, 145), F, T, T, T, T, F}; - ToolBarTheme tt = {T, RGB(255, 230, 190), RGB(255, 190, 100), RGB(255, 140, 40), RGB(255, 180, 80), RGB(200, 128, 128)}; - MenuTheme tm = {T, RGB(255, 230, 190), RGB(255, 190, 100), RGB(249, 255, 227), RGB(178, 191, 145), RGB(128, 128, 128)}; - - GetToolBar().SetToolBarTheme(tt); - SetMenuTheme(tm); // Sets the theme for popup menus and MenuBar - - GetReBar().SetReBarTheme(tr); - } - break; - } - } - else - { - // Use a classic style by default - ReBarTheme tr = {T, 0, 0, 0, 0, F, T, T, F, F, F}; - GetReBar().SetReBarTheme(tr); - } - - RecalcLayout(); - } - - inline void CFrame::SetToolBarImages(COLORREF crMask, UINT ToolBarID, UINT ToolBarHotID, UINT ToolBarDisabledID) - // Either sets the imagelist or adds/replaces bitmap depending on ComCtl32.dll version - // Assumes the width of the button image = bitmap_size / buttons - // Assumes buttons have been already been added via AdddToolBarButton - // The colour mask is ignored for 32bit bitmaps, but is required for 24bit bitmaps - // The colour mask is often grey RGB(192,192,192) or magenta (255,0,255) - // The color mask is ignored for 32bit bitmap resources - // The Hot and disabled bitmap resources can be 0 - { - GetToolBar().SetImages(crMask, ToolBarID, ToolBarHotID, ToolBarDisabledID); - } - - inline void CFrame::SetupToolBar() - { - // Use this function to set the Resource IDs for the toolbar(s). - -/* // Set the Resource IDs for the toolbar buttons - AddToolBarButton( IDM_FILE_NEW ); - AddToolBarButton( IDM_FILE_OPEN ); - AddToolBarButton( IDM_FILE_SAVE ); - AddToolBarButton( 0 ); // Separator - AddToolBarButton( IDM_EDIT_CUT ); - AddToolBarButton( IDM_EDIT_COPY ); - AddToolBarButton( IDM_EDIT_PASTE ); - AddToolBarButton( 0 ); // Separator - AddToolBarButton( IDM_FILE_PRINT ); - AddToolBarButton( 0 ); // Separator - AddToolBarButton( IDM_HELP_ABOUT ); -*/ - } - - inline void CFrame::SetView(CWnd& wndView) - // Sets or changes the View window displayed within the frame - { - if (m_pView != &wndView) - { - // Destroy the existing view window (if any) - if (m_pView) m_pView->Destroy(); - - // Assign the view window - m_pView = &wndView; - - if (m_hWnd) - { - // The frame is already created, so create and position the new view too - assert(GetView()); // Use SetView in CMainFrame's constructor to set the view window - GetView()->Create(this); - RecalcLayout(); - } - } - } - - inline void CFrame::ShowMenu(BOOL bShow) - { - if (bShow) - { - if (IsReBarUsed()) - GetReBar().SendMessage(RB_SHOWBAND, GetReBar().GetBand(GetMenuBar()), TRUE); - else - SetMenu(&m_Menu); - } - else - { - if (IsReBarUsed()) - GetReBar().SendMessage(RB_SHOWBAND, GetReBar().GetBand(GetMenuBar()), FALSE); - else - SetMenu(NULL); - } - - if (GetReBar().IsWindow()) - { - if (GetReBar().GetReBarTheme().UseThemes && GetReBar().GetReBarTheme().BandsLeft) - GetReBar().MoveBandsLeft(); - } - - // Reposition the Windows - RecalcLayout(); - } - - - - inline void CFrame::ShowStatusBar(BOOL bShow) - { - if (bShow) - { - m_Menu.CheckMenuItem(IDW_VIEW_STATUSBAR, MF_CHECKED); - GetStatusBar().ShowWindow(SW_SHOW); - } - else - { - m_Menu.CheckMenuItem(IDW_VIEW_STATUSBAR, MF_UNCHECKED); - GetStatusBar().ShowWindow(SW_HIDE); - } - - // Reposition the Windows - RecalcLayout(); - } - - inline void CFrame::ShowToolBar(BOOL bShow) - { - if (bShow) - { - m_Menu.CheckMenuItem(IDW_VIEW_TOOLBAR, MF_CHECKED); - if (IsReBarUsed()) - GetReBar().SendMessage(RB_SHOWBAND, GetReBar().GetBand(GetToolBar()), TRUE); - else - GetToolBar().ShowWindow(SW_SHOW); - } - else - { - m_Menu.CheckMenuItem(IDW_VIEW_TOOLBAR, MF_UNCHECKED); - if (IsReBarUsed()) - GetReBar().SendMessage(RB_SHOWBAND, GetReBar().GetBand(GetToolBar()), FALSE); - else - GetToolBar().ShowWindow(SW_HIDE); - } - - if (GetReBar().IsWindow()) - { - if (GetReBar().GetReBarTheme().UseThemes && GetReBar().GetReBarTheme().BandsLeft) - GetReBar().MoveBandsLeft(); - } - - // Reposition the Windows - RecalcLayout(); - } - - inline void CFrame::UpdateMRUMenu() - { - if (0 >= m_nMaxMRU) return; - - // Set the text for the MRU Menu - tString tsMRUArray[16]; - UINT MaxMRUArrayIndex = 0; - if (m_vMRUEntries.size() > 0) - { - for (UINT n = 0; ((n < m_vMRUEntries.size()) && (n <= m_nMaxMRU)); ++n) - { - tsMRUArray[n] = m_vMRUEntries[n]; - if (tsMRUArray[n].length() > MAX_MENU_STRING - 10) - { - // Truncate the string if its too long - tsMRUArray[n].erase(0, tsMRUArray[n].length() - MAX_MENU_STRING +10); - tsMRUArray[n] = _T("... ") + tsMRUArray[n]; - } - - // Prefix the string with its number - TCHAR tVal[5]; - wsprintf(tVal, _T("%d "), n+1); - tsMRUArray[n] = tVal + tsMRUArray[n]; - MaxMRUArrayIndex = n; - } - } - else - { - tsMRUArray[0] = _T("Recent Files"); - } - - // Set MRU menu items - MENUITEMINFO mii = {0}; - mii.cbSize = GetSizeofMenuItemInfo(); - - int nFileItem = 0; // We place the MRU items under the left most menu item - CMenu* pFileMenu = GetFrameMenu().GetSubMenu(nFileItem); - - if (pFileMenu) - { - // Remove all but the first MRU Menu entry - for (UINT u = IDW_FILE_MRU_FILE2; u <= IDW_FILE_MRU_FILE1 +16; ++u) - { - pFileMenu->DeleteMenu(u, MF_BYCOMMAND); - } - - int MaxMRUIndex = (int)MIN(MaxMRUArrayIndex, m_nMaxMRU); - - for (int index = MaxMRUIndex; index >= 0; --index) - { - mii.fMask = MIIM_TYPE | MIIM_ID | MIIM_STATE; - mii.fState = (0 == m_vMRUEntries.size())? MFS_GRAYED : 0; - mii.fType = MFT_STRING; - mii.wID = IDW_FILE_MRU_FILE1 + index; - mii.dwTypeData = (LPTSTR)tsMRUArray[index].c_str(); - - BOOL bResult; - if (index == MaxMRUIndex) - // Replace the last MRU entry first - bResult = pFileMenu->SetMenuItemInfo(IDW_FILE_MRU_FILE1, &mii, FALSE); - else - // Insert the other MRU entries next - bResult = pFileMenu->InsertMenuItem(IDW_FILE_MRU_FILE1 + index + 1, &mii, FALSE); - - if (!bResult) - { - TRACE(_T("Failed to set MRU menu item\n")); - break; - } - } - } - - DrawMenuBar(); - } - - inline LRESULT CFrame::WndProcDefault(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) - { - switch (uMsg) - { - case WM_ACTIVATE: - OnActivate(wParam, lParam); - return 0L; - case WM_CLOSE: - OnClose(); - break; - case WM_DESTROY: - OnDestroy(); - return 0L; - case WM_ERASEBKGND: - return 0L; - case WM_HELP: - OnHelp(); - return 0L; - case WM_MENUCHAR: - return OnMenuChar(wParam, lParam); - case WM_MENUSELECT: - OnMenuSelect(wParam, lParam); - return 0L; - case WM_SETFOCUS: - OnSetFocus(); - break; - case WM_SIZE: - RecalcLayout(); - return 0L; - case WM_SYSCOLORCHANGE: - // Changing themes trigger this - OnSysColorChange(); - return 0L; - case WM_SYSCOMMAND: - return OnSysCommand(wParam, lParam); - case WM_TIMER: - OnTimer(wParam); - return 0L; - case WM_DRAWITEM: - // Owner draw menu items - return OnDrawItem(wParam, lParam); - case WM_INITMENUPOPUP: - OnInitMenuPopup(wParam, lParam); - break; - case WM_MEASUREITEM: - return OnMeasureItem(wParam, lParam); - case WM_EXITMENULOOP: - OnExitMenuLoop(); - break; - case UWM_GETMENUTHEME: - { - MenuTheme& tm = GetMenuTheme(); - return (LRESULT)&tm; - } - case UWM_GETREBARTHEME: - { - ReBarTheme& rm = GetReBarTheme(); - return (LRESULT)&rm; - } - case UWM_GETTOOLBARTHEME: - { - ToolBarTheme& tt = GetToolBarTheme(); - return (LRESULT)&tt; - } - } // switch uMsg - - return CWnd::WndProcDefault(uMsg, wParam, lParam); - } // LRESULT CFrame::WndProcDefault(...) - - -} // namespace Win32xx - -#endif // _WIN32XX_FRAME_H_ diff --git a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/gdi.h b/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/gdi.h deleted file mode 100644 index 45141f7b..00000000 --- a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/gdi.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3944 +0,0 @@ -// Win32++ Version 7.2 -// Released: 5th AUgust 2011 -// -// David Nash -// email: dnash@bigpond.net.au -// url: https://sourceforge.net/projects/win32-framework -// -// -// Copyright (c) 2005-2011 David Nash -// -// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to -// any person obtaining a copy of this software and -// associated documentation files (the "Software"), -// to deal in the Software without restriction, including -// without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, -// merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell -// copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom -// the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the -// following conditions: -// -// The above copyright notice and this permission notice -// shall be included in all copies or substantial portions -// of the Software. -// -// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF -// ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED -// TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A -// PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT -// SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR -// ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN -// ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, -// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE -// OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. -// -//////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - - -//////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// gdi.h -// Declaration of the CDC class, and CBitmapInfoPtr class - -// The CDC class provides a device context, along with the various associated -// objects such as Bitmaps, Brushes, Bitmaps, Fonts and Pens. This class -// handles the creation, selection, de-selection and deletion of these objects -// automatically. It also automatically deletes or releases the device context -// itself as appropriate. Any failure to create the new GDI object throws an -// exception. -// -// The CDC class is sufficient for most GDI programming needs. Sometimes -// however we need to have the GDI object seperated from the device context. -// Wrapper classes for GDI objects are provided for this purpose. The classes -// are CBitmap, CBrush, CFont, CPalette, CPen and CRgn. These classes -// automatically delete the GDI resouce assigned to them when their destructor -// is called. These wrapper class objects can be attached to the CDC as -// shown below. -// -// Coding Exampe without CDC ... -// void DrawLine() -// { -// HDC hdcClient = ::GetDC(m_hWnd); -// HDC hdcMem = ::CreateCompatibleDC(hdcClient); -// HBITMAP hBitmap = ::CreateCompatibleBitmap(hdcClient, cx, cy); -// HBITMAP hOldBitmap = (HBITMAP)::SelectObject(hdcMem, hBitmap); -// HPEN hPen = ::CreatePen(PS_SOLID, 1, RGB(255,0,0); -// HPEN hOldPen = (HPEN)::SelectObject(hdcMem, hPen); -// ::MoveToEx(hdcMem, 0, 0, NULL); -// ::LineTo(hdcMem, 50, 50); -// ::BitBlt(hdcClient, 0, 0, cx, cy, hdcMem, 0, 0); -// ::SelectObject(hdcMem, hOldPen); -// ::DeleteObject(hPen); -// ::SelectObject(hdcMem, hOldBitmap); -// ::DeleteObject(hBitmap); -// ::DeleteDC(hdcMem); -// ::ReleaseDC(m_hWnd, hdcClient); -// } -// -// Coding Example with CDC classes ... -// void DrawLine() -// { -// CClientDC dcClient(this) -// CMemDC dcMem(&dcClient); -// CBitmap* pOldBitmap = dcMem.CreateCompatibleBitmap(&dcClient, cx, cy); -// CPen* pOldPen = CMemDC.CreatePen(PS_SOLID, 1, RGB(255,0,0); -// CMemDC.MoveTo(0, 0); -// CMemDC.LineTo(50, 50); -// dcClient.BitBlt(0, 0, cx, cy, &CMemDC, 0, 0); -// } -// -// Coding Example with CDC classes and CPen ... -// void DrawLine() -// { -// CClientDC dcClient(this) -// CMemDC CMemDC(&dcClient); -// CBitmap* pOldBitmap = dcMem.CreateCompatibleBitmap(&dcClient, cx, cy); -// CPen MyPen(PS_SOLID, 1, RGB(255,0,0)); -// CPen* pOldPen = CMemDC.SelectObject(&MyPen); -// CMemDC.MoveTo(0, 0); -// CMemDC.LineTo(50, 50); -// dcClient.BitBlt(0, 0, cx, cy, &CMemDC, 0, 0); -// } - -// Notes: -// * When the CDC object drops out of scope, it's destructor is called, releasing -// or deleting the device context as appropriate. -// * When the destructor for CBitmap, CBrush, CPalette, CPen and CRgn are called, -// the destructor is called deleting their GDI object. -// * When the CDC object' destructor is called, any GDI objects created by one of -// the CDC member functions (CDC::CreatePen for example) will be deleted. -// * Bitmaps can only be selected into one device context at a time. -// * Palettes use SelectPalatte to select them into device the context. -// * Regions use SelectClipRgn to select them into the device context. -// * The FromHandle function can be used to convert a GDI handle (HDC, HPEN, -// HBITMAP etc) to a pointer of the appropriate GDI class (CDC, CPen CBitmap etc). -// The FromHandle function creates a temporary object unless the HANDLE is already -// assigned to a GDI class. Temporary objects don't delete their GDI object when -// their destructor is called. -// * All the GDI classes are reference counted. This allows functions to safely -// pass these objects by value, as well as by pointer or by reference. - -// The CBitmapInfoPtr class is a convienient wrapper for the BITMAPINFO structure. -// The size of the BITMAPINFO structure is dependant on the type of HBITMAP, and its -// space needs to be allocated dynamically. CBitmapInfoPtr automatically allocates -// and deallocates the memory for the structure. A CBitmapInfoPtr object can be -// used anywhere in place of a LPBITMAPINFO. LPBITMAPINFO is used in functions like -// GetDIBits and SetDIBits. -// -// Coding example ... -// CDC MemDC = CreateCompatibleDC(NULL); -// CBitmapInfoPtr pbmi(hBitmap); -// MemDC.GetDIBits(hBitmap, 0, pbmi->bmiHeader.biHeight, NULL, pbmi, DIB_RGB_COLORS); - -#ifndef _WIN32XX_GDI_H_ -#define _WIN32XX_GDI_H_ - -#include "wincore.h" - -// Disable macros from Windowsx.h -#undef CopyRgn - -namespace Win32xx -{ - - ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - // Declarations for some global functions in the Win32xx namespace - // -#ifndef _WIN32_WCE - void GrayScaleBitmap(CBitmap* pbmSource); - void TintBitmap(CBitmap* pbmSource, int cRed, int cGreen, int cBlue); - HIMAGELIST CreateDisabledImageList(HIMAGELIST himlNormal); -#endif - - /////////////////////////////////////////////// - // Declarations for the CGDIObject class - // - class CGDIObject - { - friend CBitmap* FromHandle(HBITMAP hBitmap); - friend CBrush* FromHandle(HBRUSH hBrush); - friend CDC* FromHandle(HDC hDC); - friend CFont* FromHandle(HFONT hFont); - friend CPalette* FromHandle(HPALETTE hPalette); - friend CPen* FromHandle(HPEN hPen); - friend CRgn* FromHandle(HRGN hRgn); - - public: - struct DataMembers // A structure that contains the data members for CGDIObject - { - HGDIOBJ hGDIObject; - long Count; - BOOL bRemoveObject; - }; - CGDIObject(); - CGDIObject(const CGDIObject& rhs); - virtual ~CGDIObject(); - CGDIObject& operator = ( const CGDIObject& rhs ); - void operator = (HGDIOBJ hObject); - - void Attach(HGDIOBJ hObject); - HGDIOBJ Detach(); - HGDIOBJ GetHandle() const; - int GetObject(int nCount, LPVOID pObject) const; - - protected: - DataMembers* m_pData; - - private: - void AddToMap(); - BOOL RemoveFromMap(); - void Release(); - }; - - - /////////////////////////////////////////////// - // Declarations for the CBitmap class - // - class CBitmap : public CGDIObject - { - public: - CBitmap(); - CBitmap(HBITMAP hBitmap); - CBitmap(LPCTSTR lpstr); - CBitmap(int nID); - operator HBITMAP() const; - ~CBitmap(); - - // Create and load methods - BOOL LoadBitmap(LPCTSTR lpszName); - BOOL LoadBitmap(int nID); - BOOL LoadImage(LPCTSTR lpszName, int cxDesired, int cyDesired, UINT fuLoad); - BOOL LoadImage(UINT nID, int cxDesired, int cyDesired, UINT fuLoad); - BOOL LoadOEMBitmap(UINT nIDBitmap); - HBITMAP CreateBitmap(int nWidth, int nHeight, UINT nPlanes, UINT nBitsPerPixel, LPCVOID lpBits); - HBITMAP CreateCompatibleBitmap(CDC* pDC, int nWidth, int nHeight); - HBITMAP CreateDIBSection(CDC* pDC, CONST BITMAPINFO* lpbmi, UINT uColorUse, LPVOID* ppvBits, HANDLE hSection, DWORD dwOffset); - -#ifndef _WIN32_WCE - HBITMAP CreateDIBitmap(CDC* pDC, CONST BITMAPINFOHEADER* lpbmih, DWORD dwInit, LPCVOID lpbInit, CONST BITMAPINFO* lpbmi, UINT uColorUse); - HBITMAP CreateMappedBitmap(UINT nIDBitmap, UINT nFlags = 0, LPCOLORMAP lpColorMap = NULL, int nMapSize = 0); - HBITMAP CreateBitmapIndirect(LPBITMAP lpBitmap); - int GetDIBits(CDC* pDC, UINT uStartScan, UINT cScanLines, LPVOID lpvBits, LPBITMAPINFO lpbmi, UINT uColorUse) const; - int SetDIBits(CDC* pDC, UINT uStartScan, UINT cScanLines, CONST VOID* lpvBits, CONST BITMAPINFO* lpbmi, UINT uColorUse); - CSize GetBitmapDimensionEx() const; - CSize SetBitmapDimensionEx(int nWidth, int nHeight); -#endif // !_WIN32_WCE - - // Attributes - BITMAP GetBitmapData() const; - }; - - - /////////////////////////////////////////////// - // Declarations for the CBrush class - // - class CBrush : public CGDIObject - { - public: - CBrush(); - CBrush(HBRUSH hBrush); - CBrush(COLORREF crColor); - operator HBRUSH() const; - ~CBrush(); - - HBRUSH CreateSolidBrush(COLORREF crColor); - HBRUSH CreatePatternBrush(CBitmap* pBitmap); - LOGBRUSH GetLogBrush() const; - -#ifndef _WIN32_WCE - HBRUSH CreateHatchBrush(int nIndex, COLORREF crColor); - HBRUSH CreateBrushIndirect(LPLOGBRUSH lpLogBrush); - HBRUSH CreateDIBPatternBrush(HGLOBAL hglbDIBPacked, UINT fuColorSpec); - HBRUSH CreateDIBPatternBrushPt(LPCVOID lpPackedDIB, UINT nUsage); -#endif // !defined(_WIN32_WCE) - - }; - - - /////////////////////////////////////////////// - // Declarations for the CFont class - // - class CFont : public CGDIObject - { - public: - CFont(); - CFont(HFONT hFont); - CFont(const LOGFONT* lpLogFont); - operator HFONT() const; - ~CFont(); - - // Create methods - HFONT CreateFontIndirect(const LOGFONT* lpLogFont); - HFONT CreatePointFont(int nPointSize, LPCTSTR lpszFaceName, CDC* pDC = NULL, BOOL bBold = FALSE, BOOL bItalic = FALSE); - HFONT CreatePointFontIndirect(const LOGFONT* lpLogFont, CDC* pDC = NULL); - -#ifndef _WIN32_WCE - HFONT CreateFont(int nHeight, int nWidth, int nEscapement, - int nOrientation, int nWeight, DWORD dwItalic, DWORD dwUnderline, - DWORD dwStrikeOut, DWORD dwCharSet, DWORD dwOutPrecision, - DWORD dwClipPrecision, DWORD dwQuality, DWORD dwPitchAndFamily, - LPCTSTR lpszFacename); -#endif // #ifndef _WIN32_WCE - - // Attributes - LOGFONT GetLogFont() const; - }; - - - /////////////////////////////////////////////// - // Declarations for the CPalette class - // - class CPalette : public CGDIObject - { - public: - CPalette(); - CPalette(HPALETTE hPalette); - operator HPALETTE() const; - ~CPalette(); - - // Create methods - HPALETTE CreatePalette(LPLOGPALETTE lpLogPalette); - -#ifndef _WIN32_WCE - HPALETTE CreateHalftonePalette(CDC* pDC); -#endif // !_WIN32_WCE - - // Attributes - int GetEntryCount() const; - UINT GetPaletteEntries(UINT nStartIndex, UINT nNumEntries, LPPALETTEENTRY lpPaletteColors) const; - UINT SetPaletteEntries(UINT nStartIndex, UINT nNumEntries, LPPALETTEENTRY lpPaletteColors); - - // Operations -#ifndef _WIN32_WCE - BOOL ResizePalette(UINT nNumEntries); - void AnimatePalette(UINT nStartIndex, UINT nNumEntries, LPPALETTEENTRY lpPaletteColors); -#endif // !_WIN32_WCE - - UINT GetNearestPaletteIndex (COLORREF crColor) const; - - }; - - - /////////////////////////////////////////////// - // Declarations for the CPen class - // - class CPen : public CGDIObject - { - public: - CPen(); - CPen(HPEN hPen); - CPen(int nPenStyle, int nWidth, COLORREF crColor); -#ifndef _WIN32_WCE - CPen(int nPenStyle, int nWidth, const LOGBRUSH* pLogBrush, int nStyleCount = 0, const DWORD* lpStyle = NULL); -#endif // !_WIN32_WCE - operator HPEN() const; - ~CPen(); - - HPEN CreatePen(int nPenStyle, int nWidth, COLORREF crColor); - HPEN CreatePenIndirect(LPLOGPEN lpLogPen); - LOGPEN GetLogPen() const; - -#ifndef _WIN32_WCE - HPEN ExtCreatePen(int nPenStyle, int nWidth, const LOGBRUSH* pLogBrush, int nStyleCount = 0, const DWORD* lpStyle = NULL); - EXTLOGPEN GetExtLogPen() const; -#endif // !_WIN32_WCE - - }; - - - /////////////////////////////////////////////// - // Declarations for the CRgn class - // - class CRgn : public CGDIObject - { - public: - CRgn(); - CRgn(HRGN hRgn); - operator HRGN() const; - ~CRgn (); - - // Create methods - HRGN CreateRectRgn(int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2); - HRGN CreateRectRgnIndirect(const RECT& rc); - HRGN CreateFromData(const XFORM* lpXForm, int nCount, const RGNDATA* pRgnData); - -#ifndef _WIN32_WCE - HRGN CreateEllipticRgn(int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2); - HRGN CreateEllipticRgnIndirect(const RECT& rc); - HRGN CreatePolygonRgn(LPPOINT lpPoints, int nCount, int nMode); - HRGN CreatePolyPolygonRgn(LPPOINT lpPoints, LPINT lpPolyCounts, int nCount, int nPolyFillMode); - HRGN CreateRoundRectRgn(int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2, int x3, int y3); - HRGN CreateFromPath(HDC hDC); -#endif // !_WIN32_WCE - - // Operations - void SetRectRgn(int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2); - void SetRectRgn(const RECT& rc); - int CombineRgn(CRgn* pRgnSrc1, CRgn* pRgnSrc2, int nCombineMode); - int CombineRgn(CRgn* pRgnSrc, int nCombineMode); - int CopyRgn(CRgn* pRgnSrc); - BOOL EqualRgn(CRgn* pRgn) const; - int OffsetRgn(int x, int y); - int OffsetRgn(POINT& pt); - int GetRgnBox(RECT& rc) const; - BOOL PtInRegion(int x, int y) const; - BOOL PtInRegion(POINT& pt) const; - BOOL RectInRegion(const RECT& rc) const; - int GetRegionData(LPRGNDATA lpRgnData, int nDataSize) const; - }; - - - /////////////////////////////////////////////// - // Declarations for the CDC class - // - class CDC - { - friend class CWinApp; - friend class CWnd; - friend CDC* FromHandle(HDC hDC); - - public: - struct DataMembers // A structure that contains the data members for CDC - { - std::vector m_vGDIObjects; // Smart pointers to internally created Bitmaps, Brushes, Fonts, Bitmaps and Regions - HDC hDC; // The HDC belonging to this CDC - long Count; // Reference count - BOOL bRemoveHDC; // Delete/Release the HDC on destruction - HWND hWnd; // The HWND of a Window or Client window DC - int nSavedDCState; // The save state of the HDC. - }; - - CDC(); // Constructs a new CDC without assigning a HDC - CDC(HDC hDC, HWND hWnd = 0); // Assigns a HDC to a new CDC - CDC(const CDC& rhs); // Constructs a new copy of the CDC - virtual ~CDC(); - operator HDC() const { return m_pData->hDC; } // Converts a CDC to a HDC - CDC& operator = (const CDC& rhs); // Assigns a CDC to an existing CDC - - void Attach(HDC hDC, HWND hWnd = 0); - void Destroy(); - HDC Detach(); - HDC GetHDC() const { return m_pData->hDC; } - CPalette* SelectPalette(const CPalette* pPalette, BOOL bForceBkgnd); - CBitmap* SelectObject(const CBitmap* pBitmap); - CBrush* SelectObject(const CBrush* pBrush); - CFont* SelectObject(const CFont* pFont); - CPalette* SelectObject(const CPalette* pPalette); - CPen* SelectObject(const CPen* pPen); - -#ifndef _WIN32_WCE - void operator = (const HDC hDC); -#endif - - // Initialization - BOOL CreateCompatibleDC(CDC* pDC); - BOOL CreateDC(LPCTSTR lpszDriver, LPCTSTR lpszDevice, LPCTSTR lpszOutput, const DEVMODE* pInitData); - int GetDeviceCaps(int nIndex) const; -#ifndef _WIN32_WCE - BOOL CreateIC(LPCTSTR lpszDriver, LPCTSTR lpszDevice, LPCTSTR lpszOutput, const DEVMODE* pInitData); -#endif - - // Create and Select Bitmaps - CBitmap* CreateBitmap(int cx, int cy, UINT Planes, UINT BitsPerPixel, LPCVOID pvColors); - CBitmap* CreateCompatibleBitmap(CDC* pDC, int cx, int cy); - CBitmap* CreateDIBSection(CDC* pDC, const BITMAPINFO& bmi, UINT iUsage, LPVOID *ppvBits, - HANDLE hSection, DWORD dwOffset); - BITMAP GetBitmapData() const; - CBitmap* LoadBitmap(UINT nID); - CBitmap* LoadBitmap(LPCTSTR lpszName); - CBitmap* LoadImage(UINT nID, int cxDesired, int cyDesired, UINT fuLoad); - CBitmap* LoadImage(LPCTSTR lpszName, int cxDesired, int cyDesired, UINT fuLoad); - CBitmap* LoadOEMBitmap(UINT nIDBitmap); // for OBM_/OCR_/OIC - -#ifndef _WIN32_WCE - CBitmap* CreateBitmapIndirect(LPBITMAP pBitmap); - CBitmap* CreateDIBitmap(CDC* pDC, const BITMAPINFOHEADER& bmih, DWORD fdwInit, LPCVOID lpbInit, - BITMAPINFO& bmi, UINT fuUsage); - CBitmap* CreateMappedBitmap(UINT nIDBitmap, UINT nFlags /*= 0*/, LPCOLORMAP lpColorMap /*= NULL*/, int nMapSize /*= 0*/); -#endif - - // Create and Select Brushes - CBrush* CreatePatternBrush(CBitmap* pBitmap); - CBrush* CreateSolidBrush(COLORREF rbg); - LOGBRUSH GetLogBrush() const; - -#ifndef _WIN32_WCE - CBrush* CreateBrushIndirect(LPLOGBRUSH pLogBrush); - CBrush* CreateHatchBrush(int fnStyle, COLORREF rgb); - CBrush* CreateDIBPatternBrush(HGLOBAL hglbDIBPacked, UINT fuColorSpec); - CBrush* CreateDIBPatternBrushPt(LPCVOID lpPackedDIB, UINT iUsage); -#endif - - // Create and Select Fonts - CFont* CreateFontIndirect(LPLOGFONT plf); - LOGFONT GetLogFont() const; - -#ifndef _WIN32_WCE - CFont* CreateFont(int nHeight, int nWidth, int nEscapement, int nOrientation, int fnWeight, - DWORD fdwItalic, DWORD fdwUnderline, DWORD fdwStrikeOut, DWORD fdwCharSet, - DWORD fdwOutputPrecision, DWORD fdwClipPrecision, DWORD fdwQuality, - DWORD fdwPitchAndFamily, LPCTSTR lpszFace); -#endif - - // Create and Select Pens - CPen* CreatePen(int nStyle, int nWidth, COLORREF rgb); - CPen* CreatePenIndirect(LPLOGPEN pLogPen); - LOGPEN GetLogPen() const; - - // Create Select Regions - int CreateRectRgn(int left, int top, int right, int bottom); - int CreateRectRgnIndirect(const RECT& rc); - int CreateFromData(const XFORM* Xform, DWORD nCount, const RGNDATA *pRgnData); -#ifndef _WIN32_WCE - int CreateEllipticRgn(int left, int top, int right, int bottom); - int CreateEllipticRgnIndirect(const RECT& rc); - int CreatePolygonRgn(LPPOINT ppt, int cPoints, int fnPolyFillMode); - int CreatePolyPolygonRgn(LPPOINT ppt, LPINT pPolyCounts, int nCount, int fnPolyFillMode); -#endif - - // Wrappers for WinAPI functions - - // Point and Line Drawing Functions - CPoint GetCurrentPosition() const; - CPoint MoveTo(int x, int y) const; - CPoint MoveTo(POINT pt) const; - BOOL LineTo(int x, int y) const; - BOOL LineTo(POINT pt) const; - COLORREF GetPixel(int x, int y) const; - COLORREF GetPixel(POINT pt) const; - COLORREF SetPixel(int x, int y, COLORREF crColor) const; - COLORREF SetPixel(POINT pt, COLORREF crColor) const; -#ifndef _WIN32_WCE - BOOL Arc(int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2, int x3, int y3, int x4, int y4) const; - BOOL Arc(RECT& rc, POINT ptStart, POINT ptEnd) const; - BOOL ArcTo(int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2, int x3, int y3, int x4, int y4) const; - BOOL ArcTo(RECT& rc, POINT ptStart, POINT ptEnd) const; - BOOL AngleArc(int x, int y, int nRadius, float fStartAngle, float fSweepAngle) const; - int GetArcDirection() const; - int SetArcDirection(int nArcDirection) const; - BOOL PolyDraw(const POINT* lpPoints, const BYTE* lpTypes, int nCount) const; - BOOL Polyline(LPPOINT lpPoints, int nCount) const; - BOOL PolyPolyline(const POINT* lpPoints, const DWORD* lpPolyPoints, int nCount) const; - BOOL PolylineTo(const POINT* lpPoints, int nCount) const; - BOOL PolyBezier(const POINT* lpPoints, int nCount) const; - BOOL PolyBezierTo(const POINT* lpPoints, int nCount) const; - BOOL SetPixelV(int x, int y, COLORREF crColor) const; - BOOL SetPixelV(POINT pt, COLORREF crColor) const; -#endif - - // Shape Drawing Functions - void DrawFocusRect(const RECT& rc) const; - BOOL Ellipse(int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2) const; - BOOL Ellipse(const RECT& rc) const; - BOOL Polygon(LPPOINT lpPoints, int nCount) const; - BOOL Rectangle(int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2) const; - BOOL Rectangle(const RECT& rc) const; - BOOL RoundRect(int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2, int nWidth, int nHeight) const; - BOOL RoundRect(const RECT& rc, int nWidth, int nHeight) const; - -#ifndef _WIN32_WCE - BOOL Chord(int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2, int x3, int y3, int x4, int y4) const; - BOOL Chord(const RECT& rc, POINT ptStart, POINT ptEnd) const; - BOOL Pie(int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2, int x3, int y3, int x4, int y4) const; - BOOL Pie(const RECT& rc, POINT ptStart, POINT ptEnd) const; - BOOL PolyPolygon(LPPOINT lpPoints, LPINT lpPolyCounts, int nCount) const; -#endif - - // Fill and Image Drawing functions - BOOL FillRect(const RECT& rc, CBrush* pBrushr) const; - BOOL InvertRect(const RECT& rc) const; - BOOL DrawIconEx(int xLeft, int yTop, HICON hIcon, int cxWidth, int cyWidth, UINT istepIfAniCur, CBrush* pFlickerFreeDraw, UINT diFlags) const; - BOOL DrawEdge(const RECT& rc, UINT nEdge, UINT nFlags) const; - BOOL DrawFrameControl(const RECT& rc, UINT nType, UINT nState) const; - BOOL FillRgn(CRgn* pRgn, CBrush* pBrush) const; - void GradientFill(COLORREF Color1, COLORREF Color2, const RECT& rc, BOOL bVertical); - void SolidFill(COLORREF Color, const RECT& rc); - -#ifndef _WIN32_WCE - BOOL DrawIcon(int x, int y, HICON hIcon) const; - BOOL DrawIcon(POINT point, HICON hIcon) const; - BOOL FrameRect(const RECT& rc, CBrush* pBrush) const; - BOOL PaintRgn(CRgn* pRgn) const; -#endif - - // Bitmap Functions - void DrawBitmap(int x, int y, int cx, int cy, CBitmap& Bitmap, COLORREF clrMask); - int StretchDIBits(int XDest, int YDest, int nDestWidth, int nDestHeight, int XSrc, int YSrc, int nSrcWidth, - int nSrcHeight, CONST VOID *lpBits, BITMAPINFO& bi, UINT iUsage, DWORD dwRop) const; - BOOL PatBlt(int x, int y, int nWidth, int nHeight, DWORD dwRop) const; - BOOL BitBlt(int x, int y, int nWidth, int nHeight, CDC* pSrcDC, int xSrc, int ySrc, DWORD dwRop) const; - BOOL StretchBlt(int x, int y, int nWidth, int nHeight, CDC* pSrcDC, int xSrc, int ySrc, int nSrcWidth, int nSrcHeight, DWORD dwRop) const; - -#ifndef _WIN32_WCE - int GetDIBits(CBitmap* pBitmap, UINT uStartScan, UINT cScanLines, LPVOID lpvBits, LPBITMAPINFO lpbi, UINT uUsage) const; - int SetDIBits(CBitmap* pBitmap, UINT uStartScan, UINT cScanLines, CONST VOID *lpvBits, LPBITMAPINFO lpbi, UINT fuColorUse) const; - int GetStretchBltMode() const; - int SetStretchBltMode(int iStretchMode) const; - BOOL FloodFill(int x, int y, COLORREF crColor) const; - BOOL ExtFloodFill(int x, int y, COLORREF crColor, UINT nFillType) const; -#endif - - // Brush Functions -#ifdef GetDCBrushColor - COLORREF GetDCBrushColor() const; - COLORREF SetDCBrushColor(COLORREF crColor) const; -#endif - - // Clipping Functions - int ExcludeClipRect(int Left, int Top, int Right, int BottomRect); - int ExcludeClipRect(const RECT& rc); - int GetClipBox(RECT& rc); - int GetClipRgn(HRGN hrgn); - int IntersectClipRect(int Left, int Top, int Right, int Bottom); - int IntersectClipRect(const RECT& rc); - BOOL RectVisible(const RECT& rc); - int SelectClipRgn(CRgn* pRgn); - -#ifndef _WIN32_WCE - int ExtSelectClipRgn(CRgn* pRgn, int fnMode); - int OffsetClipRgn(int nXOffset, int nYOffset); - BOOL PtVisible(int X, int Y); -#endif - - // Co-ordinate Functions -#ifndef _WIN32_WCE - BOOL DPtoLP(LPPOINT lpPoints, int nCount) const; - BOOL DPtoLP(RECT& rc) const; - BOOL LPtoDP(LPPOINT lpPoints, int nCount) const; - BOOL LPtoDP(RECT& rc) const; -#endif - - // Layout Functions - DWORD GetLayout() const; - DWORD SetLayout(DWORD dwLayout) const; - - // Mapping functions -#ifndef _WIN32_WCE - int GetMapMode() const; - int SetMapMode(int nMapMode) const; - BOOL GetViewportOrgEx(LPPOINT lpPoint) const; - BOOL SetViewportOrgEx(int x, int y, LPPOINT lpPoint = NULL) const; - BOOL SetViewportOrgEx(POINT point, LPPOINT lpPointRet = NULL) const; - BOOL OffsetViewportOrgEx(int nWidth, int nHeight, LPPOINT lpPoint = NULL) const; - BOOL GetViewportExtEx(LPSIZE lpSize) const; - BOOL SetViewportExtEx(int x, int y, LPSIZE lpSize) const; - BOOL SetViewportExtEx(SIZE size, LPSIZE lpSizeRet) const; - BOOL ScaleViewportExtEx(int xNum, int xDenom, int yNum, int yDenom, LPSIZE lpSize) const; - BOOL OffsetWindowOrg(int nWidth, int nHeight, LPPOINT lpPoint) const; - BOOL GetWindowExtEx(LPSIZE lpSize) const; - BOOL SetWindowExtEx(int x, int y, LPSIZE lpSize) const; - BOOL SetWindowExtEx(SIZE size, LPSIZE lpSizeRet) const; - BOOL ScaleWindowExtEx(int xNum, int xDenom, int yNum, int yDenom, LPSIZE lpSize) const; - BOOL GetWindowOrgEx(LPPOINT lpPoint) const; - BOOL SetWindowOrgEx(int x, int y, LPPOINT lpPoint) const; - BOOL SetWindowOrgEx(POINT point, LPPOINT lpPointRet) const; - BOOL OffsetWindowOrgEx(int nWidth, int nHeight, LPPOINT lpPoint) const; -#endif - - // Printer Functions - int StartDoc(LPDOCINFO lpDocInfo) const; - int EndDoc() const; - int StartPage() const; - int EndPage() const; - int AbortDoc() const; - int SetAbortProc(BOOL (CALLBACK* lpfn)(HDC, int)) const; - - // Text Functions - int DrawText(LPCTSTR lpszString, int nCount, LPRECT lprc, UINT nFormat) const; - BOOL ExtTextOut(int x, int y, UINT nOptions, LPCRECT lprc, LPCTSTR lpszString, int nCount = -1, LPINT lpDxWidths = NULL) const; - COLORREF GetBkColor() const; - int GetBkMode() const; - UINT GetTextAlign() const; - int GetTextFace(int nCount, LPTSTR lpszFacename) const; - COLORREF GetTextColor() const; - BOOL GetTextMetrics(TEXTMETRIC& Metrics) const; - COLORREF SetBkColor(COLORREF crColor) const; - int SetBkMode(int iBkMode) const; - UINT SetTextAlign(UINT nFlags) const; - COLORREF SetTextColor(COLORREF crColor) const; - -#ifndef _WIN32_WCE - int DrawTextEx(LPTSTR lpszString, int nCount, LPRECT lprc, UINT nFormat, LPDRAWTEXTPARAMS lpDTParams) const; - CSize GetTabbedTextExtent(LPCTSTR lpszString, int nCount, int nTabPositions, LPINT lpnTabStopPositions) const; - int GetTextCharacterExtra() const; - CSize GetTextExtentPoint32(LPCTSTR lpszString, int nCount) const; - BOOL GrayString(CBrush* pBrush, GRAYSTRINGPROC lpOutputFunc, LPARAM lpData, int nCount, int x, int y, int nWidth, int nHeight) const; - int SetTextCharacterExtra(int nCharExtra) const; - int SetTextJustification(int nBreakExtra, int nBreakCount) const; - CSize TabbedTextOut(int x, int y, LPCTSTR lpszString, int nCount, int nTabPositions, LPINT lpnTabStopPositions, int nTabOrigin) const; - BOOL TextOut(int x, int y, LPCTSTR lpszString, int nCount = -1) const; -#endif - - private: - void AddToMap(); - static CDC* AddTempHDC(HDC hDC, HWND hWnd); - void Release(); - BOOL RemoveFromMap(); - - DataMembers* m_pData; // pointer to the class's data members - }; - - class CClientDC : public CDC - { - public: - CClientDC(const CWnd* pWnd) - { - if (pWnd) assert(pWnd->IsWindow()); - HWND hWnd = pWnd? pWnd->GetHwnd() : GetDesktopWindow(); - Attach(::GetDC(hWnd), hWnd); - } - virtual ~CClientDC() {} - }; - - class CMemDC : public CDC - { - public: - CMemDC(const CDC* pDC) - { - if (pDC) assert(pDC->GetHDC()); - HDC hDC = pDC? pDC->GetHDC() : NULL; - Attach(::CreateCompatibleDC(hDC)); - } - virtual ~CMemDC() {} - }; - - class CPaintDC : public CDC - { - public: - CPaintDC(const CWnd* pWnd) - { - assert(pWnd->IsWindow()); - m_hWnd = pWnd->GetHwnd(); - Attach(::BeginPaint(pWnd->GetHwnd(), &m_ps), m_hWnd); - } - - virtual ~CPaintDC() { ::EndPaint(m_hWnd, &m_ps); } - - private: - HWND m_hWnd; - PAINTSTRUCT m_ps; - }; - - class CWindowDC : public CDC - { - public: - CWindowDC(const CWnd* pWnd) - { - if (pWnd) assert(pWnd->IsWindow()); - HWND hWnd = pWnd? pWnd->GetHwnd() : GetDesktopWindow(); - Attach(::GetWindowDC(hWnd), hWnd); - } - virtual ~CWindowDC() {} - }; - -#ifndef _WIN32_WCE - class CMetaFileDC : public CDC - { - public: - CMetaFileDC() : m_hMF(0), m_hEMF(0) {} - virtual ~CMetaFileDC() - { - if (m_hMF) - { - ::CloseMetaFile(GetHDC()); - ::DeleteMetaFile(m_hMF); - } - if (m_hEMF) - { - ::CloseEnhMetaFile(GetHDC()); - ::DeleteEnhMetaFile(m_hEMF); - } - } - void Create(LPCTSTR lpszFilename = NULL) { Attach(::CreateMetaFile(lpszFilename)); } - void CreateEnhanced(CDC* pDCRef, LPCTSTR lpszFileName, LPCRECT lpBounds, LPCTSTR lpszDescription) - { - HDC hDC = pDCRef? pDCRef->GetHDC() : NULL; - ::CreateEnhMetaFile(hDC, lpszFileName, lpBounds, lpszDescription); - assert(GetHDC()); - } - HMETAFILE Close() { return ::CloseMetaFile(GetHDC()); } - HENHMETAFILE CloseEnhanced() { return ::CloseEnhMetaFile(GetHDC()); } - - private: - HMETAFILE m_hMF; - HENHMETAFILE m_hEMF; - }; -#endif - - - /////////////////////////////////////////////// - // Declarations for the CBitmapInfoPtr class - // The CBitmapInfoPtr class is a convienient wrapper for the BITMAPINFO structure. - class CBitmapInfoPtr - { - public: - CBitmapInfoPtr(CBitmap* pBitmap) - { - BITMAP bmSource = pBitmap->GetBitmapData(); - - // Convert the color format to a count of bits. - WORD cClrBits = (WORD)(bmSource.bmPlanes * bmSource.bmBitsPixel); - if (cClrBits == 1) cClrBits = 1; - else if (cClrBits <= 4) cClrBits = 4; - else if (cClrBits <= 8) cClrBits = 8; - else if (cClrBits <= 16) cClrBits = 16; - else if (cClrBits <= 24) cClrBits = 24; - else cClrBits = 32; - - // Allocate memory for the BITMAPINFO structure. - UINT uQuadSize = (cClrBits == 24)? 0 : sizeof(RGBQUAD) * (int)(1 << cClrBits); - m_bmi.assign(sizeof(BITMAPINFOHEADER) + uQuadSize, 0); - m_pbmiArray = (LPBITMAPINFO) &m_bmi[0]; - - m_pbmiArray->bmiHeader.biSize = sizeof(BITMAPINFOHEADER); - m_pbmiArray->bmiHeader.biHeight = bmSource.bmHeight; - m_pbmiArray->bmiHeader.biWidth = bmSource.bmWidth; - m_pbmiArray->bmiHeader.biPlanes = bmSource.bmPlanes; - m_pbmiArray->bmiHeader.biBitCount = bmSource.bmBitsPixel; - m_pbmiArray->bmiHeader.biCompression = BI_RGB; - if (cClrBits < 24) - m_pbmiArray->bmiHeader.biClrUsed = (1<() const { return m_pbmiArray; } - - private: - CBitmapInfoPtr(const CBitmapInfoPtr&); // Disable copy construction - CBitmapInfoPtr& operator = (const CBitmapInfoPtr&); // Disable assignment operator - LPBITMAPINFO m_pbmiArray; - std::vector m_bmi; - }; - - - CBitmap* FromHandle(HBITMAP hBitmap); - CBrush* FromHandle(HBRUSH hBrush); - CFont* FromHandle(HFONT hFont); - CPalette* FromHandle(HPALETTE hPalette); - CPen* FromHandle(HPEN hPen); - CRgn* FromHandle(HRGN hRgn); - -} - -//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - - -namespace Win32xx -{ - - /////////////////////////////////////////////// - // Declarations for the CGDIObject class - // - - inline CGDIObject::CGDIObject() - // Constructs the CGDIObject - { - m_pData = new DataMembers; - m_pData->hGDIObject = 0; - m_pData->Count = 1L; - m_pData->bRemoveObject = TRUE; - } - - inline CGDIObject::CGDIObject(const CGDIObject& rhs) - // Note: A copy of a CGDIObject is a clone of the original. - // Both objects manipulate the one HGDIOBJ. - { - m_pData = rhs.m_pData; - InterlockedIncrement(&m_pData->Count); - } - - inline CGDIObject::~CGDIObject() - // Deconstructs the CGDIObject - { - Release(); - } - - inline CGDIObject& CGDIObject::operator = ( const CGDIObject& rhs ) - // Note: A copy of a CGDIObject is a clone of the original. - // Both objects manipulate the one HGDIOBJ. - { - if (this != &rhs) - { - InterlockedIncrement(&rhs.m_pData->Count); - Release(); - m_pData = rhs.m_pData; - } - - return *this; - } - - inline void CGDIObject::operator = (HGDIOBJ hObject) - { - assert(m_pData); - assert (m_pData->hGDIObject == NULL); - m_pData->hGDIObject = hObject; - } - - inline void CGDIObject::AddToMap() - // Store the HDC and CDC pointer in the HDC map - { - assert( GetApp() ); - GetApp()->m_csMapLock.Lock(); - - assert(m_pData->hGDIObject); - assert(!GetApp()->GetCGDIObjectFromMap(m_pData->hGDIObject)); - - GetApp()->m_mapGDI.insert(std::make_pair(m_pData->hGDIObject, this)); - GetApp()->m_csMapLock.Release(); - } - - inline void CGDIObject::Attach(HGDIOBJ hObject) - // Attaches a GDI HANDLE to the CGDIObject. - // The HGDIOBJ will be automatically deleted when the destructor is called unless it is detached. - { - assert(m_pData); - - if (m_pData->hGDIObject != NULL && m_pData->hGDIObject != hObject) - { - ::DeleteObject(Detach()); - } - - CGDIObject* pObject = GetApp()->GetCGDIObjectFromMap(hObject); - if (pObject) - { - delete m_pData; - m_pData = pObject->m_pData; - InterlockedIncrement(&m_pData->Count); - } - else - { - m_pData->hGDIObject = hObject; - AddToMap(); - } - } - - inline HGDIOBJ CGDIObject::Detach() - // Detaches the HGDIOBJ from this object. - { - assert(m_pData); - assert(m_pData->hGDIObject); - - GetApp()->m_csMapLock.Lock(); - RemoveFromMap(); - HGDIOBJ hObject = m_pData->hGDIObject; - m_pData->hGDIObject = 0; - - if (m_pData->Count) - { - if (InterlockedDecrement(&m_pData->Count) == 0) - { - delete m_pData; - } - } - - GetApp()->m_csMapLock.Release(); - - // Assign values to our data members - m_pData = new DataMembers; - m_pData->hGDIObject = 0; - m_pData->Count = 1L; - m_pData->bRemoveObject = TRUE; - - return hObject; - } - - inline HGDIOBJ CGDIObject::GetHandle() const - { - assert(m_pData); - return m_pData->hGDIObject; - } - - inline int CGDIObject::GetObject(int nCount, LPVOID pObject) const - { - assert(m_pData); - return ::GetObject(m_pData->hGDIObject, nCount, pObject); - } - - inline void CGDIObject::Release() - { - assert(m_pData); - BOOL bSucceeded = TRUE; - - if (InterlockedDecrement(&m_pData->Count) == 0) - { - if (m_pData->hGDIObject != NULL) - { - if (m_pData->bRemoveObject) - bSucceeded = ::DeleteObject(m_pData->hGDIObject); - else - bSucceeded = TRUE; - } - - RemoveFromMap(); - delete m_pData; - m_pData = 0; - } - - assert(bSucceeded); - } - - inline BOOL CGDIObject::RemoveFromMap() - { - BOOL Success = FALSE; - - if( GetApp() ) - { - // Allocate an iterator for our HDC map - std::map::iterator m; - - CWinApp* pApp = GetApp(); - if (pApp) - { - // Erase the CGDIObject pointer entry from the map - pApp->m_csMapLock.Lock(); - m = pApp->m_mapGDI.find(m_pData->hGDIObject); - if (m != pApp->m_mapGDI.end()) - { - pApp->m_mapGDI.erase(m); - Success = TRUE; - } - - pApp->m_csMapLock.Release(); - } - } - - return Success; - } - - - /////////////////////////////////////////////// - // Declarations for the CBitmap class - // - inline CBitmap::CBitmap() - { - } - - inline CBitmap::CBitmap(HBITMAP hBitmap) - { - assert(m_pData); - Attach(hBitmap); - } - - inline CBitmap::CBitmap(LPCTSTR lpszName) - { - LoadBitmap(lpszName); - } - - inline CBitmap::CBitmap(int nID) - { - LoadBitmap(nID); - } - - inline CBitmap::operator HBITMAP() const - { - assert(m_pData); - return (HBITMAP)m_pData->hGDIObject; - } - - inline CBitmap::~CBitmap() - { - } - - inline BOOL CBitmap::LoadBitmap(int nID) - // Loads a bitmap from a resource using the resource ID. - { - return LoadBitmap(MAKEINTRESOURCE(nID)); - } - - inline BOOL CBitmap::LoadBitmap(LPCTSTR lpszName) - // Loads a bitmap from a resource using the resource string. - { - assert(GetApp()); - assert(m_pData); - - HBITMAP hBitmap = (HBITMAP)::LoadImage(GetApp()->GetResourceHandle(), lpszName, IMAGE_BITMAP, 0, 0, LR_DEFAULTCOLOR); - if (hBitmap) - { - Attach(hBitmap); - } - return (0 != hBitmap); // boolean expression - } - - inline BOOL CBitmap::LoadImage(UINT nID, int cxDesired, int cyDesired, UINT fuLoad) - // Loads a bitmap from a resource using the resource ID. - { - return LoadImage(MAKEINTRESOURCE(nID), cxDesired, cyDesired, fuLoad); - } - - inline BOOL CBitmap::LoadImage(LPCTSTR lpszName, int cxDesired, int cyDesired, UINT fuLoad) - // Loads a bitmap from a resource using the resource string. - { - assert(GetApp()); - assert(m_pData); - - HBITMAP hBitmap = (HBITMAP)::LoadImage(GetApp()->GetResourceHandle(), lpszName, IMAGE_BITMAP, cxDesired, cyDesired, fuLoad); - if (hBitmap) - { - Attach(hBitmap); - } - return (0 != hBitmap); // boolean expression - } - - inline BOOL CBitmap::LoadOEMBitmap(UINT nIDBitmap) // for OBM_/OCR_/OIC_ - // Loads a predefined bitmap - // Predefined bitmaps include: OBM_BTNCORNERS, OBM_BTSIZE, OBM_CHECK, OBM_CHECKBOXES, OBM_CLOSE, OBM_COMBO - // OBM_DNARROW, OBM_DNARROWD, OBM_DNARROWI, OBM_LFARROW, OBM_LFARROWD, OBM_LFARROWI, OBM_MNARROW,OBM_OLD_CLOSE - // OBM_OLD_DNARROW, OBM_OLD_LFARROW, OBM_OLD_REDUCE, OBM_OLD_RESTORE, OBM_OLD_RGARROW, OBM_OLD_UPARROW - // OBM_OLD_ZOOM, OBM_REDUCE, OBM_REDUCED, OBM_RESTORE, OBM_RESTORED, OBM_RGARROW, OBM_RGARROWD, OBM_RGARROWI - // OBM_SIZE, OBM_UPARROW, OBM_UPARROWD, OBM_UPARROWI, OBM_ZOOM, OBM_ZOOMD - { - assert(m_pData); - - HBITMAP hBitmap = ::LoadBitmap(NULL, MAKEINTRESOURCE(nIDBitmap)); - if (hBitmap) - { - Attach( ::LoadBitmap(NULL, MAKEINTRESOURCE(nIDBitmap)) ); - } - return (0 != hBitmap); // boolean expression - } - -#ifndef _WIN32_WCE - inline HBITMAP CBitmap::CreateMappedBitmap(UINT nIDBitmap, UINT nFlags /*= 0*/, LPCOLORMAP lpColorMap /*= NULL*/, int nMapSize /*= 0*/) - // Creates a new bitmap using the bitmap data and colors specified by the bitmap resource and the color mapping information. - { - assert(GetApp()); - assert(m_pData); - HBITMAP hBitmap = ::CreateMappedBitmap(GetApp()->GetResourceHandle(), nIDBitmap, (WORD)nFlags, lpColorMap, nMapSize); - Attach(hBitmap); - return hBitmap; - } -#endif // !_WIN32_WCE - - inline HBITMAP CBitmap::CreateBitmap(int nWidth, int nHeight, UINT nPlanes, UINT nBitsPerPixel, LPCVOID lpBits) - // Creates a bitmap with the specified width, height, and color format (color planes and bits-per-pixel). - { - assert(m_pData); - HBITMAP hBitmap = ::CreateBitmap(nWidth, nHeight, nPlanes, nBitsPerPixel, lpBits); - Attach(hBitmap); - return hBitmap; - } - -#ifndef _WIN32_WCE - inline HBITMAP CBitmap::CreateBitmapIndirect(LPBITMAP lpBitmap) - // Creates a bitmap with the width, height, and color format specified in the BITMAP structure. - { - assert(m_pData); - HBITMAP hBitmap = ::CreateBitmapIndirect(lpBitmap); - Attach(hBitmap); - return hBitmap; - } -#endif // !_WIN32_WCE - - inline HBITMAP CBitmap::CreateCompatibleBitmap(CDC* pDC, int nWidth, int nHeight) - // Creates a bitmap compatible with the device that is associated with the specified device context. - { - assert(m_pData); - assert(pDC); - HBITMAP hBitmap = ::CreateCompatibleBitmap(pDC->GetHDC(), nWidth, nHeight); - Attach(hBitmap); - return hBitmap; - } - - // Attributes - inline BITMAP CBitmap::GetBitmapData() const - // Retrieves the BITMAP structure - { - assert(m_pData); - assert(m_pData->hGDIObject != NULL); - BITMAP bmp = {0}; - ::GetObject(m_pData->hGDIObject, sizeof(BITMAP), &bmp); - return bmp; - } - -#ifndef _WIN32_WCE - inline CSize CBitmap::GetBitmapDimensionEx() const - // Retrieves the dimensions of a compatible bitmap. - // The retrieved dimensions must have been set by the SetBitmapDimensionEx function. - { - assert(m_pData); - assert(m_pData->hGDIObject != NULL); - CSize Size; - ::GetBitmapDimensionEx((HBITMAP)m_pData->hGDIObject, &Size); - return Size; - } - - inline CSize CBitmap::SetBitmapDimensionEx(int nWidth, int nHeight) - // The SetBitmapDimensionEx function assigns preferred dimensions to a bitmap. - // These dimensions can be used by applications; however, they are not used by the system. - { - assert(m_pData); - assert(m_pData->hGDIObject != NULL); - CSize Size; - ::SetBitmapDimensionEx((HBITMAP)m_pData->hGDIObject, nWidth, nHeight, Size); - return Size; - } - - // DIB support - inline HBITMAP CBitmap::CreateDIBitmap(CDC* pDC, CONST BITMAPINFOHEADER* lpbmih, DWORD dwInit, CONST VOID* lpbInit, CONST BITMAPINFO* lpbmi, UINT uColorUse) - // Creates a compatible bitmap (DDB) from a DIB and, optionally, sets the bitmap bits. - { - assert(m_pData); - assert(pDC); - HBITMAP hBitmap = ::CreateDIBitmap(pDC->GetHDC(), lpbmih, dwInit, lpbInit, lpbmi, uColorUse); - Attach(hBitmap); - return hBitmap; - } -#endif // !_WIN32_WCE - - inline HBITMAP CBitmap::CreateDIBSection(CDC* pDC, CONST BITMAPINFO* lpbmi, UINT uColorUse, VOID** ppvBits, HANDLE hSection, DWORD dwOffset) - // Creates a DIB that applications can write to directly. The function gives you a pointer to the location of the bitmap bit values. - // You can supply a handle to a file-mapping object that the function will use to create the bitmap, or you can let the system allocate the memory for the bitmap. - { - assert(m_pData); - assert(pDC); - HBITMAP hBitmap = ::CreateDIBSection(pDC->GetHDC(), lpbmi, uColorUse, ppvBits, hSection, dwOffset); - Attach(hBitmap); - return hBitmap; - } - -#ifndef _WIN32_WCE - inline int CBitmap::GetDIBits(CDC* pDC, UINT uStartScan, UINT cScanLines, LPVOID lpvBits, LPBITMAPINFO lpbmi, UINT uColorUse) const - // Retrieves the bits of the specified compatible bitmap and copies them into a buffer as a DIB using the specified format. - { - assert(m_pData); - assert(pDC); - assert(m_pData->hGDIObject != NULL); - return ::GetDIBits(pDC->GetHDC(), (HBITMAP)m_pData->hGDIObject, uStartScan, cScanLines, lpvBits, lpbmi, uColorUse); - } - - inline int CBitmap::SetDIBits(CDC* pDC, UINT uStartScan, UINT cScanLines, CONST VOID* lpvBits, CONST BITMAPINFO* lpbmi, UINT uColorUse) - // Sets the pixels in a compatible bitmap (DDB) using the color data found in the specified DIB. - { - assert(m_pData); - assert(pDC); - assert(m_pData->hGDIObject != NULL); - return ::SetDIBits(pDC->GetHDC(), (HBITMAP)m_pData->hGDIObject, uStartScan, cScanLines, lpvBits, lpbmi, uColorUse); - } -#endif // !_WIN32_WCE - - - /////////////////////////////////////////////// - // Definitions of the CBrush class - // - inline CBrush::CBrush() - { - } - - inline CBrush::CBrush(HBRUSH hBrush) - { - assert(m_pData); - Attach(hBrush); - } - - inline CBrush::CBrush(COLORREF crColor) - { - Attach( ::CreateSolidBrush(crColor) ); - assert (m_pData->hGDIObject); - } - - inline CBrush::operator HBRUSH() const - { - assert(m_pData); - return (HBRUSH)m_pData->hGDIObject; - } - - inline CBrush::~CBrush() - { - } - - inline HBRUSH CBrush::CreateSolidBrush(COLORREF crColor) - // Creates a logical brush that has the specified solid color. - { - assert(m_pData); - HBRUSH hBrush = ::CreateSolidBrush(crColor); - Attach(hBrush); - return hBrush; - } - -#ifndef _WIN32_WCE - inline HBRUSH CBrush::CreateHatchBrush(int nIndex, COLORREF crColor) - // Creates a logical brush that has the specified hatch pattern and color. - { - assert(m_pData); - HBRUSH hBrush = ::CreateHatchBrush(nIndex, crColor); - Attach(hBrush); - return hBrush; - } - - inline HBRUSH CBrush::CreateBrushIndirect(LPLOGBRUSH lpLogBrush) - // Creates a logical brush from style, color, and pattern specified in the LOGPRUSH struct. - { - assert(m_pData); - HBRUSH hBrush = ::CreateBrushIndirect(lpLogBrush); - Attach(hBrush); - return hBrush; - } - - inline HBRUSH CBrush::CreateDIBPatternBrush(HGLOBAL hglbDIBPacked, UINT fuColorSpec) - // Creates a logical brush that has the pattern specified by the specified device-independent bitmap (DIB). - { - assert(m_pData); - HBRUSH hBrush = ::CreateDIBPatternBrush(hglbDIBPacked, fuColorSpec); - Attach(hBrush); - return hBrush; - } - - inline HBRUSH CBrush::CreateDIBPatternBrushPt(LPCVOID lpPackedDIB, UINT nUsage) - // Creates a logical brush that has the pattern specified by the device-independent bitmap (DIB). - { - assert(m_pData); - HBRUSH hBrush = ::CreateDIBPatternBrushPt(lpPackedDIB, nUsage); - Attach(hBrush); - return hBrush; - } - -#endif // !defined(_WIN32_WCE) - - inline HBRUSH CBrush::CreatePatternBrush(CBitmap* pBitmap) - // Creates a logical brush with the specified bitmap pattern. The bitmap can be a DIB section bitmap, - // which is created by the CreateDIBSection function, or it can be a device-dependent bitmap. - { - assert(m_pData); - assert(pBitmap); - HBRUSH hBrush = ::CreatePatternBrush(*pBitmap); - Attach(hBrush); - return hBrush; - } - - inline LOGBRUSH CBrush::GetLogBrush() const - // Retrieves the LOGBRUSH structure that defines the style, color, and pattern of a physical brush. - { - assert(m_pData); - assert(m_pData->hGDIObject != NULL); - LOGBRUSH LogBrush = {0}; - ::GetObject (m_pData->hGDIObject, sizeof(LOGBRUSH), &LogBrush); - return LogBrush; - } - - - /////////////////////////////////////////////// - // Definitions of the CFont class - // - inline CFont::CFont() - { - } - - inline CFont::CFont(HFONT hFont) - { - assert(m_pData); - Attach(hFont); - } - - inline CFont::CFont(const LOGFONT* lpLogFont) - { - assert(m_pData); - Attach( ::CreateFontIndirect(lpLogFont) ); - } - - inline CFont::operator HFONT() const - { - assert(m_pData); - return (HFONT)m_pData->hGDIObject; - } - - inline CFont::~CFont() - { - } - - inline HFONT CFont::CreateFontIndirect(const LOGFONT* lpLogFont) - // Creates a logical font that has the specified characteristics. - { - assert(m_pData); - HFONT hFont = ::CreateFontIndirect(lpLogFont); - Attach(hFont); - return hFont; - } - - inline HFONT CFont::CreatePointFont(int nPointSize, LPCTSTR lpszFaceName, CDC* pDC /*= NULL*/, BOOL bBold /*= FALSE*/, BOOL bItalic /*= FALSE*/) - // Creates a font of a specified typeface and point size. - { - LOGFONT logFont = { 0 }; - logFont.lfCharSet = DEFAULT_CHARSET; - logFont.lfHeight = nPointSize; - - lstrcpy(logFont.lfFaceName, lpszFaceName); - - if (bBold) - logFont.lfWeight = FW_BOLD; - if (bItalic) - logFont.lfItalic = (BYTE)TRUE; - - return CreatePointFontIndirect(&logFont, pDC); - } - - inline HFONT CFont::CreatePointFontIndirect(const LOGFONT* lpLogFont, CDC* pDC /* = NULL*/) - // Creates a font of a specified typeface and point size. - // This function automatically converts the height in lfHeight to logical units using the specified device context. - { - HDC hDC = pDC? pDC->GetHDC() : NULL; - HDC hDC1 = (hDC != NULL) ? hDC : ::GetDC(HWND_DESKTOP); - - // convert nPointSize to logical units based on hDC - LOGFONT logFont = *lpLogFont; - -#ifndef _WIN32_WCE - POINT pt = { 0, 0 }; - pt.y = ::MulDiv(::GetDeviceCaps(hDC1, LOGPIXELSY), logFont.lfHeight, 720); // 72 points/inch, 10 decipoints/point - ::DPtoLP(hDC1, &pt, 1); - - POINT ptOrg = { 0, 0 }; - ::DPtoLP(hDC1, &ptOrg, 1); - - logFont.lfHeight = -abs(pt.y - ptOrg.y); -#else // CE specific - // DP and LP are always the same on CE - logFont.lfHeight = -abs(((::GetDeviceCaps(hDC1, LOGPIXELSY)* logFont.lfHeight)/ 720)); -#endif // _WIN32_WCE - - if (hDC == NULL) - ::ReleaseDC (NULL, hDC1); - - return CreateFontIndirect (&logFont); - } - -#ifndef _WIN32_WCE - - inline HFONT CFont::CreateFont(int nHeight, int nWidth, int nEscapement, - int nOrientation, int nWeight, DWORD dwItalic, DWORD dwUnderline, - DWORD dwStrikeOut, DWORD dwCharSet, DWORD dwOutPrecision, - DWORD dwClipPrecision, DWORD dwQuality, DWORD dwPitchAndFamily, - LPCTSTR lpszFacename) - // Creates a logical font with the specified characteristics. - { - HFONT hFont = ::CreateFont(nHeight, nWidth, nEscapement, - nOrientation, nWeight, dwItalic, dwUnderline, dwStrikeOut, - dwCharSet, dwOutPrecision, dwClipPrecision, dwQuality, - dwPitchAndFamily, lpszFacename); - - Attach(hFont); - return hFont; - } -#endif // #ifndef _WIN32_WCE - - inline LOGFONT CFont::GetLogFont() const - // Retrieves the Logfont structure that contains font attributes. - { - assert(m_pData); - assert(m_pData->hGDIObject != NULL); - LOGFONT LogFont = {0}; - ::GetObject(m_pData->hGDIObject, sizeof(LOGFONT), &LogFont); - return LogFont; - } - - - /////////////////////////////////////////////// - // Definitions of the CPalette class - // - inline CPalette::CPalette() - { - } - - inline CPalette::CPalette(HPALETTE hPalette) - { - Attach(hPalette); - } - - inline CPalette::operator HPALETTE() const - { - assert(m_pData); - return (HPALETTE)m_pData->hGDIObject; - } - - inline CPalette::~CPalette () - { - } - - inline HPALETTE CPalette::CreatePalette(LPLOGPALETTE lpLogPalette) - // Creates a logical palette from the information in the specified LOGPALETTE structure. - { - assert(m_pData); - HPALETTE hPalette = ::CreatePalette (lpLogPalette); - Attach(hPalette); - return hPalette; - } - -#ifndef _WIN32_WCE - inline HPALETTE CPalette::CreateHalftonePalette(CDC* pDC) - // Creates a halftone palette for the specified device context (DC). - { - assert(m_pData); - assert(pDC); - HPALETTE hPalette = ::CreateHalftonePalette(pDC->GetHDC()); - Attach(hPalette); - return hPalette; - } -#endif // !_WIN32_WCE - - inline int CPalette::GetEntryCount() const - // Retrieve the number of entries in the palette. - { - assert(m_pData); - assert(m_pData->hGDIObject != NULL); - WORD nEntries = 0; - ::GetObject(m_pData->hGDIObject, sizeof(WORD), &nEntries); - return (int)nEntries; - } - - inline UINT CPalette::GetPaletteEntries(UINT nStartIndex, UINT nNumEntries, LPPALETTEENTRY lpPaletteColors) const - // Retrieves a specified range of palette entries from the palette. - { - assert(m_pData); - assert(m_pData->hGDIObject != NULL); - return ::GetPaletteEntries((HPALETTE)m_pData->hGDIObject, nStartIndex, nNumEntries, lpPaletteColors); - } - - inline UINT CPalette::SetPaletteEntries(UINT nStartIndex, UINT nNumEntries, LPPALETTEENTRY lpPaletteColors) - // Sets RGB (red, green, blue) color values and flags in a range of entries in the palette. - { - assert(m_pData); - assert(m_pData->hGDIObject != NULL); - return ::SetPaletteEntries((HPALETTE)m_pData->hGDIObject, nStartIndex, nNumEntries, lpPaletteColors); - } - -#ifndef _WIN32_WCE - inline void CPalette::AnimatePalette(UINT nStartIndex, UINT nNumEntries, LPPALETTEENTRY lpPaletteColors) - // Replaces entries in the palette. - { - assert(m_pData); - assert(m_pData->hGDIObject != NULL); - ::AnimatePalette((HPALETTE)m_pData->hGDIObject, nStartIndex, nNumEntries, lpPaletteColors); - } - - inline BOOL CPalette::ResizePalette(UINT nNumEntries) - // Increases or decreases the size of the palette based on the specified value. - { - assert(m_pData); - assert(m_pData->hGDIObject != NULL); - return ::ResizePalette((HPALETTE)m_pData->hGDIObject, nNumEntries); - } -#endif // !_WIN32_WCE - - inline UINT CPalette::GetNearestPaletteIndex(COLORREF crColor) const - // Retrieves the index for the entry in the palette most closely matching a specified color value. - { - assert(m_pData); - assert(m_pData->hGDIObject != NULL); - return ::GetNearestPaletteIndex((HPALETTE)m_pData->hGDIObject, crColor); - } - - - /////////////////////////////////////////////// - // Declarations for the CPen class - // - inline CPen::CPen() - { - } - - inline CPen::CPen(HPEN hPen) - { - Attach(hPen); - } - - inline CPen::CPen(int nPenStyle, int nWidth, COLORREF crColor) - { - assert(m_pData); - Attach( ::CreatePen(nPenStyle, nWidth, crColor) ); - } - -#ifndef _WIN32_WCE - inline CPen::CPen(int nPenStyle, int nWidth, const LOGBRUSH* pLogBrush, int nStyleCount /*= 0*/, const DWORD* lpStyle /*= NULL*/) - { - assert(m_pData); - Attach( ::ExtCreatePen(nPenStyle, nWidth, pLogBrush, nStyleCount, lpStyle) ); - } -#endif // !_WIN32_WCE - - inline CPen::operator HPEN () const - { - assert(m_pData); - return (HPEN)m_pData->hGDIObject; - } - - inline CPen::~CPen() - { - } - - inline HPEN CPen::CreatePen(int nPenStyle, int nWidth, COLORREF crColor) - // Creates a logical pen that has the specified style, width, and color. - { - assert(m_pData); - HPEN hPen = ::CreatePen(nPenStyle, nWidth, crColor); - Attach(hPen); - return hPen; - } - - inline HPEN CPen::CreatePenIndirect(LPLOGPEN lpLogPen) - // Creates a logical cosmetic pen that has the style, width, and color specified in a structure. - { - assert(m_pData); - HPEN hPen = ::CreatePenIndirect(lpLogPen); - Attach(hPen); - return hPen; - } - - inline LOGPEN CPen::GetLogPen() const - { - // Retrieves the LOGPEN struct that specifies the pen's style, width, and color. - assert(m_pData); - assert(m_pData->hGDIObject != NULL); - - LOGPEN LogPen = {0}; - ::GetObject(m_pData->hGDIObject, sizeof(LOGPEN), &LogPen); - return LogPen; - } - -#ifndef _WIN32_WCE - inline HPEN CPen::ExtCreatePen(int nPenStyle, int nWidth, const LOGBRUSH* pLogBrush, int nStyleCount /* = 0*/, const DWORD* lpStyle /*= NULL*/) - // Creates a logical cosmetic or geometric pen that has the specified style, width, and brush attributes. - { - assert(m_pData); - HPEN hPen = ::ExtCreatePen(nPenStyle, nWidth, pLogBrush, nStyleCount, lpStyle); - Attach(hPen); - return hPen; - } - - inline EXTLOGPEN CPen::GetExtLogPen() const - // Retrieves the EXTLOGPEN struct that specifies the pen's style, width, color and brush attributes. - { - assert(m_pData); - assert(m_pData->hGDIObject != NULL); - - EXTLOGPEN ExLogPen = {0}; - ::GetObject(m_pData->hGDIObject, sizeof(EXTLOGPEN), &ExLogPen); - return ExLogPen; - } -#endif // !_WIN32_WCE - - - /////////////////////////////////////////////// - // Definitions of the CRgn class - // - inline CRgn::CRgn() - { - } - - inline CRgn::CRgn(HRGN hRgn) - { - assert(m_pData); - Attach(hRgn); - } - - inline CRgn::operator HRGN() const - { - assert(m_pData); - return (HRGN)m_pData->hGDIObject; - } - - inline CRgn::~CRgn() - { - } - - inline HRGN CRgn::CreateRectRgn(int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2) - // Creates a rectangular region. - { - assert(m_pData); - HRGN hRgn = ::CreateRectRgn(x1, y1, x2, y2); - Attach(hRgn); - return hRgn; - } - - inline HRGN CRgn::CreateRectRgnIndirect(const RECT& rc) - // Creates a rectangular region. - { - assert(m_pData); - HRGN hRgn = ::CreateRectRgnIndirect(&rc); - Attach(hRgn); - return hRgn; - } - -#ifndef _WIN32_WCE - inline HRGN CRgn::CreateEllipticRgn(int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2) - // Creates an elliptical region. - { - assert(m_pData); - HRGN hRgn = ::CreateEllipticRgn(x1, y1, x2, y2); - Attach(hRgn); - return hRgn; - } - - inline HRGN CRgn::CreateEllipticRgnIndirect(const RECT& rc) - // Creates an elliptical region. - { - assert(m_pData); - HRGN hRgn = ::CreateEllipticRgnIndirect(&rc); - Attach(hRgn); - return hRgn; - } - - inline HRGN CRgn::CreatePolygonRgn(LPPOINT lpPoints, int nCount, int nMode) - // Creates a polygonal region. - { - assert(m_pData); - HRGN hRgn = ::CreatePolygonRgn(lpPoints, nCount, nMode); - Attach(hRgn); - return hRgn; - } - - inline HRGN CRgn::CreatePolyPolygonRgn(LPPOINT lpPoints, LPINT lpPolyCounts, int nCount, int nPolyFillMode) - // Creates a region consisting of a series of polygons. The polygons can overlap. - { - assert(m_pData); - HRGN hRgn = ::CreatePolyPolygonRgn(lpPoints, lpPolyCounts, nCount, nPolyFillMode); - Attach(hRgn); - return hRgn; - } - - inline HRGN CRgn::CreateRoundRectRgn(int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2, int x3, int y3) - // Creates a rectangular region with rounded corners. - { - assert(m_pData); - HRGN hRgn = ::CreateRoundRectRgn(x1, y1, x2, y2, x3, y3); - Attach(hRgn); - return hRgn; - } - - inline HRGN CRgn::CreateFromPath(HDC hDC) - // Creates a region from the path that is selected into the specified device context. - // The resulting region uses device coordinates. - { - assert(m_pData); - assert(hDC != NULL); - HRGN hRgn = ::PathToRegion(hDC); - Attach(hRgn); - return hRgn; - } - -#endif // !_WIN32_WCE - - inline HRGN CRgn::CreateFromData(const XFORM* lpXForm, int nCount, const RGNDATA* pRgnData) - // Creates a region from the specified region and transformation data. - { - assert(m_pData); - HRGN hRgn = ::ExtCreateRegion(lpXForm, nCount, pRgnData); - Attach(hRgn); - return hRgn; - } - - inline void CRgn::SetRectRgn(int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2) - // converts the region into a rectangular region with the specified coordinates. - { - assert(m_pData); - assert(m_pData->hGDIObject != NULL); - ::SetRectRgn((HRGN)m_pData->hGDIObject, x1, y1, x2, y2); - } - - inline void CRgn::SetRectRgn(const RECT& rc) - // converts the region into a rectangular region with the specified coordinates. - { - assert(m_pData); - assert(m_pData->hGDIObject != NULL); - ::SetRectRgn((HRGN)m_pData->hGDIObject, rc.left, rc.top, rc.right, rc.bottom); - } - - inline int CRgn::CombineRgn(CRgn* pRgnSrc1, CRgn* pRgnSrc2, int nCombineMode) - // Combines two sepcified regions and stores the result. - { - assert(m_pData); - assert(m_pData->hGDIObject != NULL); - assert(pRgnSrc1); - assert(pRgnSrc2); - return ::CombineRgn((HRGN)m_pData->hGDIObject, *pRgnSrc1, *pRgnSrc2, nCombineMode); - } - - inline int CRgn::CombineRgn(CRgn* pRgnSrc, int nCombineMode) - // Combines the sepcified region with the current region. - { - assert(m_pData); - assert(m_pData->hGDIObject != NULL); - assert(pRgnSrc); - return ::CombineRgn((HRGN)m_pData->hGDIObject, (HRGN)m_pData->hGDIObject, *pRgnSrc, nCombineMode); - } - - inline int CRgn::CopyRgn(CRgn* pRgnSrc) - // Assigns the specified region to the current region. - { - assert(m_pData); - assert(m_pData->hGDIObject == NULL); - assert(pRgnSrc); - return ::CombineRgn((HRGN)m_pData->hGDIObject, *pRgnSrc, NULL, RGN_COPY); - } - - inline BOOL CRgn::EqualRgn(CRgn* pRgn) const - // Checks the two specified regions to determine whether they are identical. - { - assert(m_pData); - assert(m_pData->hGDIObject != NULL); - assert(pRgn); - return ::EqualRgn((HRGN)m_pData->hGDIObject, *pRgn); - } - - inline int CRgn::OffsetRgn(int x, int y) - // Moves a region by the specified offsets. - { - assert(m_pData); - assert(m_pData->hGDIObject != NULL); - return ::OffsetRgn((HRGN)m_pData->hGDIObject, x, y); - } - - inline int CRgn::OffsetRgn(POINT& pt) - // Moves a region by the specified offsets. - { - assert(m_pData); - assert(m_pData->hGDIObject != NULL); - return ::OffsetRgn((HRGN)m_pData->hGDIObject, pt.x, pt.y); - } - - inline int CRgn::GetRgnBox(RECT& rc) const - // Retrieves the bounding rectangle of the region, and stores it in the specified RECT. - // The return value indicates the region's complexity: NULLREGION;SIMPLEREGION; or COMPLEXREGION. - { - assert(m_pData); - assert(m_pData->hGDIObject != NULL); - return ::GetRgnBox((HRGN)m_pData->hGDIObject, &rc); - } - - inline int CRgn::GetRegionData(LPRGNDATA lpRgnData, int nDataSize) const - // Fills the specified buffer with data describing a region. - { - assert(m_pData); - assert(m_pData->hGDIObject != NULL); - return (int)::GetRegionData((HRGN)m_pData->hGDIObject, nDataSize, lpRgnData); - } - - inline BOOL CRgn::PtInRegion(int x, int y) const - // Determines whether the specified point is inside the specified region. - { - assert(m_pData); - assert(m_pData->hGDIObject != NULL); - return ::PtInRegion((HRGN)m_pData->hGDIObject, x, y); - } - - inline BOOL CRgn::PtInRegion(POINT& pt) const - // Determines whether the specified point is inside the specified region. - { - assert(m_pData); - assert(m_pData->hGDIObject != NULL); - return ::PtInRegion((HRGN)m_pData->hGDIObject, pt.x, pt.y); - } - - inline BOOL CRgn::RectInRegion(const RECT& rc) const - // Determines whether the specified rect is inside the specified region. - { - assert(m_pData); - assert(m_pData->hGDIObject != NULL); - return ::RectInRegion((HRGN)m_pData->hGDIObject, &rc); - } - - - /////////////////////////////////////////////// - // Definitions of the CDC class - // - inline CDC::CDC() - { - // Allocate memory for our data members - m_pData = new DataMembers; - - // Assign values to our data members - m_pData->hDC = 0; - m_pData->Count = 1L; - m_pData->bRemoveHDC = TRUE; - m_pData->hWnd = 0; - } - - inline CDC::CDC(HDC hDC, HWND hWnd /*= 0*/) - // This constructor assigns an existing HDC to the CDC - // The HDC WILL be released or deleted when the CDC object is destroyed - // The hWnd paramter is only used in WindowsCE. It specifies the HWND of a Window or - // Window Client DC - - // Note: this constructor permits a call like this: - // CDC MyCDC = SomeHDC; - // or - // CDC MyCDC = ::CreateCompatibleDC(SomeHDC); - // or - // CDC MyCDC = ::GetDC(SomeHWND); - { - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(hWnd); - assert(hDC); - - CDC* pDC = GetApp()->GetCDCFromMap(hDC); - if (pDC) - { - m_pData = pDC->m_pData; - InterlockedIncrement(&m_pData->Count); - } - else - { - // Allocate memory for our data members - m_pData = new DataMembers; - - // Assign values to our data members - m_pData->hDC = hDC; - m_pData->Count = 1L; - m_pData->bRemoveHDC = TRUE; - m_pData->nSavedDCState = ::SaveDC(hDC); -#ifndef _WIN32_WCE - m_pData->hWnd = ::WindowFromDC(hDC); -#else - m_pData->hWnd = hWnd; -#endif - if (m_pData->hWnd) - AddToMap(); - } - } - -#ifndef _WIN32_WCE - inline void CDC::operator = (const HDC hDC) - // Note: this assignment operater permits a call like this: - // CDC MyCDC; - // MyCDC = SomeHDC; - { - Attach(hDC); - } -#endif - - inline CDC::CDC(const CDC& rhs) // Copy constructor - // The copy constructor is called when a temporary copy of the CDC needs to be created. - // This can happen when a CDC is passed by value in a function call. Each CDC copy manages - // the same Device Context and GDI objects. - { - m_pData = rhs.m_pData; - InterlockedIncrement(&m_pData->Count); - } - - inline CDC& CDC::operator = (const CDC& rhs) - // Note: A copy of a CDC is a clone of the original. - // Both objects manipulate the one HDC - { - if (this != &rhs) - { - InterlockedIncrement(&rhs.m_pData->Count); - Release(); - m_pData = rhs.m_pData; - } - - return *this; - } - - inline CDC::~CDC () - { - Release(); - } - - inline void CDC::AddToMap() - // Store the HDC and CDC pointer in the HDC map - { - assert( GetApp() ); - assert(m_pData->hDC); - GetApp()->m_csMapLock.Lock(); - - assert(m_pData->hDC); - assert(!GetApp()->GetCDCFromMap(m_pData->hDC)); - - GetApp()->m_mapHDC.insert(std::make_pair(m_pData->hDC, this)); - GetApp()->m_csMapLock.Release(); - } - - inline void CDC::Attach(HDC hDC, HWND hWnd /* = 0*/) - // Attaches a HDC to the CDC object. - // The HDC will be automatically deleted or released when the destructor is called. - // The hWnd parameter is only used on WindowsCE. It specifies the HWND of a Window or - // Window Client DC - { - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(hWnd); - assert(m_pData); - assert(0 == m_pData->hDC); - assert(hDC); - - CDC* pDC = GetApp()->GetCDCFromMap(hDC); - if (pDC) - { - delete m_pData; - m_pData = pDC->m_pData; - InterlockedIncrement(&m_pData->Count); - } - else - { - m_pData->hDC = hDC; - -#ifndef _WIN32_WCE - m_pData->hWnd = ::WindowFromDC(hDC); -#else - m_pData->hWnd = hWnd; -#endif - - if (m_pData->hWnd == 0) - AddToMap(); - m_pData->nSavedDCState = ::SaveDC(hDC); - } - } - - inline HDC CDC::Detach() - // Detaches the HDC from this object. - { - assert(m_pData); - assert(m_pData->hDC); - - GetApp()->m_csMapLock.Lock(); - RemoveFromMap(); - HDC hDC = m_pData->hDC; - m_pData->hDC = 0; - - if (m_pData->Count) - { - if (InterlockedDecrement(&m_pData->Count) == 0) - { - delete m_pData; - } - } - - GetApp()->m_csMapLock.Release(); - - // Assign values to our data members - m_pData = new DataMembers; - m_pData->hDC = 0; - m_pData->Count = 1L; - m_pData->bRemoveHDC = TRUE; - m_pData->hWnd = 0; - - return hDC; - } - - // Initialization - inline BOOL CDC::CreateCompatibleDC(CDC* pDC) - // Returns a memory device context (DC) compatible with the specified device. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC == NULL); - HDC hdcSource = (pDC == NULL)? NULL : pDC->GetHDC(); - HDC hDC = ::CreateCompatibleDC(hdcSource); - if (hDC) - { - m_pData->hDC = hDC; - AddToMap(); - } - return (hDC != NULL); // boolean expression - } - - inline BOOL CDC::CreateDC(LPCTSTR lpszDriver, LPCTSTR lpszDevice, LPCTSTR lpszOutput, const DEVMODE* pInitData) - // Returns a device context (DC) for a device using the specified name. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC == NULL); - HDC hDC = ::CreateDC(lpszDriver, lpszDevice, lpszOutput, pInitData); - if (hDC) - { - m_pData->hDC = hDC; - AddToMap(); - } - return (hDC != NULL); // boolean expression - } - -#ifndef _WIN32_WCE - inline BOOL CDC::CreateIC(LPCTSTR lpszDriver, LPCTSTR lpszDevice, LPCTSTR lpszOutput, const DEVMODE* pInitData) - { - assert(m_pData->hDC == NULL); - HDC hDC = ::CreateIC(lpszDriver, lpszDevice, lpszOutput, pInitData); - if (hDC) - { - m_pData->hDC = hDC; - AddToMap(); - } - return (hDC != NULL); // boolean expression - } -#endif - - inline void CDC::DrawBitmap(int x, int y, int cx, int cy, CBitmap& Bitmap, COLORREF clrMask) - // Draws the specified bitmap to the specified DC using the mask colour provided as the transparent colour - // Suitable for use with a Window DC or a memory DC - { - // Create the Image memory DC - CMemDC dcImage(this); - dcImage.SetBkColor(clrMask); - dcImage.SelectObject(&Bitmap); - - // Create the Mask memory DC - CMemDC dcMask(this); - dcMask.CreateBitmap(cx, cy, 1, 1, NULL); - dcMask.BitBlt(0, 0, cx, cy, &dcImage, 0, 0, SRCCOPY); - - // Mask the image to 'this' DC - BitBlt(x, y, cx, cy, &dcImage, 0, 0, SRCINVERT); - BitBlt(x, y, cx, cy, &dcMask, 0, 0, SRCAND); - BitBlt(x, y, cx, cy, &dcImage, 0, 0, SRCINVERT); - } - - inline CDC* CDC::AddTempHDC(HDC hDC, HWND hWnd) - // Returns the CDC object associated with the device context handle - // The HDC is removed when the CDC is destroyed - { - assert( GetApp() ); - CDC* pDC = new CDC; - pDC->m_pData->hDC = hDC; - GetApp()->AddTmpDC(pDC); - pDC->m_pData->bRemoveHDC = TRUE; - pDC->m_pData->hWnd = hWnd; - return pDC; - } - - inline void CDC::GradientFill(COLORREF Color1, COLORREF Color2, const RECT& rc, BOOL bVertical) - // An efficient color gradient filler compatible with all Windows operating systems - { - int Width = rc.right - rc.left; - int Height = rc.bottom - rc.top; - - int r1 = GetRValue(Color1); - int g1 = GetGValue(Color1); - int b1 = GetBValue(Color1); - - int r2 = GetRValue(Color2); - int g2 = GetGValue(Color2); - int b2 = GetBValue(Color2); - - COLORREF OldBkColor = GetBkColor(); - - if (bVertical) - { - for(int i=0; i < Width; ++i) - { - int r = r1 + (i * (r2-r1) / Width); - int g = g1 + (i * (g2-g1) / Width); - int b = b1 + (i * (b2-b1) / Width); - SetBkColor(RGB(r, g, b)); - CRect line( i + rc.left, rc.top, i + 1 + rc.left, rc.top+Height); - ExtTextOut(0, 0, ETO_OPAQUE, line, NULL, 0, 0); - } - } - else - { - for(int i=0; i < Height; ++i) - { - int r = r1 + (i * (r2-r1) / Height); - int g = g1 + (i * (g2-g1) / Height); - int b = b1 + (i * (b2-b1) / Height); - SetBkColor(RGB(r, g, b)); - CRect line(rc.left, i + rc.top, rc.left+Width, i + 1 + rc.top); - ExtTextOut(0, 0, ETO_OPAQUE, line, NULL, 0, 0); - } - } - - SetBkColor(OldBkColor); - } - - inline void CDC::Release() - { - GetApp()->m_csMapLock.Lock(); - - if (m_pData->Count) - { - if (InterlockedDecrement(&m_pData->Count) == 0) - { - Destroy(); - delete m_pData; - m_pData = 0; - } - } - - GetApp()->m_csMapLock.Release(); - } - - inline BOOL CDC::RemoveFromMap() - { - BOOL Success = FALSE; - - if( GetApp() ) - { - // Allocate an iterator for our HDC map - std::map::iterator m; - - CWinApp* pApp = GetApp(); - if (pApp) - { - // Erase the CDC pointer entry from the map - pApp->m_csMapLock.Lock(); - m = pApp->m_mapHDC.find(m_pData->hDC); - if (m != pApp->m_mapHDC.end()) - { - pApp->m_mapHDC.erase(m); - Success = TRUE; - } - - pApp->m_csMapLock.Release(); - } - } - return Success; - } - - inline void CDC::SolidFill(COLORREF Color, const RECT& rc) - // Fills a rectangle with a solid color - { - COLORREF OldColor = SetBkColor(Color); - ExtTextOut(0, 0, ETO_OPAQUE, &rc, NULL, 0, 0); - SetBkColor(OldColor); - } - - // Bitmap functions - inline CBitmap* CDC::CreateCompatibleBitmap(CDC* pDC, int cx, int cy) - // Creates a compatible bitmap and selects it into the device context. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - assert(pDC); - - CBitmap* pBitmap = new CBitmap; - pBitmap->CreateCompatibleBitmap(pDC, cx, cy); - m_pData->m_vGDIObjects.push_back(pBitmap); - return SelectObject(pBitmap); - } - - inline CBitmap* CDC::CreateBitmap(int cx, int cy, UINT Planes, UINT BitsPerPixel, LPCVOID pvColors) - // Creates a bitmap and selects it into the device context. - // Returns a pointer to the old bitmap selected out of the device context - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - - CBitmap* pBitmap = new CBitmap; - pBitmap->CreateBitmap(cx, cy, Planes, BitsPerPixel, pvColors); - m_pData->m_vGDIObjects.push_back(pBitmap); - return SelectObject(pBitmap); - } - -#ifndef _WIN32_WCE - inline CBitmap* CDC::CreateBitmapIndirect (LPBITMAP lpBitmap) - // Creates a bitmap and selects it into the device context. - // Returns a pointer to the old bitmap selected out of the device context - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - - CBitmap* pBitmap = new CBitmap; - pBitmap->CreateBitmapIndirect(lpBitmap); - m_pData->m_vGDIObjects.push_back(pBitmap); - return SelectObject(pBitmap); - } - - inline CBitmap* CDC::CreateDIBitmap(CDC* pDC, const BITMAPINFOHEADER& bmih, DWORD fdwInit, LPCVOID lpbInit, - BITMAPINFO& bmi, UINT fuUsage) - // Creates a bitmap and selects it into the device context. - // Returns a pointer to the old bitmap selected out of the device context - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - assert(pDC); - - CBitmap* pBitmap = new CBitmap; - pBitmap->CreateDIBitmap(pDC, &bmih, fdwInit, lpbInit, &bmi, fuUsage); - m_pData->m_vGDIObjects.push_back(pBitmap); - return SelectObject(pBitmap); - } -#endif - - inline CBitmap* CDC::CreateDIBSection(CDC* pDC, const BITMAPINFO& bmi, UINT iUsage, LPVOID *ppvBits, - HANDLE hSection, DWORD dwOffset) - // Creates a bitmap and selects it into the device context. - // Returns a pointer to the old bitmap selected out of the device context - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - assert(pDC); - - CBitmap* pBitmap = new CBitmap; - pBitmap->CreateDIBSection(pDC, &bmi, iUsage, ppvBits, hSection, dwOffset); - m_pData->m_vGDIObjects.push_back(pBitmap); - return SelectObject(pBitmap); - } - - inline void CDC::Destroy() - // Deletes or releases the device context and returns the CDC object to its - // default state, ready for reuse. - { - if (m_pData->hDC) - { - RemoveFromMap(); - if (m_pData->bRemoveHDC) - { - // Return the DC back to its initial state - ::RestoreDC(m_pData->hDC, m_pData->nSavedDCState); - - // We need to release a Window DC, and delete a memory DC - if (m_pData->hWnd) - ::ReleaseDC(m_pData->hWnd, m_pData->hDC); - else - if (!::DeleteDC(m_pData->hDC)) - ::ReleaseDC(NULL, m_pData->hDC); - - m_pData->hDC = 0; - m_pData->hWnd = 0; - m_pData->bRemoveHDC = TRUE; - } - } - - // RemoveFromMap(); - } - - inline BITMAP CDC::GetBitmapData() const - // Retrieves the BITMAP information for the current HBITMAP. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - - HBITMAP hbm = (HBITMAP)::GetCurrentObject(m_pData->hDC, OBJ_BITMAP); - BITMAP bm = {0}; - ::GetObject(hbm, sizeof(bm), &bm); - return bm; - } - - inline CBitmap* CDC::LoadBitmap(UINT nID) - // Loads a bitmap from the resource and selects it into the device context - { - return LoadBitmap(MAKEINTRESOURCE(nID)); - } - - inline CBitmap* CDC::LoadBitmap(LPCTSTR lpszName) - // Loads a bitmap from the resource and selects it into the device context - // Returns a pointer to the old bitmap selected out of the device context - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - - CBitmap* pBitmap = new CBitmap; - BOOL bResult = pBitmap->LoadBitmap(lpszName); - m_pData->m_vGDIObjects.push_back(pBitmap); - - return bResult? SelectObject(pBitmap) : NULL; - } - - inline CBitmap* CDC::LoadImage(UINT nID, int cxDesired, int cyDesired, UINT fuLoad) - // Loads a bitmap from the resource and selects it into the device context - // Returns a pointer to the old bitmap selected out of the device context - { - return LoadImage(nID, cxDesired, cyDesired, fuLoad); - } - - inline CBitmap* CDC::LoadImage(LPCTSTR lpszName, int cxDesired, int cyDesired, UINT fuLoad) - // Loads a bitmap from the resource and selects it into the device context - // Returns a pointer to the old bitmap selected out of the device context - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - - CBitmap* pBitmap = new CBitmap; - BOOL bResult = pBitmap->LoadImage(lpszName, cxDesired, cyDesired, fuLoad); - m_pData->m_vGDIObjects.push_back(pBitmap); - return bResult? SelectObject(pBitmap) : NULL; - } - - inline CBitmap* CDC::LoadOEMBitmap(UINT nIDBitmap) // for OBM_/OCR_/OIC_ - // Loads a predefined system bitmap and selects it into the device context - // Returns a pointer to the old bitmap selected out of the device context - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - - CBitmap* pBitmap = new CBitmap; - BOOL bResult = pBitmap->LoadOEMBitmap(nIDBitmap); - m_pData->m_vGDIObjects.push_back(pBitmap); - return bResult? SelectObject(pBitmap) : NULL; - } - -#ifndef _WIN32_WCE - inline CBitmap* CDC::CreateMappedBitmap(UINT nIDBitmap, UINT nFlags /*= 0*/, LPCOLORMAP lpColorMap /*= NULL*/, int nMapSize /*= 0*/) - // creates and selects a new bitmap using the bitmap data and colors specified by the bitmap resource and the color mapping information. - // Returns a pointer to the old bitmap selected out of the device context - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - - CBitmap* pBitmap = new CBitmap; - pBitmap->CreateMappedBitmap(nIDBitmap, (WORD)nFlags, lpColorMap, nMapSize); - m_pData->m_vGDIObjects.push_back(pBitmap); - return SelectObject(pBitmap); - } -#endif // !_WIN32_WCE - - - // Brush functions -#ifndef _WIN32_WCE - inline CBrush* CDC::CreateBrushIndirect(LPLOGBRUSH pLogBrush) - // Creates the brush and selects it into the device context. - // Returns a pointer to the old brush selected out of the device context. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - - CBrush* pBrush = new CBrush; - pBrush->CreateBrushIndirect(pLogBrush); - m_pData->m_vGDIObjects.push_back(pBrush); - return SelectObject(pBrush); - } - - inline CBrush* CDC::CreateHatchBrush(int fnStyle, COLORREF rgb) - // Creates a brush with the specified hatch pattern and color, and selects it into the device context. - // Returns a pointer to the old brush selected out of the device context. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - - CBrush* pBrush = new CBrush; - pBrush->CreateHatchBrush(fnStyle, rgb); - m_pData->m_vGDIObjects.push_back(pBrush); - return SelectObject(pBrush); - } - - inline CBrush* CDC::CreateDIBPatternBrush(HGLOBAL hglbDIBPacked, UINT fuColorSpec) - // Creates a logical from the specified device-independent bitmap (DIB), and selects it into the device context. - // Returns a pointer to the old brush selected out of the device context. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - - CBrush* pBrush = new CBrush; - pBrush->CreateDIBPatternBrush(hglbDIBPacked, fuColorSpec); - m_pData->m_vGDIObjects.push_back(pBrush); - return SelectObject(pBrush); - } - - inline CBrush* CDC::CreateDIBPatternBrushPt(LPCVOID lpPackedDIB, UINT iUsage) - // Creates a logical from the specified device-independent bitmap (DIB), and selects it into the device context. - // Returns a pointer to the old brush selected out of the device context. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - - CBrush* pBrush = new CBrush; - pBrush->CreateDIBPatternBrushPt(lpPackedDIB, iUsage); - m_pData->m_vGDIObjects.push_back(pBrush); - return SelectObject(pBrush); - } -#endif - - inline CBrush* CDC::CreatePatternBrush(CBitmap* pBitmap) - // Creates the brush with the specified pattern, and selects it into the device context. - // Returns a pointer to the old brush selected out of the device context. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - assert(pBitmap); - - CBrush* pBrush = new CBrush; - pBrush->CreatePatternBrush(pBitmap); - m_pData->m_vGDIObjects.push_back(pBrush); - return SelectObject(pBrush); - } - - inline CBrush* CDC::CreateSolidBrush(COLORREF rgb) - // Creates the brush with the specified color, and selects it into the device context. - // Returns a pointer to the old brush selected out of the device context. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - - CBrush* pBrush = new CBrush; - pBrush->CreateSolidBrush(rgb); - m_pData->m_vGDIObjects.push_back(pBrush); - return SelectObject(pBrush); - } - - inline LOGBRUSH CDC::GetLogBrush() const - // Retrieves the current brush information - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - - HBRUSH hBrush = (HBRUSH)::GetCurrentObject(m_pData->hDC, OBJ_BRUSH); - LOGBRUSH lBrush = {0}; - ::GetObject(hBrush, sizeof(lBrush), &lBrush); - return lBrush; - } - - - // Font functions -#ifndef _WIN32_WCE - inline CFont* CDC::CreateFont ( - int nHeight, // height of font - int nWidth, // average character width - int nEscapement, // angle of escapement - int nOrientation, // base-line orientation angle - int fnWeight, // font weight - DWORD fdwItalic, // italic attribute option - DWORD fdwUnderline, // underline attribute option - DWORD fdwStrikeOut, // strikeout attribute option - DWORD fdwCharSet, // character set identifier - DWORD fdwOutputPrecision, // output precision - DWORD fdwClipPrecision, // clipping precision - DWORD fdwQuality, // output quality - DWORD fdwPitchAndFamily, // pitch and family - LPCTSTR lpszFace // typeface name - ) - - // Creates a logical font with the specified characteristics. - // Returns a pointer to the old font selected out of the device context. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - - CFont* pFont = new CFont; - pFont->CreateFont (nHeight, nWidth, nEscapement, nOrientation, fnWeight, - fdwItalic, fdwUnderline, fdwStrikeOut, fdwCharSet, - fdwOutputPrecision, fdwClipPrecision, fdwQuality, - fdwPitchAndFamily, lpszFace); - m_pData->m_vGDIObjects.push_back(pFont); - return SelectObject(pFont); - } -#endif - - inline CFont* CDC::CreateFontIndirect(LPLOGFONT plf) - // Creates a logical font and selects it into the device context. - // Returns a pointer to the old font selected out of the device context. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - - CFont* pFont = new CFont; - pFont->CreateFontIndirect(plf); - m_pData->m_vGDIObjects.push_back(pFont); - return SelectObject(pFont); - } - - inline LOGFONT CDC::GetLogFont() const - // Retrieves the current font information. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - - HFONT hFont = (HFONT)::GetCurrentObject(m_pData->hDC, OBJ_FONT); - LOGFONT lFont = {0}; - ::GetObject(hFont, sizeof(lFont), &lFont); - return lFont; - } - - // Pen functions - inline CPen* CDC::CreatePen (int nStyle, int nWidth, COLORREF rgb) - // Creates the pen and selects it into the device context. - // Returns a pointer to the old pen selected out of the device context. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - - CPen* pPen = new CPen; - pPen->CreatePen(nStyle, nWidth, rgb); - m_pData->m_vGDIObjects.push_back(pPen); - return SelectObject(pPen); - } - - inline CPen* CDC::CreatePenIndirect (LPLOGPEN pLogPen) - // Creates the pen and selects it into the device context. - // Returns a pointer to the old pen selected out of the device context. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - - CPen* pPen = new CPen; - pPen->CreatePenIndirect(pLogPen); - m_pData->m_vGDIObjects.push_back(pPen); - return SelectObject(pPen); - } - - inline LOGPEN CDC::GetLogPen() const - // Retrieves the current pen information as a LOGPEN - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - - HPEN hPen = (HPEN)::GetCurrentObject(m_pData->hDC, OBJ_PEN); - LOGPEN lPen = {0}; - ::GetObject(hPen, sizeof(lPen), &lPen); - return lPen; - } - - // Region functions - inline int CDC::CreateRectRgn(int left, int top, int right, int bottom) - // Creates a rectangular region from the rectangle co-ordinates. - // The return value specifies the region's complexity: NULLREGION;SIMPLEREGION;COMPLEXREGION;ERROR. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - - CRgn* pRgn = new CRgn; - pRgn->CreateRectRgn(left, top, right, bottom); - m_pData->m_vGDIObjects.push_back(pRgn); - return SelectClipRgn(pRgn); - } - - inline int CDC::CreateRectRgnIndirect(const RECT& rc) - // Creates a rectangular region from the rectangle co-ordinates. - // The return value specifies the region's complexity: NULLREGION;SIMPLEREGION;COMPLEXREGION;ERROR. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - - CRgn* pRgn = new CRgn; - pRgn->CreateRectRgnIndirect(rc); - m_pData->m_vGDIObjects.push_back(pRgn); - return SelectClipRgn(pRgn); - } - - inline int CDC::CreateFromData(const XFORM* Xform, DWORD nCount, const RGNDATA *pRgnData) - // Creates a region from the specified region data and tranformation data. - // The return value specifies the region's complexity: NULLREGION;SIMPLEREGION;COMPLEXREGION;ERROR. - // Notes: GetRegionData can be used to get a region's data - // If the XFROM pointer is NULL, the identity transformation is used. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - - CRgn* pRgn = new CRgn; - pRgn->CreateFromData(Xform, nCount, pRgnData); - m_pData->m_vGDIObjects.push_back(pRgn); - return SelectClipRgn(pRgn); - } - - -#ifndef _WIN32_WCE - inline int CDC::CreateEllipticRgn(int left, int top, int right, int bottom) - // Creates the ellyiptical region from the bounding rectangle co-ordinates - // and selects it into the device context. - // The return value specifies the region's complexity: NULLREGION;SIMPLEREGION;COMPLEXREGION;ERROR. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - - CRgn* pRgn = new CRgn; - pRgn->CreateEllipticRgn(left, top, right, bottom); - m_pData->m_vGDIObjects.push_back(pRgn); - return SelectClipRgn(pRgn); - } - - inline int CDC::CreateEllipticRgnIndirect(const RECT& rc) - // Creates the ellyiptical region from the bounding rectangle co-ordinates - // and selects it into the device context. - // The return value specifies the region's complexity: NULLREGION;SIMPLEREGION;COMPLEXREGION;ERROR. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - - CRgn* pRgn = new CRgn; - pRgn->CreateEllipticRgnIndirect(rc); - m_pData->m_vGDIObjects.push_back(pRgn); - return SelectClipRgn(pRgn); - } - - inline int CDC::CreatePolygonRgn(LPPOINT ppt, int cPoints, int fnPolyFillMode) - // Creates the polygon region from the array of points and selects it into - // the device context. The polygon is presumed closed. - // The return value specifies the region's complexity: NULLREGION;SIMPLEREGION;COMPLEXREGION;ERROR. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - - CRgn* pRgn = new CRgn; - pRgn->CreatePolygonRgn(ppt, cPoints, fnPolyFillMode); - m_pData->m_vGDIObjects.push_back(pRgn); - return SelectClipRgn(pRgn); - } - - inline int CDC::CreatePolyPolygonRgn(LPPOINT ppt, LPINT pPolyCounts, int nCount, int fnPolyFillMode) - // Creates the polygon region from a series of polygons.The polygons can overlap. - // The return value specifies the region's complexity: NULLREGION;SIMPLEREGION;COMPLEXREGION;ERROR. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - - CRgn* pRgn = new CRgn; - pRgn->CreatePolyPolygonRgn(ppt, pPolyCounts, nCount, fnPolyFillMode); - m_pData->m_vGDIObjects.push_back(pRgn); - return SelectClipRgn(pRgn); - } -#endif - - - // Wrappers for WinAPI functions - - inline int CDC::GetDeviceCaps (int nIndex) const - // Retrieves device-specific information for the specified device. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - return ::GetDeviceCaps(m_pData->hDC, nIndex); - } - - // Brush Functions -#ifdef GetDCBrushColor - inline COLORREF CDC::GetDCBrushColor() const - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - return ::GetDCBrushColor(m_pData->hDC); - } - - inline COLORREF CDC::SetDCBrushColor(COLORREF crColor) const - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - return ::SetDCBrushColor(m_pData->hDC, crColor); - } -#endif - - // Clipping functions - inline int CDC::ExcludeClipRect(int Left, int Top, int Right, int BottomRect) - // Creates a new clipping region that consists of the existing clipping region minus the specified rectangle. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - return ::ExcludeClipRect(m_pData->hDC, Left, Top, Right, BottomRect); - } - - inline int CDC::ExcludeClipRect(const RECT& rc) - // Creates a new clipping region that consists of the existing clipping region minus the specified rectangle. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - return ::ExcludeClipRect(m_pData->hDC, rc.left, rc.top, rc.right, rc.bottom); - } - - inline int CDC::GetClipBox (RECT& rc) - // Retrieves the dimensions of the tightest bounding rectangle that can be drawn around the current visible area on the device. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - return ::GetClipBox(m_pData->hDC, &rc); - } - - inline int CDC::GetClipRgn(HRGN hrgn) - // Retrieves a handle identifying the current application-defined clipping region for the specified device context. - // hrgn: A handle to an existing region before the function is called. - // After the function returns, this parameter is a handle to a copy of the current clipping region. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - return ::GetClipRgn(m_pData->hDC, hrgn); - } - - inline int CDC::IntersectClipRect(int Left, int Top, int Right, int Bottom) - // Creates a new clipping region from the intersection of the current clipping region and the specified rectangle. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - return ::IntersectClipRect(m_pData->hDC, Left, Top, Right, Bottom); - } - - inline int CDC::IntersectClipRect(const RECT& rc) - // Creates a new clipping region from the intersection of the current clipping region and the specified rectangle. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - return ::IntersectClipRect(m_pData->hDC, rc.left, rc.top, rc.right, rc.bottom); - } - - inline BOOL CDC::RectVisible(const RECT& rc) - // Determines whether any part of the specified rectangle lies within the clipping region of a device context. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - return ::RectVisible (m_pData->hDC, &rc); - } - - inline int CDC::SelectClipRgn(CRgn* pRgn) - // Selects a region as the current clipping region for the specified device context. - // Note: Only a copy of the selected region is used. - // To remove a device-context's clipping region, specify a NULL region handle. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - return ::SelectClipRgn(m_pData->hDC, pRgn? (HRGN)pRgn->GetHandle() : 0); - } - -#ifndef _WIN32_WCE - inline int CDC::ExtSelectClipRgn(CRgn* pRgn, int fnMode) - // Combines the specified region with the current clipping region using the specified mode. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - assert(pRgn); - return ::ExtSelectClipRgn(m_pData->hDC, *pRgn, fnMode); - } -#endif - - inline CBitmap* CDC::SelectObject(const CBitmap* pBitmap) - // Use this to attach an existing bitmap. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - assert(pBitmap); - - return FromHandle( (HBITMAP)::SelectObject(m_pData->hDC, *pBitmap) ); - } - - inline CBrush* CDC::SelectObject(const CBrush* pBrush) - // Use this to attach an existing brush. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - assert(pBrush); - - return FromHandle( (HBRUSH)::SelectObject(m_pData->hDC, *pBrush) ); - } - - inline CFont* CDC::SelectObject(const CFont* pFont) - // Use this to attach an existing font. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - assert(pFont); - - return FromHandle( (HFONT)::SelectObject(m_pData->hDC, *pFont) ); - } - - inline CPalette* CDC::SelectObject(const CPalette* pPalette) - // Use this to attach an existing Palette. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - assert(pPalette); - - return FromHandle( (HPALETTE)::SelectObject(m_pData->hDC, *pPalette) ); - } - - inline CPen* CDC::SelectObject(const CPen* pPen) - // Use this to attach an existing pen. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - assert(pPen); - - return FromHandle( (HPEN)::SelectObject(m_pData->hDC, *pPen) ); - } - - inline CPalette* CDC::SelectPalette(const CPalette* pPalette, BOOL bForceBkgnd) - // Use this to attach an existing palette. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - assert(pPalette); - - return FromHandle( (HPALETTE)::SelectPalette(m_pData->hDC, *pPalette, bForceBkgnd) ); - } -#ifndef _WIN32_WCE - inline BOOL CDC::PtVisible(int X, int Y) - // Determines whether the specified point is within the clipping region of a device context. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - return ::PtVisible (m_pData->hDC, X, Y); - } - - inline int CDC::OffsetClipRgn(int nXOffset, int nYOffset) - // Moves the clipping region of a device context by the specified offsets. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - return ::OffsetClipRgn (m_pData->hDC, nXOffset, nYOffset); - } -#endif - - // Point and Line Drawing Functions - inline CPoint CDC::GetCurrentPosition() const - // Returns the current "MoveToEx" position. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - CPoint pt; - ::MoveToEx(m_pData->hDC, 0, 0, &pt); - ::MoveToEx(m_pData->hDC, pt.x, pt.y, NULL); - return pt; - } - - inline CPoint CDC::MoveTo(int x, int y) const - // Updates the current position to the specified point. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - return ::MoveToEx(m_pData->hDC, x, y, NULL); - } - - inline CPoint CDC::MoveTo(POINT pt) const - // Updates the current position to the specified point - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - return ::MoveToEx(m_pData->hDC, pt.x, pt.y, NULL); - } - - inline BOOL CDC::LineTo(int x, int y) const - // Draws a line from the current position up to, but not including, the specified point. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - return ::LineTo(m_pData->hDC, x, y); - } - - inline BOOL CDC::LineTo(POINT pt) const - // Draws a line from the current position up to, but not including, the specified point. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - return ::LineTo(m_pData->hDC, pt.x, pt.y); - } - -#ifndef _WIN32_WCE - inline BOOL CDC::Arc(int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2, int x3, int y3, int x4, int y4) const - // Draws an elliptical arc. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - return ::Arc(m_pData->hDC, x1, y1, x2, y2, x3, y3, x4, y4); - } - - inline BOOL CDC::Arc(RECT& rc, POINT ptStart, POINT ptEnd) const - // Draws an elliptical arc. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - return ::Arc(m_pData->hDC, rc.left, rc.top, rc.right, rc.bottom, - ptStart.x, ptStart.y, ptEnd.x, ptEnd.y); - } - - inline BOOL CDC::ArcTo(int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2, int x3, int y3, int x4, int y4) const - // Draws an elliptical arc. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - return ::ArcTo(m_pData->hDC, x1, y1, x2, y2, x3, y3, x4, y4); - } - - inline BOOL CDC::ArcTo(RECT& rc, POINT ptStart, POINT ptEnd) const - // Draws an elliptical arc. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - return ::ArcTo (m_pData->hDC, rc.left, rc.top, rc.right, rc.bottom, - ptStart.x, ptStart.y, ptEnd.x, ptEnd.y); - } - - inline BOOL CDC::AngleArc(int x, int y, int nRadius, float fStartAngle, float fSweepAngle) const - // Draws a line segment and an arc. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - return ::AngleArc(m_pData->hDC, x, y, nRadius, fStartAngle, fSweepAngle); - } - - inline int CDC::GetArcDirection() const - // Retrieves the current arc direction ( AD_COUNTERCLOCKWISE or AD_CLOCKWISE ). - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - return ::GetArcDirection(m_pData->hDC); - } - - inline int CDC::SetArcDirection(int nArcDirection) const - // Sets the current arc direction ( AD_COUNTERCLOCKWISE or AD_CLOCKWISE ). - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - return ::SetArcDirection(m_pData->hDC, nArcDirection); - } - - inline BOOL CDC::PolyDraw(const POINT* lpPoints, const BYTE* lpTypes, int nCount) const - // Draws a set of line segments and Bzier curves. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - return ::PolyDraw(m_pData->hDC, lpPoints, lpTypes, nCount); - } - - inline BOOL CDC::Polyline(LPPOINT lpPoints, int nCount) const - // Draws a series of line segments by connecting the points in the specified array. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - return ::Polyline(m_pData->hDC, lpPoints, nCount); - } - - inline BOOL CDC::PolyPolyline(const POINT* lpPoints, const DWORD* lpPolyPoints, int nCount) const - // Draws multiple series of connected line segments. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - return ::PolyPolyline(m_pData->hDC, lpPoints, lpPolyPoints, nCount); - } - - inline BOOL CDC::PolylineTo(const POINT* lpPoints, int nCount) const - // Draws one or more straight lines. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - return ::PolylineTo(m_pData->hDC, lpPoints, nCount); - } - inline BOOL CDC::PolyBezier(const POINT* lpPoints, int nCount) const - // Draws one or more Bzier curves. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - return ::PolyBezier(m_pData->hDC, lpPoints, nCount); - } - - inline BOOL CDC::PolyBezierTo(const POINT* lpPoints, int nCount) const - // Draws one or more Bzier curves. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - return ::PolyBezierTo(m_pData->hDC, lpPoints, nCount ); - } - - inline COLORREF CDC::GetPixel(int x, int y) const - // Retrieves the red, green, blue (RGB) color value of the pixel at the specified coordinates. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - return ::GetPixel(m_pData->hDC, x, y); - } - - inline COLORREF CDC::GetPixel(POINT pt) const - // Retrieves the red, green, blue (RGB) color value of the pixel at the specified coordinates. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - return ::GetPixel(m_pData->hDC, pt.x, pt.y); - } - - inline COLORREF CDC::SetPixel (int x, int y, COLORREF crColor) const - // Sets the pixel at the specified coordinates to the specified color. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - return ::SetPixel(m_pData->hDC, x, y, crColor); - } - - inline COLORREF CDC::SetPixel(POINT pt, COLORREF crColor) const - // Sets the pixel at the specified coordinates to the specified color. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - return ::SetPixel(m_pData->hDC, pt.x, pt.y, crColor); - } - - inline BOOL CDC::SetPixelV(int x, int y, COLORREF crColor) const - // Sets the pixel at the specified coordinates to the closest approximation of the specified color. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - return ::SetPixelV(m_pData->hDC, x, y, crColor); - } - - inline BOOL CDC::SetPixelV(POINT pt, COLORREF crColor) const - // Sets the pixel at the specified coordinates to the closest approximation of the specified color. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - return ::SetPixelV(m_pData->hDC, pt.x, pt.y, crColor); - } -#endif - - // Shape Drawing Functions - inline void CDC::DrawFocusRect(const RECT& rc) const - // Draws a rectangle in the style used to indicate that the rectangle has the focus. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - ::DrawFocusRect(m_pData->hDC, &rc); - } - - inline BOOL CDC::Ellipse(int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2) const - // Draws an ellipse. The center of the ellipse is the center of the specified bounding rectangle. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - return ::Ellipse(m_pData->hDC, x1, y1, x2, y2); - } - - inline BOOL CDC::Ellipse(const RECT& rc) const - // Draws an ellipse. The center of the ellipse is the center of the specified bounding rectangle. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - return ::Ellipse(m_pData->hDC, rc.left, rc.top, rc.right, rc.bottom); - } - - inline BOOL CDC::Polygon(LPPOINT lpPoints, int nCount) const - // Draws a polygon consisting of two or more vertices connected by straight lines. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - return ::Polygon(m_pData->hDC, lpPoints, nCount); - } - - inline BOOL CDC::Rectangle(int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2) const - // Draws a rectangle. The rectangle is outlined by using the current pen and filled by using the current brush. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - return ::Rectangle(m_pData->hDC, x1, y1, x2, y2); - } - - inline BOOL CDC::Rectangle(const RECT& rc) const - // Draws a rectangle. The rectangle is outlined by using the current pen and filled by using the current brush. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - return ::Rectangle(m_pData->hDC, rc.left, rc.top, rc.right, rc.bottom); - } - - inline BOOL CDC::RoundRect(int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2, int nWidth, int nHeight) const - // Draws a rectangle with rounded corners. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - return ::RoundRect(m_pData->hDC, x1, y1, x2, y2, nWidth, nHeight); - } - inline BOOL CDC::RoundRect(const RECT& rc, int nWidth, int nHeight) const - // Draws a rectangle with rounded corners. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - return ::RoundRect(m_pData->hDC, rc.left, rc.top, rc.right, rc.bottom, nWidth, nHeight ); - } - -#ifndef _WIN32_WCE - inline BOOL CDC::Chord(int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2, int x3, int y3, int x4, int y4) const - // Draws a chord (a region bounded by the intersection of an ellipse and a line segment, called a secant). - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - return ::Chord(m_pData->hDC, x1, y1, x2, y2, x3, y3, x4, y4); - } - - inline BOOL CDC::Chord(const RECT& rc, POINT ptStart, POINT ptEnd) const - // Draws a chord (a region bounded by the intersection of an ellipse and a line segment, called a secant). - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - return ::Chord(m_pData->hDC, rc.left, rc.top, rc.right, rc.bottom, - ptStart.x, ptStart.y, ptEnd.x, ptEnd.y); - } - - inline BOOL CDC::Pie(int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2, int x3, int y3, int x4, int y4) const - // Draws a pie-shaped wedge bounded by the intersection of an ellipse and two radials. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - return ::Pie(m_pData->hDC, x1, y1, x2, y2, x3, y3, x4, y4); - } - - inline BOOL CDC::Pie(const RECT& rc, POINT ptStart, POINT ptEnd) const - // Draws a pie-shaped wedge bounded by the intersection of an ellipse and two radials. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - return ::Pie(m_pData->hDC, rc.left, rc.top, rc.right, rc.bottom, - ptStart.x, ptStart.y, ptEnd.x, ptEnd.y); - } - - inline BOOL CDC::PolyPolygon(LPPOINT lpPoints, LPINT lpPolyCounts, int nCount) const - // Draws a series of closed polygons. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - return ::PolyPolygon(m_pData->hDC, lpPoints, lpPolyCounts, nCount); - } -#endif - - // Fill and 3D Drawing functions - inline BOOL CDC::FillRect(const RECT& rc, CBrush* pBrush) const - // Fills a rectangle by using the specified brush. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - assert(pBrush); - return (BOOL)::FillRect(m_pData->hDC, &rc, *pBrush); - } - - inline BOOL CDC::InvertRect(const RECT& rc) const - // Inverts a rectangle in a window by performing a logical NOT operation on the color values for each pixel in the rectangle's interior. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - return ::InvertRect( m_pData->hDC, &rc); - } - - inline BOOL CDC::DrawIconEx(int xLeft, int yTop, HICON hIcon, int cxWidth, int cyWidth, UINT istepIfAniCur, CBrush* pFlickerFreeDraw, UINT diFlags) const - // draws an icon or cursor, performing the specified raster operations, and stretching or compressing the icon or cursor as specified. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - HBRUSH hFlickerFreeDraw = pFlickerFreeDraw? (HBRUSH)pFlickerFreeDraw->GetHandle() : NULL; - return ::DrawIconEx(m_pData->hDC, xLeft, yTop, hIcon, cxWidth, cyWidth, istepIfAniCur, hFlickerFreeDraw, diFlags); - } - - inline BOOL CDC::DrawEdge(const RECT& rc, UINT nEdge, UINT nFlags) const - // Draws one or more edges of rectangle. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - return ::DrawEdge(m_pData->hDC, (LPRECT)&rc, nEdge, nFlags); - } - - inline BOOL CDC::DrawFrameControl(const RECT& rc, UINT nType, UINT nState) const - // Draws a frame control of the specified type and style. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - return ::DrawFrameControl(m_pData->hDC, (LPRECT)&rc, nType, nState); - } - - inline BOOL CDC::FillRgn(CRgn* pRgn, CBrush* pBrush) const - // Fills a region by using the specified brush. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - assert(pRgn); - assert(pBrush); - return ::FillRgn(m_pData->hDC, *pRgn, *pBrush); - } - -#ifndef _WIN32_WCE - inline BOOL CDC::DrawIcon(int x, int y, HICON hIcon) const - // Draws an icon or cursor. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - return ::DrawIcon(m_pData->hDC, x, y, hIcon); - } - - inline BOOL CDC::DrawIcon(POINT pt, HICON hIcon) const - // Draws an icon or cursor. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - return ::DrawIcon(m_pData->hDC, pt.x, pt.y, hIcon); - } - - inline BOOL CDC::FrameRect(const RECT& rc, CBrush* pBrush) const - // Draws a border around the specified rectangle by using the specified brush. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - assert(pBrush); - return (BOOL)::FrameRect(m_pData->hDC, &rc, *pBrush); - } - - inline BOOL CDC::PaintRgn(CRgn* pRgn) const - // Paints the specified region by using the brush currently selected into the device context. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - assert(pRgn); - return ::PaintRgn(m_pData->hDC, *pRgn); - } -#endif - - // Bitmap Functions - inline int CDC::StretchDIBits(int XDest, int YDest, int nDestWidth, int nDestHeight, int XSrc, int YSrc, int nSrcWidth, - int nSrcHeight, CONST VOID *lpBits, BITMAPINFO& bi, UINT iUsage, DWORD dwRop) const - // Copies the color data for a rectangle of pixels in a DIB to the specified destination rectangle. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - return ::StretchDIBits(m_pData->hDC, XDest, YDest, nDestWidth, nDestHeight, XSrc, YSrc, nSrcWidth, nSrcHeight, lpBits, &bi, iUsage, dwRop); - } - - inline BOOL CDC::PatBlt(int x, int y, int nWidth, int nHeight, DWORD dwRop) const - // Paints the specified rectangle using the brush that is currently selected into the device context. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - return ::PatBlt(m_pData->hDC, x, y, nWidth, nHeight, dwRop); - } - - inline BOOL CDC::BitBlt(int x, int y, int nWidth, int nHeight, CDC* pSrcDC, int xSrc, int ySrc, DWORD dwRop) const - // Performs a bit-block transfer of the color data corresponding to a rectangle of pixels from the specified source device context into a destination device context. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - assert(pSrcDC); - return ::BitBlt(m_pData->hDC, x, y, nWidth, nHeight, pSrcDC->GetHDC(), xSrc, ySrc, dwRop); - } - - inline BOOL CDC::StretchBlt(int x, int y, int nWidth, int nHeight, CDC* pSrcDC, int xSrc, int ySrc, int nSrcWidth, int nSrcHeight, DWORD dwRop) const - // Copies a bitmap from a source rectangle into a destination rectangle, stretching or compressing the bitmap to fit the dimensions of the destination rectangle, if necessary. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - assert(pSrcDC); - return ::StretchBlt(m_pData->hDC, x, y, nWidth, nHeight, pSrcDC->GetHDC(), xSrc, ySrc, nSrcWidth, nSrcHeight, dwRop); - } - -#ifndef _WIN32_WCE - inline int CDC::GetDIBits(CBitmap* pBitmap, UINT uStartScan, UINT cScanLines, LPVOID lpvBits, LPBITMAPINFO lpbi, UINT uUsage) const - // Retrieves the bits of the specified compatible bitmap and copies them into a buffer as a DIB using the specified format. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - assert(pBitmap); - return ::GetDIBits(m_pData->hDC, *pBitmap, uStartScan, cScanLines, lpvBits, lpbi, uUsage); - } - - inline int CDC::SetDIBits(CBitmap* pBitmap, UINT uStartScan, UINT cScanLines, CONST VOID *lpvBits, LPBITMAPINFO lpbi, UINT fuColorUse) const - // Sets the pixels in a compatible bitmap (DDB) using the color data found in the specified DIB. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - return ::SetDIBits(m_pData->hDC, *pBitmap, uStartScan, cScanLines, lpvBits, lpbi, fuColorUse); - } - - inline int CDC::GetStretchBltMode() const - // Retrieves the current stretching mode. - // Possible modes: BLACKONWHITE, COLORONCOLOR, HALFTONE, STRETCH_ANDSCANS, STRETCH_DELETESCANS, STRETCH_HALFTONE, STRETCH_ORSCANS, WHITEONBLACK - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - return ::GetStretchBltMode(m_pData->hDC); - } - - inline int CDC::SetStretchBltMode(int iStretchMode) const - // Sets the stretching mode. - // Possible modes: BLACKONWHITE, COLORONCOLOR, HALFTONE, STRETCH_ANDSCANS, STRETCH_DELETESCANS, STRETCH_HALFTONE, STRETCH_ORSCANS, WHITEONBLACK - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - return ::SetStretchBltMode(m_pData->hDC, iStretchMode); - } - - inline BOOL CDC::FloodFill(int x, int y, COLORREF crColor) const - // Fills an area of the display surface with the current brush. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - return ::FloodFill(m_pData->hDC, x, y, crColor); - } - - inline BOOL CDC::ExtFloodFill(int x, int y, COLORREF crColor, UINT nFillType) const - // Fills an area of the display surface with the current brush. - // Fill type: FLOODFILLBORDER or FLOODFILLSURFACE - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - return ::ExtFloodFill(m_pData->hDC, x, y, crColor, nFillType ); - } - - // co-ordinate functions - inline BOOL CDC::DPtoLP(LPPOINT lpPoints, int nCount) const - // Converts device coordinates into logical coordinates. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - return ::DPtoLP(m_pData->hDC, lpPoints, nCount); - } - - inline BOOL CDC::DPtoLP(RECT& rc) const - // Converts device coordinates into logical coordinates. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - return ::DPtoLP(m_pData->hDC, (LPPOINT)&rc, 2); - } - - inline BOOL CDC::LPtoDP(LPPOINT lpPoints, int nCount) const - // Converts logical coordinates into device coordinates. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - return ::LPtoDP(m_pData->hDC, lpPoints, nCount); - } - - inline BOOL CDC::LPtoDP(RECT& rc) const - // Converts logical coordinates into device coordinates. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - return ::LPtoDP(m_pData->hDC, (LPPOINT)&rc, 2); - } - -#endif - - // Layout Functions - inline DWORD CDC::GetLayout() const - // Returns the layout of a device context (LAYOUT_RTL and LAYOUT_BITMAPORIENTATIONPRESERVED). - { -#if defined(WINVER) && defined(GetLayout) && (WINVER >= 0x0500) - return ::GetLayout(m_pData->hDC); -#else - return 0; -#endif - } - - inline DWORD CDC::SetLayout(DWORD dwLayout) const - // changes the layout of a device context (DC). - // dwLayout values: LAYOUT_RTL or LAYOUT_BITMAPORIENTATIONPRESERVED - { -#if defined(WINVER) && defined (SetLayout) && (WINVER >= 0x0500) - // Sets the layout of a device context - return ::SetLayout(m_pData->hDC, dwLayout); -#else - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(dwLayout); // no-op - return 0; -#endif - } - - // Mapping Functions -#ifndef _WIN32_WCE - inline int CDC::GetMapMode() const - // Rretrieves the current mapping mode. - // Possible modes: MM_ANISOTROPIC, MM_HIENGLISH, MM_HIMETRIC, MM_ISOTROPIC, MM_LOENGLISH, MM_LOMETRIC, MM_TEXT, and MM_TWIPS. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - return ::GetMapMode(m_pData->hDC); - } - - inline BOOL CDC::GetViewportOrgEx(LPPOINT lpPoint) const - // Retrieves the x-coordinates and y-coordinates of the viewport origin for the device context. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - return ::GetViewportOrgEx(m_pData->hDC, lpPoint); - } - - inline int CDC::SetMapMode(int nMapMode) const - // Sets the mapping mode of the specified device context. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - return ::SetMapMode(m_pData->hDC, nMapMode); - } - - inline BOOL CDC::SetViewportOrgEx(int x, int y, LPPOINT lpPoint /* = NULL */) const - // Specifies which device point maps to the window origin (0,0). - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - return ::SetViewportOrgEx(m_pData->hDC, x, y, lpPoint); - } - - inline BOOL CDC::SetViewportOrgEx(POINT point, LPPOINT lpPointRet /* = NULL */) const - // Specifies which device point maps to the window origin (0,0). - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - return SetViewportOrgEx(point.x, point.y, lpPointRet); - } - - inline BOOL CDC::OffsetViewportOrgEx(int nWidth, int nHeight, LPPOINT lpPoint /* = NULL */) const - // Modifies the viewport origin for the device context using the specified horizontal and vertical offsets. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - return ::OffsetViewportOrgEx(m_pData->hDC, nWidth, nHeight, lpPoint); - } - - inline BOOL CDC::GetViewportExtEx(LPSIZE lpSize) const - // Retrieves the x-extent and y-extent of the current viewport for the device context. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - return ::GetViewportExtEx(m_pData->hDC, lpSize); - } - - inline BOOL CDC::SetViewportExtEx(int x, int y, LPSIZE lpSize ) const - // Sets the horizontal and vertical extents of the viewport for the device context by using the specified values. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - return ::SetViewportExtEx(m_pData->hDC, x, y, lpSize); - } - - inline BOOL CDC::SetViewportExtEx(SIZE size, LPSIZE lpSizeRet ) const - // Sets the horizontal and vertical extents of the viewport for the device context by using the specified values. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - return SetViewportExtEx(size.cx, size.cy, lpSizeRet); - } - - inline BOOL CDC::ScaleViewportExtEx(int xNum, int xDenom, int yNum, int yDenom, LPSIZE lpSize ) const - // Modifies the viewport for the device context using the ratios formed by the specified multiplicands and divisors. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - return ::ScaleViewportExtEx(m_pData->hDC, xNum, xDenom, yNum, yDenom, lpSize); - } - - inline BOOL CDC::GetWindowOrgEx(LPPOINT lpPoint) const - // Retrieves the x-coordinates and y-coordinates of the window origin for the device context. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - return ::GetWindowOrgEx(m_pData->hDC, lpPoint); - } - - inline BOOL CDC::SetWindowOrgEx(int x, int y, LPPOINT lpPoint ) const - // Specifies which window point maps to the viewport origin (0,0). - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - return ::SetWindowOrgEx(m_pData->hDC, x, y, lpPoint); - } - - inline BOOL CDC::SetWindowOrgEx(POINT point, LPPOINT lpPointRet ) const - // Specifies which window point maps to the viewport origin (0,0). - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - return SetWindowOrgEx(point.x, point.y, lpPointRet); - } - - inline BOOL CDC::OffsetWindowOrgEx(int nWidth, int nHeight, LPPOINT lpPoint ) const - // Modifies the window origin for the device context using the specified horizontal and vertical offsets. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - return ::OffsetWindowOrgEx(m_pData->hDC, nWidth, nHeight, lpPoint); - } - - inline BOOL CDC::GetWindowExtEx(LPSIZE lpSize) const - // Retrieves the x-extent and y-extent of the window for the device context. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - return ::GetWindowExtEx(m_pData->hDC, lpSize); - } - - inline BOOL CDC::SetWindowExtEx(int x, int y, LPSIZE lpSize ) const - // Sets the horizontal and vertical extents of the window for the device context by using the specified values. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - return ::SetWindowExtEx(m_pData->hDC, x, y, lpSize); - } - - inline BOOL CDC::SetWindowExtEx(SIZE size, LPSIZE lpSizeRet) const - // Sets the horizontal and vertical extents of the window for the device context by using the specified values. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - return SetWindowExtEx(size.cx, size.cy, lpSizeRet); - } - - inline BOOL CDC::ScaleWindowExtEx(int xNum, int xDenom, int yNum, int yDenom, LPSIZE lpSize) const - // Modifies the window for the device context using the ratios formed by the specified multiplicands and divisors. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - return ::ScaleWindowExtEx(m_pData->hDC, xNum, xDenom, yNum, yDenom, lpSize); - } -#endif - - // Printer Functions - inline int CDC::StartDoc(LPDOCINFO lpDocInfo) const - // Starts a print job. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - return ::StartDoc(m_pData->hDC, lpDocInfo); - } - - inline int CDC::EndDoc() const - // Ends a print job. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - return ::EndDoc(m_pData->hDC); - } - - inline int CDC::StartPage() const - // Prepares the printer driver to accept data. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - return ::StartPage(m_pData->hDC); - } - - inline int CDC::EndPage() const - // Notifies the device that the application has finished writing to a page. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - return ::EndPage(m_pData->hDC); - } - - inline int CDC::AbortDoc() const - // Stops the current print job and erases everything drawn since the last call to the StartDoc function. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - return ::AbortDoc(m_pData->hDC); - } - - inline int CDC::SetAbortProc(BOOL (CALLBACK* lpfn)(HDC, int)) const - // Sets the application-defined abort function that allows a print job to be canceled during spooling. - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - return ::SetAbortProc(m_pData->hDC, lpfn); - } - - // Text Functions - inline BOOL CDC::ExtTextOut(int x, int y, UINT nOptions, LPCRECT lprc, LPCTSTR lpszString, int nCount /*= -1*/, LPINT lpDxWidths /*=NULL*/) const - // Draws text using the currently selected font, background color, and text color - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - - if (nCount == -1) - nCount = lstrlen (lpszString); - - return ::ExtTextOut(m_pData->hDC, x, y, nOptions, lprc, lpszString, nCount, lpDxWidths ); - } - - inline int CDC::DrawText(LPCTSTR lpszString, int nCount, LPRECT lprc, UINT nFormat) const - // Draws formatted text in the specified rectangle - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - return ::DrawText(m_pData->hDC, lpszString, nCount, lprc, nFormat ); - } - - inline UINT CDC::GetTextAlign() const - // Retrieves the text-alignment setting - // Values: TA_BASELINE, TA_BOTTOM, TA_TOP, TA_CENTER, TA_LEFT, TA_RIGHT, TA_RTLREADING, TA_NOUPDATECP, TA_UPDATECP - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - return ::GetTextAlign(m_pData->hDC); - } - - inline UINT CDC::SetTextAlign(UINT nFlags) const - // Sets the text-alignment setting - // Values: TA_BASELINE, TA_BOTTOM, TA_TOP, TA_CENTER, TA_LEFT, TA_RIGHT, TA_RTLREADING, TA_NOUPDATECP, TA_UPDATECP - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - return ::SetTextAlign(m_pData->hDC, nFlags); - } - - inline int CDC::GetTextFace(int nCount, LPTSTR lpszFacename) const - // Retrieves the typeface name of the font that is selected into the device context - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - return ::GetTextFace(m_pData->hDC, nCount, lpszFacename); - } - - inline BOOL CDC::GetTextMetrics(TEXTMETRIC& Metrics) const - // Fills the specified buffer with the metrics for the currently selected font - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - return ::GetTextMetrics(m_pData->hDC, &Metrics); - } - - inline COLORREF CDC::GetBkColor() const - // Returns the current background color - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - return ::GetBkColor(m_pData->hDC); - } - - inline COLORREF CDC::SetBkColor(COLORREF crColor) const - // Sets the current background color to the specified color value - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - return ::SetBkColor(m_pData->hDC, crColor); - } - - inline COLORREF CDC::GetTextColor() const - // Retrieves the current text color - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - return ::GetTextColor(m_pData->hDC); - } - - inline COLORREF CDC::SetTextColor(COLORREF crColor) const - // Sets the current text color - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - return ::SetTextColor(m_pData->hDC, crColor); - } - - inline int CDC::GetBkMode() const - // returns the current background mix mode (OPAQUE or TRANSPARENT) - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - return ::GetBkMode(m_pData->hDC); - } - - inline int CDC::SetBkMode(int iBkMode) const - // Sets the current background mix mode (OPAQUE or TRANSPARENT) - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - return ::SetBkMode(m_pData->hDC, iBkMode); - } - -#ifndef _WIN32_WCE - inline int CDC::DrawTextEx(LPTSTR lpszString, int nCount, LPRECT lprc, UINT nFormat, LPDRAWTEXTPARAMS lpDTParams) const - // Draws formatted text in the specified rectangle with more formatting options - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - return ::DrawTextEx(m_pData->hDC, lpszString, nCount, lprc, nFormat, lpDTParams); - } - - inline CSize CDC::GetTextExtentPoint32(LPCTSTR lpszString, int nCount) const - // Computes the width and height of the specified string of text - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - CSize sz; - ::GetTextExtentPoint32(m_pData->hDC, lpszString, nCount, &sz); - return sz; - } - - inline CSize CDC::GetTabbedTextExtent(LPCTSTR lpszString, int nCount, int nTabPositions, LPINT lpnTabStopPositions) const - // Computes the width and height of a character string - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - DWORD dwSize = ::GetTabbedTextExtent(m_pData->hDC, lpszString, nCount, nTabPositions, lpnTabStopPositions ); - CSize sz(dwSize); - return sz; - } - - inline BOOL CDC::GrayString(CBrush* pBrush, GRAYSTRINGPROC lpOutputFunc, LPARAM lpData, int nCount, int x, int y, int nWidth, int nHeight) const - // Draws gray text at the specified location - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - assert(pBrush); - return ::GrayString(m_pData->hDC, *pBrush, lpOutputFunc, lpData, nCount, x, y, nWidth, nHeight); - } - - inline int CDC::SetTextJustification(int nBreakExtra, int nBreakCount) const - // Specifies the amount of space the system should add to the break characters in a string of text - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - return ::SetTextJustification(m_pData->hDC, nBreakExtra, nBreakCount); - } - - inline int CDC::GetTextCharacterExtra() const - // Retrieves the current intercharacter spacing for the device context - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - return ::GetTextCharacterExtra(m_pData->hDC); - } - - inline int CDC::SetTextCharacterExtra(int nCharExtra) const - // Sets the intercharacter spacing - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - return ::SetTextCharacterExtra(m_pData->hDC, nCharExtra); - } - - inline CSize CDC::TabbedTextOut(int x, int y, LPCTSTR lpszString, int nCount, int nTabPositions, LPINT lpnTabStopPositions, int nTabOrigin) const - // Writes a character string at a specified location, expanding tabs to the values specified in an array of tab-stop positions - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - DWORD dwSize = ::TabbedTextOut(m_pData->hDC, x, y, lpszString, nCount, nTabPositions, lpnTabStopPositions, nTabOrigin ); - CSize sz(dwSize); - return sz; - } - - inline BOOL CDC::TextOut(int x, int y, LPCTSTR lpszString, int nCount/* = -1*/) const - // Writes a character string at the specified location - { - assert(m_pData->hDC); - if (nCount == -1) - nCount = lstrlen (lpszString); - - return ::TextOut(m_pData->hDC, x, y, lpszString, nCount); - } - -#endif - - - - ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - // Definitions for some global functions in the Win32xx namespace - // - -#ifndef _WIN32_WCE - inline void TintBitmap (CBitmap* pbmSource, int cRed, int cGreen, int cBlue) - // Modifies the colour of the supplied Device Dependant Bitmap, by the colour - // correction values specified. The correction values can range from -255 to +255. - // This function gains its speed by accessing the bitmap colour information - // directly, rather than using GetPixel/SetPixel. - { - // Create our LPBITMAPINFO object - CBitmapInfoPtr pbmi(pbmSource); - pbmi->bmiHeader.biBitCount = 24; - - // Create the reference DC for GetDIBits to use - CMemDC MemDC(NULL); - - // Use GetDIBits to create a DIB from our DDB, and extract the colour data - MemDC.GetDIBits(pbmSource, 0, pbmi->bmiHeader.biHeight, NULL, pbmi, DIB_RGB_COLORS); - std::vector vBits(pbmi->bmiHeader.biSizeImage, 0); - byte* pByteArray = &vBits[0]; - - MemDC.GetDIBits(pbmSource, 0, pbmi->bmiHeader.biHeight, pByteArray, pbmi, DIB_RGB_COLORS); - UINT nWidthBytes = pbmi->bmiHeader.biSizeImage/pbmi->bmiHeader.biHeight; - - // Ensure sane colour correction values - cBlue = MIN(cBlue, 255); - cBlue = MAX(cBlue, -255); - cRed = MIN(cRed, 255); - cRed = MAX(cRed, -255); - cGreen = MIN(cGreen, 255); - cGreen = MAX(cGreen, -255); - - // Pre-calculate the RGB modification values - int b1 = 256 - cBlue; - int g1 = 256 - cGreen; - int r1 = 256 - cRed; - - int b2 = 256 + cBlue; - int g2 = 256 + cGreen; - int r2 = 256 + cRed; - - // Modify the colour - int yOffset = 0; - int xOffset; - int Index; - for (int Row=0; Row < pbmi->bmiHeader.biHeight; Row++) - { - xOffset = 0; - - for (int Column=0; Column < pbmi->bmiHeader.biWidth; Column++) - { - // Calculate Index - Index = yOffset + xOffset; - - // Adjust the colour values - if (cBlue > 0) - pByteArray[Index] = (BYTE)(cBlue + (((pByteArray[Index] *b1)) >>8)); - else if (cBlue < 0) - pByteArray[Index] = (BYTE)((pByteArray[Index] *b2) >>8); - - if (cGreen > 0) - pByteArray[Index+1] = (BYTE)(cGreen + (((pByteArray[Index+1] *g1)) >>8)); - else if (cGreen < 0) - pByteArray[Index+1] = (BYTE)((pByteArray[Index+1] *g2) >>8); - - if (cRed > 0) - pByteArray[Index+2] = (BYTE)(cRed + (((pByteArray[Index+2] *r1)) >>8)); - else if (cRed < 0) - pByteArray[Index+2] = (BYTE)((pByteArray[Index+2] *r2) >>8); - - // Increment the horizontal offset - xOffset += pbmi->bmiHeader.biBitCount >> 3; - } - - // Increment vertical offset - yOffset += nWidthBytes; - } - - // Save the modified colour back into our source DDB - MemDC.SetDIBits(pbmSource, 0, pbmi->bmiHeader.biHeight, pByteArray, pbmi, DIB_RGB_COLORS); - } - - inline void GrayScaleBitmap(CBitmap* pbmSource) - { - // Create our LPBITMAPINFO object - CBitmapInfoPtr pbmi(pbmSource); - - // Create the reference DC for GetDIBits to use - CMemDC MemDC(NULL); - - // Use GetDIBits to create a DIB from our DDB, and extract the colour data - MemDC.GetDIBits(pbmSource, 0, pbmi->bmiHeader.biHeight, NULL, pbmi, DIB_RGB_COLORS); - std::vector vBits(pbmi->bmiHeader.biSizeImage, 0); - byte* pByteArray = &vBits[0]; - - MemDC.GetDIBits(pbmSource, 0, pbmi->bmiHeader.biHeight, pByteArray, pbmi, DIB_RGB_COLORS); - UINT nWidthBytes = pbmi->bmiHeader.biSizeImage/pbmi->bmiHeader.biHeight; - - int yOffset = 0; - int xOffset; - int Index; - - for (int Row=0; Row < pbmi->bmiHeader.biHeight; Row++) - { - xOffset = 0; - - for (int Column=0; Column < pbmi->bmiHeader.biWidth; Column++) - { - // Calculate Index - Index = yOffset + xOffset; - - BYTE byGray = (BYTE) ((pByteArray[Index] + pByteArray[Index+1]*6 + pByteArray[Index+2] *3)/10); - pByteArray[Index] = byGray; - pByteArray[Index+1] = byGray; - pByteArray[Index+2] = byGray; - - // Increment the horizontal offset - xOffset += pbmi->bmiHeader.biBitCount >> 3; - } - - // Increment vertical offset - yOffset += nWidthBytes; - } - - // Save the modified colour back into our source DDB - MemDC.SetDIBits(pbmSource, 0, pbmi->bmiHeader.biHeight, pByteArray, pbmi, DIB_RGB_COLORS); - } - - inline HIMAGELIST CreateDisabledImageList(HIMAGELIST himlNormal) - // Returns a greyed image list, created from hImageList - { - int cx, cy; - int nCount = ImageList_GetImageCount(himlNormal); - if (0 == nCount) - return NULL; - - ImageList_GetIconSize(himlNormal, &cx, &cy); - - // Create the disabled ImageList - HIMAGELIST himlDisabled = ImageList_Create(cx, cy, ILC_COLOR24 | ILC_MASK, nCount, 0); - - // Process each image in the ImageList - for (int i = 0 ; i < nCount; ++i) - { - CClientDC DesktopDC(NULL); - CMemDC MemDC(NULL); - CBitmap* pOldBitmap = MemDC.CreateCompatibleBitmap(&DesktopDC, cx, cx); - CRect rc; - rc.SetRect(0, 0, cx, cx); - - // Set the mask color to grey for the new ImageList - COLORREF crMask = RGB(200, 199, 200); - if ( GetDeviceCaps(DesktopDC, BITSPIXEL) < 24) - { - HPALETTE hPal = (HPALETTE)GetCurrentObject(DesktopDC, OBJ_PAL); - UINT Index = GetNearestPaletteIndex(hPal, crMask); - if (Index != CLR_INVALID) crMask = PALETTEINDEX(Index); - } - - MemDC.SolidFill(crMask, rc); - - // Draw the image on the memory DC - ImageList_SetBkColor(himlNormal, crMask); - ImageList_Draw(himlNormal, i, MemDC, 0, 0, ILD_NORMAL); - - // Convert colored pixels to gray - for (int x = 0 ; x < cx; ++x) - { - for (int y = 0; y < cy; ++y) - { - COLORREF clr = ::GetPixel(MemDC, x, y); - - if (clr != crMask) - { - BYTE byGray = (BYTE) (95 + (GetRValue(clr) *3 + GetGValue(clr)*6 + GetBValue(clr))/20); - MemDC.SetPixel(x, y, RGB(byGray, byGray, byGray)); - } - - } - } - - // Detach the bitmap so we can use it. - CBitmap* pBitmap = MemDC.SelectObject(pOldBitmap); - ImageList_AddMasked(himlDisabled, *pBitmap, crMask); - } - - return himlDisabled; - } -#endif - - //////////////////////////////////////////// - // Global Function Definitions - // - - inline CDC* FromHandle(HDC hDC) - // Returns the CDC object associated with the device context handle - // If a CDC object doesn't already exist, a temporary CDC object is created. - // The HDC belonging to a temporary CDC is not released or destroyed when the - // temporary CDC is deconstructed. - { - assert( GetApp() ); - CDC* pDC = GetApp()->GetCDCFromMap(hDC); - if (hDC != 0 && pDC == 0) - { - pDC = new CDC; - GetApp()->AddTmpDC(pDC); - pDC->m_pData->hDC = hDC; - pDC->m_pData->bRemoveHDC = FALSE; - } - return pDC; - } - - inline CBitmap* FromHandle(HBITMAP hBitmap) - // Returns the CBitmap associated with the Bitmap handle - // If a CBitmap object doesn't already exist, a temporary CBitmap object is created. - // The HBITMAP belonging to a temporary CBitmap is not released or destroyed - // when the temporary CBitmap is deconstructed. - { - assert( GetApp() ); - CBitmap* pBitmap = (CBitmap*)GetApp()->GetCGDIObjectFromMap(hBitmap); - if (hBitmap != 0 && pBitmap == 0) - { - pBitmap = new CBitmap; - GetApp()->AddTmpGDI(pBitmap); - pBitmap->m_pData->hGDIObject = hBitmap; - pBitmap->m_pData->bRemoveObject = FALSE; - } - return pBitmap; - } - - inline CBrush* FromHandle(HBRUSH hBrush) - // Returns the CBrush associated with the Brush handle - // If a CBrush object doesn't already exist, a temporary CBrush object is created. - // The HBRUSH belonging to a temporary CBrush is not released or destroyed - // when the temporary CBrush is deconstructed. - { - assert( GetApp() ); - CBrush* pBrush = (CBrush*)GetApp()->GetCGDIObjectFromMap(hBrush); - if (hBrush != 0 && pBrush == 0) - { - pBrush = new CBrush; - GetApp()->AddTmpGDI(pBrush); - pBrush->m_pData->hGDIObject = hBrush; - pBrush->m_pData->bRemoveObject = FALSE; - } - return pBrush; - } - - inline CFont* FromHandle(HFONT hFont) - // Returns the CFont associated with the Font handle - // If a CFont object doesn't already exist, a temporary CFont object is created. - // The HFONT belonging to a temporary CFont is not released or destroyed - // when the temporary CFont is deconstructed. - { - assert( GetApp() ); - CFont* pFont = (CFont*)GetApp()->GetCGDIObjectFromMap(hFont); - if (hFont != 0 && pFont == 0) - { - pFont = new CFont; - GetApp()->AddTmpGDI(pFont); - pFont->m_pData->hGDIObject = hFont; - pFont->m_pData->bRemoveObject = FALSE; - } - return pFont; - } - - inline CPalette* FromHandle(HPALETTE hPalette) - // Returns the CPalette associated with the palette handle - // If a CPalette object doesn't already exist, a temporary CPalette object is created. - // The HPALETTE belonging to a temporary CPalette is not released or destroyed - // when the temporary CPalette is deconstructed. - { - assert( GetApp() ); - CPalette* pPalette = (CPalette*)GetApp()->GetCGDIObjectFromMap(hPalette); - if (hPalette != 0 && pPalette == 0) - { - pPalette = new CPalette; - GetApp()->AddTmpGDI(pPalette); - pPalette->m_pData->hGDIObject = hPalette; - pPalette->m_pData->bRemoveObject = FALSE; - } - return pPalette; - } - - inline CPen* FromHandle(HPEN hPen) - // Returns the CPen associated with the HPEN. - // If a CPen object doesn't already exist, a temporary CPen object is created. - // The HPEN belonging to a temporary CPen is not released or destroyed - // when the temporary CPen is deconstructed. - { - assert( GetApp() ); - CPen* pPen = (CPen*)GetApp()->GetCGDIObjectFromMap(hPen); - if (hPen != 0 && pPen == 0) - { - pPen = new CPen; - GetApp()->AddTmpGDI(pPen); - pPen->m_pData->hGDIObject = hPen; - pPen->m_pData->bRemoveObject = FALSE; - } - return pPen; - } - - inline CRgn* FromHandle(HRGN hRgn) - // Returns the CRgn associated with the HRGN. - // If a CRgn object doesn't already exist, a temporary CRgn object is created. - // The HRGN belonging to a temporary CRgn is not released or destroyed - // when the temporary CRgn is deconstructed. - { - assert( GetApp() ); - CRgn* pRgn = (CRgn*)GetApp()->GetCGDIObjectFromMap(hRgn); - if (hRgn != 0 && pRgn == 0) - { - pRgn = new CRgn; - GetApp()->AddTmpGDI(pRgn); - pRgn->m_pData->hGDIObject = hRgn; - pRgn->m_pData->bRemoveObject = FALSE; - } - return pRgn; - } - - - -} // namespace Win32xx - -#endif // _WIN32XX_GDI_H_ - diff --git a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/info.txt b/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/info.txt deleted file mode 100644 index a4dbda8e..00000000 --- a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/info.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,205 +0,0 @@ -Generic Information about Win32++ Projects -========================================== -The various directories may contain the following types of files: - -Extension | Description -----------+------------ -cbp | A project file used by CodeBlocks -dsp | A project file used by Visual Studio 6 -dsw | A project file used by Visual Studio 6 -sln | A project file used by Visual Studio 2003, VS2005 or VS2008 -vcproj | A project file used by Visual Studio 2003, VS2005 or VS2008 -vcxproj | A project file used by Visual Studio 2010 -filters | A supplementary project file used by Visual Studio 2010 -bdsproj | A project file used by Borland Developer Studio 2006 -bpf | A project file used by Borland Developer Studio 2006 -vcp | A project file used by eMbedded Visual C++ -vcw | A project file used by eMbedded Visual C++ -dev | A project file used by Dev-C++ -cpp | A C++ source file -h | A C++ header file -rc | A C++ resouce script file -jpg | A jpeg resource file -ico | An icon resource file -bmp | A bitmap resource file -cur | A cursor resource file -manifest | A manifest resource file -txt | A text file -xml | An Extensible Markup Language file (defines the ribbon UI) - -Supported Compilers and Integrated Development Environments (IDEs) -================================================================== -Win32++ supports the following: -* Borland Compiler Version 5.5 -* Borland Developer Studio 2006 -* Borland Turbo C++ 2006 -* CodeBlocks -* Dev-C++ -* MinGW GCC Compiler -* Visual Studio 6 -* Visual Studio.net 2003 -* Visual C++ Toolkit 2003 -* Visual Studio.net 2005 -* Visual Studio.net 2005 Express -* Visual Studio.net 2008 -* Visual Studio.net 2008 Express -* Visual Studio.net 2010 - -CodeBlocks is an IDE. The project files are configured for the following -compilers: -* Borland Compiler Version 5.5 -* MinGW GNU compiler -* Visual C++ Toolkit 2003 - -Dev-C++ is an IDE which supports the MinGW GNU compiler - -Supported Operating Systems -=========================== -The programs compiled with Win32++ can run on the following operating systems: -* Win95 (all versions, with or without Internet Explorer 4 installed) -* Win98 (both versions) -* WinME -* Windows NT 4 -* Windows 2000 -* Windows XP -* Windows XP x64 -* Windows Vista -* Windows Vista x64 -* Windows 7 -* Windows 7 x64 -* Windows Server 2003 -* Windows Server 2003 x64 -* Windows Server 2008 -* Windows Server 2008 x64 -* Windows CE - -Note: Programs compiled with Visual Studio.net 2008 and Visual Studio.net 2008 -Express will not run on Win32 operating systems earlier than Windows 2000. - -Win32++ automatically detects if the operating system is capable of using -rebars. If rebars are not supported by the OS, Win32++ produces a frame without -rebars. - -Win32++ is Unicode compliant and can therefore be used to develop Unicode -applications. Users are advised that older operating systems (namely Win95, -Win98 and WinME) don't support Unicode applications. - -Win32++ supports 64bit compilers, and can be used to develop 64bit code. - -Directory Structure -=================== -When extracting the files from the zip archive, be sure to preserve the -directory structure. The directory structure will typically look like this: - -.\include -.\new projects -.\output -.\samples -.\tools -.\tutorials -.\WCE samples - -The files which form the Win32++ library are contained in the include -subdirectory. - -Components of Win32++ -===================== - - Files | Classes | Operating Systems | Description -==================+==================+===================+===================== -controls.h | CAnimation | Win32, Win64 | Adds support for the - | CComboBox | and WinCE | following controls: - | CComboBoxEx | | Animation, ComboBox, - | CProgressBar | | ComboBoxEx, Progress - | CScrollBar | | bar, Scroll bar, - | CSlider | | Slider, Spin button. - | CSpinButton | | -------------------+------------------+-------------------+--------------------- -dialog.h | CDialog | Win32, Win64 | Adds dialog support. - | CResizer | WinCE for CDialog | -------------------+------------------+-------------------+--------------------- -docking.h | CDocker | Win32, Win64 | Adds support for - | CDockContainer | | docking windows and - | | | splitter windows. -------------------+------------------+-------------------+--------------------- -frame.h | CMenubar | Win32, Win64 | Adds support for - | CFrame | | frames. Frames use a - | | | toolbar and menubar - | | | inside a rebar, and - | | | a statusbar. -------------------+------------------+-------------------+--------------------- -gdi.h | CDC | Win32, Win64 | A helper class for - | CBitmap | and WinCE | GDI graphics. - | CBrush | | - | CFont | | - | CPalette | | - | CPen | | - | CRgn | | -------------------+------------------+-------------------+--------------------- -listView.h | CListView | Win32, Win64 | Adds support for a - | | and WinCE | ListView control. -------------------+------------------+-------------------+--------------------- -mdi.h | CMDIFrame | Win32, Win64 | Adds support for MDI - | CMDIChild | | frames. -------------------+------------------+-------------------+--------------------- -propertysheet.h | CPropertySheet | Win32, Win64 | Adds property sheet - | CPropertyPage | and WinCE | support. -------------------+------------------+-------------------+--------------------- -rebar.h | CRebar | Win32, Win64 | Adds support for a - | | and WinCE | Rebar control. -------------------+------------------+-------------------+--------------------- -ribbon.h | CRibbon | Win32, Win64 | Adds support for the - | CRibbonFrame | | Windows 7 ribbon. -------------------+------------------+-------------------+--------------------- -shared_ptr.h | Shared_Ptr | Win32, Win64, | Add a smart pointer - | | and WinCE | for use in vectors. -------------------+------------------+-------------------+--------------------- -socket.h | CSocket | Win32, Win64 | Adds network - | | and WinCE | support. -------------------+------------------+-------------------+--------------------- -splitter.h | CSplitter | Win32, Win64 | Adds splitter support - | | | (depreciated) -------------------+------------------+-------------------+---------------------- -statusbar.h | CStatusbar | Win32, Win64 | Adds support for a - | | and WinCE | Status bar control. -------------------+------------------+-------------------+--------------------- -stdcontrols.h | CButton | Win32, Win64 | Adds support for - | CEdit | and WinCE | Button, Edit, - | CListBox | | ListBox and Static - | CStatic | | controls. -------------------+------------------+-------------------+--------------------- -tab.h | CTab | Win32, Win64 | Adds support for tab - | CMDITab | | controls, and MDI - | | | tab windows. -------------------+------------------+-------------------+--------------------- -taskdialog.h | CTaskDialog | Win32, Win64 | Adds support for tab - | | | task dialogs. -------------------+------------------+-------------------+--------------------- -thread.h | CThread | Win32, Win64 | Adds support for - | | and WinCE | threads. -------------------+------------------+-------------------+--------------------- -toolbar.h | CToolbar | Win32, Win64 | Adds support for a - | | and WinCE | Toolbar control. -------------------+------------------+-------------------+--------------------- -treeview.h | CTreeView | Win32, Win64 | Adds support for a - | | and WinCE | TreeView control. -------------------+------------------+-------------------+--------------------- -wceframe.h | CWceFrame | WinCE only | Adds support for - | CCmdbar | | frames in WinCE. -------------------+------------------+-------------------+--------------------- -webbrowser.h | CAXWindow | Win32, Win64 | Adds support for a - | CWebBrowser | and WinCE | ActiveX container and - | | | a WebBrowser window. -------------------+------------------+-------------------+--------------------- -wincore.h | CCriticalSection | Win32, Win64, | The core set of - | CWinApp | and WinCE | classes required for - | CWinException | | all Win32++ - | CWnd | | applications. -------------------+------------------+-------------------+--------------------- -winutils.h | CPoint | Win32, Win64, | Additional utility - | CRect | and WinCE | classes. - | CSize | | -------------------+------------------+-------------------+--------------------- - -Refer to the help documentation that ships with Win32++ for more information on -using Win32++. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/listview.h b/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/listview.h deleted file mode 100644 index 810e7627..00000000 --- a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/listview.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,867 +0,0 @@ -// Win32++ Version 7.2 -// Released: 5th AUgust 2011 -// -// David Nash -// email: dnash@bigpond.net.au -// url: https://sourceforge.net/projects/win32-framework -// -// -// Copyright (c) 2005-2011 David Nash -// -// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to -// any person obtaining a copy of this software and -// associated documentation files (the "Software"), -// to deal in the Software without restriction, including -// without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, -// merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell -// copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom -// the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the -// following conditions: -// -// The above copyright notice and this permission notice -// shall be included in all copies or substantial portions -// of the Software. -// -// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF -// ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED -// TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A -// PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT -// SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR -// ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN -// ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, -// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE -// OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. -// -//////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - - - -#ifndef _WIN32XX_LISTVIEW_H_ -#define _WIN32XX_LISTVIEW_H_ - -#include "wincore.h" -#include "commctrl.h" - -namespace Win32xx -{ - - class CListView : public CWnd - { - public: - CListView() {} - virtual ~CListView() {} - virtual void PreRegisterClass(WNDCLASS &wc); - - // Attributes - CSize ApproximateViewRect(CSize sz = CSize(-1, -1), int iCount = -1) const; - COLORREF GetBkColor( ) const; - BOOL GetBkImage( LVBKIMAGE& lvbkImage ) const; - UINT GetCallbackMask( ) const; - BOOL GetCheckState( UINT nItem ) const; - BOOL GetColumn( int iCol, LVCOLUMN& Column ) const; - BOOL GetColumnOrderArray( LPINT piArray, int iCount = -1 ); - int GetColumnWidth( int iCol ) const; - int GetCountPerPage( ) const; - HWND GetEditControl( ) const; - DWORD GetExtendedStyle( ) const; - HWND GetHeader( ) const; - HCURSOR GetHotCursor( ); - int GetHotItem( ) const; - DWORD GetHoverTime( ) const; - HIMAGELIST GetImageList( int nImageType ) const; - BOOL GetItem( LVITEM& lvItem ) const; - int GetItemCount( ) const; - DWORD_PTR GetItemData( int iItem ) const; - BOOL GetItemPosition( int iItem, CPoint& pt ) const; - BOOL GetItemRect( int iItem, CRect& rc, UINT nCode ) const; - UINT GetItemState( int iItem, UINT nMask ) const; - tString GetItemText( int iItem, int iSubItem, UINT nTextMax = 260 ) const; - int GetNextItem( int iItem, int iFlags ) const; - UINT GetNumberOfWorkAreas( ) const; - BOOL GetOrigin( CPoint& pt ) const; - UINT GetSelectedCount( ) const; - int GetSelectionMark( ) const; - int GetStringWidth( LPCTSTR pszString ) const; - BOOL GetSubItemRect( int iItem, int iSubItem, int iCode, CRect& rc ) const; - COLORREF GetTextBkColor( ) const; - COLORREF GetTextColor( ) const; - HWND GetToolTips( ) const; - int GetTopIndex( ) const; - BOOL GetViewRect( CRect& rc ) const; - void GetWorkAreas( int iWorkAreas, LPRECT pRectArray ) const; - BOOL SetBkColor( COLORREF clrBk ) const; - BOOL SetBkImage( LVBKIMAGE& plvbkImage ) const; - BOOL SetCallbackMask( UINT nMask ) const; - void SetCheckState( int iItem, BOOL fCheck = TRUE ) const; - BOOL SetColumn( int iCol, const LVCOLUMN& pColumn ) const; - BOOL SetColumnOrderArray( int iCount, LPINT piArray ) const; - BOOL SetColumnWidth( int iCol, int cx ) const; - DWORD SetExtendedStyle( DWORD dwNewStyle ) const; - HCURSOR SetHotCursor( HCURSOR hCursor ) const; - int SetHotItem( int nIndex ) const; - DWORD SetHoverTime( DWORD dwHoverTime = (DWORD)-1 ) const; - CSize SetIconSpacing( int cx, int cy ) const; - CSize SetIconSpacing( CSize sz ) const; - HIMAGELIST SetImageList( HIMAGELIST himl, int iImageListType ) const; - BOOL SetItem( LVITEM& pItem ) const; - BOOL SetItem( int iItem, int iSubItem, UINT nMask, LPCTSTR pszText, int iImage, - UINT nState, UINT nStateMask, LPARAM lParam, int iIndent ) const; - void SetItemCount( int iCount ) const; - void SetItemCountEx( int iCount, DWORD dwFlags = LVSICF_NOINVALIDATEALL ) const; - BOOL SetItemData( int iItem, DWORD_PTR dwData ) const; - BOOL SetItemPosition( int iItem, CPoint& pt ) const; - BOOL SetItemState( int iItem, LVITEM& Item ) const; - void SetItemState( int iItem, UINT nState, UINT nMask ) const; - void SetItemText( int iItem, int iSubItem, LPCTSTR pszText ) const; - int SetSelectionMark( int iIndex ) const; - BOOL SetTextBkColor( COLORREF clrBkText ) const; - BOOL SetTextColor( COLORREF clrText ) const; - HWND SetToolTips( HWND hWndToolTip ) const; - void SetWorkAreas( int nWorkAreas, CRect& pRectArray ) const; - int SubItemHitTest( LVHITTESTINFO& htInfo ) const; - - // Operations - BOOL Arrange( UINT nCode ) const; - HIMAGELIST CreateDragImage( int iItem, CPoint& pt ) const; - BOOL DeleteAllItems( ) const; - BOOL DeleteColumn( int iCol ) const; - BOOL DeleteItem( int iItem ) const; - HWND EditLabel( int iItem ) const; - BOOL EnsureVisible( int iItem, BOOL fPartialOK ) const; - int FindItem( LVFINDINFO& FindInfo, int iStart = -1 ) const; - int HitTest( LVHITTESTINFO& HitTestInfo ) const; - int HitTest( CPoint pt, UINT* pFlags = NULL ) const; - int InsertColumn( int iCol, const LVCOLUMN& pColumn ) const; - int InsertColumn( int iCol, LPCTSTR pszColumnHeading, int iFormat = LVCFMT_LEFT, - int iWidth = -1, int iSubItem = -1 ) const; - int InsertItem( const LVITEM& pItem ) const; - int InsertItem( int iItem, LPCTSTR pszText ) const; - int InsertItem( int iItem, LPCTSTR pszText, int iImage ) const; - BOOL RedrawItems( int iFirst, int iLast ) const; - BOOL Scroll( CSize sz ) const; - BOOL SortItems( PFNLVCOMPARE pfnCompare, DWORD_PTR dwData ) const; - BOOL Update( int iItem ) const; - - private: - CListView(const CListView&); // Disable copy construction - CListView& operator = (const CListView&); // Disable assignment operator - }; - -} - -//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - -namespace Win32xx -{ - - inline void CListView::PreRegisterClass(WNDCLASS &wc) - { - // Set the Window Class - wc.lpszClassName = WC_LISTVIEW; - } - - inline CSize CListView::ApproximateViewRect(CSize sz /*= CSize(-1, -1)*/, int iCount /* = -1*/) const - // Calculates the approximate width and height required to display a given number of items. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return CSize( ListView_ApproximateViewRect( m_hWnd, sz.cx, sz.cy, iCount ) ); - } - - inline COLORREF CListView::GetBkColor( ) const - // Retrieves the background color of a list-view control. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ListView_GetBkColor( m_hWnd ); - } - - inline BOOL CListView::GetBkImage( LVBKIMAGE& lvbkImage ) const - // Retrieves the background image in a list-view control. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ListView_GetBkImage( m_hWnd, &lvbkImage ); - } - - inline UINT CListView::GetCallbackMask( ) const - // Retrieves the callback mask for a list-view control. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ListView_GetCallbackMask( m_hWnd ); - } - - inline BOOL CListView::GetCheckState( UINT nItem ) const - // Determines if an item in a list-view control is selected. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ListView_GetCheckState( m_hWnd, nItem ); - } - - inline BOOL CListView::GetColumn( int iCol, LVCOLUMN& Column ) const - // Retrieves the attributes of a list-view control's column. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ListView_GetColumn( m_hWnd, iCol, &Column ); - } - - inline BOOL CListView::GetColumnOrderArray( LPINT piArray, int iCount /*= -1*/ ) - // Retrieves the current left-to-right order of columns in a list-view control. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ListView_GetColumnOrderArray( m_hWnd, iCount, piArray ); - } - - inline int CListView::GetColumnWidth( int iCol ) const - // Retrieves the width of a column in report or list view. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ListView_GetColumnWidth( m_hWnd, iCol ); - } - - inline int CListView::GetCountPerPage( ) const - // Calculates the number of items that can fit vertically in the visible area of a - // list-view control when in list or report view. Only fully visible items are counted. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ListView_GetCountPerPage( m_hWnd ); - } - - inline HWND CListView::GetEditControl( ) const - // Retrieves the handle to the edit control being used to edit a list-view item's text. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ListView_GetEditControl( m_hWnd ); - } - - inline DWORD CListView::GetExtendedStyle( ) const - // Retrieves the extended styles that are currently in use for a given list-view control. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ListView_GetExtendedListViewStyle( m_hWnd ); - } - - inline HWND CListView::GetHeader( ) const - // Retrieves the handle to the header control used by a list-view control. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ListView_GetHeader( m_hWnd ); - } - - inline HCURSOR CListView::GetHotCursor( ) - // Retrieves the HCURSOR used when the pointer is over an item while hot tracking is enabled. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ListView_GetHotCursor( m_hWnd ); - } - - inline int CListView::GetHotItem( ) const - // Retrieves the index of the hot item. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ListView_GetHotItem( m_hWnd ); - } - - inline DWORD CListView::GetHoverTime( ) const - // Retrieves the amount of time that the mouse cursor must hover over an item before it is selected. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ListView_GetHoverTime( m_hWnd ); - } - - inline HIMAGELIST CListView::GetImageList( int nImageType ) const - // Retrieves the handle to an image list used for drawing list-view items. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ListView_GetImageList( m_hWnd, nImageType ); - } - - inline BOOL CListView::GetItem( LVITEM& Item ) const - // Retrieves some or all of a list-view item's attributes. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ListView_GetItem( m_hWnd, &Item ); - } - - inline int CListView::GetItemCount( ) const - // Retrieves the number of items in a list-view control. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ListView_GetItemCount( m_hWnd ); - } - - inline DWORD_PTR CListView::GetItemData( int iItem ) const - // Retrieves the value(lParam) specific to the item. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - - LVITEM lvi = {0}; - lvi.iItem = iItem; - lvi.mask = LVIF_PARAM; - ListView_GetItem(m_hWnd, &lvi); - return lvi.lParam; - } - - inline BOOL CListView::GetItemPosition( int iItem, CPoint& pt ) const - // Retrieves the position of a list-view item. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ListView_GetItemPosition( m_hWnd, iItem, &pt ); - } - - inline BOOL CListView::GetItemRect( int iItem, CRect& rc, UINT nCode ) const - // Retrieves the bounding rectangle for all or part of an item in the current view. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ListView_GetItemRect( m_hWnd, iItem, &rc, nCode ); - } - - inline UINT CListView::GetItemState( int iItem, UINT nMask ) const - // Retrieves the state of a list-view item. - - // Possible values of nMask: - // LVIS_CUT The item is marked for a cut-and-paste operation. - // LVIS_DROPHILITED The item is highlighted as a drag-and-drop target. - // LVIS_FOCUSED The item has the focus, so it is surrounded by a standard focus rectangle. - // LVIS_SELECTED The item is selected. - // LVIS_OVERLAYMASK Use this mask to retrieve the item's overlay image index. - // LVIS_STATEIMAGEMASK Use this mask to retrieve the item's state image index. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ListView_GetItemState( m_hWnd, iItem, nMask ); - } - - inline tString CListView::GetItemText( int iItem, int iSubItem, UINT nTextMax /* = 260 */ ) const - // Retrieves the text of a list-view item. - // Note: Although the list-view control allows any length string to be stored - // as item text, only the first 260 characters are displayed. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - - tString t; - if (nTextMax > 0) - { - std::vector vTChar(nTextMax +1, _T('\0')); - TCHAR* pszText = &vTChar.front(); - LVITEM lvi = {0}; - lvi.iItem = iItem; - lvi.iSubItem = iSubItem; - lvi.mask = LVIF_TEXT; - lvi.cchTextMax = nTextMax; - lvi.pszText = pszText; - ListView_GetItem( m_hWnd, &lvi ); - t = lvi.pszText; - } - return t; - } - - inline int CListView::GetNextItem( int iItem, int iFlags ) const - // Searches for a list-view item that has the specified properties and - // bears the specified relationship to a specified item. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ListView_GetNextItem( m_hWnd, iItem, iFlags ); - } - - inline UINT CListView::GetNumberOfWorkAreas( ) const - // Retrieves the working areas from a list-view control. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - UINT nWorkAreas = 0; - ListView_GetWorkAreas( m_hWnd, nWorkAreas, NULL ); - return nWorkAreas; - } - - inline BOOL CListView::GetOrigin( CPoint& pt ) const - // Retrieves the current view origin for a list-view control. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ListView_GetOrigin( m_hWnd, &pt ); - } - - inline UINT CListView::GetSelectedCount( ) const - // Determines the number of selected items in a list-view control. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (UINT)::SendMessage( m_hWnd, LVM_GETSELECTEDCOUNT, 0L, 0L ); - } - - inline int CListView::GetSelectionMark( ) const - // Retrieves the selection mark from a list-view control. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (int)::SendMessage( m_hWnd, LVM_GETSELECTIONMARK, 0L, 0L ); - } - - inline int CListView::GetStringWidth( LPCTSTR pszString ) const - // Determines the width of a specified string using the specified list-view control's current font. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (int)::SendMessage( m_hWnd, LVM_GETSTRINGWIDTH, 0L, (LPARAM)pszString ); - } - - inline BOOL CListView::GetSubItemRect( int iItem, int iSubItem, int iCode, CRect& rc ) const - // Retrieves information about the rectangle that surrounds a subitem in a list-view control. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ListView_GetSubItemRect( m_hWnd, iItem, iSubItem, iCode, &rc ); - } - - inline COLORREF CListView::GetTextBkColor( ) const - // Retrieves the text background color of a list-view control. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ListView_GetTextBkColor( m_hWnd ); - } - - inline COLORREF CListView::GetTextColor( ) const - // Retrieves the text color of a list-view control. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ListView_GetTextColor( m_hWnd ); - } - - inline HWND CListView::GetToolTips( ) const - // Retrieves the ToolTip control that the list-view control uses to display ToolTips. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ListView_GetToolTips( m_hWnd ); - } - - inline int CListView::GetTopIndex( ) const - // Retrieves the index of the topmost visible item when in list or report view. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ListView_GetTopIndex( m_hWnd ); - } - - inline BOOL CListView::GetViewRect( CRect& rc ) const - // Retrieves the bounding rectangle of all items in the list-view control. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ListView_GetViewRect( m_hWnd, &rc ); - } - - inline void CListView::GetWorkAreas( int iWorkAreas, LPRECT pRectArray ) const - // Retrieves the working areas from a list-view control. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - ListView_GetWorkAreas( m_hWnd, iWorkAreas, pRectArray ); - } - - inline BOOL CListView::SetBkColor( COLORREF clrBk ) const - // Sets the background color of a list-view control. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ListView_SetBkColor( m_hWnd, clrBk ); - } - - inline BOOL CListView::SetBkImage( LVBKIMAGE& lvbkImage ) const - // Sets the background image in a list-view control. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ListView_SetBkImage( m_hWnd, &lvbkImage ); - } - - inline BOOL CListView::SetCallbackMask( UINT nMask ) const - // Changes the callback mask for a list-view control. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ListView_SetCallbackMask( m_hWnd, nMask ); - } - - inline void CListView::SetCheckState( int iItem, BOOL fCheck /*= TRUE*/ ) const - // Used to select or deselect an item in a list-view control. - // This macro should only be used for list-view controls with the LVS_EX_CHECKBOXES style. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - ListView_SetItemState(m_hWnd, iItem, INDEXTOSTATEIMAGEMASK((fCheck==TRUE)?2:1),LVIS_STATEIMAGEMASK); - } - - inline BOOL CListView::SetColumn( int iCol, const LVCOLUMN& Column ) const - // Sets the attributes of a list-view column. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ListView_SetColumn( m_hWnd, iCol, &Column ); - } - - inline BOOL CListView::SetColumnOrderArray( int iCount, LPINT piArray ) const - // Sets the left-to-right order of columns in a list-view control. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ListView_SetColumnOrderArray( m_hWnd, iCount, piArray ); - } - - inline BOOL CListView::SetColumnWidth( int iCol, int cx ) const - // Used to change the width of a column in report view or the width of all columns in list-view mode. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ListView_SetColumnWidth( m_hWnd, iCol, cx ); - } - - inline DWORD CListView::SetExtendedStyle( DWORD dwNewStyle ) const - // Sets extended styles for list-view controls. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ListView_SetExtendedListViewStyle( m_hWnd, dwNewStyle ); - } - - inline HCURSOR CListView::SetHotCursor( HCURSOR hCursor ) const - // Sets the HCURSOR that the list-view control uses when the pointer is - // over an item while hot tracking is enabled. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ListView_SetHotCursor( m_hWnd, hCursor ); - } - - inline int CListView::SetHotItem( int nIndex ) const - // Sets the hot item in a list-view control. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ListView_SetHotItem( m_hWnd, nIndex ); - } - - inline DWORD CListView::SetHoverTime( DWORD dwHoverTime /*= (DWORD)-1*/ ) const - // Sets the amount of time that the mouse cursor must hover over an item before it is selected. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ListView_SetHoverTime( m_hWnd, dwHoverTime ); - } - - inline CSize CListView::SetIconSpacing( int cx, int cy ) const - // Sets the spacing between icons in list-view controls set to the LVS_ICON style. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return CSize( ListView_SetIconSpacing( m_hWnd, cx, cy ) ); - } - - inline CSize CListView::SetIconSpacing( CSize sz ) const - // Sets the spacing between icons in list-view controls set to the LVS_ICON style. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return CSize( ListView_SetIconSpacing( m_hWnd, sz.cx, sz.cy ) ); - } - - inline HIMAGELIST CListView::SetImageList( HIMAGELIST himl, int iImageListType ) const - // Assigns an image list to a list-view control. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ListView_SetImageList( m_hWnd, himl, iImageListType ); - } - - inline BOOL CListView::SetItem( LVITEM& Item ) const - // Sets some or all of a list-view item's attributes. - - // The declaration for TVITEM: - // typedef struct _LVITEM { - // UINT mask; - // int iItem; - // int iSubItem; - // UINT state; - // UINT stateMask; - // LPTSTR pszText; - // int cchTextMax; - // int iImage; - // LPARAM lParam; - // } LVITEM, *LVITEM&; - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ListView_SetItem( m_hWnd, &Item ); - } - - inline BOOL CListView::SetItem( int iItem, int iSubItem, UINT nMask, LPCTSTR pszText, int iImage, - UINT nState, UINT nStateMask, LPARAM lParam, int iIndent ) const - // Sets some or all of a list-view item's attributes. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - - LVITEM lvi = {0}; - lvi.iItem = iItem; - lvi.iSubItem = iSubItem; - lvi.mask = nMask; - lvi.pszText = (LPTSTR)pszText; - lvi.iImage = iImage; - lvi.state = nState; - lvi.stateMask = nStateMask; - lvi.lParam = lParam; - lvi.iIndent = iIndent; - - return ListView_SetItem( m_hWnd, &lvi); - } - - inline void CListView::SetItemCount( int iCount ) const - // Causes the list-view control to allocate memory for the specified number of items. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - ListView_SetItemCount( m_hWnd, iCount ); - } - - inline void CListView::SetItemCountEx( int iCount, DWORD dwFlags /*= LVSICF_NOINVALIDATEALL*/ ) const - // Sets the virtual number of items in a virtual list view. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - ListView_SetItemCountEx( m_hWnd, iCount, dwFlags ); - } - - inline BOOL CListView::SetItemData( int iItem, DWORD_PTR dwData ) const - // Sets the value(lParam) specific to the item. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - - LVITEM lvi = {0}; - lvi.iItem = iItem; - lvi.lParam = dwData; - lvi.mask = LVIF_PARAM; - return ListView_SetItem(m_hWnd, &lvi); - } - - inline BOOL CListView::SetItemPosition( int iItem, CPoint& pt ) const - // Moves an item to a specified position in a list-view control (in icon or small icon view). - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ListView_SetItemPosition( m_hWnd, iItem, pt.x, pt.y ); - } - - inline BOOL CListView::SetItemState( int iItem, LVITEM& Item ) const - // Changes the state of an item in a list-view control. - - // Possible values of nMask: - // LVIS_CUT The item is marked for a cut-and-paste operation. - // LVIS_DROPHILITED The item is highlighted as a drag-and-drop target. - // LVIS_FOCUSED The item has the focus, so it is surrounded by a standard focus rectangle. - // LVIS_SELECTED The item is selected. - // LVIS_OVERLAYMASK Use this mask to retrieve the item's overlay image index. - // LVIS_STATEIMAGEMASK Use this mask to retrieve the item's state image index. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (BOOL)::SendMessage(m_hWnd, LVM_SETITEMSTATE, (WPARAM)iItem, (LPARAM)&Item); - } - - inline void CListView::SetItemState( int iItem, UINT nState, UINT nMask ) const - // Changes the state of an item in a list-view control. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - ListView_SetItemState(m_hWnd, iItem, nState, nMask); - } - - inline void CListView::SetItemText( int iItem, int iSubItem, LPCTSTR pszText ) const - // Sets the text color of a list-view control. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - ListView_SetItemText(m_hWnd, iItem, iSubItem, (LPTSTR)pszText ); - } - - inline int CListView::SetSelectionMark( int iIndex ) const - // Sets the selection mark in a list-view control. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ListView_SetSelectionMark( m_hWnd, iIndex ); - } - - inline BOOL CListView::SetTextBkColor( COLORREF clrBkText ) const - // Sets the background color of text in a list-view control. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ListView_SetTextBkColor( m_hWnd, clrBkText ); - } - - inline BOOL CListView::SetTextColor( COLORREF clrText ) const - // Sets the text color of a list-view control. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ListView_SetTextColor( m_hWnd, clrText ); - } - - inline HWND CListView::SetToolTips( HWND hWndToolTip ) const - // Sets the ToolTip control that the list-view control will use to display ToolTips. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (HWND)::SendMessage(m_hWnd, LVM_SETTOOLTIPS, (WPARAM)hWndToolTip, 0L); - } - - inline void CListView::SetWorkAreas( int nWorkAreas, CRect& pRectArray ) const - // Sets the working area within a list-view control. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - ListView_SetWorkAreas( m_hWnd, nWorkAreas, pRectArray ); - } - - inline int CListView::SubItemHitTest( LVHITTESTINFO& htInfo ) const - // Determines which list-view item or subitem is located at a given position. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ListView_SubItemHitTest( m_hWnd, &htInfo ); - } - - // Operations - - inline BOOL CListView::Arrange( UINT nCode ) const - // Arranges items in icon view. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ListView_Arrange( m_hWnd, nCode ); - } - - inline HIMAGELIST CListView::CreateDragImage( int iItem, CPoint& pt ) const - // Creates a drag image list for the specified item. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ListView_CreateDragImage( m_hWnd, iItem, &pt ); - } - - inline BOOL CListView::DeleteAllItems( ) const - // ListView_DeleteAllItems - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ListView_DeleteAllItems( m_hWnd ); - } - - inline BOOL CListView::DeleteColumn( int iCol ) const - // Removes a column from a list-view control. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ListView_DeleteColumn( m_hWnd, iCol ); - } - - inline BOOL CListView::DeleteItem( int iItem ) const - // Removes an item from a list-view control. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ListView_DeleteItem( m_hWnd, iItem ); - } - - inline HWND CListView::EditLabel( int iItem ) const - // Begins in-place editing of the specified list-view item's text. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ListView_EditLabel( m_hWnd, iItem ); - } - - inline BOOL CListView::EnsureVisible( int iItem, BOOL fPartialOK ) const - // Ensures that a list-view item is either entirely or partially visible, - // scrolling the list-view control if necessary. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (BOOL)SendMessage(LVM_ENSUREVISIBLE, (WPARAM)iItem, (LPARAM)fPartialOK ); - } - - inline int CListView::FindItem( LVFINDINFO& FindInfo, int iStart /*= -1*/ ) const - // Searches for a list-view item with the specified characteristics. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ListView_FindItem( m_hWnd, iStart, &FindInfo ); - } - - inline int CListView::HitTest( LVHITTESTINFO& HitTestInfo ) const - // Determines which list-view item, if any, is at a specified position. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ListView_HitTest( m_hWnd, &HitTestInfo ); - } - - inline int CListView::HitTest( CPoint pt, UINT* pFlags /*= NULL*/ ) const - // Determines which list-view item, if any, is at a specified position. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - - LVHITTESTINFO hti = {0}; - hti.flags = *pFlags; - hti.pt = pt; - return ListView_HitTest( m_hWnd, &hti ); - } - - inline int CListView::InsertColumn( int iCol, const LVCOLUMN& Column ) const - // Inserts a new column in a list-view control. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ListView_InsertColumn( m_hWnd, iCol, &Column ); - } - - inline int CListView::InsertColumn( int iCol, LPCTSTR pszColumnHeading, int iFormat /*= LVCFMT_LEFT*/, - int iWidth /*= -1*/, int iSubItem /*= -1*/ ) const - // Inserts a new column in a list-view control. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - - LVCOLUMN lvc = {0}; - lvc.mask = LVCF_TEXT|LVCF_ORDER|LVCF_FMT; - if (-1 != iWidth) - { - lvc.mask |= LVCF_WIDTH; - lvc.cx = iWidth; - } - if (-1 != iSubItem) - { - lvc.mask |= LVCF_SUBITEM; - lvc.iSubItem = iSubItem; - } - - lvc.iOrder = iCol; - lvc.pszText = (LPTSTR)pszColumnHeading; - lvc.fmt = iFormat; - lvc.iSubItem = iSubItem; - return ListView_InsertColumn( m_hWnd, iCol, &lvc ); - } - - inline int CListView::InsertItem( const LVITEM& Item ) const - // Inserts a new item in a list-view control. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ListView_InsertItem( m_hWnd, &Item ); - } - - inline int CListView::InsertItem( int iItem, LPCTSTR pszText ) const - // Inserts a new item in a list-view control. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - - LVITEM lvi = {0}; - lvi.iItem = iItem; - lvi.pszText = (LPTSTR)pszText; - lvi.mask = LVIF_TEXT; - return ListView_InsertItem( m_hWnd, &lvi ); - } - - inline int CListView::InsertItem( int iItem, LPCTSTR pszText, int iImage ) const - // Inserts a new item in a list-view control. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - - LVITEM lvi = {0}; - lvi.iItem = iItem; - lvi.pszText = (LPTSTR)pszText; - lvi.iImage = iImage; - lvi.mask = LVIF_TEXT | LVIF_IMAGE; - return ListView_InsertItem( m_hWnd, &lvi ); - } - - inline BOOL CListView::RedrawItems( int iFirst, int iLast ) const - // Forces a list-view control to redraw a range of items. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ListView_RedrawItems( m_hWnd, iFirst, iLast ); - } - - inline BOOL CListView::Scroll( CSize sz ) const - // Scrolls the content of a list-view control. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ListView_Scroll( m_hWnd, sz.cx, sz.cy ); - } - - inline BOOL CListView::SortItems( PFNLVCOMPARE pfnCompare, DWORD_PTR dwData ) const - // Uses an application-defined comparison function to sort the items of a list-view control. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ListView_SortItems( m_hWnd, pfnCompare, dwData ); - } - - inline BOOL CListView::Update( int iItem ) const - // Updates a list-view item. If the list-view control has the LVS_AUTOARRANGE style, - // the list-view control is rearranged. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ListView_Update( m_hWnd, iItem ); - } - -} // namespace Win32xx - -#endif // #ifndef _WIN32XX_LISTVIEW_H_ - diff --git a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/mdi.h b/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/mdi.h deleted file mode 100644 index 0aa35ffc..00000000 --- a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/mdi.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,783 +0,0 @@ -// Released: 5th AUgust 2011 -// -// David Nash -// email: dnash@bigpond.net.au -// url: https://sourceforge.net/projects/win32-framework -// -// -// Copyright (c) 2005-2011 David Nash -// -// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to -// any person obtaining a copy of this software and -// associated documentation files (the "Software"), -// to deal in the Software without restriction, including -// without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, -// merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell -// copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom -// the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the -// following conditions: -// -// The above copyright notice and this permission notice -// shall be included in all copies or substantial portions -// of the Software. -// -// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF -// ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED -// TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A -// PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT -// SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR -// ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN -// ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, -// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE -// OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. -// -//////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - - -//////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// mdi.h -// Declaration of the CMDIChild and CMDIFrame classes - -// The classes defined here add MDI frames support to Win32++. MDI -// (Multiple Document Interface) frames host one or more child windows. The -// child windows hosted by a MDI frame can be different types. For example, -// some MDI child windows could be used to edit text, while others could be -// used to display a bitmap. Four classes are defined here to support MDI -// frames: - - -// 1) CMDIFrame. This class inherits from CFrame, and adds the functionality -// required by MDI frames. It keeps track of the MDI children created and -// destroyed, and adjusts the menu when a MDI child is activated. Use the -// AddMDIChild function to add MDI child windows to the MDI frame. Inherit -// from CMDIFrame to create your own MDI frame. -// -// 2) CMDIChild: All MDI child windows (ie. CWnd classes) should inherit from -// this class. Each MDI child type can have a different frame menu. - -// Use the MDIFrame generic application as the starting point for your own MDI -// frame applications. -// Refer to the MDIDemo sample for an example on how to use these classes to -// create a MDI frame application with different types of MDI child windows. - - -#ifndef _WIN32XX_MDI_H_ -#define _WIN32XX_MDI_H_ - -#include "frame.h" -#include - - - -namespace Win32xx -{ - class CMDIChild; - class CMDIFrame; - typedef Shared_Ptr MDIChildPtr; - - ///////////////////////////////////// - // Declaration of the CMDIChild class - // - class CMDIChild : public CWnd - { - friend class CMDIFrame; - public: - CMDIChild(); - virtual ~CMDIChild(); - - // These are the functions you might wish to override - virtual HWND Create(CWnd* pParent = NULL); - virtual void RecalcLayout(); - - // These functions aren't virtual, and shouldn't be overridden - void SetHandles(HMENU MenuName, HACCEL AccelName); - CMDIFrame* GetMDIFrame() const; - CWnd* GetView() const {return m_pView;} - void SetView(CWnd& pwndView); - void MDIActivate() const; - void MDIDestroy() const; - void MDIMaximize() const; - void MDIRestore() const; - - protected: - // Its unlikely you would need to override these functions - virtual LRESULT FinalWindowProc(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); - virtual void OnCreate(); - virtual LRESULT WndProcDefault(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); - - private: - CMDIChild(const CMDIChild&); // Disable copy construction - CMDIChild& operator = (const CMDIChild&); // Disable assignment operator - - CWnd* m_pView; // pointer to the View CWnd object - HMENU m_hChildMenu; - HACCEL m_hChildAccel; - }; - - - ///////////////////////////////////// - // Declaration of the CMDIFrame class - // - class CMDIFrame : public CFrame - { - friend class CMDIChild; // CMDIChild uses m_hOrigMenu - typedef Shared_Ptr MDIChildPtr; - - public: - class CMDIClient : public CWnd // a nested class within CMDIFrame - { - public: - CMDIClient() {} - virtual ~CMDIClient() {} - virtual HWND Create(CWnd* pParent = NULL); - virtual LRESULT WndProc(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); - CMDIFrame* GetMDIFrame() const { return (CMDIFrame*)GetParent(); } - - private: - CMDIClient(const CMDIClient&); // Disable copy construction - CMDIClient& operator = (const CMDIClient&); // Disable assignment operator - }; - - - CMDIFrame(); - virtual ~CMDIFrame() {} - - virtual CMDIChild* AddMDIChild(MDIChildPtr pMDIChild); - virtual CMDIClient& GetMDIClient() const { return (CMDIClient&)m_MDIClient; } - virtual BOOL IsMDIFrame() const { return TRUE; } - virtual void RemoveMDIChild(HWND hWnd); - virtual BOOL RemoveAllMDIChildren(); - virtual void UpdateCheckMarks(); - - // These functions aren't virtual, so don't override them - std::vector & GetAllMDIChildren() {return m_vMDIChild;} - CMDIChild* GetActiveMDIChild() const; - BOOL IsMDIChildMaxed() const; - void MDICascade(int nType = 0) const; - void MDIIconArrange() const; - void MDIMaximize() const; - void MDINext() const; - void MDIPrev() const; - void MDIRestore() const; - void MDITile(int nType = 0) const; - void SetActiveMDIChild(CMDIChild* pChild); - - protected: - // These are the functions you might wish to override - virtual void OnClose(); - virtual void OnViewStatusBar(); - virtual void OnViewToolBar(); - virtual void OnWindowPosChanged(); - virtual void RecalcLayout(); - virtual BOOL PreTranslateMessage(MSG* pMsg); - virtual LRESULT WndProcDefault(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); - - private: - CMDIFrame(const CMDIFrame&); // Disable copy construction - CMDIFrame& operator = (const CMDIFrame&); // Disable assignment operator - void AppendMDIMenu(HMENU hMenuWindow); - LRESULT FinalWindowProc(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); - void UpdateFrameMenu(HMENU hMenu); - - CMDIClient m_MDIClient; - std::vector m_vMDIChild; - HWND m_hActiveMDIChild; - }; - -} - - -//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - - -namespace Win32xx -{ - - ///////////////////////////////////// - // Definitions for the CMDIFrame class - // - inline CMDIFrame::CMDIFrame() : m_hActiveMDIChild(NULL) - { - SetView(GetMDIClient()); - } - - inline CMDIChild* CMDIFrame::AddMDIChild(MDIChildPtr pMDIChild) - { - assert(NULL != pMDIChild.get()); // Cannot add Null MDI Child - - m_vMDIChild.push_back(pMDIChild); - pMDIChild->Create(GetView()); - - return pMDIChild.get(); - } - - inline void CMDIFrame::AppendMDIMenu(HMENU hMenuWindow) - { - // Adds the additional menu items the the "Window" submenu when - // MDI child windows are created - - if (!IsMenu(hMenuWindow)) - return; - - // Delete previously appended items - int nItems = ::GetMenuItemCount(hMenuWindow); - UINT uLastID = ::GetMenuItemID(hMenuWindow, --nItems); - if ((uLastID >= IDW_FIRSTCHILD) && (uLastID < IDW_FIRSTCHILD + 10)) - { - while ((uLastID >= IDW_FIRSTCHILD) && (uLastID < IDW_FIRSTCHILD + 10)) - { - ::DeleteMenu(hMenuWindow, nItems, MF_BYPOSITION); - uLastID = ::GetMenuItemID(hMenuWindow, --nItems); - } - //delete the separator too - ::DeleteMenu(hMenuWindow, nItems, MF_BYPOSITION); - } - - int nWindow = 0; - - // Allocate an iterator for our MDIChild vector - std::vector ::iterator v; - - for (v = GetAllMDIChildren().begin(); v < GetAllMDIChildren().end(); ++v) - { - if ((*v)->GetWindowLongPtr(GWL_STYLE) & WS_VISIBLE) // IsWindowVisible is unreliable here - { - // Add Separator - if (0 == nWindow) - ::AppendMenu(hMenuWindow, MF_SEPARATOR, 0, NULL); - - // Add a menu entry for each MDI child (up to 9) - if (nWindow < 9) - { - tString tsMenuItem ( (*v)->GetWindowText() ); - - if (tsMenuItem.length() > MAX_MENU_STRING -10) - { - // Truncate the string if its too long - tsMenuItem.erase(tsMenuItem.length() - MAX_MENU_STRING +10); - tsMenuItem += _T(" ..."); - } - - TCHAR szMenuString[MAX_MENU_STRING+1]; - wsprintf(szMenuString, _T("&%d %s"), nWindow+1, tsMenuItem.c_str()); - - ::AppendMenu(hMenuWindow, MF_STRING, IDW_FIRSTCHILD + nWindow, szMenuString); - - if (GetActiveMDIChild() == (*v).get()) - ::CheckMenuItem(hMenuWindow, IDW_FIRSTCHILD+nWindow, MF_CHECKED); - - ++nWindow; - } - else if (9 == nWindow) - // For the 10th MDI child, add this menu item and return - { - ::AppendMenu(hMenuWindow, MF_STRING, IDW_FIRSTCHILD + nWindow, _T("&Windows...")); - return; - } - } - } - } - - inline LRESULT CMDIFrame::FinalWindowProc(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) - { - return ::DefFrameProc(m_hWnd, GetMDIClient(), uMsg, wParam, lParam); - } - - inline CMDIChild* CMDIFrame::GetActiveMDIChild() const - { - return (CMDIChild*)FromHandle(m_hActiveMDIChild); - } - - inline BOOL CMDIFrame::IsMDIChildMaxed() const - { - BOOL bMaxed = FALSE; - GetMDIClient().SendMessage(WM_MDIGETACTIVE, 0L, (LPARAM)&bMaxed); - return bMaxed; - } - - inline void CMDIFrame::MDICascade(int nType /* = 0*/) const - { - // Possible values for nType are: - // MDITILE_SKIPDISABLED Prevents disabled MDI child windows from being cascaded. - - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - GetView()->SendMessage(WM_MDICASCADE, (WPARAM)nType, 0L); - } - - inline void CMDIFrame::MDIIconArrange() const - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - GetView()->SendMessage(WM_MDIICONARRANGE, 0L, 0L); - } - - inline void CMDIFrame::MDIMaximize() const - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - GetView()->SendMessage(WM_MDIMAXIMIZE, 0L, 0L); - } - - inline void CMDIFrame::MDINext() const - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - HWND hMDIChild = GetActiveMDIChild()->GetHwnd(); - GetView()->SendMessage(WM_MDINEXT, (WPARAM)hMDIChild, FALSE); - } - - inline void CMDIFrame::MDIPrev() const - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - HWND hMDIChild = GetActiveMDIChild()->GetHwnd(); - GetView()->SendMessage(WM_MDINEXT, (WPARAM)hMDIChild, TRUE); - } - - inline void CMDIFrame::MDIRestore() const - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - GetView()->SendMessage(WM_MDIRESTORE, 0L, 0L); - } - - inline void CMDIFrame::MDITile(int nType /* = 0*/) const - { - // Possible values for nType are: - // MDITILE_HORIZONTAL Tiles MDI child windows so that one window appears above another. - // MDITILE_SKIPDISABLED Prevents disabled MDI child windows from being tiled. - // MDITILE_VERTICAL Tiles MDI child windows so that one window appears beside another. - - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - GetView()->SendMessage(WM_MDITILE, (WPARAM)nType, 0L); - } - - inline void CMDIFrame::OnClose() - { - if (RemoveAllMDIChildren()) - { - CFrame::OnClose(); - Destroy(); - } - } - - inline void CMDIFrame::OnViewStatusBar() - { - CFrame::OnViewStatusBar(); - UpdateCheckMarks(); - GetView()->RedrawWindow(NULL, NULL, RDW_FRAME | RDW_INVALIDATE | RDW_ERASE | RDW_ALLCHILDREN); - } - - inline void CMDIFrame::OnViewToolBar() - { - CFrame::OnViewToolBar(); - UpdateCheckMarks(); - GetView()->RedrawWindow(NULL, NULL, RDW_FRAME | RDW_INVALIDATE | RDW_ERASE | RDW_ALLCHILDREN); - } - - inline void CMDIFrame::OnWindowPosChanged() - { - if (IsMenuBarUsed()) - { - // Refresh MenuBar Window - HMENU hMenu= GetMenuBar().GetMenu(); - GetMenuBar().SetMenu(hMenu); - UpdateCheckMarks(); - } - } - - inline BOOL CMDIFrame::PreTranslateMessage(MSG* pMsg) - { - if (WM_KEYFIRST <= pMsg->message && pMsg->message <= WM_KEYLAST) - { - if (TranslateMDISysAccel(GetView()->GetHwnd(), pMsg)) - return TRUE; - } - - return CFrame::PreTranslateMessage(pMsg); - } - - inline void CMDIFrame::RecalcLayout() - { - CFrame::RecalcLayout(); - - if (GetView()->IsWindow()) - MDIIconArrange(); - } - - inline BOOL CMDIFrame::RemoveAllMDIChildren() - { - BOOL bResult = TRUE; - int Children = (int)m_vMDIChild.size(); - - // Remove the children in reverse order - for (int i = Children-1; i >= 0; --i) - { - if (IDNO == m_vMDIChild[i]->SendMessage(WM_CLOSE, 0L, 0L)) // Also removes the MDI child - bResult = FALSE; - } - - return bResult; - } - - inline void CMDIFrame::RemoveMDIChild(HWND hWnd) - { - // Allocate an iterator for our HWND map - std::vector ::iterator v; - - for (v = m_vMDIChild.begin(); v!= m_vMDIChild.end(); ++v) - { - if ((*v)->GetHwnd() == hWnd) - { - m_vMDIChild.erase(v); - break; - } - } - - if (GetActiveMDIChild()) - { - if (GetActiveMDIChild()->m_hChildMenu) - UpdateFrameMenu(GetActiveMDIChild()->m_hChildMenu); - if (GetActiveMDIChild()->m_hChildAccel) - GetApp()->SetAccelerators(GetActiveMDIChild()->m_hChildAccel, this); - } - else - { - if (IsMenuBarUsed()) - GetMenuBar().SetMenu(GetFrameMenu()); - else - SetMenu(FromHandle(GetFrameMenu())); - - GetApp()->SetAccelerators(GetFrameAccel(), this); - } - } - - inline void CMDIFrame::SetActiveMDIChild(CMDIChild* pChild) - { - assert ( pChild->IsWindow() ); - - GetMDIClient().SendMessage(WM_MDIACTIVATE, (WPARAM)pChild->GetHwnd(), 0L); - - // Verify - assert ( m_hActiveMDIChild == pChild->GetHwnd() ); - } - - inline void CMDIFrame::UpdateCheckMarks() - { - if ((GetActiveMDIChild()) && GetActiveMDIChild()->m_hChildMenu) - { - HMENU hMenu = GetActiveMDIChild()->m_hChildMenu; - - UINT uCheck = GetToolBar().IsWindowVisible()? MF_CHECKED : MF_UNCHECKED; - ::CheckMenuItem(hMenu, IDW_VIEW_TOOLBAR, uCheck); - - uCheck = GetStatusBar().IsWindowVisible()? MF_CHECKED : MF_UNCHECKED; - ::CheckMenuItem (hMenu, IDW_VIEW_STATUSBAR, uCheck); - } - } - - inline void CMDIFrame::UpdateFrameMenu(HMENU hMenu) - { - int nMenuItems = GetMenuItemCount(hMenu); - if (nMenuItems > 0) - { - // The Window menu is typically second from the right - int nWindowItem = MAX (nMenuItems -2, 0); - HMENU hMenuWindow = ::GetSubMenu (hMenu, nWindowItem); - - if (hMenuWindow) - { - if (IsMenuBarUsed()) - { - AppendMDIMenu(hMenuWindow); - GetMenuBar().SetMenu(hMenu); - } - else - { - GetView()->SendMessage (WM_MDISETMENU, (WPARAM) hMenu, (LPARAM)hMenuWindow); - DrawMenuBar(); - } - } - } - UpdateCheckMarks(); - } - - inline LRESULT CMDIFrame::WndProcDefault(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) - { - switch (uMsg) - { - case WM_CLOSE: - OnClose(); - return 0; - - case WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED: - // MDI Child or MDI frame has been resized - OnWindowPosChanged(); - break; // Continue with default processing - - } // switch uMsg - return CFrame::WndProcDefault(uMsg, wParam, lParam); - } - - inline HWND CMDIFrame::CMDIClient::Create(CWnd* pParent) - { - assert(pParent != 0); - - CLIENTCREATESTRUCT clientcreate ; - clientcreate.hWindowMenu = m_hWnd; - clientcreate.idFirstChild = IDW_FIRSTCHILD ; - DWORD dwStyle = WS_CHILD | WS_VISIBLE | WS_CLIPCHILDREN | WS_CLIPSIBLINGS | MDIS_ALLCHILDSTYLES; - - // Create the view window - CreateEx(WS_EX_CLIENTEDGE, _T("MDICLient"), TEXT(""), dwStyle, 0, 0, 0, 0, pParent, NULL, (PSTR) &clientcreate); - - return m_hWnd; - } - - inline LRESULT CMDIFrame::CMDIClient::WndProc(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) - { - switch (uMsg) - { - case WM_MDIDESTROY: - { - // Do default processing first - CallWindowProc(GetPrevWindowProc(), uMsg, wParam, lParam); - - // Now remove MDI child - GetMDIFrame()->RemoveMDIChild((HWND) wParam); - } - return 0; // Discard message - - case WM_MDISETMENU: - { - if (GetMDIFrame()->IsMenuBarUsed()) - { - return 0L; - } - } - break; - - case WM_MDIACTIVATE: - { - // Suppress redraw to avoid flicker when activating maximised MDI children - SendMessage(WM_SETREDRAW, FALSE, 0L); - LRESULT lr = CallWindowProc(GetPrevWindowProc(), WM_MDIACTIVATE, wParam, lParam); - SendMessage(WM_SETREDRAW, TRUE, 0L); - RedrawWindow(0, 0, RDW_FRAME | RDW_INVALIDATE | RDW_ALLCHILDREN); - - return lr; - } - } - return CWnd::WndProcDefault(uMsg, wParam, lParam); - } - - - ///////////////////////////////////// - //Definitions for the CMDIChild class - // - inline CMDIChild::CMDIChild() : m_pView(NULL), m_hChildMenu(NULL) - { - // Set the MDI Child's menu and accelerator in the constructor, like this ... - // HMENU hChildMenu = LoadMenu(GetApp()->GetResourceHandle(), _T("MdiMenuView")); - // HACCEL hChildAccel = LoadAccelerators(GetApp()->GetResourceHandle(), _T("MDIAccelView")); - // SetHandles(hChildMenu, hChildAccel); - } - - inline CMDIChild::~CMDIChild() - { - if (IsWindow()) - GetParent()->SendMessage(WM_MDIDESTROY, (WPARAM)m_hWnd, 0L); - - if (m_hChildMenu) - ::DestroyMenu(m_hChildMenu); - } - - inline HWND CMDIChild::Create(CWnd* pParent /*= NULL*/) - // We create the MDI child window and then maximize if required. - // This technique avoids unnecessary flicker when creating maximized MDI children. - { - //Call PreCreate in case its overloaded - PreCreate(*m_pcs); - - //Determine if the window should be created maximized - BOOL bMax = FALSE; - pParent->SendMessage(WM_MDIGETACTIVE, 0L, (LPARAM)&bMax); - bMax = bMax | (m_pcs->style & WS_MAXIMIZE); - - // Set the Window Class Name - TCHAR szClassName[MAX_STRING_SIZE + 1] = _T("Win32++ MDI Child"); - if (m_pcs->lpszClass) - lstrcpyn(szClassName, m_pcs->lpszClass, MAX_STRING_SIZE); - - // Set the window style - DWORD dwStyle; - dwStyle = m_pcs->style & ~WS_MAXIMIZE; - dwStyle |= WS_VISIBLE | WS_OVERLAPPEDWINDOW ; - - // Set window size and position - int x = CW_USEDEFAULT; - int y = CW_USEDEFAULT; - int cx = CW_USEDEFAULT; - int cy = CW_USEDEFAULT; - if(m_pcs->cx && m_pcs->cy) - { - x = m_pcs->x; - y = m_pcs->y; - cx = m_pcs->cx; - cy = m_pcs->cy; - } - - // Set the extended style - DWORD dwExStyle = m_pcs->dwExStyle | WS_EX_MDICHILD; - - // Turn off redraw while creating the window - pParent->SendMessage(WM_SETREDRAW, FALSE, 0L); - - // Create the window - if (!CreateEx(dwExStyle, szClassName, m_pcs->lpszName, dwStyle, x, y, - cx, cy, pParent, FromHandle(m_pcs->hMenu), m_pcs->lpCreateParams)) - throw CWinException(_T("CMDIChild::Create ... CreateEx failed")); - - if (bMax) - ShowWindow(SW_MAXIMIZE); - - // Turn redraw back on - pParent->SendMessage(WM_SETREDRAW, TRUE, 0L); - pParent->RedrawWindow(NULL, NULL, RDW_INVALIDATE | RDW_ALLCHILDREN); - - // Ensure bits revealed by round corners (XP themes) are redrawn - SetWindowPos(NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, SWP_NOMOVE|SWP_NOSIZE|SWP_FRAMECHANGED); - - if (m_hChildMenu) - GetMDIFrame()->UpdateFrameMenu(m_hChildMenu); - if (m_hChildAccel) - GetApp()->SetAccelerators(m_hChildAccel, this); - - return m_hWnd; - } - - inline CMDIFrame* CMDIChild::GetMDIFrame() const - { - CMDIFrame* pMDIFrame = (CMDIFrame*)GetParent()->GetParent(); - assert(dynamic_cast(pMDIFrame)); - return pMDIFrame; - } - - inline LRESULT CMDIChild::FinalWindowProc(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) - { - return ::DefMDIChildProc(m_hWnd, uMsg, wParam, lParam); - } - - inline void CMDIChild::MDIActivate() const - { - GetParent()->SendMessage(WM_MDIACTIVATE, (WPARAM)m_hWnd, 0L); - } - - inline void CMDIChild::MDIDestroy() const - { - GetParent()->SendMessage(WM_MDIDESTROY, (WPARAM)m_hWnd, 0L); - } - - inline void CMDIChild::MDIMaximize() const - { - GetParent()->SendMessage(WM_MDIMAXIMIZE, (WPARAM)m_hWnd, 0L); - } - - inline void CMDIChild::MDIRestore() const - { - GetParent()->SendMessage(WM_MDIRESTORE, (WPARAM)m_hWnd, 0L); - } - - inline void CMDIChild::OnCreate() - { - // Create the view window - assert(GetView()); // Use SetView in CMDIChild's constructor to set the view window - GetView()->Create(this); - RecalcLayout(); - } - - inline void CMDIChild::RecalcLayout() - { - // Resize the View window - CRect rc = GetClientRect(); - m_pView->SetWindowPos( NULL, rc.left, rc.top, rc.Width(), rc.Height(), SWP_SHOWWINDOW ); - } - - inline void CMDIChild::SetHandles(HMENU hMenu, HACCEL hAccel) - { - m_hChildMenu = hMenu; - m_hChildAccel = hAccel; - - // Note: It is valid to call SetChildMenu before the window is created - if (IsWindow()) - { - CWnd* pWnd = GetMDIFrame()->GetActiveMDIChild(); - if (pWnd == this) - { - if (m_hChildMenu) - GetMDIFrame()->UpdateFrameMenu(m_hChildMenu); - - if (m_hChildAccel) - GetApp()->SetAccelerators(m_hChildAccel, GetMDIFrame()); - } - } - } - - inline void CMDIChild::SetView(CWnd& wndView) - // Sets or changes the View window displayed within the frame - { - if (m_pView != &wndView) - { - // Destroy the existing view window (if any) - if (m_pView) m_pView->Destroy(); - - // Assign the view window - m_pView = &wndView; - - if (m_hWnd) - { - // The frame is already created, so create and position the new view too - assert(GetView()); // Use SetView in CMDIChild's constructor to set the view window - GetView()->Create(this); - RecalcLayout(); - } - } - } - - inline LRESULT CMDIChild::WndProcDefault(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) - { - switch (uMsg) - { - case WM_MDIACTIVATE: - { - // This child is being activated - if (lParam == (LPARAM) m_hWnd) - { - GetMDIFrame()->m_hActiveMDIChild = m_hWnd; - // Set the menu to child default menu - if (m_hChildMenu) - GetMDIFrame()->UpdateFrameMenu(m_hChildMenu); - if (m_hChildAccel) - GetApp()->SetAccelerators(m_hChildAccel, this); - } - - // No child is being activated - if (0 == lParam) - { - GetMDIFrame()->m_hActiveMDIChild = NULL; - // Set the menu to frame's original menu - GetMDIFrame()->UpdateFrameMenu(GetMDIFrame()->GetFrameMenu()); - GetApp()->SetAccelerators(GetMDIFrame()->GetFrameAccel(), this); - } - } - return 0L ; - - case WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED: - { - RecalcLayout(); - break; - } - } - return CWnd::WndProcDefault(uMsg, wParam, lParam); - } - - -} // namespace Win32xx - -#endif // _WIN32XX_MDI_H_ - diff --git a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/menu.h b/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/menu.h deleted file mode 100644 index 136bafa3..00000000 --- a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/menu.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,600 +0,0 @@ -// Win32++ Version 7.2 -// Released: 5th AUgust 2011 -// -// David Nash -// email: dnash@bigpond.net.au -// url: https://sourceforge.net/projects/win32-framework -// -// -// Copyright (c) 2005-2011 David Nash -// -// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to -// any person obtaining a copy of this software and -// associated documentation files (the "Software"), -// to deal in the Software without restriction, including -// without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, -// merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell -// copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom -// the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the -// following conditions: -// -// The above copyright notice and this permission notice -// shall be included in all copies or substantial portions -// of the Software. -// -// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF -// ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED -// TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A -// PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT -// SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR -// ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN -// ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, -// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE -// OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. -// -//////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - - -//////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// menu.h -// Declaration of the CMenu class - -// Notes -// 1) Owner-drawn menus send the WM_MEASUREITEM and WM_DRAWITEM messages -// to the window that owns the menu. To manage owner drawing for menus, -// handle these two messages in the CWnd's WndProc function. -// -// 2) The CMenu pointer returned by FromHandle might be a temporary pointer. It -// should be used immediately, not saved for later use. -// -// 3) The CMenu pointers returned by FromHandle or GetSubMenu do not need -// to be deleted. They are automatically deleted by the Win32++. -// -// 4) CMenu pointers returned by GetSubMenu are deleted when the parent CMenu is -// detached, destroyed or deconstructed. -// -// 5) The HMENU that is attached to a CMenu object (using the attach function) is -// automatically deleted when the CMenu object goes out of scope. Detach the -// HMENU to stop it being deleted when CMenu's destructor is called. -// -// 6) Pass CMenu objects by reference or by pointer when passing them as function -// arguments. -// -// 7) In those functions that use a MENUITEMINFO structure, its cbSize member is -// automatically set to the correct value. - -// Program sample -// -------------- -// void CView::CreatePopup() -// { -// CPoint pt = GetCursorPos(); -// -// // Create the menu -// CMenu Popup; -// Popup.CreatePopupMenu(); -// -// // Add some menu items -// Popup.AppendMenu(MF_STRING, 101, _T("Menu Item &1")); -// Popup.AppendMenu(MF_STRING, 102, _T("Menu Item &2")); -// Popup.AppendMenu(MF_STRING, 103, _T("Menu Item &3")); -// Popup.AppendMenu(MF_SEPARATOR); -// Popup.AppendMenu(MF_STRING, 104, _T("Menu Item &4")); -// -// // Set menu item states -// Popup.CheckMenuRadioItem(101, 101, 101, MF_BYCOMMAND); -// Popup.CheckMenuItem(102, MF_BYCOMMAND | MF_CHECKED); -// Popup.EnableMenuItem(103, MF_BYCOMMAND | MF_GRAYED); -// Popup.SetDefaultItem(104); -// -// // Display the popup menu -// Popup.TrackPopupMenu(0, pt.x, pt.y, this); -// } - - - -#if !defined(_WIN32XX_MENU_H_) && !defined(_WIN32_WCE) -#define _WIN32XX_MENU_H_ - - -#include "wincore.h" -#include "gdi.h" - - -namespace Win32xx -{ - - // Forward declarations - class CBitmap; - - class CMenu - { - friend class CWinApp; - - public: - //Construction - CMenu() : m_hMenu(0), m_IsTmpMenu(FALSE) {} - CMenu(UINT nID) : m_IsTmpMenu(FALSE) - { - m_hMenu = ::LoadMenu(GetApp()->GetResourceHandle(), MAKEINTRESOURCE(nID)); - } - ~CMenu(); - - //Initialization - void Attach(HMENU hMenu); - void CreateMenu(); - void CreatePopupMenu(); - void DestroyMenu(); - HMENU Detach(); - HMENU GetHandle() const; - BOOL LoadMenu(LPCTSTR lpszResourceName); - BOOL LoadMenu(UINT uIDResource); - BOOL LoadMenuIndirect(const void* lpMenuTemplate); - - //Menu Operations - BOOL TrackPopupMenu(UINT uFlags, int x, int y, CWnd* pWnd, LPCRECT lpRect = 0); - BOOL TrackPopupMenuEx(UINT uFlags, int x, int y, CWnd* pWnd, LPTPMPARAMS lptpm); - - //Menu Item Operations - BOOL AppendMenu(UINT uFlags, UINT_PTR uIDNewItem = 0, LPCTSTR lpszNewItem = NULL); - BOOL AppendMenu(UINT uFlags, UINT_PTR uIDNewItem, const CBitmap* pBmp); - UINT CheckMenuItem(UINT uIDCheckItem, UINT uCheck); - BOOL CheckMenuRadioItem(UINT uIDFirst, UINT uIDLast, UINT uIDItem, UINT uFlags); - BOOL DeleteMenu(UINT uPosition, UINT uFlags); - UINT EnableMenuItem(UINT uIDEnableItem, UINT uEnable); - UINT GetDefaultItem(UINT gmdiFlags, BOOL fByPos = FALSE); - DWORD GetMenuContextHelpId() const; - -#if(WINVER >= 0x0500) // Minimum OS required is Win2000 - BOOL GetMenuInfo(LPMENUINFO lpcmi) const; - BOOL SetMenuInfo(LPCMENUINFO lpcmi); -#endif - - UINT GetMenuItemCount() const; - UINT GetMenuItemID(int nPos) const; - BOOL GetMenuItemInfo(UINT uItem, LPMENUITEMINFO lpMenuItemInfo, BOOL fByPos = FALSE); - UINT GetMenuState(UINT uID, UINT uFlags) const; - int GetMenuString(UINT uIDItem, LPTSTR lpString, int nMaxCount, UINT uFlags) const; - int GetMenuString(UINT uIDItem, CString& rString, UINT uFlags) const; - CMenu* GetSubMenu(int nPos); - BOOL InsertMenu(UINT uPosition, UINT uFlags, UINT_PTR uIDNewItem = 0, LPCTSTR lpszNewItem = NULL); - BOOL InsertMenu(UINT uPosition, UINT uFlags, UINT_PTR uIDNewItem, const CBitmap* pBmp); - BOOL InsertMenuItem(UINT uItem, LPMENUITEMINFO lpMenuItemInfo, BOOL fByPos = FALSE); - BOOL ModifyMenu(UINT uPosition, UINT uFlags, UINT_PTR uIDNewItem = 0, LPCTSTR lpszNewItem = NULL); - BOOL ModifyMenu(UINT uPosition, UINT uFlags, UINT_PTR uIDNewItem, const CBitmap* pBmp); - BOOL RemoveMenu(UINT uPosition, UINT uFlags); - BOOL SetDefaultItem(UINT uItem, BOOL fByPos = FALSE); - BOOL SetMenuContextHelpId(DWORD dwContextHelpId); - BOOL SetMenuItemBitmaps(UINT uPosition, UINT uFlags, const CBitmap* pBmpUnchecked, const CBitmap* pBmpChecked); - BOOL SetMenuItemInfo(UINT uItem, LPMENUITEMINFO lpMenuItemInfo, BOOL fByPos = FALSE); - - //Operators - BOOL operator != (const CMenu& menu) const; - BOOL operator == (const CMenu& menu) const; - operator HMENU () const; - - private: - CMenu(const CMenu&); // Disable copy construction - CMenu& operator = (const CMenu&); // Disable assignment operator - void AddToMap(); - BOOL RemoveFromMap(); - std::vector m_vSubMenus; // A vector of smart pointers to CMenu - HMENU m_hMenu; - BOOL m_IsTmpMenu; - }; - - inline CMenu::~CMenu() - { - if (m_hMenu) - { - if (!m_IsTmpMenu) - { - ::DestroyMenu(m_hMenu); - } - - RemoveFromMap(); - } - - m_vSubMenus.clear(); - } - - inline void CMenu::AddToMap() - // Store the HMENU and CMenu pointer in the HMENU map - { - assert( GetApp() ); - assert(m_hMenu); - - GetApp()->m_csMapLock.Lock(); - GetApp()->m_mapHMENU.insert(std::make_pair(m_hMenu, this)); - GetApp()->m_csMapLock.Release(); - } - - inline BOOL CMenu::RemoveFromMap() - { - BOOL Success = FALSE; - - if (GetApp()) - { - // Allocate an iterator for our HDC map - std::map::iterator m; - - CWinApp* pApp = GetApp(); - if (pApp) - { - // Erase the CDC pointer entry from the map - pApp->m_csMapLock.Lock(); - for (m = pApp->m_mapHMENU.begin(); m != pApp->m_mapHMENU.end(); ++m) - { - if (this == m->second) - { - pApp->m_mapHMENU.erase(m); - Success = TRUE; - break; - } - } - - pApp->m_csMapLock.Release(); - } - } - - return Success; - } - - - inline BOOL CMenu::AppendMenu(UINT uFlags, UINT_PTR uIDNewItem /*= 0*/, LPCTSTR lpszNewItem /*= NULL*/) - // Appends a new item to the end of the specified menu bar, drop-down menu, submenu, or shortcut menu. - { - assert(IsMenu(m_hMenu)); - return ::AppendMenu(m_hMenu, uFlags, uIDNewItem, lpszNewItem); - } - - inline BOOL CMenu::AppendMenu(UINT uFlags, UINT_PTR uIDNewItem, const CBitmap* pBmp) - // Appends a new item to the end of the specified menu bar, drop-down menu, submenu, or shortcut menu. - { - assert(IsMenu(m_hMenu)); - assert(pBmp); - return ::AppendMenu(m_hMenu, uFlags, uIDNewItem, (LPCTSTR)pBmp->GetHandle()); - } - - inline void CMenu::Attach(HMENU hMenu) - // Attaches an existing menu to this CMenu - { - if (m_hMenu != NULL && m_hMenu != hMenu) - { - ::DestroyMenu(Detach()); - } - - if (hMenu) - { - m_hMenu = hMenu; - AddToMap(); - } - } - - inline UINT CMenu::CheckMenuItem(UINT uIDCheckItem, UINT uCheck) - // Sets the state of the specified menu item's check-mark attribute to either selected or clear. - { - assert(IsMenu(m_hMenu)); - return ::CheckMenuItem(m_hMenu, uIDCheckItem, uCheck); - } - - inline BOOL CMenu::CheckMenuRadioItem(UINT uIDFirst, UINT uIDLast, UINT uIDItem, UINT uFlags) - // Checks a specified menu item and makes it a radio item. At the same time, the function clears - // all other menu items in the associated group and clears the radio-item type flag for those items. - { - assert(IsMenu(m_hMenu)); - return ::CheckMenuRadioItem(m_hMenu, uIDFirst, uIDLast, uIDItem, uFlags); - } - - inline void CMenu::CreateMenu() - // Creates an empty menu. - { - assert(NULL == m_hMenu); - m_hMenu = ::CreateMenu(); - AddToMap(); - } - - inline void CMenu::CreatePopupMenu() - // Creates a drop-down menu, submenu, or shortcut menu. The menu is initially empty. - { - assert(NULL == m_hMenu); - m_hMenu = ::CreatePopupMenu(); - AddToMap(); - } - - inline BOOL CMenu::DeleteMenu(UINT uPosition, UINT uFlags) - // Deletes an item from the specified menu. - { - assert(IsMenu(m_hMenu)); - return ::DeleteMenu(m_hMenu, uPosition, uFlags); - } - - inline void CMenu::DestroyMenu() - // Destroys the menu and frees any memory that the menu occupies. - { - if (::IsMenu(m_hMenu)) - ::DestroyMenu(m_hMenu); - - m_hMenu = 0; - RemoveFromMap(); - m_vSubMenus.clear(); - } - - inline HMENU CMenu::Detach() - // Detaches the HMENU from this CMenu. If the HMENU is not detached it will be - // destroyed when this CMenu is deconstructed. - { - assert(IsMenu(m_hMenu)); - HMENU hMenu = m_hMenu; - m_hMenu = 0; - RemoveFromMap(); - m_vSubMenus.clear(); - return hMenu; - } - - inline HMENU CMenu::GetHandle() const - // Returns the HMENU assigned to this CMenu - { - return m_hMenu; - } - - inline UINT CMenu::EnableMenuItem(UINT uIDEnableItem, UINT uEnable) - // Enables, disables, or grays the specified menu item. - // The uEnable parameter must be a combination of either MF_BYCOMMAND or MF_BYPOSITION - // and MF_ENABLED, MF_DISABLED, or MF_GRAYED. - { - assert(IsMenu(m_hMenu)); - return ::EnableMenuItem(m_hMenu, uIDEnableItem, uEnable); - } - - inline UINT CMenu::GetDefaultItem(UINT gmdiFlags, BOOL fByPos /*= FALSE*/) - // Determines the default menu item. - // The gmdiFlags parameter specifies how the function searches for menu items. - // This parameter can be zero or more of the following values: GMDI_GOINTOPOPUPS; GMDI_USEDISABLED. - { - assert(IsMenu(m_hMenu)); - return ::GetMenuDefaultItem(m_hMenu, fByPos, gmdiFlags); - } - - inline DWORD CMenu::GetMenuContextHelpId() const - // Retrieves the Help context identifier associated with the menu. - { - assert(IsMenu(m_hMenu)); - return ::GetMenuContextHelpId(m_hMenu); - } - -#if(WINVER >= 0x0500) -// minimum OS required : Win2000 - - inline BOOL CMenu::GetMenuInfo(LPMENUINFO lpcmi) const - // Retrieves the menu information. - { - assert(IsMenu(m_hMenu)); - return ::GetMenuInfo(m_hMenu, lpcmi); - } - - inline BOOL CMenu::SetMenuInfo(LPCMENUINFO lpcmi) - // Sets the menu information from the specified MENUINFO structure. - { - assert(IsMenu(m_hMenu)); - return ::SetMenuInfo(m_hMenu, lpcmi); - } - -#endif - - inline UINT CMenu::GetMenuItemCount() const - // Retrieves the number of menu items. - { - assert(IsMenu(m_hMenu)); - return ::GetMenuItemCount(m_hMenu); - } - - inline UINT CMenu::GetMenuItemID(int nPos) const - // Retrieves the menu item identifier of a menu item located at the specified position - { - assert(IsMenu(m_hMenu)); - return ::GetMenuItemID(m_hMenu, nPos); - } - - inline BOOL CMenu::GetMenuItemInfo(UINT uItem, LPMENUITEMINFO lpMenuItemInfo, BOOL fByPos /*= FALSE*/) - // retrieves information about the specified menu item. - { - assert(IsMenu(m_hMenu)); - assert(lpMenuItemInfo); - lpMenuItemInfo->cbSize = GetSizeofMenuItemInfo(); - return ::GetMenuItemInfo(m_hMenu, uItem, fByPos, lpMenuItemInfo); - } - - inline UINT CMenu::GetMenuState(UINT uID, UINT uFlags) const - // Retrieves the menu flags associated with the specified menu item. - // Possible values for uFlags are: MF_BYCOMMAND (default) or MF_BYPOSITION. - { - assert(IsMenu(m_hMenu)); - return ::GetMenuState(m_hMenu, uID, uFlags); - } - - inline int CMenu::GetMenuString(UINT uIDItem, LPTSTR lpString, int nMaxCount, UINT uFlags) const - // Copies the text string of the specified menu item into the specified buffer. - { - assert(IsMenu(m_hMenu)); - assert(lpString); - return ::GetMenuString(m_hMenu, uIDItem, lpString, nMaxCount, uFlags); - } - - inline int CMenu::GetMenuString(UINT uIDItem, CString& rString, UINT uFlags) const - // Copies the text string of the specified menu item into the specified buffer. - { - assert(IsMenu(m_hMenu)); - return ::GetMenuString(m_hMenu, uIDItem, (LPTSTR)rString.c_str(), rString.GetLength(), uFlags); - } - - inline CMenu* CMenu::GetSubMenu(int nPos) - // Retrieves the CMenu object of a pop-up menu. - { - assert(IsMenu(m_hMenu)); - CMenu* pMenu = new CMenu; - pMenu->m_hMenu = ::GetSubMenu(m_hMenu, nPos); - pMenu->m_IsTmpMenu = TRUE; - m_vSubMenus.push_back(pMenu); - return pMenu; - } - - inline BOOL CMenu::InsertMenu(UINT uPosition, UINT uFlags, UINT_PTR uIDNewItem /*= 0*/, LPCTSTR lpszNewItem /*= NULL*/) - // Inserts a new menu item into a menu, moving other items down the menu. - { - assert(IsMenu(m_hMenu)); - return ::InsertMenu(m_hMenu, uPosition, uFlags, uIDNewItem, lpszNewItem); - } - - inline BOOL CMenu::InsertMenu(UINT uPosition, UINT uFlags, UINT_PTR uIDNewItem, const CBitmap* pBmp) - // Inserts a new menu item into a menu, moving other items down the menu. - { - assert(IsMenu(m_hMenu)); - return ::InsertMenu(m_hMenu, uPosition, uFlags, uIDNewItem, (LPCTSTR)pBmp->GetHandle()); - } - - inline BOOL CMenu::InsertMenuItem(UINT uItem, LPMENUITEMINFO lpMenuItemInfo, BOOL fByPos /*= FALSE*/) - // Inserts a new menu item at the specified position in a menu. - { - assert(IsMenu(m_hMenu)); - assert(lpMenuItemInfo); - lpMenuItemInfo->cbSize = GetSizeofMenuItemInfo(); - return ::InsertMenuItem(m_hMenu, uItem, fByPos, lpMenuItemInfo); - } - - inline BOOL CMenu::LoadMenu(LPCTSTR lpszResourceName) - // Loads the menu from the specified windows resource. - { - assert(NULL == m_hMenu); - assert(lpszResourceName); - m_hMenu = ::LoadMenu(GetApp()->GetResourceHandle(), lpszResourceName); - if (m_hMenu) AddToMap(); - return NULL != m_hMenu; - } - - inline BOOL CMenu::LoadMenu(UINT uIDResource) - // Loads the menu from the specified windows resource. - { - assert(NULL == m_hMenu); - m_hMenu = ::LoadMenu(GetApp()->GetResourceHandle(), MAKEINTRESOURCE(uIDResource)); - if (m_hMenu) AddToMap(); - return NULL != m_hMenu; - } - - inline BOOL CMenu::LoadMenuIndirect(const void* lpMenuTemplate) - // Loads the specified menu template and assigns it to this CMenu. - { - assert(NULL == m_hMenu); - assert(lpMenuTemplate); - m_hMenu = ::LoadMenuIndirect(lpMenuTemplate); - if (m_hMenu) AddToMap(); - return NULL != m_hMenu; - } - - inline BOOL CMenu::ModifyMenu(UINT uPosition, UINT uFlags, UINT_PTR uIDNewItem /*= 0*/, LPCTSTR lpszNewItem /*= NULL*/) - // Changes an existing menu item. This function is used to specify the content, appearance, and behavior of the menu item. - { - assert(IsMenu(m_hMenu)); - return ::ModifyMenu(m_hMenu, uPosition, uFlags, uIDNewItem, lpszNewItem); - } - - inline BOOL CMenu::ModifyMenu(UINT uPosition, UINT uFlags, UINT_PTR uIDNewItem, const CBitmap* pBmp) - // Changes an existing menu item. This function is used to specify the content, appearance, and behavior of the menu item. - { - assert(IsMenu(m_hMenu)); - assert(pBmp); - return ::ModifyMenu(m_hMenu, uPosition, uFlags, uIDNewItem, (LPCTSTR)pBmp->GetHandle()); - } - - inline BOOL CMenu::RemoveMenu(UINT uPosition, UINT uFlags) - // Deletes a menu item or detaches a submenu from the menu. - { - assert(IsMenu(m_hMenu)); - return ::RemoveMenu(m_hMenu, uPosition, uFlags); - } - - inline BOOL CMenu::SetDefaultItem(UINT uItem, BOOL fByPos /*= FALSE*/) - // sets the default menu item for the menu. - { - assert(IsMenu(m_hMenu)); - return ::SetMenuDefaultItem(m_hMenu, uItem, fByPos); - } - - inline BOOL CMenu::SetMenuContextHelpId(DWORD dwContextHelpId) - // Associates a Help context identifier with the menu. - { - assert(IsMenu(m_hMenu)); - return ::SetMenuContextHelpId(m_hMenu, dwContextHelpId); - } - - inline BOOL CMenu::SetMenuItemBitmaps(UINT uPosition, UINT uFlags, const CBitmap* pBmpUnchecked, const CBitmap* pBmpChecked) - // Associates the specified bitmap with a menu item. - { - assert(IsMenu(m_hMenu)); - return ::SetMenuItemBitmaps(m_hMenu, uPosition, uFlags, *pBmpUnchecked, *pBmpChecked); - } - - inline BOOL CMenu::SetMenuItemInfo(UINT uItem, LPMENUITEMINFO lpMenuItemInfo, BOOL fByPos /*= FALSE*/) - // Changes information about a menu item. - { - assert(IsMenu(m_hMenu)); - assert(lpMenuItemInfo); - lpMenuItemInfo->cbSize = GetSizeofMenuItemInfo(); - return ::SetMenuItemInfo(m_hMenu, uItem, fByPos, lpMenuItemInfo); - } - - inline BOOL CMenu::TrackPopupMenu(UINT uFlags, int x, int y, CWnd* pWnd, LPCRECT lpRect /*= 0*/) - // Displays a shortcut menu at the specified location and tracks the selection of items on the menu. - { - assert(IsMenu(m_hMenu)); - HWND hWnd = pWnd? pWnd->GetHwnd() : 0; - return ::TrackPopupMenu(m_hMenu, uFlags, x, y, 0, hWnd, lpRect); - } - - inline BOOL CMenu::TrackPopupMenuEx(UINT uFlags, int x, int y, CWnd* pWnd, LPTPMPARAMS lptpm) - // Displays a shortcut menu at the specified location and tracks the selection of items on the shortcut menu. - { - assert(IsMenu(m_hMenu)); - HWND hWnd = pWnd? pWnd->GetHwnd() : 0; - return ::TrackPopupMenuEx(m_hMenu, uFlags, x, y, hWnd, lptpm); - } - - inline BOOL CMenu::operator != (const CMenu& menu) const - // Returns TRUE if the two menu objects are not equal. - { - return menu.m_hMenu != m_hMenu; - } - - inline BOOL CMenu::operator == (const CMenu& menu) const - // Returns TRUE of the two menu object are equal - { - return menu.m_hMenu == m_hMenu; - } - - inline CMenu::operator HMENU () const - // Retrieves the menu's handle. - { - return m_hMenu; - } - - - /////////////////////////////////////// - // Global functions - // - - inline CMenu* FromHandle(HMENU hMenu) - // Returns the CMenu object associated with the menu handle (HMENU). - { - assert( GetApp() ); - CMenu* pMenu = GetApp()->GetCMenuFromMap(hMenu); - if (::IsMenu(hMenu) && pMenu == 0) - { - GetApp()->AddTmpMenu(hMenu); - pMenu = GetApp()->GetCMenuFromMap(hMenu); - } - return pMenu; - } - -} // namespace Win32xx - -#endif // _WIN32XX_MENU_H_ - diff --git a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/propertysheet.h b/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/propertysheet.h deleted file mode 100644 index 4048942c..00000000 --- a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/propertysheet.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,960 +0,0 @@ -// Win32++ Version 7.2 -// Released: 5th AUgust 2011 -// -// David Nash -// email: dnash@bigpond.net.au -// url: https://sourceforge.net/projects/win32-framework -// -// -// Copyright (c) 2005-2011 David Nash -// -// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to -// any person obtaining a copy of this software and -// associated documentation files (the "Software"), -// to deal in the Software without restriction, including -// without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, -// merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell -// copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom -// the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the -// following conditions: -// -// The above copyright notice and this permission notice -// shall be included in all copies or substantial portions -// of the Software. -// -// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF -// ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED -// TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A -// PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT -// SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR -// ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN -// ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, -// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE -// OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. -// -//////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - - -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// propertysheet.h -// Declaration of the following classes: -// CPropertyPage and CPropertySheet - -// These classes add support for property sheets to Win32++. A property sheet -// will have one or more property pages. These pages are much like dialogs -// which are presented within a tabbed dialog or within a wizard. The data -// on a property page can be validated before the next page is presented. -// Property sheets have three modes of use: Modal, Modeless, and Wizard. -// -// Refer to the PropertySheet demo program for an example of how propert sheets -// can be used. - - -#ifndef _WIN32XX_PROPERTYSHEET_H_ -#define _WIN32XX_PROPERTYSHEET_H_ - -#include "dialog.h" - -#define ID_APPLY_NOW 0x3021 -#define ID_WIZBACK 0x3023 -#define ID_WIZNEXT 0x3024 -#define ID_WIZFINISH 0x3025 -#define ID_HELP 0xE146 - -#ifndef PROPSHEETHEADER_V1_SIZE - #define PROPSHEETHEADER_V1_SIZE 40 -#endif - -namespace Win32xx -{ - class CPropertyPage; - typedef Shared_Ptr PropertyPagePtr; - - class CPropertyPage : public CWnd - { - public: - CPropertyPage (UINT nIDTemplate, LPCTSTR szTitle = NULL); - virtual ~CPropertyPage() {} - - virtual INT_PTR DialogProc(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); - virtual INT_PTR DialogProcDefault(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); - virtual int OnApply(); - virtual void OnCancel(); - virtual void OnHelp(); - virtual BOOL OnInitDialog(); - virtual BOOL OnKillActive(); - virtual LRESULT OnNotify(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); - virtual int OnOK(); - virtual BOOL OnQueryCancel(); - virtual BOOL OnQuerySiblings(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); - virtual int OnSetActive(); - virtual int OnWizardBack(); - virtual INT_PTR OnWizardFinish(); - virtual int OnWizardNext(); - virtual BOOL PreTranslateMessage(MSG* pMsg); - - static UINT CALLBACK StaticPropSheetPageProc(HWND hwnd, UINT uMsg, LPPROPSHEETPAGE ppsp); - static INT_PTR CALLBACK StaticDialogProc(HWND hwndDlg, UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); - - void CancelToClose() const; - PROPSHEETPAGE GetPSP() const {return m_PSP;} - BOOL IsButtonEnabled(int iButton) const; - LRESULT QuerySiblings(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) const; - void SetModified(BOOL bChanged) const; - void SetTitle(LPCTSTR szTitle); - void SetWizardButtons(DWORD dwFlags) const; - - protected: - PROPSHEETPAGE m_PSP; - - private: - CPropertyPage(const CPropertyPage&); // Disable copy construction - CPropertyPage& operator = (const CPropertyPage&); // Disable assignment operator - - tString m_Title; - }; - - class CPropertySheet : public CWnd - { - public: - CPropertySheet(UINT nIDCaption, CWnd* pParent = NULL); - CPropertySheet(LPCTSTR pszCaption = NULL, CWnd* pParent = NULL); - virtual ~CPropertySheet() {} - - // Operations - virtual CPropertyPage* AddPage(CPropertyPage* pPage); - virtual HWND Create(CWnd* pParent = 0); - virtual INT_PTR CreatePropertySheet(LPCPROPSHEETHEADER ppsph); - virtual void DestroyButton(int iButton); - virtual void Destroy(); - virtual int DoModal(); - virtual void RemovePage(CPropertyPage* pPage); - - // State functions - BOOL IsModeless() const; - BOOL IsWizard() const; - - //Attributes - CPropertyPage* GetActivePage() const; - int GetPageCount() const; - int GetPageIndex(CPropertyPage* pPage) const; - HWND GetTabControl() const; - virtual BOOL SetActivePage(int nPage); - virtual BOOL SetActivePage(CPropertyPage* pPage); - virtual void SetIcon(UINT idIcon); - virtual void SetTitle(LPCTSTR szTitle); - virtual void SetWizardMode(BOOL bWizard); - - protected: - virtual BOOL PreTranslateMessage(MSG* pMsg); - virtual LRESULT WndProcDefault(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); - - private: - CPropertySheet(const CPropertySheet&); // Disable copy construction - CPropertySheet& operator = (const CPropertySheet&); // Disable assignment operator - void BuildPageArray(); - static void CALLBACK Callback(HWND hwnd, UINT uMsg, LPARAM lParam); - - tString m_Title; - std::vector m_vPages; // vector of CPropertyPage - std::vector m_vPSP; // vector of PROPSHEETPAGE - BOOL m_bInitialUpdate; - PROPSHEETHEADER m_PSH; - }; - -} - -//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~// - -namespace Win32xx -{ - - ////////////////////////////////////////// - // Definitions for the CPropertyPage class - // - inline CPropertyPage::CPropertyPage(UINT nIDTemplate, LPCTSTR szTitle /* = NULL*/) - { - ZeroMemory(&m_PSP, sizeof(PROPSHEETPAGE)); - SetTitle(szTitle); - - m_PSP.dwSize = sizeof(PROPSHEETPAGE); - m_PSP.dwFlags |= PSP_USECALLBACK; - m_PSP.hInstance = GetApp()->GetResourceHandle(); - m_PSP.pszTemplate = MAKEINTRESOURCE(nIDTemplate); - m_PSP.pszTitle = m_Title.c_str(); - m_PSP.pfnDlgProc = (DLGPROC)CPropertyPage::StaticDialogProc; - m_PSP.lParam = (LPARAM)this; - m_PSP.pfnCallback = CPropertyPage::StaticPropSheetPageProc; - } - - inline void CPropertyPage::CancelToClose() const - // Disables the Cancel button and changes the text of the OK button to "Close." - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - SendMessage(PSM_CANCELTOCLOSE, 0L, 0L); - } - - - inline INT_PTR CPropertyPage::DialogProc(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) - { - // Override this function in your class derrived from CPropertyPage if you wish to handle messages - // A typical function might look like this: - - // switch (uMsg) - // { - // case MESSAGE1: // Some Win32 API message - // OnMessage1(); // A user defined function - // break; // Also do default processing - // case MESSAGE2: - // OnMessage2(); - // return x; // Don't do default processing, but instead return - // // a value recommended by the Win32 API documentation - // } - - // Always pass unhandled messages on to DialogProcDefault - return DialogProcDefault(uMsg, wParam, lParam); - } - - inline INT_PTR CPropertyPage::DialogProcDefault(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) - // All DialogProc functions should pass unhandled messages to this function - { - LRESULT lr = 0L; - - switch (uMsg) - { - case UWM_CLEANUPTEMPS: - { - TLSData* pTLSData = (TLSData*)TlsGetValue(GetApp()->GetTlsIndex()); - pTLSData->vTmpWnds.clear(); - } - break; - - case WM_INITDIALOG: - return OnInitDialog(); - - case PSM_QUERYSIBLINGS: - return (BOOL)OnQuerySiblings(wParam, lParam); - - case WM_COMMAND: - { - // Refelect this message if it's from a control - CWnd* pWnd = GetApp()->GetCWndFromMap((HWND)lParam); - if (pWnd != NULL) - lr = pWnd->OnCommand(wParam, lParam); - - // Handle user commands - if (!lr) - lr = OnCommand(wParam, lParam); - - if (lr) return 0L; - } - break; - - case WM_NOTIFY: - { - // Do Notification reflection if it came from a CWnd object - HWND hwndFrom = ((LPNMHDR)lParam)->hwndFrom; - CWnd* pWndFrom = GetApp()->GetCWndFromMap(hwndFrom); - - if (pWndFrom != NULL) - lr = pWndFrom->OnNotifyReflect(wParam, lParam); - else - { - // Some controls (eg ListView) have child windows. - // Reflect those notifications too. - CWnd* pWndFromParent = GetApp()->GetCWndFromMap(::GetParent(hwndFrom)); - if (pWndFromParent != NULL) - lr = pWndFromParent->OnNotifyReflect(wParam, lParam); - } - - // Handle user notifications - if (!lr) lr = OnNotify(wParam, lParam); - - // Set the return code for notifications - if (IsWindow()) - SetWindowLongPtr(DWLP_MSGRESULT, (LONG_PTR)lr); - - return (BOOL)lr; - } - - case WM_PAINT: - { - if (::GetUpdateRect(m_hWnd, NULL, FALSE)) - { - CPaintDC dc(this); - OnDraw(&dc); - } - else - // RedrawWindow can require repainting without an update rect - { - CClientDC dc(this); - OnDraw(&dc); - } - - break; - } - - case WM_ERASEBKGND: - { - CDC dc((HDC)wParam); - BOOL bResult = OnEraseBkgnd(&dc); - dc.Detach(); - if (bResult) return TRUE; - } - break; - - // A set of messages to be reflected back to the control that generated them - case WM_CTLCOLORBTN: - case WM_CTLCOLOREDIT: - case WM_CTLCOLORDLG: - case WM_CTLCOLORLISTBOX: - case WM_CTLCOLORSCROLLBAR: - case WM_CTLCOLORSTATIC: - case WM_DRAWITEM: - case WM_MEASUREITEM: - case WM_DELETEITEM: - case WM_COMPAREITEM: - case WM_CHARTOITEM: - case WM_VKEYTOITEM: - case WM_HSCROLL: - case WM_VSCROLL: - case WM_PARENTNOTIFY: - return MessageReflect(m_hWnd, uMsg, wParam, lParam); - - } // switch(uMsg) - return FALSE; - - } // INT_PTR CALLBACK CPropertyPage::DialogProc(...) - - inline BOOL CPropertyPage::IsButtonEnabled(int iButton) const - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return GetParent()->GetDlgItem(iButton)->IsWindowEnabled(); - } - - inline int CPropertyPage::OnApply() - { - // This function is called for each page when the Apply button is pressed - // Override this function in your derived class if required. - - // The possible return values are: - // PSNRET_NOERROR. The changes made to this page are valid and have been applied - // PSNRET_INVALID. The property sheet will not be destroyed, and focus will be returned to this page. - // PSNRET_INVALID_NOCHANGEPAGE. The property sheet will not be destroyed, and focus will be returned; - - return PSNRET_NOERROR; - } - - inline void CPropertyPage::OnCancel() - { - // This function is called for each page when the Cancel button is pressed - // Override this function in your derived class if required. - } - - inline void CPropertyPage::OnHelp() - { - // This function is called in response to the PSN_HELP notification. - SendMessage(m_hWnd, WM_COMMAND, ID_HELP, 0L); - } - - inline BOOL CPropertyPage::OnQueryCancel() - { - // Called when the cancel button is pressed, and before the cancel has taken place - // Returns TRUE to prevent the cancel operation, or FALSE to allow it. - - return FALSE; // Allow cancel to proceed - } - - inline BOOL CPropertyPage::OnQuerySiblings(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) - { - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(wParam); - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(lParam); - - // Responds to a query request from the Property Sheet. - // The values for wParam and lParam are the ones set by - // the CPropertySheet::QuerySiblings call - - // return FALSE to allow other siblings to be queried, or - // return TRUE to stop query at this page. - - return FALSE; - } - - inline BOOL CPropertyPage::OnInitDialog() - { - // Called when the property page is created - // Override this function in your derived class if required. - - return TRUE; // Pass Keyboard control to handle in WPARAM - } - - inline BOOL CPropertyPage::OnKillActive() - { - // This is called in response to a PSN_KILLACTIVE notification, which - // is sent whenever the OK or Apply button is pressed. - // It provides an opportunity to validate the page contents before it's closed. - // Return TRUE to prevent the page from losing the activation, or FALSE to allow it. - - return FALSE; - } - - inline int CPropertyPage::OnOK() - { - // Called for each page when the OK button is pressed - // Override this function in your derived class if required. - - // The possible return values are: - // PSNRET_NOERROR. The changes made to this page are valid and have been applied - // PSNRET_INVALID. The property sheet will not be destroyed, and focus will be returned to this page. - // PSNRET_INVALID_NOCHANGEPAGE. The property sheet will not be destroyed, and focus will be returned; - - return PSNRET_NOERROR; - } - - inline LRESULT CPropertyPage::OnNotify(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) - { - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(wParam); - - LPPSHNOTIFY pNotify = (LPPSHNOTIFY)lParam; - switch(pNotify->hdr.code) - { - case PSN_SETACTIVE: - return OnSetActive(); - case PSN_KILLACTIVE: - return OnKillActive(); - case PSN_APPLY: - if (pNotify->lParam) - return OnOK(); - else - return OnApply(); - case PSN_RESET: - OnCancel(); - return FALSE; - case PSN_QUERYCANCEL: - return OnQueryCancel(); - case PSN_WIZNEXT: - return OnWizardNext(); - case PSN_WIZBACK: - return OnWizardBack(); - case PSN_WIZFINISH: - return OnWizardFinish(); - case PSN_HELP: - OnHelp(); - return TRUE; - } - return FALSE; - } - - inline int CPropertyPage::OnSetActive() - { - // Called when a page becomes active - // Override this function in your derived class if required. - - // Returns zero to accept the activation, or -1 to activate the next or the previous page (depending - // on whether the user clicked the Next or Back button). To set the activation to a particular page, - // return the resource identifier of the page. - - return 0; - } - - inline int CPropertyPage::OnWizardBack() - { - // This function is called when the Back button is pressed on a wizard page - // Override this function in your derived class if required. - - // Returns 0 to allow the wizard to go to the previous page. Returns -1 to prevent the wizard - // from changing pages. To display a particular page, return its dialog resource identifier. - - return 0; - } - - inline INT_PTR CPropertyPage::OnWizardFinish() - { - // This function is called when the Finish button is pressed on a wizard page - // Override this function in your derived class if required. - - // Return Value: - // Return non-zero to prevent the wizard from finishing. - // Version 5.80. and later. Return a window handle to prevent the wizard from finishing. The wizard will set the focus to that window. The window must be owned by the wizard page. - // Return 0 to allow the wizard to finish. - - return 0; // Allow wizard to finish - } - - inline int CPropertyPage::OnWizardNext() - { - // This function is called when the Next button is pressed on a wizard page - // Override this function in your derived class if required. - - // Return 0 to allow the wizard to go to the next page. Return -1 to prevent the wizard from - // changing pages. To display a particular page, return its dialog resource identifier. - - return 0; - } - - inline BOOL CPropertyPage::PreTranslateMessage(MSG* pMsg) - { - // allow the tab control to translate keyboard input - if (pMsg->message == WM_KEYDOWN && GetAsyncKeyState(VK_CONTROL) < 0 && - (pMsg->wParam == VK_TAB || pMsg->wParam == VK_PRIOR || pMsg->wParam == VK_NEXT)) - { - CWnd* pWndParent = GetParent(); - if (pWndParent->SendMessage(PSM_ISDIALOGMESSAGE, 0L, (LPARAM)pMsg)) - return TRUE; - } - - // allow the dialog to translate keyboard input - if ((pMsg->message >= WM_KEYFIRST) && (pMsg->message <= WM_KEYLAST)) - { - if (IsDialogMessage(pMsg)) - return TRUE; - } - - return CWnd::PreTranslateMessage(pMsg); - } - - inline LRESULT CPropertyPage::QuerySiblings(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) const - { - // Sent to a property sheet, which then forwards the message to each of its pages. - // Set wParam and lParam to values you want passed to the property pages. - // Returns the nonzero value from a page in the property sheet, or zero if no page returns a nonzero value. - - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return GetParent()->SendMessage(PSM_QUERYSIBLINGS, wParam, lParam); - } - - inline void CPropertyPage::SetModified(BOOL bChanged) const - { - // The property sheet will enable the Apply button if bChanged is TRUE. - - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - - if (bChanged) - GetParent()->SendMessage(PSM_CHANGED, (WPARAM)m_hWnd, 0L); - else - GetParent()->SendMessage(PSM_UNCHANGED, (WPARAM)m_hWnd, 0L); - } - - inline void CPropertyPage::SetTitle(LPCTSTR szTitle) - { - if (szTitle) - { - m_Title = szTitle; - m_PSP.dwFlags |= PSP_USETITLE; - } - else - { - m_Title.erase(); - m_PSP.dwFlags &= ~PSP_USETITLE; - } - - m_PSP.pszTitle = m_Title.c_str(); - } - - inline void CPropertyPage::SetWizardButtons(DWORD dwFlags) const - { - // dwFlags: A value that specifies which wizard buttons are enabled. You can combine one or more of the following flags. - // PSWIZB_BACK Enable the Back button. If this flag is not set, the Back button is displayed as disabled. - // PSWIZB_DISABLEDFINISH Display a disabled Finish button. - // PSWIZB_FINISH Display an enabled Finish button. - // PSWIZB_NEXT Enable the Next button. If this flag is not set, the Next button is displayed as disabled. - - assert (::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - PropSheet_SetWizButtons(::GetParent(m_hWnd), dwFlags); - } - - inline UINT CALLBACK CPropertyPage::StaticPropSheetPageProc(HWND hwnd, UINT uMsg, LPPROPSHEETPAGE ppsp) - { - assert( GetApp() ); - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(hwnd); - - // Note: the hwnd is always NULL - - switch (uMsg) - { - case PSPCB_CREATE: - { - TLSData* pTLSData = (TLSData*)TlsGetValue(GetApp()->GetTlsIndex()); - assert(pTLSData); - - // Store the CPropertyPage pointer in Thread Local Storage - pTLSData->pCWnd = (CWnd*)ppsp->lParam; - } - break; - } - - return TRUE; - } - - inline INT_PTR CALLBACK CPropertyPage::StaticDialogProc(HWND hwndDlg, UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) - { - assert( GetApp() ); - - // Find matching CWnd pointer for this HWND - CPropertyPage* pPage = (CPropertyPage*)GetApp()->GetCWndFromMap(hwndDlg); - if (0 == pPage) - { - // matching CWnd pointer not found, so add it to HWNDMap now - TLSData* pTLSData = (TLSData*)TlsGetValue(GetApp()->GetTlsIndex()); - pPage = (CPropertyPage*)pTLSData->pCWnd; - - // Set the hWnd members and call DialogProc for this message - pPage->m_hWnd = hwndDlg; - pPage->AddToMap(); - } - - return pPage->DialogProc(uMsg, wParam, lParam); - } - - - /////////////////////////////////////////// - // Definitions for the CPropertySheet class - // - inline CPropertySheet::CPropertySheet(UINT nIDCaption, CWnd* pParent /* = NULL*/) - { - ZeroMemory(&m_PSH, sizeof (PROPSHEETHEADER)); - SetTitle(LoadString(nIDCaption)); - m_bInitialUpdate = FALSE; - -#ifdef _WIN32_WCE - m_PSH.dwSize = sizeof(PROPSHEETHEADER); -#else - if (GetComCtlVersion() >= 471) - m_PSH.dwSize = sizeof(PROPSHEETHEADER); - else - m_PSH.dwSize = PROPSHEETHEADER_V1_SIZE; -#endif - - m_PSH.dwFlags = PSH_PROPSHEETPAGE | PSH_USECALLBACK; - m_PSH.hwndParent = pParent? pParent->GetHwnd() : 0; - m_PSH.hInstance = GetApp()->GetInstanceHandle(); - m_PSH.pfnCallback = (PFNPROPSHEETCALLBACK)CPropertySheet::Callback; - } - - inline CPropertySheet::CPropertySheet(LPCTSTR pszCaption /*= NULL*/, CWnd* pParent /* = NULL*/) - { - ZeroMemory(&m_PSH, sizeof (PROPSHEETHEADER)); - SetTitle(pszCaption); - m_bInitialUpdate = FALSE; - -#ifdef _WIN32_WCE - m_PSH.dwSize = PROPSHEETHEADER_V1_SIZE; -#else - if (GetComCtlVersion() >= 471) - m_PSH.dwSize = sizeof(PROPSHEETHEADER); - else - m_PSH.dwSize = PROPSHEETHEADER_V1_SIZE; -#endif - - m_PSH.dwFlags = PSH_PROPSHEETPAGE | PSH_USECALLBACK; - m_PSH.hwndParent = pParent? pParent->GetHwnd() : 0;; - m_PSH.hInstance = GetApp()->GetInstanceHandle(); - m_PSH.pfnCallback = (PFNPROPSHEETCALLBACK)CPropertySheet::Callback; - } - - inline CPropertyPage* CPropertySheet::AddPage(CPropertyPage* pPage) - // Adds a Property Page to the Property Sheet - { - assert(NULL != pPage); - - m_vPages.push_back(PropertyPagePtr(pPage)); - - if (m_hWnd) - { - // property sheet already exists, so add page to it - PROPSHEETPAGE psp = pPage->GetPSP(); - HPROPSHEETPAGE hpsp = ::CreatePropertySheetPage(&psp); - PropSheet_AddPage(m_hWnd, hpsp); - } - - m_PSH.nPages = (int)m_vPages.size(); - - return pPage; - } - - inline void CPropertySheet::BuildPageArray() - // Builds the PROPSHEETPAGE array - { - m_vPSP.clear(); - std::vector::iterator iter; - for (iter = m_vPages.begin(); iter < m_vPages.end(); ++iter) - m_vPSP.push_back((*iter)->GetPSP()); - - PROPSHEETPAGE* pPSPArray = &m_vPSP.front(); // Array of PROPSHEETPAGE - m_PSH.ppsp = pPSPArray; - } - - inline void CALLBACK CPropertySheet::Callback(HWND hwnd, UINT uMsg, LPARAM lParam) - { - assert( GetApp() ); - - switch(uMsg) - { - //called before the dialog is created, hwnd = NULL, lParam points to dialog resource - case PSCB_PRECREATE: - { - LPDLGTEMPLATE lpTemplate = (LPDLGTEMPLATE)lParam; - - if(!(lpTemplate->style & WS_SYSMENU)) - { - lpTemplate->style |= WS_SYSMENU; - } - } - break; - - //called after the dialog is created - case PSCB_INITIALIZED: - { - // Retrieve pointer to CWnd object from Thread Local Storage - TLSData* pTLSData = (TLSData*)TlsGetValue(GetApp()->GetTlsIndex()); - assert(pTLSData); - - CPropertySheet* w = (CPropertySheet*)pTLSData->pCWnd; - assert(w); - - w->Attach(hwnd); - w->OnCreate(); - } - break; - } - } - - - inline HWND CPropertySheet::Create(CWnd* pParent /*= 0*/) - // Creates a modeless Property Sheet - { - assert( GetApp() ); - - if (pParent) - { - m_PSH.hwndParent = pParent->GetHwnd(); - } - - BuildPageArray(); - PROPSHEETPAGE* pPSPArray = &m_vPSP.front(); - m_PSH.ppsp = pPSPArray; - - // Create a modeless Property Sheet - m_PSH.dwFlags &= ~PSH_WIZARD; - m_PSH.dwFlags |= PSH_MODELESS; - HWND hWnd = (HWND)CreatePropertySheet(&m_PSH); - - return hWnd; - } - - inline INT_PTR CPropertySheet::CreatePropertySheet(LPCPROPSHEETHEADER ppsph) - { - assert( GetApp() ); - - INT_PTR ipResult = 0; - - // Only one window per CWnd instance allowed - assert(!::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - - // Ensure this thread has the TLS index set - TLSData* pTLSData = GetApp()->SetTlsIndex(); - - // Store the 'this' pointer in Thread Local Storage - pTLSData->pCWnd = this; - - // Create the property sheet - ipResult = PropertySheet(ppsph); - - return ipResult; - } - - inline void CPropertySheet::DestroyButton(int IDButton) - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - - HWND hwndButton = ::GetDlgItem(m_hWnd, IDButton); - if (hwndButton != NULL) - { - // Hide and disable the button - ::ShowWindow(hwndButton, SW_HIDE); - ::EnableWindow(hwndButton, FALSE); - } - } - - inline void CPropertySheet::Destroy() - { - CWnd::Destroy(); - m_vPages.clear(); - } - - inline int CPropertySheet::DoModal() - { - assert( GetApp() ); - - BuildPageArray(); - PROPSHEETPAGE* pPSPArray = &m_vPSP.front(); - m_PSH.ppsp = pPSPArray; - - // Create the Property Sheet - int nResult = (int)CreatePropertySheet(&m_PSH); - - m_vPages.clear(); - - return nResult; - } - - inline CPropertyPage* CPropertySheet::GetActivePage() const - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - - CPropertyPage* pPage = NULL; - if (m_hWnd != NULL) - { - HWND hPage = (HWND)SendMessage(PSM_GETCURRENTPAGEHWND, 0L, 0L); - pPage = (CPropertyPage*)FromHandle(hPage); - } - - return pPage; - } - - inline int CPropertySheet::GetPageCount() const - // Returns the number of Property Pages in this Property Sheet - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (int)m_vPages.size(); - } - - inline int CPropertySheet::GetPageIndex(CPropertyPage* pPage) const - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - - for (int i = 0; i < GetPageCount(); i++) - { - if (m_vPages[i].get() == pPage) - return i; - } - return -1; - } - - inline HWND CPropertySheet::GetTabControl() const - // Returns the handle to the Property Sheet's tab control - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (HWND)SendMessage(PSM_GETTABCONTROL, 0L, 0L); - } - - inline BOOL CPropertySheet::IsModeless() const - { - return (m_PSH.dwFlags & PSH_MODELESS); - } - - inline BOOL CPropertySheet::IsWizard() const - { - return (m_PSH.dwFlags & PSH_WIZARD); - } - - inline void CPropertySheet::RemovePage(CPropertyPage* pPage) - // Removes a Property Page from the Property Sheet - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - - int nPage = GetPageIndex(pPage); - if (m_hWnd != NULL) - SendMessage(m_hWnd, PSM_REMOVEPAGE, nPage, 0L); - - m_vPages.erase(m_vPages.begin() + nPage, m_vPages.begin() + nPage+1); - m_PSH.nPages = (int)m_vPages.size(); - } - - inline BOOL CPropertySheet::PreTranslateMessage(MSG* pMsg) - { - // allow sheet to translate Ctrl+Tab, Shift+Ctrl+Tab, Ctrl+PageUp, and Ctrl+PageDown - if (pMsg->message == WM_KEYDOWN && GetAsyncKeyState(VK_CONTROL) < 0 && - (pMsg->wParam == VK_TAB || pMsg->wParam == VK_PRIOR || pMsg->wParam == VK_NEXT)) - { - if (SendMessage(PSM_ISDIALOGMESSAGE, 0L, (LPARAM)pMsg)) - return TRUE; - } - - // allow the dialog to translate keyboard input - if ((pMsg->message >= WM_KEYFIRST) && (pMsg->message <= WM_KEYLAST)) - { - return GetActivePage()->PreTranslateMessage(pMsg); - } - - return CWnd::PreTranslateMessage(pMsg); - } - - inline BOOL CPropertySheet::SetActivePage(int nPage) - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (BOOL)SendMessage(m_hWnd, PSM_SETCURSEL, nPage, 0L); - } - - inline BOOL CPropertySheet::SetActivePage(CPropertyPage* pPage) - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - int nPage = GetPageIndex(pPage); - if ((nPage >= 0)) - return SetActivePage(nPage); - - return FALSE; - } - - inline void CPropertySheet::SetIcon(UINT idIcon) - { - m_PSH.pszIcon = MAKEINTRESOURCE(idIcon); - m_PSH.dwFlags |= PSH_USEICONID; - } - - inline void CPropertySheet::SetTitle(LPCTSTR szTitle) - { - if (szTitle) - m_Title = szTitle; - else - m_Title.erase(); - - m_PSH.pszCaption = m_Title.c_str(); - } - - inline void CPropertySheet::SetWizardMode(BOOL bWizard) - { - if (bWizard) - m_PSH.dwFlags |= PSH_WIZARD; - else - m_PSH.dwFlags &= ~PSH_WIZARD; - } - - inline LRESULT CPropertySheet::WndProcDefault(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) - { - switch (uMsg) - { - - case WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED: - { - LPWINDOWPOS lpWinPos = (LPWINDOWPOS)lParam; - if (lpWinPos->flags & SWP_SHOWWINDOW) - { - if (!m_bInitialUpdate) - // The first window positioning with the window visible - OnInitialUpdate(); - m_bInitialUpdate = TRUE; - } - } - break; - - case WM_DESTROY: - m_bInitialUpdate = FALSE; - break; - - case WM_SYSCOMMAND: - if ((SC_CLOSE == wParam) && (m_PSH.dwFlags & PSH_MODELESS)) - { - Destroy(); - return 0L; - } - break; - } - - // pass unhandled messages on for default processing - return CWnd::WndProcDefault(uMsg, wParam, lParam); - } - -} - -#endif // _WIN32XX_PROPERTYSHEET_H_ diff --git a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/rebar.h b/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/rebar.h deleted file mode 100644 index 1a339dca..00000000 --- a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/rebar.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,709 +0,0 @@ -// Win32++ Version 7.2 -// Released: 5th AUgust 2011 -// -// David Nash -// email: dnash@bigpond.net.au -// url: https://sourceforge.net/projects/win32-framework -// -// -// Copyright (c) 2005-2011 David Nash -// -// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to -// any person obtaining a copy of this software and -// associated documentation files (the "Software"), -// to deal in the Software without restriction, including -// without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, -// merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell -// copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom -// the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the -// following conditions: -// -// The above copyright notice and this permission notice -// shall be included in all copies or substantial portions -// of the Software. -// -// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF -// ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED -// TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A -// PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT -// SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR -// ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN -// ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, -// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE -// OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. -// -//////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - - -#ifndef _WIN32XX_REBAR_H_ -#define _WIN32XX_REBAR_H_ - -#include "wincore.h" -#include "gdi.h" - - -namespace Win32xx -{ - - struct ReBarTheme - { - BOOL UseThemes; // TRUE if themes are used - COLORREF clrBkgnd1; // Colour 1 for rebar background - COLORREF clrBkgnd2; // Colour 2 for rebar background - COLORREF clrBand1; // Colour 1 for rebar band background. Use NULL if not required - COLORREF clrBand2; // Colour 2 for rebar band background. Use NULL if not required - BOOL FlatStyle; // Bands are rendered with flat rather than raised style - BOOL BandsLeft; // Position bands left on rearrange - BOOL LockMenuBand; // Lock MenuBar's band in dedicated top row, without gripper - BOOL RoundBorders; // Use rounded band borders - BOOL ShortBands; // Allows bands to be shorter than maximum available width - BOOL UseLines; // Displays horizontal lines between bands - }; - - //////////////////////////////////// - // Declaration of the CReBar class - // - class CReBar : public CWnd - { - public: - CReBar(); - virtual ~CReBar(); - - // Operations - BOOL DeleteBand(const int nBand) const; - int HitTest(RBHITTESTINFO& rbht); - HWND HitTest(POINT pt); - int IDToIndex(UINT uBandID) const; - BOOL InsertBand(const int nBand, REBARBANDINFO& rbbi) const; - BOOL IsBandVisible(int nBand) const; - void MaximizeBand(UINT uBand, BOOL fIdeal = FALSE); - void MinimizeBand(UINT uBand); - BOOL MoveBand(UINT uFrom, UINT uTo); - void MoveBandsLeft(); - BOOL ResizeBand(const int nBand, const CSize& sz) const; - BOOL ShowGripper(int nBand, BOOL fShow) const; - BOOL ShowBand(int nBand, BOOL fShow) const; - BOOL SizeToRect(CRect& rect) const; - - // Attributes - int GetBand(const HWND hWnd) const; - CRect GetBandBorders(int nBand) const; - int GetBandCount() const; - BOOL GetBandInfo(const int nBand, REBARBANDINFO& rbbi) const; - CRect GetBandRect(int i) const; - UINT GetBarHeight() const; - BOOL GetBarInfo(REBARINFO& rbi) const; - HWND GetMenuBar() {return m_hMenuBar;} - ReBarTheme& GetReBarTheme() {return m_Theme;} - UINT GetRowCount() const; - int GetRowHeight(int nRow) const; - UINT GetSizeofRBBI() const; - HWND GetToolTips() const; - BOOL SetBandBitmap(const int nBand, const CBitmap* pBackground) const; - BOOL SetBandColor(const int nBand, const COLORREF clrFore, const COLORREF clrBack) const; - BOOL SetBandInfo(const int nBand, REBARBANDINFO& rbbi) const; - BOOL SetBarInfo(REBARINFO& rbi) const; - void SetMenuBar(HWND hMenuBar) {m_hMenuBar = hMenuBar;} - void SetReBarTheme(ReBarTheme& Theme); - - protected: - //Overridables - virtual BOOL OnEraseBkgnd(CDC* pDC); - virtual void PreCreate(CREATESTRUCT& cs); - virtual void PreRegisterClass(WNDCLASS &wc); - virtual LRESULT WndProcDefault(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); - - private: - CReBar(const CReBar&); // Disable copy construction - CReBar& operator = (const CReBar&); // Disable assignment operator - - ReBarTheme m_Theme; - BOOL m_bIsDragging; - HWND m_hMenuBar; - LPARAM m_Orig_lParam; - }; - -} - -//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - - -namespace Win32xx -{ - - /////////////////////////////////// - // Definitions for the CReBar class - // - inline CReBar::CReBar() : m_bIsDragging(FALSE), m_hMenuBar(0), m_Orig_lParam(0L) - { - ZeroMemory(&m_Theme, sizeof(ReBarTheme)); - } - - inline CReBar::~CReBar() - { - } - - inline BOOL CReBar::DeleteBand(int nBand) const - // Deletes a band from a rebar control. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (BOOL)SendMessage(RB_DELETEBAND, nBand, 0L); - } - - inline int CReBar::GetBand(HWND hWnd) const - // Returns the zero based band number for this window handle - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - - int nResult = -1; - if (NULL == hWnd) return nResult; - - for (int nBand = 0; nBand < GetBandCount(); ++nBand) - { - REBARBANDINFO rbbi = {0}; - rbbi.cbSize = GetSizeofRBBI(); - rbbi.fMask = RBBIM_CHILD; - GetBandInfo(nBand, rbbi); - if (rbbi.hwndChild == hWnd) - nResult = nBand; - } - - return nResult; - } - - inline CRect CReBar::GetBandBorders(int nBand) const - // Retrieves the borders of a band. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - - CRect rc; - SendMessage(RB_GETBANDBORDERS, nBand, (LPARAM)&rc); - return rc; - } - - inline int CReBar::GetBandCount() const - // Retrieves the count of bands currently in the rebar control. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (int)SendMessage(RB_GETBANDCOUNT, 0L, 0L); - } - - inline BOOL CReBar::GetBandInfo(int nBand, REBARBANDINFO& rbbi) const - // Retrieves information about a specified band in a rebar control. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - assert(nBand >= 0); - - // REBARBANDINFO describes individual BAND characteristics - rbbi.cbSize = GetSizeofRBBI(); - return (BOOL)SendMessage(RB_GETBANDINFO, nBand, (LPARAM)&rbbi); - } - - inline CRect CReBar::GetBandRect(int i) const - // Retrieves the bounding rectangle for a given band in a rebar control. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - CRect rc; - SendMessage(RB_GETRECT, i, (LPARAM)&rc); - return rc; - } - - inline UINT CReBar::GetBarHeight() const - // Retrieves the height of the rebar control. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (UINT)SendMessage(RB_GETBARHEIGHT, 0L, 0L); - } - - inline BOOL CReBar::GetBarInfo(REBARINFO& rbi) const - // Retrieves information about the rebar control and the image list it uses. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - - // REBARINFO describes overall rebar control characteristics - rbi.cbSize = GetSizeofRBBI(); - return (BOOL)SendMessage(RB_GETBARINFO, 0L, (LPARAM)&rbi); - } - - inline UINT CReBar::GetRowCount() const - // Retrieves the number of rows of bands in a rebar control. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (UINT)SendMessage(RB_GETROWCOUNT, 0L, 0L); - } - - inline int CReBar::GetRowHeight(int nRow) const - // Retrieves the height of a specified row in a rebar control. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (int)SendMessage(RB_GETROWHEIGHT, nRow, 0L); - } - - inline UINT CReBar::GetSizeofRBBI() const - // The size of the REBARBANDINFO struct changes according to _WIN32_WINNT - // sizeof(REBARBANDINFO) can report an incorrect size for older Window versions, - // or newer Window version without XP themes enabled. - // Use this function to get a safe size for REBARBANDINFO. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - - UINT uSizeof = sizeof(REBARBANDINFO); - - #if defined REBARBANDINFO_V6_SIZE // only defined for VS2008 or higher - #if !defined (_WIN32_WINNT) || _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600 - if ((GetWinVersion() < 2600) || (GetComCtlVersion() < 610)) // Vista and Vista themes? - uSizeof = REBARBANDINFO_V6_SIZE; - #endif - #endif - - return uSizeof; - } - - inline HWND CReBar::GetToolTips() const - // Retrieves the handle to any ToolTip control associated with the rebar control. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (HWND)SendMessage(RB_GETTOOLTIPS, 0L, 0L); - } - - inline int CReBar::HitTest(RBHITTESTINFO& rbht) - // Determines which portion of a rebar band is at a given point on the screen, - // if a rebar band exists at that point. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (int)SendMessage(RB_HITTEST, 0L, (LPARAM)&rbht); - } - - inline HWND CReBar::HitTest(POINT pt) - // Return the child HWND at the given point - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - - // Convert the point to client co-ordinates - ScreenToClient(pt); - - // Get the rebar band with the point - RBHITTESTINFO rbhti = {0}; - rbhti.pt = pt; - int iBand = HitTest(rbhti); - - if (iBand >= 0) - { - // Get the rebar band's hWnd - REBARBANDINFO rbbi = {0}; - rbbi.cbSize = GetSizeofRBBI(); - rbbi.fMask = RBBIM_CHILD; - GetBandInfo(iBand, rbbi); - - return rbbi.hwndChild; - } - else - return NULL; - } - - inline int CReBar::IDToIndex(UINT uBandID) const - // Converts a band identifier to a band index in a rebar control. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (int)SendMessage(RB_IDTOINDEX, (WPARAM)uBandID, 0L); - } - - inline BOOL CReBar::InsertBand(int nBand, REBARBANDINFO& rbbi) const - // Inserts a new band in a rebar control. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - - rbbi.cbSize = GetSizeofRBBI(); - return (BOOL)SendMessage(RB_INSERTBAND, nBand, (LPARAM)&rbbi); - } - - inline BOOL CReBar::IsBandVisible(int nBand) const - // Returns true if the band is visible - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - - REBARBANDINFO rbbi = {0}; - rbbi.cbSize = GetSizeofRBBI(); - rbbi.fMask = RBBIM_STYLE; - GetBandInfo(nBand, rbbi); - - return !(rbbi.fStyle & RBBS_HIDDEN); - } - - inline BOOL CReBar::OnEraseBkgnd(CDC* pDC) - { - BOOL Erase = TRUE; - if (!m_Theme.UseThemes) - Erase = FALSE; - - if (!m_Theme.clrBkgnd1 && !m_Theme.clrBkgnd2 && !m_Theme.clrBand1 && !m_Theme.clrBand2) - Erase = FALSE; - - if (Erase) - { - CRect rcReBar = GetClientRect(); - int BarWidth = rcReBar.Width(); - int BarHeight = rcReBar.Height(); - - // Create and set up our memory DC - CMemDC MemDC(pDC); - MemDC.CreateCompatibleBitmap(pDC, BarWidth, BarHeight); - - // Draw to ReBar background to the memory DC - rcReBar.right = 600; - MemDC.GradientFill(m_Theme.clrBkgnd1, m_Theme.clrBkgnd2, rcReBar, TRUE); - if (BarWidth >= 600) - { - rcReBar.left = 600; - rcReBar.right = BarWidth; - MemDC.SolidFill(m_Theme.clrBkgnd2, rcReBar); - } - - if (m_Theme.clrBand1 || m_Theme.clrBand2) - { - // Draw the individual band backgrounds - for (int nBand = 0 ; nBand < GetBandCount(); ++nBand) - { - if (IsBandVisible(nBand)) - { - if (nBand != GetBand(m_hMenuBar)) - { - // Determine the size of this band - CRect rcBand = GetBandRect(nBand); - - // Determine the size of the child window - REBARBANDINFO rbbi = {0}; - rbbi.cbSize = GetSizeofRBBI(); - rbbi.fMask = RBBIM_CHILD ; - GetBandInfo(nBand, rbbi); - CRect rcChild; - ::GetWindowRect(rbbi.hwndChild, &rcChild); - int ChildWidth = rcChild.right - rcChild.left; - - // Determine our drawing rectangle - CRect rcDraw = rcBand; - rcDraw.bottom = rcDraw.top + (rcBand.bottom - rcBand.top)/2; - int xPad = IsXPThemed()? 2: 0; - rcDraw.left -= xPad; - - // Fill the Source CDC with the band's background - CMemDC SourceDC(pDC); - SourceDC.CreateCompatibleBitmap(pDC, BarWidth, BarHeight); - CRect rcBorder = GetBandBorders(nBand); - rcDraw.right = rcBand.left + ChildWidth + rcBorder.left; - SourceDC.SolidFill(m_Theme.clrBand1, rcDraw); - rcDraw.top = rcDraw.bottom; - rcDraw.bottom = rcBand.bottom; - SourceDC.GradientFill(m_Theme.clrBand1, m_Theme.clrBand2, rcDraw, FALSE); - - // Set Curve amount for rounded edges - int Curve = m_Theme.RoundBorders? 12 : 0; - - // Create our mask for rounded edges using RoundRect - CMemDC MaskDC(pDC); - MaskDC.CreateCompatibleBitmap(pDC, BarWidth, BarHeight); - - rcDraw.top = rcBand.top; - if (!m_Theme.FlatStyle) - ::InflateRect(&rcDraw, 1, 1); - - int left = rcDraw.left; - int right = rcDraw.right; - int top = rcDraw.top; - int bottom = rcDraw.bottom; - int cx = rcDraw.right - rcBand.left + xPad; - int cy = rcDraw.bottom - rcBand.top; - - if (m_Theme.FlatStyle) - { - MaskDC.SolidFill(RGB(0,0,0), rcDraw); - MaskDC.BitBlt(left, top, cx, cy, &MaskDC, left, top, PATINVERT); - MaskDC.RoundRect(left, top, right, bottom, Curve, Curve); - } - else - { - MaskDC.SolidFill(RGB(0,0,0), rcDraw); - MaskDC.RoundRect(left, top, right, bottom, Curve, Curve); - MaskDC.BitBlt(left, top, cx, cy, &MaskDC, left, top, PATINVERT); - } - - // Copy Source DC to Memory DC using the RoundRect mask - MemDC.BitBlt(left, top, cx, cy, &SourceDC, left, top, SRCINVERT); - MemDC.BitBlt(left, top, cx, cy, &MaskDC, left, top, SRCAND); - MemDC.BitBlt(left, top, cx, cy, &SourceDC, left, top, SRCINVERT); - - // Extra drawing to prevent jagged edge while moving bands - if (m_bIsDragging) - { - CClientDC ReBarDC(this); - ReBarDC.BitBlt(rcDraw.right - ChildWidth, rcDraw.top, ChildWidth, cy, &MemDC, rcDraw.right - ChildWidth, rcDraw.top, SRCCOPY); - } - } - } - } - } - - if (m_Theme.UseLines) - { - // Draw lines between bands - for (int j = 0; j < GetBandCount()-1; ++j) - { - rcReBar = GetBandRect(j); - rcReBar.left = MAX(0, rcReBar.left - 4); - rcReBar.bottom +=2; - MemDC.DrawEdge(rcReBar, EDGE_ETCHED, BF_BOTTOM | BF_ADJUST); - } - } - - // Copy the Memory DC to the window's DC - pDC->BitBlt(0, 0, BarWidth, BarHeight, &MemDC, 0, 0, SRCCOPY); - } - - return Erase; - } - - inline void CReBar::PreCreate(CREATESTRUCT &cs) - // Sets the CREATESTRUCT paramaters prior to window creation - { - cs.style = WS_VISIBLE | WS_CHILD | WS_CLIPCHILDREN | WS_CLIPSIBLINGS | - CCS_NODIVIDER | RBS_VARHEIGHT | RBS_BANDBORDERS ; - - cs.cy = 100; - } - - inline void CReBar::PreRegisterClass(WNDCLASS &wc) - { - // Set the Window Class - wc.lpszClassName = REBARCLASSNAME; - } - - inline void CReBar::MaximizeBand(UINT uBand, BOOL fIdeal /*= FALSE*/) - // Resizes a band in a rebar control to either its ideal or largest size. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - SendMessage(RB_MAXIMIZEBAND, (WPARAM)uBand, (LPARAM)fIdeal); - } - - inline void CReBar::MinimizeBand(UINT uBand) - // Resizes a band in a rebar control to its smallest size. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - SendMessage(RB_MINIMIZEBAND, (WPARAM)uBand, 0L); - } - - inline BOOL CReBar::MoveBand(UINT uFrom, UINT uTo) - // Moves a band from one index to another. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (BOOL)SendMessage(RB_MOVEBAND, (WPARAM)uFrom, (LPARAM)uTo); - } - - inline void CReBar::MoveBandsLeft() - // Repositions the bands so they are left justified - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - - int OldrcTop = -1; - for (int nBand = GetBandCount() -1; nBand >= 0; --nBand) - { - CRect rc = GetBandRect(nBand); - if (rc.top != OldrcTop) - { - // Maximize the last band on each row - if (IsBandVisible(nBand)) - { - ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), RB_MAXIMIZEBAND, nBand, 0L); - OldrcTop = rc.top; - } - } - } - } - - inline BOOL CReBar::ResizeBand(int nBand, const CSize& sz) const - // Sets a band's size - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - - REBARBANDINFO rbbi = {0}; - rbbi.cbSize = GetSizeofRBBI(); - rbbi.fMask = RBBIM_CHILDSIZE | RBBIM_SIZE; - - GetBandInfo(nBand, rbbi); - rbbi.cx = sz.cx + 2; - rbbi.cxMinChild = sz.cx + 2; - rbbi.cyMinChild = sz.cy; - rbbi.cyMaxChild = sz.cy; - - return SetBandInfo(nBand, rbbi ); - } - - inline BOOL CReBar::SetBandBitmap(int nBand, const CBitmap* pBackground) const - // Sets the band's bitmaps - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - assert(pBackground); - - REBARBANDINFO rbbi = {0}; - rbbi.cbSize = GetSizeofRBBI(); - rbbi.fMask = RBBIM_STYLE; - GetBandInfo(nBand, rbbi); - rbbi.fMask |= RBBIM_BACKGROUND; - rbbi.hbmBack = *pBackground; - - return (BOOL)SendMessage(RB_SETBANDINFO, nBand, (LPARAM)&rbbi); - } - - inline BOOL CReBar::SetBandColor(int nBand, COLORREF clrFore, COLORREF clrBack) const - // Sets the band's color - // Note: No effect with XP themes enabled - // No effect if a bitmap has been set - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - - REBARBANDINFO rbbi = {0}; - rbbi.cbSize = GetSizeofRBBI(); - rbbi.fMask = RBBIM_COLORS; - rbbi.clrFore = clrFore; - rbbi.clrBack = clrBack; - - return (BOOL)SendMessage(RB_SETBANDINFO, nBand, (LPARAM)&rbbi); - } - - inline BOOL CReBar::SetBandInfo(int nBand, REBARBANDINFO& rbbi) const - // Sets the characteristics of a rebar control. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - assert(nBand >= 0); - - // REBARBANDINFO describes individual BAND characteristics0 - rbbi.cbSize = GetSizeofRBBI(); - return (BOOL)SendMessage(RB_SETBANDINFO, nBand, (LPARAM)&rbbi); - } - - inline BOOL CReBar::SetBarInfo(REBARINFO& rbi) const - // REBARINFO associates an image list with the rebar - // A band will also need to set RBBIM_IMAGE - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - - rbi.cbSize = GetSizeofRBBI(); - return (BOOL)SendMessage(RB_SETBARINFO, 0L, (LPARAM)&rbi); - } - - inline void CReBar::SetReBarTheme(ReBarTheme& Theme) - { - m_Theme.UseThemes = Theme.UseThemes; - m_Theme.clrBkgnd1 = Theme.clrBkgnd1; - m_Theme.clrBkgnd2 = Theme.clrBkgnd2; - m_Theme.clrBand1 = Theme.clrBand1; - m_Theme.clrBand2 = Theme.clrBand2; - m_Theme.BandsLeft = Theme.BandsLeft; - m_Theme.LockMenuBand = Theme.LockMenuBand; - m_Theme.ShortBands = Theme.ShortBands; - m_Theme.UseLines = Theme.UseLines; - m_Theme.FlatStyle = Theme.FlatStyle; - m_Theme.RoundBorders = Theme.RoundBorders; - - if (IsWindow()) - { - if (m_Theme.LockMenuBand) - ShowGripper(GetBand(m_hMenuBar), FALSE); - else - ShowGripper(GetBand(m_hMenuBar), TRUE); - - Invalidate(); - } - } - - inline BOOL CReBar::ShowBand(int nBand, BOOL fShow) const - // Show or hide a band - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (BOOL)SendMessage(RB_SHOWBAND, (WPARAM)nBand, (LPARAM)fShow); - } - - inline BOOL CReBar::ShowGripper(int nBand, BOOL fShow) const - // Show or hide the band's gripper - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - - REBARBANDINFO rbbi = {0}; - rbbi.cbSize = GetSizeofRBBI(); - rbbi.fMask = RBBIM_STYLE; - GetBandInfo(nBand, rbbi); - if (fShow) - { - rbbi.fStyle |= RBBS_GRIPPERALWAYS; - rbbi.fStyle &= ~RBBS_NOGRIPPER; - } - else - { - rbbi.fStyle &= ~RBBS_GRIPPERALWAYS; - rbbi.fStyle |= RBBS_NOGRIPPER; - } - - return SetBandInfo(nBand, rbbi); - } - - inline BOOL CReBar::SizeToRect(CRect& rect) const - // Attempts to find the best layout of the bands for the given rectangle. - // The rebar bands will be arranged and wrapped as necessary to fit the rectangle. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (BOOL)SendMessage(RB_SIZETORECT, 0, (LPARAM) (LPRECT)rect); - } - - inline LRESULT CReBar::WndProcDefault(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) - { - switch (uMsg) - { - case WM_MOUSEMOVE: - if (m_Theme.UseThemes && m_Theme.LockMenuBand) - { - // We want to lock the first row in place, but allow other bands to move! - // Use move messages to limit the resizing of bands - int y = GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam); - - if (y <= GetRowHeight(0)) - return 0L; // throw this message away - } - break; - case WM_LBUTTONDOWN: - m_Orig_lParam = lParam; // Store the x,y position - m_bIsDragging = TRUE; - break; - case WM_LBUTTONUP: - if (m_Theme.UseThemes && m_Theme.LockMenuBand) - { - // Use move messages to limit the resizing of bands - int y = GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam); - - if (y <= GetRowHeight(0)) - { - // Use x,y from WM_LBUTTONDOWN for WM_LBUTTONUP position - lParam = m_Orig_lParam; - } - } - m_bIsDragging = FALSE; - break; - case UWM_GETREBARTHEME: - { - ReBarTheme& rm = GetReBarTheme(); - return (LRESULT)&rm; - } - case UWM_TOOLBAR_RESIZE: - { - HWND hToolBar = (HWND)wParam; - LPSIZE pToolBarSize = (LPSIZE)lParam; - ResizeBand(GetBand(hToolBar), *pToolBarSize); - } - break; - } - - // pass unhandled messages on for default processing - return CWnd::WndProcDefault(uMsg, wParam, lParam); - } - -} // namespace Win32xx - -#endif // #ifndef _WIN32XX_REBAR_H_ diff --git a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/release notes.txt b/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/release notes.txt deleted file mode 100644 index bc3114da..00000000 --- a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/release notes.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,116 +0,0 @@ -About Win32++ -------------- -Win32++ is simple and easy to understand framework for developing Win32 -applications using C++. It brings an object oriented approach to programming -directly with the Win32 API. Each window created is a C++ class object capable -of having its own window procedure for routing messages. - -Win32++ supports the following compilers and development environments: -* Borland C++ Compiler 5.5 -* Borland Developer Studio 2006 -* Dev-C++ -* Microsoft Visual C++ Toolkit 2003 -* Microsoft Visual C++ 2005 Express Edition -* Microsoft Visual C++ 2008 Express Edition -* Microsoft Visual C++ 2010 Express Edition -* Microsoft Visual Studio 6.0 -* Microsoft Visual Studio.net 2003 -* Microsoft Visual Studio.net 2005 -* Microsoft Visual Studio.net 2008 -* Microsoft Visual Studio.net 2010 -* MinGW compiler - -Win32++ supports the following operating systems -* Windows 95 -* Windows 98 -* Windows ME -* Windows NT 4 -* Windows 2000 -* Windows XP (32bit and 64bit) -* Windows 2003 Server (32bit and 64bit) -* Windows Vista (32bit and 64bit) -* Windows 2008 Server (32bit and 64bit) -* Windows 7 (32 bit and 64 bit) -* Windows CE from WCE400 (Windows mobile 2003) to WCE600 (Windows mobile 6) - - -Features --------- -Win32++ code has the following features - * Object Orientated - * Subclassing support - * Notification reflection and message reflection - * Unicode compliant, with multilingual support - * Multi-threaded support. - * Tracing - * 64 bit support - * Windows 7 ribbon support - * Themes support - * Network support (including IP version 6) - * Docking windows - * Tabbed MDIs - -Frames produced by Win32++ include the following: - * Rebar - * Menubar - * Toolbar - * Status bar - * Tool tips - -About the file downloads ------------------------- -The file download from Sourceforge includes the following: - * The Win32++ library itself - * Help for the library - * A set of tutorials - * A collection of sample applications - -The sample applications include: - * Browser - An Internet browser application with an event sink. - * Dialog - An example of a simple dialog application. - * DialogDemo - An interative dialog application demonstrating slider controls and progress bars. - * DialogResizing - An example of a resizable dialog. - * DialogTab - A dialog application with a tab control. - * DirectX - A simple DirectX application. - * DLL - Shows how to run Win32++ from within a DLL - * Dock - An example of a simple docking application. - * DockContainer - An example of a docking application which incorporates containers. - * DockTabbedMDI - An example of a docking application with containers and a tabbed MDI. - * Explorer - A Windows Explorer-like application. - * FastGDI - An application which demonstrates direct manipulation of a bitmap's colour. - * FormDemo - An example of a modeless dialog within a frame. - * Frame - A simple frame application. - * GDIPlus - Demonstrates how to use GDI+ with Win32++. - * MDIFrame - A simple MDI frame application. - * MDIFrameDemo - Demonstrates some additional features of MDI frames. - * MDIFrameSplitter - Demonstrates how to implement splitter windows in MDI Child windows. - * Networking - Demonstrates the use of networking. - * Notepad - A simple text editor with printing. - * Performance - Measures Win32++'s message handling speed. - * Picture - A simple picture rendering application. - * PropertySheets - A demonstration of property sheets. - * RibbonFrame - Demonstrates how to use the Windows 7 ribbon with a frame. - * RibbonSimple - Demonstrates how to use the Windwos 7 ribbon with a simple window. - * Scribble - A simple drawing application. - * Simple - Creates a simple window. - * Splitter - Demonstrates how to use dockers to create splitter windows. - * TabDemo - Demonstrates the use of a CTab control in a frame. - * TaskDialog - Demonstrates the use of task dialogs (available on Vista and above). - * Themes - Demonstrates how to customise the colours for rebar and toolbar controls. - * Threads - Demonstrates multi-threaded Windows. - * Tray - Demonstrates how to "minimise" an application to the system tray. - * WinCE samples - A small collection of samples for Windows CE - -Getting Started ---------------- -Each file download includes the project files for Dev-C++, CodeBlocks and the -various compilers from Microsoft. CodeBlocks is an IDE (Integrated Development -Environment) that supports GNU GCC, Borland Developer Studio 2006 and Microsoft -C++ Toolkit 2003. - -You can start with one of the sample programs, and add your code. Alternatively -you can start with the projects and sample code provided in the "new projects" -folder. - -For additional information on getting started, refer to the help included -in the documentation. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/ribbon.h b/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/ribbon.h deleted file mode 100644 index 9f6dac5c..00000000 --- a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/ribbon.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,527 +0,0 @@ -// Win32++ Version 7.2 -// Released: 5th AUgust 2011 -// -// David Nash -// email: dnash@bigpond.net.au -// url: https://sourceforge.net/projects/win32-framework -// -// -// Copyright (c) 2005-2011 David Nash -// -// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to -// any person obtaining a copy of this software and -// associated documentation files (the "Software"), -// to deal in the Software without restriction, including -// without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, -// merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell -// copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom -// the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the -// following conditions: -// -// The above copyright notice and this permission notice -// shall be included in all copies or substantial portions -// of the Software. -// -// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF -// ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED -// TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A -// PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT -// SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR -// ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN -// ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, -// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE -// OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. -// -//////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - - -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// ribbon.h -// Declaration of the following classes: -// CRibbon and CRibbonFrame -// - -#ifndef _WIN32XX_RIBBON_H_ -#define _WIN32XX_RIBBON_H_ - - -// Notes: 1) The Windows 7 SDK must be installed and its directories added to the IDE -// 2) The ribbon only works on OS Windows 7 and above - -//#include -#include // Contained within the Windows 7 SDK -#include - -namespace Win32xx -{ - // Defines the callback entry-point methods for the Ribbon framework. - class CRibbon : public IUICommandHandler, public IUIApplication - { - public: - CRibbon() : m_cRef(1), m_pRibbonFramework(NULL) {} - ~CRibbon(); - - // IUnknown methods. - STDMETHOD_(ULONG, AddRef()); - STDMETHOD_(ULONG, Release()); - STDMETHOD(QueryInterface(REFIID iid, void** ppv)); - - // IUIApplication methods - STDMETHOD(OnCreateUICommand)(UINT nCmdID, __in UI_COMMANDTYPE typeID, - __deref_out IUICommandHandler** ppCommandHandler); - - STDMETHOD(OnDestroyUICommand)(UINT32 commandId, __in UI_COMMANDTYPE typeID, - __in_opt IUICommandHandler* commandHandler); - - STDMETHOD(OnViewChanged)(UINT viewId, __in UI_VIEWTYPE typeId, __in IUnknown* pView, - UI_VIEWVERB verb, INT uReasonCode); - - // IUICommandHandle methods - STDMETHODIMP Execute(UINT nCmdID, UI_EXECUTIONVERB verb, __in_opt const PROPERTYKEY* key, __in_opt const PROPVARIANT* ppropvarValue, - __in_opt IUISimplePropertySet* pCommandExecutionProperties); - - STDMETHODIMP UpdateProperty(UINT nCmdID, __in REFPROPERTYKEY key, __in_opt const PROPVARIANT* ppropvarCurrentValue, - __out PROPVARIANT* ppropvarNewValue); - - bool virtual CreateRibbon(CWnd* pWnd); - void virtual DestroyRibbon(); - IUIFramework* GetRibbonFramework() { return m_pRibbonFramework; } - - private: - IUIFramework* m_pRibbonFramework; - LONG m_cRef; // Reference count. - - }; - - - class CRibbonFrame : public CFrame, public CRibbon - { - public: - // A nested class for the MRU item properties - class CRecentFiles : public IUISimplePropertySet - { - public: - CRecentFiles(PWSTR wszFullPath); - ~CRecentFiles() {} - - // IUnknown methods. - STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) AddRef(); - STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) Release(); - STDMETHODIMP QueryInterface(REFIID iid, void** ppv); - - // IUISimplePropertySet methods - STDMETHODIMP GetValue(__in REFPROPERTYKEY key, __out PROPVARIANT *value); - - private: - LONG m_cRef; // Reference count. - WCHAR m_wszDisplayName[MAX_PATH]; - WCHAR m_wszFullPath[MAX_PATH]; - }; - - typedef Shared_Ptr RecentFilesPtr; - - CRibbonFrame() : m_uRibbonHeight(0) {} - virtual ~CRibbonFrame() {} - virtual CRect GetViewRect() const; - virtual void OnCreate(); - virtual void OnDestroy(); - virtual STDMETHODIMP OnViewChanged(UINT32 viewId, UI_VIEWTYPE typeId, IUnknown* pView, UI_VIEWVERB verb, INT32 uReasonCode); - virtual HRESULT PopulateRibbonRecentItems(__deref_out PROPVARIANT* pvarValue); - virtual void UpdateMRUMenu(); - - UINT GetRibbonHeight() const { return m_uRibbonHeight; } - - private: - std::vector m_vRecentFiles; - void SetRibbonHeight(UINT uRibbonHeight) { m_uRibbonHeight = uRibbonHeight; } - UINT m_uRibbonHeight; - }; - -} - - -//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - - -namespace Win32xx -{ - ////////////////////////////////////////////// - // Definitions for the CRibbon class - // - - inline CRibbon::~CRibbon() - { - // Reference count must be 1 or we have a leak! - assert(m_cRef == 1); - } - - // IUnknown method implementations. - inline STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) CRibbon::AddRef() - { - return InterlockedIncrement(&m_cRef); - } - - inline STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) CRibbon::Release() - { - LONG cRef = InterlockedDecrement(&m_cRef); - return cRef; - } - - inline STDMETHODIMP CRibbon::Execute(UINT nCmdID, UI_EXECUTIONVERB verb, __in_opt const PROPERTYKEY* key, __in_opt const PROPVARIANT* ppropvarValue, - __in_opt IUISimplePropertySet* pCommandExecutionProperties) - { - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER (nCmdID); - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER (verb); - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER (key); - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER (ppropvarValue); - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER (pCommandExecutionProperties); - - return E_NOTIMPL; - } - - inline STDMETHODIMP CRibbon::QueryInterface(REFIID iid, void** ppv) - { - if (iid == __uuidof(IUnknown)) - { - *ppv = static_cast(static_cast(this)); - } - else if (iid == __uuidof(IUICommandHandler)) - { - *ppv = static_cast(this); - } - else if (iid == __uuidof(IUIApplication)) - { - *ppv = static_cast(this); - } - else - { - *ppv = NULL; - return E_NOINTERFACE; - } - - AddRef(); - return S_OK; - } - - // Called by the Ribbon framework for each command specified in markup, to bind the Command to an IUICommandHandler. - inline STDMETHODIMP CRibbon::OnCreateUICommand(UINT nCmdID, __in UI_COMMANDTYPE typeID, - __deref_out IUICommandHandler** ppCommandHandler) - { - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(typeID); - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(nCmdID); - - // By default we use the single command handler provided as part of CRibbon. - // Override this function to account for multiple command handlers. - - return QueryInterface(IID_PPV_ARGS(ppCommandHandler)); - } - - // Called when the state of the Ribbon changes, for example, created, destroyed, or resized. - inline STDMETHODIMP CRibbon::OnViewChanged(UINT viewId, __in UI_VIEWTYPE typeId, __in IUnknown* pView, - UI_VIEWVERB verb, INT uReasonCode) - { - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(viewId); - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(typeId); - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(pView); - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(verb); - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(uReasonCode); - - - return E_NOTIMPL; - } - - // Called by the Ribbon framework for each command at the time of ribbon destruction. - inline STDMETHODIMP CRibbon::OnDestroyUICommand(UINT32 nCmdID, __in UI_COMMANDTYPE typeID, - __in_opt IUICommandHandler* commandHandler) - { - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(commandHandler); - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(typeID); - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(nCmdID); - - return E_NOTIMPL; - } - - // Called by the Ribbon framework when a command property (PKEY) needs to be updated. - inline STDMETHODIMP CRibbon::UpdateProperty(UINT nCmdID, __in REFPROPERTYKEY key, __in_opt const PROPVARIANT* ppropvarCurrentValue, - __out PROPVARIANT* ppropvarNewValue) - { - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(nCmdID); - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(key); - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(ppropvarCurrentValue); - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(ppropvarNewValue); - - return E_NOTIMPL; - } - - inline bool CRibbon::CreateRibbon(CWnd* pWnd) - { - ::CoInitialize(NULL); - - // Instantiate the Ribbon framework object. - ::CoCreateInstance(CLSID_UIRibbonFramework, NULL, CLSCTX_INPROC_SERVER, IID_PPV_ARGS(&m_pRibbonFramework)); - - // Connect the host application to the Ribbon framework. - HRESULT hr = m_pRibbonFramework->Initialize(pWnd->GetHwnd(), this); - if (FAILED(hr)) - { - return false; - } - - // Load the binary markup. APPLICATION_RIBBON is the default name generated by uicc. - hr = m_pRibbonFramework->LoadUI(GetModuleHandle(NULL), L"APPLICATION_RIBBON"); - if (FAILED(hr)) - { - return false; - } - - return true; - } - - inline void CRibbon::DestroyRibbon() - { - if (m_pRibbonFramework) - { - m_pRibbonFramework->Destroy(); - m_pRibbonFramework->Release(); - m_pRibbonFramework = NULL; - } - } - - - ////////////////////////////////////////////// - // Definitions for the CRibbonFrame class - // - - inline CRect CRibbonFrame::GetViewRect() const - { - // Get the frame's client area - CRect rcFrame = GetClientRect(); - - // Get the statusbar's window area - CRect rcStatus; - if (GetStatusBar().IsWindowVisible() || !IsWindowVisible()) - rcStatus = GetStatusBar().GetWindowRect(); - - // Get the top rebar or toolbar's window area - CRect rcTop; - if (IsReBarSupported() && m_bUseReBar) - rcTop = GetReBar().GetWindowRect(); - else - if (m_bUseToolBar && GetToolBar().IsWindowVisible()) - rcTop = GetToolBar().GetWindowRect(); - - // Return client size less the rebar and status windows - int top = rcFrame.top + rcTop.Height() + m_uRibbonHeight; - int left = rcFrame.left; - int right = rcFrame.right; - int bottom = rcFrame.Height() - (rcStatus.Height()); - if ((bottom <= top) ||( right <= left)) - top = left = right = bottom = 0; - - CRect rcView(left, top, right, bottom); - return rcView; - } - - inline void CRibbonFrame::OnCreate() - { - // OnCreate is called automatically during window creation when a - // WM_CREATE message received. - - // Tasks such as setting the icon, creating child windows, or anything - // associated with creating windows are normally performed here. - - if (GetWinVersion() >= 2601) // WinVersion >= Windows 7 - { - m_bUseReBar = FALSE; // Don't use rebars - m_bUseToolBar = FALSE; // Don't use a toolbar - - CFrame::OnCreate(); - - if (CreateRibbon(this)) - TRACE(_T("Ribbon Created Succesfully\n")); - else - throw CWinException(_T("Failed to create ribbon")); - } - else - { - CFrame::OnCreate(); - } - } - - inline void CRibbonFrame::OnDestroy() - { - DestroyRibbon(); - CFrame::OnDestroy(); - } - - inline STDMETHODIMP CRibbonFrame::OnViewChanged(UINT32 viewId, UI_VIEWTYPE typeId, IUnknown* pView, UI_VIEWVERB verb, INT32 uReasonCode) - { - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(viewId); - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(uReasonCode); - - HRESULT hr = E_NOTIMPL; - - // Checks to see if the view that was changed was a Ribbon view. - if (UI_VIEWTYPE_RIBBON == typeId) - { - switch (verb) - { - // The view was newly created. - case UI_VIEWVERB_CREATE: - hr = S_OK; - break; - - // The view has been resized. For the Ribbon view, the application should - // call GetHeight to determine the height of the ribbon. - case UI_VIEWVERB_SIZE: - { - IUIRibbon* pRibbon = NULL; - UINT uRibbonHeight; - - hr = pView->QueryInterface(IID_PPV_ARGS(&pRibbon)); - if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) - { - // Call to the framework to determine the desired height of the Ribbon. - hr = pRibbon->GetHeight(&uRibbonHeight); - SetRibbonHeight(uRibbonHeight); - pRibbon->Release(); - - RecalcLayout(); - // Use the ribbon height to position controls in the client area of the window. - } - } - break; - // The view was destroyed. - case UI_VIEWVERB_DESTROY: - hr = S_OK; - break; - } - } - - return hr; - } - - inline HRESULT CRibbonFrame::PopulateRibbonRecentItems(__deref_out PROPVARIANT* pvarValue) - { - LONG iCurrentFile = 0; - std::vector FileNames = GetMRUEntries(); - std::vector::iterator iter; - int iFileCount = FileNames.size(); - HRESULT hr = E_FAIL; - SAFEARRAY* psa = SafeArrayCreateVector(VT_UNKNOWN, 0, iFileCount); - m_vRecentFiles.clear(); - - if (psa != NULL) - { - for (iter = FileNames.begin(); iter < FileNames.end(); ++iter) - { - tString strCurrentFile = (*iter); - WCHAR wszCurrentFile[MAX_PATH] = {0L}; - lstrcpynW(wszCurrentFile, T2W(strCurrentFile.c_str()), MAX_PATH); - - CRecentFiles* pRecentFiles = new CRecentFiles(wszCurrentFile); - m_vRecentFiles.push_back(RecentFilesPtr(pRecentFiles)); - hr = SafeArrayPutElement(psa, &iCurrentFile, static_cast(pRecentFiles)); - ++iCurrentFile; - } - - SAFEARRAYBOUND sab = {iCurrentFile,0}; - SafeArrayRedim(psa, &sab); - hr = UIInitPropertyFromIUnknownArray(UI_PKEY_RecentItems, psa, pvarValue); - - SafeArrayDestroy(psa); // Calls release for each element in the array - } - - return hr; - } - - inline void CRibbonFrame::UpdateMRUMenu() - { - // Suppress UpdateMRUMenu when ribbon is used - if (0 != GetRibbonFramework()) return; - - CFrame::UpdateMRUMenu(); - } - - - //////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - // Declaration of the nested CRecentFiles class - // - inline CRibbonFrame::CRecentFiles::CRecentFiles(PWSTR wszFullPath) : m_cRef(1) - { - SHFILEINFOW sfi; - DWORD_PTR dwPtr = NULL; - m_wszFullPath[0] = L'\0'; - m_wszDisplayName[0] = L'\0'; - - if (NULL != lstrcpynW(m_wszFullPath, wszFullPath, MAX_PATH)) - { - dwPtr = ::SHGetFileInfoW(wszFullPath, FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL, &sfi, sizeof(sfi), SHGFI_DISPLAYNAME | SHGFI_USEFILEATTRIBUTES); - - if (dwPtr != NULL) - { - lstrcpynW(m_wszDisplayName, sfi.szDisplayName, MAX_PATH); - } - else // Provide a reasonable fallback. - { - lstrcpynW(m_wszDisplayName, m_wszFullPath, MAX_PATH); - } - } - } - - inline STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) CRibbonFrame::CRecentFiles::AddRef() - { - return InterlockedIncrement(&m_cRef); - } - - inline STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) CRibbonFrame::CRecentFiles::Release() - { - return InterlockedDecrement(&m_cRef); - } - - inline STDMETHODIMP CRibbonFrame::CRecentFiles::QueryInterface(REFIID iid, void** ppv) - { - if (!ppv) - { - return E_POINTER; - } - - if (iid == __uuidof(IUnknown)) - { - *ppv = static_cast(this); - } - else if (iid == __uuidof(IUISimplePropertySet)) - { - *ppv = static_cast(this); - } - else - { - *ppv = NULL; - return E_NOINTERFACE; - } - - AddRef(); - return S_OK; - } - - // IUISimplePropertySet methods. - inline STDMETHODIMP CRibbonFrame::CRecentFiles::GetValue(__in REFPROPERTYKEY key, __out PROPVARIANT *ppropvar) - { - HRESULT hr = HRESULT_FROM_WIN32(ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED); - - if (key == UI_PKEY_Label) - { - hr = UIInitPropertyFromString(key, m_wszDisplayName, ppropvar); - } - else if (key == UI_PKEY_LabelDescription) - { - hr = UIInitPropertyFromString(key, m_wszDisplayName, ppropvar); - } - - return hr; - } - -} // namespace Win32xx - -#endif // _WIN32XX_RIBBON_H_ - diff --git a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/shared_ptr.h b/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/shared_ptr.h deleted file mode 100644 index 0d2f8b0c..00000000 --- a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/shared_ptr.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,199 +0,0 @@ -// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF -// ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED -// TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A -// PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT -// SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR -// ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN -// ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, -// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE -// OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. -// -// This software was developed from code available in the public domain -// and has no copyright. - - -// About Shared_Ptr: -// Shared_Ptr wraps a reference-counted smart pointer around a dynamically -// allocated object. Unlike auto_ptr, the Shared_Ptr can be used as a smart -// pointer for objects stored in containers like std::vector. Do not use -// Shared_Ptr (or shared_ptr or auto_ptr) for dynamically allocated arrays. -// See below for advice on how to wrap dynamically allocated arrays in a -// vector. -// -// The next standard of C++ will also contain a shared_ptr. Some modern -// compilers already have a shared_ptr available as std::tr1::shared_ptr. If -// your compiler already provides a shared_ptr, or if you have Boost, you -// should use that smart pointer instead. This class has been provided for -// those users who don't have easy access to an "official" shared_ptr. -// Note that this class is "Shared_Ptr", a slightly different name to the -// future "shared_ptr" to avoid naming conflicts. - -// Advantages of Shared_Ptr (or shared_ptr where available): -// - Shared_Ptr can be safely copied. This makes then suitable for containers. -// - Shared_Ptr automatically calls delete for the wrapped pointer when -// its last copy goes out of scope. -// - Shared_Ptr simplifies exception safety. -// -// Without smart pointers, it can be quite challenging to ensure that every -// dynamically allocated pointer (i.e. use of new) is deleted in the event of -// all possible exceptions. In addition to the exceptions we throw ourselves, -// "new" itself will throw an exception it it fails, as does the STL (Standard -// Template Library which includes vector and string). Without smart pointers -// we often need to resort to additional try/catch blocks simply to avoid -// memory leaks when exceptions occur. - -// Examples: -// Shared_Ptr w1(new CWnd); -// or -// Shared_Ptr w1 = new CWnd; -// or -// typedef Shared_Ptr CWndPtr; -// CWndPtr w1 = new CWnd; -// or -// typedef Shared_Ptr CWndPtr; -// CWndPtr w1(new CWnd); -// -// And with a vector -// typedef Shared_Ptr CWndPtr; -// std::vector MyVector; -// MyVector.push_back(new CWnd); -// or -// typedef Shared_Ptr CWndPtr; -// CWnd* pWnd = new CWnd; -// std::vector MyVector; -// MyVector.push_back(pWnd); -// - -// How to handle dynamically allocated arrays: -// While we could create a smart pointer for arrays, we don't need to because -// std::vector already handles this for us. Consider the following example: -// int nLength = ::GetWindowTextLength(m_hWnd); -// pTChar = new TCHAR[nLength+1]; -// memset(pTChar, 0, (nLength+1)*sizeof(TCHAR)); -// ::GetWindowText(m_hWnd, m_pTChar, nLength+1); -// .... -// delete[] pTChar; -// -// This can be improved by using a vector instead of an array -// int nLength = ::GetWindowTextLength(m_hWnd); -// std::vector vTChar( nLength+1, _T('\0') ); -// TCHAR* pTCharArray = &vTChar.front(); -// ::GetWindowText(m_hWnd, pTCharArray, nLength+1); -// -// This works because the memory in a vector is always contiguous. Note that -// this is NOT always true of std::string. - - -// Summing up: -// In my opinion, "naked" pointers for dynamically created objects should be -// avoided in modern C++ code. That's to say that calls to "new" should be -// wrapped in some sort of smart pointer wherever possible. This eliminates -// the possibility of memory leaks (particularly in the event of exceptions). -// It also elminiates the need for delete in user's code. - -#ifndef _WIN32XX_SHARED_PTR_ -#define _WIN32XX_SHARED_PTR_ - -namespace Win32xx -{ - - template - class Shared_Ptr - { - public: - Shared_Ptr() : m_ptr(NULL), m_count(NULL) { } - Shared_Ptr(T1 * p) : m_ptr(p), m_count(NULL) - { - try - { - if (m_ptr) m_count = new long(0); - inc_ref(); - } - // catch the unlikely event of 'new long(0)' throwing an exception - catch (const std::bad_alloc&) - { - delete m_ptr; - throw; - } - } - Shared_Ptr(const Shared_Ptr& rhs) : m_ptr(rhs.m_ptr), m_count(rhs.m_count) { inc_ref(); } - ~Shared_Ptr() - { - if(m_count && 0 == dec_ref()) - { - // Note: This code doesn't handle a pointer to an array. - // We would need delete[] m_ptr to handle that. - delete m_ptr; - delete m_count; - } - } - - T1* get() const { return m_ptr; } - long use_count() const { return m_count? *m_count : 0; } - bool unique() const { return (m_count && (*m_count == 1)); } - - void swap(Shared_Ptr& rhs) - { - std::swap(m_ptr, rhs.m_ptr); - std::swap(m_count, rhs.m_count); - } - - Shared_Ptr& operator=(const Shared_Ptr& rhs) - { - Shared_Ptr tmp(rhs); - this->swap(tmp); - return *this; - } - - T1* operator->() const - { - assert(m_ptr); - return m_ptr; - } - - T1& operator*() const - { - assert (m_ptr); - return *m_ptr; - } - - bool operator== (const Shared_Ptr& rhs) const - { - return ( *m_ptr == *rhs.m_ptr); - } - - bool operator!= (const Shared_Ptr& rhs) const - { - return ( *m_ptr != *rhs.m_ptr); - } - - bool operator< (const Shared_Ptr& rhs) const - { - return ( *m_ptr < *rhs.m_ptr ); - } - - bool operator> (const Shared_Ptr& rhs) const - { - return ( *m_ptr > *rhs.m_ptr ); - } - - private: - void inc_ref() - { - if(m_count) - InterlockedIncrement(m_count); - } - - int dec_ref() - { - assert (m_count); - return InterlockedDecrement(m_count); - } - - T1* m_ptr; - long* m_count; - }; - -} - -#endif // _WIN32XX_SHARED_PTR_ diff --git a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/socket.h b/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/socket.h deleted file mode 100644 index 63a7770f..00000000 --- a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/socket.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,778 +0,0 @@ -// Win32++ Version 7.2 -// Released: 5th AUgust 2011 -// -// David Nash -// email: dnash@bigpond.net.au -// url: https://sourceforge.net/projects/win32-framework -// -// -// Copyright (c) 2005-2011 David Nash -// -// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to -// any person obtaining a copy of this software and -// associated documentation files (the "Software"), -// to deal in the Software without restriction, including -// without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, -// merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell -// copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom -// the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the -// following conditions: -// -// The above copyright notice and this permission notice -// shall be included in all copies or substantial portions -// of the Software. -// -// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF -// ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED -// TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A -// PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT -// SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR -// ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN -// ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, -// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE -// OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. -// -//////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - - -//////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// socket.h -// Declaration of the CSocket class -// -// The CSocket class represents a network socket. It encapsualtes many of -// the Windows Socket SPI fuctions, providing an object-oriented approach -// to network programming. After StartEvents is called, CSocket monitors -// the socket and responds automatically to network events. This event -// monitoring, for example, automatically calls OnReceive when there is -// data on the socket to be read, and OnAccept when a server should accept -// a connection from a client. - -// Users of this class should be aware that functions like OnReceive, -// OnAccept, etc. are called on a different thread from the one CSocket is -// instanciated on. The thread for these functions needs to respond quickly -// to other network events, so it shouldn't be delayed. It also doesn't run -// a message loop, so it can't be used to create windows. For these reasons -// it might be best to use PostMessage in response to these functions in a -// windows environment. - -// Refer to the network samples for an example of how to use this class to -// create a TCP client & server, and a UDP client and server. - -// To compile programs with CSocket, link with ws3_32.lib for Win32, -// and ws2.lib for Windows CE. Windows 95 systems will need to install the -// "Windows Sockets 2.0 for Windows 95". It's available from: -// http://support.microsoft.com/kb/182108/EN-US/ - -// For a TCP server, inherit a class from CSocket and override OnAccept, OnDisconnect -// and OnRecieve. Create one instance of this class and use it as a listening socket. -// The purpose of the listening socket is to detect connections from clients and accept them. -// For the listening socket, we do the following: -// 1) Create the socket. -// 2) Bind an IP address to the socket. -// 3) Listen on the socket for incoming connection requests. -// 4) Use StartNotifyRevents to receive notification of network events. -// 5) Override OnAccept to accept requests on a newly created data CSocket object. -// 6) Create a new data socket for each client connection accepted. -// 7) The server socket uses the 'accept' function to accept an incoming connection -// from this new data socket. - -// The purpose of the data socket is to send data to, and recieve data from the client. -// There will be one data socket for each client accepted by the server. -// To use it we do the following: -// * To recieve data from the client, override OnReceive and use Receive. -// * To send data to use Send. -// * OnDisconnect can be used to detect when the client is disconnected. - -// For a TCP client, inherit from CSocket and override OnReceive and OnDisconnect. -// Create an instance of this inherited class, and perform the following steps: -// 1) Create the socket. -// 2) Connect to the server. -// 3) Use StartNotifyRevents to receive notification of network events. -// We are now ready to send and recieve data from the server. -// * Use Send to send data to the server. -// * Override OnReceive and use Recieve to receive data from the server -// * OnDisconnect can be used to detect when the client is disconnected from the server. - -// Notes regarding IPv6 support -// * IPv6 is supported on Windows Vista and above. Windows XP with SP2 provides -// "experimental" support, which can be enabled by entering "ipv6 install" -// at a command prompt. -// * IPv6 is not supported by all compilters and devlopment environments. In -// particular, it is not supported by Dev-C++ or Borland 5.5. A modern -// Platform SDK needs to be added to Visual Studio 6 for it to support IPv6. -// * IsIPV6Supported returns false if either the operating system or the -// development environment fails to support IPv6. -// - -#ifndef _WIN32XX_SOCKET_H_ -#define _WIN32XX_SOCKET_H_ - - -#include "wincore.h" -#include -#include -#include - - -#define THREAD_TIMEOUT 100 - - -namespace Win32xx -{ - - typedef int WINAPI GETADDRINFO(LPCSTR, LPCSTR, const struct addrinfo*, struct addrinfo**); - typedef void WINAPI FREEADDRINFO(struct addrinfo*); - - class CSocket - { - public: - CSocket(); - virtual ~CSocket(); - - // Operations - virtual void Accept(CSocket& rClientSock, struct sockaddr* addr, int* addrlen); - virtual int Bind(LPCTSTR addr, LPCTSTR port); - virtual int Bind(const struct sockaddr* name, int namelen); - virtual int Connect(LPCTSTR addr, LPCTSTR port); - virtual int Connect(const struct sockaddr* name, int namelen); - virtual BOOL Create( int family, int type, int protocol = IPPROTO_IP); - virtual void Disconnect(); - virtual void FreeAddrInfo( struct addrinfo* ai ); - virtual int GetAddrInfo( LPCTSTR nodename, LPCTSTR servname, const struct addrinfo* hints, struct addrinfo** res); - virtual LPCTSTR GetLastError(); - virtual int ioCtlSocket(long cmd, u_long* argp); - virtual BOOL IsIPV6Supported(); - virtual int Listen(int backlog = SOMAXCONN); - virtual int Receive(TCHAR* buf, int len, int flags); - virtual int ReceiveFrom(TCHAR* buf, int len, int flags, struct sockaddr* from, int* fromlen); - virtual int Send(LPCTSTR buf, int len, int flags); - virtual int SendTo(LPCTSTR send, int len, int flags, LPCTSTR addr, LPCTSTR port); - virtual int SendTo(LPCTSTR buf, int len, int flags, const struct sockaddr* to, int tolen); - - virtual void StartEvents(); - virtual void StopEvents(); - - // Attributes - virtual int GetPeerName(struct sockaddr* name, int* namelen); - virtual int GetSockName(struct sockaddr* name, int* namelen); - SOCKET& GetSocket() { return m_Socket; } - virtual int GetSockOpt(int level, int optname, char* optval, int* optlen); - virtual int SetSockOpt(int level, int optname, const char* optval, int optlen); - - // Override these functions to monitor events - virtual void OnAccept() {} - virtual void OnAddresListChange() {} - virtual void OnDisconnect() {} - virtual void OnConnect() {} - virtual void OnOutOfBand() {} - virtual void OnQualityOfService() {} - virtual void OnReceive() {} - virtual void OnRoutingChange() {} - virtual void OnSend() {} - - - - // Allow CSocket to be used as a SOCKET - operator SOCKET() const {return m_Socket;} - - private: - CSocket(const CSocket&); // Disable copy construction - CSocket& operator = (const CSocket&); // Disable assignment operator - static UINT WINAPI EventThread(LPVOID thread_data); - - tString m_tsErrorMessage; - SOCKET m_Socket; - HMODULE m_hWS2_32; - HANDLE m_hEventThread; // Handle to the thread - HANDLE m_StopRequest; // An event to signal the event thread should stop - HANDLE m_Stopped; // An event to signal the event thread is stopped - - GETADDRINFO* m_pfnGetAddrInfo; // pointer for the GetAddrInfo function - FREEADDRINFO* m_pfnFreeAddrInfo; // pointer for the FreeAddrInfo function - }; -} - -//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - -namespace Win32xx -{ - - inline CSocket::CSocket() : m_Socket(INVALID_SOCKET), m_hEventThread(0) - { - // Initialise the Windows Socket services - WSADATA wsaData; - - if (0 != ::WSAStartup(MAKEWORD(2,2), &wsaData)) - throw CWinException(_T("WSAStartup failed")); - - m_hWS2_32 = ::LoadLibrary(_T("WS2_32.dll")); - if (0 == m_hWS2_32) - throw CWinException(_T("Failed to load WS2_2.dll")); - - m_pfnGetAddrInfo = (GETADDRINFO*) GetProcAddress(m_hWS2_32, "getaddrinfo"); - m_pfnFreeAddrInfo = (FREEADDRINFO*) GetProcAddress(m_hWS2_32, "freeaddrinfo"); - - m_StopRequest = ::CreateEvent(0, TRUE, FALSE, 0); - m_Stopped = ::CreateEvent(0, TRUE, FALSE, 0); - } - - inline CSocket::~CSocket() - { - Disconnect(); - - // Close handles - ::CloseHandle(m_StopRequest); - ::CloseHandle(m_Stopped); - - // Terminate the Windows Socket services - ::WSACleanup(); - - ::FreeLibrary(m_hWS2_32); - } - - inline void CSocket::Accept(CSocket& rClientSock, struct sockaddr* addr, int* addrlen) - { - // The accept function permits an incoming connection attempt on the socket. - - rClientSock.m_Socket = ::accept(m_Socket, addr, addrlen); - if (INVALID_SOCKET == rClientSock.GetSocket()) - TRACE(_T("Accept failed\n")); - } - - inline int CSocket::Bind(LPCTSTR addr, LPCTSTR port) - // The bind function associates a local address with the socket. - { - int RetVal = 0; - - if (IsIPV6Supported()) - { - -#ifdef GetAddrInfo // Skip the following code block for older development environments - - ADDRINFO Hints= {0}; - Hints.ai_flags = AI_NUMERICHOST | AI_PASSIVE; - ADDRINFO *AddrInfo; - - RetVal = GetAddrInfo(addr, port, &Hints, &AddrInfo); - if (RetVal != 0) - { - TRACE( _T("GetAddrInfo failed\n")); - return RetVal; - } - - // Bind the IP address to the listening socket - RetVal = ::bind( m_Socket, AddrInfo->ai_addr, (int)AddrInfo->ai_addrlen ); - if ( RetVal == SOCKET_ERROR ) - { - TRACE(_T("Bind failed\n")); - return RetVal; - } - - // Free the address information allocated by GetAddrInfo - FreeAddrInfo(AddrInfo); - -#endif - - } - else - { - sockaddr_in clientService; - clientService.sin_family = AF_INET; - clientService.sin_addr.s_addr = inet_addr( T2A(addr) ); - int nPort = -1; - nPort = atoi( T2A(port) ); - if (-1 == nPort) - { - TRACE(_T("Invalid port number\n")); - return SOCKET_ERROR; - } - clientService.sin_port = htons( (u_short)nPort ); - - RetVal = ::bind( m_Socket, (SOCKADDR*) &clientService, sizeof(clientService) ); - if ( 0 != RetVal ) - TRACE(_T("Bind failed\n")); - } - - return RetVal; - } - - inline int CSocket::Bind(const struct sockaddr* name, int namelen) - { - // The bind function associates a local address with the socket. - - int Result = ::bind (m_Socket, name, namelen); - if ( 0 != Result ) - TRACE(_T("Bind failed\n")); - return Result; - } - - inline int CSocket::Connect(LPCTSTR addr, LPCTSTR port) - // The Connect function establishes a connection to the socket. - { - int RetVal = 0; - - if (IsIPV6Supported()) - { - -#ifdef GetAddrInfo // Skip the following code block for older development environments - - ADDRINFO Hints= {0}; - Hints.ai_flags = AI_NUMERICHOST | AI_PASSIVE; - ADDRINFO *AddrInfo; - - RetVal = GetAddrInfo(addr, port, &Hints, &AddrInfo); - if (RetVal != 0) - { - TRACE( _T("getaddrinfo failed\n")); - return SOCKET_ERROR; - } - - // Bind the IP address to the listening socket - RetVal = Connect( AddrInfo->ai_addr, (int)AddrInfo->ai_addrlen ); - if ( RetVal == SOCKET_ERROR ) - { - TRACE(_T("Connect failed\n")); - return RetVal; - } - - // Free the address information allocatied by GetAddrInfo - FreeAddrInfo(AddrInfo); - -#endif - - } - else - { - sockaddr_in clientService; - clientService.sin_family = AF_INET; - clientService.sin_addr.s_addr = inet_addr( T2A(addr) ); - int nPort = -1; - nPort = atoi( T2A(port) ); - if (-1 == nPort) - { - TRACE(_T("Invalid port number\n")); - return SOCKET_ERROR; - } - clientService.sin_port = htons( (u_short)nPort ); - - RetVal = ::connect( m_Socket, (SOCKADDR*) &clientService, sizeof(clientService) ); - if ( 0 != RetVal ) - TRACE(_T("Connect failed\n")); - } - - return RetVal; - } - - inline int CSocket::Connect(const struct sockaddr* name, int namelen) - { - // The Connect function establishes a connection to the socket. - - int Result = ::connect( m_Socket, name, namelen ); - if ( 0 != Result ) - TRACE(_T("Connect failed\n")); - - return Result; - } - - inline BOOL CSocket::Create( int family, int type, int protocol /*= IPPROTO_IP*/) - { - // Creates the socket - - // Valid values: - // family: AF_INET or AF_INET6 - // type: SOCK_DGRAM, SOCK_SEQPACKET, SOCK_STREAM, SOCK_RAW - // protocol: IPPROTO_IP, IPPROTO_TCP, IPPROTO_UDP, IPPROTO_RAW, IPPROTO_ICMP, IPPROTO_ICMPV6 - - m_Socket = socket(family, type, protocol); - if(m_Socket == INVALID_SOCKET) - { - TRACE(_T("Failed to create socket\n")); - return FALSE; - } - - return TRUE; - } - - inline void CSocket::Disconnect() - { - ::shutdown(m_Socket, SD_BOTH); - StopEvents(); - ::closesocket(m_Socket); - m_Socket = INVALID_SOCKET; - } - - inline UINT WINAPI CSocket::EventThread(LPVOID thread_data) - { - // These are the possible network event notifications: - // FD_READ Notification of readiness for reading. - // FD_WRITE Motification of readiness for writing. - // FD_OOB Notification of the arrival of Out Of Band data. - // FD_ACCEPT Notification of incoming connections. - // FD_CONNECT Notification of completed connection or multipoint join operation. - // FD_CLOSE Notification of socket closure. - // FD_QOS Notification of socket Quality Of Service changes - // FD_ROUTING_INTERFACE_CHANGE Notification of routing interface changes for the specified destination. - // FD_ADDRESS_LIST_CHANGE Notification of local address list changes for the address family of the socket. - - WSANETWORKEVENTS NetworkEvents; - CSocket* pSocket = (CSocket*)thread_data; - SOCKET sClient = pSocket->m_Socket; - - WSAEVENT AllEvents[2]; - AllEvents[0] = ::WSACreateEvent(); - AllEvents[1] = (WSAEVENT)pSocket->m_StopRequest; - long Events = FD_READ | FD_WRITE | FD_OOB | FD_ACCEPT | FD_CONNECT | FD_CLOSE | - FD_QOS | FD_ROUTING_INTERFACE_CHANGE | FD_ADDRESS_LIST_CHANGE; - - // Associate the network event object (hNetworkEvents) with the - // specified network events (Events) on socket sClient. - if( SOCKET_ERROR == WSAEventSelect(sClient, AllEvents[0], Events)) - { - TRACE(_T("Error in Event Select\n")); - ::SetEvent(pSocket->m_Stopped); - ::WSACloseEvent(AllEvents[0]); - return 0; - } - - // loop until the stop event is set - for (;;) // infinite loop - { - // Wait 100 ms for a network event - DWORD dwResult = ::WSAWaitForMultipleEvents(2, AllEvents, FALSE, THREAD_TIMEOUT, FALSE); - - // Check event for stop thread - if(::WaitForSingleObject(pSocket->m_StopRequest, 0) == WAIT_OBJECT_0) - { - ::WSACloseEvent(AllEvents[0]); - ::SetEvent(pSocket->m_Stopped); - return 0; - } - - if (WSA_WAIT_FAILED == dwResult) - { - TRACE(_T("WSAWaitForMultipleEvents failed\n")); - ::WSACloseEvent(AllEvents[0]); - ::SetEvent(pSocket->m_Stopped); - return 0; - } - - // Proceed if a network event occurred - if (WSA_WAIT_TIMEOUT != dwResult) - { - - if ( SOCKET_ERROR == ::WSAEnumNetworkEvents(sClient, AllEvents[0], &NetworkEvents) ) - { - TRACE(_T("WSAEnumNetworkEvents failed\n")); - ::WSACloseEvent(AllEvents[0]); - ::SetEvent(pSocket->m_Stopped); - return 0; - } - - if (NetworkEvents.lNetworkEvents & FD_ACCEPT) - pSocket->OnAccept(); - - if (NetworkEvents.lNetworkEvents & FD_READ) - pSocket->OnReceive(); - - if (NetworkEvents.lNetworkEvents & FD_WRITE) - pSocket->OnSend(); - - if (NetworkEvents.lNetworkEvents & FD_OOB) - pSocket->OnOutOfBand(); - - if (NetworkEvents.lNetworkEvents & FD_QOS) - pSocket->OnQualityOfService(); - - if (NetworkEvents.lNetworkEvents & FD_CONNECT) - pSocket->OnConnect(); - - if (NetworkEvents.lNetworkEvents & FD_ROUTING_INTERFACE_CHANGE) - pSocket->OnRoutingChange(); - - if (NetworkEvents.lNetworkEvents & FD_ADDRESS_LIST_CHANGE) - pSocket->OnAddresListChange(); - - if (NetworkEvents.lNetworkEvents & FD_CLOSE) - { - ::shutdown(sClient, SD_BOTH); - ::closesocket(sClient); - pSocket->OnDisconnect(); - ::WSACloseEvent(AllEvents[0]); - ::SetEvent(pSocket->m_Stopped); - return 0; - } - } - } - } - - inline int CSocket::GetAddrInfo( LPCTSTR nodename, LPCTSTR servname, const struct addrinfo* hints, struct addrinfo** res) - { - -#ifdef GetAddrInfo - - std::string sNodeName = T2A(nodename); - std::string sServName = T2A(servname); - return (*m_pfnGetAddrInfo)(sNodeName.c_str(), sServName.c_str(), hints, res); - -#else - - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(nodename); - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(servname); - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(hints); - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(res); - - throw CWinException(_T("getaddrinfo is not supported")); - -#endif - - } - - inline LPCTSTR CSocket::GetLastError() - { - // Retrieves the most recent network error. - - int ErrorCode = WSAGetLastError(); - LPTSTR Message = NULL; - m_tsErrorMessage = _T(""); - - FormatMessage(FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM | FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS | - FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER | FORMAT_MESSAGE_MAX_WIDTH_MASK, - NULL, ErrorCode, MAKELANGID(LANG_NEUTRAL, SUBLANG_DEFAULT), - (LPTSTR)&Message, 1024, NULL); - - if (Message) - { - m_tsErrorMessage = Message; - ::LocalFree(Message); - } - - return m_tsErrorMessage.c_str(); - } - - inline int CSocket::GetPeerName(struct sockaddr* name, int* namelen) - { - int Result = ::getpeername(m_Socket, name, namelen); - if (0 != Result) - TRACE(_T("GetPeerName failed\n")); - - return Result; - } - - inline int CSocket::GetSockName(struct sockaddr* name, int* namelen) - { - int Result = ::getsockname(m_Socket, name, namelen); - if (0 != Result) - TRACE(_T("GetSockName Failed\n")); - - return Result; - } - - inline int CSocket::GetSockOpt(int level, int optname, char* optval, int* optlen) - { - int Result = ::getsockopt(m_Socket, level, optname, optval, optlen); - if (0 != Result) - TRACE(_T("GetSockOpt Failed\n")); - - return Result; - } - - inline void CSocket::FreeAddrInfo( struct addrinfo* ai ) - { - -#ifdef GetAddrInfo - - (*m_pfnFreeAddrInfo)(ai); - -#else - - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(ai); - - throw CWinException(_T("getaddrinfo is not supported")); - -#endif - - } - - inline int CSocket::ioCtlSocket(long cmd, u_long* argp) - { - int Result = ::ioctlsocket(m_Socket, cmd, argp); - if (0 != Result) - TRACE(_T("ioCtlSocket Failed\n")); - - return Result; - } - - inline BOOL CSocket::IsIPV6Supported() - { - BOOL IsIPV6Supported = FALSE; - -#ifdef GetAddrInfo - - if (m_pfnGetAddrInfo != 0 && m_pfnFreeAddrInfo != 0) - IsIPV6Supported = TRUE; - -#endif - - return IsIPV6Supported; - } - - inline int CSocket::Listen(int backlog /*= SOMAXCONN*/) - { - int Result = ::listen(m_Socket, backlog); - if (0 != Result) - TRACE(_T("Listen Failed\n")); - - return Result; - } - - inline int CSocket::Receive(TCHAR* buf, int len, int flags) - { - std::vector vChar(len+1, '\0'); - char* pCharArray = &vChar.front(); - int Result = ::recv(m_Socket, pCharArray, len, flags); - if (SOCKET_ERROR == Result) - TRACE(_T("Receive failed\n")); - - lstrcpyn(buf, A2T(pCharArray), len); - - return Result; - } - - inline int CSocket::ReceiveFrom(TCHAR* buf, int len, int flags, struct sockaddr* from, int* fromlen) - //The ReceiveFrom function receives a datagram and stores the source address. - { - std::vector vChar(len+1, '\0'); - char* pCharArray = &vChar.front(); - int Result = ::recvfrom(m_Socket, pCharArray, len, flags, from, fromlen); - if (SOCKET_ERROR == Result) - TRACE(_T("ReceiveFrom failed\n")); - - lstrcpyn(buf, A2T(pCharArray), len); - - return Result; - } - - inline int CSocket::Send(LPCTSTR buf, int len, int flags) - { - int Result = ::send(m_Socket, T2A(buf), len, flags); - if (SOCKET_ERROR == Result) - TRACE(_T("Send failed\n")); - - return Result; - } - - inline int CSocket::SendTo(LPCTSTR send, int len, int flags, LPCTSTR addr, LPCTSTR port) - // The sendto function sends data to a specific destination. - { - int RetVal = 0; - - if (IsIPV6Supported()) - { - -#ifdef GetAddrInfo // Skip the following code block for older development environments - - ADDRINFO Hints= {0}; - Hints.ai_flags = AI_NUMERICHOST | AI_PASSIVE; - ADDRINFO *AddrInfo; - - RetVal = GetAddrInfo(addr, port, &Hints, &AddrInfo); - if (RetVal != 0) - { - TRACE( _T("GetAddrInfo failed\n")); - return SOCKET_ERROR; - } - - RetVal = ::sendto(m_Socket, T2A(send), len, flags, AddrInfo->ai_addr, (int)AddrInfo->ai_addrlen ); - if ( RetVal == SOCKET_ERROR ) - { - TRACE(_T("SendTo failed\n")); - return RetVal; - } - - // Free the address information allocatied by GetAddrInfo - FreeAddrInfo(AddrInfo); - -#endif - - } - else - { - sockaddr_in clientService; - clientService.sin_family = AF_INET; - clientService.sin_addr.s_addr = inet_addr( T2A(addr) ); - int nPort = -1; - nPort = atoi( T2A(port)); - if (-1 == nPort) - { - TRACE(_T("Invalid port number\n")); - return SOCKET_ERROR; - } - clientService.sin_port = htons( (u_short)nPort ); - - RetVal = ::sendto( m_Socket, T2A(send), len, flags, (SOCKADDR*) &clientService, sizeof(clientService) ); - if ( SOCKET_ERROR != RetVal ) - TRACE(_T("SendTo failed\n")); - } - - return RetVal; - } - - inline int CSocket::SendTo(LPCTSTR buf, int len, int flags, const struct sockaddr* to, int tolen) - // The sendto function sends data to a specific destination. - { - int Result = ::sendto(m_Socket, T2A(buf), len, flags, to, tolen); - if (SOCKET_ERROR == Result) - TRACE(_T("SendTo failed\n")); - - return Result; - } - - inline int CSocket::SetSockOpt(int level, int optname, const char* optval, int optlen) - { - int Result = ::setsockopt(m_Socket, level, optname, optval, optlen); - if (0 != Result) - TRACE(_T("SetSockOpt failed\n")); - - return Result; - } - - inline void CSocket::StartEvents() - { - // This function starts the thread which monitors the socket for events. - StopEvents(); // Ensure the thread isn't already running - UINT ThreadID; // a return variable required for Win95, Win98, WinME - m_hEventThread = (HANDLE)::_beginthreadex(NULL, 0, CSocket::EventThread, (LPVOID) this, 0, &ThreadID); - } - - inline void CSocket::StopEvents() - { - // Terminates the event thread gracefully (if possible) - if (m_hEventThread) - { - ::SetThreadPriority(m_hEventThread, THREAD_PRIORITY_HIGHEST); - ::SetEvent(m_StopRequest); - - for (;;) // infinite loop - { - // wait for the Thread stopping event to be set - if ( WAIT_TIMEOUT == ::WaitForSingleObject(m_Stopped, THREAD_TIMEOUT * 10) ) - { - // Note: An excessive delay in processing any of the notification functions - // can cause us to get here. (Yes one second is an excessive delay. Its a bug!) - TRACE(_T("*** Error: Event Thread won't die ***\n") ); - } - else break; - } - - ::CloseHandle(m_hEventThread); - m_hEventThread = 0; - } - - ::ResetEvent(m_StopRequest); - ::ResetEvent(m_Stopped); - } -} - - -#endif // #ifndef _WIN32XX_SOCKET_H_ - diff --git a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/statusbar.h b/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/statusbar.h deleted file mode 100644 index ad9a007b..00000000 --- a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/statusbar.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,226 +0,0 @@ -// Win32++ Version 7.2 -// Released: 5th AUgust 2011 -// -// David Nash -// email: dnash@bigpond.net.au -// url: https://sourceforge.net/projects/win32-framework -// -// -// Copyright (c) 2005-2011 David Nash -// -// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to -// any person obtaining a copy of this software and -// associated documentation files (the "Software"), -// to deal in the Software without restriction, including -// without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, -// merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell -// copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom -// the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the -// following conditions: -// -// The above copyright notice and this permission notice -// shall be included in all copies or substantial portions -// of the Software. -// -// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF -// ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED -// TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A -// PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT -// SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR -// ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN -// ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, -// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE -// OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. -// -//////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - - -#ifndef _WIN32XX_STATUSBAR_H_ -#define _WIN32XX_STATUSBAR_H_ - -#include "wincore.h" - -namespace Win32xx -{ - - ////////////////////////////////////// - // Declaration of the CStatusBar class - // - class CStatusBar : public CWnd - { - public: - CStatusBar(); - virtual ~CStatusBar() {} - - // Overridables - virtual void PreCreate(CREATESTRUCT& cs); - virtual void PreRegisterClass(WNDCLASS &wc); - - // Attributes - int GetParts(); - HICON GetPartIcon(int iPart); - CRect GetPartRect(int iPart); - tString GetPartText(int iPart) const; - BOOL IsSimple(); - BOOL SetPartIcon(int iPart, HICON hIcon); - BOOL SetPartText(int iPart, LPCTSTR szText, UINT Style = 0) const; - BOOL SetPartWidth(int iPart, int iWidth) const; - - // Operations - CStatusBar(const CStatusBar&); // Disable copy construction - CStatusBar& operator = (const CStatusBar&); // Disable assignment operator - - BOOL CreateParts(int iParts, const int iPaneWidths[]) const; - void SetSimple(BOOL fSimple = TRUE); - }; - -} - - -//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - - -namespace Win32xx -{ - - ////////////////////////////////////// - // Definitions for the CStatusBar class - // - inline CStatusBar::CStatusBar() - { - } - - inline BOOL CStatusBar::CreateParts(int iParts, const int iPaneWidths[]) const - // Sets the number of parts in a status window and the coordinate of the right edge of each part. - // If an element of iPaneWidths is -1, the right edge of the corresponding part extends - // to the border of the window - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - assert(iParts <= 256); - - return (BOOL)SendMessage(SB_SETPARTS, iParts, (LPARAM)iPaneWidths); - } - - inline int CStatusBar::GetParts() - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (int)SendMessage(SB_GETPARTS, 0L, 0L); - } - - inline HICON CStatusBar::GetPartIcon(int iPart) - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (HICON)SendMessage(SB_GETICON, (WPARAM)iPart, 0L); - } - - inline CRect CStatusBar::GetPartRect(int iPart) - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - - CRect rc; - SendMessage(SB_GETRECT, (WPARAM)iPart, (LPARAM)&rc); - return rc; - } - - inline tString CStatusBar::GetPartText(int iPart) const - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - tString PaneText; - - // Get size of Text array - int iChars = LOWORD (SendMessage(SB_GETTEXTLENGTH, iPart, 0L)); - - std::vector Text( iChars +1, _T('\0') ); - TCHAR* pTextArray = &Text[0]; - - SendMessage(SB_GETTEXT, iPart, (LPARAM)pTextArray); - PaneText = pTextArray; - return PaneText; - } - - inline BOOL CStatusBar::IsSimple() - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (BOOL)SendMessage(SB_ISSIMPLE, 0L, 0L); - } - - inline void CStatusBar::PreCreate(CREATESTRUCT &cs) - { - cs.style = WS_CHILD | WS_VISIBLE | WS_CLIPSIBLINGS | CCS_BOTTOM | SBARS_SIZEGRIP; - } - - inline void CStatusBar::PreRegisterClass(WNDCLASS &wc) - { - // Set the Window Class - wc.lpszClassName = STATUSCLASSNAME; - } - - inline BOOL CStatusBar::SetPartText(int iPart, LPCTSTR szText, UINT Style) const - // Available Styles: Combinations of ... - //0 The text is drawn with a border to appear lower than the plane of the window. - //SBT_NOBORDERS The text is drawn without borders. - //SBT_OWNERDRAW The text is drawn by the parent window. - //SBT_POPOUT The text is drawn with a border to appear higher than the plane of the window. - //SBT_RTLREADING The text will be displayed in the opposite direction to the text in the parent window. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - - BOOL bResult = FALSE; - if (SendMessage(SB_GETPARTS, 0L, 0L) >= iPart) - bResult = (BOOL)SendMessage(SB_SETTEXT, iPart | Style, (LPARAM)szText); - - return bResult; - } - - inline BOOL CStatusBar::SetPartIcon(int iPart, HICON hIcon) - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (BOOL)SendMessage(SB_SETICON, (WPARAM)iPart, (LPARAM) hIcon); - } - - inline BOOL CStatusBar::SetPartWidth(int iPart, int iWidth) const - { - // This changes the width of an existing pane, or creates a new pane - // with the specified width. - // A width of -1 for the last part sets the width to the border of the window. - - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - assert(iPart >= 0 && iPart <= 255); - - // Fill the PartWidths vector with the current width of the statusbar parts - int PartsCount = (int)SendMessage(SB_GETPARTS, 0L, 0L); - std::vector PartWidths(PartsCount, 0); - int* pPartWidthArray = &PartWidths[0]; - SendMessage(SB_GETPARTS, PartsCount, (LPARAM)pPartWidthArray); - - // Fill the NewPartWidths vector with the new width of the statusbar parts - int NewPartsCount = MAX(iPart+1, PartsCount); - std::vector NewPartWidths(NewPartsCount, 0);; - NewPartWidths = PartWidths; - int* pNewPartWidthArray = &NewPartWidths[0]; - - if (0 == iPart) - pNewPartWidthArray[iPart] = iWidth; - else - { - if (iWidth >= 0) - pNewPartWidthArray[iPart] = pNewPartWidthArray[iPart -1] + iWidth; - else - pNewPartWidthArray[iPart] = -1; - } - - // Set the statusbar parts with our new parts count and part widths - BOOL bResult = (BOOL)SendMessage(SB_SETPARTS, NewPartsCount, (LPARAM)pNewPartWidthArray); - - return bResult; - } - - inline void CStatusBar::SetSimple(BOOL fSimple /* = TRUE*/) - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - SendMessage(SB_SIMPLE, (WPARAM)fSimple, 0L); - } - -} // namespace Win32xx - -#endif // #ifndef _WIN32XX_STATUSBAR_H_ diff --git a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/stdcontrols.h b/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/stdcontrols.h deleted file mode 100644 index b362f07b..00000000 --- a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/stdcontrols.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1000 +0,0 @@ -// Win32++ Version 7.2 -// Released: 5th AUgust 2011 -// -// David Nash -// email: dnash@bigpond.net.au -// url: https://sourceforge.net/projects/win32-framework -// -// -// Copyright (c) 2005-2011 David Nash -// -// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to -// any person obtaining a copy of this software and -// associated documentation files (the "Software"), -// to deal in the Software without restriction, including -// without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, -// merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell -// copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom -// the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the -// following conditions: -// -// The above copyright notice and this permission notice -// shall be included in all copies or substantial portions -// of the Software. -// -// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF -// ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED -// TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A -// PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT -// SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR -// ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN -// ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, -// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE -// OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. -// -//////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - - -//////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// stdcontrols.h -// Declaration of the CButton, CEdit, CListBox and CStatic classes - -// The Button, Edit, ListBox and Static controls are often referred to -// as "standard controls". These set of older controls were originally -// developed for Win16 operating systems (Windows 3.1 and 3.11). They use an -// older form of notification, and send their notifications via a WM_COMMAND -// message. Newer controls send their notifications via a WM_NOTIFY message. - - -#ifndef _WIN32XX_STDCONTROLS_H_ -#define _WIN32XX_STDCONTROLS_H_ - -#include "wincore.h" - - -namespace Win32xx -{ - class CButton : public CWnd - { - public: - CButton() {} - virtual ~CButton() {} - - // Attributes - HBITMAP GetBitmap() const; - UINT GetButtonStyle() const; - int GetCheck() const; - HCURSOR GetCursor() const; - HICON GetIcon() const; - UINT GetState() const; - HBITMAP SetBitmap(HBITMAP hBitmap) const; - void SetButtonStyle(DWORD dwStyle, BOOL bRedraw) const; - void SetCheck(int nCheckState) const; - HCURSOR SetCursor(HCURSOR hCursor) const; - HICON SetIcon(HICON hIcon) const; - void SetState(BOOL bHighlight) const; - - protected: - // Overridables - virtual void PreCreate(CREATESTRUCT& cs); - }; - - class CEdit : public CWnd - { - public: - // Construction - CEdit() {} - virtual ~CEdit() {} - - // Attributes - BOOL CanUndo() const; - int CharFromPos(CPoint pt) const; - int GetFirstVisibleLine() const; - HLOCAL GetHandle() const; - UINT GetLimitText() const; - int GetLine(int nIndex, LPTSTR lpszBuffer) const; - int GetLine(int nIndex, LPTSTR lpszBuffer, int nMaxLength) const; - int GetLineCount() const; - DWORD GetMargins() const; - BOOL GetModify() const; - TCHAR GetPasswordChar() const; - void GetRect(LPRECT lpRect) const; - void GetSel(int& nStartChar, int& nEndChar) const; - DWORD GetSel() const; - CPoint PosFromChar(UINT nChar) const; - void SetHandle(HLOCAL hBuffer) const; - void SetLimitText(UINT nMax) const; - void SetMargins(UINT nLeft, UINT nRight) const; - void SetModify(BOOL bModified = TRUE) const; - - // Operations - void EmptyUndoBuffer() const; - BOOL FmtLines(BOOL bAddEOL) const; - void LimitText(int nChars = 0) const; - int LineFromChar(int nIndex = -1) const; - int LineIndex(int nLine = -1) const; - int LineLength(int nLine = -1) const; - void LineScroll(int nLines, int nChars = 0) const; - void ReplaceSel(LPCTSTR lpszNewText, BOOL bCanUndo) const; - void SetPasswordChar(TCHAR ch) const; - BOOL SetReadOnly(BOOL bReadOnly = TRUE) const; - void SetRect(LPCRECT lpRect) const; - void SetRectNP(LPCRECT lpRect) const; - void SetSel(DWORD dwSelection, BOOL bNoScroll) const; - void SetSel(int nStartChar, int nEndChar, BOOL bNoScroll) const; - BOOL SetTabStops(int nTabStops, LPINT rgTabStops) const; - BOOL SetTabStops() const; - BOOL SetTabStops(const int& cxEachStop) const; - - //Clipboard Operations - void Clear() const; - void Copy() const; - void Cut() const; - void Paste() const; - void Undo() const; - - protected: - // Overridables - virtual void PreRegisterClass(WNDCLASS &wc); - }; - - class CListBox : public CWnd - { - public: - CListBox() {} - virtual ~CListBox() {} - - // General Operations - int GetCount() const; - int GetHorizontalExtent() const; - DWORD GetItemData(int nIndex) const; - void* GetItemDataPtr(int nIndex) const; - int GetItemHeight(int nIndex) const; - int GetItemRect(int nIndex, LPRECT lpRect) const; - LCID GetLocale() const; - int GetSel(int nIndex) const; - int GetText(int nIndex, LPTSTR lpszBuffer) const; - int GetTextLen(int nIndex) const; - int GetTopIndex() const; - UINT ItemFromPoint(CPoint pt, BOOL& bOutside ) const; - void SetColumnWidth(int cxWidth) const; - void SetHorizontalExtent(int cxExtent) const; - int SetItemData(int nIndex, DWORD dwItemData) const; - int SetItemDataPtr(int nIndex, void* pData) const; - int SetItemHeight(int nIndex, UINT cyItemHeight) const; - LCID SetLocale(LCID nNewLocale) const; - BOOL SetTabStops(int nTabStops, LPINT rgTabStops) const; - void SetTabStops() const; - BOOL SetTabStops(const int& cxEachStop) const; - int SetTopIndex(int nIndex) const; - - // Single-Selection Operations - int GetCurSel() const; - int SetCurSel(int nSelect) const; - - // Multiple-Selection Operations - int GetAnchorIndex() const; - int GetCaretIndex() const; - int GetSelCount() const; - int GetSelItems(int nMaxItems, LPINT rgIndex) const; - int SelItemRange(BOOL bSelect, int nFirstItem, int nLastItem) const; - void SetAnchorIndex(int nIndex) const; - int SetCaretIndex(int nIndex, BOOL bScroll) const; - int SetSel(int nIndex, BOOL bSelect) const; - - // String Operations - int AddString(LPCTSTR lpszItem) const; - int DeleteString(UINT nIndex) const; - int Dir(UINT attr, LPCTSTR lpszWildCard) const; - int FindString(int nStartAfter, LPCTSTR lpszItem) const; - int FindStringExact(int nIndexStart, LPCTSTR lpszFind) const; - int InsertString(int nIndex, LPCTSTR lpszItem) const; - void ResetContent() const; - int SelectString(int nStartAfter, LPCTSTR lpszItem) const; - - protected: - // Overridables - virtual void PreRegisterClass(WNDCLASS &wc); - }; - - class CStatic : public CWnd - { - public: - CStatic() {} - virtual ~CStatic() {} - - // Operations - HBITMAP GetBitmap() const; - HCURSOR GetCursor() const; - HENHMETAFILE GetEnhMetaFile() const; - HICON GetIcon() const; - HBITMAP SetBitmap(HBITMAP hBitmap) const; - HCURSOR SetCursor(HCURSOR hCursor) const; - HENHMETAFILE SetEnhMetaFile(HENHMETAFILE hMetaFile) const; - HICON SetIcon(HICON hIcon) const; - - protected: - // Overridables - virtual void PreRegisterClass(WNDCLASS &wc); - - }; - -} - - -//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - - -namespace Win32xx -{ - - //////////////////////////////////////// - // Definitions for the CButton class - // - inline HBITMAP CButton::GetBitmap() const - // returns the handle to the bitmap associated with the button - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (HBITMAP)SendMessage(BM_GETIMAGE, IMAGE_BITMAP, 0); - } - - inline UINT CButton::GetButtonStyle() const - // returns the style of the button - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (UINT)GetWindowLongPtr(GWL_STYLE) & 0xff; - } - - inline int CButton::GetCheck() const - // returns the check state of the button - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (int)SendMessage(BM_GETCHECK, 0, 0); - } - - inline HCURSOR CButton::GetCursor() const - // returns the handle to the cursor associated withe the button - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (HCURSOR)::SendMessage(m_hWnd, BM_GETIMAGE, IMAGE_CURSOR, 0L); - } - - inline HICON CButton::GetIcon() const - // returns the handle to the icon associated withe the button - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (HICON)SendMessage(BM_GETIMAGE, IMAGE_ICON, 0); - } - - inline UINT CButton::GetState() const - // returns the state of the button - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (UINT)SendMessage(BM_GETSTATE, 0, 0); - } - - inline HBITMAP CButton::SetBitmap(HBITMAP hBitmap) const - // sets the bitmap associated with the button - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (HBITMAP)SendMessage(BM_SETIMAGE, IMAGE_BITMAP, (LPARAM)hBitmap); - } - - inline void CButton::SetButtonStyle(DWORD dwStyle, BOOL bRedraw) const - // sets the button style - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - SendMessage(BM_SETSTYLE, dwStyle, bRedraw); - } - - inline void CButton::SetCheck(int nCheckState) const - // sets the button check state - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - SendMessage(BM_SETCHECK, nCheckState, 0); - } - - inline HCURSOR CButton::SetCursor(HCURSOR hCursor) const - // sets the cursor associated with the button - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (HCURSOR)SendMessage(STM_SETIMAGE, IMAGE_CURSOR, (LPARAM)hCursor); - } - - inline HICON CButton::SetIcon(HICON hIcon) const - // sets the icon associated with the button - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (HICON)SendMessage( BM_SETIMAGE, IMAGE_ICON, (LPARAM)hIcon); - } - - inline void CButton::SetState(BOOL bHighlight) const - // sets the button state - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - SendMessage(BM_SETSTATE, bHighlight, 0); - } - - inline void CButton::PreCreate(CREATESTRUCT& cs) - { - cs.lpszClass = _T("Button"); - } - - - //////////////////////////////////////// - // Definitions for the CEdit class - // - inline BOOL CEdit::CanUndo() const - // Returns TRUE if the edit control operation can be undone. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (BOOL)SendMessage(EM_CANUNDO, 0, 0); - } - - inline int CEdit::CharFromPos(CPoint pt) const - // Returns the character index and line index of the character nearest the specified point. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (int)SendMessage(EM_CHARFROMPOS, 0, MAKELPARAM(pt.x, pt.y)); - } - - inline int CEdit::GetFirstVisibleLine() const - // Returns the zero-based index of the first visible character in a single-line edit control - // or the zero-based index of the uppermost visible line in a multiline edit control. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (int)SendMessage(EM_GETFIRSTVISIBLELINE, 0, 0); - } - - inline HLOCAL CEdit::GetHandle() const - // Returns a handle identifying the buffer containing the multiline edit control's text. - // It is not processed by single-line edit controls. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (HLOCAL)SendMessage(EM_GETHANDLE, 0, 0); - } - - inline UINT CEdit::GetLimitText() const - // Returns the current text limit, in characters. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (UINT)SendMessage(EM_GETLIMITTEXT, 0, 0); - } - - inline int CEdit::GetLine(int nIndex, LPTSTR lpszBuffer) const - // Copies characters to a buffer and returns the number of characters copied. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (int)::SendMessage(m_hWnd, EM_GETLINE, nIndex, (LPARAM)lpszBuffer); - } - - inline int CEdit::GetLine(int nIndex, LPTSTR lpszBuffer, int nMaxLength) const - // Copies characters to a buffer and returns the number of characters copied. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - *(LPWORD)lpszBuffer = (WORD)nMaxLength; - return (int)SendMessage(EM_GETLINE, nIndex, (LPARAM)lpszBuffer); - } - - inline int CEdit::GetLineCount() const - // Returns the number of lines in the edit control. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (int)SendMessage(EM_GETLINECOUNT, 0, 0); - } - - inline DWORD CEdit::GetMargins() const - // Returns the widths of the left and right margins. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (DWORD)SendMessage(EM_GETMARGINS, 0, 0); - } - - inline BOOL CEdit::GetModify() const - // Returns a flag indicating whether the content of an edit control has been modified. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (BOOL)SendMessage(EM_GETMODIFY, 0, 0); - } - - inline TCHAR CEdit::GetPasswordChar() const - // Returns the character that edit controls use in conjunction with the ES_PASSWORD style. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (TCHAR)SendMessage(EM_GETPASSWORDCHAR, 0, 0); - } - - inline void CEdit::GetRect(LPRECT lpRect) const - // Returns the coordinates of the formatting rectangle in an edit control. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - SendMessage(EM_GETRECT, 0, (LPARAM)lpRect); - } - - inline void CEdit::GetSel(int& nStartChar, int& nEndChar) const - // Returns the starting and ending character positions of the current selection in the edit control. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - SendMessage(EM_GETSEL, (WPARAM)&nStartChar,(LPARAM)&nEndChar); - } - - inline DWORD CEdit::GetSel() const - // Returns the starting and ending character positions of the current selection in the edit control. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (DWORD)SendMessage(EM_GETSEL, 0, 0); - } - - inline CPoint CEdit::PosFromChar(UINT nChar) const - // Returns the client coordinates of the specified character. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return CPoint( (DWORD)SendMessage(EM_POSFROMCHAR, nChar, 0)); - } - - inline void CEdit::SetHandle(HLOCAL hBuffer) const - // Sets a handle to the memory used as a text buffer, empties the undo buffer, - // resets the scroll positions to zero, and redraws the window. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - SendMessage(EM_SETHANDLE, (WPARAM)hBuffer, 0); - } - - inline void CEdit::SetLimitText(UINT nMax) const - // Sets the maximum number of characters the user may enter in the edit control. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - SendMessage(EM_SETLIMITTEXT, (WPARAM)nMax, 0); - } - - inline void CEdit::SetMargins(UINT nLeft, UINT nRight) const - // Sets the widths of the left and right margins, and redraws the edit control to reflect the new margins. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - SendMessage(EM_SETMARGINS, EC_LEFTMARGIN|EC_RIGHTMARGIN, MAKELONG(nLeft, nRight)); - } - - inline void CEdit::SetModify(BOOL bModified) const - // Sets or clears the modification flag to indicate whether the edit control has been modified. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - SendMessage(EM_SETMODIFY, bModified, 0); - } - - inline void CEdit::EmptyUndoBuffer() const - // Empties the undo buffer and sets the undo flag retrieved by the EM_CANUNDO message to FALSE. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - SendMessage(EM_EMPTYUNDOBUFFER, 0, 0); - } - - inline BOOL CEdit::FmtLines(BOOL bAddEOL) const - // Adds or removes soft line-break characters (two carriage returns and a line feed) to the ends of wrapped lines - // in a multiline edit control. It is not processed by single-line edit controls. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (BOOL)SendMessage(EM_FMTLINES, bAddEOL, 0); - } - - inline void CEdit::LimitText(int nChars) const - // Sets the text limit of an edit control. The text limit is the maximum amount of text, in TCHARs, - // that the user can type into the edit control. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - SendMessage(EM_LIMITTEXT, nChars, 0); - } - - inline int CEdit::LineFromChar(int nIndex) const - // Returns the zero-based number of the line in a multiline edit control that contains a specified character index. - // This message is the reverse of the EM_LINEINDEX message. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (int)SendMessage(EM_LINEFROMCHAR, (WPARAM)nIndex, 0); - } - - inline int CEdit::LineIndex(int nLine) const - // Returns the character of a line in a multiline edit control. - // This message is the reverse of the EM_LINEFROMCHAR message - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (int)SendMessage(EM_LINEINDEX, (WPARAM)nLine, 0); - } - - inline int CEdit::LineLength(int nLine) const - // Returns the length, in characters, of a single-line edit control. In a multiline edit control, - // returns the length, in characters, of a specified line. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (int)SendMessage(EM_LINELENGTH, (WPARAM)nLine, 0); - } - - inline void CEdit::LineScroll(int nLines, int nChars) const - // Scrolls the text vertically in a single-line edit control or horizontally in a multiline edit control. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - SendMessage(EM_LINESCROLL, (WPARAM)nChars, (LPARAM)nLines); - } - - inline void CEdit::ReplaceSel(LPCTSTR lpszNewText, BOOL bCanUndo) const - // Replaces the current selection with the text in an application-supplied buffer, sends the parent window - // EN_UPDATE and EN_CHANGE messages, and updates the undo buffer. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - SendMessage(EM_REPLACESEL, (WPARAM) bCanUndo, (LPARAM)lpszNewText); - } - - inline void CEdit::SetPasswordChar(TCHAR ch) const - // Defines the character that edit controls use in conjunction with the ES_PASSWORD style. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - SendMessage(EM_SETPASSWORDCHAR, ch, 0); - } - - inline BOOL CEdit::SetReadOnly(BOOL bReadOnly) const - // Sets or removes the read-only style (ES_READONLY) in an edit control. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (BOOL)SendMessage(EM_SETREADONLY, bReadOnly, 0); - } - - inline void CEdit::SetRect(LPCRECT lpRect) const - // Sets the formatting rectangle for the multiline edit control and redraws the window. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - SendMessage(EM_SETRECT, 0, (LPARAM)lpRect); - } - - inline void CEdit::SetRectNP(LPCRECT lpRect) const - // Sets the formatting rectangle for the multiline edit control but does not redraw the window. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - SendMessage(EM_SETRECTNP, 0, (LPARAM)lpRect); - } - - inline void CEdit::SetSel(DWORD dwSelection, BOOL bNoScroll) const - // Selects a range of characters in the edit control by setting the starting and ending positions to be selected. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - SendMessage(EM_SETSEL, LOWORD(dwSelection), HIWORD(dwSelection)); - if (!bNoScroll) - SendMessage(EM_SCROLLCARET, 0, 0); - } - - inline void CEdit::SetSel(int nStartChar, int nEndChar, BOOL bNoScroll) const - // Selects a range of characters in the edit control by setting the starting and ending positions to be selected. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - SendMessage(m_hWnd, EM_SETSEL, nStartChar, nEndChar); - if (!bNoScroll) - SendMessage(EM_SCROLLCARET, 0, 0); - } - - inline BOOL CEdit::SetTabStops(int nTabStops, LPINT rgTabStops) const - // Sets tab-stop positions in the multiline edit control. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (BOOL)::SendMessage(m_hWnd, EM_SETTABSTOPS, nTabStops, (LPARAM)rgTabStops); - } - - inline BOOL CEdit::SetTabStops() const - // Sets tab-stop positions in the multiline edit control. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (BOOL)SendMessage( EM_SETTABSTOPS, 0, 0); - } - - inline BOOL CEdit::SetTabStops(const int& cxEachStop) const - // Sets tab-stop positions in the multiline edit control. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (BOOL)SendMessage(EM_SETTABSTOPS, 1, (LPARAM)(LPINT)&cxEachStop); - } - - inline void CEdit::Clear() const - // Clears the current selection, if any, in an edit control. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - SendMessage(WM_CLEAR, 0, 0); - } - - inline void CEdit::Copy() const - // Copies text to the clipboard unless the style is ES_PASSWORD, in which case the message returns zero. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - SendMessage(WM_COPY, 0, 0); - } - - inline void CEdit::Cut() const - // Cuts the selection to the clipboard, or deletes the character to the left of the cursor if there is no selection. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - SendMessage(WM_CUT, 0, 0); - } - - inline void CEdit::Paste() const - // Pastes text from the clipboard into the edit control window at the caret position. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - SendMessage(WM_PASTE, 0, 0); - } - - inline void CEdit::Undo() const - // Removes any text that was just inserted or inserts any deleted characters and sets the selection to the inserted text. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - SendMessage(EM_UNDO, 0, 0); - } - - inline void CEdit::PreRegisterClass(WNDCLASS &wc) - { - // Set the Window Class - wc.lpszClassName = _T("Edit"); - } - - - //////////////////////////////////////// - // Definitions for the CListbox class - // - inline int CListBox::GetCount() const - // Returns the number of items in the list box. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (int)SendMessage(LB_GETCOUNT, 0, 0); - } - - inline int CListBox::GetHorizontalExtent() const - // Returns the scrollable width, in pixels, of a list box. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (int)SendMessage(LB_GETHORIZONTALEXTENT, 0, 0); - } - - inline DWORD CListBox::GetItemData(int nIndex) const - // Returns the value associated with the specified item. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (DWORD)SendMessage(LB_GETITEMDATA, nIndex, 0); - } - - inline void* CListBox::GetItemDataPtr(int nIndex) const - // Returns the value associated with the specified item. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (LPVOID)SendMessage(LB_GETITEMDATA, nIndex, 0); - } - - inline int CListBox::GetItemHeight(int nIndex) const - // Returns the height, in pixels, of an item in a list box. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (int)SendMessage(LB_GETITEMHEIGHT, nIndex, 0L); - } - - inline int CListBox::GetItemRect(int nIndex, LPRECT lpRect) const - // Retrieves the client coordinates of the specified list box item. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (int)SendMessage(LB_GETITEMRECT, nIndex, (LPARAM)lpRect); - } - - inline LCID CListBox::GetLocale() const - // Retrieves the locale of the list box. The high-order word contains the country/region code - // and the low-order word contains the language identifier. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (LCID)::SendMessage(m_hWnd, LB_GETLOCALE, 0, 0); - } - - inline int CListBox::GetSel(int nIndex) const - // Returns the selection state of a list box item. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (int)SendMessage(LB_GETSEL, nIndex, 0); - } - - inline int CListBox::GetText(int nIndex, LPTSTR lpszBuffer) const - // Retrieves the string associated with a specified item and the length of the string. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (int)::SendMessage(m_hWnd, LB_GETTEXT, nIndex, (LPARAM)lpszBuffer); - } - - inline int CListBox::GetTextLen(int nIndex) const - // Returns the length, in characters, of the string associated with a specified item. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (int)SendMessage( LB_GETTEXTLEN, nIndex, 0); - } - - inline int CListBox::GetTopIndex() const - // Returns the index of the first visible item in a list box. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (int)SendMessage(LB_GETTOPINDEX, 0, 0); - } - - inline UINT CListBox::ItemFromPoint(CPoint pt, BOOL& bOutside) const - // Retrieves the zero-based index of the item nearest the specified point in a list box. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - DWORD dw = (DWORD)::SendMessage(m_hWnd, LB_ITEMFROMPOINT, 0, MAKELPARAM(pt.x, pt.y)); - bOutside = !!HIWORD(dw); - return LOWORD(dw); - } - - inline void CListBox::SetColumnWidth(int cxWidth) const - // Sets the width, in pixels, of all columns in a list box. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - SendMessage(LB_SETCOLUMNWIDTH, cxWidth, 0); - } - - inline void CListBox::SetHorizontalExtent(int cxExtent) const - // Sets the scrollable width, in pixels, of a list box. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - SendMessage(LB_SETHORIZONTALEXTENT, cxExtent, 0); - } - - inline int CListBox::SetItemData(int nIndex, DWORD dwItemData) const - // Associates a value with a list box item. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (int)SendMessage(LB_SETITEMDATA, nIndex, (LPARAM)dwItemData); - } - - inline int CListBox::SetItemDataPtr(int nIndex, void* pData) const - // Associates a value with a list box item. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return SetItemData(nIndex, (DWORD)(DWORD_PTR)pData); - } - - inline int CListBox::SetItemHeight(int nIndex, UINT cyItemHeight) const - // Sets the height, in pixels, of an item or items in a list box. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (int)SendMessage(LB_SETITEMHEIGHT, nIndex, MAKELONG(cyItemHeight, 0)); - } - - inline LCID CListBox::SetLocale(LCID nNewLocale) const - // Sets the locale of a list box and returns the previous locale identifier. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (LCID)::SendMessage(m_hWnd, LB_SETLOCALE, (WPARAM)nNewLocale, 0); - } - - inline BOOL CListBox::SetTabStops(int nTabStops, LPINT rgTabStops) const - // Sets the tab stops to those specified in a specified array. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (BOOL)SendMessage(LB_SETTABSTOPS, nTabStops, (LPARAM)rgTabStops); - } - - inline void CListBox::SetTabStops() const - // Sets the tab stops to those specified in a specified array. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - SendMessage(LB_SETTABSTOPS, 0, 0); - } - - inline BOOL CListBox::SetTabStops(const int& cxEachStop) const - // Sets the tab stops to those specified in a specified array. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (BOOL)SendMessage(LB_SETTABSTOPS, 1, (LPARAM)(LPINT)&cxEachStop); - } - - inline int CListBox::SetTopIndex(int nIndex) const - // Scrolls the list box so the specified item is at the top of the visible range. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (int)SendMessage(LB_SETTOPINDEX, nIndex, 0); - } - - inline int CListBox::GetCurSel() const - // Returns the index of the currently selected item. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (int)SendMessage(LB_GETCURSEL, 0, 0); - } - - inline int CListBox::SetCurSel(int nSelect) const - // Selects a specified list box item. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (int)SendMessage(LB_SETCURSEL, nSelect, 0); - } - - inline int CListBox::GetAnchorIndex() const - // Returns the index of the item that the mouse last selected. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (int)SendMessage(LB_GETANCHORINDEX, 0, 0); - } - - inline int CListBox::GetCaretIndex() const - // Returns the index of the item that has the focus rectangle. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (int)SendMessage(LB_GETCARETINDEX, 0, 0L); - } - - inline int CListBox::GetSelCount() const - // Returns the number of selected items in a multiple-selection list box. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (int)SendMessage(LB_GETSELCOUNT, 0, 0); - } - - inline int CListBox::GetSelItems(int nMaxItems, LPINT rgIndex) const - // Creates an array of the indexes of all selected items in a multiple-selection list box - // and returns the total number of selected items. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (int)SendMessage(LB_GETSELITEMS, nMaxItems, (LPARAM)rgIndex); - } - - inline int CListBox::SelItemRange(BOOL bSelect, int nFirstItem, int nLastItem) const - // Selects a specified range of items in a list box. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - if (bSelect) - return (int)SendMessage(LB_SELITEMRANGEEX, nFirstItem, nLastItem); - else - return (int)SendMessage(LB_SELITEMRANGEEX, nLastItem, nFirstItem); - } - - inline void CListBox::SetAnchorIndex(int nIndex) const - // Sets the item that the mouse last selected to a specified item. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - SendMessage(LB_SETANCHORINDEX, nIndex, 0); - } - - inline int CListBox::SetCaretIndex(int nIndex, BOOL bScroll) const - // Sets the focus rectangle to a specified list box item. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (int)SendMessage(LB_SETCARETINDEX, nIndex, MAKELONG(bScroll, 0)); - } - - inline int CListBox::SetSel(int nIndex, BOOL bSelect) const - // Selects an item in a multiple-selection list box. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (int)SendMessage(LB_SETSEL, bSelect, nIndex); - } - - inline int CListBox::AddString(LPCTSTR lpszItem) const - // Adds a string to a list box and returns its index. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (int)SendMessage(LB_ADDSTRING, 0, (LPARAM)lpszItem); - } - - inline int CListBox::DeleteString(UINT nIndex) const - // Removes a string from a list box and returns the number of strings remaining in the list. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (int)SendMessage(LB_DELETESTRING, nIndex, 0); - } - - inline int CListBox::Dir(UINT attr, LPCTSTR lpszWildCard) const - // Adds a list of filenames to a list box and returns the index of the last filename added. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (int)SendMessage(LB_DIR, attr, (LPARAM)lpszWildCard); - } - - inline int CListBox::FindString(int nStartAfter, LPCTSTR lpszItem) const - // Returns the index of the first string in the list box that begins with a specified string. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (int)SendMessage(LB_FINDSTRING, nStartAfter, (LPARAM)lpszItem); - } - - inline int CListBox::FindStringExact(int nIndexStart, LPCTSTR lpszFind) const - // Returns the index of the string in the list box that is equal to a specified string. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (int)SendMessage(LB_FINDSTRINGEXACT, nIndexStart, (LPARAM)lpszFind); - } - - inline int CListBox::InsertString(int nIndex, LPCTSTR lpszItem) const - // Inserts a string at a specified index in a list box. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (int)SendMessage(LB_INSERTSTRING, nIndex, (LPARAM)lpszItem); - } - - inline void CListBox::ResetContent() const - // Removes all items from a list box. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - SendMessage(LB_RESETCONTENT, 0, 0); - } - - inline int CListBox::SelectString(int nStartAfter, LPCTSTR lpszItem) const - // Selects the first string it finds that matches a specified prefix. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (int)::SendMessage(m_hWnd, LB_SELECTSTRING, nStartAfter, (LPARAM)lpszItem); - } - - inline void CListBox::PreRegisterClass(WNDCLASS &wc) - { - // Set the Window Class - wc.lpszClassName = _T("ListBox"); - } - - - //////////////////////////////////////// - // Definitions for the CStatic class - // - inline HBITMAP CStatic::GetBitmap() const - // Returns the handle to the bitmap for the static control - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (HBITMAP)SendMessage(STM_GETIMAGE, IMAGE_BITMAP, 0); - } - - inline HCURSOR CStatic::GetCursor() const - // Returns the handle to the icon for the static control - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (HCURSOR)SendMessage(STM_GETIMAGE, IMAGE_CURSOR, 0); - } - - inline HENHMETAFILE CStatic::GetEnhMetaFile() const - // Returns the handle to the enhanced metafile for the static control - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (HENHMETAFILE)SendMessage(STM_GETIMAGE, IMAGE_ENHMETAFILE, 0); - } - - inline HICON CStatic::GetIcon() const - // Returns the handle to the icon for the static control - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (HICON)SendMessage(STM_GETIMAGE, IMAGE_ICON, 0); - } - - inline HBITMAP CStatic::SetBitmap(HBITMAP hBitmap) const - // Sets the handle to the bitmap for the static control - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (HBITMAP)SendMessage(STM_SETIMAGE, IMAGE_BITMAP, (LPARAM)hBitmap); - } - - inline HCURSOR CStatic::SetCursor(HCURSOR hCursor) const - // Sets the handle to the cursor for the static control - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (HCURSOR)SendMessage(STM_SETIMAGE, IMAGE_CURSOR, (LPARAM)hCursor); - } - - inline HENHMETAFILE CStatic::SetEnhMetaFile(HENHMETAFILE hMetaFile) const - // Sets the handle to the enhanced metafile for the static control - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (HENHMETAFILE)SendMessage(STM_SETIMAGE, IMAGE_ENHMETAFILE, (LPARAM)hMetaFile); - } - - inline HICON CStatic::SetIcon(HICON hIcon) const - // Sets the handle to the icon for the static control - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (HICON)SendMessage(STM_SETIMAGE, IMAGE_ICON, (LPARAM)hIcon); - } - - inline void CStatic::PreRegisterClass(WNDCLASS &wc) - { - // Set the Window Class - wc.lpszClassName = _T("Static"); - } - -} - -#endif // _WIN32XX_STDCONTROLS_H_ - diff --git a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/tab.h b/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/tab.h deleted file mode 100644 index 15699144..00000000 --- a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/tab.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1658 +0,0 @@ -// Win32++ Version 7.2 -// Released: 5th AUgust 2011 -// -// David Nash -// email: dnash@bigpond.net.au -// url: https://sourceforge.net/projects/win32-framework -// -// -// Copyright (c) 2005-2011 David Nash -// -// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to -// any person obtaining a copy of this software and -// associated documentation files (the "Software"), -// to deal in the Software without restriction, including -// without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, -// merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell -// copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom -// the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the -// following conditions: -// -// The above copyright notice and this permission notice -// shall be included in all copies or substantial portions -// of the Software. -// -// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF -// ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED -// TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A -// PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT -// SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR -// ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN -// ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, -// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE -// OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. -// -//////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - - -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// tab.h -// Declaration of the CTab and CMDITab classes - -#ifndef _WIN32XX_TAB_H_ -#define _WIN32XX_TAB_H_ - -#include "wincore.h" -#include "dialog.h" -#include "gdi.h" -#include "default_resource.h" - -namespace Win32xx -{ - - struct TabPageInfo - { - TCHAR szTabText[MAX_MENU_STRING]; - int iImage; // index of this tab's image - int idTab; // identifier for this tab (optional) - CWnd* pView; // pointer to the view window - }; - - class CTab : public CWnd - { - protected: - // Declaration of the CSelectDialog class, a nested class of CTab - // It creates the dialog to choose which tab to activate - class CSelectDialog : public CDialog - { - public: - CSelectDialog(LPCDLGTEMPLATE lpTemplate, CWnd* pParent = NULL); - virtual ~CSelectDialog() {} - virtual void AddItem(LPCTSTR szString); - virtual BOOL IsTab() const { return FALSE; } - - protected: - virtual BOOL OnInitDialog(); - virtual void OnOK(); - virtual void OnCancel() { EndDialog(-2); } - - private: - CSelectDialog(const CSelectDialog&); // Disable copy construction - CSelectDialog& operator = (const CSelectDialog&); // Disable assignment operator - - std::vector m_vItems; - int IDC_LIST; - - }; - public: - CTab(); - virtual ~CTab(); - virtual int AddTabPage(WndPtr pView, LPCTSTR szTabText, HICON hIcon, UINT idTab); - virtual int AddTabPage(WndPtr pView, LPCTSTR szTabText, int nID_Icon, UINT idTab = 0); - virtual int AddTabPage(WndPtr pView, LPCTSTR szTabText); - virtual CRect GetCloseRect() const; - virtual CRect GetListRect() const; - virtual HMENU GetListMenu(); - virtual BOOL GetTabsAtTop() const; - virtual int GetTabIndex(CWnd* pWnd) const; - virtual TabPageInfo GetTabPageInfo(UINT nTab) const; - virtual int GetTextHeight() const; - virtual void RecalcLayout(); - virtual void RemoveTabPage(int nPage); - virtual void SelectPage(int nPage); - virtual void SetFixedWidth(BOOL bEnabled); - virtual void SetOwnerDraw(BOOL bEnabled); - virtual void SetShowButtons(BOOL bShow); - virtual void SetTabIcon(int i, HICON hIcon); - virtual void SetTabsAtTop(BOOL bTop); - virtual void SetTabText(UINT nTab, LPCTSTR szText); - virtual void SwapTabs(UINT nTab1, UINT nTab2); - - // Attributes - std::vector & GetAllTabs() const { return (std::vector &) m_vTabPageInfo; } - HIMAGELIST GetImageList() const { return m_himlTab; } - BOOL GetShowButtons() const { return m_bShowButtons; } - int GetTabHeight() const { return m_nTabHeight; } - CWnd* GetActiveView() const { return m_pActiveView; } - void SetTabHeight(int nTabHeight) { m_nTabHeight = nTabHeight; NotifyChanged();} - - // Wrappers for Win32 Macros - void AdjustRect(BOOL fLarger, RECT *prc) const; - int GetCurFocus() const; - int GetCurSel() const; - BOOL GetItem(int iItem, LPTCITEM pitem) const; - int GetItemCount() const; - int HitTest(TCHITTESTINFO& info) const; - void SetCurFocus(int iItem) const; - int SetCurSel(int iItem) const; - DWORD SetItemSize(int cx, int cy) const; - int SetMinTabWidth(int cx) const; - void SetPadding(int cx, int cy) const; - - protected: - virtual void DrawCloseButton(CDC& DrawDC); - virtual void DrawListButton(CDC& DrawDC); - virtual void DrawTabs(CDC& dcMem); - virtual void DrawTabBorders(CDC& dcMem, CRect& rcTab); - virtual void OnCreate(); - virtual void OnLButtonDown(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); - virtual void OnLButtonUp(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); - virtual void OnMouseLeave(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); - virtual void OnMouseMove(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); - virtual LRESULT OnNCHitTest(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); - virtual LRESULT OnNotifyReflect(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); - virtual void NotifyChanged(); - virtual void Paint(); - virtual void PreCreate(CREATESTRUCT& cs); - virtual void PreRegisterClass(WNDCLASS &wc); - virtual void SetTabSize(); - virtual void ShowListDialog(); - virtual void ShowListMenu(); - virtual LRESULT WndProcDefault(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); - - private: - CTab(const CTab&); // Disable copy construction - CTab& operator = (const CTab&); // Disable assignment operator - - SIZE GetMaxTabSize() const; - void ShowActiveView(CWnd* pView); - - std::vector m_vTabPageInfo; - std::vector m_vTabViews; - CFont m_Font; - HIMAGELIST m_himlTab; - HMENU m_hListMenu; - CWnd* m_pActiveView; - BOOL m_bShowButtons; // Show or hide the close and list button - BOOL m_IsTracking; - BOOL m_IsClosePressed; - BOOL m_IsListPressed; - BOOL m_IsListMenuActive; - int m_nTabHeight; - }; - - //////////////////////////////////////// - // Declaration of the CTabbedMDI class - class CTabbedMDI : public CWnd - { - public: - CTabbedMDI(); - virtual ~CTabbedMDI(); - virtual CWnd* AddMDIChild(CWnd* pView, LPCTSTR szTabText, int idMDIChild = 0); - virtual void CloseActiveMDI(); - virtual void CloseAllMDIChildren(); - virtual void CloseMDIChild(int nTab); - virtual CWnd* GetActiveMDIChild() const; - virtual int GetActiveMDITab() const; - virtual CWnd* GetMDIChild(int nTab) const; - virtual int GetMDIChildCount() const; - virtual int GetMDIChildID(int nTab) const; - virtual LPCTSTR GetMDIChildTitle(int nTab) const; - virtual HMENU GetListMenu() const { return GetTab().GetListMenu(); } - virtual CTab& GetTab() const {return (CTab&)m_Tab;} - virtual BOOL LoadRegistrySettings(tString tsRegistryKeyName); - virtual void RecalcLayout(); - virtual BOOL SaveRegistrySettings(tString tsRegistryKeyName); - virtual void SetActiveMDIChild(CWnd* pWnd); - virtual void SetActiveMDITab(int nTab); - - protected: - virtual HWND Create(CWnd* pParent); - virtual CWnd* NewMDIChildFromID(int idMDIChild); - virtual void OnCreate(); - virtual void OnDestroy(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); - virtual LRESULT OnNotify(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); - virtual void OnWindowPosChanged(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); - virtual LRESULT WndProcDefault(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); - - private: - CTabbedMDI(const CTabbedMDI&); // Disable copy construction - CTabbedMDI& operator = (const CTabbedMDI&); // Disable assignment operator - - CTab m_Tab; - }; - -} - - -//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - - -namespace Win32xx -{ - - ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - // Definitions for the CSelectDialog class nested within CTab - // - inline CTab::CSelectDialog::CSelectDialog(LPCDLGTEMPLATE lpTemplate, CWnd* pParent) : - CDialog(lpTemplate, pParent), IDC_LIST(121) - { - } - - inline BOOL CTab::CSelectDialog::OnInitDialog() - { - for (UINT u = 0; u < m_vItems.size(); ++u) - { - SendDlgItemMessage(IDC_LIST, LB_ADDSTRING, 0, (LPARAM) m_vItems[u].c_str()); - } - - return true; - } - - inline void CTab::CSelectDialog::AddItem(LPCTSTR szString) - { - m_vItems.push_back(szString); - } - - inline void CTab::CSelectDialog::OnOK() - { - int iSelect = (int)SendDlgItemMessage(IDC_LIST, LB_GETCURSEL, 0, 0); - if (iSelect != LB_ERR) - EndDialog(iSelect); - else - EndDialog(-2); - } - - - ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - // Definitions for the CTab class - // - inline CTab::CTab() : m_hListMenu(NULL), m_pActiveView(NULL), m_bShowButtons(FALSE), m_IsTracking(FALSE), m_IsClosePressed(FALSE), - m_IsListPressed(FALSE), m_IsListMenuActive(FALSE), m_nTabHeight(0) - { - // Create and assign the image list - m_himlTab = ImageList_Create(16, 16, ILC_MASK|ILC_COLOR32, 0, 0); - - // Set the tab control's font - NONCLIENTMETRICS info = {0}; - info.cbSize = GetSizeofNonClientMetrics(); - SystemParametersInfo(SPI_GETNONCLIENTMETRICS, sizeof(info), &info, 0); - m_Font.CreateFontIndirect(&info.lfStatusFont); - } - - inline CTab::~CTab() - { - ImageList_Destroy(m_himlTab); - - if (IsMenu(m_hListMenu)) ::DestroyMenu(m_hListMenu); - } - - inline int CTab::AddTabPage(WndPtr pView, LPCTSTR szTabText, HICON hIcon, UINT idTab) - { - assert(pView.get()); - assert(lstrlen(szTabText) < MAX_MENU_STRING); - - m_vTabViews.push_back(pView); - - TabPageInfo tpi = {0}; - tpi.pView = pView.get(); - tpi.idTab = idTab; - lstrcpyn(tpi.szTabText, szTabText, MAX_MENU_STRING); - if (hIcon) - tpi.iImage = ImageList_AddIcon(GetImageList(), hIcon); - else - tpi.iImage = -1; - - int iNewPage = (int)m_vTabPageInfo.size(); - m_vTabPageInfo.push_back(tpi); - - if (m_hWnd) - { - TCITEM tie = {0}; - tie.mask = TCIF_TEXT | TCIF_IMAGE; - tie.iImage = tpi.iImage; - tie.pszText = tpi.szTabText; - TabCtrl_InsertItem(m_hWnd, iNewPage, &tie); - - SetTabSize(); - SelectPage(iNewPage); - NotifyChanged(); - } - - return iNewPage; - } - - inline int CTab::AddTabPage(WndPtr pView, LPCTSTR szTabText, int idIcon, UINT idTab /* = 0*/) - { - HICON hIcon = (HICON)LoadImage(GetApp()->GetResourceHandle(), MAKEINTRESOURCE(idIcon), IMAGE_ICON, 0, 0, LR_SHARED); - return AddTabPage(pView, szTabText, hIcon, idTab); - } - - inline int CTab::AddTabPage(WndPtr pView, LPCTSTR szTabText) - { - return AddTabPage(pView, szTabText, (HICON)0, 0); - } - - inline void CTab::DrawCloseButton(CDC& DrawDC) - { - // The close button isn't displayed on Win95 - if (GetWinVersion() == 1400) return; - - if (!m_bShowButtons) return; - if (!GetActiveView()) return; - if (!(GetWindowLongPtr(GWL_STYLE) & TCS_FIXEDWIDTH)) return; - if (!(GetWindowLongPtr(GWL_STYLE) & TCS_OWNERDRAWFIXED)) return; - - // Determine the close button's drawing position relative to the window - CRect rcClose = GetCloseRect(); - - CPoint pt = GetCursorPos(); - ScreenToClient(pt); - UINT uState = rcClose.PtInRect(pt)? m_IsClosePressed? 2: 1: 0; - - // Draw the outer highlight for the close button - if (!IsRectEmpty(&rcClose)) - { - switch (uState) - { - case 0: - { - DrawDC.CreatePen(PS_SOLID, 1, RGB(232, 228, 220)); - - DrawDC.MoveTo(rcClose.left, rcClose.bottom); - DrawDC.LineTo(rcClose.right, rcClose.bottom); - DrawDC.LineTo(rcClose.right, rcClose.top); - DrawDC.LineTo(rcClose.left, rcClose.top); - DrawDC.LineTo(rcClose.left, rcClose.bottom); - break; - } - - case 1: - { - // Draw outline, white at top, black on bottom - DrawDC.CreatePen(PS_SOLID, 1, RGB(0, 0, 0)); - DrawDC.MoveTo(rcClose.left, rcClose.bottom); - DrawDC.LineTo(rcClose.right, rcClose.bottom); - DrawDC.LineTo(rcClose.right, rcClose.top); - DrawDC.CreatePen(PS_SOLID, 1, RGB(255, 255, 255)); - DrawDC.LineTo(rcClose.left, rcClose.top); - DrawDC.LineTo(rcClose.left, rcClose.bottom); - } - - break; - case 2: - { - // Draw outline, black on top, white on bottom - DrawDC.CreatePen(PS_SOLID, 1, RGB(255, 255, 255)); - DrawDC.MoveTo(rcClose.left, rcClose.bottom); - DrawDC.LineTo(rcClose.right, rcClose.bottom); - DrawDC.LineTo(rcClose.right, rcClose.top); - DrawDC.CreatePen(PS_SOLID, 1, RGB(0, 0, 0)); - DrawDC.LineTo(rcClose.left, rcClose.top); - DrawDC.LineTo(rcClose.left, rcClose.bottom); - } - break; - } - - // Manually draw close button - DrawDC.CreatePen(PS_SOLID, 1, RGB(64, 64, 64)); - - DrawDC.MoveTo(rcClose.left + 3, rcClose.top +3); - DrawDC.LineTo(rcClose.right - 2, rcClose.bottom -2); - - DrawDC.MoveTo(rcClose.left + 4, rcClose.top +3); - DrawDC.LineTo(rcClose.right - 2, rcClose.bottom -3); - - DrawDC.MoveTo(rcClose.left + 3, rcClose.top +4); - DrawDC.LineTo(rcClose.right - 3, rcClose.bottom -2); - - DrawDC.MoveTo(rcClose.right -3, rcClose.top +3); - DrawDC.LineTo(rcClose.left + 2, rcClose.bottom -2); - - DrawDC.MoveTo(rcClose.right -3, rcClose.top +4); - DrawDC.LineTo(rcClose.left + 3, rcClose.bottom -2); - - DrawDC.MoveTo(rcClose.right -4, rcClose.top +3); - DrawDC.LineTo(rcClose.left + 2, rcClose.bottom -3); - } - } - - inline void CTab::DrawListButton(CDC& DrawDC) - { - // The list button isn't displayed on Win95 - if (GetWinVersion() == 1400) return; - - if (!m_bShowButtons) return; - if (!GetActiveView()) return; - if (!(GetWindowLongPtr(GWL_STYLE) & TCS_FIXEDWIDTH)) return; - if (!(GetWindowLongPtr(GWL_STYLE) & TCS_OWNERDRAWFIXED)) return; - - // Determine the list button's drawing position relative to the window - CRect rcList = GetListRect(); - - CPoint pt = GetCursorPos(); - ScreenToClient(pt); - UINT uState = rcList.PtInRect(pt)? 1: 0; - if (m_IsListMenuActive) uState = 2; - - // Draw the outer highlight for the list button - if (!IsRectEmpty(&rcList)) - { - switch (uState) - { - case 0: - { - DrawDC.CreatePen(PS_SOLID, 1, RGB(232, 228, 220)); - - DrawDC.MoveTo(rcList.left, rcList.bottom); - DrawDC.LineTo(rcList.right, rcList.bottom); - DrawDC.LineTo(rcList.right, rcList.top); - DrawDC.LineTo(rcList.left, rcList.top); - DrawDC.LineTo(rcList.left, rcList.bottom); - break; - } - - case 1: - { - // Draw outline, white at top, black on bottom - DrawDC.CreatePen(PS_SOLID, 1, RGB(0, 0, 0)); - DrawDC.MoveTo(rcList.left, rcList.bottom); - DrawDC.LineTo(rcList.right, rcList.bottom); - DrawDC.LineTo(rcList.right, rcList.top); - DrawDC.CreatePen(PS_SOLID, 1, RGB(255, 255, 255)); - DrawDC.LineTo(rcList.left, rcList.top); - DrawDC.LineTo(rcList.left, rcList.bottom); - } - - break; - case 2: - { - // Draw outline, black on top, white on bottom - DrawDC.CreatePen(PS_SOLID, 1, RGB(255, 255, 255)); - DrawDC.MoveTo(rcList.left, rcList.bottom); - DrawDC.LineTo(rcList.right, rcList.bottom); - DrawDC.LineTo(rcList.right, rcList.top); - DrawDC.CreatePen(PS_SOLID, 1, RGB(0, 0, 0)); - DrawDC.LineTo(rcList.left, rcList.top); - DrawDC.LineTo(rcList.left, rcList.bottom); - } - break; - } - - // Manually draw list button - DrawDC.CreatePen(PS_SOLID, 1, RGB(64, 64, 64)); - - int MaxLength = (int)(0.65 * rcList.Width()); - int topGap = 1 + rcList.Height()/3; - for (int i = 0; i <= MaxLength/2; i++) - { - int Length = MaxLength - 2*i; - DrawDC.MoveTo(rcList.left +1 + (rcList.Width() - Length)/2, rcList.top +topGap +i); - DrawDC.LineTo(rcList.left +1 + (rcList.Width() - Length)/2 + Length, rcList.top +topGap +i); - } - } - } - - inline void CTab::DrawTabs(CDC& dcMem) - { - // Draw the tab buttons: - for (int i = 0; i < TabCtrl_GetItemCount(m_hWnd); ++i) - { - CRect rcItem; - TabCtrl_GetItemRect(m_hWnd, i, &rcItem); - if (!rcItem.IsRectEmpty()) - { - if (i == TabCtrl_GetCurSel(m_hWnd)) - { - dcMem.CreateSolidBrush(RGB(248,248,248)); - dcMem.SetBkColor(RGB(248,248,248)); - } - else - { - dcMem.CreateSolidBrush(RGB(200,200,200)); - dcMem.SetBkColor(RGB(200,200,200)); - } - - dcMem.CreatePen(PS_SOLID, 1, RGB(160, 160, 160)); - dcMem.RoundRect(rcItem.left+1, rcItem.top, rcItem.right+2, rcItem.bottom, 6, 6); - - if (rcItem.Width() >= 24) - { - TCHAR szText[30]; - TCITEM tcItem = {0}; - tcItem.mask = TCIF_TEXT | TCIF_IMAGE; - tcItem.cchTextMax = 30; - tcItem.pszText = szText; - TabCtrl_GetItem(m_hWnd, i, &tcItem); - int xImage; - int yImage; - int yOffset = 0; - if (ImageList_GetIconSize(m_himlTab, &xImage, &yImage)) - yOffset = (rcItem.Height() - yImage)/2; - - // Draw the icon - ImageList_Draw(m_himlTab, tcItem.iImage, dcMem, rcItem.left+5, rcItem.top+yOffset, ILD_NORMAL); - - // Draw the text - dcMem.SelectObject(&m_Font); - - // Calculate the size of the text - CRect rcText = rcItem; - - int iImageSize = 20; - int iPadding = 4; - if (tcItem.iImage >= 0) - rcText.left += iImageSize; - - rcText.left += iPadding; - dcMem.DrawText(szText, -1, rcText, DT_LEFT|DT_VCENTER|DT_SINGLELINE|DT_END_ELLIPSIS); - } - } - } - } - - inline void CTab::DrawTabBorders(CDC& dcMem, CRect& rcTab) - { - BOOL IsBottomTab = (BOOL)GetWindowLongPtr(GWL_STYLE) & TCS_BOTTOM; - - // Draw a lighter rectangle touching the tab buttons - CRect rcItem; - TabCtrl_GetItemRect(m_hWnd, 0, &rcItem); - int left = rcItem.left +1; - int right = rcTab.right; - int top = rcTab.bottom; - int bottom = top + 3; - - if (!IsBottomTab) - { - bottom = MAX(rcTab.top, m_nTabHeight +4); - top = bottom -3; - } - - dcMem.CreateSolidBrush(RGB(248,248,248)); - dcMem.CreatePen(PS_SOLID, 1, RGB(248,248,248)); - if (!rcItem.IsRectEmpty()) - { - dcMem.Rectangle(left, top, right, bottom); - - // Draw a darker line below the rectangle - dcMem.CreatePen(PS_SOLID, 1, RGB(160, 160, 160)); - if (IsBottomTab) - { - dcMem.MoveTo(left-1, bottom); - dcMem.LineTo(right, bottom); - } - else - { - dcMem.MoveTo(left-1, top-1); - dcMem.LineTo(right, top-1); - } - - // Draw a lighter line over the darker line for the selected tab - dcMem.CreatePen(PS_SOLID, 1, RGB(248,248,248)); - TabCtrl_GetItemRect(m_hWnd, TabCtrl_GetCurSel(m_hWnd), &rcItem); - OffsetRect(&rcItem, 1, 1); - - if (IsBottomTab) - { - dcMem.MoveTo(rcItem.left, bottom); - dcMem.LineTo(rcItem.right, bottom); - } - else - { - dcMem.MoveTo(rcItem.left, top-1); - dcMem.LineTo(rcItem.right, top-1); - } - } - } - - inline CRect CTab::GetCloseRect() const - { - CRect rcClose; - if (GetShowButtons()) - { - rcClose= GetClientRect(); - int Gap = 2; - int cx = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXSMICON) -1; - int cy = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYSMICON) -1; - rcClose.right -= Gap; - rcClose.left = rcClose.right - cx; - - if (GetTabsAtTop()) - rcClose.top = Gap; - else - rcClose.top = MAX(Gap, rcClose.bottom - m_nTabHeight); - - rcClose.bottom = rcClose.top + cy; - } - return rcClose; - } - - inline HMENU CTab::GetListMenu() - { - if (IsMenu(m_hListMenu)) - ::DestroyMenu(m_hListMenu); - - m_hListMenu = CreatePopupMenu(); - - // Add the menu items - for(UINT u = 0; u < MIN(GetAllTabs().size(), 9); ++u) - { - TCHAR szMenuString[MAX_MENU_STRING+1]; - TCHAR szTabText[MAX_MENU_STRING]; - lstrcpyn(szTabText, GetAllTabs()[u].szTabText, MAX_MENU_STRING -4); - wsprintf(szMenuString, _T("&%d %s"), u+1, szTabText); - AppendMenu(m_hListMenu, MF_STRING, IDW_FIRSTCHILD +u, szMenuString); - } - if (GetAllTabs().size() >= 10) - AppendMenu(m_hListMenu, MF_STRING, IDW_FIRSTCHILD +9, _T("More Windows")); - - // Add a checkmark to the menu - int iSelected = GetCurSel(); - if (iSelected < 9) - CheckMenuItem(m_hListMenu, iSelected, MF_BYPOSITION|MF_CHECKED); - - return m_hListMenu; - } - - inline CRect CTab::GetListRect() const - { - CRect rcList; - if (GetShowButtons()) - { - CRect rcClose = GetCloseRect(); - rcList = rcClose; - rcList.OffsetRect( -(rcClose.Width() + 2), 0); - rcList.InflateRect(-1, 0); - } - return rcList; - } - - inline SIZE CTab::GetMaxTabSize() const - { - CSize Size; - - for (int i = 0; i < TabCtrl_GetItemCount(m_hWnd); i++) - { - CClientDC dcClient(this); - dcClient.SelectObject(&m_Font); - std::vector vTitle(MAX_MENU_STRING, _T('\0')); - TCHAR* pszTitle = &vTitle.front(); - TCITEM tcItem = {0}; - tcItem.mask = TCIF_TEXT |TCIF_IMAGE; - tcItem.cchTextMax = MAX_MENU_STRING; - tcItem.pszText = pszTitle; - TabCtrl_GetItem(m_hWnd, i, &tcItem); - CSize TempSize = dcClient.GetTextExtentPoint32(pszTitle, lstrlen(pszTitle)); - - int iImageSize = 0; - int iPadding = 6; - if (tcItem.iImage >= 0) - iImageSize = 20; - TempSize.cx += iImageSize + iPadding; - - if (TempSize.cx > Size.cx) - Size = TempSize; - } - - return Size; - } - - inline BOOL CTab::GetTabsAtTop() const - // Returns TRUE if the contol's tabs are placed at the top - { - DWORD dwStyle = (DWORD)GetWindowLongPtr(GWL_STYLE); - return (!(dwStyle & TCS_BOTTOM)); - } - - inline int CTab::GetTextHeight() const - { - CClientDC dcClient(this); - dcClient.SelectObject(&m_Font); - CSize szText = dcClient.GetTextExtentPoint32(_T("Text"), lstrlen(_T("Text"))); - return szText.cy; - } - - inline int CTab::GetTabIndex(CWnd* pWnd) const - { - assert(pWnd); - - for (int i = 0; i < (int)m_vTabPageInfo.size(); ++i) - { - if (m_vTabPageInfo[i].pView == pWnd) - return i; - } - - return -1; - } - - inline TabPageInfo CTab::GetTabPageInfo(UINT nTab) const - { - assert (nTab < m_vTabPageInfo.size()); - - return m_vTabPageInfo[nTab]; - } - - inline void CTab::NotifyChanged() - { - NMHDR nmhdr = {0}; - nmhdr.hwndFrom = m_hWnd; - nmhdr.code = UWM_TAB_CHANGED; - GetParent()->SendMessage(WM_NOTIFY, 0L, (LPARAM)&nmhdr); - } - - inline void CTab::OnCreate() - { - SetFont(&m_Font, TRUE); - - // Assign ImageList unless we are owner drawn - if (!(GetWindowLongPtr(GWL_STYLE) & TCS_OWNERDRAWFIXED)) - TabCtrl_SetImageList(m_hWnd, m_himlTab); - - for (int i = 0; i < (int)m_vTabPageInfo.size(); ++i) - { - // Add tabs for each view. - TCITEM tie = {0}; - tie.mask = TCIF_TEXT | TCIF_IMAGE; - tie.iImage = m_vTabPageInfo[i].iImage; - tie.pszText = m_vTabPageInfo[i].szTabText; - TabCtrl_InsertItem(m_hWnd, i, &tie); - } - - int HeightGap = 5; - SetTabHeight(MAX(20, (GetTextHeight() + HeightGap))); - SelectPage(0); - } - - inline void CTab::OnLButtonDown(WPARAM /*wParam*/, LPARAM lParam) - { - CPoint pt(GET_X_LPARAM(lParam), GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam)); - - if (GetCloseRect().PtInRect(pt)) - { - m_IsClosePressed = TRUE; - SetCapture(); - CClientDC dc(this); - DrawCloseButton(dc); - } - else - m_IsClosePressed = FALSE; - - if (GetListRect().PtInRect(pt)) - { - ShowListMenu(); - } - } - - inline void CTab::OnLButtonUp(WPARAM /*wParam*/, LPARAM lParam) - { - ReleaseCapture(); - CPoint pt(GET_X_LPARAM(lParam), GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam)); - if (m_IsClosePressed && GetCloseRect().PtInRect(pt)) - { - RemoveTabPage(GetCurSel()); - if (GetActiveView()) - GetActiveView()->RedrawWindow(); - } - - m_IsClosePressed = FALSE; - } - - inline void CTab::OnMouseLeave(WPARAM /*wParam*/, LPARAM /*lParam*/) - { - CClientDC dc(this); - DrawCloseButton(dc); - DrawListButton(dc); - - m_IsTracking = FALSE; - } - - inline void CTab::OnMouseMove(WPARAM /*wParam*/, LPARAM /*lParam*/) - { - if (!m_IsListMenuActive && m_IsListPressed) - { - m_IsListPressed = FALSE; - } - - if (!m_IsTracking) - { - TRACKMOUSEEVENT TrackMouseEventStruct = {0}; - TrackMouseEventStruct.cbSize = sizeof(TrackMouseEventStruct); - TrackMouseEventStruct.dwFlags = TME_LEAVE; - TrackMouseEventStruct.hwndTrack = m_hWnd; - _TrackMouseEvent(&TrackMouseEventStruct); - m_IsTracking = TRUE; - } - - CClientDC dc(this); - DrawCloseButton(dc); - DrawListButton(dc); - } - - inline LRESULT CTab::OnNCHitTest(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) - { - // Ensure we have an arrow cursor when the tab has no view window - if (0 == GetAllTabs().size()) - SetCursor(LoadCursor(NULL, IDC_ARROW)); - - // Cause WM_LBUTTONUP and WM_LBUTTONDOWN messages to be sent for buttons - CPoint pt(GET_X_LPARAM(lParam), GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam)); - ScreenToClient(pt); - if (GetCloseRect().PtInRect(pt)) return HTCLIENT; - if (GetListRect().PtInRect(pt)) return HTCLIENT; - - return CWnd::WndProcDefault(WM_NCHITTEST, wParam, lParam); - } - - inline LRESULT CTab::OnNotifyReflect(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) - { - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(wParam); - - switch (((LPNMHDR)lParam)->code) - { - case TCN_SELCHANGE: - { - // Display the newly selected tab page - int nPage = GetCurSel(); - ShowActiveView(m_vTabPageInfo[nPage].pView); - } - break; - } - - return 0L; - } - - inline void CTab::Paint() - { - // Microsoft's drawing for a tab control is rubbish, so we do our own. - // We use double buffering and regions to eliminate flicker - - // Create the memory DC and bitmap - CClientDC dcView(this); - CMemDC dcMem(&dcView); - CRect rcClient = GetClientRect(); - dcMem.CreateCompatibleBitmap(&dcView, rcClient.Width(), rcClient.Height()); - - if (0 == GetItemCount()) - { - // No tabs, so simply display a grey background and exit - COLORREF rgbDialog = GetSysColor(COLOR_BTNFACE); - dcView.SolidFill(rgbDialog, rcClient); - return; - } - - // Create a clipping region. Its the overall tab window's region, - // less the region belonging to the individual tab view's client area - CRgn rgnSrc1 = ::CreateRectRgn(rcClient.left, rcClient.top, rcClient.right, rcClient.bottom); - CRect rcTab = GetClientRect(); - TabCtrl_AdjustRect(m_hWnd, FALSE, &rcTab); - if (rcTab.Height() < 0) - rcTab.top = rcTab.bottom; - if (rcTab.Width() < 0) - rcTab.left = rcTab.right; - - CRgn rgnSrc2 = ::CreateRectRgn(rcTab.left, rcTab.top, rcTab.right, rcTab.bottom); - CRgn rgnClip = ::CreateRectRgn(0, 0, 0, 0); - ::CombineRgn(rgnClip, rgnSrc1, rgnSrc2, RGN_DIFF); - - // Use the region in the memory DC to paint the grey background - dcMem.SelectClipRgn(&rgnClip); - HWND hWndParent = ::GetParent(m_hWnd); - CDC dcParent = ::GetDC(hWndParent); - HBRUSH hBrush = (HBRUSH) SendMessage(hWndParent, WM_CTLCOLORDLG, (WPARAM)dcParent.GetHDC(), (LPARAM)hWndParent); - dcMem.SelectObject(FromHandle(hBrush)); - dcMem.PaintRgn(&rgnClip); - - // Draw the tab buttons on the memory DC: - DrawTabs(dcMem); - - // Draw buttons and tab borders - DrawCloseButton(dcMem); - DrawListButton(dcMem); - DrawTabBorders(dcMem, rcTab); - - // Now copy our from our memory DC to the window DC - dcView.SelectClipRgn(&rgnClip); - dcView.BitBlt(0, 0, rcClient.Width(), rcClient.Height(), &dcMem, 0, 0, SRCCOPY); - } - - inline void CTab::PreCreate(CREATESTRUCT &cs) - { - // For Tabs on the bottom, add the TCS_BOTTOM style - cs.style = WS_CHILD | WS_CLIPSIBLINGS | WS_CLIPCHILDREN | WS_VISIBLE; - } - - inline void CTab::PreRegisterClass(WNDCLASS &wc) - { - wc.lpszClassName = WC_TABCONTROL; - } - - inline void CTab::RecalcLayout() - { - if (IsWindow()) - { - if (GetActiveView()) - { - // Set the tab sizes - SetTabSize(); - - // Position the View over the tab control's display area - CRect rc = GetClientRect(); - TabCtrl_AdjustRect(m_hWnd, FALSE, &rc); - GetActiveView()->SetWindowPos(NULL, rc, SWP_SHOWWINDOW); - } - else - RedrawWindow(); - } - } - - inline void CTab::RemoveTabPage(int nPage) - { - if ((nPage < 0) || (nPage > (int)m_vTabPageInfo.size() -1)) - return; - - // Remove the tab - TabCtrl_DeleteItem(m_hWnd, nPage); - - // Remove the TapPageInfo entry - std::vector::iterator itTPI = m_vTabPageInfo.begin() + nPage; - CWnd* pView = (*itTPI).pView; - int iImage = (*itTPI).iImage; - if (iImage >= 0) - TabCtrl_RemoveImage(m_hWnd, iImage); - - if (pView == m_pActiveView) - m_pActiveView = 0; - - (*itTPI).pView->Destroy(); - m_vTabPageInfo.erase(itTPI); - - std::vector::iterator itView; - for (itView = m_vTabViews.begin(); itView < m_vTabViews.end(); ++itView) - { - if ((*itView).get() == pView) - { - m_vTabViews.erase(itView); - break; - } - } - - if (IsWindow()) - { - if (m_vTabPageInfo.size() > 0) - { - SetTabSize(); - SelectPage(0); - } - else - ShowActiveView(NULL); - - NotifyChanged(); - } - } - - inline void CTab::SelectPage(int nPage) - { - if ((nPage >= 0) && (nPage < GetItemCount())) - { - if (nPage != GetCurSel()) - SetCurSel(nPage); - - ShowActiveView(m_vTabPageInfo[nPage].pView); - } - } - - inline void CTab::SetFixedWidth(BOOL bEnabled) - { - DWORD dwStyle = (DWORD)GetWindowLongPtr(GWL_STYLE); - if (bEnabled) - SetWindowLongPtr(GWL_STYLE, dwStyle | TCS_FIXEDWIDTH); - else - SetWindowLongPtr(GWL_STYLE, dwStyle & ~TCS_FIXEDWIDTH); - - RecalcLayout(); - } - - inline void CTab::SetOwnerDraw(BOOL bEnabled) - // Enable or disable owner draw - { - DWORD dwStyle = (DWORD)GetWindowLongPtr(GWL_STYLE); - if (bEnabled) - { - SetWindowLongPtr(GWL_STYLE, dwStyle | TCS_OWNERDRAWFIXED); - TabCtrl_SetImageList(m_hWnd, NULL); - } - else - { - SetWindowLongPtr(GWL_STYLE, dwStyle & ~TCS_OWNERDRAWFIXED); - TabCtrl_SetImageList(m_hWnd, m_himlTab); - } - - RecalcLayout(); - } - - inline void CTab::SetShowButtons(BOOL bShow) - { - m_bShowButtons = bShow; - RecalcLayout(); - } - - inline void CTab::SetTabIcon(int i, HICON hIcon) - // Changes or sets the tab's icon - { - assert (GetItemCount() > i); - TCITEM tci = {0}; - tci.mask = TCIF_IMAGE; - GetItem(i, &tci); - if (tci.iImage >= 0) - { - ImageList_ReplaceIcon(GetImageList(), i, hIcon); - } - else - { - int iImage = ImageList_AddIcon(GetImageList(), hIcon); - tci.iImage = iImage; - TabCtrl_SetItem(m_hWnd, i, &tci); - m_vTabPageInfo[i].iImage = iImage; - } - } - - inline void CTab::SetTabsAtTop(BOOL bTop) - // Positions the tabs at the top or botttom of the control - { - DWORD dwStyle = (DWORD)GetWindowLongPtr(GWL_STYLE); - - if (bTop) - dwStyle &= ~TCS_BOTTOM; - else - dwStyle |= TCS_BOTTOM; - - SetWindowLongPtr(GWL_STYLE, dwStyle); - RecalcLayout(); - } - - inline void CTab::SetTabSize() - { - if (GetItemCount() > 0) - { - CRect rc = GetClientRect(); - TabCtrl_AdjustRect(m_hWnd, FALSE, &rc); - - int xGap = 2; - if (m_bShowButtons) xGap += GetCloseRect().Width() + GetListRect().Width() +2; - - int nItemWidth = MIN( GetMaxTabSize().cx, (rc.Width() - xGap)/GetItemCount() ); - nItemWidth = MAX(nItemWidth, 0); - SendMessage(TCM_SETITEMSIZE, 0L, MAKELPARAM(nItemWidth, m_nTabHeight)); - NotifyChanged(); - } - } - - inline void CTab::SetTabText(UINT nTab, LPCTSTR szText) - { - // Allows the text to be changed on an existing tab - if (nTab < GetAllTabs().size()) - { - TCITEM Item = {0}; - std::vector vTChar(MAX_MENU_STRING+1, _T('\0')); - TCHAR* pTChar = &vTChar.front(); - lstrcpyn(pTChar, szText, MAX_MENU_STRING); - Item.mask = TCIF_TEXT; - Item.pszText = pTChar; - - if (TabCtrl_SetItem(m_hWnd, nTab, &Item)) - lstrcpyn(m_vTabPageInfo[nTab].szTabText, pTChar, MAX_MENU_STRING); - } - } - - inline void CTab::ShowActiveView(CWnd* pView) - // Sets or changes the View window displayed within the tab page - { - // Hide the old view - if (GetActiveView() && (GetActiveView()->IsWindow())) - GetActiveView()->ShowWindow(SW_HIDE); - - // Assign the view window - m_pActiveView = pView; - - if (m_pActiveView && m_hWnd) - { - if (!m_pActiveView->IsWindow()) - { - // The tab control is already created, so create the new view too - GetActiveView()->Create(this); - } - - // Position the View over the tab control's display area - CRect rc = GetClientRect(); - TabCtrl_AdjustRect(m_hWnd, FALSE, &rc); - GetActiveView()->SetWindowPos(HWND_TOP, rc, SWP_SHOWWINDOW); - GetActiveView()->SetFocus(); - } - } - - inline void CTab::ShowListMenu() - // Displays the list of windows in a popup menu - { - if (!m_IsListPressed) - { - m_IsListPressed = TRUE; - HMENU hMenu = GetListMenu(); - - CPoint pt(GetListRect().left, GetListRect().top + GetTabHeight()); - ClientToScreen(pt); - - // Choosing the frame's hwnd for the menu's messages will automatically theme the popup menu - HWND MenuHwnd = GetAncestor()->GetHwnd(); - int nPage = 0; - m_IsListMenuActive = TRUE; - nPage = TrackPopupMenuEx(hMenu, TPM_LEFTALIGN | TPM_TOPALIGN | TPM_RETURNCMD, pt.x, pt.y, MenuHwnd, NULL) - IDW_FIRSTCHILD; - if ((nPage >= 0) && (nPage < 9)) SelectPage(nPage); - if (nPage == 9) ShowListDialog(); - m_IsListMenuActive = FALSE; - } - - CClientDC dc(this); - DrawListButton(dc); - } - - inline void CTab::ShowListDialog() - { - // Definition of a dialog template which displays a List Box - unsigned char dlg_Template[] = - { - 0x01,0x00,0xff,0xff,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x04,0x00,0xc8,0x00,0xc8,0x90,0x03, - 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0xdc,0x00,0x8e,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x53,0x00,0x65, - 0x00,0x6c,0x00,0x65,0x00,0x63,0x00,0x74,0x00,0x20,0x00,0x57,0x00,0x69,0x00,0x6e, - 0x00,0x64,0x00,0x6f,0x00,0x77,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x08,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x01,0x4d, - 0x00,0x53,0x00,0x20,0x00,0x53,0x00,0x68,0x00,0x65,0x00,0x6c,0x00,0x6c,0x00,0x20, - 0x00,0x44,0x00,0x6c,0x00,0x67,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, - 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x01,0x00,0x01,0x50,0x40,0x00,0x7a,0x00,0x25,0x00,0x0f,0x00,0x01, - 0x00,0x00,0x00,0xff,0xff,0x80,0x00,0x4f,0x00,0x4b,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, - 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x01,0x50,0x7a,0x00,0x7a,0x00,0x25, - 0x00,0x0f,0x00,0x02,0x00,0x00,0x00,0xff,0xff,0x80,0x00,0x43,0x00,0x61,0x00,0x6e, - 0x00,0x63,0x00,0x65,0x00,0x6c,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, - 0x00,0x02,0x00,0x01,0x01,0x21,0x50,0x06,0x00,0x06,0x00,0xcf,0x00,0x6d,0x00,0x79, - 0x00,0x00,0x00,0xff,0xff,0x83,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00 - }; - - // Display the modal dialog. The dialog is defined in the dialog template rather - // than in the resource script (rc) file. - CSelectDialog MyDialog((LPCDLGTEMPLATE) dlg_Template); - for(UINT u = 0; u < GetAllTabs().size(); ++u) - { - MyDialog.AddItem(GetAllTabs()[u].szTabText); - } - - int iSelected = (int)MyDialog.DoModal(); - if (iSelected >= 0) SelectPage(iSelected); - } - - inline void CTab::SwapTabs(UINT nTab1, UINT nTab2) - { - if ((nTab1 < GetAllTabs().size()) && (nTab2 < GetAllTabs().size()) && (nTab1 != nTab2)) - { - int nPage = GetCurSel(); - TabPageInfo T1 = GetTabPageInfo(nTab1); - TabPageInfo T2 = GetTabPageInfo(nTab2); - - TCITEM Item1 = {0}; - Item1.mask = TCIF_IMAGE | TCIF_PARAM | TCIF_RTLREADING | TCIF_STATE | TCIF_TEXT; - GetItem(nTab1, &Item1); - TCITEM Item2 = {0}; - Item2.mask = TCIF_IMAGE | TCIF_PARAM | TCIF_RTLREADING | TCIF_STATE | TCIF_TEXT; - GetItem(nTab2, &Item2); - TabCtrl_SetItem(m_hWnd, nTab1, &Item2); - TabCtrl_SetItem(m_hWnd, nTab2, &Item1); - - m_vTabPageInfo[nTab1] = T2; - m_vTabPageInfo[nTab2] = T1; - SelectPage(nPage); - } - } - - inline LRESULT CTab::WndProcDefault(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) - { - switch(uMsg) - { - case WM_PAINT: - if (GetWindowLongPtr(GWL_STYLE) & TCS_OWNERDRAWFIXED) - { - // Remove all pending paint requests - PAINTSTRUCT ps; - BeginPaint(ps); - EndPaint(ps); - - // Now call our local Paint - Paint(); - return 0; - } - break; - - case WM_ERASEBKGND: - if (GetWindowLongPtr(GWL_STYLE) & TCS_OWNERDRAWFIXED) - return 0; - break; - case WM_KILLFOCUS: - m_IsClosePressed = FALSE; - break; - case WM_LBUTTONDBLCLK: - case WM_LBUTTONDOWN: - OnLButtonDown(wParam, lParam); - break; - case WM_LBUTTONUP: - OnLButtonUp(wParam, lParam); - break; - case WM_MOUSEMOVE: - OnMouseMove(wParam, lParam); - break; - case WM_MOUSELEAVE: - OnMouseLeave(wParam, lParam); - break; - case WM_NCHITTEST: - return OnNCHitTest(wParam, lParam); - - case WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGING: - // A little hack to reduce tab flicker - if (IsWindowVisible() && (GetWindowLongPtr(GWL_STYLE) & TCS_OWNERDRAWFIXED)) - { - LPWINDOWPOS pWinPos = (LPWINDOWPOS)lParam; - pWinPos->flags |= SWP_NOREDRAW; - - Paint(); - } - - break; - - case WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED: - RecalcLayout(); - break; - } - - // pass unhandled messages on for default processing - return CWnd::WndProcDefault(uMsg, wParam, lParam); - } - - // Wrappers for Win32 Macros - inline void CTab::AdjustRect(BOOL fLarger, RECT *prc) const - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - TabCtrl_AdjustRect(m_hWnd, fLarger, prc); - } - - inline int CTab::GetCurFocus() const - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return TabCtrl_GetCurFocus(m_hWnd); - } - - inline int CTab::GetCurSel() const - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return TabCtrl_GetCurSel(m_hWnd); - } - - inline BOOL CTab::GetItem(int iItem, LPTCITEM pitem) const - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return TabCtrl_GetItem(m_hWnd, iItem, pitem); - } - - inline int CTab::GetItemCount() const - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return TabCtrl_GetItemCount(m_hWnd); - } - - inline int CTab::HitTest(TCHITTESTINFO& info) const - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return TabCtrl_HitTest(m_hWnd, &info); - } - - inline void CTab::SetCurFocus(int iItem) const - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - TabCtrl_SetCurFocus(m_hWnd, iItem); - } - - inline int CTab::SetCurSel(int iItem) const - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return TabCtrl_SetCurSel(m_hWnd, iItem); - } - - inline DWORD CTab::SetItemSize(int cx, int cy) const - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return TabCtrl_SetItemSize(m_hWnd, cx, cy); - } - - inline int CTab::SetMinTabWidth(int cx) const - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return TabCtrl_SetMinTabWidth(m_hWnd, cx); - } - - inline void CTab::SetPadding(int cx, int cy) const - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - TabCtrl_SetPadding(m_hWnd, cx, cy); - } - - //////////////////////////////////////// - // Definitions for the CTabbedMDI class - inline CTabbedMDI::CTabbedMDI() - { - GetTab().SetShowButtons(TRUE); - } - - inline CTabbedMDI::~CTabbedMDI() - { - } - - inline CWnd* CTabbedMDI::AddMDIChild(CWnd* pView, LPCTSTR szTabText, int idMDIChild /*= 0*/) - { - assert(pView); - assert(lstrlen(szTabText) < MAX_MENU_STRING); - - GetTab().AddTabPage(WndPtr(pView), szTabText, 0, idMDIChild); - - // Fake a WM_MOUSEACTIVATE to propogate focus change to dockers - if (IsWindow()) - GetParent()->SendMessage(WM_MOUSEACTIVATE, (WPARAM)GetAncestor(), MAKELPARAM(HTCLIENT,WM_LBUTTONDOWN)); - - return pView; - } - - inline void CTabbedMDI::CloseActiveMDI() - { - int nTab = GetTab().GetCurSel(); - if (nTab >= 0) - GetTab().RemoveTabPage(nTab); - - RecalcLayout(); - } - - inline void CTabbedMDI::CloseAllMDIChildren() - { - while (GetMDIChildCount() > 0) - { - GetTab().RemoveTabPage(0); - } - } - - inline void CTabbedMDI::CloseMDIChild(int nTab) - { - GetTab().RemoveTabPage(nTab); - - if (GetActiveMDIChild()) - GetActiveMDIChild()->RedrawWindow(); - } - - inline HWND CTabbedMDI::Create(CWnd* pParent /* = NULL*/) - { - CLIENTCREATESTRUCT clientcreate ; - clientcreate.hWindowMenu = m_hWnd; - clientcreate.idFirstChild = IDW_FIRSTCHILD ; - DWORD dwStyle = WS_CHILD | WS_VISIBLE | MDIS_ALLCHILDSTYLES; - - // Create the MDICLIENT view window - if (!CreateEx(0, _T("MDICLIENT"), _T(""), - dwStyle, 0, 0, 0, 0, pParent, NULL, (PSTR) &clientcreate)) - throw CWinException(_T("CMDIClient::Create ... CreateEx failed")); - - return m_hWnd; - } - - inline CWnd* CTabbedMDI::GetActiveMDIChild() const - { - CWnd* pView = NULL; - int nTab = GetTab().GetCurSel(); - if (nTab >= 0) - { - TabPageInfo tbi = GetTab().GetTabPageInfo(nTab); - pView = tbi.pView; - } - - return pView; - } - - inline int CTabbedMDI::GetActiveMDITab() const - { - return GetTab().GetCurSel(); - } - - inline CWnd* CTabbedMDI::GetMDIChild(int nTab) const - { - assert(nTab >= 0); - assert(nTab < GetMDIChildCount()); - return GetTab().GetTabPageInfo(nTab).pView; - } - - inline int CTabbedMDI::GetMDIChildCount() const - { - return (int) GetTab().GetAllTabs().size(); - } - - inline int CTabbedMDI::GetMDIChildID(int nTab) const - { - assert(nTab >= 0); - assert(nTab < GetMDIChildCount()); - return GetTab().GetTabPageInfo(nTab).idTab; - } - - inline LPCTSTR CTabbedMDI::GetMDIChildTitle(int nTab) const - { - assert(nTab >= 0); - assert(nTab < GetMDIChildCount()); - return GetTab().GetTabPageInfo(nTab).szTabText; - } - - inline BOOL CTabbedMDI::LoadRegistrySettings(tString tsRegistryKeyName) - { - BOOL bResult = FALSE; - - if (0 != tsRegistryKeyName.size()) - { - tString tsKey = _T("Software\\") + tsRegistryKeyName + _T("\\MDI Children"); - HKEY hKey = 0; - RegOpenKeyEx(HKEY_CURRENT_USER, tsKey.c_str(), 0, KEY_READ, &hKey); - if (hKey) - { - DWORD dwType = REG_BINARY; - DWORD BufferSize = sizeof(TabPageInfo); - TabPageInfo tbi = {0}; - int i = 0; - TCHAR szNumber[16]; - tString tsSubKey = _T("MDI Child "); - tsSubKey += _itot(i, szNumber, 10); - - // Fill the DockList vector from the registry - while (0 == RegQueryValueEx(hKey, tsSubKey.c_str(), NULL, &dwType, (LPBYTE)&tbi, &BufferSize)) - { - CWnd* pWnd = NewMDIChildFromID(tbi.idTab); - if (pWnd) - { - AddMDIChild(pWnd, tbi.szTabText, tbi.idTab); - i++; - tsSubKey = _T("MDI Child "); - tsSubKey += _itot(i, szNumber, 10); - bResult = TRUE; - } - else - { - TRACE(_T("Failed to get TabbedMDI info from registry")); - bResult = FALSE; - break; - } - } - - // Load Active MDI Tab from the registry - tsSubKey = _T("Active MDI Tab"); - int nTab; - dwType = REG_DWORD; - BufferSize = sizeof(int); - if(ERROR_SUCCESS == RegQueryValueEx(hKey, tsSubKey.c_str(), NULL, &dwType, (LPBYTE)&nTab, &BufferSize)) - SetActiveMDITab(nTab); - else - SetActiveMDITab(0); - - RegCloseKey(hKey); - } - } - - if (!bResult) - CloseAllMDIChildren(); - - return bResult; - } - - inline CWnd* CTabbedMDI::NewMDIChildFromID(int /*idMDIChild*/) - { - // Override this function to create new MDI children from IDs as shown below - CWnd* pView = NULL; - /* switch(idTab) - { - case ID_SIMPLE: - pView = new CViewSimple; - break; - case ID_RECT: - pView = new CViewRect; - break; - default: - TRACE(_T("Unknown MDI child ID\n")); - break; - } */ - - return pView; - } - - inline void CTabbedMDI::OnCreate() - { - GetTab().Create(this); - GetTab().SetFixedWidth(TRUE); - GetTab().SetOwnerDraw(TRUE); - } - - inline void CTabbedMDI::OnDestroy(WPARAM /*wParam*/, LPARAM /*lParam*/ ) - { - CloseAllMDIChildren(); - } - - inline LRESULT CTabbedMDI::OnNotify(WPARAM /*wParam*/, LPARAM lParam) - { - LPNMHDR pnmhdr = (LPNMHDR)lParam; - if (pnmhdr->code == UWM_TAB_CHANGED) - RecalcLayout(); - - return 0L; - } - - inline void CTabbedMDI::OnWindowPosChanged(WPARAM /*wParam*/, LPARAM /*lParam*/) - { - RecalcLayout(); - } - - inline void CTabbedMDI::RecalcLayout() - { - if (GetTab().IsWindow()) - { - if (GetTab().GetItemCount() >0) - { - CRect rcClient = GetClientRect(); - GetTab().SetWindowPos(NULL, rcClient, SWP_SHOWWINDOW); - GetTab().UpdateWindow(); - } - else - { - CRect rcClient = GetClientRect(); - GetTab().SetWindowPos(NULL, rcClient, SWP_HIDEWINDOW); - Invalidate(); - } - } - } - - inline BOOL CTabbedMDI::SaveRegistrySettings(tString tsRegistryKeyName) - { - if (0 != tsRegistryKeyName.size()) - { - tString tsKeyName = _T("Software\\") + tsRegistryKeyName; - HKEY hKey = NULL; - HKEY hKeyMDIChild = NULL; - - try - { - if (ERROR_SUCCESS != RegCreateKeyEx(HKEY_CURRENT_USER, tsKeyName.c_str(), 0, NULL, REG_OPTION_NON_VOLATILE, KEY_ALL_ACCESS, NULL, &hKey, NULL)) - throw (CWinException(_T("RegCreateKeyEx Failed"))); - - RegDeleteKey(hKey, _T("MDI Children")); - if (ERROR_SUCCESS != RegCreateKeyEx(hKey, _T("MDI Children"), 0, NULL, REG_OPTION_NON_VOLATILE, KEY_ALL_ACCESS, NULL, &hKeyMDIChild, NULL)) - throw (CWinException(_T("RegCreateKeyEx Failed"))); - - for (int i = 0; i < GetMDIChildCount(); ++i) - { - TCHAR szNumber[16]; - tString tsSubKey = _T("MDI Child "); - tsSubKey += _itot(i, szNumber, 10); - TabPageInfo pdi = GetTab().GetTabPageInfo(i); - if (ERROR_SUCCESS != RegSetValueEx(hKeyMDIChild, tsSubKey.c_str(), 0, REG_BINARY, (LPBYTE)&pdi, sizeof(TabPageInfo))) - throw (CWinException(_T("RegSetValueEx Failed"))); - } - - // Add Active Tab to the registry - tString tsSubKey = _T("Active MDI Tab"); - int nTab = GetActiveMDITab(); - if(ERROR_SUCCESS != RegSetValueEx(hKeyMDIChild, tsSubKey.c_str(), 0, REG_DWORD, (LPBYTE)&nTab, sizeof(int))) - throw (CWinException(_T("RegSetValueEx failed"))); - - RegCloseKey(hKeyMDIChild); - RegCloseKey(hKey); - } - catch (const CWinException& e) - { - // Roll back the registry changes by deleting the subkeys - if (hKey) - { - if (hKeyMDIChild) - { - RegDeleteKey(hKeyMDIChild, _T("MDI Children")); - RegCloseKey(hKeyMDIChild); - } - - RegDeleteKey(HKEY_CURRENT_USER ,tsKeyName.c_str()); - RegCloseKey(hKey); - } - - e.what(); - return FALSE; - } - } - - return TRUE; - } - - inline void CTabbedMDI::SetActiveMDIChild(CWnd* pWnd) - { - assert(pWnd); - int nPage = GetTab().GetTabIndex(pWnd); - if (nPage >= 0) - GetTab().SelectPage(nPage); - } - - inline void CTabbedMDI::SetActiveMDITab(int iTab) - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - assert(GetTab().IsWindow()); - GetTab().SelectPage(iTab); - } - - inline LRESULT CTabbedMDI::WndProcDefault(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) - { - switch(uMsg) - { - case WM_DESTROY: - OnDestroy(wParam, lParam); - break; - - case WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED: - OnWindowPosChanged(wParam, lParam); - break; - } - - return CWnd::WndProcDefault(uMsg, wParam, lParam); - } - -} // namespace Win32xx - -#endif // _WIN32XX_TAB_H_ diff --git a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/taskdialog.h b/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/taskdialog.h deleted file mode 100644 index 2285d1e1..00000000 --- a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/taskdialog.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,811 +0,0 @@ -// Win32++ Version 7.2 -// Released: 5th AUgust 2011 -// -// David Nash -// email: dnash@bigpond.net.au -// url: https://sourceforge.net/projects/win32-framework -// -// -// Copyright (c) 2005-2011 David Nash -// -// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to -// any person obtaining a copy of this software and -// associated documentation files (the "Software"), -// to deal in the Software without restriction, including -// without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, -// merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell -// copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom -// the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the -// following conditions: -// -// The above copyright notice and this permission notice -// shall be included in all copies or substantial portions -// of the Software. -// -// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF -// ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED -// TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A -// PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT -// SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR -// ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN -// ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, -// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE -// OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. -// -//////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - - -//////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// taskdialog.h -// Declaration of the CTaskDialog class - -// A task dialog is a dialog box that can be used to display information -// and receive simple input from the user. Like a message box, it is -// formatted by the operating system according to parameters you set. -// However, a task dialog has many more features than a message box. - -// NOTES: -// Task Dialogs are only supported on Windows Vista and above. -// Task Dialogs require XP themes enabled (use version 6 of Common Controls) -// Task Dialogs are always modal. - - -#ifndef _WIN32XX_TASKDIALOG_H_ -#define _WIN32XX_TASKDIALOG_H_ - -#include "wincore.h" - -namespace Win32xx -{ - - class CTaskDialog : public CWnd - { - public: - CTaskDialog(); - virtual ~CTaskDialog() {} - - void AddCommandControl(int nButtonID, LPCTSTR pszCaption); - void AddRadioButton(int nRadioButtonID, LPCTSTR pszCaption); - void AddRadioButtonGroup(int nIDRadioButtonsFirst, int nIDRadioButtonsLast); - void ClickButton(int nButtonID) const; - void ClickRadioButton(int nRadioButtonID) const; - LRESULT DoModal(CWnd* pParent = NULL); - void ElevateButton(int nButtonID, BOOL bElevated); - void EnableButton(int nButtonID, BOOL bEnabled); - void EnableRadioButton(int nButtonID, BOOL bEnabled); - TASKDIALOGCONFIG GetConfig() const; - TASKDIALOG_FLAGS GetOptions() const; - int GetSelectedButtonID() const; - int GetSelectedRadioButtonID() const; - BOOL GetVerificationCheckboxState() const; - static BOOL IsSupported(); - void NavigateTo(CTaskDialog& TaskDialog) const; - void RemoveAllButtons(); - void RemoveAllRadioButtons(); - void Reset(); - void SetCommonButtons(TASKDIALOG_COMMON_BUTTON_FLAGS dwCommonButtons); - void SetContent(LPCTSTR pszContent); - void SetDefaultButton(int nButtonID); - void SetDefaultRadioButton(int nRadioButtonID); - void SetDialogWidth(UINT nWidth = 0); - void SetExpansionArea(LPCTSTR pszExpandedInfo, LPCTSTR pszExpandedLabel = _T(""), LPCTSTR pszCollapsedLabel = _T("")); - void SetFooterIcon(HICON hFooterIcon); - void SetFooterIcon(LPCTSTR lpszFooterIcon); - void SetFooterText(LPCTSTR pszFooter); - void SetMainIcon(HICON hMainIcon); - void SetMainIcon(LPCTSTR lpszMainIcon); - void SetMainInstruction(LPCTSTR pszMainInstruction); - void SetOptions(TASKDIALOG_FLAGS dwFlags); - void SetProgressBarMarquee(BOOL bEnabled = TRUE, int nMarqueeSpeed = 0); - void SetProgressBarPosition(int nProgressPos); - void SetProgressBarRange(int nMinRange, int nMaxRange); - void SetProgressBarState(int nNewState = PBST_NORMAL); - void SetVerificationCheckbox(BOOL bChecked); - void SetVerificationCheckboxText(LPCTSTR pszVerificationText); - void SetWindowTitle(LPCTSTR pszWindowTitle); - static HRESULT CALLBACK StaticTaskDialogProc(HWND hWnd, UINT uNotification, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam, LONG_PTR dwRefData); - void StoreText(std::vector& vWChar, LPCTSTR pFromTChar); - void UpdateElementText(TASKDIALOG_ELEMENTS eElement, LPCTSTR pszNewText); - - - protected: - // Override these functions as required - virtual BOOL OnTDButtonClicked(int nButtonID); - virtual void OnTDConstructed(); - virtual void OnTDCreated(); - virtual void OnTDDestroyed(); - virtual void OnTDExpandButtonClicked(BOOL bExpanded); - virtual void OnTDHelp(); - virtual void OnTDHyperlinkClicked(LPCTSTR pszHref); - virtual void OnTDNavigatePage(); - virtual BOOL OnTDRadioButtonClicked(int nRadioButtonID); - virtual BOOL OnTDTimer(DWORD dwTickCount); - virtual void OnTDVerificationCheckboxClicked(BOOL bChecked); - virtual LRESULT TaskDialogProc(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); - virtual LRESULT TaskDialogProcDefault(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); - - private: - CTaskDialog(const CTaskDialog&); // Disable copy construction - CTaskDialog& operator = (const CTaskDialog&); // Disable assignment operator - - std::vector m_vButtons; - std::vector m_vRadioButtons; - - std::vector< std::vector > m_vButtonsText; // A vector of WCHAR vectors - std::vector< std::vector > m_vRadioButtonsText; // A vector of WCHAR vectors - - std::vector m_vWindowTitle; - std::vector m_vMainInstruction; - std::vector m_vContent; - std::vector m_vVerificationText; - std::vector m_vExpandedInformation; - std::vector m_vExpandedControlText; - std::vector m_vCollapsedControlText; - std::vector m_vFooter; - - TASKDIALOGCONFIG m_tc; - int m_SelectedButtonID; - int m_SelectedRadioButtonID; - BOOL m_VerificationCheckboxState; - }; - -} - - -//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - - -namespace Win32xx -{ - - inline CTaskDialog::CTaskDialog() : m_SelectedButtonID(0), m_SelectedRadioButtonID(0), m_VerificationCheckboxState(FALSE) - { - ZeroMemory(&m_tc, sizeof(m_tc)); - m_tc.cbSize = sizeof(m_tc); - m_tc.pfCallback = CTaskDialog::StaticTaskDialogProc; - } - - inline void CTaskDialog::AddCommandControl(int nButtonID, LPCTSTR pszCaption) - // Adds a command control or push button to the Task Dialog. - { - assert (m_hWnd == NULL); - - std::vector vButtonText; - StoreText(vButtonText, pszCaption); - m_vButtonsText.push_back(vButtonText); // m_vButtonsText is a vector of vector's - - TASKDIALOG_BUTTON tdb; - tdb.nButtonID = nButtonID; - tdb.pszButtonText = &m_vButtonsText.back().front(); - - m_vButtons.push_back(tdb); - } - - inline void CTaskDialog::AddRadioButton(int nRadioButtonID, LPCTSTR pszCaption) - // Adds a radio button to the Task Dialog. - { - assert (m_hWnd == NULL); - - std::vector vRadioButtonText; - StoreText(vRadioButtonText, pszCaption); - m_vRadioButtonsText.push_back(vRadioButtonText); // m_vRadioButtonsText is a vector of vector's - - TASKDIALOG_BUTTON tdb; - tdb.nButtonID = nRadioButtonID; - tdb.pszButtonText = &m_vRadioButtonsText.back().front(); - - m_vRadioButtons.push_back(tdb); - } - - inline void CTaskDialog::AddRadioButtonGroup(int nIDRadioButtonsFirst, int nIDRadioButtonsLast) - // Adds a range of radio buttons to the Task Dialog. - // Assumes the resource ID of the button and it's string match - { - assert (m_hWnd == NULL); - assert(nIDRadioButtonsFirst > 0); - assert(nIDRadioButtonsLast > nIDRadioButtonsFirst); - - TASKDIALOG_BUTTON tdb; - for (int nID = nIDRadioButtonsFirst; nID <= nIDRadioButtonsLast; ++nID) - { - tdb.nButtonID = nID; - tdb.pszButtonText = MAKEINTRESOURCEW(nID); - m_vRadioButtons.push_back(tdb); - } - } - - inline void CTaskDialog::ClickButton(int nButtonID) const - // Simulates the action of a button click in the Task Dialog. - { - assert(m_hWnd); - SendMessage(TDM_CLICK_BUTTON, (WPARAM)nButtonID, 0); - } - - inline void CTaskDialog::ClickRadioButton(int nRadioButtonID) const - // Simulates the action of a radio button click in the TaskDialog. - { - assert(m_hWnd); - SendMessage(TDM_CLICK_RADIO_BUTTON, (WPARAM)nRadioButtonID, 0); - } - - inline LRESULT CTaskDialog::DoModal(CWnd* pParent /* = NULL */) - // Creates and displays the Task Dialog. - { - assert (m_hWnd == NULL); - - m_tc.cbSize = sizeof(m_tc); - m_tc.pButtons = m_vButtons.empty()? NULL : &m_vButtons.front(); - m_tc.cButtons = m_vButtons.size(); - m_tc.pRadioButtons = m_vRadioButtons.empty()? NULL : &m_vRadioButtons.front(); - m_tc.cRadioButtons = m_vRadioButtons.size(); - m_tc.hwndParent = pParent? pParent->GetHwnd() : NULL; - - // Ensure this thread has the TLS index set - TLSData* pTLSData = GetApp()->SetTlsIndex(); - - // Store the CWnd pointer in thread local storage - pTLSData->pCWnd = this; - - // Declare a pointer to the TaskDialogIndirect function - HMODULE hComCtl = ::LoadLibrary(_T("COMCTL32.DLL")); - assert(hComCtl); - typedef HRESULT WINAPI TASKDIALOGINDIRECT(const TASKDIALOGCONFIG*, int*, int*, BOOL*); - TASKDIALOGINDIRECT* pTaskDialogIndirect = (TASKDIALOGINDIRECT*)::GetProcAddress(hComCtl, "TaskDialogIndirect"); - - // Call TaskDialogIndirect through our function pointer - LRESULT lr = (*pTaskDialogIndirect)(&m_tc, &m_SelectedButtonID, &m_SelectedRadioButtonID, &m_VerificationCheckboxState); - - FreeLibrary(hComCtl); - return lr; - } - - inline void CTaskDialog::ElevateButton(int nButtonID, BOOL bElevated) - // Adds a shield icon to indicate that the button's action requires elevated privilages. - { - assert(m_hWnd); - SendMessage(TDM_SET_BUTTON_ELEVATION_REQUIRED_STATE, (WPARAM)nButtonID, (LPARAM)bElevated); - } - - inline void CTaskDialog::EnableButton(int nButtonID, BOOL bEnabled) - // Enables or disables a push button in the TaskDialog. - { - assert(m_hWnd); - SendMessage(TDM_ENABLE_BUTTON, (WPARAM)nButtonID, (LPARAM)bEnabled); - } - inline void CTaskDialog::EnableRadioButton(int nRadioButtonID, BOOL bEnabled) - // Enables or disables a radio button in the TaskDialog. - { - assert(m_hWnd); - SendMessage(TDM_ENABLE_RADIO_BUTTON, (WPARAM)nRadioButtonID, (LPARAM)bEnabled); - } - - inline TASKDIALOGCONFIG CTaskDialog::GetConfig() const - // Returns the TASKDIALOGCONFIG structure for the Task Dialog. - { - return m_tc; - } - - inline TASKDIALOG_FLAGS CTaskDialog::GetOptions() const - // Returns the Task Dialog's options. These are a combination of: - // TDF_ENABLE_HYPERLINKS - // TDF_USE_HICON_MAIN - // TDF_USE_HICON_FOOTER - // TDF_ALLOW_DIALOG_CANCELLATION - // TDF_USE_COMMAND_LINKS - // TDF_USE_COMMAND_LINKS_NO_ICON - // TDF_EXPAND_FOOTER_AREA - // TDF_EXPANDED_BY_DEFAULT - // TDF_VERIFICATION_FLAG_CHECKED - // TDF_SHOW_PROGRESS_BAR - // TDF_SHOW_MARQUEE_PROGRESS_BAR - // TDF_CALLBACK_TIMER - // TDF_POSITION_RELATIVE_TO_WINDOW - // TDF_RTL_LAYOUT - // TDF_NO_DEFAULT_RADIO_BUTTON - // TDF_CAN_BE_MINIMIZED - { - return m_tc.dwFlags; - } - - inline int CTaskDialog::GetSelectedButtonID() const - // Returns the ID of the selected button. - { - assert (m_hWnd == NULL); - return m_SelectedButtonID; - } - - inline int CTaskDialog::GetSelectedRadioButtonID() const - // Returns the ID of the selected radio button. - { - assert (m_hWnd == NULL); - return m_SelectedRadioButtonID; - } - - inline BOOL CTaskDialog::GetVerificationCheckboxState() const - // Returns the state of the verification check box. - { - assert (m_hWnd == NULL); - return m_VerificationCheckboxState; - } - - inline BOOL CTaskDialog::IsSupported() - // Returns true if TaskDialogs are supported on this system. - { - HMODULE hModule = ::LoadLibrary(_T("COMCTL32.DLL")); - assert(hModule); - - BOOL bResult = (BOOL)::GetProcAddress(hModule, "TaskDialogIndirect"); - - ::FreeLibrary(hModule); - return bResult; - } - - inline void CTaskDialog::NavigateTo(CTaskDialog& TaskDialog) const - // Replaces the information displayed by the task dialog. - { - assert(m_hWnd); - TASKDIALOGCONFIG tc = TaskDialog.GetConfig(); - SendMessage(TDM_NAVIGATE_PAGE, 0, (LPARAM)&tc); - } - - inline BOOL CTaskDialog::OnTDButtonClicked(int nButtonID) - // Called when the user selects a button or command link. - { - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(nButtonID); - - // return TRUE to prevent the task dialog from closing - return FALSE; - } - - inline void CTaskDialog::OnTDConstructed() - // Called when the task dialog is constructed, before it is displayed. - {} - - inline void CTaskDialog::OnTDCreated() - // Called when the task dialog is displayed. - {} - - inline void CTaskDialog::OnTDDestroyed() - // Called when the task dialog is destroyed. - { - } - - inline void CTaskDialog::OnTDExpandButtonClicked(BOOL bExpanded) - // Called when the expand button is clicked. - { - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(bExpanded); - } - - inline void CTaskDialog::OnTDHelp() - // Called when the user presses F1 on the keyboard. - {} - - inline void CTaskDialog::OnTDHyperlinkClicked(LPCTSTR pszHref) - // Called when the user clicks on a hyperlink. - { - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(pszHref); - } - - inline void CTaskDialog::OnTDNavigatePage() - // Called when a navigation has occurred. - {} - - inline BOOL CTaskDialog::OnTDRadioButtonClicked(int nRadioButtonID) - // Called when the user selects a radio button. - { - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(nRadioButtonID); - return TRUE; - } - - inline BOOL CTaskDialog::OnTDTimer(DWORD dwTickCount) - // Called every 200 milliseconds (aproximately) when the TDF_CALLBACK_TIMER flag is set. - { - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(dwTickCount); - - // return TRUE to reset the tick count - return FALSE; - } - - inline void CTaskDialog::OnTDVerificationCheckboxClicked(BOOL bChecked) - // Called when the user clicks the Task Dialog verification check box. - { - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(bChecked); - } - - inline void CTaskDialog::RemoveAllButtons() - // Removes all push buttons from the task dialog. - { - assert (m_hWnd == NULL); - m_vButtons.clear(); - m_vButtonsText.clear(); - } - - inline void CTaskDialog::RemoveAllRadioButtons() - // Removes all radio buttons from the task dialog. - { - assert (m_hWnd == NULL); - m_vRadioButtons.clear(); - m_vRadioButtonsText.clear(); - } - - inline void CTaskDialog::Reset() - // Returns the dialog to its default state. - { - assert (m_hWnd == NULL); - - RemoveAllButtons(); - RemoveAllRadioButtons(); - ZeroMemory(&m_tc, sizeof(m_tc)); - m_tc.cbSize = sizeof(m_tc); - m_tc.pfCallback = CTaskDialog::StaticTaskDialogProc; - - m_SelectedButtonID = 0; - m_SelectedRadioButtonID = 0; - m_VerificationCheckboxState = FALSE; - - m_vWindowTitle.clear(); - m_vMainInstruction.clear(); - m_vContent.clear(); - m_vVerificationText.clear(); - m_vExpandedInformation.clear(); - m_vExpandedControlText.clear(); - m_vCollapsedControlText.clear(); - m_vFooter.clear(); - } - - inline void CTaskDialog::SetCommonButtons(TASKDIALOG_COMMON_BUTTON_FLAGS dwCommonButtons) - // The dwCommonButtons parameter can be a combination of: - // TDCBF_OK_BUTTON OK button - // TDCBF_YES_BUTTON Yes button - // TDCBF_NO_BUTTON No button - // TDCBF_CANCEL_BUTTON Cancel button - // TDCBF_RETRY_BUTTON Retry button - // TDCBF_CLOSE_BUTTON Close button - { - assert (m_hWnd == NULL); - m_tc.dwCommonButtons = dwCommonButtons; - } - - inline void CTaskDialog::SetContent(LPCTSTR pszContent) - // Sets the task dialog's primary content. - { - StoreText(m_vContent, pszContent); - m_tc.pszContent = &m_vContent.front(); - - if (IsWindow()) - SendMessage(TDM_SET_ELEMENT_TEXT, (WPARAM)TDE_CONTENT, (LPARAM)(LPCWSTR)T2W(pszContent)); - } - - inline void CTaskDialog::SetDefaultButton(int nButtonID) - // Sets the task dialog's default button. - // Can be either a button ID or one of the common buttons - { - assert (m_hWnd == NULL); - m_tc.nDefaultButton = nButtonID; - } - - inline void CTaskDialog::SetDefaultRadioButton(int nRadioButtonID) - // Sets the default radio button. - { - assert (m_hWnd == NULL); - m_tc.nDefaultRadioButton = nRadioButtonID; - } - - inline void CTaskDialog::SetDialogWidth(UINT nWidth /*= 0*/) - // The width of the task dialog's client area. If 0, the - // task dialog manager will calculate the ideal width. - { - assert (m_hWnd == NULL); - m_tc.cxWidth = nWidth; - } - - inline void CTaskDialog::SetExpansionArea(LPCTSTR pszExpandedInfo, LPCTSTR pszExpandedLabel /* = _T("")*/, LPCTSTR pszCollapsedLabel /* = _T("")*/) - // Sets the text in the expandable area of the Task Dialog. - { - StoreText(m_vExpandedInformation, pszExpandedInfo); - m_tc.pszExpandedInformation = &m_vExpandedInformation.front(); - - StoreText(m_vExpandedControlText, pszExpandedLabel); - m_tc.pszExpandedControlText = &m_vExpandedControlText.front(); - - StoreText(m_vCollapsedControlText, pszCollapsedLabel); - m_tc.pszCollapsedControlText = &m_vCollapsedControlText.front(); - - if (IsWindow()) - SendMessage(TDM_SET_ELEMENT_TEXT, (WPARAM)TDE_EXPANDED_INFORMATION, (LPARAM)(LPCWSTR)T2W(pszExpandedInfo)); - } - - inline void CTaskDialog::SetFooterIcon(HICON hFooterIcon) - // Sets the icon that will be displayed in the Task Dialog's footer. - { - m_tc.hFooterIcon = hFooterIcon; - - if (IsWindow()) - SendMessage(TDM_UPDATE_ICON, (WPARAM)TDIE_ICON_FOOTER, (LPARAM)hFooterIcon); - } - - inline void CTaskDialog::SetFooterIcon(LPCTSTR lpszFooterIcon) - // Sets the icon that will be displayed in the Task Dialog's footer. - // Possible icons: - // TD_ERROR_ICON A stop-sign icon appears in the task dialog. - // TD_WARNING_ICON An exclamation-point icon appears in the task dialog. - // TD_INFORMATION_ICON An icon consisting of a lowercase letter i in a circle appears in the task dialog. - // TD_SHIELD_ICON A shield icon appears in the task dialog. - // or a value passed via MAKEINTRESOURCE - { - m_tc.pszFooterIcon = (LPCWSTR)lpszFooterIcon; - - if (IsWindow()) - SendMessage(TDM_UPDATE_ICON, (WPARAM)TDIE_ICON_FOOTER, (LPARAM)lpszFooterIcon); - } - - inline void CTaskDialog::SetFooterText(LPCTSTR pszFooter) - // Sets the text that will be displayed in the Task Dialog's footer. - { - StoreText(m_vFooter, pszFooter); - m_tc.pszFooter = &m_vFooter.front(); - - if (IsWindow()) - SendMessage(TDM_SET_ELEMENT_TEXT, (WPARAM)TDE_FOOTER, (LPARAM)(LPCWSTR)T2W(pszFooter)); - } - - inline void CTaskDialog::SetMainIcon(HICON hMainIcon) - // Sets Task Dialog's main icon. - { - m_tc.hMainIcon = hMainIcon; - - if (IsWindow()) - SendMessage(TDM_UPDATE_ICON, (WPARAM)TDIE_ICON_MAIN, (LPARAM)hMainIcon); - } - - inline void CTaskDialog::SetMainIcon(LPCTSTR lpszMainIcon) - // Sets Task Dialog's main icon. - // Possible icons: - // TD_ERROR_ICON A stop-sign icon appears in the task dialog. - // TD_WARNING_ICON An exclamation-point icon appears in the task dialog. - // TD_INFORMATION_ICON An icon consisting of a lowercase letter i in a circle appears in the task dialog. - // TD_SHIELD_ICON A shield icon appears in the task dialog. - // or a value passed via MAKEINTRESOURCE - // - // Note: Some values of main icon will also generate a MessageBeep when the TaskDialog is created. - { - m_tc.pszMainIcon = (LPCWSTR)lpszMainIcon; - - if (IsWindow()) - SendMessage(TDM_UPDATE_ICON, (WPARAM)TDIE_ICON_MAIN, (LPARAM)lpszMainIcon); - } - - inline void CTaskDialog::SetMainInstruction(LPCTSTR pszMainInstruction) - // Sets the Task Dialog's main instruction text. - { - StoreText(m_vMainInstruction, pszMainInstruction); - m_tc.pszMainInstruction = &m_vMainInstruction.front(); - - if (IsWindow()) - SendMessage(TDM_SET_ELEMENT_TEXT, (WPARAM)TDE_FOOTER, (LPARAM)(LPCWSTR)T2W(pszMainInstruction)); - } - - inline void CTaskDialog::SetOptions(TASKDIALOG_FLAGS dwFlags) - // Sets the Task Dialog's options. These are a combination of: - // TDF_ENABLE_HYPERLINKS - // TDF_USE_HICON_MAIN - // TDF_USE_HICON_FOOTER - // TDF_ALLOW_DIALOG_CANCELLATION - // TDF_USE_COMMAND_LINKS - // TDF_USE_COMMAND_LINKS_NO_ICON - // TDF_EXPAND_FOOTER_AREA - // TDF_EXPANDED_BY_DEFAULT - // TDF_VERIFICATION_FLAG_CHECKED - // TDF_SHOW_PROGRESS_BAR - // TDF_SHOW_MARQUEE_PROGRESS_BAR - // TDF_CALLBACK_TIMER - // TDF_POSITION_RELATIVE_TO_WINDOW - // TDF_RTL_LAYOUT - // TDF_NO_DEFAULT_RADIO_BUTTON - // TDF_CAN_BE_MINIMIZED - { - assert (m_hWnd == NULL); - m_tc.dwFlags = dwFlags; - } - - inline void CTaskDialog::SetProgressBarMarquee(BOOL bEnabled /* = TRUE*/, int nMarqueeSpeed /* = 0*/) - // Starts and stops the marquee display of the progress bar, and sets the speed of the marquee. - { - assert(m_hWnd); - SendMessage(TDM_SET_PROGRESS_BAR_MARQUEE, (WPARAM)bEnabled, (LPARAM)nMarqueeSpeed); - } - - inline void CTaskDialog::SetProgressBarPosition(int nProgressPos) - // Sets the current position for a progress bar. - { - assert(m_hWnd); - SendMessage(TDM_SET_PROGRESS_BAR_POS, (WPARAM)nProgressPos, 0); - } - - inline void CTaskDialog::SetProgressBarRange(int nMinRange, int nMaxRange) - // Sets the minimum and maximum values for the hosted progress bar. - { - assert(m_hWnd); - SendMessage(TDM_SET_PROGRESS_BAR_RANGE, 0, MAKELPARAM(nMinRange, nMaxRange)); - } - - inline void CTaskDialog::SetProgressBarState(int nNewState /* = PBST_NORMAL*/) - // Sets the current state of the progress bar. Possible states are: - // PBST_NORMAL - // PBST_PAUSE - // PBST_ERROR - { - assert(m_hWnd); - SendMessage(TDM_SET_PROGRESS_BAR_STATE, (WPARAM)nNewState, 0); - } - - inline void CTaskDialog::SetVerificationCheckbox(BOOL bChecked) - // Simulates a click on the verification checkbox of the Task Dialog, if it exists. - { - assert(m_hWnd); - SendMessage(TDM_CLICK_VERIFICATION, (WPARAM)bChecked, (LPARAM)bChecked); - } - - inline void CTaskDialog::SetVerificationCheckboxText(LPCTSTR pszVerificationText) - // Sets the text for the verification check box. - { - assert (m_hWnd == NULL); - StoreText(m_vVerificationText, pszVerificationText); - m_tc.pszVerificationText = &m_vVerificationText.front(); - } - - inline void CTaskDialog::SetWindowTitle(LPCTSTR pszWindowTitle) - // Sets the Task Dialog's window title. - { - assert (m_hWnd == NULL); - StoreText(m_vWindowTitle, pszWindowTitle); - m_tc.pszWindowTitle = &m_vWindowTitle.front(); - } - - inline HRESULT CALLBACK CTaskDialog::StaticTaskDialogProc(HWND hWnd, UINT uNotification, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam, LONG_PTR dwRefData) - // TaskDialogs direct their messages here. - { - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(dwRefData); - - assert( GetApp() ); - - try - { - CTaskDialog* t = (CTaskDialog*)GetApp()->GetCWndFromMap(hWnd); - if (0 == t) - { - // The CTaskDialog pointer wasn't found in the map, so add it now - - // Retrieve the pointer to the TLS Data - TLSData* pTLSData = (TLSData*)TlsGetValue(GetApp()->GetTlsIndex()); - if (NULL == pTLSData) - throw CWinException(_T("Unable to get TLS")); - - // Retrieve pointer to CTaskDialog object from Thread Local Storage TLS - t = (CTaskDialog*)(pTLSData->pCWnd); - if (NULL == t) - throw CWinException(_T("Failed to route message")); - - pTLSData->pCWnd = NULL; - - // Store the CTaskDialog pointer in the HWND map - t->m_hWnd = hWnd; - t->AddToMap(); - } - - return t->TaskDialogProc(uNotification, wParam, lParam); - } - - catch (const CWinException &e) - { - // Most CWinExceptions will end up here unless caught earlier. - e.what(); - } - - return 0L; - - } // LRESULT CALLBACK StaticTaskDialogProc(...) - - inline void CTaskDialog::StoreText(std::vector& vWChar, LPCTSTR pFromTChar) - { - // Stores a TChar string in a WCHAR vector - - std::vector vTChar; - - if (IS_INTRESOURCE(pFromTChar)) // support MAKEINTRESOURCE - { - tString ts = LoadString((UINT)pFromTChar); - int len = pFromTChar? ts.length() + 1 : 1; - vTChar.assign(len, _T('\0')); - vWChar.assign(len, _T('\0')); - if (pFromTChar) - lstrcpy( &vTChar.front(), ts.c_str()); - - } - else - { - int len = lstrlen(pFromTChar) +1; - vTChar.assign(len, _T('\0')); - vWChar.assign(len, _T('\0')); - lstrcpy( &vTChar.front(), pFromTChar); - } - - lstrcpyW(&vWChar.front(), T2W(&vTChar.front()) ); - } - - inline LRESULT CTaskDialog::TaskDialogProcDefault(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) - // Handles the Task Dialog's notificaions. - { - switch(uMsg) - { - case TDN_BUTTON_CLICKED: - return OnTDButtonClicked((int)wParam); - - case TDN_CREATED: - OnTDCreated(); - break; - case TDN_DESTROYED: - Cleanup(); // Prepare this CWnd to be reused. - OnTDDestroyed(); - break; - case TDN_DIALOG_CONSTRUCTED: - OnTDConstructed(); - break; - case TDN_EXPANDO_BUTTON_CLICKED: - OnTDExpandButtonClicked((BOOL)wParam); - break; - case TDN_HELP: - OnTDHelp(); - break; - case TDN_HYPERLINK_CLICKED: - OnTDHyperlinkClicked(W2T((LPCWSTR)lParam)); - break; - case TDN_NAVIGATED: - OnTDNavigatePage(); - break; - case TDN_RADIO_BUTTON_CLICKED: - OnTDRadioButtonClicked((int)wParam); - break; - case TDN_TIMER: - return OnTDTimer((DWORD)wParam); - - case TDN_VERIFICATION_CLICKED: - OnTDVerificationCheckboxClicked((BOOL)wParam); - break; - } - - return S_OK; - } - - inline LRESULT CTaskDialog::TaskDialogProc(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) - { - // Override this function in your class derrived from CDialog if you wish to handle messages - // A typical function might look like this: - - // switch (uMsg) - // { - // case MESSAGE1: // Some Windows API message - // OnMessage1(); // A user defined function - // break; // Also do default processing - // case MESSAGE2: - // OnMessage2(); - // return x; // Don't do default processing, but instead return - // // a value recommended by the Windows API documentation - // } - - // Always pass unhandled messages on to TaskDialogProcDefault - return TaskDialogProcDefault(uMsg, wParam, lParam); - } - - inline void CTaskDialog::UpdateElementText(TASKDIALOG_ELEMENTS eElement, LPCTSTR pszNewText) - // Updates a text element on the Task Dialog. - { - assert(m_hWnd); - SendMessage(TDM_UPDATE_ELEMENT_TEXT, (WPARAM)eElement, (LPARAM)(LPCWSTR)T2W(pszNewText)); - } - -} - - - -#endif // _WIN32XX_TASKDIALOG_H_ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/thread.h b/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/thread.h deleted file mode 100644 index 5564d888..00000000 --- a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/thread.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,241 +0,0 @@ -// Win32++ Version 7.2 -// Released: 5th AUgust 2011 -// -// David Nash -// email: dnash@bigpond.net.au -// url: https://sourceforge.net/projects/win32-framework -// -// -// Copyright (c) 2005-2011 David Nash -// -// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to -// any person obtaining a copy of this software and -// associated documentation files (the "Software"), -// to deal in the Software without restriction, including -// without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, -// merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell -// copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom -// the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the -// following conditions: -// -// The above copyright notice and this permission notice -// shall be included in all copies or substantial portions -// of the Software. -// -// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF -// ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED -// TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A -// PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT -// SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR -// ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN -// ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, -// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE -// OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. -// -//////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - - -// The CThread class simplifies the use of threads with Win32++. -// To use threads in your Win32++ application, inherit a class from -// CThread, and override InitInstance. When your class is instanciated, -// a new thread is started, and the InitInstance function is called to -// run in the new thread. - -// If your thread is used to run one or more windows, InitInstance should -// return TRUE, causing the MessageLoop function to be called. If your -// thread doesn't require a MessageLoop, it should return FALSE. Threads -// which don't run a message loop as sometimes referred to as "worker" threads. - -// Note: It is your job to end the thread before CThread ends! -// To end a thread with a message loop, use PostQuitMessage on the thread. -// To end a thread without a message loop, set an event, and end the thread -// when the event is received. - -// Hint: It is never a good idea to use things like TerminateThread or ExitThread to -// end your thread. These represent poor programming techniques, and are likely -// to leak memory and resources. - -// More Hints for thread programming: -// 1) Avoid using SendMessage between threads, as this will cause one thread to wait for -// the other to respond. Use PostMessage between threads to avoid this problem. -// 2) Access to variables and resources shared between threads need to be made thread safe. -// Having one thread modify a resouce or variable while another thread is accessing it is -// a recipe for disaster. -// 3) Thread Local Storage (TLS) can be used to replace global variables to make them thread -// safe. With TLS, each thread gets its own copy of the variable. -// 4) Critical Sections can be used to make shared resources thread safe. -// 5) Window messages (including user defined messages) can be posted between GUI threads to -// communicate information between them. -// 6) Events (created by CreateEvent) can be used to comunicate information between threads -// (both GUI and worker threads). -// 7) Avoid using sleep to synchronise threads. Generally speaking, the various wait -// functions (e.g. WaitForSingleObject) will be better for this. - -// About Threads: -// Each program that executes has a "process" allocated to it. A process has one or more -// threads. Threads run independantly of each other. It is the job of the operating system -// to manage the running of the threads, and do the task switching between threads as required. -// Systems with multiple CPUs will be able to run as many threads simultaneously as there are -// CPUs. - -// Threads behave like a program within a program. When the main thread starts, the application -// runs the WinMain function and ends when WinMain ends. When another thread starts, it too -// will run the function provided to it, and end when that function ends. - - -#ifndef _WIN32XX_WINTHREAD_H_ -#define _WIN32XX_WINTHREAD_H_ - - -#include - - -namespace Win32xx -{ - - ////////////////////////////////////// - // Declaration of the CThread class - // - class CThread - { - public: - CThread(); - CThread(LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES pSecurityAttributes, unsigned stack_size, unsigned initflag); - virtual ~CThread(); - - // Overridables - virtual BOOL InitInstance(); - virtual int MessageLoop(); - - // Operations - HANDLE GetThread() const; - int GetThreadID() const; - int GetThreadPriority() const; - DWORD ResumeThread() const; - BOOL SetThreadPriority(int nPriority) const; - DWORD SuspendThread() const; - - private: - CThread(const CThread&); // Disable copy construction - CThread& operator = (const CThread&); // Disable assignment operator - void CreateThread(LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES pSecurityAttributes, unsigned stack_size, unsigned initflag); - static UINT WINAPI StaticThreadCallback(LPVOID pCThread); - - HANDLE m_hThread; // Handle of this thread - UINT m_nThreadID; // ID of this thread - }; - -} - -//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - -namespace Win32xx -{ - - /////////////////////////////////////// - // Definitions for the CThread class - // - inline CThread::CThread() : m_hThread(0), m_nThreadID(0) - { - CreateThread(0, 0, CREATE_SUSPENDED); - } - - inline CThread::CThread(LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES pSecurityAttributes, unsigned stack_size, unsigned initflag) - : m_hThread(0), m_nThreadID(0) - - { - // Valid argument values: - // pSecurityAttributes Either a pointer to SECURITY_ATTRIBUTES or 0 - // stack_size Either the stack size or 0 - // initflag Either CREATE_SUSPENDED or 0 - - CreateThread(pSecurityAttributes, stack_size, initflag); - } - - inline CThread::~CThread() - { - // A thread's state is set to signalled when the thread terminates. - // If your thread is still running at this point, you have a bug. - if (0 != WaitForSingleObject(m_hThread, 0)) - TRACE(_T("*** Error *** Ending CThread before ending its thread\n")); - - // Close the thread's handle - ::CloseHandle(m_hThread); - } - - inline void CThread::CreateThread(LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES pSecurityAttributes, unsigned stack_size, unsigned initflag) - { - // NOTE: By default, the thread is created in the default state. - m_hThread = (HANDLE)_beginthreadex(pSecurityAttributes, stack_size, CThread::StaticThreadCallback, (LPVOID) this, initflag, &m_nThreadID); - - if (0 == m_hThread) - throw CWinException(_T("Failed to create thread")); - } - - inline HANDLE CThread::GetThread() const - { - assert(m_hThread); - return m_hThread; - } - - inline int CThread::GetThreadID() const - { - assert(m_hThread); - return m_nThreadID; - } - - inline int CThread::GetThreadPriority() const - { - assert(m_hThread); - return ::GetThreadPriority(m_hThread); - } - - inline BOOL CThread::InitInstance() - { - // Override this function to perform tasks when the thread starts. - - // return TRUE to run a message loop, otherwise return FALSE. - // A thread with a window must run a message loop. - return FALSE; - } - - inline int CThread::MessageLoop() - { - // Override this function if your thread needs a different message loop - return GetApp()->MessageLoop(); - } - - inline DWORD CThread::ResumeThread() const - { - assert(m_hThread); - return ::ResumeThread(m_hThread); - } - - inline DWORD CThread::SuspendThread() const - { - assert(m_hThread); - return ::SuspendThread(m_hThread); - } - - inline BOOL CThread::SetThreadPriority(int nPriority) const - { - assert(m_hThread); - return ::SetThreadPriority(m_hThread, nPriority); - } - - inline UINT WINAPI CThread::StaticThreadCallback(LPVOID pCThread) - // When the thread starts, it runs this function. - { - // Get the pointer for this CMyThread object - CThread* pThread = (CThread*)pCThread; - - if (pThread->InitInstance()) - return pThread->MessageLoop(); - - return 0; - } - -} - -#endif // #define _WIN32XX_WINTHREAD_H_ - diff --git a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/toolbar.h b/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/toolbar.h deleted file mode 100644 index 1ed005a0..00000000 --- a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/toolbar.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1361 +0,0 @@ -// Win32++ Version 7.2 -// Released: 5th AUgust 2011 -// -// David Nash -// email: dnash@bigpond.net.au -// url: https://sourceforge.net/projects/win32-framework -// -// -// Copyright (c) 2005-2011 David Nash -// -// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to -// any person obtaining a copy of this software and -// associated documentation files (the "Software"), -// to deal in the Software without restriction, including -// without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, -// merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell -// copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom -// the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the -// following conditions: -// -// The above copyright notice and this permission notice -// shall be included in all copies or substantial portions -// of the Software. -// -// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF -// ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED -// TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A -// PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT -// SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR -// ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN -// ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, -// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE -// OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. -// -//////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - - -#ifndef _WIN32XX_TOOLBAR_H_ -#define _WIN32XX_TOOLBAR_H_ - -#include "wincore.h" -#include "gdi.h" -#include "rebar.h" - - -namespace Win32xx -{ - - struct ToolBarTheme - { - BOOL UseThemes; // TRUE if themes are used - COLORREF clrHot1; // Colour 1 for hot button - COLORREF clrHot2; // Colour 2 for hot button - COLORREF clrPressed1; // Colour 1 for pressed button - COLORREF clrPressed2; // Colour 2 for pressed button - COLORREF clrOutline; // Colour for border outline - }; - - - //////////////////////////////////// - // Declaration of the CToolBar class - // - class CToolBar : public CWnd - { - public: - CToolBar(); - virtual ~CToolBar(); - - // Operations - virtual int AddBitmap(UINT ToolBarID); - virtual BOOL AddButton(UINT nID, BOOL bEnabled = TRUE); - virtual void Destroy(); - virtual BOOL ReplaceBitmap(UINT NewToolBarID); - virtual BOOL SetBitmap(UINT nID); - virtual int SetButtons(const std::vector& vToolBarData) const; - virtual BOOL SetButtonText(int idButton, LPCTSTR szText); - virtual BOOL SetImages(COLORREF crMask, UINT ToolBarID, UINT ToolBarHotID, UINT ToolBarDisabledID); - - // Wrappers for Win32 API functions - BOOL AddButtons(UINT uNumButtons, LPTBBUTTON lpButtons) const; - int AddString(UINT nStringID) const; - int AddStrings(LPCTSTR lpszStrings) const; - void Autosize() const; - void CheckButton(int idButton, BOOL fCheck) const; - int CommandToIndex(int idButton) const; - BOOL DeleteButton(int iButton) const; - BOOL DisableButton(int idButton) const; - BOOL EnableButton(int idButton) const; - BOOL GetButton(int iButton, LPTBBUTTON lpButton) const; - int GetButtonCount() const; - DWORD GetButtonSize() const; - UINT GetButtonState(int idButton) const; - BYTE GetButtonStyle(int idButton) const; - CString GetButtonText(int idButton) const; - int GetCommandID(int iIndex) const; - HIMAGELIST GetDisabledImageList() const; - int GetHotItem() const; - HIMAGELIST GetHotImageList() const; - HIMAGELIST GetImageList() const; - CRect GetItemRect(int iIndex) const; - CSize GetMaxSize() const; - DWORD GetPadding() const; - CRect GetRect(int idButton) const; - int GetRows() const; - int GetTextRows() const; - HWND GetToolTips() const; - BOOL HasText() const; - BOOL HideButton(int idButton, BOOL fShow) const; - int HitTest() const; - BOOL Indeterminate(int idButton, BOOL fIndeterminate) const; - BOOL InsertButton(int iButton, LPTBBUTTON lpButton) const; - BOOL IsButtonHidden(int idButton) const; - BOOL IsButtonHighlighted(int idButton) const; - BOOL IsButtonIndeterminate(int idButton) const; - BOOL IsButtonPressed(int idButton) const; - int MapAccelerator(TCHAR chAccel) const; - BOOL MarkButton(int idButton) const; - BOOL MoveButton(UINT uOldPos, UINT uNewPos) const; - BOOL PressButton(int idButton, BOOL fPress) const; - void SaveRestore(BOOL fSave, TBSAVEPARAMS* ptbsp) const; - BOOL SetBitmapSize(int cx, int cy) const; - BOOL SetButtonSize(int cx, int cy) const; - BOOL SetButtonState(int idButton, UINT State) const; - BOOL SetButtonStyle(int idButton, BYTE Style) const; - BOOL SetButtonWidth(int idButton, int nWidth) const; - BOOL SetCommandID(int iIndex, int idButton) const; - HIMAGELIST SetDisableImageList(HIMAGELIST himlNewDisabled) const; - DWORD SetDrawTextFlags(DWORD dwMask, DWORD dwDTFlags) const; - DWORD SetExtendedStyle(DWORD dwExStyle) const; - HIMAGELIST SetHotImageList(HIMAGELIST himlNewHot) const; - int SetHotItem(int iHot) const; - HIMAGELIST SetImageList(HIMAGELIST himlNew) const; - BOOL SetIndent(int iIndent) const; - BOOL SetMaxTextRows(int iMaxRows) const; - BOOL SetPadding(int cx, int cy) const; - void SetToolTips(HWND hwndToolTip) const; - - // Attributes - std::vector& GetToolBarData() const {return (std::vector &)m_vToolBarData;} - ToolBarTheme& GetToolBarTheme() {return m_Theme;} - void SetToolBarTheme(ToolBarTheme& Theme); - - protected: - // Overridables - virtual void OnCreate(); - virtual void OnDestroy(); - virtual void OnWindowPosChanging(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); - virtual LRESULT OnCustomDraw(NMHDR* pNMHDR); - virtual LRESULT OnNotifyReflect(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); - virtual void PreCreate(CREATESTRUCT &cs); - virtual void PreRegisterClass(WNDCLASS &wc); - virtual LRESULT WndProcDefault(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); - - private: - CToolBar(const CToolBar&); // Disable copy construction - CToolBar& operator = (const CToolBar&); // Disable assignment operator - - std::vector m_vToolBarData; // vector of resource IDs for toolbar buttons - std::map m_StringMap; // a map of strings used in SetButtonText - UINT m_OldToolBarID; // Bitmap Resource ID, used in AddBitmap/ReplaceBitmap - ToolBarTheme m_Theme; // The theme structure - BOOL m_bDrawArrowBkgrnd; // True if a seperate arrow background is to be drawn - - }; // class CToolBar - -} - - -//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - - -namespace Win32xx -{ - - //////////////////////////////////// - // Definitions for the CToolBar class - // - inline CToolBar::CToolBar() : m_OldToolBarID(0), m_bDrawArrowBkgrnd(FALSE) - { - ZeroMemory(&m_Theme, sizeof(ToolBarTheme)); - } - - inline CToolBar::~CToolBar() - { - } - - inline int CToolBar::AddBitmap(UINT ToolBarID) - // Adds one or more images to the list of button images available for a toolbar. - - // Note: AddBitmap supports a maximum colour depth of 8 bits (256 colours) - // For more colours, use an ImageList instead - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - - int iNumButtons = 0; - std::vector::iterator iter; - for (iter = GetToolBarData().begin(); iter < GetToolBarData().end(); ++iter) - if ((*iter) != 0) ++iNumButtons; - - TBADDBITMAP tbab = {0}; - tbab.hInst = GetApp()->GetResourceHandle(); - tbab.nID = ToolBarID; - int iResult = (int)SendMessage(TB_ADDBITMAP, iNumButtons, (LPARAM)&tbab); - - if (-1 != iResult) - m_OldToolBarID = ToolBarID; - - return iResult; - } - - inline BOOL CToolBar::AddButton(UINT nID, BOOL bEnabled /* = TRUE */) - // Adds Resource IDs to toolbar buttons. - // A resource ID of 0 is a separator - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - - m_vToolBarData.push_back(nID); - - // TBBUTTON structure for each button in the toolbar - TBBUTTON tbb = {0}; - - std::vector::iterator iter; - int iImages = 0; - for(iter = m_vToolBarData.begin(); iter < m_vToolBarData.end(); ++iter) - if (0 != *iter) iImages++; - - ZeroMemory(&tbb, sizeof(TBBUTTON)); - - if (0 == nID) - { - tbb.fsStyle = TBSTYLE_SEP; - } - else - { - tbb.dwData = iImages -1; - tbb.iBitmap = iImages -1; - tbb.idCommand = nID; - tbb.fsState = bEnabled? TBSTATE_ENABLED : 0; - tbb.fsStyle = TBSTYLE_BUTTON; - } - - // Add the button to the toolbar - return (BOOL)SendMessage(TB_ADDBUTTONS, 1L, (LPARAM)&tbb); - } - - inline BOOL CToolBar::AddButtons(UINT uNumButtons, LPTBBUTTON lpButtons) const - // Adds one or more buttons to a toolbar. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (BOOL)SendMessage(TB_ADDBUTTONS, (LPARAM)uNumButtons, (WPARAM)lpButtons); - } - - inline int CToolBar::AddString(UINT nStringID) const - // Adds a new string, passed as a resource ID, to the toolbar's internal list of strings. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (int)SendMessage(TB_ADDSTRING, (LPARAM)GetApp()->GetResourceHandle(), (WPARAM)nStringID); - } - - inline int CToolBar::AddStrings(LPCTSTR lpszStrings) const - // Adds a new string or strings to the list of strings available for a toolbar control. - // Strings in the buffer must be separated by a null character. You must ensure that the last string has two null terminators. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (int)SendMessage(TB_ADDSTRING, 0L, (WPARAM)lpszStrings); - } - - inline void CToolBar::Autosize() const - // Causes a toolbar to be resized. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - SendMessage(TB_AUTOSIZE, 0L, 0L); - } - - inline void CToolBar::CheckButton(int idButton, BOOL fCheck) const - // Checks or unchecks a given button in a toolbar. - // When a button is checked, it is displayed in the pressed state. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - SendMessage(TB_CHECKBUTTON, (WPARAM)idButton, (LPARAM)MAKELONG(fCheck, 0)); - } - - inline int CToolBar::CommandToIndex(int idButton) const - // Retrieves the zero-based index for the button associated with the specified command identifier - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - - // returns -1 on fail - return (int)SendMessage(TB_COMMANDTOINDEX, (WPARAM)idButton, 0L); - } - - inline BOOL CToolBar::DeleteButton(int iButton) const - // Deletes a button from the toolbar. - // iButton is the Zero-based index of the button to delete. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (int)SendMessage(TB_DELETEBUTTON, (WPARAM)iButton, 0L); - } - - inline void CToolBar::Destroy() - // Allows CToolBar to be reused after the window is destroyed - { - CWnd::Destroy(); - m_StringMap.clear(); - } - - inline BOOL CToolBar::DisableButton(int idButton) const - // Disables the specified button in a toolbar - // An example of idButton would be IDM_FILE_OPEN - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (BOOL)SendMessage(TB_ENABLEBUTTON, (WPARAM)idButton, (LPARAM) MAKELONG(FALSE, 0)); - } - - inline BOOL CToolBar::EnableButton(int idButton) const - // Enables the specified button in a toolbar - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (BOOL)SendMessage(TB_ENABLEBUTTON, (WPARAM)idButton, (LPARAM) MAKELONG(TRUE,0 )); - } - - inline BOOL CToolBar::GetButton(int iButton, LPTBBUTTON lpButton) const - // Recieves the TBBUTTON structure information from the specified button - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (BOOL)SendMessage(TB_GETBUTTON, (LPARAM)iButton, (WPARAM)lpButton); - } - - inline int CToolBar::GetButtonCount() const - // Retrieves a count of the buttons currently in the toolbar - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (int)SendMessage(TB_BUTTONCOUNT, 0L, 0L); - } - - inline DWORD CToolBar::GetButtonSize() const - // Retrieves the current width and height of toolbar buttons, in pixels. - // Returns a DWORD value that contains the width and height values in the low word and high word, respectively. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (DWORD)SendMessage(TB_GETBUTTONSIZE, 0L, 0L); - } - - inline UINT CToolBar::GetButtonState(int idButton) const - // Get the state of an individual button - // TBSTATE_CHECKED The button has the TBSTYLE_CHECK style and is being clicked. - // TBSTATE_ELLIPSES The button's text is cut off and an ellipsis is displayed. - // TBSTATE_ENABLED The button accepts user input. A button that doesn't have this state is grayed. - // TBSTATE_HIDDEN The button is not visible and cannot receive user input. - // TBSTATE_INDETERMINATE The button is grayed. - // TBSTATE_MARKED The button is marked. The interpretation of a marked item is dependent upon the application. - // TBSTATE_PRESSED The button is being clicked. - // TBSTATE_WRAP The button is followed by a line break. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (UINT)SendMessage(TB_GETSTATE, (WPARAM) idButton, 0L); - } - - inline BYTE CToolBar::GetButtonStyle(int idButton) const - // Get the the style of the toolbar control. The following button styles are supported: - // TBSTYLE_BUTTON Standard pushbutton (default) - // TBSTYLE_SEP Separator - // TBSTYLE_CHECK Auto check-box button - // TBSTYLE_GROUP Marks the start of a group of buttons - // TBSTYLE_CHECKGROUP Marks the start of a group of check-box buttons - // TBSTYLE_DROPDOWN Creates a drop-down list button - // TBSTYLE_AUTOSIZE The button's width will be calculated based on the text of the button, not on the size of the image - // TBSTYLE_NOPREFIX The button text will not have an accelerator prefix associated with it - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - - int iIndex = CommandToIndex(idButton); - TBBUTTON tbb = {0}; - SendMessage(TB_GETBUTTON, iIndex, (LPARAM) &tbb); - - return tbb.fsStyle; - } - - inline CString CToolBar::GetButtonText(int idButton) const - // Retrieves the display text of a button on a toolbar. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - - int Length = (int)SendMessage(TB_GETBUTTONTEXT, idButton, 0); - CString str; - LPTSTR szStr = str.GetBuffer(Length +1); - SendMessage(TB_GETBUTTONTEXT, (LPARAM)idButton, (WPARAM)szStr); - str.ReleaseBuffer(); - return str; - } - - inline int CToolBar::GetCommandID(int iIndex) const - // Retrieves information about the specified button in a toolbar - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - TBBUTTON tbb = {0}; - SendMessage(TB_GETBUTTON, iIndex, (WPARAM) &tbb); - - // returns zero if failed - return tbb.idCommand; - } - - inline HIMAGELIST CToolBar::GetDisabledImageList() const - // Retrieves the image list that a toolbar control uses to display inactive buttons. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (HIMAGELIST)SendMessage(TB_GETDISABLEDIMAGELIST, 0L, 0L); - } - - inline HIMAGELIST CToolBar::GetHotImageList() const - // Retrieves the image list that a toolbar control uses to display hot buttons. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (HIMAGELIST)SendMessage(TB_GETHOTIMAGELIST, 0L, 0L); - } - - inline int CToolBar::GetHotItem() const - // Retrieves the index of the hot item in a toolbar, or -1 if no hot item is set. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (int)SendMessage(TB_GETHOTITEM, 0L, 0L); - } - - inline HIMAGELIST CToolBar::GetImageList() const - // Retrieves the image list that a toolbar control uses to display buttons in their default state. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (HIMAGELIST)SendMessage(TB_GETIMAGELIST, 0L, 0L); - } - - inline CRect CToolBar::GetItemRect(int iIndex) const - // Retrieves the bounding rectangle of a button in a toolbar - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - CRect rc; - int iCount = (int)SendMessage(TB_BUTTONCOUNT, 0L, 0L); - - if (iCount >= iIndex) - SendMessage(TB_GETITEMRECT, (WPARAM)iIndex, (LPARAM)&rc); - - return rc; - } - - inline CSize CToolBar::GetMaxSize() const - // Retrieves the total size of all of the visible buttons and separators in the toolbar - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - CSize sz; - SendMessage(TB_GETMAXSIZE, 0L, (LPARAM)&sz); - - // This fixes a Windows bug calculating the size when TBSTYLE_DROPDOWN is used. - int xMaxSize = 0; - for (int i= 0 ; i < GetButtonCount(); ++i) - { - xMaxSize += GetItemRect(i).Width(); - } - - sz.cx = xMaxSize; - return sz; - } - - inline DWORD CToolBar::GetPadding() const - // Returns a DWORD value that contains the horizontal padding in the low word and the vertical padding in the high word, in pixels. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (DWORD)SendMessage(TB_GETPADDING, 0L, 0L); - } - - inline CRect CToolBar::GetRect(int idButton) const - // Retrieves the bounding rectangle for a specified toolbar button. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - CRect rc; - SendMessage(TB_GETRECT, (WPARAM)idButton, (LPARAM)&rc); - return rc; - } - - inline int CToolBar::GetRows() const - // Retrieves the number of rows of buttons in a toolbar with the TBSTYLE_WRAPABLE style. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (int)SendMessage(TB_GETROWS, 0L, 0L); - } - - inline int CToolBar::GetTextRows() const - // Retrieves the maximum number of text rows that can be displayed on a toolbar button. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (int)SendMessage(TB_GETTEXTROWS, 0L, 0L); - } - - inline HWND CToolBar::GetToolTips() const - // Retrieves the handle to the ToolTip control, if any, associated with the toolbar. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (HWND)SendMessage(TB_GETTOOLTIPS, 0L, 0L); - } - - inline BOOL CToolBar::HasText() const - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - BOOL bReturn = FALSE; - - for (int i = 0 ; i < GetButtonCount(); ++i) - { - if (SendMessage(TB_GETBUTTONTEXT, GetCommandID(i), 0L) != -1) - bReturn = TRUE; - } - - // return TRUE if any button has text - return bReturn; - } - - inline BOOL CToolBar::HideButton(int idButton, BOOL fShow) const - //Hides or shows the specified button in a toolbar. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (BOOL)SendMessage(TB_HIDEBUTTON, (WPARAM)idButton, (LPARAM)MAKELONG (fShow, 0)); - } - - inline int CToolBar::HitTest() const - // Determines where a point lies in a toolbar control. - - // We do our own hit test since TB_HITTEST is a bit buggy, - // and also doesn't work at all on earliest versions of Win95 - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - CPoint pt = GetCursorPos(); - ScreenToClient(pt); - - int nButtons = (int)SendMessage(TB_BUTTONCOUNT, 0L, 0L); - int iButton = -1; - - for (int i = 0 ; i < nButtons; ++i) - { - CRect rc = GetItemRect(i); - if (rc.PtInRect(pt)) - iButton = i; - } - - return iButton; - } - - inline BOOL CToolBar::Indeterminate(int idButton, BOOL fIndeterminate) const - //Hides or shows the specified button in a toolbar. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (BOOL)SendMessage(TB_INDETERMINATE, (WPARAM)idButton, (LPARAM)MAKELONG (fIndeterminate, 0)); - } - - inline BOOL CToolBar::InsertButton(int iButton, LPTBBUTTON lpButton) const - // Inserts a button in a toolbar. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (BOOL)SendMessage(TB_INSERTBUTTON, (WPARAM)iButton, (LPARAM)lpButton); - } - - inline BOOL CToolBar::IsButtonHidden(int idButton) const - // Determines whether the specified button in a toolbar is hidden. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (BOOL)SendMessage(TB_ISBUTTONHIDDEN, (WPARAM)idButton, 0L); - } - - inline BOOL CToolBar::IsButtonHighlighted(int idButton) const - // Checks the highlight state of a toolbar button. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (BOOL)SendMessage(TB_ISBUTTONHIGHLIGHTED, (WPARAM)idButton, 0L); - } - - inline BOOL CToolBar::IsButtonIndeterminate(int idButton) const - // Determines whether the specified button in a toolbar is indeterminate. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (BOOL)SendMessage(TB_ISBUTTONINDETERMINATE, (WPARAM)idButton, 0L); - } - - inline BOOL CToolBar::IsButtonPressed(int idButton) const - // Determines whether the specified button in a toolbar is pressed. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (BOOL)SendMessage(TB_ISBUTTONPRESSED, (WPARAM)idButton, 0L); - } - - inline int CToolBar::MapAccelerator(TCHAR chAccel) const - // Determines whether the specified button in a toolbar is pressed. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - int uButtonID; - int idButton; - if (SendMessage(TB_MAPACCELERATOR, (WPARAM)chAccel, (LPARAM)&uButtonID)) - idButton = uButtonID; - else - idButton = -1; - - return idButton; - } - - inline BOOL CToolBar::MarkButton(int idButton) const - // Sets the highlight state of a given button in a toolbar control. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (BOOL)SendMessage(TB_MARKBUTTON, (WPARAM)idButton, 0L); - } - - inline BOOL CToolBar::MoveButton(UINT uOldPos, UINT uNewPos) const - // Moves a button from one index to another. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (BOOL)SendMessage(TB_MOVEBUTTON, (WPARAM)uOldPos, (LPARAM)uNewPos); - } - - - inline void CToolBar::OnCreate() - { - // We must send this message before sending the TB_ADDBITMAP or TB_ADDBUTTONS message - SendMessage(TB_BUTTONSTRUCTSIZE, (WPARAM)sizeof(TBBUTTON), 0L); - - // allows buttons to have a separate dropdown arrow - // Note: TBN_DROPDOWN notification is sent by a toolbar control when the user clicks a dropdown button - SendMessage(TB_SETEXTENDEDSTYLE, 0L, TBSTYLE_EX_DRAWDDARROWS); - - // Turn of Double click processing (i.e. treat a double click as two single clicks) - DWORD dwStyle = (DWORD)GetClassLongPtr(GCL_STYLE); - dwStyle &= ~CS_DBLCLKS; - SetClassLongPtr(GCL_STYLE, dwStyle); - - // Add extra styles for toolbars inside a rebar - if (lstrcmp(GetParent()->GetClassName(), _T("ReBarWindow32")) == 0) - { - DWORD style = (DWORD)GetWindowLongPtr(GWL_STYLE); - style |= CCS_NODIVIDER | CCS_NORESIZE; - SetWindowLongPtr(GWL_STYLE, style); - } - - SetButtons(m_vToolBarData); - - // Set rows of text to zero - SendMessage(TB_SETMAXTEXTROWS, 0L, 0L); - } - - inline LRESULT CToolBar::OnCustomDraw(NMHDR* pNMHDR) - // With CustomDraw we manually control the drawing of each toolbar button - { - LPNMTBCUSTOMDRAW lpNMCustomDraw = (LPNMTBCUSTOMDRAW)pNMHDR; - - switch (lpNMCustomDraw->nmcd.dwDrawStage) - { - // Begin paint cycle - case CDDS_PREPAINT: - // Send NM_CUSTOMDRAW item draw, and post-paint notification messages. - return CDRF_NOTIFYITEMDRAW | CDRF_NOTIFYPOSTPAINT ; - - // An item is about to be drawn - case CDDS_ITEMPREPAINT: - { - CDC* pDrawDC = FromHandle(lpNMCustomDraw->nmcd.hdc); - CRect rcRect = lpNMCustomDraw->nmcd.rc; - int nState = lpNMCustomDraw->nmcd.uItemState; - DWORD dwItem = (DWORD)lpNMCustomDraw->nmcd.dwItemSpec; - DWORD dwTBStyle = (DWORD)SendMessage(TB_GETSTYLE, 0L, 0L); - int nStyle = GetButtonStyle(dwItem); - - int nButton = (int)SendMessage(TB_COMMANDTOINDEX, (WPARAM) dwItem, 0L); - TBBUTTON tbb = {0}; - SendMessage(TB_GETBUTTON, nButton, (LPARAM)&tbb); - int iImage = (int)tbb.dwData; - - // Calculate text size - std::vector vText(MAX_MENU_STRING, _T('\0')); - TCHAR* pszText = &vText[0]; - CSize TextSize; - if (HasText()) // Does any button have text? - { - pDrawDC->SelectObject(GetFont()); - if (SendMessage(TB_GETBUTTONTEXT, dwItem, (LPARAM)pszText)> 0) - { - TextSize = pDrawDC->GetTextExtentPoint32(pszText, lstrlen(pszText)); - } - } - - // Draw outline rectangle - if (nState & (CDIS_HOT | CDIS_SELECTED | CDIS_CHECKED)) - { - pDrawDC->CreatePen(PS_SOLID, 1, m_Theme.clrOutline); - pDrawDC->MoveTo(rcRect.left, rcRect.top); - pDrawDC->LineTo(rcRect.left, rcRect.bottom-1); - pDrawDC->LineTo(rcRect.right-1, rcRect.bottom-1); - pDrawDC->LineTo(rcRect.right-1, rcRect.top); - pDrawDC->LineTo(rcRect.left, rcRect.top); - } - - // Draw filled gradient background - rcRect.InflateRect(-1, -1); - if ((nState & (CDIS_SELECTED|CDIS_CHECKED)) || (GetButtonState(dwItem) & TBSTATE_PRESSED)) - { - pDrawDC->GradientFill(m_Theme.clrPressed1, m_Theme.clrPressed2, rcRect, FALSE); - } - else if (nState & CDIS_HOT) - { - pDrawDC->GradientFill(m_Theme.clrHot1, m_Theme.clrHot2, rcRect, FALSE); - } - - // Get the appropriate image list depending on the button state - HIMAGELIST himlToolBar; - if (nState & CDIS_DISABLED) - { - himlToolBar = (HIMAGELIST)SendMessage(TB_GETDISABLEDIMAGELIST, 0L, 0L); - } - else if (nState & (CDIS_HOT | CDIS_SELECTED | CDIS_CHECKED)) - { - himlToolBar = (HIMAGELIST)SendMessage(TB_GETHOTIMAGELIST, 0L, 0L); - if (0 == himlToolBar) - himlToolBar = (HIMAGELIST)SendMessage(TB_GETIMAGELIST, 0L, 0L); - } - else - { - himlToolBar = (HIMAGELIST)SendMessage(TB_GETIMAGELIST, 0L, 0L); - } - - BOOL IsWin95 = (1400 == (GetWinVersion()) || (2400 == GetWinVersion())); - - // Calculate image position - int cxImage = 0; - int cyImage = 0; - ImageList_GetIconSize(himlToolBar, &cxImage, &cyImage); - - int yImage = (rcRect.bottom - rcRect.top - cyImage - TextSize.cy +2)/2; - int xImage = (rcRect.right + rcRect.left - cxImage)/2 + ((nState & (CDIS_SELECTED|CDIS_CHECKED))? 1:0); - if (dwTBStyle & TBSTYLE_LIST) - { - xImage = rcRect.left + (IsXPThemed()?2:4) + ((nState & CDIS_SELECTED)? 1:0); - yImage = (rcRect.bottom -rcRect.top - cyImage +2)/2 + ((nState & (CDIS_SELECTED|CDIS_CHECKED))? 1:0); - } - - // Handle the TBSTYLE_DROPDOWN and BTNS_WHOLEDROPDOWN styles - if ((nStyle & TBSTYLE_DROPDOWN) || ((nStyle & 0x0080) && (!IsWin95))) - { - // Calculate the dropdown arrow position - int xAPos = (nStyle & TBSTYLE_DROPDOWN)? rcRect.right -6 : (rcRect.right + rcRect.left + cxImage + 4)/2; - int yAPos = (nStyle & TBSTYLE_DROPDOWN)? (rcRect.bottom - rcRect.top +1)/2 : (cyImage)/2; - if (dwTBStyle & TBSTYLE_LIST) - { - xAPos = (nStyle & TBSTYLE_DROPDOWN)?rcRect.right -6:rcRect.right -5; - yAPos = (rcRect.bottom - rcRect.top +1)/2 + ((nStyle & TBSTYLE_DROPDOWN)?0:1); - } - - xImage -= (nStyle & TBSTYLE_DROPDOWN)?((dwTBStyle & TBSTYLE_LIST)? (IsXPThemed()?-4:0):6):((dwTBStyle & TBSTYLE_LIST)? 0:4); - - // Draw separate background for dropdown arrow - if ((m_bDrawArrowBkgrnd) && (nState & CDIS_HOT)) - { - CRect rcArrowBkgnd = rcRect; - rcArrowBkgnd.left = rcArrowBkgnd.right - 13; - pDrawDC->GradientFill(m_Theme.clrPressed1, m_Theme.clrPressed2, rcArrowBkgnd, FALSE); - } - - m_bDrawArrowBkgrnd = FALSE; - - // Manually draw the dropdown arrow - pDrawDC->CreatePen(PS_SOLID, 1, RGB(0,0,0)); - for (int i = 2; i >= 0; --i) - { - pDrawDC->MoveTo(xAPos -i-1, yAPos - i+1); - pDrawDC->LineTo(xAPos +i, yAPos - i+1); - } - - // Draw line between icon and dropdown arrow - if ((nStyle & TBSTYLE_DROPDOWN) && ((nState & CDIS_SELECTED) || nState & CDIS_HOT)) - { - pDrawDC->CreatePen(PS_SOLID, 1, m_Theme.clrOutline); - pDrawDC->MoveTo(rcRect.right - 13, rcRect.top); - pDrawDC->LineTo(rcRect.right - 13, rcRect.bottom); - } - } - - // Draw the button image - if (xImage > 0) - { - ImageList_Draw(himlToolBar, iImage, *pDrawDC, xImage, yImage, ILD_TRANSPARENT); - } - - //Draw Text - if (lstrlen(pszText) > 0) - { - int iWidth = rcRect.right - rcRect.left - ((nStyle & TBSTYLE_DROPDOWN)?13:0); - CRect rcText(0, 0, MIN(TextSize.cx, iWidth), TextSize.cy); - - int xOffset = (rcRect.right + rcRect.left - rcText.right + rcText.left - ((nStyle & TBSTYLE_DROPDOWN)? 11 : 1))/2; - int yOffset = yImage + cyImage +1; - - if (dwTBStyle & TBSTYLE_LIST) - { - xOffset = rcRect.left + cxImage + ((nStyle & TBSTYLE_DROPDOWN)?(IsXPThemed()?10:6): 6) + ((nState & CDIS_SELECTED)? 1:0); - yOffset = (2+rcRect.bottom - rcRect.top - rcText.bottom + rcText.top)/2 + ((nState & CDIS_SELECTED)? 1:0); - rcText.right = MIN(rcText.right, rcRect.right - xOffset); - } - - OffsetRect(&rcText, xOffset, yOffset); - - int iMode = pDrawDC->SetBkMode(TRANSPARENT); - pDrawDC->SelectObject(GetFont()); - - if (nState & (CDIS_DISABLED)) - { - // Draw text twice for embossed look - rcText.OffsetRect(1, 1); - pDrawDC->SetTextColor(RGB(255,255,255)); - pDrawDC->DrawText(pszText, lstrlen(pszText), rcText, DT_LEFT); - rcText.OffsetRect(-1, -1); - pDrawDC->SetTextColor(GetSysColor(COLOR_GRAYTEXT)); - pDrawDC->DrawText(pszText, lstrlen(pszText), rcText, DT_LEFT); - } - else - { - pDrawDC->SetTextColor(GetSysColor(COLOR_BTNTEXT)); - pDrawDC->DrawText(pszText, lstrlen(pszText), rcText, DT_LEFT | DT_END_ELLIPSIS); - } - pDrawDC->SetBkMode(iMode); - } - } - return CDRF_SKIPDEFAULT; // No further drawing - } - return 0L; - } - - inline void CToolBar::OnDestroy() - { - HIMAGELIST himlToolBar = (HIMAGELIST)SendMessage(TB_GETIMAGELIST, 0L, 0L); - HIMAGELIST himlToolBarHot = (HIMAGELIST)SendMessage(TB_GETHOTIMAGELIST, 0L, 0L); - HIMAGELIST himlToolBarDis = (HIMAGELIST)SendMessage(TB_GETDISABLEDIMAGELIST, 0L, 0L); - ImageList_Destroy(himlToolBar); - ImageList_Destroy(himlToolBarHot); - ImageList_Destroy(himlToolBarDis); - } - - inline LRESULT CToolBar::OnNotifyReflect(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) - // Notifications sent to the parent window are reflected back here - { - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(wParam); - - switch (((LPNMHDR)lParam)->code) - { - case NM_CUSTOMDRAW: - { - if (m_Theme.UseThemes) - return OnCustomDraw((LPNMHDR) lParam); - } - break; - - case TBN_DROPDOWN: - { - int iItem = ((LPNMTOOLBAR) lParam)->iItem; - - // a boolean expression - m_bDrawArrowBkgrnd = (GetButtonStyle(iItem) & TBSTYLE_DROPDOWN); - } - break; - } - return 0L; - } - - inline void CToolBar::OnWindowPosChanging(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) - { - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(wParam); - - // Adjust size for toolbars inside a rebar - CWnd* pParent = GetParent(); - if (lstrcmp(pParent->GetClassName(), _T("ReBarWindow32")) == 0) - { - ReBarTheme* pTheme = (ReBarTheme*)pParent->SendMessage(UWM_GETREBARTHEME, 0, 0); - - if (pTheme && pTheme->UseThemes && pTheme->ShortBands) - { - LPWINDOWPOS pWinPos = (LPWINDOWPOS)lParam; - pWinPos->cx = GetMaxSize().cx+2; - } - } - } - - inline void CToolBar::PreCreate(CREATESTRUCT &cs) - { - // Sets the CREATESTRUCT parameters prior to window creation - cs.style = WS_CHILD | WS_VISIBLE | WS_CLIPSIBLINGS | TBSTYLE_TOOLTIPS | TBSTYLE_FLAT; - } - - inline void CToolBar::PreRegisterClass(WNDCLASS &wc) - { - // Set the Window Class - wc.lpszClassName = TOOLBARCLASSNAME; - } - - inline BOOL CToolBar::PressButton(int idButton, BOOL fPress) const - // Presses or releases the specified button in a toolbar. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (BOOL)SendMessage(TB_PRESSBUTTON, (WPARAM)idButton, (LPARAM)MAKELONG(fPress, 0)); - } - - inline BOOL CToolBar::ReplaceBitmap(UINT NewToolBarID) - // Replaces an existing bitmap with a new bitmap. - - // Note: ReplaceBitmap supports a maximum colour depth of 8 bits (256 colours) - // For more colours, use an ImageList instead - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - - int iNumButtons = 0; - std::vector::iterator iter; - for (iter = GetToolBarData().begin(); iter < GetToolBarData().end(); ++iter) - if ((*iter) != 0) ++iNumButtons; - - TBREPLACEBITMAP tbrb = {0}; - tbrb.hInstNew = GetApp()->GetResourceHandle(); - tbrb.hInstOld = GetApp()->GetResourceHandle(); - tbrb.nIDNew = NewToolBarID; - tbrb.nIDOld = m_OldToolBarID; - tbrb.nButtons = iNumButtons; - - BOOL bResult = (BOOL)SendMessage(TB_REPLACEBITMAP, iNumButtons, (LPARAM)&tbrb); - if (bResult) - m_OldToolBarID = NewToolBarID; - - return bResult; - } - - inline void CToolBar::SaveRestore(BOOL fSave, TBSAVEPARAMS* ptbsp) const - // Presses or releases the specified button in a toolbar. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - SendMessage(TB_PRESSBUTTON, (WPARAM)fSave, (LPARAM)ptbsp); - } - - inline BOOL CToolBar::SetBitmap(UINT nID) - // Set the button images - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - - CBitmap Bitmap(nID); - assert (Bitmap.GetHandle()); - BITMAP bm = Bitmap.GetBitmapData(); - - int iNumButtons = 0; - std::vector::iterator iter; - for (iter = GetToolBarData().begin(); iter < GetToolBarData().end(); ++iter) - if ((*iter) != 0) ++iNumButtons; - - int iImageWidth = bm.bmWidth / iNumButtons; - int iImageHeight = bm.bmHeight; - - // Set the bitmap size first - SetBitmapSize(iImageWidth, iImageHeight); - - BOOL bResult = FALSE; - if (m_OldToolBarID) - bResult = ReplaceBitmap(nID); - else - bResult = (BOOL)AddBitmap(nID); - - return bResult; - } - - inline BOOL CToolBar::SetBitmapSize(int cx, int cy) const - // Sets the size of the bitmapped images to be added to a toolbar. - - // Needs to be used when the image size is not the default 16 x 15 - // Call this function before using AddBitmap or ReplaceBitmap - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (BOOL)SendMessage(TB_SETBITMAPSIZE, 0L, MAKELONG(cx, cy)); - } - - inline int CToolBar::SetButtons(const std::vector& vToolBarData) const - // Assigns a resource ID to each toolbar button - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - - int iImages = 0; - UINT iNumButtons = (UINT)vToolBarData.size(); - - // Remove any existing buttons - while (SendMessage(TB_BUTTONCOUNT, 0L, 0L) > 0) - { - if(!SendMessage(TB_DELETEBUTTON, 0L, 0L)) - break; - } - - if (iNumButtons > 0) - { - // TBBUTTON structure for each button in the toolbar - TBBUTTON tbb = {0}; - - for (UINT j = 0 ; j < iNumButtons; ++j) - { - ZeroMemory(&tbb, sizeof(TBBUTTON)); - - if (0 == vToolBarData[j]) - { - tbb.fsStyle = TBSTYLE_SEP; - } - else - { - tbb.dwData = iImages; - tbb.iBitmap = iImages; - tbb.idCommand = vToolBarData[j]; - tbb.fsState = TBSTATE_ENABLED; - tbb.fsStyle = TBSTYLE_BUTTON; - } - - // Add the button to the toolbar - if (SendMessage(TB_ADDBUTTONS, 1L, (LPARAM)&tbb)) - iImages++; - else - break; - } - } - - return iImages; - } - - inline BOOL CToolBar::SetButtonSize(int cx, int cy) const - // Sets the size of the buttons to be added to a toolbar - // The size can be set only before adding any buttons to the toolbar - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (BOOL)SendMessage(TB_SETBUTTONSIZE, 0L, MAKELONG(cx, cy)); - } - - inline BOOL CToolBar::SetButtonState(int idButton, UINT State) const - { - // Set the state of an individual button - // TBSTATE_CHECKED The button has the TBSTYLE_CHECK style and is being clicked. - // TBSTATE_ELLIPSES The button's text is cut off and an ellipsis is displayed. - // TBSTATE_ENABLED The button accepts user input. A button that doesn't have this state is grayed. - // TBSTATE_HIDDEN The button is not visible and cannot receive user input. - // TBSTATE_INDETERMINATE The button is grayed. - // TBSTATE_MARKED The button is marked. The interpretation of a marked item is dependent upon the application. - // TBSTATE_PRESSED The button is being clicked. - // TBSTATE_WRAP The button is followed by a line break. - - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (BOOL)SendMessage(TB_SETSTATE, (WPARAM) idButton, (LPARAM)MAKELONG (State, 0)); - } - - inline BOOL CToolBar::SetButtonStyle(int idButton, BYTE Style) const - // The the style of the toolbar control. The following button styles are supported: - // TBSTYLE_BUTTON Standard pushbutton (default) - // TBSTYLE_SEP Separator - // TBSTYLE_CHECK Auto check-box button - // TBSTYLE_GROUP Marks the start of a group of buttons - // TBSTYLE_CHECKGROUP Marks the start of a group of check-box buttons - // TBSTYLE_DROPDOWN Creates a drop-down list button - // TBSTYLE_AUTOSIZE The button's width will be calculated based on the text of the button, not on the size of the image - // TBSTYLE_NOPREFIX The button text will not have an accelerator prefix associated with it - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - - TBBUTTONINFO tbbi = {0}; - tbbi.cbSize = sizeof(TBBUTTONINFO); - tbbi.dwMask = TBIF_STYLE; - tbbi.fsStyle = Style; - - // Note: TB_SETBUTTONINFO requires comctl32.dll version 4.71 or later - // i.e. Win95 with IE4 / NT with IE4 or later - return (BOOL)SendMessage(TB_SETBUTTONINFO, idButton, (LPARAM) &tbbi); - } - - inline BOOL CToolBar::SetButtonText(int idButton, LPCTSTR szText) - // This rather convoluted approach to setting toolbar button text supports - // all versions of Windows, including Win95 with COMCTL32.DLL version 4.0 - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - int iIndex = CommandToIndex(idButton); - assert(-1 != iIndex); - - BOOL Succeeded = TRUE; - tString sString = szText; - std::map::iterator m; - int iString; - - // Check to see if the string is already added - m = m_StringMap.find(sString); - if (m_StringMap.end() == m) - { - if (0 == m_StringMap.size()) - { - // Place a blank string first in the string table, in case some - // buttons don't have text - TCHAR szString[3] = _T(" "); - szString[2] = _T('\0'); // Double-null terminate - SendMessage(TB_ADDSTRING, 0L, (LPARAM)szString); - } - - // No index for this string exists, so create it now - TCHAR szBuf[80] = _T(""); - lstrcpyn(szBuf, szText, 79); - szBuf[lstrlen(szBuf)+1] = _T('\0'); // Double-null terminate - - iString = (int)SendMessage(TB_ADDSTRING, 0L, (LPARAM)szBuf); - if (-1 == iString ) - Succeeded = FALSE; - - // Save the string its index in our map - m_StringMap.insert(std::make_pair(sString, iString)); - } - else - { - // String found, use the index from our map - iString = m->second; - } - - if (Succeeded) - { - TBBUTTON tbb = {0}; - Succeeded = (BOOL)SendMessage(TB_GETBUTTON, iIndex, (LPARAM)&tbb); - - tbb.iString = iString; - - // Turn off ToolBar drawing - SendMessage(WM_SETREDRAW, FALSE, 0L); - - if (Succeeded) - Succeeded = (BOOL)SendMessage(TB_DELETEBUTTON, iIndex, 0L); - - if (Succeeded) - Succeeded = (BOOL)SendMessage(TB_INSERTBUTTON, iIndex, (LPARAM)&tbb); - - // Ensure the button now includes some text rows - if (0 == SendMessage(TB_GETTEXTROWS, 0L, 0L)) - SendMessage(TB_SETMAXTEXTROWS, 1L, 0L); - - // Turn on ToolBar drawing - SendMessage(WM_SETREDRAW, TRUE, 0L); - } - // Redraw button - CRect r = GetItemRect(iIndex); - InvalidateRect(&r, TRUE); - - return Succeeded; - } - - inline BOOL CToolBar::SetButtonWidth(int idButton, int nWidth) const - // The set button width can adjust the width of the button after it is created. - // This is useful when replacing a button with a ComboBox or other control. - // Note: TB_SETBUTTONINFO requires comctl32.dll version 4.71 or later - // i.e. Win95 with IE4 / NT with IE4 or later - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - - TBBUTTONINFO tbbi = {0}; - tbbi.cbSize = sizeof(TBBUTTONINFO); - tbbi.dwMask = TBIF_SIZE; - tbbi.cx = (WORD)nWidth; - BOOL bResult = (BOOL)SendMessage(TB_SETBUTTONINFO, (WPARAM)idButton, (LPARAM)&tbbi); - - // Send a changed message to the parent (used by the rebar) - SIZE MaxSize = GetMaxSize(); - GetParent()->SendMessage(UWM_TOOLBAR_RESIZE, (WPARAM)m_hWnd, (LPARAM)&MaxSize); - - return bResult; - } - - inline BOOL CToolBar::SetCommandID(int iIndex, int idButton) const - // Sets the command identifier of a toolbar button - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (BOOL)SendMessage(TB_SETCMDID, iIndex, idButton); - } - - inline HIMAGELIST CToolBar::SetDisableImageList(HIMAGELIST himlNewDisabled) const - // Sets the image list that the toolbar control will use to display disabled buttons. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (HIMAGELIST)SendMessage(TB_SETDISABLEDIMAGELIST, 0L, (LPARAM)himlNewDisabled); - } - - inline DWORD CToolBar::SetDrawTextFlags(DWORD dwMask, DWORD dwDTFlags) const - // Sets the text drawing flags for the toolbar. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (DWORD)SendMessage(TB_SETDRAWTEXTFLAGS, (WPARAM)dwMask, (LPARAM)dwDTFlags); - } - - inline DWORD CToolBar::SetExtendedStyle(DWORD dwExStyle) const - // Sets the text drawing flags for the toolbar. - // Extended styles include: TBSTYLE_EX_DRAWDDARROWS, TBSTYLE_EX_HIDECLIPPEDBUTTONS, TBSTYLE_EX_DOUBLEBUFFER and TBSTYLE_EX_MIXEDBUTTONS - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (DWORD)SendMessage(TB_SETEXTENDEDSTYLE, 0L, (LPARAM)dwExStyle); - } - - inline HIMAGELIST CToolBar::SetHotImageList(HIMAGELIST himlNewHot) const - // Sets the image list that the toolbar control will use to display hot buttons. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (HIMAGELIST)SendMessage(TB_SETHOTIMAGELIST, 0L, (LPARAM)himlNewHot); - } - - inline int CToolBar::SetHotItem(int iHot) const - // Sets the hot item in a toolbar. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (int)SendMessage(TB_SETHOTITEM, (WPARAM)iHot, 0L); - } - - inline HIMAGELIST CToolBar::SetImageList(HIMAGELIST himlNew) const - // Sets the image list that the toolbar will use to display buttons that are in their default state. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (HIMAGELIST)SendMessage(TB_SETIMAGELIST, 0L, (LPARAM)himlNew); - } - - inline BOOL CToolBar::SetImages(COLORREF crMask, UINT ToolBarID, UINT ToolBarHotID, UINT ToolBarDisabledID) - // Either sets the imagelist or adds/replaces bitmap depending on ComCtl32.dll version - // Assumes the width of the button image = bitmap_size / buttons - // Assumes buttons have been already been added via AdddToolBarButton - // The colour mask is often grey RGB(192,192,192) or magenta (255,0,255); - // The color mask is ignored for 32bit bitmap resources - // The Hot and disiabled bitmap resources can be 0 - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - - // ToolBar ImageLists require Comctl32.dll version 4.7 or later - if (400 == GetComCtlVersion()) - { - // We are using COMCTL32.DLL version 4.0, so we can't use an imagelist. - // Instead we simply set the bitmap. - return SetBitmap(ToolBarID); - } - - int iNumButtons = 0; - std::vector::iterator iter; - for (iter = GetToolBarData().begin(); iter < GetToolBarData().end(); ++iter) - if ((*iter) != 0) ++iNumButtons; - - if (iNumButtons > 0) - { - // Set the button images - CBitmap Bitmap(ToolBarID); - assert(Bitmap.GetHandle()); - - BITMAP bm = Bitmap.GetBitmapData(); - int iImageWidth = bm.bmWidth / iNumButtons; - int iImageHeight = bm.bmHeight; - - HIMAGELIST himlToolBar = (HIMAGELIST)SendMessage(TB_GETIMAGELIST, 0L, 0L); - HIMAGELIST himlToolBarHot = (HIMAGELIST)SendMessage(TB_GETHOTIMAGELIST, 0L, 0L); - HIMAGELIST himlToolBarDis = (HIMAGELIST)SendMessage(TB_GETDISABLEDIMAGELIST, 0L, 0L); - ImageList_Destroy(himlToolBar); - ImageList_Destroy(himlToolBarHot); - ImageList_Destroy(himlToolBarDis); - - himlToolBar = ImageList_Create(iImageWidth, iImageHeight, ILC_COLOR32 | ILC_MASK, iNumButtons, 0); - assert(himlToolBar); - - ImageList_AddMasked(himlToolBar, Bitmap, crMask); - SendMessage(TB_SETIMAGELIST, 0L, (LPARAM)himlToolBar); - - if (ToolBarHotID) - { - CBitmap BitmapHot(ToolBarHotID); - assert(BitmapHot); - - himlToolBarHot = ImageList_Create(iImageWidth, iImageHeight, ILC_COLOR32 | ILC_MASK, iNumButtons, 0); - assert(himlToolBarHot); - - ImageList_AddMasked(himlToolBarHot, BitmapHot, crMask); - SendMessage(TB_SETHOTIMAGELIST, 0L, (LPARAM)himlToolBarHot); - } - - if (ToolBarDisabledID) - { - CBitmap BitmapDisabled(ToolBarDisabledID); - assert(BitmapDisabled); - - himlToolBarDis = ImageList_Create(iImageWidth, iImageHeight, ILC_COLOR32 | ILC_MASK, iNumButtons, 0); - assert(himlToolBarDis); - - ImageList_AddMasked(himlToolBarDis, BitmapDisabled, crMask); - SendMessage(TB_SETDISABLEDIMAGELIST, 0L, (LPARAM)himlToolBarDis); - } - else - { - himlToolBarDis = CreateDisabledImageList(himlToolBar); - SendMessage(TB_SETDISABLEDIMAGELIST, 0L, (LPARAM)himlToolBarDis); - } - - // Inform the parent of the change (rebar needs this) - SIZE MaxSize = GetMaxSize(); - GetParent()->SendMessage(UWM_TOOLBAR_RESIZE, (WPARAM)m_hWnd, (LPARAM)&MaxSize); - } - - return TRUE; - } - - inline BOOL CToolBar::SetIndent(int iIndent) const - // Sets the indentation for the first button in a toolbar control. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (BOOL)SendMessage(TB_SETINDENT, (WPARAM)iIndent, 0L); - } - - inline BOOL CToolBar::SetMaxTextRows(int iMaxRows) const - // Sets the maximum number of text rows displayed on a toolbar button. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (BOOL)SendMessage(TB_SETMAXTEXTROWS, (WPARAM)iMaxRows, 0L); - } - - inline BOOL CToolBar::SetPadding(int cx, int cy) const - // Sets the padding for a toolbar control. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (BOOL)SendMessage(TB_SETPADDING, 0L, (WPARAM)MAKELONG(cx, cy)); - } - - inline void CToolBar::SetToolBarTheme(ToolBarTheme& Theme) - { - m_Theme.UseThemes = Theme.UseThemes; - m_Theme.clrHot1 = Theme.clrHot1; - m_Theme.clrHot2 = Theme.clrHot2; - m_Theme.clrPressed1 = Theme.clrPressed1; - m_Theme.clrPressed2 = Theme.clrPressed2; - m_Theme.clrOutline = Theme.clrOutline; - - if (IsWindow()) - Invalidate(); - } - - inline void CToolBar::SetToolTips(HWND hwndToolTip) const - // Associates a ToolTip control with a toolbar. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - SendMessage(TB_SETTOOLTIPS, (WPARAM)hwndToolTip, 0L); - } - - inline LRESULT CToolBar::WndProcDefault(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) - { - switch (uMsg) - { - case WM_DESTROY: - OnDestroy(); - break; - case UWM_GETTOOLBARTHEME: - { - ToolBarTheme& tt = GetToolBarTheme(); - return (LRESULT)&tt; - } - case WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGING: - OnWindowPosChanging(wParam, lParam); - break; - } - - // pass unhandled messages on for default processing - return CWnd::WndProcDefault(uMsg, wParam, lParam); - } - -} // namespace Win32xx - -#endif // #ifndef _WIN32XX_TOOLBAR_H_ diff --git a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/treeview.h b/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/treeview.h deleted file mode 100644 index 4186e9ce..00000000 --- a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/treeview.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,624 +0,0 @@ -// Win32++ Version 7.2 -// Released: 5th AUgust 2011 -// -// David Nash -// email: dnash@bigpond.net.au -// url: https://sourceforge.net/projects/win32-framework -// -// -// Copyright (c) 2005-2011 David Nash -// -// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to -// any person obtaining a copy of this software and -// associated documentation files (the "Software"), -// to deal in the Software without restriction, including -// without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, -// merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell -// copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom -// the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the -// following conditions: -// -// The above copyright notice and this permission notice -// shall be included in all copies or substantial portions -// of the Software. -// -// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF -// ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED -// TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A -// PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT -// SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR -// ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN -// ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, -// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE -// OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. -// -//////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - - - - -#ifndef _WIN32XX_TREEVIEW_H_ -#define _WIN32XX_TREEVIEW_H_ - -#include "wincore.h" -#include "commctrl.h" - -// Disable macros from Windowsx.h -#undef GetNextSibling -#undef GetPrevSibling - -namespace Win32xx -{ - - class CTreeView : public CWnd - { - public: - CTreeView() {} - virtual ~CTreeView() {} - virtual void PreRegisterClass(WNDCLASS &wc); - -// Attributes - COLORREF GetBkColor() const; - HTREEITEM GetChild(HTREEITEM hItem) const; - UINT GetCount() const; - HTREEITEM GetDropHiLightItem() const; - HWND GetEditControl() const; - HTREEITEM GetFirstVisible() const; - HIMAGELIST GetImageList(int iImageType) const; - UINT GetIndent() const; - COLORREF GetInsertMarkColor() const; - BOOL GetItem(TVITEM& Item) const; - DWORD_PTR GetItemData(HTREEITEM hItem) const; - int GetItemHeight() const; - BOOL GetItemImage(HTREEITEM hItem, int& nImage, int& nSelectedImage ) const; - BOOL GetItemRect(HTREEITEM hItem, CRect& rc, BOOL bTextOnly) const; - tString GetItemText(HTREEITEM hItem, UINT nTextMax /* = 260 */) const; - HTREEITEM GetLastVisible() const; - HTREEITEM GetNextItem(HTREEITEM hItem, UINT nCode) const; - HTREEITEM GetNextSibling(HTREEITEM hItem) const; - HTREEITEM GetNextVisible(HTREEITEM hItem) const; - HTREEITEM GetParentItem(HTREEITEM hItem) const; - HTREEITEM GetPrevSibling(HTREEITEM hItem) const; - HTREEITEM GetPrevVisible(HTREEITEM hItem) const; - HTREEITEM GetRootItem() const; - int GetScrollTime() const; - HTREEITEM GetSelection() const; - COLORREF GetTextColor() const; - HWND GetToolTips() const; - UINT GetVisibleCount() const; - BOOL ItemHasChildren(HTREEITEM hItem) const; - COLORREF SetBkColor(COLORREF clrBk) const; - HIMAGELIST SetImageList(HIMAGELIST himl, int nType) const; - void SetIndent(int indent) const; - BOOL SetInsertMark(HTREEITEM hItem, BOOL fAfter = TRUE) const; - COLORREF SetInsertMarkColor(COLORREF clrInsertMark) const; - BOOL SetItem(TVITEM& Item) const; - BOOL SetItem(HTREEITEM hItem, UINT nMask, LPCTSTR szText, int nImage, int nSelectedImage, UINT nState, UINT nStateMask, LPARAM lParam) const; - BOOL SetItemData(HTREEITEM hItem, DWORD_PTR dwData) const; - int SetItemHeight(SHORT cyItem) const; - BOOL SetItemImage(HTREEITEM hItem, int nImage, int nSelectedImage) const; - BOOL SetItemText(HTREEITEM hItem, LPCTSTR szText) const; - UINT SetScrollTime(UINT uScrollTime) const; - COLORREF SetTextColor(COLORREF clrText) const; - HWND SetToolTips(HWND hwndTooltip) const; - -// Operations - HIMAGELIST CreateDragImage(HTREEITEM hItem) const; - BOOL DeleteAllItems() const; - BOOL DeleteItem(HTREEITEM hItem) const; - HWND EditLabel(HTREEITEM hItem) const; - BOOL EndEditLabelNow(BOOL fCancel) const; - BOOL EnsureVisible(HTREEITEM hItem) const; - BOOL Expand(HTREEITEM hItem, UINT nCode) const; - HTREEITEM HitTest(TVHITTESTINFO& ht) const; - HTREEITEM InsertItem(TVINSERTSTRUCT& tvIS) const; - BOOL Select(HTREEITEM hitem, UINT flag) const; - BOOL SelectDropTarget(HTREEITEM hItem) const; - BOOL SelectItem(HTREEITEM hItem) const; - BOOL SelectSetFirstVisible(HTREEITEM hItem) const; - BOOL SortChildren(HTREEITEM hItem, BOOL fRecurse) const; - BOOL SortChildrenCB(TVSORTCB& sort, BOOL fRecurse) const; - - private: - CTreeView(const CTreeView&); // Disable copy construction - CTreeView& operator = (const CTreeView&); // Disable assignment operator - - }; - -} - -//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - -namespace Win32xx -{ - - inline void CTreeView::PreRegisterClass(WNDCLASS &wc) - { - // Set the Window Class - wc.lpszClassName = WC_TREEVIEW; - } - -// Attributes - inline COLORREF CTreeView::GetBkColor() const - // Retrieves the current background color of the control. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return TreeView_GetBkColor( m_hWnd ); - } - - inline HTREEITEM CTreeView::GetChild(HTREEITEM hItem) const - // Retrieves the first child item of the specified tree-view item. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return TreeView_GetChild(m_hWnd, hItem); - } - - inline UINT CTreeView::GetCount() const - // Retrieves a count of the items in a tree-view control. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return TreeView_GetCount( m_hWnd ); - } - - inline HTREEITEM CTreeView::GetDropHiLightItem() const - // Retrieves the tree-view item that is the target of a drag-and-drop operation. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return TreeView_GetDropHilight(m_hWnd); - } - - inline HWND CTreeView::GetEditControl() const - // Retrieves the handle to the edit control being used to edit a tree-view item's text. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return TreeView_GetEditControl( m_hWnd ); - } - - inline HTREEITEM CTreeView::GetFirstVisible() const - // Retrieves the first visible item in a tree-view control window. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return TreeView_GetFirstVisible(m_hWnd); - } - - inline HIMAGELIST CTreeView::GetImageList(int iImageType) const - // Retrieves the handle to the normal or state image list associated with a tree-view control. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return TreeView_GetImageList( m_hWnd, iImageType ); - } - - inline UINT CTreeView::GetIndent() const - // Retrieves the amount, in pixels, that child items are indented relative to their parent items. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return TreeView_GetIndent( m_hWnd ); - } - - inline COLORREF CTreeView::GetInsertMarkColor() const - // Retrieves the color used to draw the insertion mark for the tree view. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return TreeView_GetInsertMarkColor( m_hWnd ); - } - - inline BOOL CTreeView::GetItem(TVITEM& Item) const - // Retrieves some or all of a tree-view item's attributes. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return TreeView_GetItem( m_hWnd, &Item ); - } - - inline DWORD_PTR CTreeView::GetItemData(HTREEITEM hItem) const - // Retrieves a tree-view item's application data. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - - TVITEM tvi = {0}; - tvi.mask = TVIF_PARAM; - tvi.hItem = hItem; - TreeView_GetItem( m_hWnd, &tvi ); - return tvi.lParam; - } - - inline int CTreeView::GetItemHeight() const - // Retrieves the current height of the tree-view item. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return TreeView_GetItemHeight( m_hWnd ); - } - - inline BOOL CTreeView::GetItemImage(HTREEITEM hItem, int& nImage, int& nSelectedImage ) const - // Retrieves the index of the tree-view item's image and selected image. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - - TVITEM tvi = {0}; - tvi.mask = TVIF_IMAGE | TVIF_SELECTEDIMAGE; - tvi.hItem = hItem; - BOOL bResult = TreeView_GetItem( m_hWnd, &tvi ); - nImage = tvi.iImage; - nSelectedImage = tvi.iSelectedImage; - return bResult; - } - - inline BOOL CTreeView::GetItemRect(HTREEITEM hItem, CRect& rc, BOOL bTextOnly) const - // Retrieves the bounding rectangle for a tree-view item and indicates whether the item is visible. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return TreeView_GetItemRect( m_hWnd, hItem, &rc, bTextOnly ); - } - - inline tString CTreeView::GetItemText(HTREEITEM hItem, UINT nTextMax /* = 260 */) const - // Retrieves the text for a tree-view item. - // Note: Although the tree-view control allows any length string to be stored - // as item text, only the first 260 characters are displayed. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - - tString t; - if (nTextMax > 0) - { - TVITEM tvi = {0}; - tvi.hItem = hItem; - tvi.mask = TVIF_TEXT; - tvi.cchTextMax = nTextMax; - std::vector vTChar(nTextMax +1, _T('\0')); - TCHAR* pTCharArray = &vTChar.front(); - tvi.pszText = pTCharArray; - ::SendMessage(m_hWnd, TVM_GETITEM, 0L, (LPARAM)&tvi); - t = tvi.pszText; - } - return t; - } - - inline HTREEITEM CTreeView::GetLastVisible() const - // Retrieves the last expanded item in a tree-view control. - // This does not retrieve the last item visible in the tree-view window. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return TreeView_GetLastVisible(m_hWnd); - } - - inline HTREEITEM CTreeView::GetNextItem(HTREEITEM hItem, UINT nCode) const - // Retrieves the tree-view item that bears the specified relationship to a specified item. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return TreeView_GetNextItem( m_hWnd, hItem, nCode); - } - - inline HTREEITEM CTreeView::GetNextSibling(HTREEITEM hItem) const - // Retrieves the next sibling item of a specified item in a tree-view control. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return TreeView_GetNextSibling(m_hWnd, hItem); - } - - inline HTREEITEM CTreeView::GetNextVisible(HTREEITEM hItem) const - // Retrieves the next visible item that follows a specified item in a tree-view control. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return TreeView_GetNextVisible(m_hWnd, hItem); - } - - inline HTREEITEM CTreeView::GetParentItem(HTREEITEM hItem) const - // Retrieves the parent item of the specified tree-view item. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return TreeView_GetParent(m_hWnd, hItem); - } - - inline HTREEITEM CTreeView::GetPrevSibling(HTREEITEM hItem) const - // Retrieves the previous sibling item of a specified item in a tree-view control. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return TreeView_GetPrevSibling(m_hWnd, hItem); - } - - inline HTREEITEM CTreeView::GetPrevVisible(HTREEITEM hItem) const - // Retrieves the first visible item that precedes a specified item in a tree-view control. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return TreeView_GetPrevSibling(m_hWnd, hItem); - } - - inline HTREEITEM CTreeView::GetRootItem() const - // Retrieves the topmost or very first item of the tree-view control. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return TreeView_GetRoot(m_hWnd); - } - - inline int CTreeView::GetScrollTime() const - // Retrieves the maximum scroll time for the tree-view control. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return TreeView_GetScrollTime( m_hWnd ); - } - - inline HTREEITEM CTreeView::GetSelection() const - // Retrieves the currently selected item in a tree-view control. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return TreeView_GetSelection(m_hWnd); - } - - inline COLORREF CTreeView::GetTextColor() const - // Retrieves the current text color of the control. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return TreeView_GetTextColor( m_hWnd ); - } - - inline HWND CTreeView::GetToolTips() const - // Retrieves the handle to the child ToolTip control used by a tree-view control. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return TreeView_GetToolTips( m_hWnd ); - } - - inline UINT CTreeView::GetVisibleCount() const - // Obtains the number of items that can be fully visible in the client window of a tree-view control. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return TreeView_GetVisibleCount( m_hWnd ); - } - - inline BOOL CTreeView::ItemHasChildren(HTREEITEM hItem) const - // Returns true of the tree-view item has one or more children - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - - if (TreeView_GetChild( m_hWnd, hItem )) - return TRUE; - - return FALSE; - } - - inline COLORREF CTreeView::SetBkColor(COLORREF clrBk) const - // Sets the background color of the control. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return TreeView_SetBkColor( m_hWnd, clrBk ); - } - - inline HIMAGELIST CTreeView::SetImageList(HIMAGELIST himl, int nType) const - // Sets the normal or state image list for a tree-view control - // and redraws the control using the new images. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return TreeView_SetImageList( m_hWnd, himl, nType ); - } - - inline void CTreeView::SetIndent(int indent) const - // Sets the width of indentation for a tree-view control - // and redraws the control to reflect the new width. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - TreeView_SetIndent( m_hWnd, indent ); - } - - inline BOOL CTreeView::SetInsertMark(HTREEITEM hItem, BOOL fAfter/* = TRUE*/) const - // Sets the insertion mark in a tree-view control. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return TreeView_SetInsertMark( m_hWnd, hItem, fAfter ); - } - - inline COLORREF CTreeView::SetInsertMarkColor(COLORREF clrInsertMark) const - // Sets the color used to draw the insertion mark for the tree view. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return TreeView_SetInsertMarkColor( m_hWnd, clrInsertMark ); - } - - inline BOOL CTreeView::SetItem(TVITEM& Item) const - // Sets some or all of a tree-view item's attributes. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return TreeView_SetItem( m_hWnd, &Item ); - } - - inline BOOL CTreeView::SetItem(HTREEITEM hItem, UINT nMask, LPCTSTR szText, int nImage, int nSelectedImage, UINT nState, UINT nStateMask, LPARAM lParam) const - // Sets some or all of a tree-view item's attributes. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - - TVITEM tvi = {0}; - tvi.hItem = hItem; - tvi.mask = nMask; - tvi.pszText = (LPTSTR)szText; - tvi.iImage = nImage; - tvi.iSelectedImage = nSelectedImage; - tvi.state = nState; - tvi.stateMask = nStateMask; - tvi.lParam = lParam; - return TreeView_SetItem( m_hWnd, &tvi ); - } - - inline BOOL CTreeView::SetItemData(HTREEITEM hItem, DWORD_PTR dwData) const - // Sets the tree-view item's application data. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - - TVITEM tvi = {0}; - tvi.hItem = hItem; - tvi.mask = TVIF_PARAM; - tvi.lParam = dwData; - return TreeView_SetItem( m_hWnd, &tvi ); - } - - inline int CTreeView::SetItemHeight(SHORT cyItem) const - // Sets the height of the tree-view items. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return TreeView_SetItemHeight( m_hWnd, cyItem ); - } - - inline BOOL CTreeView::SetItemImage(HTREEITEM hItem, int nImage, int nSelectedImage) const - // Sets the tree-view item's application image. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - - TVITEM tvi = {0}; - tvi.hItem = hItem; - tvi.iImage = nImage; - tvi.iSelectedImage = nSelectedImage; - tvi.mask = TVIF_IMAGE | TVIF_SELECTEDIMAGE; - return TreeView_SetItem(m_hWnd, &tvi ); - } - - inline BOOL CTreeView::SetItemText(HTREEITEM hItem, LPCTSTR szText) const - // Sets the tree-view item's application text. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - - TVITEM tvi = {0}; - tvi.hItem = hItem; - tvi.pszText = (LPTSTR)szText; - tvi.mask = TVIF_TEXT; - return TreeView_SetItem(m_hWnd, &tvi ); - } - - inline UINT CTreeView::SetScrollTime(UINT uScrollTime) const - // Sets the maximum scroll time for the tree-view control. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return TreeView_SetScrollTime( m_hWnd, uScrollTime ); - } - - inline COLORREF CTreeView::SetTextColor(COLORREF clrText) const - // Sets the text color of the control. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return TreeView_SetTextColor( m_hWnd, clrText ); - } - - inline HWND CTreeView::SetToolTips(HWND hwndTooltip) const - // Sets a tree-view control's child ToolTip control. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return TreeView_SetToolTips( m_hWnd, hwndTooltip ); - } - - // Operations - - inline HIMAGELIST CTreeView::CreateDragImage(HTREEITEM hItem) const - // Creates a dragging bitmap for the specified item in a tree-view control. - // It also creates an image list for the bitmap and adds the bitmap to the image list. - // An application can display the image when dragging the item by using the image list functions. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return TreeView_CreateDragImage( m_hWnd, hItem ); - } - - inline BOOL CTreeView::DeleteAllItems() const - // Deletes all items from a tree-view control. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return TreeView_DeleteAllItems( m_hWnd ); - } - - inline BOOL CTreeView::DeleteItem(HTREEITEM hItem) const - // Removes an item and all its children from a tree-view control. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return TreeView_DeleteItem( m_hWnd, hItem ); - } - - inline HWND CTreeView::EditLabel(HTREEITEM hItem) const - // Begins in-place editing of the specified item's text, replacing the text of the item - // with a single-line edit control containing the text. - // The specified item is implicitly selected and focused. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return TreeView_EditLabel( m_hWnd, hItem ); - } - - inline BOOL CTreeView::EndEditLabelNow(BOOL fCancel) const - // Ends the editing of a tree-view item's label. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return TreeView_EndEditLabelNow(m_hWnd, fCancel); - } - - inline BOOL CTreeView::EnsureVisible(HTREEITEM hItem) const - // Ensures that a tree-view item is visible, expanding the parent item or - // scrolling the tree-view control, if necessary. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return TreeView_EnsureVisible( m_hWnd, hItem ); - } - - inline BOOL CTreeView::Expand(HTREEITEM hItem, UINT nCode) const - // The TreeView_Expand macro expands or collapses the list of child items associated - // with the specified parent item, if any. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return TreeView_Expand( m_hWnd, hItem, nCode ); - } - - inline HTREEITEM CTreeView::HitTest(TVHITTESTINFO& ht) const - // Determines the location of the specified point relative to the client area of a tree-view control. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return TreeView_HitTest( m_hWnd, &ht ); - } - - inline HTREEITEM CTreeView::InsertItem(TVINSERTSTRUCT& tvIS) const - // Inserts a new item in a tree-view control. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return TreeView_InsertItem( m_hWnd, &tvIS ); - } - - inline BOOL CTreeView::Select(HTREEITEM hitem, UINT flag) const - // Selects the specified tree-view item, scrolls the item into view, or redraws - // the item in the style used to indicate the target of a drag-and-drop operation. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return TreeView_Select(m_hWnd, hitem, flag ); - } - - inline BOOL CTreeView::SelectDropTarget(HTREEITEM hItem) const - // Redraws a specified tree-view control item in the style used to indicate the - // target of a drag-and-drop operation. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return TreeView_SelectDropTarget(m_hWnd, hItem); - } - - inline BOOL CTreeView::SelectItem(HTREEITEM hItem) const - // Selects the specified tree-view item. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return TreeView_SelectItem(m_hWnd, hItem); - } - - inline BOOL CTreeView::SelectSetFirstVisible(HTREEITEM hItem) const - // Scrolls the tree-view control vertically to ensure that the specified item is visible. - // If possible, the specified item becomes the first visible item at the top of the control's window. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return TreeView_SelectSetFirstVisible(m_hWnd, hItem); - } - - inline BOOL CTreeView::SortChildren(HTREEITEM hItem, BOOL fRecurse) const - // Sorts the child items of the specified parent item in a tree-view control. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return TreeView_SortChildren( m_hWnd, hItem, fRecurse ); - } - - inline BOOL CTreeView::SortChildrenCB(TVSORTCB& sort, BOOL fRecurse) const - // Sorts tree-view items using an application-defined callback function that compares the items. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return TreeView_SortChildrenCB( m_hWnd, &sort, fRecurse ); - } - - -} // namespace Win32xx - -#endif // #ifndef _WIN32XX_TREEVIEW_H_ - diff --git a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/wceframe.h b/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/wceframe.h deleted file mode 100644 index f3aa67ef..00000000 --- a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/wceframe.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,420 +0,0 @@ -// Win32++ Version 7.2 -// Released: 5th AUgust 2011 -// -// David Nash -// email: dnash@bigpond.net.au -// url: https://sourceforge.net/projects/win32-framework -// -// -// Copyright (c) 2005-2011 David Nash -// -// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to -// any person obtaining a copy of this software and -// associated documentation files (the "Software"), -// to deal in the Software without restriction, including -// without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, -// merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell -// copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom -// the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the -// following conditions: -// -// The above copyright notice and this permission notice -// shall be included in all copies or substantial portions -// of the Software. -// -// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF -// ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED -// TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A -// PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT -// SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR -// ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN -// ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, -// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE -// OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. -// -//////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// WceFrame.h -// Definitions for the CCmdBar and CWceFrame - -// These classes are provide a frame window for use on Window CE devices such -// as Pocket PCs. The frame uses CommandBar (a control unique to the Windows CE -// operating systems) to display the menu and toolbar. -// -// Use the PocketPCWceFrame generic application as the starting point for your own -// frame based applications on the Pocket PC. -// -// Refer to the Scribble demo application for an example of how these classes -// can be used. - - -#ifndef _WIN32XX_WCEFRAME_H_ -#define _WIN32XX_WCEFRAME_H_ - - -#include "wincore.h" -#include -#include -#include "default_resource.h" - -#if defined(WIN32_PLATFORM_PSPC) || defined(WIN32_PLATFORM_WFSP) - #define SHELL_AYGSHELL -#endif - -#ifdef SHELL_AYGSHELL - #include - #pragma comment(lib, "aygshell.lib") -#endif // SHELL_AYGSHELL - -#if (_WIN32_WCE < 0x500 && defined(SHELL_AYGSHELL)) || _WIN32_WCE == 420 - #pragma comment(lib, "ccrtrtti.lib") -#endif - - -namespace Win32xx -{ - - //////////////////////////////////// - // Declaration of the CCmdBar class - // - class CCmdBar : public CWnd - { - public: - CCmdBar(); - virtual ~CCmdBar(); - virtual BOOL AddAdornments(DWORD dwFlags); - virtual int AddBitmap(int idBitmap, int iNumImages, int iImageWidth, int iImageHeight); - virtual BOOL AddButtons(int nButtons, TBBUTTON* pTBButton); - virtual HWND Create(HWND hwndParent); - virtual int GetHeight() const; - virtual HWND InsertComboBox(int iWidth, UINT dwStyle, WORD idComboBox, WORD iButton); - virtual BOOL IsVisible(); - virtual BOOL Show(BOOL fShow); - - private: - -#ifdef SHELL_AYGSHELL - SHMENUBARINFO m_mbi; -#endif - - }; - - - ////////////////////////////////////// - // Declaration of the CWceFrame class - // A mini frame based on CCmdBar - class CWceFrame : public CWnd - { - public: - CWceFrame(); - virtual ~CWceFrame(); - virtual void AddToolBarButton(UINT nID); - CRect GetViewRect() const; - CCmdBar& GetMenuBar() const {return (CCmdBar&)m_MenuBar;} - virtual void OnActivate(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); - virtual void OnCreate(); - virtual void PreCreate(CREATESTRUCT &cs); - virtual void RecalcLayout(); - virtual void SetButtons(const std::vector ToolBarData); - virtual LRESULT WndProcDefault(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); - - protected: - std::vector m_ToolBarData; - - private: - CCmdBar m_MenuBar; - tString m_tsAppName; - -#ifdef SHELL_AYGSHELL - SHACTIVATEINFO m_sai; -#endif - - }; - - ////////////////////////////////////////// - // Definitions for the CCmdBar class - // This class wraps CommandBar_Create which - // creates a CommandBar at the top of the window - inline CCmdBar::CCmdBar() - { - } - - inline CCmdBar::~CCmdBar() - { - if (IsWindow()) - ::CommandBar_Destroy(m_hWnd); - } - - - inline BOOL CCmdBar::AddAdornments(DWORD dwFlags) - { - BOOL bReturn = CommandBar_AddAdornments(m_hWnd, dwFlags, 0); - - if (!bReturn) - throw CWinException(_T("AddAdornments failed")); - - return bReturn; - } - - inline int CCmdBar::AddBitmap(int idBitmap, int iNumImages, int iImageWidth, int iImageHeight) - { - HINSTANCE hInst = GetApp()->GetInstanceHandle(); - return CommandBar_AddBitmap(m_hWnd, hInst, idBitmap, iNumImages, iImageWidth, iImageHeight); - } - - inline BOOL CCmdBar::AddButtons(int nButtons, TBBUTTON* pTBButton) - { - BOOL bReturn = CommandBar_AddButtons(m_hWnd, nButtons, pTBButton); - if (!bReturn) - throw CWinException(_T("Failed to add buttons to commandbar")); - - return bReturn; - } - - inline HWND CCmdBar::Create(HWND hParent) - { -#ifdef SHELL_AYGSHELL - SHMENUBARINFO mbi; - - memset(&mbi, 0, sizeof(SHMENUBARINFO)); - mbi.cbSize = sizeof(SHMENUBARINFO); - mbi.hwndParent = hParent; - mbi.nToolBarId = IDW_MAIN; - mbi.hInstRes = GetApp()->GetInstanceHandle(); - mbi.nBmpId = 0; - mbi.cBmpImages = 0; - - if (SHCreateMenuBar(&mbi)) - { - m_hWnd = mbi.hwndMB; - } - else - throw CWinException(_T("Failed to create MenuBar")); - -#else - m_hWnd = CommandBar_Create(GetApp()->GetInstanceHandle(), hParent, IDW_MENUBAR); - - if (m_hWnd == NULL) - throw CWinException(_T("Failed to create CommandBar")); - - CommandBar_InsertMenubar(m_hWnd, GetApp()->GetInstanceHandle(), IDW_MAIN, 0); -#endif - return m_hWnd; - } - - inline int CCmdBar::GetHeight() const - { - return CommandBar_Height(m_hWnd); - } - - inline HWND CCmdBar::InsertComboBox(int iWidth, UINT dwStyle, WORD idComboBox, WORD iButton) - { - HINSTANCE hInst = GetApp()->GetInstanceHandle(); - HWND hWnd = CommandBar_InsertComboBox(m_hWnd, hInst, iWidth, dwStyle, idComboBox, iButton); - - if (!hWnd) - throw CWinException(_T("InsertComboBox failed")); - - return hWnd; - } - - inline BOOL CCmdBar::IsVisible() - { - return ::CommandBar_IsVisible(m_hWnd); - } - - inline BOOL CCmdBar::Show(BOOL fShow) - { - return ::CommandBar_Show(m_hWnd, fShow); - } - - - ///////////////////////////////////////// - // Definitions for the CWceFrame class - // This class creates a simple frame using CCmdBar - inline CWceFrame::CWceFrame() - { -#ifdef SHELL_AYGSHELL - // Initialize the shell activate info structure - memset (&m_sai, 0, sizeof (m_sai)); - m_sai.cbSize = sizeof (m_sai); -#endif - } - - inline CWceFrame::~CWceFrame() - { - } - - inline void CWceFrame::AddToolBarButton(UINT nID) - // Adds Resource IDs to toolbar buttons. - // A resource ID of 0 is a separator - { - m_ToolBarData.push_back(nID); - } - - inline CRect CWceFrame::GetViewRect() const - { - CRect r; - ::GetClientRect(m_hWnd, &r); - -#ifndef SHELL_AYGSHELL - // Reduce the size of the client rectange, by the commandbar height - r.top += m_MenuBar.GetHeight(); -#endif - - return r; - } - - inline void CWceFrame::OnCreate() - { - // Create the Commandbar - m_MenuBar.Create(m_hWnd); - - // Set the keyboard accelerators - HACCEL hAccel = LoadAccelerators(GetApp()->GetResourceHandle(), MAKEINTRESOURCE(IDW_MAIN)); - GetApp()->SetAccelerators(hAccel, this); - - // Add the toolbar buttons - if (m_ToolBarData.size() > 0) - SetButtons(m_ToolBarData); - -#ifndef SHELL_AYGSHELL - // Add close button - m_MenuBar.AddAdornments(0); -#endif - - } - - inline void CWceFrame::OnActivate(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) - { -#ifdef SHELL_AYGSHELL - // Notify shell of our activate message - SHHandleWMActivate(m_hWnd, wParam, lParam, &m_sai, FALSE); - - UINT fActive = LOWORD(wParam); - if ((fActive == WA_ACTIVE) || (fActive == WA_CLICKACTIVE)) - { - // Reposition the window when it's activated - RecalcLayout(); - } -#endif - } - - inline void CWceFrame::PreCreate(CREATESTRUCT &cs) - { - cs.style = WS_VISIBLE; - m_tsAppName = _T("Win32++ Application"); - - // Choose a unique class name for this app - if (LoadString(IDW_MAIN) != _T("")) - { - m_tsAppName = LoadString(IDW_MAIN); - } - - cs.lpszClass = m_tsAppName.c_str(); - } - -/* inline BOOL CWceFrame::PreTranslateMessage(MSG* pMsg) - { - HACCEL hAccelTable = ::LoadAccelerators(GetApp()->GetResourceHandle(), MAKEINTRESOURCE(IDW_MAIN)); - if (WM_KEYFIRST <= pMsg->message && pMsg->message <= WM_KEYLAST) - { - if (TranslateAccelerator(m_hWnd, hAccelTable, pMsg)) - return TRUE; - } - return CWnd::PreTranslateMessage(pMsg); - } */ - - inline void CWceFrame::RecalcLayout() - { - HWND hwndCB = m_MenuBar.GetHwnd(); - if (hwndCB) - { - CRect rc; // Desktop window size - CRect rcMenuBar; // MenuBar window size - - ::SystemParametersInfo(SPI_GETWORKAREA, 0, &rc, 0); - ::GetWindowRect(hwndCB, &rcMenuBar); - rc.bottom -= (rcMenuBar.bottom - rcMenuBar.top); - - MoveWindow(rc.left, rc.top, rc.right-rc.left, rc.bottom-rc.top, FALSE); - } - - ShowWindow(TRUE); - UpdateWindow(); - } - - inline void CWceFrame::SetButtons(const std::vector ToolBarData) - // Define the resource IDs for the toolbar like this in the Frame's constructor - // m_ToolBarData.push_back ( 0 ); // Separator - // m_ToolBarData.clear(); - // m_ToolBarData.push_back ( IDM_FILE_NEW ); - // m_ToolBarData.push_back ( IDM_FILE_OPEN ); - // m_ToolBarData.push_back ( IDM_FILE_SAVE ); - - { - int iImages = 0; - int iNumButtons = (int)ToolBarData.size(); - - - if (iNumButtons > 0) - { - // Create the TBBUTTON array for each button - std::vector vTBB(iNumButtons); - TBBUTTON* tbbArray = &vTBB.front(); - - for (int j = 0 ; j < iNumButtons; j++) - { - ZeroMemory(&tbbArray[j], sizeof(TBBUTTON)); - - if (ToolBarData[j] == 0) - { - tbbArray[j].fsStyle = TBSTYLE_SEP; - } - else - { - tbbArray[j].iBitmap = iImages++; - tbbArray[j].idCommand = ToolBarData[j]; - tbbArray[j].fsState = TBSTATE_ENABLED; - tbbArray[j].fsStyle = TBSTYLE_BUTTON; - tbbArray[j].iString = -1; - } - } - - // Add the bitmap - GetMenuBar().AddBitmap(IDW_MAIN, iImages , 16, 16); - - // Add the buttons - GetMenuBar().AddButtons(iNumButtons, tbbArray); - } - } - - inline LRESULT CWceFrame::WndProcDefault(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) - { - switch (uMsg) - { - case WM_DESTROY: - PostQuitMessage(0); - break; - case WM_ACTIVATE: - OnActivate(wParam, lParam); - break; - -#ifdef SHELL_AYGSHELL - - case WM_SETTINGCHANGE: - SHHandleWMSettingChange(m_hWnd, wParam, lParam, &m_sai); - break; -#endif - - } - return CWnd::WndProcDefault(uMsg, wParam, lParam); - } - - -} // namespace Win32xx - -#endif // _WIN32XX_WCEFRAME_H_ - diff --git a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/wcestddef.h b/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/wcestddef.h deleted file mode 100644 index f7b22833..00000000 --- a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/wcestddef.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,58 +0,0 @@ - -#pragma once - -#pragma comment(linker, "/nodefaultlib:libc.lib") -#pragma comment(linker, "/nodefaultlib:libcd.lib") - - -#include -#if defined(WIN32_PLATFORM_PSPC) || defined(WIN32_PLATFORM_WFSP) - #define SHELL_AYGSHELL -#endif - -#ifdef _CE_DCOM - #define _ATL_APARTMENT_THREADED -#endif - -#if defined(WIN32_PLATFORM_PSPC) || defined(WIN32_PLATFORM_WFSP) - #ifndef _DEVICE_RESOLUTION_AWARE - #define _DEVICE_RESOLUTION_AWARE - #endif -#endif - - -#if _WIN32_WCE == 420 || _WIN32_WCE == 0x420 - // For Pocket PC 2003 - #pragma comment(lib, "ccrtrtti.lib") -#endif - -#if _MSC_VER >= 1300 - - // NOTE - this value is not strongly correlated to the Windows CE OS version being targeted - #undef WINVER - #define WINVER _WIN32_WCE - - #ifdef _DEVICE_RESOLUTION_AWARE - #include "DeviceResolutionAware.h" - #endif - - #if _WIN32_WCE < 0x500 && ( defined(WIN32_PLATFORM_PSPC) || defined(WIN32_PLATFORM_WFSP) ) - #ifdef _X86_ - #if defined(_DEBUG) - #pragma comment(lib, "libcmtx86d.lib") - #else - #pragma comment(lib, "libcmtx86.lib") - #endif - #endif - #endif - - #include - -#endif// _MSC_VER >= 1300 - -#ifdef SHELL_AYGSHELL - #include - #pragma comment(lib, "aygshell.lib") -#endif // SHELL_AYGSHELL - -// TODO: reference additional headers your program requires here diff --git a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/webbrowser.h b/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/webbrowser.h deleted file mode 100644 index 5a5b5f41..00000000 --- a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/webbrowser.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,760 +0,0 @@ -// Win32++ Version 7.2 -// Released: 5th AUgust 2011 -// -// David Nash -// email: dnash@bigpond.net.au -// url: https://sourceforge.net/projects/win32-framework -// -// -// Copyright (c) 2005-2011 David Nash -// -// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to -// any person obtaining a copy of this software and -// associated documentation files (the "Software"), -// to deal in the Software without restriction, including -// without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, -// merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell -// copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom -// the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the -// following conditions: -// -// The above copyright notice and this permission notice -// shall be included in all copies or substantial portions -// of the Software. -// -// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF -// ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED -// TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A -// PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT -// SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR -// ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN -// ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, -// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE -// OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. -// -//////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WIN32XX_WEBBROWSER_H_ -#define _WIN32XX_WEBBROWSER_H_ - -#include -#include - - -namespace Win32xx -{ - /////////////////////////////////////////////////// - // Declaration of the CAXWindow class - // This class implements an ActiveX control container - class CAXWindow : public IOleClientSite, public IOleInPlaceSite, public IOleInPlaceFrame, - public IOleControlSite, public IDispatch - { - public: - CAXWindow(); - virtual ~CAXWindow(); - virtual void Activate(BOOL fFocus); - virtual void CreateControl(BSTR bstrClsid); - virtual void CreateControl(CLSID clsid); - virtual void Remove(); - virtual void SetParent(HWND hWndParent); - virtual void SetLocation(int x, int y, int width, int height); - virtual void SetVisible(BOOL fVisible); - virtual void SetStatusWindow(HWND hWndStatus); - virtual void TranslateKey(MSG msg); - IDispatch* GetDispatch(); - IUnknown* GetUnknown(); - - // IUnknown Methods - STDMETHODIMP QueryInterface(REFIID riid, void** ppvObject); - STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) AddRef(); - STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) Release(); - - // IOleClientSite Methods - STDMETHODIMP SaveObject(); - STDMETHODIMP GetMoniker(DWORD dwAssign, DWORD dwWhichMoniker, LPMONIKER* ppMk); - STDMETHODIMP GetContainer(LPOLECONTAINER* ppContainer); - STDMETHODIMP ShowObject(); - STDMETHODIMP OnShowWindow(BOOL fShow); - STDMETHODIMP RequestNewObjectLayout(); - - // IOleWindow Methods - STDMETHODIMP GetWindow(HWND* phwnd); - STDMETHODIMP ContextSensitiveHelp(BOOL fEnterMode); - - // IOleInPlaceSite Methods - STDMETHODIMP CanInPlaceActivate(); - STDMETHODIMP OnInPlaceActivate(); - STDMETHODIMP OnUIActivate(); - STDMETHODIMP GetWindowContext(IOleInPlaceFrame** ppFrame, IOleInPlaceUIWindow** ppDoc, LPRECT lprcPosRect, LPRECT lprcClipRect, LPOLEINPLACEFRAMEINFO lpFrameInfo); - STDMETHODIMP Scroll(SIZE scrollExtent); - STDMETHODIMP OnUIDeactivate(BOOL fUndoable); - STDMETHODIMP OnInPlaceDeactivate(); - STDMETHODIMP DiscardUndoState(); - STDMETHODIMP DeactivateAndUndo(); - STDMETHODIMP OnPosRectChange(LPCRECT lprcPosRect); - - // IOleInPlaceUIWindow Methods - STDMETHODIMP GetBorder(LPRECT lprectBorder); - STDMETHODIMP RequestBorderSpace(LPCBORDERWIDTHS lpborderwidths); - STDMETHODIMP SetBorderSpace(LPCBORDERWIDTHS lpborderwidths); - STDMETHODIMP SetActiveObject(IOleInPlaceActiveObject* pActiveObject, LPCOLESTR lpszObjName); - - // IOleInPlaceFrame Methods - STDMETHODIMP InsertMenus(HMENU hmenuShared, LPOLEMENUGROUPWIDTHS lpMenuWidths); - STDMETHODIMP SetMenu(HMENU hmenuShared, HOLEMENU holemenu, HWND hwndActiveObject); - STDMETHODIMP RemoveMenus(HMENU hmenuShared); - STDMETHODIMP SetStatusText(LPCOLESTR pszStatusText); - STDMETHODIMP EnableModeless(BOOL fEnable); - STDMETHODIMP TranslateAccelerator(LPMSG lpmsg, WORD wID); - - // IOleControlSite Methods - STDMETHODIMP OnControlInfoChanged(); - STDMETHODIMP LockInPlaceActive(BOOL fLock); - STDMETHODIMP GetExtendedControl(IDispatch** ppDisp); - STDMETHODIMP TransformCoords(POINTL* pptlHimetric, POINTF* pptfContainer, DWORD dwFlags); - STDMETHODIMP TranslateAccelerator(LPMSG pMsg, DWORD grfModifiers); - STDMETHODIMP OnFocus(BOOL fGotFocus); - STDMETHODIMP ShowPropertyFrame(); - - // IDispatch Methods - STDMETHODIMP GetIDsOfNames(REFIID riid, OLECHAR** rgszNames, unsigned int cNames, LCID lcid, DISPID* rgdispid); - STDMETHODIMP GetTypeInfo(unsigned int itinfo, LCID lcid, ITypeInfo** pptinfo); - STDMETHODIMP GetTypeInfoCount(unsigned int* pctinfo); - STDMETHODIMP Invoke(DISPID dispid, REFIID riid, LCID lcid, WORD wFlags, DISPPARAMS* pdispparams, VARIANT* pvarResult, EXCEPINFO* pexecinfo, unsigned int* puArgErr); - - private: - ULONG m_cRefs; // ref count - HWND m_hWnd; // window handle of the container - HWND m_hWndStatus; // status window handle - IUnknown* m_pUnk; // IUnknown of contained object - CRect m_rcControl; // size of control - }; - - - /////////////////////////////////////////////// - // Declaration of the CWebBrowser class - // This class uses an AciveX Container provided by - // CAXWindow to host the IWebBrower2 interface. - class CWebBrowser : public CWnd - { - public: - CWebBrowser(); - virtual ~CWebBrowser(); - virtual void AddWebBrowserControl(void); - virtual CAXWindow& GetAXWindow() const { return (CAXWindow&)m_AXContainer; } - virtual IWebBrowser2* GetIWebBrowser2() const { return m_pIWebBrowser2; } - virtual void Navigate(LPCTSTR str); - - protected: - virtual void OnCreate(); - virtual void OnSize(int width, int height); - virtual LRESULT WndProcDefault(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); - - private: - CAXWindow m_AXContainer; // The ActiveX Container - IWebBrowser2* m_pIWebBrowser2;// Interface to the ActiveX web browser control - }; - -} - -//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - -namespace Win32xx -{ - ///////////////////////////////////////// - // Definitions for the CAXWindow class - // - inline CAXWindow::CAXWindow() : m_cRefs(1), m_hWnd(NULL), m_pUnk(NULL) - { - } - - inline CAXWindow::~CAXWindow() - { - } - - inline void CAXWindow::CreateControl(BSTR bstrClsid) - { - CLSID clsid; - CLSIDFromString(bstrClsid, &clsid); - CreateControl(clsid); - } - - inline void CAXWindow::Activate(BOOL fFocus) - { - if (!m_pUnk) - return; - - if (fFocus) - { - IOleObject* pioo; - HRESULT hr = m_pUnk->QueryInterface(IID_IOleObject, (void**)&pioo); - if (FAILED(hr)) - return; - - pioo->DoVerb(OLEIVERB_UIACTIVATE, NULL, this, 0, m_hWnd, &m_rcControl); - pioo->Release(); - } - } - - inline void CAXWindow::CreateControl(CLSID clsid) - { - CoCreateInstance(clsid, NULL, CLSCTX_INPROC_SERVER | CLSCTX_LOCAL_SERVER, IID_IUnknown, (void**)&m_pUnk); - - if (!m_pUnk) - return; - - IOleObject* pioo; - HRESULT hr = m_pUnk->QueryInterface(IID_IOleObject, (void**)&pioo); - if (FAILED(hr)) - return; - - pioo->SetClientSite(this); - pioo->Release(); - - IPersistStreamInit* ppsi; - hr = m_pUnk->QueryInterface(IID_IPersistStreamInit, (void**)&ppsi); - if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) - { - ppsi->InitNew(); - ppsi->Release(); - } - } - - inline STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) CAXWindow::AddRef() - { - return ++m_cRefs; - } - - inline STDMETHODIMP CAXWindow::CanInPlaceActivate() - { - return S_OK; - } - - inline STDMETHODIMP CAXWindow::ContextSensitiveHelp(BOOL fEnterMode) - { - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(fEnterMode); - return E_NOTIMPL; - } - - inline STDMETHODIMP CAXWindow::DeactivateAndUndo() - { - return E_NOTIMPL; - } - - inline STDMETHODIMP CAXWindow::DiscardUndoState() - { - return E_NOTIMPL; - } - - inline STDMETHODIMP CAXWindow::EnableModeless(BOOL fEnable) - { - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(fEnable); - return E_NOTIMPL; - } - - inline STDMETHODIMP CAXWindow::GetBorder(LPRECT lprectBorder) - { - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(lprectBorder); - return E_NOTIMPL; - } - - inline STDMETHODIMP CAXWindow::GetContainer(LPOLECONTAINER* ppContainer) - { - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(ppContainer); - return E_NOINTERFACE; - } - - inline IDispatch* CAXWindow::GetDispatch() - { - if (!m_pUnk) - return NULL; - - HRESULT hr; - IDispatch* pdisp; - - hr = m_pUnk->QueryInterface(IID_IDispatch, (void**)&pdisp); - return pdisp; - } - - inline STDMETHODIMP CAXWindow::GetExtendedControl(IDispatch** ppDisp) - { - if (ppDisp == NULL) - return E_INVALIDARG; - - *ppDisp = (IDispatch*)this; - (*ppDisp)->AddRef(); - - return S_OK; - } - - inline STDMETHODIMP CAXWindow::GetIDsOfNames(REFIID riid, OLECHAR** rgszNames, unsigned int cNames, LCID lcid, DISPID* rgdispid) - { - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER((IID)riid); // IID cast required for the MinGW compiler - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(rgszNames); - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(cNames); - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(lcid); - - *rgdispid = DISPID_UNKNOWN; - return DISP_E_UNKNOWNNAME; - } - - inline STDMETHODIMP CAXWindow::GetMoniker(DWORD dwAssign, DWORD dwWhichMoniker, LPMONIKER* ppMk) - { - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(dwAssign); - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(dwWhichMoniker); - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(ppMk); - return E_NOTIMPL; - } - - inline STDMETHODIMP CAXWindow::GetTypeInfo(unsigned int itinfo, LCID lcid, ITypeInfo** pptinfo) - { - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(itinfo); - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(lcid); - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(pptinfo); - return E_NOTIMPL; - } - - inline STDMETHODIMP CAXWindow::GetTypeInfoCount(unsigned int* pctinfo) - { - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(pctinfo); - return E_NOTIMPL; - } - - inline IUnknown* CAXWindow::GetUnknown() - { - if (!m_pUnk) - return NULL; - - m_pUnk->AddRef(); - return m_pUnk; - } - - inline STDMETHODIMP CAXWindow::GetWindow(HWND* lphwnd) - { - if (!IsWindow(m_hWnd)) - return S_FALSE; - - *lphwnd = m_hWnd; - return S_OK; - } - - inline STDMETHODIMP CAXWindow::GetWindowContext (IOleInPlaceFrame** ppFrame, IOleInPlaceUIWindow** ppIIPUIWin, - LPRECT lprcPosRect, LPRECT lprcClipRect, LPOLEINPLACEFRAMEINFO lpFrameInfo) - { - *ppFrame = (IOleInPlaceFrame*)this; - *ppIIPUIWin = NULL; - - RECT rect; - GetClientRect(m_hWnd, &rect); - lprcPosRect->left = 0; - lprcPosRect->top = 0; - lprcPosRect->right = rect.right; - lprcPosRect->bottom = rect.bottom; - - CopyRect(lprcClipRect, lprcPosRect); - - lpFrameInfo->cb = sizeof(OLEINPLACEFRAMEINFO); - lpFrameInfo->fMDIApp = FALSE; - lpFrameInfo->hwndFrame = m_hWnd; - lpFrameInfo->haccel = 0; - lpFrameInfo->cAccelEntries = 0; - - (*ppFrame)->AddRef(); - return S_OK; - } - - inline STDMETHODIMP CAXWindow::InsertMenus(HMENU hmenuShared, LPOLEMENUGROUPWIDTHS lpMenuWidths) - { - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(hmenuShared); - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(lpMenuWidths); - return E_NOTIMPL; - } - - inline STDMETHODIMP CAXWindow::Invoke(DISPID dispid, REFIID riid, LCID lcid, WORD wFlags, DISPPARAMS* pdispparams, VARIANT* pvarResult, EXCEPINFO* pexecinfo, unsigned int* puArgErr) - { - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(dispid); - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER((IID)riid); // IID cast required for the MinGW compiler - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(lcid); - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(wFlags); - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(pdispparams); - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(pvarResult); - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(pexecinfo); - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(puArgErr); - return DISP_E_MEMBERNOTFOUND; - } - - inline STDMETHODIMP CAXWindow::LockInPlaceActive(BOOL fLock) - { - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(fLock); - return E_NOTIMPL; - } - - inline STDMETHODIMP CAXWindow::OnControlInfoChanged() - { - return E_NOTIMPL; - } - - inline STDMETHODIMP CAXWindow::OnFocus(BOOL fGotFocus) - { - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(fGotFocus); - return E_NOTIMPL; - } - - inline STDMETHODIMP CAXWindow::OnInPlaceActivate() - { - return S_OK; - } - - inline STDMETHODIMP CAXWindow::OnInPlaceDeactivate() - { - return S_OK; - } - - inline STDMETHODIMP CAXWindow::OnPosRectChange(LPCRECT lprcPosRect) - { - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(lprcPosRect); - return S_OK; - } - - inline STDMETHODIMP CAXWindow::OnShowWindow(BOOL fShow) - { - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(fShow); - return S_OK; - } - - inline STDMETHODIMP CAXWindow::OnUIActivate() - { - return S_OK; - } - - inline STDMETHODIMP CAXWindow::OnUIDeactivate(BOOL fUndoable) - { - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(fUndoable); - return E_NOTIMPL; - } - - inline STDMETHODIMP CAXWindow::QueryInterface(REFIID riid, void** ppvObject) - { - if (!ppvObject) - return E_POINTER; - - if (IsEqualIID(riid, IID_IOleClientSite)) - *ppvObject = (IOleClientSite*)this; - else if (IsEqualIID(riid, IID_IOleInPlaceSite)) - *ppvObject = (IOleInPlaceSite*)this; - else if (IsEqualIID(riid, IID_IOleInPlaceFrame)) - *ppvObject = (IOleInPlaceFrame*)this; - else if (IsEqualIID(riid, IID_IOleInPlaceUIWindow)) - *ppvObject = (IOleInPlaceUIWindow*)this; - else if (IsEqualIID(riid, IID_IOleControlSite)) - *ppvObject = (IOleControlSite*)this; - else if (IsEqualIID(riid, IID_IOleWindow)) - *ppvObject = this; - else if (IsEqualIID(riid, IID_IDispatch)) - *ppvObject = (IDispatch*)this; - else if (IsEqualIID(riid, IID_IUnknown)) - *ppvObject = this; - else - { - *ppvObject = NULL; - return E_NOINTERFACE; - } - - AddRef(); - return S_OK; - } - - inline STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) CAXWindow::Release() - { - return --m_cRefs; - } - - inline void CAXWindow::Remove() - { - if (!m_pUnk) - return; - - IOleObject* pioo; - HRESULT hr = m_pUnk->QueryInterface(IID_IOleObject, (void**)&pioo); - if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) - { - pioo->Close(OLECLOSE_NOSAVE); - pioo->SetClientSite(NULL); - pioo->Release(); - } - - IOleInPlaceObject* pipo; - hr = m_pUnk->QueryInterface(IID_IOleInPlaceObject, (void**)&pipo); - if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) - { - pipo->UIDeactivate(); - pipo->InPlaceDeactivate(); - pipo->Release(); - } - - m_pUnk->Release(); - m_pUnk = NULL; - } - - inline STDMETHODIMP CAXWindow::RemoveMenus(HMENU hmenuShared) - { - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(hmenuShared); - return E_NOTIMPL; - } - - inline STDMETHODIMP CAXWindow::RequestBorderSpace(LPCBORDERWIDTHS lpborderwidths) - { - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(lpborderwidths); - return E_NOTIMPL; - } - - inline STDMETHODIMP CAXWindow::RequestNewObjectLayout() - { - return E_NOTIMPL; - } - - inline STDMETHODIMP CAXWindow::SaveObject() - { - return E_NOTIMPL; - } - - inline STDMETHODIMP CAXWindow::Scroll(SIZE scrollExtent) - { - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(scrollExtent); - return E_NOTIMPL; - } - - inline STDMETHODIMP CAXWindow::SetActiveObject(IOleInPlaceActiveObject* pActiveObject, LPCOLESTR lpszObjName) - { - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(pActiveObject); - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(lpszObjName); - return E_NOTIMPL; - } - - inline STDMETHODIMP CAXWindow::SetBorderSpace(LPCBORDERWIDTHS lpborderwidths) - { - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(lpborderwidths); - return E_NOTIMPL; - } - - inline void CAXWindow::SetLocation(int x, int y, int width, int height) - { - m_rcControl.SetRect(x, y, x + width, y + height); - - if (!m_pUnk) - return; - - IOleInPlaceObject* pipo; - HRESULT hr = m_pUnk->QueryInterface(IID_IOleInPlaceObject, (void**)&pipo); - if (FAILED(hr)) - return; - - pipo->SetObjectRects(&m_rcControl, &m_rcControl); - pipo->Release(); - } - - inline STDMETHODIMP CAXWindow::SetMenu(HMENU hmenuShared, HOLEMENU holemenu, HWND hwndActiveObject) - { - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(hmenuShared); - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(holemenu); - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(hwndActiveObject); - return E_NOTIMPL; - } - - inline void CAXWindow::SetParent(HWND hWndParent) - { - m_hWnd = hWndParent; - } - - inline STDMETHODIMP CAXWindow::SetStatusText(LPCOLESTR pszStatusText) - { - if (NULL == pszStatusText) - return E_POINTER; - - #ifndef _UNICODE - char status[MAX_PATH]; - // Convert the Wide string to char - WideCharToMultiByte(CP_ACP, 0, pszStatusText, -1, status, MAX_PATH, NULL, NULL); - - if (IsWindow(m_hWndStatus)) - SendMessage(m_hWndStatus, SB_SETTEXT, (WPARAM)0, (LPARAM)status); - #else - if (IsWindow(m_hWndStatus)) - SendMessage(m_hWndStatus, SB_SETTEXT, (WPARAM)0, (LPARAM)pszStatusText); - #endif - - return (S_OK); - } - - inline void CAXWindow::SetStatusWindow(HWND hWndStatus) - { - m_hWndStatus = hWndStatus; - } - - inline void CAXWindow::SetVisible(BOOL fVisible) - { - if (!m_pUnk) - return; - - IOleObject* pioo; - HRESULT hr = m_pUnk->QueryInterface(IID_IOleObject, (void**)&pioo); - if (FAILED(hr)) - return; - - if (fVisible) - { - pioo->DoVerb(OLEIVERB_INPLACEACTIVATE, NULL, this, 0, m_hWnd, &m_rcControl); - pioo->DoVerb(OLEIVERB_SHOW, NULL, this, 0, m_hWnd, &m_rcControl); - } - else - pioo->DoVerb(OLEIVERB_HIDE, NULL, this, 0, m_hWnd, NULL); - - pioo->Release(); - } - - inline STDMETHODIMP CAXWindow::ShowObject() - { - return S_OK; - } - - inline STDMETHODIMP CAXWindow::ShowPropertyFrame() - { - return E_NOTIMPL; - } - - inline STDMETHODIMP CAXWindow::TransformCoords(POINTL* pptlHimetric, POINTF* pptfContainer, DWORD dwFlags) - { - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(pptlHimetric); - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(pptfContainer); - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(dwFlags); - return E_NOTIMPL; - } - - inline STDMETHODIMP CAXWindow::TranslateAccelerator(LPMSG lpmsg, WORD wID) - { - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(lpmsg); - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(wID); - return S_OK; - } - - inline STDMETHODIMP CAXWindow::TranslateAccelerator(LPMSG pMsg, DWORD grfModifiers) - { - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(pMsg); - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(grfModifiers); - return S_FALSE; - } - - inline void CAXWindow::TranslateKey(MSG msg) - { - if (!m_pUnk) - return; - - IOleInPlaceActiveObject* pao; - HRESULT hr = m_pUnk->QueryInterface(IID_IOleInPlaceActiveObject, (void**)&pao); - if (FAILED(hr)) - return; - - pao->TranslateAccelerator(&msg); - pao->Release(); - } - - - //////////////////////////////////////// - // Definitions for the CWebBrowser class - // - inline CWebBrowser::CWebBrowser() : m_pIWebBrowser2(0) - { - OleInitialize(NULL); - } - - inline CWebBrowser::~CWebBrowser() - { - if (m_pIWebBrowser2) - { - m_pIWebBrowser2->Stop(); - m_pIWebBrowser2->Release(); - } - - OleUninitialize(); - } - - inline void CWebBrowser::AddWebBrowserControl() - { - GetAXWindow().CreateControl(CLSID_WebBrowser); - GetAXWindow().SetParent(m_hWnd); - GetAXWindow().SetVisible(TRUE); - GetAXWindow().Activate(TRUE); - - IUnknown* pUnk = GetAXWindow().GetUnknown(); - if(pUnk) - { - // Store the pointer to the WebBrowser control - HRESULT hr = pUnk->QueryInterface(IID_IWebBrowser2, (void**)&m_pIWebBrowser2); - pUnk->Release(); - - // Navigate to an empty page - if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) - { - VARIANT vURL; - vURL.vt = VT_BSTR; - vURL.bstrVal = SysAllocString(L"about:blank"); - VARIANT ve1, ve2, ve3, ve4; - ve1.vt = VT_EMPTY; - ve2.vt = VT_EMPTY; - ve3.vt = VT_EMPTY; - ve4.vt = VT_EMPTY; - - m_pIWebBrowser2->Navigate2(&vURL, &ve1, &ve2, &ve3, &ve4); - - VariantClear(&vURL); - } - } - } - - inline void CWebBrowser::Navigate(LPCTSTR pTChar) - { - // Navigate to our web page - VARIANT vURL; - vURL.vt = VT_BSTR; - vURL.bstrVal = SysAllocString(T2W(pTChar)); - VARIANT ve1, ve2, ve3, ve4; - ve1.vt = VT_EMPTY; - ve2.vt = VT_EMPTY; - ve3.vt = VT_EMPTY; - ve4.vt = VT_EMPTY; - - GetIWebBrowser2()->Navigate2(&vURL, &ve1, &ve2, &ve3, &ve4); - - VariantClear(&vURL); // Also frees memory allocated by SysAllocateString - } - - inline void CWebBrowser::OnCreate() - { - AddWebBrowserControl(); - } - - inline void CWebBrowser::OnSize(int width, int height) - { - // position the container - GetAXWindow().SetLocation(0, 0, width, height); - } - - inline LRESULT CWebBrowser::WndProcDefault(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) - { - switch(uMsg) - { - case WM_SIZE: - OnSize(LOWORD(lParam), HIWORD(lParam)); - break; - case WM_DESTROY: - GetAXWindow().Remove(); - break; - } - - return CWnd::WndProcDefault(uMsg, wParam, lParam); - } - -} - -#endif // _WIN32XX_WEBBROWSER_H_ - diff --git a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/wincore.h b/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/wincore.h deleted file mode 100644 index d6b1f9b6..00000000 --- a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/wincore.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2977 +0,0 @@ -// Win32++ Version 7.2 -// Released: 5th AUgust 2011 -// -// David Nash -// email: dnash@bigpond.net.au -// url: https://sourceforge.net/projects/win32-framework -// -// -// Copyright (c) 2005-2011 David Nash -// -// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to -// any person obtaining a copy of this software and -// associated documentation files (the "Software"), -// to deal in the Software without restriction, including -// without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, -// merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell -// copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom -// the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the -// following conditions: -// -// The above copyright notice and this permission notice -// shall be included in all copies or substantial portions -// of the Software. -// -// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF -// ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED -// TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A -// PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT -// SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR -// ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN -// ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, -// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE -// OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. -// -//////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - - -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// wincore.h -// Declaration of the following classes: -// CWinApp, CWnd, CWinException, CCriticalSection, -// CPoint, CRect, and CSize -// -// This file contains the declarations for the core set of classes required to -// create simple windows using Win32++. -// -// 1) CCriticalSection: This class is used internally to manage thread access -// to shared resources. You can also use this class to lock and -// release your own critical sections. -// -// 2) CWinException: This class is used internally by Win32++ to handle -// exceptions. You can also use it to throw and catch exceptions. -// -// 3) WinApp: This class is used start Win32++ and run the message loop. You -// should inherit from this class to start Win32++ in your own -// application. -// -// 4) CWnd: This class is used to represent a window. It provides a means -// of creating the window, and handling its messages. Inherit -// from this class to define and control windows. -// -// -// Note: This header file (or another Win32++ header file which includes it) -// should be included before all other header files. It sets some -// important macros which need to be set before including Windows.h -// Including this file first also allows it to disable some pointless -// warning messages (see below). - - - -#ifndef _WIN32XX_WINCORE_H_ -#define _WIN32XX_WINCORE_H_ - - -// Remove pointless warning messages -#ifdef _MSC_VER - #pragma warning (disable : 4996) // function or variable may be unsafe (deprecated) - #ifndef _CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS - #define _CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS // eliminate deprecation warnings for VS2005/VS2010 - #endif - #if _MSC_VER < 1500 - #pragma warning (disable : 4511) // copy operator could not be generated - #pragma warning (disable : 4512) // assignment operator could not be generated - #pragma warning (disable : 4702) // unreachable code (bugs in Microsoft's STL) - #pragma warning (disable : 4786) // identifier was truncated - #endif -#endif - -#ifdef __BORLANDC__ - #pragma option -w-8019 // code has no effect - #pragma option -w-8026 // functions with exception specifiations are not expanded inline - #pragma option -w-8027 // function not expanded inline - #define STRICT 1 -#endif - -#ifdef __GNUC__ - #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wmissing-braces" - #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-value" -#endif - -#ifdef _WIN32_WCE - #include "wcestddef.h" -#endif - -#define _WINSOCKAPI_ // Prevent winsock.h #include's. - -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include "shared_ptr.h" -//#include "winutils.h" // included later in this file -//#include "cstring.h" // included later in this file -//#include "gdi.h" // included later in this file -//#include "menu.h" // included later in this file - -// For compilers lacking Win64 support -#ifndef GetWindowLongPtr - #define GetWindowLongPtr GetWindowLong - #define SetWindowLongPtr SetWindowLong - #define GWLP_WNDPROC GWL_WNDPROC - #define GWLP_HINSTANCE GWL_HINSTANCE - #define GWLP_ID GWL_ID - #define GWLP_USERDATA GWL_USERDATA - #define DWLP_DLGPROC DWL_DLGPROC - #define DWLP_MSGRESULT DWL_MSGRESULT - #define DWLP_USER DWL_USER - #define DWORD_PTR DWORD - #define LONG_PTR LONG - #define ULONG_PTR LONG -#endif -#ifndef GetClassLongPtr - #define GetClassLongPtr GetClassLong - #define SetClassLongPtr SetClassLong - #define GCLP_HBRBACKGROUND GCL_HBRBACKGROUND - #define GCLP_HCURSOR GCL_HCURSOR - #define GCLP_HICON GCL_HICON - #define GCLP_HICONSM GCL_HICONSM - #define GCLP_HMODULE GCL_HMODULE - #define GCLP_MENUNAME GCL_MENUNAME - #define GCLP_WNDPROC GCL_WNDPROC -#endif - - -// Messages defined by Win32++ -#define UWM_POPUPMENU (WM_APP + 1) // Message - creates the menubar popup menu -#define UWM_DOCK_START (WM_APP + 2) // Notification - about to start undocking -#define UWM_DOCK_MOVE (WM_APP + 3) // Notification - undocked docker is being moved -#define UWM_DOCK_END (WM_APP + 4) // Notification - docker has been docked -#define UWM_BAR_START (WM_APP + 5) // Notification - docker bar selected for move -#define UWM_BAR_MOVE (WM_APP + 6) // Notification - docker bar moved -#define UWM_BAR_END (WM_APP + 7) // Notification - end of docker bar move -#define UWM_UNDOCKED (WM_APP + 8) // Notification - sent by docker when undocked -#define UWM_FRAMELOSTFOCUS (WM_APP + 9) // Notification - sent by frame to view window when focus lost -#define UWM_FRAMEGOTFOCUS (WM_APP + 10) // Notification - sent by frame to view window when focus acquired -#define UWM_DOCK_DESTROYED (WM_APP + 11) // Message - posted when docker is destroyed -#define UWM_TAB_CHANGED (WM_APP + 12) // Notification - tab layout changed -#define UWM_TOOLBAR_RESIZE (WM_APP + 13) // Message - sent by toolbar to parent. Used by the rebar -#define UWM_UPDATE_COMMAND (WM_APP + 14) // Message - sent before a menu is displayed. Used by OnUpdate -#define UWM_DOCK_ACTIVATED (WM_APP + 15) // Message - sent to dock ancestor when a docker is activated or deactivated. -#define UWM_GETMENUTHEME (WM_APP + 16) // Message - returns a pointer to MenuTheme -#define UWM_GETREBARTHEME (WM_APP + 17) // Message - returns a pointer to CToolBar -#define UWM_GETTOOLBARTHEME (WM_APP + 18) // Message - returns a pointer to ToolBarTheme -#define UWM_CLEANUPTEMPS (WM_APP + 19) // Message - posted to cleanup temporary CDCs - - -// Automatically include the Win32xx namespace -// define NO_USING_NAMESPACE to skip this step -namespace Win32xx {} -#ifndef NO_USING_NAMESPACE - using namespace Win32xx; -#endif - -// Required for WinCE -#ifndef TLS_OUT_OF_INDEXES - #define TLS_OUT_OF_INDEXES ((DWORD_PTR) -1) -#endif -#ifndef WM_PARENTNOTIFY - #define WM_PARENTNOTIFY 0x0210 -#endif - - -namespace Win32xx -{ - - //////////////////////////////////////////////// - // Forward declarations. - // These classes are defined later or elsewhere - class CDC; - class CGDIObject; - class CMenu; - class CWinApp; - class CWnd; - class CBitmap; - class CBrush; - class CFont; - class CPalette; - class CPen; - class CRgn; - - // tString is a TCHAR std::string - typedef std::basic_string tString; - - // tStringStream is a TCHAR std::stringstream - typedef std::basic_stringstream tStringStream; - - // Some useful smart pointers - typedef Shared_Ptr DCPtr; - typedef Shared_Ptr GDIPtr; - typedef Shared_Ptr MenuPtr; - typedef Shared_Ptr WndPtr; - typedef Shared_Ptr BitmapPtr; - typedef Shared_Ptr BrushPtr; - typedef Shared_Ptr FontPtr; - typedef Shared_Ptr PalettePtr; - typedef Shared_Ptr PenPtr; - typedef Shared_Ptr RgnPtr; - - enum Constants // Defines the maximum size for TCHAR strings - { - MAX_MENU_STRING = 80, - MAX_STRING_SIZE = 255, - }; - - struct CompareHDC // The comparison function object used by CWinApp::m_mapHDC - { - bool operator()(HDC const a, const HDC b) const - {return ((DWORD_PTR)a < (DWORD_PTR)b);} - }; - - struct CompareGDI // The comparison function object used by CWinApp::m_mapGDI - { - bool operator()(HGDIOBJ const a, const HGDIOBJ b) const - {return ((DWORD_PTR)a < (DWORD_PTR)b);} - }; - - struct CompareHMENU // The comparison function object used by CWinApp::m_mapHMENU - { - bool operator()(HMENU const a, const HMENU b) const - {return ((DWORD_PTR)a < (DWORD_PTR)b);} - }; - - struct CompareHWND // The comparison function object used by CWinApp::m_mapHWND - { - bool operator()(HWND const a, const HWND b) const - {return ((DWORD_PTR)a < (DWORD_PTR)b);} - }; - - struct TLSData // Used for Thread Local Storage (TLS) - { - CWnd* pCWnd; // pointer to CWnd object for Window creation - CWnd* pMenuBar; // pointer to CMenuBar object used for the WH_MSGFILTER hook - HHOOK hHook; // WH_MSGFILTER hook for CMenuBar and Modeless Dialogs - - std::vector vTmpDCs; // A vector of temporary CDC pointers - std::vector vTmpGDIs; // A vector of temporary CGDIObject pointers - std::vector vTmpWnds; // A vector of temporary CWnd pointers - TLSData() : pCWnd(0), pMenuBar(0), hHook(0) {} - -#ifndef _WIN32_WCE - std::vector vTmpMenus; // A vector of temporary CMenu pointers -#endif - }; - - - ///////////////////////////////////////// - // Declarations for the CCriticalSection class - // This class is used for thread synchronisation - class CCriticalSection - { - public: - CCriticalSection() { ::InitializeCriticalSection(&m_cs); } - ~CCriticalSection() { ::DeleteCriticalSection(&m_cs); } - - void Lock() { ::EnterCriticalSection(&m_cs); } - void Release() { ::LeaveCriticalSection(&m_cs); } - - private: - CCriticalSection ( const CCriticalSection& ); - CCriticalSection& operator = ( const CCriticalSection& ); - - CRITICAL_SECTION m_cs; - }; - - - //////////////////////////////////////// - // Declaration of the CWinException class - // - // Note: Each function guarantees not to throw an exception - - class CWinException : public std::exception - { - public: - CWinException(LPCTSTR pszText) throw (); - ~CWinException() throw() {} - DWORD GetError() const throw (); - LPCTSTR GetErrorString() const throw (); - const char * what () const throw (); - - private: - DWORD m_Error; - LPCTSTR m_pszText; - TCHAR m_szErrorString[MAX_STRING_SIZE]; - }; - - - /////////////////////////////////// - // Declaration of the CWinApp class - // - class CWinApp - { - // Provide these access to CWinApp's private members: - friend class CDC; - friend class CDialog; - friend class CGDIObject; - friend class CMenu; - friend class CMenuBar; - friend class CPropertyPage; - friend class CPropertySheet; - friend class CTaskDialog; - friend class CWnd; - friend CWinApp* GetApp(); - friend CGDIObject* FromHandle(HGDIOBJ hObject); - friend CBitmap* FromHandle(HBITMAP hBitmap); - friend CBrush* FromHandle(HBRUSH hBrush); - friend CFont* FromHandle(HFONT hFont); - friend CPalette* FromHandle(HPALETTE hPalette); - friend CPen* FromHandle(HPEN hPen); - friend CRgn* FromHandle(HRGN hRgn); - friend CDC* FromHandle(HDC hDC); - friend CWnd* FromHandle(HWND hWnd); -#ifndef _WIN32_WCE - friend CMenu* FromHandle(HMENU hMenu); -#endif - - typedef Shared_Ptr TLSDataPtr; - - public: - CWinApp(); - virtual ~CWinApp(); - - HACCEL GetAccelerators() const { return m_hAccel; } - HINSTANCE GetInstanceHandle() const { return m_hInstance; } - HINSTANCE GetResourceHandle() const { return (m_hResource ? m_hResource : m_hInstance); } - void SetAccelerators(HACCEL hAccel, CWnd* pWndAccel); - void SetResourceHandle(HINSTANCE hResource); - - // These are the functions you might wish to override - virtual BOOL InitInstance(); - virtual int MessageLoop(); - virtual int Run(); - - protected: - virtual BOOL OnIdle(LONG lCount); - virtual BOOL PreTranslateMessage(MSG Msg); - - private: - CWinApp(const CWinApp&); // Disable copy construction - CWinApp& operator = (const CWinApp&); // Disable assignment operator - CDC* GetCDCFromMap(HDC hDC); - CGDIObject* GetCGDIObjectFromMap(HGDIOBJ hObject); - CMenu* GetCMenuFromMap(HMENU hMenu); - CWnd* GetCWndFromMap(HWND hWnd); - - void AddTmpDC(CDC* pDC); - void AddTmpGDI(CGDIObject* pObject); - CMenu* AddTmpMenu(HMENU hMenu); - CWnd* AddTmpWnd(HWND hWnd); - void CleanupTemps(); - DWORD GetTlsIndex() const {return m_dwTlsIndex;} - void SetCallback(); - TLSData* SetTlsIndex(); - static CWinApp* SetnGetThis(CWinApp* pThis = 0); - - std::map m_mapHDC; // maps device context handles to CDC objects - std::map m_mapGDI; // maps GDI handles to CGDIObjects. - std::map m_mapHMENU; // maps menu handles to CMenu objects - std::map m_mapHWND; // maps window handles to CWnd objects - std::vector m_vTLSData; // vector of TLSData smart pointers, one for each thread - CCriticalSection m_csMapLock; // thread synchronisation for m_mapHWND - CCriticalSection m_csTLSLock; // thread synchronisation for m_vTLSData - CCriticalSection m_csAppStart; // thread synchronisation for application startup - HINSTANCE m_hInstance; // handle to the applications instance - HINSTANCE m_hResource; // handle to the applications resources - DWORD m_dwTlsIndex; // Thread Local Storage index - WNDPROC m_Callback; // callback address of CWnd::StaticWndowProc - HACCEL m_hAccel; // handle to the accelerator table - CWnd* m_pWndAccel; // handle to the window for accelerator keys - - }; - -} - -#include "winutils.h" -#include "cstring.h" - - -namespace Win32xx -{ - //////////////////////////////// - // Declaration of the CWnd class - // - class CWnd - { - friend class CMDIChild; - friend class CDialog; - friend class CPropertyPage; - friend class CTaskDialog; - friend class CWinApp; - - public: - CWnd(); // Constructor - virtual ~CWnd(); // Destructor - - // These virtual functions can be overridden - virtual BOOL Attach(HWND hWnd); - virtual BOOL AttachDlgItem(UINT nID, CWnd* pParent); - virtual void CenterWindow() const; - virtual HWND Create(CWnd* pParent = NULL); - virtual HWND CreateEx(DWORD dwExStyle, LPCTSTR lpszClassName, LPCTSTR lpszWindowName, DWORD dwStyle, int x, int y, int nWidth, int nHeight, CWnd* pParent, CMenu* pMenu, LPVOID lpParam = NULL); - virtual HWND CreateEx(DWORD dwExStyle, LPCTSTR lpszClassName, LPCTSTR lpszWindowName, DWORD dwStyle, const RECT& rc, CWnd* pParent, CMenu* pMenu, LPVOID lpParam = NULL); - virtual void Destroy(); - virtual HWND Detach(); - virtual HICON SetIconLarge(int nIcon); - virtual HICON SetIconSmall(int nIcon); - - // Attributes - HWND GetHwnd() const { return m_hWnd; } - WNDPROC GetPrevWindowProc() const { return m_PrevWindowProc; } - - // Wrappers for Win32 API functions - // These functions aren't virtual, and shouldn't be overridden - CDC* BeginPaint(PAINTSTRUCT& ps) const; - BOOL BringWindowToTop() const; - LRESULT CallWindowProc(WNDPROC lpPrevWndFunc, UINT Msg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) const; - BOOL CheckDlgButton(int nIDButton, UINT uCheck) const; - BOOL CheckRadioButton(int nIDFirstButton, int nIDLastButton, int nIDCheckButton) const; - CWnd* ChildWindowFromPoint(POINT pt) const; - BOOL ClientToScreen(POINT& pt) const; - BOOL ClientToScreen(RECT& rc) const; - LRESULT DefWindowProc(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) const; - HDWP DeferWindowPos(HDWP hWinPosInfo, HWND hWndInsertAfter, int x, int y, int cx, int cy, UINT uFlags) const; - HDWP DeferWindowPos(HDWP hWinPosInfo, HWND hWndInsertAfter, const RECT& rc, UINT uFlags) const; - BOOL DrawMenuBar() const; - BOOL EnableWindow(BOOL bEnable = TRUE) const; - BOOL EndPaint(PAINTSTRUCT& ps) const; - CWnd* GetActiveWindow() const; - CWnd* GetAncestor(UINT gaFlag = 3 /*= GA_ROOTOWNER*/) const; - CWnd* GetCapture() const; - ULONG_PTR GetClassLongPtr(int nIndex) const; - CString GetClassName() const; - CRect GetClientRect() const; - CDC* GetDC() const; - CDC* GetDCEx(HRGN hrgnClip, DWORD flags) const; - CWnd* GetDesktopWindow() const; - CWnd* GetDlgItem(int nIDDlgItem) const; - UINT GetDlgItemInt(int nIDDlgItem, BOOL* lpTranslated, BOOL bSigned) const; - CString GetDlgItemText(int nIDDlgItem) const; - CWnd* GetFocus() const; - CFont* GetFont() const; - HICON GetIcon(BOOL bBigIcon) const; - CWnd* GetNextDlgGroupItem(CWnd* pCtl, BOOL bPrevious) const; - CWnd* GetNextDlgTabItem(CWnd* pCtl, BOOL bPrevious) const; - CWnd* GetParent() const; - BOOL GetScrollInfo(int fnBar, SCROLLINFO& si) const; - CRect GetUpdateRect(BOOL bErase) const; - int GetUpdateRgn(CRgn* pRgn, BOOL bErase) const; - CWnd* GetWindow(UINT uCmd) const; - CDC* GetWindowDC() const; - LONG_PTR GetWindowLongPtr(int nIndex) const; - CRect GetWindowRect() const; - CString GetWindowText() const; - int GetWindowTextLength() const; - void Invalidate(BOOL bErase = TRUE) const; - BOOL InvalidateRect(LPCRECT lpRect, BOOL bErase = TRUE) const; - BOOL InvalidateRgn(CRgn* pRgn, BOOL bErase = TRUE) const; - BOOL IsChild(CWnd* pChild) const; - BOOL IsDialogMessage(LPMSG lpMsg) const; - UINT IsDlgButtonChecked(int nIDButton) const; - BOOL IsWindow() const; - BOOL IsWindowEnabled() const; - BOOL IsWindowVisible() const; - BOOL KillTimer(UINT_PTR uIDEvent) const; - int MessageBox(LPCTSTR lpText, LPCTSTR lpCaption, UINT uType) const; - void MapWindowPoints(CWnd* pWndTo, POINT& pt) const; - void MapWindowPoints(CWnd* pWndTo, RECT& rc) const; - void MapWindowPoints(CWnd* pWndTo, LPPOINT ptArray, UINT nCount) const; - BOOL MoveWindow(int x, int y, int nWidth, int nHeight, BOOL bRepaint = TRUE) const; - BOOL MoveWindow(const RECT& rc, BOOL bRepaint = TRUE) const; - BOOL PostMessage(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam = 0L, LPARAM lParam = 0L) const; - BOOL PostMessage(HWND hWnd, UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) const; - BOOL RedrawWindow(LPCRECT lpRectUpdate = NULL, CRgn* pRgn = NULL, UINT flags = RDW_INVALIDATE | RDW_UPDATENOW | RDW_ERASE | RDW_ALLCHILDREN) const; - int ReleaseDC(CDC* pDC) const; - BOOL ScreenToClient(POINT& Point) const; - BOOL ScreenToClient(RECT& rc) const; - LRESULT SendDlgItemMessage(int nIDDlgItem, UINT Msg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) const; - LRESULT SendMessage(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam = 0L, LPARAM lParam = 0L) const; - LRESULT SendMessage(HWND hWnd, UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) const; - BOOL SendNotifyMessage(UINT Msg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) const; - CWnd* SetActiveWindow() const; - CWnd* SetCapture() const; - ULONG_PTR SetClassLongPtr(int nIndex, LONG_PTR dwNewLong) const; - BOOL SetDlgItemInt(int nIDDlgItem, UINT uValue, BOOL bSigned) const; - BOOL SetDlgItemText(int nIDDlgItem, LPCTSTR lpString) const; - CWnd* SetFocus() const; - void SetFont(CFont* pFont, BOOL bRedraw = TRUE) const; - BOOL SetForegroundWindow() const; - HICON SetIcon(HICON hIcon, BOOL bBigIcon) const; - CWnd* SetParent(CWnd* pWndParent) const; - BOOL SetRedraw(BOOL bRedraw = TRUE) const; - int SetScrollInfo(int fnBar, const SCROLLINFO& si, BOOL fRedraw) const; - UINT_PTR SetTimer(UINT_PTR nIDEvent, UINT uElapse, TIMERPROC lpTimerFunc) const; - LONG_PTR SetWindowLongPtr(int nIndex, LONG_PTR dwNewLong) const; - BOOL SetWindowPos(HWND hWndInsertAfter, int x, int y, int cx, int cy, UINT uFlags) const; - BOOL SetWindowPos(HWND hWndInsertAfter, const RECT& rc, UINT uFlags) const; - int SetWindowRgn(CRgn* pRgn, BOOL bRedraw = TRUE) const; - BOOL SetWindowText(LPCTSTR lpString) const; - HRESULT SetWindowTheme(LPCWSTR pszSubAppName, LPCWSTR pszSubIdList) const; - BOOL ShowWindow(int nCmdShow = SW_SHOWNORMAL) const; - BOOL UpdateWindow() const; - BOOL ValidateRect(LPCRECT prc) const; - BOOL ValidateRgn(CRgn* pRgn) const; - static CWnd* WindowFromPoint(POINT pt); - - #ifndef _WIN32_WCE - BOOL CloseWindow() const; - int DlgDirList(LPTSTR lpPathSpec, int nIDListBox, int nIDStaticPath, UINT uFileType) const; - int DlgDirListComboBox(LPTSTR lpPathSpec, int nIDComboBox, int nIDStaticPath, UINT uFiletype) const; - BOOL DlgDirSelectEx(LPTSTR lpString, int nCount, int nIDListBox) const; - BOOL DlgDirSelectComboBoxEx(LPTSTR lpString, int nCount, int nIDComboBox) const; - BOOL DrawAnimatedRects(int idAni, RECT& rcFrom, RECT& rcTo) const; - BOOL DrawCaption(CDC* pDC, RECT& rc, UINT uFlags) const; - BOOL EnableScrollBar(UINT uSBflags, UINT uArrows) const; - CWnd* GetLastActivePopup() const; - CMenu* GetMenu() const; - int GetScrollPos(int nBar) const; - BOOL GetScrollRange(int nBar, int& MinPos, int& MaxPos) const; - CMenu* GetSystemMenu(BOOL bRevert) const; - CWnd* GetTopWindow() const; - BOOL GetWindowPlacement(WINDOWPLACEMENT& pWndpl) const; - BOOL HiliteMenuItem(CMenu* pMenu, UINT uItemHilite, UINT uHilite) const; - BOOL IsIconic() const; - BOOL IsZoomed() const; - BOOL LockWindowUpdate() const; - BOOL OpenIcon() const; - void Print(CDC* pDC, DWORD dwFlags) const; - BOOL SetMenu(CMenu* pMenu) const; - BOOL ScrollWindow(int XAmount, int YAmount, LPCRECT lprcScroll, LPCRECT lprcClip) const; - int ScrollWindowEx(int dx, int dy, LPCRECT lprcScroll, LPCRECT lprcClip, CRgn* prgnUpdate, LPRECT lprcUpdate, UINT flags) const; - int SetScrollPos(int nBar, int nPos, BOOL bRedraw) const; - BOOL SetScrollRange(int nBar, int nMinPos, int nMaxPos, BOOL bRedraw) const; - BOOL SetWindowPlacement(const WINDOWPLACEMENT& wndpl) const; - BOOL ShowOwnedPopups(BOOL fShow) const; - BOOL ShowScrollBar(int nBar, BOOL bShow) const; - BOOL ShowWindowAsync(int nCmdShow) const; - BOOL UnLockWindowUpdate() const; - CWnd* WindowFromDC(CDC* pDC) const; - - #ifndef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN - void DragAcceptFiles(BOOL fAccept) const; - #endif - #endif - - static LRESULT CALLBACK StaticWindowProc(HWND hWnd, UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); - operator HWND() const { return m_hWnd; } - - protected: - // Override these functions as required - virtual LRESULT FinalWindowProc(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); - virtual BOOL OnCommand(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); - virtual void OnCreate(); - virtual void OnDraw(CDC* pDC); - virtual BOOL OnEraseBkgnd(CDC* pDC); - virtual void OnInitialUpdate(); - virtual void OnMenuUpdate(UINT nID); - virtual LRESULT OnMessageReflect(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); - virtual LRESULT OnNotify(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); - virtual LRESULT OnNotifyReflect(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); - virtual void PreCreate(CREATESTRUCT& cs); - virtual void PreRegisterClass(WNDCLASS& wc); - virtual BOOL PreTranslateMessage(MSG* pMsg); - virtual LRESULT WndProc(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); - virtual LRESULT WndProcDefault(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); - - HWND m_hWnd; // handle to this object's window - - private: - CWnd(const CWnd&); // Disable copy construction - CWnd& operator = (const CWnd&); // Disable assignment operator - void AddToMap(); - void Cleanup(); - LRESULT MessageReflect(HWND hwndParent, UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); - BOOL RegisterClass(WNDCLASS& wc); - BOOL RemoveFromMap(); - void Subclass(HWND hWnd); - - Shared_Ptr m_pwc; // defines initialisation parameters for PreRegisterClass - Shared_Ptr m_pcs; // defines initialisation parameters for PreCreate and Create - WNDPROC m_PrevWindowProc; // pre-subclassed Window Procedure - BOOL m_IsTmpWnd; // True if this CWnd is a TmpWnd - - }; // class CWnd - -} - -//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - -#include "gdi.h" -#include "menu.h" - -namespace Win32xx -{ - - ////////////////////////////////////////// - // Definitions for the CWinException class - // - inline CWinException::CWinException(LPCTSTR pszText) throw () : m_Error(::GetLastError()), m_pszText(pszText) - { - memset(m_szErrorString, 0, MAX_STRING_SIZE * sizeof(TCHAR)); - - if (m_Error != 0) - { - DWORD dwFlags = FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM | FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS; - ::FormatMessage(dwFlags, NULL, m_Error, MAKELANGID(LANG_NEUTRAL, SUBLANG_DEFAULT), m_szErrorString, MAX_STRING_SIZE-1, NULL); - } - } - - inline DWORD CWinException::GetError() const throw () - { - return m_Error; - } - - inline LPCTSTR CWinException::GetErrorString() const throw () - { - return m_szErrorString; - } - - inline const char * CWinException::what() const throw () - { - // Sends the last error string to the debugger (typically displayed in the IDE's output window). - ::OutputDebugString(m_szErrorString); - return "CWinException thrown"; - } - - - //////////////////////////////////// - // Definitions for the CWinApp class - // - - // To begin Win32++, inherit your application class from this one. - // You must run only one instance of the class inherited from this. - inline CWinApp::CWinApp() : m_Callback(NULL), m_hAccel(0), m_pWndAccel(0) - { - try - { - m_csAppStart.Lock(); - assert( 0 == SetnGetThis() ); // Test if this is the first instance of CWinApp - - m_dwTlsIndex = ::TlsAlloc(); - if (m_dwTlsIndex == TLS_OUT_OF_INDEXES) - { - // We only get here in the unlikely event that all TLS indexes are already allocated by this app - // At least 64 TLS indexes per process are allowed. Win32++ requires only one TLS index. - m_csAppStart.Release(); - throw CWinException(_T("CWinApp::CWinApp Failed to allocate TLS Index")); - } - - SetnGetThis(this); - m_csAppStart.Release(); - - // Set the instance handle - #ifdef _WIN32_WCE - m_hInstance = (HINSTANCE)GetModuleHandle(0); - #else - MEMORY_BASIC_INFORMATION mbi = {0}; - VirtualQuery( (LPCVOID)SetnGetThis, &mbi, sizeof(mbi) ); - assert(mbi.AllocationBase); - m_hInstance = (HINSTANCE)mbi.AllocationBase; - #endif - - m_hResource = m_hInstance; - SetCallback(); - } - - catch (const CWinException &e) - { - e.what(); - throw; - } - } - - inline CWinApp::~CWinApp() - { - std::vector::iterator iter; - for (iter = m_vTLSData.begin(); iter < m_vTLSData.end(); ++iter) - { - (*iter)->vTmpDCs.clear(); -#ifndef _WIN32_WCE - (*iter)->vTmpMenus.clear(); -#endif - (*iter)->vTmpWnds.clear(); - } - - // Check that all CWnd windows are destroyed - std::map::iterator m; - for (m = m_mapHWND.begin(); m != m_mapHWND.end(); ++m) - { - HWND hWnd = (*m).first; - if (::IsWindow(hWnd)) - ::DestroyWindow(hWnd); - } - m_mapHWND.clear(); - m_mapGDI.clear(); - m_mapHDC.clear(); - m_mapHMENU.clear(); - - // Do remaining tidy up - if (m_dwTlsIndex != TLS_OUT_OF_INDEXES) - { - ::TlsSetValue(GetTlsIndex(), NULL); - ::TlsFree(m_dwTlsIndex); - } - - SetnGetThis((CWinApp*)-1); - } - - inline void CWinApp::AddTmpDC(CDC* pDC) - { - // The TmpMenus are created by GetSybMenu. - // They are removed by CleanupTemps - assert(pDC); - - // Ensure this thread has the TLS index set - TLSData* pTLSData = GetApp()->SetTlsIndex(); - pTLSData->vTmpDCs.push_back(pDC); // save pDC as a smart pointer - } - - inline void CWinApp::AddTmpGDI(CGDIObject* pObject) - { - // The temporary CGDIObjects are removed by CleanupTemps - assert(pObject); - - // Ensure this thread has the TLS index set - TLSData* pTLSData = GetApp()->SetTlsIndex(); - pTLSData->vTmpGDIs.push_back(pObject); // save pObject as a smart pointer - } - -#ifndef _WIN32_WCE - inline CMenu* CWinApp::AddTmpMenu(HMENU hMenu) - { - // The TmpMenus are created by GetSybMenu. - // They are removed by CleanupTemps - assert(::IsMenu(hMenu)); - assert(!GetCMenuFromMap(hMenu)); - - CMenu* pMenu = new CMenu; - pMenu->m_hMenu = hMenu; - m_csMapLock.Lock(); - m_mapHMENU.insert(std::make_pair(hMenu, pMenu)); - m_csMapLock.Release(); - pMenu->m_IsTmpMenu = TRUE; - - // Ensure this thread has the TLS index set - TLSData* pTLSData = GetApp()->SetTlsIndex(); - pTLSData->vTmpMenus.push_back(pMenu); // save pMenu as a smart pointer - return pMenu; - } -#endif - - inline CWnd* CWinApp::AddTmpWnd(HWND hWnd) - { - // TmpWnds are created if required to support functions like CWnd::GetParent. - // They are removed by CleanupTemps - assert(::IsWindow(hWnd)); - assert(!GetCWndFromMap(hWnd)); - - CWnd* pWnd = new CWnd; - pWnd->m_hWnd = hWnd; - pWnd->AddToMap(); - pWnd->m_IsTmpWnd = TRUE; - - // Ensure this thread has the TLS index set - TLSData* pTLSData = GetApp()->SetTlsIndex(); - pTLSData->vTmpWnds.push_back(pWnd); // save pWnd as a smart pointer - return pWnd; - } - - inline void CWinApp::CleanupTemps() - // Removes all Temporary CWnds and CMenus belonging to this thread - { - // Retrieve the pointer to the TLS Data - TLSData* pTLSData = (TLSData*)TlsGetValue(GetApp()->GetTlsIndex()); - assert(pTLSData); - - pTLSData->vTmpDCs.clear(); - pTLSData->vTmpGDIs.clear(); - pTLSData->vTmpWnds.clear(); - - - #ifndef _WIN32_WCE - pTLSData->vTmpMenus.clear(); - #endif - } - - inline CDC* CWinApp::GetCDCFromMap(HDC hDC) - { - // Allocate an iterator for our HWND map - std::map::iterator m; - - // Find the CDC pointer mapped to this HDC - CDC* pDC = 0; - m_csMapLock.Lock(); - m = m_mapHDC.find(hDC); - - if (m != m_mapHDC.end()) - pDC = m->second; - - m_csMapLock.Release(); - return pDC; - } - - inline CGDIObject* CWinApp::GetCGDIObjectFromMap(HGDIOBJ hObject) - { - // Allocate an iterator for our HWND map - std::map::iterator m; - - // Find the CGDIObject pointer mapped to this HGDIOBJ - CGDIObject* pObject = 0; - m_csMapLock.Lock(); - m = m_mapGDI.find(hObject); - - if (m != m_mapGDI.end()) - pObject = m->second; - - m_csMapLock.Release(); - return pObject; - } - - inline CMenu* CWinApp::GetCMenuFromMap(HMENU hMenu) - { - std::map::iterator m; - - // Find the CMenu pointer mapped to this HMENU - CMenu* pMenu = 0; - m_csMapLock.Lock(); - m = m_mapHMENU.find(hMenu); - - if (m != m_mapHMENU.end()) - pMenu = m->second; - - m_csMapLock.Release(); - return pMenu; - } - - inline CWnd* CWinApp::GetCWndFromMap(HWND hWnd) - { - // Allocate an iterator for our HWND map - std::map::iterator m; - - // Find the CWnd pointer mapped to this HWND - CWnd* pWnd = 0; - m_csMapLock.Lock(); - m = m_mapHWND.find(hWnd); - - if (m != m_mapHWND.end()) - pWnd = m->second; - - m_csMapLock.Release(); - return pWnd; - } - - inline BOOL CWinApp::InitInstance() - { - // InitInstance contains the initialization code for your application - // You should override this function with the code to run when the application starts. - - // return TRUE to indicate success. FALSE will end the application - return TRUE; - } - - inline int CWinApp::MessageLoop() - { - // This gets any messages queued for the application, and dispatches them. - MSG Msg = {0}; - int status = 1; - LONG lCount = 0; - - while (status != 0) - { - // While idle, perform idle processing until OnIdle returns FALSE - while (!::PeekMessage(&Msg, 0, 0, 0, PM_NOREMOVE) && OnIdle(lCount) == TRUE) - { - ++lCount; - } - - lCount = 0; - - // Now wait until we get a message - if ((status = ::GetMessage(&Msg, NULL, 0, 0)) == -1) - return -1; - - if (!PreTranslateMessage(Msg)) - { - ::TranslateMessage(&Msg); - ::DispatchMessage(&Msg); - } - } - - return LOWORD(Msg.wParam); - } - - inline BOOL CWinApp::OnIdle(LONG lCount) - { - if (lCount == 0) - CleanupTemps(); - - return FALSE; - } - - inline BOOL CWinApp::PreTranslateMessage(MSG Msg) - { - // This functions is called by the MessageLoop. It processes the - // keyboard accelerator keys and calls CWnd::PreTranslateMessage for - // keyboard and mouse events. - - BOOL Processed = FALSE; - - // only pre-translate mouse and keyboard input events - if ((Msg.message >= WM_KEYFIRST && Msg.message <= WM_KEYLAST) || - (Msg.message >= WM_MOUSEFIRST && Msg.message <= WM_MOUSELAST)) - { - // Process keyboard accelerators - if (m_pWndAccel && ::TranslateAccelerator(*m_pWndAccel, m_hAccel, &Msg)) - Processed = TRUE; - else - { - // Search the chain of parents for pretranslated messages. - for (HWND hWnd = Msg.hwnd; hWnd != NULL; hWnd = ::GetParent(hWnd)) - { - CWnd* pWnd = GetCWndFromMap(hWnd); - if (pWnd) - { - Processed = pWnd->PreTranslateMessage(&Msg); - if(Processed) - break; - } - } - } - } - - return Processed; - } - - inline int CWinApp::Run() - { - // InitInstance runs the App's initialization code - if (InitInstance()) - { - // Dispatch the window messages - return MessageLoop(); - } - else - { - TRACE(_T("InitInstance failed! Terminating program\n")); - ::PostQuitMessage(-1); - return -1; - } - } - - inline void CWinApp::SetAccelerators(HACCEL hAccel, CWnd* pWndAccel) - // nID is the resource ID of the accelerator table - // pWndAccel is the window pointer for translated messages - { - assert (hAccel); - assert (pWndAccel); - - m_pWndAccel = pWndAccel; - m_hAccel = hAccel; - } - - inline void CWinApp::SetCallback() - { - // Registers a temporary window class so we can get the callback - // address of CWnd::StaticWindowProc. - // This technique works for all Window versions, including WinCE. - - WNDCLASS wcDefault = {0}; - - LPCTSTR szClassName = _T("Win32++ Temporary Window Class"); - wcDefault.hInstance = GetInstanceHandle(); - wcDefault.lpfnWndProc = CWnd::StaticWindowProc; - wcDefault.lpszClassName = szClassName; - - ::RegisterClass(&wcDefault); - - // Retrieve the class information - ZeroMemory(&wcDefault, sizeof(wcDefault)); - ::GetClassInfo(GetInstanceHandle(), szClassName, &wcDefault); - - // Save the callback address of CWnd::StaticWindowProc - assert(wcDefault.lpfnWndProc); // Assert fails when running UNICODE build on ANSI OS. - m_Callback = wcDefault.lpfnWndProc; - ::UnregisterClass(szClassName, GetInstanceHandle()); - } - - inline CWinApp* CWinApp::SetnGetThis(CWinApp* pThis /*= 0*/) - { - // This function stores the 'this' pointer in a static variable. - // Once stored, it can be used later to return the 'this' pointer. - // CWinApp's Destructor calls this function with a value of -1. - - static CWinApp* pWinApp = 0; - - if ((CWinApp*)-1 == pThis) - pWinApp = 0; - else if (0 == pWinApp) - pWinApp = pThis; - - return pWinApp; - } - - inline void CWinApp::SetResourceHandle(HINSTANCE hResource) - { - // This function can be used to load a resource dll. - // A resource dll can be used to define resources in different languages. - // To use this function, place code like this in InitInstance - // - // HINSTANCE hResource = LoadLibrary(_T("MyResourceDLL.dll")); - // SetResourceHandle(hResource); - - m_hResource = hResource; - } - - inline TLSData* CWinApp::SetTlsIndex() - { - TLSData* pTLSData = (TLSData*)::TlsGetValue(GetTlsIndex()); - if (NULL == pTLSData) - { - pTLSData = new TLSData; - - m_csTLSLock.Lock(); - m_vTLSData.push_back(pTLSData); // store as a Shared_Ptr - m_csTLSLock.Release(); - - ::TlsSetValue(GetTlsIndex(), pTLSData); - } - - return pTLSData; - } - - - //////////////////////////////////////// - // Definitions for the CWnd class - // - inline CWnd::CWnd() : m_hWnd(NULL), m_PrevWindowProc(NULL), m_IsTmpWnd(FALSE) - { - // Note: m_hWnd is set in CWnd::CreateEx(...) - m_pcs = new CREATESTRUCT; // store the CREATESTRICT in a smart pointer - m_pwc = new WNDCLASS; // store the WNDCLASS in a smart pointer - ::ZeroMemory(m_pcs.get(), sizeof(CREATESTRUCT)); - ::ZeroMemory(m_pwc.get(), sizeof(WNDCLASS)); - } - - inline CWnd::~CWnd() - { - // Destroys the window for this object and cleans up resources. - Destroy(); - } - - inline void CWnd::AddToMap() - // Store the window handle and CWnd pointer in the HWND map - { - assert( GetApp() ); - GetApp()->m_csMapLock.Lock(); - - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - assert(!GetApp()->GetCWndFromMap(m_hWnd)); - - GetApp()->m_mapHWND.insert(std::make_pair(m_hWnd, this)); - GetApp()->m_csMapLock.Release(); - } - - inline BOOL CWnd::Attach(HWND hWnd) - // Subclass an existing window and attach it to a CWnd - { - assert( GetApp() ); - assert(::IsWindow(hWnd)); - - // Ensure this thread has the TLS index set - // Note: Perform the attach from the same thread as the window's message loop - GetApp()->SetTlsIndex(); - - if (m_PrevWindowProc) - Detach(); - - Subclass(hWnd); - - // Store the CWnd pointer in the HWND map - AddToMap(); - OnCreate(); - OnInitialUpdate(); - - return TRUE; - } - - inline BOOL CWnd::AttachDlgItem(UINT nID, CWnd* pParent) - // Converts a dialog item to a CWnd object - { - assert(pParent->IsWindow()); - - HWND hWnd = ::GetDlgItem(pParent->GetHwnd(), nID); - return Attach(hWnd); - } - - inline void CWnd::CenterWindow() const - // Centers this window over it's parent - { - - // required for multi-monitor support with Dev-C++ and VC6 - #ifndef _WIN32_WCE - #ifndef MONITOR_DEFAULTTONEAREST - #define MONITOR_DEFAULTTONEAREST 0x00000002 - #endif - #ifndef HMONITOR - DECLARE_HANDLE(HMONITOR); - #endif - #ifndef MONITORINFO - typedef struct tagMONITORINFO - { - DWORD cbSize; - RECT rcMonitor; - RECT rcWork; - DWORD dwFlags; - } MONITORINFO, *LPMONITORINFO; - #endif // MONITOR_DEFAULTTONEAREST - #endif // _WIN32_WCE - - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - - CRect rc = GetWindowRect(); - CRect rcParent; - CRect rcDesktop; - - // Get screen dimensions excluding task bar - ::SystemParametersInfo(SPI_GETWORKAREA, 0, &rcDesktop, 0); - - // Get the parent window dimensions (parent could be the desktop) - if (GetParent() != NULL) rcParent = GetParent()->GetWindowRect(); - else rcParent = rcDesktop; - - #ifndef _WIN32_WCE - // Import the GetMonitorInfo and MonitorFromWindow functions - HMODULE hUser32 = LoadLibrary(_T("USER32.DLL")); - typedef BOOL (WINAPI* LPGMI)(HMONITOR hMonitor, LPMONITORINFO lpmi); - typedef HMONITOR (WINAPI* LPMFW)(HWND hwnd, DWORD dwFlags); - LPMFW pfnMonitorFromWindow = (LPMFW)::GetProcAddress(hUser32, "MonitorFromWindow"); - #ifdef _UNICODE - LPGMI pfnGetMonitorInfo = (LPGMI)::GetProcAddress(hUser32, "GetMonitorInfoW"); - #else - LPGMI pfnGetMonitorInfo = (LPGMI)::GetProcAddress(hUser32, "GetMonitorInfoA"); - #endif - - // Take multi-monitor systems into account - if (pfnGetMonitorInfo && pfnMonitorFromWindow) - { - HMONITOR hActiveMonitor = pfnMonitorFromWindow(m_hWnd, MONITOR_DEFAULTTONEAREST); - MONITORINFO mi = { sizeof(mi), 0}; - - if(pfnGetMonitorInfo(hActiveMonitor, &mi)) - { - rcDesktop = mi.rcWork; - if (GetParent() == NULL) rcParent = mi.rcWork; - } - } - FreeLibrary(hUser32); - #endif - - // Calculate point to center the dialog over the portion of parent window on this monitor - rcParent.IntersectRect(rcParent, rcDesktop); - int x = rcParent.left + (rcParent.Width() - rc.Width())/2; - int y = rcParent.top + (rcParent.Height() - rc.Height())/2; - - // Keep the dialog wholly on the monitor display - x = (x < rcDesktop.left)? rcDesktop.left : x; - x = (x > rcDesktop.right - rc.Width())? rcDesktop.right - rc.Width() : x; - y = (y < rcDesktop.top) ? rcDesktop.top: y; - y = (y > rcDesktop.bottom - rc.Height())? rcDesktop.bottom - rc.Height() : y; - - SetWindowPos(HWND_TOP, x, y, 0, 0, SWP_NOSIZE); - } - - inline void CWnd::Cleanup() - // Returns the CWnd to its default state - { - if ( GetApp() ) RemoveFromMap(); - m_hWnd = NULL; - m_PrevWindowProc = NULL; - m_IsTmpWnd = FALSE; - } - - inline HWND CWnd::Create(CWnd* pParent /* = NULL */) - // Creates the window. This is the default method of window creation. - { - - // Test if Win32++ has been started - assert( GetApp() ); - - // Set the WNDCLASS parameters - PreRegisterClass(*m_pwc); - if (m_pwc->lpszClassName) - { - RegisterClass(*m_pwc); - m_pcs->lpszClass = m_pwc->lpszClassName; - } - - // Set the CREATESTRUCT parameters - PreCreate(*m_pcs); - - // Set the Window Class Name - if (!m_pcs->lpszClass) - m_pcs->lpszClass = _T("Win32++ Window"); - - // Set Parent - HWND hWndParent = pParent? pParent->GetHwnd() : 0; - if (!hWndParent && m_pcs->hwndParent) - hWndParent = m_pcs->hwndParent; - - // Set the window style - DWORD dwStyle; - DWORD dwOverlappedStyle = WS_OVERLAPPED | WS_CAPTION | WS_SYSMENU | WS_THICKFRAME | WS_MINIMIZEBOX | WS_MAXIMIZEBOX; - if (m_pcs->style) - dwStyle = m_pcs->style; - else - dwStyle = WS_VISIBLE | ((hWndParent)? WS_CHILD : dwOverlappedStyle); - - // Set window size and position - int x = (m_pcs->cx || m_pcs->cy)? m_pcs->x : CW_USEDEFAULT; - int cx = (m_pcs->cx || m_pcs->cy)? m_pcs->cx : CW_USEDEFAULT; - int y = (m_pcs->cx || m_pcs->cy)? m_pcs->y : CW_USEDEFAULT; - int cy = (m_pcs->cx || m_pcs->cy)? m_pcs->cy : CW_USEDEFAULT; - - // Create the window -#ifndef _WIN32_WCE - CreateEx(m_pcs->dwExStyle, m_pcs->lpszClass, m_pcs->lpszName, dwStyle, x, y, - cx, cy, pParent, FromHandle(m_pcs->hMenu), m_pcs->lpCreateParams); -#else - CreateEx(m_pcs->dwExStyle, m_pcs->lpszClass, m_pcs->lpszName, dwStyle, x, y, - cx, cy, pParent, 0, m_pcs->lpCreateParams); -#endif - - return m_hWnd; - } - - inline HWND CWnd::CreateEx(DWORD dwExStyle, LPCTSTR lpszClassName, LPCTSTR lpszWindowName, DWORD dwStyle, const RECT& rc, CWnd* pParent, CMenu* pMenu, LPVOID lpParam /*= NULL*/) - // Creates the window by specifying all the window creation parameters - { - int x = rc.left; - int y = rc.top; - int cx = rc.right - rc.left; - int cy = rc.bottom - rc.top; - return CreateEx(dwExStyle, lpszClassName, lpszWindowName, dwStyle, x, y, cx, cy, pParent, pMenu, lpParam); - } - - inline HWND CWnd::CreateEx(DWORD dwExStyle, LPCTSTR lpszClassName, LPCTSTR lpszWindowName, DWORD dwStyle, int x, int y, int nWidth, int nHeight, CWnd* pParent, CMenu* pMenu, LPVOID lpParam /*= NULL*/) - // Creates the window by specifying all the window creation parameters - { - - assert( GetApp() ); // Test if Win32++ has been started - assert(!::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); // Only one window per CWnd instance allowed - - try - { - // Prepare the CWnd if it has been reused - Destroy(); - - // Ensure a window class is registered - std::vector vTChar( MAX_STRING_SIZE+1, _T('\0') ); - TCHAR* ClassName = &vTChar[0]; - if (0 == lpszClassName || 0 == lstrlen(lpszClassName) ) - lstrcpyn (ClassName, _T("Win32++ Window"), MAX_STRING_SIZE); - else - // Create our own local copy of szClassName. - lstrcpyn(ClassName, lpszClassName, MAX_STRING_SIZE); - - WNDCLASS wc = {0}; - wc.lpszClassName = ClassName; - wc.hbrBackground = (HBRUSH)::GetStockObject(WHITE_BRUSH); - wc.hCursor = ::LoadCursor(NULL, IDC_ARROW); - - // Register the window class (if not already registered) - if (!RegisterClass(wc)) - throw CWinException(_T("Failed to register window class")); - - HWND hWndParent = pParent? pParent->GetHwnd() : 0; - - // Ensure this thread has the TLS index set - TLSData* pTLSData = GetApp()->SetTlsIndex(); - - // Store the CWnd pointer in thread local storage - pTLSData->pCWnd = this; - - // Create window -#ifdef _WIN32_WCE - m_hWnd = ::CreateWindowEx(dwExStyle, ClassName, lpszWindowName, dwStyle, x, y, nWidth, nHeight, - hWndParent, 0, GetApp()->GetInstanceHandle(), lpParam); -#else - HMENU hMenu = pMenu? pMenu->GetHandle() : NULL; - m_hWnd = ::CreateWindowEx(dwExStyle, ClassName, lpszWindowName, dwStyle, x, y, nWidth, nHeight, - hWndParent, hMenu, GetApp()->GetInstanceHandle(), lpParam); -#endif - - // Now handle window creation failure - if (!m_hWnd) - throw CWinException(_T("Failed to Create Window")); - - // Automatically subclass predefined window class types - ::GetClassInfo(GetApp()->GetInstanceHandle(), lpszClassName, &wc); - if (wc.lpfnWndProc != GetApp()->m_Callback) - { - Subclass(m_hWnd); - - // Send a message to force the HWND to be added to the map - SendMessage(WM_NULL, 0L, 0L); - - OnCreate(); // We missed the WM_CREATE message, so call OnCreate now - } - - // Clear the CWnd pointer from TLS - pTLSData->pCWnd = NULL; - } - - catch (const CWinException &e) - { - TRACE(_T("\n*** Failed to create window ***\n")); - e.what(); // Display the last error message. - - // eat the exception (don't rethrow) - } - - // Window creation is complete. Now call OnInitialUpdate - OnInitialUpdate(); - - return m_hWnd; - } - - inline void CWnd::Destroy() - // Destroys the window and returns the CWnd back to its default state, ready for reuse. - { - if (m_IsTmpWnd) - m_hWnd = NULL; - - if (IsWindow()) - ::DestroyWindow(m_hWnd); - - // Return the CWnd to its default state - Cleanup(); - } - - inline HWND CWnd::Detach() - // Reverse an Attach - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - assert(0 != m_PrevWindowProc); // Only a subclassed window can be detached - - SetWindowLongPtr(GWLP_WNDPROC, (LONG_PTR)m_PrevWindowProc); - HWND hWnd = m_hWnd; - Cleanup(); - - return hWnd; - } - - inline LRESULT CWnd::FinalWindowProc(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) - // Pass messages on to the appropriate default window procedure - // CMDIChild and CMDIFrame override this function - { - return ::DefWindowProc(m_hWnd, uMsg, wParam, lParam); - } - - inline CWnd* CWnd::GetAncestor(UINT gaFlags /*= GA_ROOTOWNER*/) const - // The GetAncestor function retrieves a pointer to the ancestor (root parent) - // of the window. Supports Win95. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - HWND hWnd; - -#if (WINVER < 0x0500) // Win2000 and above - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(gaFlags); - hWnd = m_hWnd; - HWND hWndParent = ::GetParent(hWnd); - while (::IsChild(hWndParent, hWnd)) - { - hWnd = hWndParent; - hWndParent = ::GetParent(hWnd); - } -#else - hWnd = ::GetAncestor(m_hWnd, gaFlags); -#endif - - return FromHandle(hWnd); - - } - - inline CString CWnd::GetClassName() const - // Retrieves the name of the class to which the specified window belongs. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - - CString str; - LPTSTR szStr = str.GetBuffer(MAX_STRING_SIZE+1); - ::GetClassName(m_hWnd, szStr, MAX_STRING_SIZE+1); - str.ReleaseBuffer(); - return str; - } - - inline CString CWnd::GetDlgItemText(int nIDDlgItem) const - // Retrieves the title or text associated with a control in a dialog box. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - - int nLength = ::GetWindowTextLength(::GetDlgItem(m_hWnd, nIDDlgItem)); - CString str; - LPTSTR szStr = str.GetBuffer(nLength+1); - ::GetDlgItemText(m_hWnd, nIDDlgItem, szStr, nLength+1); - str.ReleaseBuffer(); - return str; - } - - inline CString CWnd::GetWindowText() const - // Retrieves the text of the window's title bar. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - - int nLength = ::GetWindowTextLength(m_hWnd); - CString str; - LPTSTR szStr = str.GetBuffer(nLength+1); - ::GetWindowText(m_hWnd, szStr, nLength+1); - str.ReleaseBuffer(); - return str; - } - - inline BOOL CWnd::OnCommand(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) - { - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(wParam); - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(lParam); - - // Override this to handle WM_COMMAND messages, for example - - // switch (LOWORD(wParam)) - // { - // case IDM_FILE_NEW: - // OnFileNew(); - // TRUE; // return TRUE for handled commands - // } - - // return FALSE for unhandled commands - return FALSE; - } - - inline void CWnd::OnCreate() - { - // This function is called when a WM_CREATE message is recieved - // Override it in your derived class to automatically perform tasks - // during window creation. - } - - inline void CWnd::OnDraw(CDC* pDC) - // Called when part of the client area of the window needs to be drawn - { - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(pDC); - - // Override this function in your derived class to perform drawing tasks. - } - - inline BOOL CWnd::OnEraseBkgnd(CDC* pDC) - // Called when the background of the window's client area needs to be erased. - { - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(pDC); - - // Override this function in your derived class to perform drawing tasks. - - // Return Value: Return FALSE to also permit default erasure of the background - // Return TRUE to prevent default erasure of the background - - return FALSE; - } - - - inline void CWnd::OnInitialUpdate() - { - // This function is called automatically once the window is created - // Override it in your derived class to automatically perform tasks - // after window creation. - } - - inline LRESULT CWnd::MessageReflect(HWND hWndParent, UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) - { - // A function used to call OnMessageReflect. You shouldn't need to call or - // override this function. - - HWND hWnd = NULL; - switch (uMsg) - { - case WM_COMMAND: - case WM_CTLCOLORBTN: - case WM_CTLCOLOREDIT: - case WM_CTLCOLORDLG: - case WM_CTLCOLORLISTBOX: - case WM_CTLCOLORSCROLLBAR: - case WM_CTLCOLORSTATIC: - case WM_CHARTOITEM: - case WM_VKEYTOITEM: - case WM_HSCROLL: - case WM_VSCROLL: - hWnd = (HWND)lParam; - break; - - case WM_DRAWITEM: - case WM_MEASUREITEM: - case WM_DELETEITEM: - case WM_COMPAREITEM: - hWnd = ::GetDlgItem(hWndParent, (int)wParam); - break; - - case WM_PARENTNOTIFY: - switch(LOWORD(wParam)) - { - case WM_CREATE: - case WM_DESTROY: - hWnd = (HWND)lParam; - break; - } - } - - CWnd* Wnd = GetApp()->GetCWndFromMap(hWnd); - - if (Wnd != NULL) - return Wnd->OnMessageReflect(uMsg, wParam, lParam); - - return 0L; - } - - inline LRESULT CWnd::OnMessageReflect(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) - { - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(uMsg); - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(wParam); - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(lParam); - // This function processes those special messages (see above) sent - // by some older controls, and reflects them back to the originating CWnd object. - // Override this function in your derrived class to handle these special messages. - - // Your overriding function should look like this ... - - // switch (uMsg) - // { - // Handle your reflected messages here - // } - - // return 0L for unhandled messages - return 0L; - } - - inline LRESULT CWnd::OnNotify(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) - { - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(wParam); - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(lParam); - - // You can use either OnNotifyReflect or OnNotify to handle notifications - // Override OnNotifyReflect to handle notifications in the CWnd class that - // generated the notification. OR - // Override OnNotify to handle notifications in the PARENT of the CWnd class - // that generated the notification. - - // Your overriding function should look like this ... - - // switch (((LPNMHDR)lParam)->code) - // { - // Handle your notifications from the CHILD window here - // Return the value recommended by the Windows API documentation. - // For many notifications, the return value doesn't matter, but for some it does. - // } - - // return 0L for unhandled notifications - return 0L; - } - - inline LRESULT CWnd::OnNotifyReflect(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) - { - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(wParam); - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(lParam); - - // Override OnNotifyReflect to handle notifications in the CWnd class that - // generated the notification. - - // Your overriding function should look like this ... - - // switch (((LPNMHDR)lParam)->code) - // { - // Handle your notifications from this window here - // Return the value recommended by the Windows API documentation. - // } - - // return 0L for unhandled notifications - return 0L; - } - - inline void CWnd::OnMenuUpdate(UINT nID) - // Called when menu items are about to be displayed - { - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(nID); - - // Override this function to modify the behaviour of menu items, - // such as adding or removing checkmarks - } - - inline void CWnd::PreCreate(CREATESTRUCT& cs) - // Called by CWnd::Create to set some window parameters - { - // Test if Win32++ has been started - assert(GetApp()); // Test if Win32++ has been started - - m_pcs->cx = cs.cx; - m_pcs->cy = cs.cy; - m_pcs->dwExStyle = cs.dwExStyle; - m_pcs->hInstance = GetApp()->GetInstanceHandle(); - m_pcs->hMenu = cs.hMenu; - m_pcs->hwndParent = cs.hwndParent; - m_pcs->lpCreateParams = cs.lpCreateParams; - m_pcs->lpszClass = cs.lpszClass; - m_pcs->lpszName = cs.lpszName; - m_pcs->style = cs.style; - m_pcs->x = cs.x; - m_pcs->y = cs.y; - - // Overide this function in your derived class to set the - // CREATESTRUCT values prior to window creation. - // The cs.lpszClass parameter should NOT be specified if the - // PreRegisterClass function is used to create a window class. - } - - inline void CWnd::PreRegisterClass(WNDCLASS& wc) - // Called by CWnd::Create to set some window parameters - // Useful for setting the background brush and cursor - { - // Test if Win32++ has been started - assert( GetApp() ); - - m_pwc->style = wc.style; - m_pwc->lpfnWndProc = CWnd::StaticWindowProc; - m_pwc->cbClsExtra = wc.cbClsExtra; - m_pwc->cbWndExtra = wc.cbWndExtra; - m_pwc->hInstance = GetApp()->GetInstanceHandle(); - m_pwc->hIcon = wc.hIcon; - m_pwc->hCursor = wc.hCursor; - m_pwc->hbrBackground = wc.hbrBackground; - m_pwc->lpszMenuName = wc.lpszMenuName; - m_pwc->lpszClassName = wc.lpszClassName; - - // Overide this function in your derived class to set the - // WNDCLASS values prior to window creation. - - // ADDITIONAL NOTES: - // 1) The lpszClassName must be set for this function to take effect. - // 2) The lpfnWndProc is always CWnd::StaticWindowProc. - // 3) No other defaults are set, so the following settings might prove useful - // wc.hCursor = ::LoadCursor(NULL, IDC_ARROW); - // wc.hbrBackground = (HBRUSH)::GetStockObject(WHITE_BRUSH); - // wc.hIcon = ::LoadIcon(NULL, IDI_APPLICATION); - // 4) The styles that can be set here are WNDCLASS styles. These are a different - // set of styles to those set by CREATESTRUCT (used in PreCreate). - // 5) RegisterClassEx is not used because its not supported on WinCE. - // To set a small icon for the window, use SetIconSmall. - } - - inline BOOL CWnd::PreTranslateMessage(MSG* pMsg) - { - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(pMsg); - - // Override this function if your class requires input messages to be - // translated before normal processing. Function which translate messages - // include TranslateAccelerator, TranslateMDISysAccel and IsDialogMessage. - // Return TRUE if the message is translated. - - return FALSE; - } - - inline BOOL CWnd::RegisterClass(WNDCLASS& wc) - // A private function used by the PreRegisterClass function to register a - // window class prior to window creation - { - assert( GetApp() ); - assert( (0 != lstrlen(wc.lpszClassName) && ( lstrlen(wc.lpszClassName) <= MAX_STRING_SIZE) ) ); - - // Check to see if this classname is already registered - WNDCLASS wcTest = {0}; - BOOL Done = FALSE; - - if (::GetClassInfo(GetApp()->GetInstanceHandle(), wc.lpszClassName, &wcTest)) - { - wc = wcTest; - Done = TRUE; - } - - if (!Done) - { - // Set defaults - wc.hInstance = GetApp()->GetInstanceHandle(); - wc.lpfnWndProc = CWnd::StaticWindowProc; - - // Register the WNDCLASS structure - if ( !::RegisterClass(&wc) ) - throw CWinException(_T("Failed to register window class")); - - Done = TRUE; - } - - return Done; - } - - inline BOOL CWnd::RemoveFromMap() - { - BOOL Success = FALSE; - - if (GetApp()) - { - - // Allocate an iterator for our HWND map - std::map::iterator m; - - CWinApp* pApp = GetApp(); - if (pApp) - { - // Erase the CWnd pointer entry from the map - pApp->m_csMapLock.Lock(); - for (m = pApp->m_mapHWND.begin(); m != pApp->m_mapHWND.end(); ++m) - { - if (this == m->second) - { - pApp->m_mapHWND.erase(m); - Success = TRUE; - break; - } - } - - pApp->m_csMapLock.Release(); - } - } - - return Success; - } - - inline HICON CWnd::SetIconLarge(int nIcon) - // Sets the large icon associated with the window - { - assert( GetApp() ); - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - - HICON hIconLarge = (HICON) (::LoadImage (GetApp()->GetResourceHandle(), MAKEINTRESOURCE (nIcon), IMAGE_ICON, - ::GetSystemMetrics (SM_CXICON), ::GetSystemMetrics (SM_CYICON), 0)); - - if (hIconLarge) - SendMessage (WM_SETICON, WPARAM (ICON_BIG), LPARAM (hIconLarge)); - else - TRACE(_T("**WARNING** SetIconLarge Failed\n")); - - return hIconLarge; - } - - inline HICON CWnd::SetIconSmall(int nIcon) - // Sets the small icon associated with the window - { - assert( GetApp() ); - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - - HICON hIconSmall = (HICON) (::LoadImage (GetApp()->GetResourceHandle(), MAKEINTRESOURCE (nIcon), IMAGE_ICON, - ::GetSystemMetrics (SM_CXSMICON), ::GetSystemMetrics (SM_CYSMICON), 0)); - - if (hIconSmall) - SendMessage (WM_SETICON, WPARAM (ICON_SMALL), LPARAM (hIconSmall)); - else - TRACE(_T("**WARNING** SetIconSmall Failed\n")); - - return hIconSmall; - } - - inline LRESULT CALLBACK CWnd::StaticWindowProc(HWND hWnd, UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) - // All CWnd windows direct their messages here. This function redirects the message - // to the CWnd's WndProc function. - { - assert( GetApp() ); - - CWnd* w = GetApp()->GetCWndFromMap(hWnd); - if (0 == w) - { - // The CWnd pointer wasn't found in the map, so add it now - - // Retrieve the pointer to the TLS Data - TLSData* pTLSData = (TLSData*)TlsGetValue(GetApp()->GetTlsIndex()); - assert(pTLSData); - - // Retrieve pointer to CWnd object from Thread Local Storage TLS - w = pTLSData->pCWnd; - assert(w); // pTLSData->pCWnd is assigned in CreateEx - pTLSData->pCWnd = NULL; - - // Store the CWnd pointer in the HWND map - w->m_hWnd = hWnd; - w->AddToMap(); - } - - return w->WndProc(uMsg, wParam, lParam); - - } // LRESULT CALLBACK StaticWindowProc(...) - - inline void CWnd::Subclass(HWND hWnd) - // A private function used by CreateEx, Attach and AttachDlgItem - { - assert(::IsWindow(hWnd)); - - m_PrevWindowProc = (WNDPROC)::SetWindowLongPtr(hWnd, GWLP_WNDPROC, (LONG_PTR)CWnd::StaticWindowProc); - m_hWnd = hWnd; - } - - inline LRESULT CWnd::WndProc(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) - { - // Override this function in your class derrived from CWnd to handle - // window messages. A typical function might look like this: - - // switch (uMsg) - // { - // case MESSAGE1: // Some Windows API message - // OnMessage1(); // A user defined function - // break; // Also do default processing - // case MESSAGE2: - // OnMessage2(); - // return x; // Don't do default processing, but instead return - // // a value recommended by the Windows API documentation - // } - - // Always pass unhandled messages on to WndProcDefault - return WndProcDefault(uMsg, wParam, lParam); - } - - inline LRESULT CWnd::WndProcDefault(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) - // All WndProc functions should pass unhandled window messages to this function - { - LRESULT lr = 0L; - - switch (uMsg) - { - case UWM_CLEANUPTEMPS: - { - TLSData* pTLSData = (TLSData*)TlsGetValue(GetApp()->GetTlsIndex()); - pTLSData->vTmpWnds.clear(); - } - break; - case WM_COMMAND: - { - // Refelect this message if it's from a control - CWnd* pWnd = GetApp()->GetCWndFromMap((HWND)lParam); - if (pWnd != NULL) - lr = pWnd->OnCommand(wParam, lParam); - - // Handle user commands - if (!lr) - lr = OnCommand(wParam, lParam); - - if (lr) return 0L; - } - break; // Note: Some MDI commands require default processing - case WM_CREATE: - OnCreate(); - break; - // An example of how to end the application when the window closes - // If needed, put this in the class you inherit from CWnd - // case WM_DESTROY: - // ::PostQuitMessage(0); - // return 0L; - case WM_NOTIFY: - { - // Do Notification reflection if it came from a CWnd object - HWND hwndFrom = ((LPNMHDR)lParam)->hwndFrom; - CWnd* pWndFrom = GetApp()->GetCWndFromMap(hwndFrom); - - if (lstrcmp(GetClassName(), _T("ReBarWindow32")) != 0) // Skip notification reflection for rebars to avoid double handling - { - if (pWndFrom != NULL) - lr = pWndFrom->OnNotifyReflect(wParam, lParam); - else - { - // Some controls (eg ListView) have child windows. - // Reflect those notifications too. - CWnd* pWndFromParent = GetApp()->GetCWndFromMap(::GetParent(hwndFrom)); - if (pWndFromParent != NULL) - lr = pWndFromParent->OnNotifyReflect(wParam, lParam); - } - } - - // Handle user notifications - if (!lr) lr = OnNotify(wParam, lParam); - if (lr) return lr; - } - break; - - case WM_PAINT: - { - // Subclassed controls expect to do their own painting. - // CustomDraw or OwnerDraw are normally used to modify the drawing of controls. - if (m_PrevWindowProc) break; - - if (::GetUpdateRect(m_hWnd, NULL, FALSE)) - { - CPaintDC dc(this); - OnDraw(&dc); - } - else - // RedrawWindow can require repainting without an update rect - { - CClientDC dc(this); - OnDraw(&dc); - } - } - return 0L; - - case WM_ERASEBKGND: - { - CDC dc((HDC)wParam); - BOOL bResult = OnEraseBkgnd(&dc); - dc.Detach(); - if (bResult) return TRUE; - } - break; - - // A set of messages to be reflected back to the control that generated them - case WM_CTLCOLORBTN: - case WM_CTLCOLOREDIT: - case WM_CTLCOLORDLG: - case WM_CTLCOLORLISTBOX: - case WM_CTLCOLORSCROLLBAR: - case WM_CTLCOLORSTATIC: - case WM_DRAWITEM: - case WM_MEASUREITEM: - case WM_DELETEITEM: - case WM_COMPAREITEM: - case WM_CHARTOITEM: - case WM_VKEYTOITEM: - case WM_HSCROLL: - case WM_VSCROLL: - case WM_PARENTNOTIFY: - { - // if (m_PrevWindowProc) break; // Suppress for subclassed windows - - LRESULT lr = MessageReflect(m_hWnd, uMsg, wParam, lParam); - if (lr) return lr; // Message processed so return - } - break; // Do default processing when message not already processed - - case UWM_UPDATE_COMMAND: - OnMenuUpdate((UINT)wParam); // Perform menu updates - break; - - } // switch (uMsg) - - // Now hand all messages to the default procedure - if (m_PrevWindowProc) - return ::CallWindowProc(m_PrevWindowProc, m_hWnd, uMsg, wParam, lParam); - else - return FinalWindowProc(uMsg, wParam, lParam); - - } // LRESULT CWnd::WindowProc(...) - - - // - // Wrappers for Win32 API functions - // - - inline CDC* CWnd::BeginPaint(PAINTSTRUCT& ps) const - // The BeginPaint function prepares the specified window for painting and fills a PAINTSTRUCT structure with - // information about the painting. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return FromHandle(::BeginPaint(m_hWnd, &ps)); - } - - inline BOOL CWnd::BringWindowToTop() const - // The BringWindowToTop function brings the specified window to the top - // of the Z order. If the window is a top-level window, it is activated. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ::BringWindowToTop(m_hWnd); - } - - inline LRESULT CWnd::CallWindowProc(WNDPROC lpPrevWndFunc, UINT Msg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) const - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ::CallWindowProc(lpPrevWndFunc, m_hWnd, Msg, wParam, lParam); - } - - inline BOOL CWnd::CheckDlgButton(int nIDButton, UINT uCheck) const - // The CheckDlgButton function changes the check state of a button control. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ::CheckDlgButton(m_hWnd, nIDButton, uCheck); - } - - inline BOOL CWnd::CheckRadioButton(int nIDFirstButton, int nIDLastButton, int nIDCheckButton) const - // The CheckRadioButton function adds a check mark to (checks) a specified radio button in a group - // and removes a check mark from (clears) all other radio buttons in the group. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ::CheckRadioButton(m_hWnd, nIDFirstButton, nIDLastButton, nIDCheckButton); - } - - inline CWnd* CWnd::ChildWindowFromPoint(POINT pt) const - // determines which, if any, of the child windows belonging to a parent window contains - // the specified point. The search is restricted to immediate child windows. - // Grandchildren, and deeper descendant windows are not searched. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return FromHandle(::ChildWindowFromPoint(m_hWnd, pt)); - } - - inline BOOL CWnd::ClientToScreen(POINT& pt) const - // The ClientToScreen function converts the client-area coordinates of a specified point to screen coordinates. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ::ClientToScreen(m_hWnd, &pt); - } - - inline BOOL CWnd::ClientToScreen(RECT& rc) const - // The ClientToScreen function converts the client-area coordinates of a specified RECT to screen coordinates. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (BOOL)::MapWindowPoints(m_hWnd, NULL, (LPPOINT)&rc, 2); - } - - inline HDWP CWnd::DeferWindowPos(HDWP hWinPosInfo, HWND hWndInsertAfter, int x, int y, int cx, int cy, UINT uFlags) const - // The DeferWindowPos function updates the specified multiple-window – position structure for the window. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ::DeferWindowPos(hWinPosInfo, m_hWnd, hWndInsertAfter, x, y, cx, cy, uFlags); - } - - inline HDWP CWnd::DeferWindowPos(HDWP hWinPosInfo, HWND hWndInsertAfter, const RECT& rc, UINT uFlags) const - // The DeferWindowPos function updates the specified multiple-window – position structure for the window. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ::DeferWindowPos(hWinPosInfo, m_hWnd, hWndInsertAfter, rc.left, rc.top, rc.right - rc.left, rc.bottom - rc.top, uFlags); - } - - inline LRESULT CWnd::DefWindowProc(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) const - // This function provides default processing for any window messages that an application does not process. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ::DefWindowProc(m_hWnd, uMsg, wParam, lParam); - } - - inline BOOL CWnd::DrawMenuBar() const - // The DrawMenuBar function redraws the menu bar of the specified window. If the menu bar changes after - // the system has created the window, this function must be called to draw the changed menu bar. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ::DrawMenuBar(m_hWnd); - } - - inline BOOL CWnd::EnableWindow(BOOL bEnable /*= TRUE*/) const - // The EnableWindow function enables or disables mouse and - // keyboard input to the window. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ::EnableWindow(m_hWnd, bEnable); - } - - inline BOOL CWnd::EndPaint(PAINTSTRUCT& ps) const - // The EndPaint function marks the end of painting in the specified window. This function is required for - // each call to the BeginPaint function, but only after painting is complete. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ::EndPaint(m_hWnd, &ps); - } - - inline CWnd* CWnd::GetActiveWindow() const - // The GetActiveWindow function retrieves a pointer to the active window attached to the calling - // thread's message queue. - { - return FromHandle( ::GetActiveWindow() ); - } - - inline CWnd* CWnd::GetCapture() const - // The GetCapture function retrieves a pointer to the window (if any) that has captured the mouse. - { - return FromHandle( ::GetCapture() ); - } - - inline ULONG_PTR CWnd::GetClassLongPtr(int nIndex) const - // The GetClassLongPtr function retrieves the specified value from the - // WNDCLASSEX structure associated with the window. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ::GetClassLongPtr(m_hWnd, nIndex); - } - - inline CRect CWnd::GetClientRect() const - // The GetClientRect function retrieves the coordinates of a window's client area. - // The client coordinates specify the upper-left and lower-right corners of the - // client area. Because client coordinates are relative to the upper-left corner - // of a window's client area, the coordinates of the upper-left corner are (0,0). - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - CRect rc; - ::GetClientRect(m_hWnd, &rc); - return rc; - } - - inline CDC* CWnd::GetDC() const - // The GetDC function retrieves a handle to a display device context (DC) for the - // client area of the window. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return CDC::AddTempHDC(::GetDC(m_hWnd), m_hWnd); - } - - inline CDC* CWnd::GetDCEx(HRGN hrgnClip, DWORD flags) const - // The GetDCEx function retrieves a handle to a display device context (DC) for the - // client area or entire area of a window - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return CDC::AddTempHDC(::GetDCEx(m_hWnd, hrgnClip, flags), m_hWnd); - } - - inline CWnd* CWnd::GetDesktopWindow() const - // The GetDesktopWindow function retrieves a pointer to the desktop window. - { - return FromHandle( ::GetDesktopWindow() ); - } - - inline CWnd* CWnd::GetDlgItem(int nIDDlgItem) const - // The GetDlgItem function retrieves a handle to a control in the dialog box. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return FromHandle( ::GetDlgItem(m_hWnd, nIDDlgItem) ); - } - - inline UINT CWnd::GetDlgItemInt(int nIDDlgItem, BOOL* lpTranslated, BOOL bSigned) const - // The GetDlgItemInt function translates the text of a specified control in a dialog box into an integer value. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ::GetDlgItemInt(m_hWnd, nIDDlgItem, lpTranslated, bSigned); - } - - inline CWnd* CWnd::GetFocus() const - // The GetFocus function retrieves a pointer to the window that has the keyboard focus, if the window - // is attached to the calling thread's message queue. - { - return FromHandle( ::GetFocus() ); - } - - inline CFont* CWnd::GetFont() const - // Retrieves the font with which the window is currently drawing its text. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return FromHandle((HFONT)SendMessage(WM_GETFONT, 0, 0)); - } - - inline HICON CWnd::GetIcon(BOOL bBigIcon) const - // Retrieves a handle to the large or small icon associated with a window. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (HICON)SendMessage(WM_GETICON, (WPARAM)bBigIcon, 0); - } - - inline CWnd* CWnd::GetNextDlgGroupItem(CWnd* pCtl, BOOL bPrevious) const - // The GetNextDlgGroupItem function retrieves a pointer to the first control in a group of controls that - // precedes (or follows) the specified control in a dialog box. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - assert(pCtl); - return FromHandle(::GetNextDlgGroupItem(m_hWnd, pCtl->GetHwnd(), bPrevious)); - } - - inline CWnd* CWnd::GetNextDlgTabItem(CWnd* pCtl, BOOL bPrevious) const - // The GetNextDlgTabItem function retrieves a pointer to the first control that has the WS_TABSTOP style - // that precedes (or follows) the specified control. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - assert(pCtl); - return FromHandle(::GetNextDlgTabItem(m_hWnd, pCtl->GetHwnd(), bPrevious)); - } - - inline CWnd* CWnd::GetParent() const - // The GetParent function retrieves a pointer to the specified window's parent or owner. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return FromHandle( ::GetParent(m_hWnd) ); - } - - inline LONG_PTR CWnd::GetWindowLongPtr(int nIndex) const - // The GetWindowLongPtr function retrieves information about the window. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ::GetWindowLongPtr(m_hWnd, nIndex); - } - - inline BOOL CWnd::GetScrollInfo(int fnBar, SCROLLINFO& si) const - // The GetScrollInfo function retrieves the parameters of a scroll bar, including - // the minimum and maximum scrolling positions, the page size, and the position - // of the scroll box (thumb). - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ::GetScrollInfo(m_hWnd, fnBar, &si); - } - - inline CRect CWnd::GetUpdateRect(BOOL bErase) const - // The GetUpdateRect function retrieves the coordinates of the smallest rectangle that completely - // encloses the update region of the specified window. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - CRect rc; - ::GetUpdateRect(m_hWnd, &rc, bErase); - return rc; - } - - inline int CWnd::GetUpdateRgn(CRgn* pRgn, BOOL bErase) const - // The GetUpdateRgn function retrieves the update region of a window by copying it into the specified region. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - assert(pRgn); - HRGN hRgn = (HRGN)pRgn->GetHandle(); - return ::GetUpdateRgn(m_hWnd, hRgn, bErase); - } - - inline CWnd* CWnd::GetWindow(UINT uCmd) const - // The GetWindow function retrieves a pointer to a window that has the specified - // relationship (Z-Order or owner) to the specified window. - // Possible uCmd values: GW_CHILD, GW_ENABLEDPOPUP, GW_HWNDFIRST, GW_HWNDLAST, - // GW_HWNDNEXT, GW_HWNDPREV, GW_OWNER - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return FromHandle( ::GetWindow(m_hWnd, uCmd) ); - } - - inline CDC* CWnd::GetWindowDC() const - // The GetWindowDC function retrieves the device context (DC) for the entire - // window, including title bar, menus, and scroll bars. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return CDC::AddTempHDC(::GetWindowDC(m_hWnd), m_hWnd); - } - - inline CRect CWnd::GetWindowRect() const - // retrieves the dimensions of the bounding rectangle of the window. - // The dimensions are given in screen coordinates that are relative to the - // upper-left corner of the screen. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - CRect rc; - ::GetWindowRect(m_hWnd, &rc); - return rc; - } - - inline int CWnd::GetWindowTextLength() const - // The GetWindowTextLength function retrieves the length, in characters, of the specified window's - // title bar text (if the window has a title bar). - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ::GetWindowTextLength(m_hWnd); - } - - inline void CWnd::Invalidate(BOOL bErase /*= TRUE*/) const - // The Invalidate function adds the entire client area the window's update region. - // The update region represents the portion of the window's client area that must be redrawn. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - ::InvalidateRect(m_hWnd, NULL, bErase); - } - - inline BOOL CWnd::InvalidateRect(LPCRECT lpRect, BOOL bErase /*= TRUE*/) const - // The InvalidateRect function adds a rectangle to the window's update region. - // The update region represents the portion of the window's client area that must be redrawn. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ::InvalidateRect(m_hWnd, lpRect, bErase); - } - - inline BOOL CWnd::InvalidateRgn(CRgn* pRgn, BOOL bErase /*= TRUE*/) const - // The InvalidateRgn function invalidates the client area within the specified region - // by adding it to the current update region of a window. The invalidated region, - // along with all other areas in the update region, is marked for painting when the - // next WM_PAINT message occurs. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - HRGN hRgn = pRgn? (HRGN)pRgn->GetHandle() : NULL; - return ::InvalidateRgn(m_hWnd, hRgn, bErase); - } - - inline BOOL CWnd::IsChild(CWnd* pChild) const - // The IsChild function tests whether a window is a child window or descendant window - // of a parent window's CWnd. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ::IsChild(m_hWnd, pChild->GetHwnd()); - } - - inline BOOL CWnd::IsDialogMessage(LPMSG lpMsg) const - // The IsDialogMessage function determines whether a message is intended for the specified dialog box and, - // if it is, processes the message. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ::IsDialogMessage(m_hWnd, lpMsg); - } - - inline UINT CWnd::IsDlgButtonChecked(int nIDButton) const - // The IsDlgButtonChecked function determines whether a button control has a check mark next to it - // or whether a three-state button control is grayed, checked, or neither. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ::IsDlgButtonChecked(m_hWnd, nIDButton); - } - - inline BOOL CWnd::IsWindowEnabled() const - // The IsWindowEnabled function determines whether the window is enabled - // for mouse and keyboard input. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ::IsWindowEnabled(m_hWnd); - } - - inline BOOL CWnd::IsWindowVisible() const - // The IsWindowVisible function retrieves the visibility state of the window. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ::IsWindowVisible(m_hWnd); - } - - inline BOOL CWnd::IsWindow() const - // The IsWindow function determines whether the window exists. - { - return ::IsWindow(m_hWnd); - } - - inline void CWnd::MapWindowPoints(CWnd* pWndTo, POINT& pt) const - // The MapWindowPoints function converts (maps) a set of points from a coordinate space relative to one - // window to a coordinate space relative to another window. - { - assert (m_hWnd); - if(pWndTo) - { - assert (pWndTo->GetHwnd()); - ::MapWindowPoints(m_hWnd, pWndTo->GetHwnd(), &pt, 1); - } - else - ::MapWindowPoints(m_hWnd, NULL, &pt, 1); - } - - inline void CWnd::MapWindowPoints(CWnd* pWndTo, RECT& rc) const - // The MapWindowPoints function converts (maps) a set of points from a coordinate space relative to one - // window to a coordinate space relative to another window. - { - assert (m_hWnd); - if(pWndTo) - { - assert (pWndTo->GetHwnd()); - ::MapWindowPoints(m_hWnd, pWndTo->GetHwnd(), (LPPOINT)&rc, 2); - } - else - ::MapWindowPoints(m_hWnd, NULL, (LPPOINT)&rc, 2); - } - - inline void CWnd::MapWindowPoints(CWnd* pWndTo, LPPOINT ptArray, UINT nCount) const - // The MapWindowPoints function converts (maps) a set of points from a coordinate space relative to one - // window to a coordinate space relative to another window. - { - assert (m_hWnd); - if (pWndTo) - { - assert (pWndTo->GetHwnd()); - ::MapWindowPoints(m_hWnd, pWndTo->GetHwnd(), (LPPOINT)ptArray, nCount); - } - else - ::MapWindowPoints(m_hWnd, NULL, (LPPOINT)ptArray, nCount); - } - - inline int CWnd::MessageBox(LPCTSTR lpText, LPCTSTR lpCaption, UINT uType) const - // The MessageBox function creates, displays, and operates a message box. - // Possible combinations of uType values include: MB_OK, MB_HELP, MB_OKCANCEL, MB_RETRYCANCEL, - // MB_YESNO, MB_YESNOCANCEL, MB_ICONEXCLAMATION, MB_ICONWARNING, MB_ICONERROR (+ many others). - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ::MessageBox(m_hWnd, lpText, lpCaption, uType); - } - - inline BOOL CWnd::MoveWindow(int x, int y, int nWidth, int nHeight, BOOL bRepaint /* = TRUE*/) const - // The MoveWindow function changes the position and dimensions of the window. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ::MoveWindow(m_hWnd, x, y, nWidth, nHeight, bRepaint = TRUE); - } - - inline BOOL CWnd::MoveWindow(const RECT& rc, BOOL bRepaint /* = TRUE*/) const - // The MoveWindow function changes the position and dimensions of the window. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ::MoveWindow(m_hWnd, rc.left, rc.top, rc.right - rc.left, rc.bottom - rc.top, bRepaint); - } - - inline BOOL CWnd::PostMessage(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam /*= 0L*/, LPARAM lParam /*= 0L*/) const - // The PostMessage function places (posts) a message in the message queue - // associated with the thread that created the window and returns without - // waiting for the thread to process the message. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ::PostMessage(m_hWnd, uMsg, wParam, lParam); - } - - inline BOOL CWnd::PostMessage(HWND hWnd, UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) const - // Required by by some macros - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ::PostMessage(hWnd, uMsg, wParam, lParam); - } - - inline BOOL CWnd::RedrawWindow(LPCRECT lpRectUpdate, CRgn* pRgn, UINT flags) const - // The RedrawWindow function updates the specified rectangle or region in a window's client area. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - HRGN hRgn = pRgn? (HRGN)pRgn->GetHandle() : NULL; - return ::RedrawWindow(m_hWnd, lpRectUpdate, hRgn, flags); - } - - inline int CWnd::ReleaseDC(CDC* pDC) const - // The ReleaseDC function releases a device context (DC), freeing it for use - // by other applications. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - assert(pDC); - return ::ReleaseDC(m_hWnd, pDC->GetHDC()); - } - - inline BOOL CWnd::ScreenToClient(POINT& Point) const - // The ScreenToClient function converts the screen coordinates of a specified point on the screen to client-area coordinates. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ::ScreenToClient(m_hWnd, &Point); - } - - inline BOOL CWnd::ScreenToClient(RECT& rc) const - // The ScreenToClient function converts the screen coordinates of a specified RECT on the screen to client-area coordinates. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (BOOL)::MapWindowPoints(NULL, m_hWnd, (LPPOINT)&rc, 2); - } - - inline LRESULT CWnd::SendDlgItemMessage(int nIDDlgItem, UINT Msg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) const - // The SendDlgItemMessage function sends a message to the specified control in a dialog box. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ::SendDlgItemMessage(m_hWnd, nIDDlgItem, Msg, wParam, lParam); - } - - inline LRESULT CWnd::SendMessage(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam /*= 0L*/, LPARAM lParam /*= 0L*/) const - // The SendMessage function sends the specified message to a window or windows. - // It calls the window procedure for the window and does not return until the - // window procedure has processed the message. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ::SendMessage(m_hWnd, uMsg, wParam, lParam); - } - - inline LRESULT CWnd::SendMessage(HWND hWnd, UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) const - // Required by by some macros - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ::SendMessage(hWnd, uMsg, wParam, lParam); - } - - inline BOOL CWnd::SendNotifyMessage(UINT Msg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) const - // The SendNotifyMessage function sends the specified message to a window or windows. If the window was created by the - // calling thread, SendNotifyMessage calls the window procedure for the window and does not return until the window procedure - // has processed the message. If the window was created by a different thread, SendNotifyMessage passes the message to the - // window procedure and returns immediately; it does not wait for the window procedure to finish processing the message. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ::SendNotifyMessage(m_hWnd, Msg, wParam, lParam); - } - - inline CWnd* CWnd::SetActiveWindow() const - // The SetActiveWindow function activates the window, but - // not if the application is in the background. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return FromHandle( ::SetActiveWindow(m_hWnd) ); - } - - inline CWnd* CWnd::SetCapture() const - // The SetCapture function sets the mouse capture to the window. - // SetCapture captures mouse input either when the mouse is over the capturing - // window, or when the mouse button was pressed while the mouse was over the - // capturing window and the button is still down. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return FromHandle( ::SetCapture(m_hWnd) ); - } - - inline ULONG_PTR CWnd::SetClassLongPtr(int nIndex, LONG_PTR dwNewLong) const - // The SetClassLongPtr function replaces the specified value at the specified offset in the - // extra class memory or the WNDCLASSEX structure for the class to which the window belongs. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ::SetClassLongPtr(m_hWnd, nIndex, dwNewLong); - } - - inline CWnd* CWnd::SetFocus() const - // The SetFocus function sets the keyboard focus to the window. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return FromHandle( ::SetFocus(m_hWnd) ); - } - - inline void CWnd::SetFont(CFont* pFont, BOOL bRedraw /* = TRUE*/) const - // Specifies the font that the window will use when drawing text. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - assert(pFont); - SendMessage(WM_SETFONT, (WPARAM)pFont->GetHandle(), (LPARAM)bRedraw); - } - - inline HICON CWnd::SetIcon(HICON hIcon, BOOL bBigIcon) const - // Associates a new large or small icon with a window. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (HICON)SendMessage(WM_SETICON, (WPARAM)bBigIcon, (LPARAM)hIcon); - } - - inline BOOL CWnd::SetForegroundWindow() const - // The SetForegroundWindow function puts the thread that created the window into the - // foreground and activates the window. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ::SetForegroundWindow(m_hWnd); - } - - inline CWnd* CWnd::SetParent(CWnd* pWndParent) const - // The SetParent function changes the parent window of the child window. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - if (pWndParent) - { - HWND hParent = pWndParent->GetHwnd(); - return FromHandle(::SetParent(m_hWnd, hParent)); - } - else - return FromHandle(::SetParent(m_hWnd, 0)); - } - - inline BOOL CWnd::SetRedraw(BOOL bRedraw /*= TRUE*/) const - // This function allows changes in that window to be redrawn or prevents changes - // in that window from being redrawn. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return (BOOL)::SendMessage(m_hWnd, WM_SETREDRAW, (WPARAM)bRedraw, 0L); - } - - inline LONG_PTR CWnd::SetWindowLongPtr(int nIndex, LONG_PTR dwNewLong) const - // The SetWindowLongPtr function changes an attribute of the window. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ::SetWindowLongPtr(m_hWnd, nIndex, dwNewLong); - } - - inline BOOL CWnd::SetWindowPos(HWND hWndInsertAfter, int x, int y, int cx, int cy, UINT uFlags) const - // The SetWindowPos function changes the size, position, and Z order of a child, pop-up, - // or top-level window. The hWndInsertAfter can be a HWND or one of: - // HWND_BOTTOM, HWND_NOTOPMOST, HWND_TOP, HWND_TOPMOST - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ::SetWindowPos(m_hWnd, hWndInsertAfter, x, y, cx, cy, uFlags); - } - - inline BOOL CWnd::SetWindowPos(HWND hWndInsertAfter, const RECT& rc, UINT uFlags) const - // The SetWindowPos function changes the size, position, and Z order of a child, pop-up, - // or top-level window. The hWndInsertAfter can be a HWND or one of: - // HWND_BOTTOM, HWND_NOTOPMOST, HWND_TOP, HWND_TOPMOST - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ::SetWindowPos(m_hWnd, hWndInsertAfter, rc.left, rc.top, rc.right - rc.left, rc.bottom - rc.top, uFlags); - } - - inline int CWnd::SetWindowRgn(CRgn* pRgn, BOOL bRedraw /*= TRUE*/) const - // The SetWindowRgn function sets the window region of the window. - // The window region determines the area within the window where the system permits drawing. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - HRGN hRgn = pRgn? (HRGN)pRgn->GetHandle() : NULL; - int iResult = ::SetWindowRgn(m_hWnd, hRgn, bRedraw); - if (iResult && pRgn) - pRgn->Detach(); // The system owns the region now - return iResult; - } - - inline BOOL CWnd::SetDlgItemInt(int nIDDlgItem, UINT uValue, BOOL bSigned) const - // The SetDlgItemInt function sets the text of a control in a dialog box to the string representation of a specified integer value. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ::SetDlgItemInt(m_hWnd, nIDDlgItem, uValue, bSigned); - } - - inline BOOL CWnd::SetDlgItemText(int nIDDlgItem, LPCTSTR lpString) const - // The SetDlgItemText function sets the title or text of a control in a dialog box. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ::SetDlgItemText(m_hWnd, nIDDlgItem, lpString); - } - - inline UINT_PTR CWnd::SetTimer(UINT_PTR nIDEvent, UINT uElapse, TIMERPROC lpTimerFunc) const - // Creates a timer with the specified time-out value. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ::SetTimer(m_hWnd, nIDEvent, uElapse, lpTimerFunc); - } - - inline BOOL CWnd::SetWindowText(LPCTSTR lpString) const - // The SetWindowText function changes the text of the window's title bar (if it has one). - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ::SetWindowText(m_hWnd, lpString); - } - - inline HRESULT CWnd::SetWindowTheme(LPCWSTR pszSubAppName, LPCWSTR pszSubIdList) const - // Set the XP Theme for a window. - // Exampes: - // SetWindowTheme(NULL, NULL); // Reverts the window's XP theme back to default - // SetWindowTheme(L" ", L" "); // Disables XP theme for the window - { - HRESULT hr = E_NOTIMPL; - -#ifndef _WIN32_WCE - - HMODULE hMod = ::LoadLibrary(_T("uxtheme.dll")); - if(hMod) - { - typedef HRESULT (__stdcall *PFNSETWINDOWTHEME)(HWND hWnd, LPCWSTR pszSubAppName, LPCWSTR pszSubIdList); - PFNSETWINDOWTHEME pfn = (PFNSETWINDOWTHEME)GetProcAddress(hMod, "SetWindowTheme"); - - hr = (*pfn)(m_hWnd, pszSubAppName, pszSubIdList); - - ::FreeLibrary(hMod); - } - -#endif - - return hr; - } - - inline BOOL CWnd::ShowWindow(int nCmdShow /*= SW_SHOWNORMAL*/) const - // The ShowWindow function sets the window's show state. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ::ShowWindow(m_hWnd, nCmdShow); - } - - inline BOOL CWnd::UpdateWindow() const - // The UpdateWindow function updates the client area of the window by sending a - // WM_PAINT message to the window if the window's update region is not empty. - // If the update region is empty, no message is sent. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ::UpdateWindow(m_hWnd); - } - - inline BOOL CWnd::ValidateRect(LPCRECT prc) const - // The ValidateRect function validates the client area within a rectangle by - // removing the rectangle from the update region of the window. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ::ValidateRect(m_hWnd, prc); - } - - inline BOOL CWnd::ValidateRgn(CRgn* pRgn) const - // The ValidateRgn function validates the client area within a region by - // removing the region from the current update region of the window. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - HRGN hRgn = pRgn? (HRGN)pRgn->GetHandle() : NULL; - return ::ValidateRgn(m_hWnd, hRgn); - } - - inline CWnd* CWnd::WindowFromPoint(POINT pt) - // Retrieves the window that contains the specified point (in screen coodinates). - { - return FromHandle(::WindowFromPoint(pt)); - } - - // - // These functions aren't supported on WinCE - // - #ifndef _WIN32_WCE - inline BOOL CWnd::CloseWindow() const - // The CloseWindow function minimizes (but does not destroy) the window. - // To destroy a window, an application can use the Destroy function. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ::CloseWindow(m_hWnd); - } - - inline int CWnd::DlgDirList(LPTSTR lpPathSpec, int nIDListBox, int nIDStaticPath, UINT uFileType) const - // The DlgDirList function replaces the contents of a list box with the names of the subdirectories and files - // in a specified directory. You can filter the list of names by specifying a set of file attributes. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ::DlgDirList(m_hWnd, lpPathSpec, nIDListBox, nIDStaticPath, uFileType); - } - - inline int CWnd::DlgDirListComboBox(LPTSTR lpPathSpec, int nIDComboBox, int nIDStaticPath, UINT uFiletype) const - // The DlgDirListComboBox function replaces the contents of a combo box with the names of the subdirectories - // and files in a specified directory. You can filter the list of names by specifying a set of file attributes. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ::DlgDirListComboBox(m_hWnd, lpPathSpec, nIDComboBox, nIDStaticPath, uFiletype); - } - - inline BOOL CWnd::DlgDirSelectEx(LPTSTR lpString, int nCount, int nIDListBox) const - // The DlgDirSelectEx function retrieves the current selection from a single-selection list box. It assumes that the list box - // has been filled by the DlgDirList function and that the selection is a drive letter, filename, or directory name. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ::DlgDirSelectEx(m_hWnd, lpString, nCount, nIDListBox); - } - - inline BOOL CWnd::DlgDirSelectComboBoxEx(LPTSTR lpString, int nCount, int nIDComboBox) const - // The DlgDirSelectComboBoxEx function retrieves the current selection from a combo box filled by using the - // DlgDirListComboBox function. The selection is interpreted as a drive letter, a file, or a directory name. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ::DlgDirSelectComboBoxEx(m_hWnd, lpString, nCount, nIDComboBox); - } - - #ifndef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN - inline void CWnd::DragAcceptFiles(BOOL fAccept) const - // Registers whether a window accepts dropped files. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - ::DragAcceptFiles(m_hWnd, fAccept); - } - #endif - - inline BOOL CWnd::DrawAnimatedRects(int idAni, RECT& rcFrom, RECT& rcTo) const - // The DrawAnimatedRects function draws a wire-frame rectangle and animates it to indicate the opening of - // an icon or the minimizing or maximizing of a window. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ::DrawAnimatedRects(m_hWnd, idAni, &rcFrom, &rcTo); - } - - inline BOOL CWnd::DrawCaption(CDC* pDC, RECT& rc, UINT uFlags) const - // The DrawCaption function draws a window caption. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - assert(pDC); - return ::DrawCaption(m_hWnd, pDC->GetHDC(), &rc, uFlags); - } - - inline BOOL CWnd::EnableScrollBar(UINT uSBflags, UINT uArrows) const - // The EnableScrollBar function enables or disables one or both scroll bar arrows. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ::EnableScrollBar(m_hWnd, uSBflags, uArrows); - } - - inline CWnd* CWnd::GetLastActivePopup() const - // The GetLastActivePopup function determines which pop-up window owned by the specified window was most recently active. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return FromHandle( ::GetLastActivePopup(m_hWnd) ); - } - - inline CMenu* CWnd::GetMenu() const - // The GetMenu function retrieves a handle to the menu assigned to the window. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return FromHandle(::GetMenu(m_hWnd)); - } - - inline int CWnd::GetScrollPos(int nBar) const - // The GetScrollPos function retrieves the current position of the scroll box - // (thumb) in the specified scroll bar. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ::GetScrollPos(m_hWnd, nBar); - } - - inline BOOL CWnd::GetScrollRange(int nBar, int& MinPos, int& MaxPos) const - // The GetScrollRange function retrieves the current minimum and maximum scroll box - // (thumb) positions for the specified scroll bar. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ::GetScrollRange(m_hWnd, nBar, &MinPos, &MaxPos ); - } - - inline CMenu* CWnd::GetSystemMenu(BOOL bRevert) const - // The GetSystemMenu function allows the application to access the window menu (also known as the system menu - // or the control menu) for copying and modifying. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return FromHandle(::GetSystemMenu(m_hWnd, bRevert)); - } - - inline CWnd* CWnd::GetTopWindow() const - // The GetTopWindow function examines the Z order of the child windows associated with the parent window and - // retrieves a handle to the child window at the top of the Z order. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return FromHandle( ::GetTopWindow(m_hWnd) ); - } - - inline BOOL CWnd::GetWindowPlacement(WINDOWPLACEMENT& wndpl) const - // The GetWindowPlacement function retrieves the show state and the restored, - // minimized, and maximized positions of the window. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ::GetWindowPlacement(m_hWnd, &wndpl); - } - - inline BOOL CWnd::HiliteMenuItem(CMenu* pMenu, UINT uItemHilite, UINT uHilite) const - // The HiliteMenuItem function highlights or removes the highlighting from an item in a menu bar. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - assert(pMenu); - return ::HiliteMenuItem(m_hWnd, pMenu->GetHandle(), uItemHilite, uHilite); - } - - inline BOOL CWnd::IsIconic() const - // The IsIconic function determines whether the window is minimized (iconic). - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ::IsIconic(m_hWnd); - } - - inline BOOL CWnd::IsZoomed() const - // The IsZoomed function determines whether the window is maximized. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ::IsZoomed(m_hWnd); - } - - inline BOOL CWnd::KillTimer(UINT_PTR uIDEvent) const - // Destroys the specified timer. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ::KillTimer(m_hWnd, uIDEvent); - } - - inline BOOL CWnd::LockWindowUpdate() const - // Disables drawing in the window. Only one window can be locked at a time. - // Use UnLockWindowUpdate to re-enable drawing in the window - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ::LockWindowUpdate(m_hWnd); - } - - inline BOOL CWnd::OpenIcon() const - // The OpenIcon function restores a minimized (iconic) window to its previous size and position. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ::OpenIcon(m_hWnd); - } - - inline void CWnd::Print(CDC* pDC, DWORD dwFlags) const - // Requests that the window draw itself in the specified device context, most commonly in a printer device context. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - assert(pDC); - SendMessage(m_hWnd, WM_PRINT, (WPARAM)pDC, (LPARAM)dwFlags); - } - - inline BOOL CWnd::ScrollWindow(int XAmount, int YAmount, LPCRECT lprcScroll, LPCRECT lprcClip) const - // The ScrollWindow function scrolls the contents of the specified window's client area. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ::ScrollWindow(m_hWnd, XAmount, YAmount, lprcScroll, lprcClip); - } - - inline int CWnd::ScrollWindowEx(int dx, int dy, LPCRECT lprcScroll, LPCRECT lprcClip, CRgn* prgnUpdate, LPRECT lprcUpdate, UINT flags) const - // The ScrollWindow function scrolls the contents of the window's client area. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - HRGN hrgnUpdate = prgnUpdate? (HRGN)prgnUpdate->GetHandle() : NULL; - return ::ScrollWindowEx(m_hWnd, dx, dy, lprcScroll, lprcClip, hrgnUpdate, lprcUpdate, flags); - } - - inline BOOL CWnd::SetMenu(CMenu* pMenu) const - // The SetMenu function assigns a menu to the specified window. - // A hMenu of NULL removes the menu. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ::SetMenu(m_hWnd, pMenu? pMenu->GetHandle() : NULL); - } - - inline int CWnd::SetScrollInfo(int fnBar, const SCROLLINFO& si, BOOL fRedraw) const - // The SetScrollInfo function sets the parameters of a scroll bar, including - // the minimum and maximum scrolling positions, the page size, and the - // position of the scroll box (thumb). - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ::SetScrollInfo(m_hWnd, fnBar, &si, fRedraw); - } - - inline int CWnd::SetScrollPos(int nBar, int nPos, BOOL bRedraw) const - // The SetScrollPos function sets the position of the scroll box (thumb) in - // the specified scroll bar. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ::SetScrollPos(m_hWnd, nBar, nPos, bRedraw); - } - - inline BOOL CWnd::SetScrollRange(int nBar, int nMinPos, int nMaxPos, BOOL bRedraw) const - // The SetScrollRange function sets the minimum and maximum scroll box positions for the scroll bar. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ::SetScrollRange(m_hWnd, nBar, nMinPos, nMaxPos, bRedraw); - } - - inline BOOL CWnd::SetWindowPlacement(const WINDOWPLACEMENT& wndpl) const - // The SetWindowPlacement function sets the show state and the restored, minimized, - // and maximized positions of the window. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ::SetWindowPlacement(m_hWnd, &wndpl); - } - - inline BOOL CWnd::ShowOwnedPopups(BOOL fShow) const - // The ShowOwnedPopups function shows or hides all pop-up windows owned by the specified window. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ::ShowOwnedPopups(m_hWnd, fShow); - } - - inline BOOL CWnd::ShowScrollBar(int nBar, BOOL bShow) const - // The ShowScrollBar function shows or hides the specified scroll bar. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ::ShowScrollBar(m_hWnd, nBar, bShow); - } - - inline BOOL CWnd::ShowWindowAsync(int nCmdShow) const - // The ShowWindowAsync function sets the show state of a window created by a different thread. - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ::ShowWindowAsync(m_hWnd, nCmdShow); - } - - inline BOOL CWnd::UnLockWindowUpdate() const - // Enables drawing in the window. Only one window can be locked at a time. - // Use LockWindowUpdate to disable drawing in the window - { - assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); - return ::LockWindowUpdate(0); - } - - inline CWnd* CWnd::WindowFromDC(CDC* pDC) const - // The WindowFromDC function returns a handle to the window associated with the specified display device context (DC). - { - assert(pDC); - return FromHandle( ::WindowFromDC(pDC->GetHDC()) ); - } - - #endif - -}; // namespace Win32xx - - -#endif // _WIN32XX_WINCORE_H_ - diff --git a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/winutils.h b/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/winutils.h deleted file mode 100644 index 94ba2d80..00000000 --- a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/winutils.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,649 +0,0 @@ -// Win32++ Version 7.2 -// Released: 5th AUgust 2011 -// -// David Nash -// email: dnash@bigpond.net.au -// url: https://sourceforge.net/projects/win32-framework -// -// -// Copyright (c) 2005-2011 David Nash -// -// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to -// any person obtaining a copy of this software and -// associated documentation files (the "Software"), -// to deal in the Software without restriction, including -// without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, -// merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell -// copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom -// the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the -// following conditions: -// -// The above copyright notice and this permission notice -// shall be included in all copies or substantial portions -// of the Software. -// -// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF -// ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED -// TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A -// PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT -// SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR -// ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN -// ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, -// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE -// OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. -// -//////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#ifndef _WIN32XX_WINUTILS_H_ -#define _WIN32XX_WINUTILS_H_ - - -// define useful macros from WindowsX.h -#ifndef GET_X_LPARAM - #define GET_X_LPARAM(lp) ((int)(short)LOWORD(lp)) -#endif -#ifndef GET_Y_LPARAM - #define GET_Y_LPARAM(lp) ((int)(short)HIWORD(lp)) -#endif - -// Define our own MIN and MAX macros -// this avoids inconsistencies with Dev-C++ and other compilers, and -// avoids conflicts between typical min/max macros and std::min/std::max -#define MAX(a,b) (((a) > (b)) ? (a) : (b)) -#define MIN(a,b) (((a) < (b)) ? (a) : (b)) - - -namespace Win32xx -{ - // Forward declarations - class CPoint; - class CRect; - CWinApp* GetApp(); - void TRACE(LPCTSTR str); - - - ///////////////////////////////////////// - // Definition of the CSize class - // This class can be used to replace the SIZE structure - class CSize : public SIZE - { - public: - CSize() { cx = 0; cy = 0; } - CSize(int CX, int CY) { cx = CX; cy = CY; } - CSize(SIZE sz) { cx = sz.cx; cy = sz.cy; } - CSize(POINT pt) { cx = pt.x; cy = pt.y; } - CSize(DWORD dw) { cx = (short)LOWORD(dw); cy = (short)HIWORD(dw); } - void SetSize(int CX, int CY) { cx = CX; cy = CY; } - - // Operators - operator LPSIZE() { return this; } - BOOL operator == (SIZE sz) const { return (cx == sz.cx && cy == sz.cy); } - BOOL operator != (SIZE sz) const { return (cx != sz.cx || cy != sz.cy); } - void operator += (SIZE sz) { cx += sz.cx; cy += sz.cy; } - void operator -= (SIZE sz) { cx -= sz.cx; cy -= sz.cy; } - - // Operators returning CSize - CSize operator - () const { return CSize (-cx, -cy); } - CSize operator + (SIZE sz) const { return CSize (cx + sz.cx, cy + sz.cy); } - CSize operator - (SIZE sz) const { return CSize (cx - sz.cx, cy - sz.cy); } - - // Operators returning CPoint - CPoint operator + (POINT point) const; - CPoint operator - (POINT point) const; - - // Operators returning CRect - CRect operator + (RECT rc) const; - CRect operator - (RECT rc) const; - }; - - - ///////////////////////////////////////// - // Definition of the CPoint class - // This class can be used to replace the POINT structure - class CPoint : public POINT - { - public: - CPoint() { x = 0; y = 0; } - CPoint(int X, int Y) { x = X; y = Y; } - CPoint(POINT pt) { x = pt.x ; y = pt.y; } - CPoint(POINTS pts) { x = pts.x; y = pts.y; } - CPoint(SIZE sz) { x = sz.cx; y = sz.cy; } - CPoint(DWORD dw) { x = (short) LOWORD(dw); y = (short) HIWORD(dw); } - - void Offset(int dx, int dy) { x += dx; y += dy; } - void Offset(POINT pt) { x += pt.x; y += pt.y; } - void Offset(SIZE sz) { x += sz.cx; y += sz.cy; } - void SetPoint(int X, int Y) { x = X; y = Y; } - - // Operators - operator LPPOINT() { return this; } - BOOL operator == (POINT pt) const { return ((x == pt.x) && (y == pt.y)); } - BOOL operator != (POINT pt) const { return ((x != pt.x) || (y != pt.y)); } - void operator += (SIZE sz) { x += sz.cx; y += sz.cy; } - void operator -= (SIZE sz) { x -= sz.cx; y -= sz.cy; } - void operator += (POINT pt) { x += pt.x; y += pt.y; } - void operator -= (POINT pt) { x -= pt.x; y -= pt.y; } - - // Operators returning CPoint - CPoint operator - () const { return CPoint(-x, -y); } - CPoint operator + (SIZE sz) const { return CPoint(x + sz.cx, y + sz.cy); } - CPoint operator - (SIZE sz) const { return CPoint(x - sz.cx, y - sz.cy); } - CPoint operator + (POINT pt) const { return CPoint(x + pt.x, y + pt.y); } - CPoint operator - (POINT pt) const { return CPoint(x - pt.x, y - pt.y); } - - // Operators returning CRect - CRect operator + (RECT rc) const; - CRect operator - (RECT rc) const; - }; - - - ///////////////////////////////////////// - // Definition of the CRect class - // This class can be used to replace the RECT structure. - class CRect : public RECT - { - public: - CRect() { left = top = right = bottom = 0; } - CRect(int l, int t, int r, int b) { left = l; top = t; right = r; bottom = b; } - CRect(RECT rc) { left = rc.left; top = rc.top; right = rc.right; bottom = rc.bottom; } - CRect(POINT pt, SIZE sz) { right = (left = pt.x) + sz.cx; bottom = (top = pt.y) + sz.cy; } - CRect(POINT topLeft, POINT bottomRight) { left = topLeft.x; top = topLeft.y; right = bottomRight.x; bottom = bottomRight.y; } - - BOOL CopyRect(RECT rc) { return ::CopyRect(this, &rc); } - BOOL DeflateRect(int x, int y) { return ::InflateRect(this, -x, -y); } - BOOL DeflateRect(SIZE size) { return ::InflateRect(this, -size.cx, -size.cy); } - BOOL DeflateRect(RECT rc) { return ::InflateRect(this, rc.left - rc.right, rc.top - rc.bottom); } - BOOL DeflateRect(int l, int t, int r, int b){ return ::InflateRect(this, l - r, t - b); } - BOOL EqualRect(RECT rc) const { return ::EqualRect(&rc, this); } - BOOL InflateRect(int dx, int dy) { return ::InflateRect(this, dx, dy); } - BOOL InflateRect(SIZE sz) { return ::InflateRect(this, sz.cx, sz.cy); } - BOOL InflateRect(RECT rc) { return ::InflateRect(this, rc.right - rc.left, rc.bottom - rc.top); } - BOOL InflateRect(int l, int t, int r, int b){ return ::InflateRect(this, r - l, b - t); } - BOOL IntersectRect(RECT rc1, RECT rc2) { return ::IntersectRect(this, &rc1, &rc2); } - BOOL IsRectEmpty() const { return ::IsRectEmpty(this);} - BOOL IsRectNull() const { return (left == 0 && right == 0 && top == 0 && bottom == 0); } - CRect MulDiv(int nMult, int nDiv) const { return CRect ((left * nMult) / nDiv, (top * nMult) / nDiv, - (right * nMult) / nDiv, (bottom * nMult) / nDiv); } - void NormalizeRect() { int nTemp; if (left > right) { nTemp = left; left = right; right = nTemp; } - if (top > bottom) { nTemp = top; top = bottom; bottom = nTemp; } } - BOOL OffsetRect(int dx, int dy) { return ::OffsetRect(this, dx, dy); } - BOOL OffsetRect(POINT pt) { return ::OffsetRect(this, pt.x, pt.y); } - BOOL OffsetRect(SIZE size) { return ::OffsetRect(this, size.cx, size.cy); } - BOOL PtInRect(POINT pt) const { return ::PtInRect(this, pt); } - BOOL SetRect(int l, int t, int r, int b) { return ::SetRect(this, l, t, r, b); } - BOOL SetRect(POINT TopLeft, POINT BtmRight) { return ::SetRect(this, TopLeft.x, TopLeft.y, BtmRight.x, BtmRight.y); } - BOOL SetRectEmpty() { return ::SetRectEmpty(this); } - BOOL SubtractRect(RECT rc1, RECT rc2) { return ::SubtractRect(this, &rc1, &rc2); } - BOOL UnionRect(RECT rc1, RECT rc2) { return ::UnionRect(this, &rc1, &rc2); } - - // Reposition rectangle - void MoveToX (int x) { right = Width() + x; left = x; } - void MoveToY (int y) { bottom = Height() + y; top = y; } - void MoveToXY (int x, int y) { MoveToX(x); MoveToY(y); } - void MoveToXY (POINT pt) { MoveToX (pt.x); MoveToY (pt.y); } - - // Attributes - int Height() const { return bottom - top; } - int Width() const { return right - left; } - CSize Size() const { return CSize(Width(), Height()); } - CPoint CenterPoint() const { return CPoint((left + right) / 2, (top + bottom) / 2); } - CPoint TopLeft() const { return CPoint(left, top); } - CPoint BottomRight() const { return CPoint(right, bottom); } - - // operators - operator LPRECT() { return this; } - BOOL operator == (RECT rc) const { return ::EqualRect(this, &rc); } - BOOL operator != (RECT rc) const { return !::EqualRect(this, &rc); } - void operator += (POINT pt) { ::OffsetRect(this, pt.x, pt.y); } - void operator += (SIZE size) { ::OffsetRect(this, size.cx, size.cy); } - void operator += (RECT rc) { ::InflateRect(this, rc.right - rc.left, rc.bottom - rc.top); } - void operator -= (RECT rc) { ::InflateRect(this, rc.left - rc.right, rc.top - rc.bottom); } - void operator -= (POINT pt) { ::OffsetRect(this, -pt.x, -pt.y); } - void operator -= (SIZE sz) { ::OffsetRect(this, -sz.cx, -sz.cy); } - void operator &= (RECT rc) { ::IntersectRect(this, this, &rc); } - void operator |= (RECT rc) { ::UnionRect(this, this, &rc); } - - // Operators returning CRect - CRect operator + (POINT pt) const { CRect rc(*this); ::OffsetRect(&rc, pt.x, pt.y); return rc; } - CRect operator - (POINT pt) const { CRect rc(*this); ::OffsetRect(&rc, -pt.x, -pt.y); return rc; } - CRect operator + (SIZE sz) const { CRect rc(*this); ::OffsetRect(&rc, sz.cx, sz.cy); return rc; } - CRect operator - (SIZE sz) const { CRect rc(*this); ::OffsetRect(&rc, -sz.cx, -sz.cy); return rc; } - CRect operator + (RECT rc) const { CRect rc1(*this); rc1.InflateRect(rc); return rc1; } - CRect operator - (RECT rc) const { CRect rc1(*this); rc1.DeflateRect(rc); return rc1; } - CRect operator & (RECT rc) const { CRect rc1; ::IntersectRect(&rc1, this, &rc); return rc1; } - CRect operator | (RECT rc) const { CRect rc1; ::UnionRect(&rc1, this, &rc); return rc1; } - }; - - // CSize member function definitions - inline CPoint CSize::operator + (POINT pt) const { return CPoint(pt) + *this; } - inline CPoint CSize::operator - (POINT pt) const { return CPoint(pt) - *this; } - inline CRect CSize::operator + (RECT rc) const { return CRect(rc) + *this; } - inline CRect CSize::operator - (RECT rc) const { return CRect(rc) - *this; } - - // CPoint member function definitions - inline CRect CPoint::operator + (RECT rc) const { return CRect(rc) + *this; } - inline CRect CPoint::operator - (RECT rc) const { return CRect(rc) - *this; } - - - //////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - // Classes and functions (typedefs) for text conversions - // - // This section defines the following text conversions: - // A2BSTR ANSI to BSTR - // A2OLE ANSI to OLE - // A2T ANSI to TCHAR - // A2W ANSI to WCHAR - // OLE2A OLE to ANSI - // OLE2T OLE to TCHAR - // OLE2W OLE to WCHAR - // T2A TCHAR to ANSI - // T2BSTR TCHAR to BSTR - // T2OLE TCHAR to OLE - // T2W TCHAR to WCHAR - // W2A WCHAR to ANSI - // W2BSTR WCHAR to BSTR - // W2OLE WCHAR to OLE - // W2T WCHAR to TCHAR - - // About different character and string types: - // ------------------------------------------ - // char (or CHAR) character types are ANSI (8 bits). - // wchar_t (or WCHAR) character types are Unicode (16 bits). - // TCHAR characters are Unicode if the _UNICODE macro is defined, otherwise they are ANSI. - // BSTR (Basic String) is a type of string used in Visual Basic and COM programming. - // OLE is the same as WCHAR. It is used in Visual Basic and COM programming. - - - // Forward declarations of our classes. They are defined later. - class CA2A; - class CA2W; - class CW2A; - class CW2W; - class CA2BSTR; - class CW2BSTR; - - // typedefs for the well known text conversions - typedef CA2W A2W; - typedef CW2A W2A; - typedef CW2BSTR W2BSTR; - typedef CA2BSTR A2BSTR; - typedef CW2A BSTR2A; - typedef CW2W BSTR2W; - -#ifdef _UNICODE - typedef CA2W A2T; - typedef CW2A T2A; - typedef CW2W T2W; - typedef CW2W W2T; - typedef CW2BSTR T2BSTR; - typedef BSTR2W BSTR2T; -#else - typedef CA2A A2T; - typedef CA2A T2A; - typedef CA2W T2W; - typedef CW2A W2T; - typedef CA2BSTR T2BSTR; - typedef BSTR2A BSTR2T; -#endif - - typedef A2W A2OLE; - typedef T2W T2OLE; - typedef CW2W W2OLE; - typedef W2A OLE2A; - typedef W2T OLE2T; - typedef CW2W OLE2W; - - class CA2W - { - public: - CA2W(LPCSTR pStr) : m_pStr(pStr) - { - if (pStr) - { - // Resize the vector and assign null WCHAR to each element - int length = (int)strlen(pStr)+1; - m_vWideArray.assign(length, L'\0'); - - // Fill our vector with the converted WCHAR array - MultiByteToWideChar(CP_ACP, 0, pStr, -1, &m_vWideArray[0], length); - } - } - ~CA2W() {} - operator LPCWSTR() { return m_pStr? &m_vWideArray[0] : NULL; } - operator LPOLESTR() { return m_pStr? (LPOLESTR)&m_vWideArray[0] : (LPOLESTR)NULL; } - operator LPBSTR() { return m_pStr? (LPBSTR)&m_vWideArray[0] : (LPBSTR)NULL; } - - private: - CA2W(const CA2W&); - CA2W& operator= (const CA2W&); - std::vector m_vWideArray; - LPCSTR m_pStr; - }; - - class CW2A - { - public: - CW2A(LPCWSTR pWStr) : m_pWStr(pWStr) - { - // Resize the vector and assign null char to each element - int length = (int)wcslen(pWStr)+1; - m_vAnsiArray.assign(length, '\0'); - - // Fill our vector with the converted char array - WideCharToMultiByte(CP_ACP, 0, pWStr, -1, &m_vAnsiArray[0], length, NULL,NULL); - } - - ~CW2A() {} - operator LPCSTR() { return m_pWStr? &m_vAnsiArray[0] : NULL; } - - private: - CW2A(const CW2A&); - CW2A& operator= (const CW2A&); - std::vector m_vAnsiArray; - LPCWSTR m_pWStr; - }; - - class CW2W - { - public: - CW2W(LPCWSTR pWStr) : m_pWStr(pWStr) {} - operator LPCWSTR() { return (LPWSTR)m_pWStr; } - operator LPOLESTR() { return (LPOLESTR)m_pWStr; } - - private: - CW2W(const CW2W&); - CW2W& operator= (const CW2W&); - - LPCWSTR m_pWStr; - }; - - class CA2A - { - public: - CA2A(LPCSTR pStr) : m_pStr(pStr) {} - operator LPCSTR() { return (LPSTR)m_pStr; } - - private: - CA2A(const CA2A&); - CA2A& operator= (const CA2A&); - - LPCSTR m_pStr; - }; - - class CW2BSTR - { - public: - CW2BSTR(LPCWSTR pWStr) { m_bstrString = ::SysAllocString(pWStr); } - ~CW2BSTR() { ::SysFreeString(m_bstrString); } - operator BSTR() { return m_bstrString;} - - private: - CW2BSTR(const CW2BSTR&); - CW2BSTR& operator= (const CW2BSTR&); - BSTR m_bstrString; - }; - - class CA2BSTR - { - public: - CA2BSTR(LPCSTR pStr) { m_bstrString = ::SysAllocString(A2W(pStr)); } - ~CA2BSTR() { ::SysFreeString(m_bstrString); } - operator BSTR() { return m_bstrString;} - - private: - CA2BSTR(const CA2BSTR&); - CA2BSTR& operator= (const CA2BSTR&); - BSTR m_bstrString; - }; - - - //////////////////////////////////////// - // Global Functions - // - - inline CWnd* FromHandle(HWND hWnd) - // Returns the CWnd object associated with the window handle - { - assert( GetApp() ); - CWnd* pWnd = GetApp()->GetCWndFromMap(hWnd); - if (::IsWindow(hWnd) && pWnd == 0) - { - GetApp()->AddTmpWnd(hWnd); - pWnd = GetApp()->GetCWndFromMap(hWnd); - ::PostMessage(hWnd, UWM_CLEANUPTEMPS, 0, 0); - } - - return pWnd; - } - - - inline CWinApp* GetApp() - // Returns a pointer to the CWinApp derrived class - { - return CWinApp::SetnGetThis(); - } - - inline CPoint GetCursorPos() - { - CPoint pt; - ::GetCursorPos(&pt); - return pt; - } - - inline HBITMAP LoadBitmap (LPCTSTR lpszName) - { - assert(GetApp()); - - HBITMAP hBitmap = (HBITMAP)::LoadImage (GetApp()->GetResourceHandle(), lpszName, IMAGE_BITMAP, 0, 0, LR_DEFAULTCOLOR); - return hBitmap; - } - - inline HBITMAP LoadBitmap (int nID) - { - return LoadBitmap(MAKEINTRESOURCE(nID)); - } - - - inline void TRACE(LPCTSTR str) - // TRACE sends a string to the debug/output pane, or an external debugger - { - #ifdef _DEBUG - OutputDebugString(str); - #else - UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(str); // no-op - #endif - } - - #ifndef _WIN32_WCE // for Win32/64 operating systems, not WinCE - - inline int GetWinVersion() - { - DWORD dwVersion = GetVersion(); - int Platform = (dwVersion < 0x80000000)? 2:1; - int MajorVer = LOBYTE(LOWORD(dwVersion)); - int MinorVer = HIBYTE(LOWORD(dwVersion)); - - int nVersion = 1000*Platform + 100*MajorVer + MinorVer; - - // Return values and window versions: - // 1400 Windows 95 - // 1410 Windows 98 - // 1490 Windows ME - // 2400 Windows NT - // 2500 Windows 2000 - // 2501 Windows XP - // 2502 Windows Server 2003 - // 2600 Windows Vista and Windows Server 2008 - // 2601 Windows 7 - - return nVersion; - } - - inline int GetComCtlVersion() - { - // Load the Common Controls DLL - HMODULE hComCtl = ::LoadLibraryA("COMCTL32.DLL"); - if (!hComCtl) - return 0; - - int ComCtlVer = 400; - - if (::GetProcAddress(hComCtl, "InitCommonControlsEx")) - { - // InitCommonControlsEx is unique to 4.7 and later - ComCtlVer = 470; - - if (::GetProcAddress(hComCtl, "DllGetVersion")) - { - typedef HRESULT CALLBACK DLLGETVERSION(DLLVERSIONINFO*); - DLLGETVERSION* pfnDLLGetVersion = NULL; - - pfnDLLGetVersion = (DLLGETVERSION*)::GetProcAddress(hComCtl, "DllGetVersion"); - if(pfnDLLGetVersion) - { - DLLVERSIONINFO dvi; - dvi.cbSize = sizeof dvi; - if(NOERROR == pfnDLLGetVersion(&dvi)) - { - DWORD dwVerMajor = dvi.dwMajorVersion; - DWORD dwVerMinor = dvi.dwMinorVersion; - ComCtlVer = 100 * dwVerMajor + dwVerMinor; - } - } - } - else if (::GetProcAddress(hComCtl, "InitializeFlatSB")) - ComCtlVer = 471; // InitializeFlatSB is unique to version 4.71 - } - - ::FreeLibrary(hComCtl); - - // return values and DLL versions - // 400 dll ver 4.00 Windows 95/Windows NT 4.0 - // 470 dll ver 4.70 Internet Explorer 3.x - // 471 dll ver 4.71 Internet Explorer 4.0 - // 472 dll ver 4.72 Internet Explorer 4.01 and Windows 98 - // 580 dll ver 5.80 Internet Explorer 5 - // 581 dll ver 5.81 Windows 2000 and Windows ME - // 582 dll ver 5.82 Windows XP or Vista without XP themes - // 600 dll ver 6.00 Windows XP with XP themes - // 610 dll ver 6.10 Windows Vista with XP themes - // 616 dll ver 6.16 Windows Vista SP1 or Windows 7 with XP themes - - return ComCtlVer; - } - - inline UINT GetSizeofMenuItemInfo() - { - UINT uSize = sizeof(MENUITEMINFO); - // For Win95 and NT, cbSize needs to be 44 - if (1400 == (GetWinVersion()) || (2400 == GetWinVersion())) - uSize = 44; - - return uSize; - } - - inline UINT GetSizeofNonClientMetrics() - { - // This function correctly determines the sizeof NONCLIENTMETRICS - UINT uSize = sizeof (NONCLIENTMETRICS); - - #if (WINVER >= 0x0600) - if (GetWinVersion() < 2600 && (uSize > 500)) // Is OS version less than Vista - uSize -= sizeof(int); // Adjust size back to correct value - #endif - - return uSize; - } - - - - // A global function to report the state of the left mouse button - inline BOOL IsLeftButtonDown() - { - SHORT state; - if (GetSystemMetrics(SM_SWAPBUTTON)) - // Mouse buttons are swapped - state = GetAsyncKeyState(VK_RBUTTON); - else - // Mouse buttons are not swapped - state = GetAsyncKeyState(VK_LBUTTON); - - // returns true if the left mouse button is down - return (state & 0x8000); - } - - inline BOOL IsAeroThemed() - { - BOOL bIsAeroThemed = FALSE; - - // Test if Windows version is XP or greater - if (GetWinVersion() >= 2501) - { - HMODULE hMod = ::LoadLibrary(_T("uxtheme.dll")); - if(hMod) - { - // Declare pointers to IsCompositionActive function - FARPROC pIsCompositionActive = ::GetProcAddress(hMod, "IsCompositionActive"); - - if(pIsCompositionActive) - { - if(pIsCompositionActive()) - { - bIsAeroThemed = TRUE; - } - } - ::FreeLibrary(hMod); - } - } - - return bIsAeroThemed; - } - - inline BOOL IsXPThemed() - { - BOOL bIsXPThemed = FALSE; - - // Test if Windows version is XP or greater - if (GetWinVersion() >= 2501) - { - HMODULE hMod = ::LoadLibrary(_T("uxtheme.dll")); - if(hMod) - { - // Declare pointers to functions - FARPROC pIsAppThemed = ::GetProcAddress(hMod, "IsAppThemed"); - FARPROC pIsThemeActive = ::GetProcAddress(hMod, "IsThemeActive"); - - if(pIsAppThemed && pIsThemeActive) - { - if(pIsAppThemed() && pIsThemeActive()) - { - // Test if ComCtl32 dll used is version 6 or later - bIsXPThemed = (GetComCtlVersion() >= 600); - } - } - ::FreeLibrary(hMod); - } - } - - return bIsXPThemed; - } - - #endif // #ifndef _WIN32_WCE - - // Required for WinCE - #ifndef lstrcpyn - inline LPTSTR lstrcpyn(LPTSTR lpstrDest, LPCTSTR lpstrSrc, int nLength) - { - if(NULL == lpstrDest || NULL == lpstrSrc || nLength <= 0) - return NULL; - int nLen = MIN((int)lstrlen(lpstrSrc), nLength - 1); - LPTSTR lpstrRet = (LPTSTR)memcpy(lpstrDest, lpstrSrc, nLen * sizeof(TCHAR)); - lpstrDest[nLen] = _T('\0'); - return lpstrRet; - } - #endif // !lstrcpyn - -} - - -#endif // _WIN32XX_WINUTILS_H_ -- cgit v1.2.3